PROCEEDINGS OF The Academy of Natural Sciences OF PHILADELPHIA Volume LXVII 191^ philadelphia : The Academy of Natural Sciences LOGAN SQUARE 1916 A >C^ The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. January 17, 1915. I hereby certify that printed copies of the Proceedings for 1915 were mailed as follows: — Pages 1-32 March 2, 1915. 33-80 March 24, 1915. 81-96 April 15, 1915. 97-192 April 22, 1915. 193-288 May 28, 1915. 289-320 July 9, 1915. 321-416 July 29, 1915. 417-456 : August 24, 1915. 457-536 November 9, 1915. 537-552 December 8, 1915. 553-584 January 25, 1916. EDWARD J. NOLAN, Recording Secretary. PUBLICATION committee: Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D., Witmer Stone, A.M., Sc.D., Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., William J. Fox, Edward J. Nolan, M.D. The President, Samuel Gibson Dixon, M.D., LL.D., ex-officio. EDITOR: Edward J. Nolan, M.D. /^3/ CONTENTS. For Announcements, Reports, etc., see General Index. PAGE Alexandek, Charles P. New or little-known crane-flies from the United States and Canada : Tipulidse, Diptera. Part 2 (Plates XVI-XXI) 458 Barbour, T., and G. K. Noble. Notes on the water snake, Natrix compressicauda 29 Churchill, William. The earliest Samoan prints 199 Dall, William H. Notes on the Semelidae of the west coast of America, including some new species 25 FiELDE, Adele M. On certain vesicles found in the integu- ment of ants 36 Concerning the sense of smell in dogs 42 A new hypothesis concerning butterflies 93 Fowler, Henry W. Notes on nematognathus fishes 203 Cold-blooded vertebrates from Florida, the West Indies, Costa Rica, and eastern Brazil 244 Fishes from Eastern Canada 515 The fishes of Trinidad, Grenada, and St. Lucia, British West Indies 520 Harshberger, John W. The diversity of ecologic conditions and its influence on the richness of the flora 419 Matsumoto, H. a new classification of the Ophiuroidea. With descriptions of new genera and species 43 Meunier, Stanislas. Observations sur la theorie generale des phenomenes glaciaires et sur les galets stries 2 Theorie du gneiss et des terrains cristallophylliens en general 351 Morse, Albert P., and Morgan Hebard. Fixation of single type (Lectotypic) specimens of species of Ameri- can Orthoptera. Division III 96 Pilsbry, Henry A. Mollusca of the Southwestern States. VI: The Hacheta Grande, Florida, and PelonciUo Mountains, New Mexico (Plates V. VI, VII) 323 iv CONTENTS. PAGE PiLSBKY, Henry A., and James H. Ferriss. Mollusca of the Southwestern States. VII: The Dragoon, Mule, Santa Rita, Baboquivari, and Tucson Ranges, Arizona (Plates VIII-XV)...' 363 Rehn, James A. G. A further contribution to the knowledge of the Orthoptera of Argentina 270 Rehn, James A. G., and Morgan Hebard. The genus Gryllus (Orthoptera) as found in America (Plate IV) 293 Smith, Burnett. The structural relations of some Devonian Shales in central New York (Plate XXII) 561 Vanatta, E. G. Praticolella 194 Rafinesque's types of Unio 549 Wherry, Edgar T., and Samuel G. Gordon. An arrangement of minerals according to their occurrence 426 Wright, Albert H., et al. A biological reconnaissance of the Okefinokee Swamp in Georgia (Plates I, II, III) 107 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 1915. January 19. Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair. Thirty-one persons present. The Publication Committee reported the receipt of papers under the following titles : "On certain vesicles found in the integument of Ants," by Adele M. Fielde (January 8). "The Praticolella of the United States," by E. G. Vanatta (January 13). "Notes on the water-snake Natrix compressicauda, " by T. Bar- bour and G. H. Noble (January 15). "Notes on the Semelidse of the West Coast of America, including some new species," by William H. Dall (January 16). The death of Leon Vaillant, a correspondent, December, 1914, was announced. Amendments to Chapters II, IV, IX, and XII of the By-Laws were adopted. They provide for the repeal of the initiation fee requirement, the loaning of certain books from the library, the control by Council of the frequency of its own meetings, and the holding of six meetings of the Academy during the year. The following were elected members: Heber Wilkinson Youngken, George B. Benners. The following were ordered to be printed; PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., OBSERVATIONS SUR LA THEORIE GENERALE DES PHENOMENES GLACIAIRES ET SUR LES GALETS STRIES. PAR STANISLAS MEUNIER. Ay ant ete depuis de longues annees appele a etudier d'une maniere tres approfondie de nombreux types de glaciers et de regions presen- tant des traces de glaciers maintenant disparus, il m'a paru qu'un certain nombre d' assertions acceptees par la majorite des geologues meritent d'etre soumises a une severe revision. La conclusion de mes recherches, poursuivies avec le plus grand soin et avec le souci dominateur de me degager de toute opinion precongue, m'a amene a contester quelques faits, qui sont cependant classiques, et a leur substituer des notions qui cadrent beaucoup mieux, suivant moi, avec les grandes lignes de I'economie planetaire. J'ai eu souvent a recueillir a leur egard de precieux controles et meme des verifications completes. L'idee qui ressortira des pages qu'on va lire, c'est qu'un glacier considere a part est un appareil qui, tout en remplissant son role dans la physiologic generale de la planete, est en proie, pour son compte propre, aux progres d'une veritable evolution. II debute dans une region qui offre les conditions favorables; il s'accroit au fur et a mesure de I'amplification de ces circonstances hfeureuses; il parvient ainsi a un moment d' apogee, apres lequel il traverse des phases de declin, jusqu'au moment de sa disparition totale. Chemin faisant, le glacier pent entrer en relation avec un glacier voisin et s'engager avec lui dans une lutte ou competition, a laquelle il suc- combe, ou dont, au contraire, il sort a son avantage. Dans un cas comme dans I'autre, il en resulte pour son histoire des incidents qui procurent I'explication de certaines circonstance, souvent mal com- prises. Enfin, apres la cessation du glacier comme organe actif, il laisse des vestiges de son existence passee, qui disparaissent pro- gressivement, avec des details precieux pour la reconstitution des conditions climateriques des epoques reculees. Cette etude de la Fonction glaciaire presentera cette particularite de faire entrer en ligne de compte le role de toutes les autres fonc- tions geologiques et de resserrer par consequent les liens entre des 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3 chapitres de la Science qu'on a pris I'habitude de considerer comma completement independants les uns des autres, § I. L'Origine des Glaciers. La formation des glaciers suppose I'existence de deux conditions tout a fait primordiales : 1° la continuite d'une temperature ambiante inferieure a zero; 2° un sol suffisamment incline pour que la masse compacte soit animee d'un mouvement continu de glissement. II resulte de la que, sous les latitudes oil la temperature moyenne de I'annee est superieure a zero, un glacier ne pent se former que sur des points du sol convenablement eleves et atteignant en consequence, des zones atmospheriques suffisamment froides, en raison du degre atmothermique. Cela peut s'exprimer en disant que I'origine des glaciers dans les regions situees en dehors des zones polaires, est liee directement a la surrection des montagnes, ou, si Ton aime mieux, h I'exercice de la fonction corticale. On salt que la temperature de 1' atmosphere decroit regulierement, a mesure que Ton s'eleve, de 1 degre par 185 metres. II en resulte qu'a une certaine altitude, il n'y a plus de vapeur d'eau dans I'air, mais seulement des particules glacees, des aiguilles cristallines qui se comportent comme des poussieres atmospheriques et tombent lorsque I'air est calme. Quand elles parviennent dans des zones inferieures plus echauffee, elles se transforment en vapeurs et n'arrivent au sol que par les temps d'hiver. Les sommets montagneux constituent des receptacles tout prepares pour I'eau cristallisee, et, se couvrant de neige, deviennent, par contre-coup, des centres de rayonnement de froid. Suivons done d'abord revolution des montagnes pour arriver a celle des glaciers. Le grand Plateau centre — asiatique, d'une altitude de pres de 6,000 metres, represente les premieres'' etapes du phenomene de surrection de montagnes assez hautes pour recevoir la neige, avec une consti- tution tre5 eloignee de celle des montagnes proprement dites. II resulte de I'etude des echantillons rapportes au Museum Na- tional d'Histoire Naturelle de Paris, par M. Bonvalot et le Prince Henri d' Orleans, que les parties les plus hautes du massif Pamirien consistent en assises jurassiques fossiliferes, qui n'ont aucune appa- rence des roches metamorphiques. Ce sont des calcaires argileux friables, tres ressemblants a ceux qui entrent dans la constitution des regions frangaises les moins tourmentees, comme les departe- ments du Calvados et de I'Yonne. 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Leur transport vertical jusqu'aux altitudes oil ils atteignent maintenant, est le resultat de " bossellements generaux," qui nous apparaissent comme des contre-coups de travaux souterrains en rapports directs avec la production des montagnes. La comparaison avec maintes localites conduisent a une conception qui, bien que tres directement connexe a Thistoire des glaciers, concerne cependant avant tout le chapitre orogenique. C'est que le mecanisme d'oil resultent les montagnes est harmoniquement subordonne au regime general du globe qui doit traverser les phases successives d'une evolution veritable; qui doit en outre proceder aux modifications de son 6tat general, sans compromettre les conditions d'equilibre de la surface, parmi lesquelles se signalent celles qui sont propres au developpement de la vie. Sans y insister, il est digne de remarque que I'ecorce, forc6e de suivre, dans sa contraction continue, le noyau fluide qui la supporte, doit se refouler sur elle-meme, se doubler a la faveur de plis et de charriages, sans qu'il en resulte pour la surface autre chose que des tremblements de terre dont les plus graves ne determinent jamais que des catastrophes locales, ne laissant apres elles aucune trace geologique permanente. Aussi bien, on peut considerer un massif du genre du Pamir comme contenant, en profondeur, une vraie chaine de montagnes qui s'est soulevee lentement, apres sa constitution, au titre de simple detail du grand ensemble en proie au bossellement general. II faudra, pour que la montagne, caracterisee par sa structure brechiforme et son etat metamorphique, apparaisse au jour, que des actions externes la debarrassent de sa couverture de sediments ayant echappe aux efforts mecaniques et aux actions calorifiques. De la, cette masse formidable de debris rocheux, dont les montagnes sont toujours entourees et dont le delay age et I'entrainement par les eaux pluviaires, alimentent la sedimentation aqueuse. Bonvalot^ nous a donne la description de 1' erosion colossale dont le plateau du Thibet est le theatre, du fait de la pluie et des autres agents de I'intemperisme : ''Apres, dit-il, que la meige sera tombee dans les mois qui suivront et que I'ete sera venu, le soleil fondra ces reserves prodigieuses d'eau et ce sera, aux alentours de la chaine Dupleix, une debacle de fin du monde. Une inondation diluvienne deposera des lacs sur les hauts plateaux, les traversera de rivieres qui ' De Paris au Tonkin h, travers le Thibet inconnu, p. 215 et suiv. 1 vol. in 8° Paris 1892. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5 entraineront les boues epaisses et laisseront aux flancs des collines et dans les anses, les debris des hauteurs. Ces depots restent la jusqu'a I'ete suivant, car I'hiver arrete le cours des fleuves. Puis, la chaleur du soleil agit; elle liquefie les masses solidifiees; celles-ci s'ebranlent, coulent, s'emportent, reprennent les depots ou elles les ont laisses a I'entree de I'hiver et les enlevent. D'annee en annee, etape par etape, elles finissent par les charrier toujours plus bas, sans cesse obstruant les vallees, elargissant les gorges, deviant les fleuves, etalant les deltas. "^ Done, les masses superficielles seront successivement demantel6es, puis supprimees et le massif orogenique, refoule et metamorphise, se degagera comme le produit d'une gestation et d'une veritable dehiscence de ses enveloppes protectrices. C'est comme un detail necessaire du phenomene, que nous apparait la suppression des portions superficielles d'un pays dont le sous-sol a ete refoule sou- terrainement, par des successions generalement tres nombreuses de seismes. iVjoutons que les observateurs sont d' accord pour voir avant tout dans nos grandes chaines, Alpes, Pyrenees, Caucase, Himalaya, des residus d'erosion pluviaire. On est alle parfois jusqu'a dire que les Alpes ont du perdre de cette maniere, autant de substance qu'elles en ont conserve. C'est au cours de cette suppression, que les chaines sont devenues peu a peu de vraies montagnes et qu'elles ont apparu au jour comme les "ossements composant le squelette de la terre" selon une expression restee celebre. Disons en passant que le tremblement de terre est la cause efficiente des montagnes qui, une fois edifiees par lui dans les profondeurs de 2 Le Plateau thibetain, n'est pas plus une region glaciaire que la surface plane de la Siberie, dans laquelle se trouve le point de temperature minimum de toute la surface terrestre. Nous trouvons, quant au regime des neiges, un exemple analogue dans la Terre de Grinnel, exploree par Greely, en 1889 (Voir: Dans les Giaces ardiques, p. 270 in 8° Paris 1889). "Cette ile, situee par 82° de latitude nord, est entouree d'une ceinture de glaciers et, malgre cette circonstance, elle presente dans son interieur des regions relativement fertiles, oil paissent toute I'annee de tres nombreux troupeaux de bceufs musques (Ovibos moschatus). Suivant 1' expression du botaniste celebre, Joseph Hooker, la Terre de Grinnel a "non pas un manteau, mais une ceinture de giaces." Et Greely ecrivait: "La question des conditions physiques de I'interieur de la Terre de Grinnell est r(5solue maintenant, comme Font fait pour la Terre Verte, les decouvertes de Nordens- kjold." "Ces condition consistent, ajoute le voyageur, en ce que le terrain, montagneux et abrupt, ne permet pas aux neiges abondantes de I'hiver de se maintenir long- temps. De nombreuses vallees, longues et etroites, sont heriss^es d'une quantite 4norme de roches nues, dont les angles aident a concentrer la chaleur du soleil pendant I'ete; ces vallees servent d'emissaires aux neiges fondues qui s'ecoulent sur leurs falaises. Les rivieres de la saison chaude drainent le sol rapidement et longtemps, avant le retour des fortes gelees, toute la neige a disparu. " 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., la croute terrestre, sont mises progressivement a decouvert, en attendant qu'elles soient ulterieurement supprimees par le jeu des actions externes, telles que la pluie et 1' Ocean. Exemple remar- quable, par ses dimensions et par le contraste complet qui distinguent les unes des autres ses differentes phases, de ces cycles innombrables dont I'ensemble constitue toute la physiologic de la Terre. C'est aussi le procede par lequel s'elabore le genre de gisement favorable a I'etablissement des glaciers. Et nous voici ramenes au cceur meme de not re sujet. L'erosion s'attaquant a la surface des couches soulevees par un bossellement general en meme temps que le noyau orogenique q'elles recouvrent, en modifie progressivement la surface, d'abord continue et uniforme comme celle des grands fonds de mer. Ce travail, parallele a I'ceuvre de surrection qui pent se continuer pendant des periodes geologiques entieres, favorise celle-ci en diminu- ant peu a pen le poids de la matiere a soulever. § 2. PouvoiR DE Transport des Glaciers. Le glacier est un merveilleux appareil de condensation de I'hu- midite aerienne, qui s'y convertit en neige, puis se transforme en neve et en glace. C'est en meme temps, un centre de dispersion aqueuse, car il s'y fait une evaporation active, meme par le froid et surtout quand le vent souffle. Cette activite qu'il manifeste dans I'atmos- phere, le glacier la deploie sur le sol, en transportant des particules rocheuses de toutes dimensions. Le poids n'intervient pas plus que la densite relative des debris: toutes les pierres, meme les plus grosses, sont portees sur le dos du glacier. Ces sortes de "flotteurs" sont emportes comme les corps legers a la surface des rivieres, et ils vont s'acumuler sur les berges en cordons longitudinaux ou moraines laterales. II y a cependant des differences relativement aux cours d'eau, et en particulier celles qui concernent les affluents ainsi que la terminaison du glacier, comparable a I'embouchure. Le melange des filets prove- nant de deux glaciers qui se confondent n'etant pas possible comme celui des filets constitutifs des cours d'eau, les liseres mitoyens de corps flottants s'associent en trainees longitudinales dites moraines medianes. En outre, les corps mineraux portes jusqu'a la region de fusion, au lieu de constituer un delta ou quelque sediment, s'accu- mulent sans ordre en un bourrelet connu sous le nom de moraine frontale et qui fait comme une fortification derriere laquelle le glacier vient mourir. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7 Enfin, les glaciers qui aboutissent a la mer precipitent de leur front au fond de I'eau, des quantites de materiaux que les courants ne laissent pas s'accumuler sous forme de moraine. Tries plus ou moins par grosseur et etales en nappes qui prennent a certains egards I'allure des sediments ordinaires, ils vont s'emmagasiner dans des fjords qui finissent par en etre combles. Et les icebergs, detaches du front terminal s'en vont, quelquefois fort loin, laissant tomber au fond de la mer des debris rocheux, de gros blocs essentiellement erratiques. § 3. Erosion glaciaire. L'erosion produite par le glacier est considerable et tres par- ticuliere. II agit indirectement sur les formations qui I'environnent en activant I'intemperisme, c'est-a-dire en donnant un grand volume aux pluies et en provoquant des congelations locales qui desagregent les roches. De plus, par sa facalte de transport, il prive constamment les parties erodees de la protection des eboulis, si efficace ailleurs. Mais c'est surtout par son action directe sur sa vallee que le glacier travaille a la demolition de la montagne. D'apres les observations de Dollfus-Ausset,^ le glacier de I'Aar qui, avec ses affluents, n'a qu'une surface de 60 kilometres carres, fournit par jour 100 metres cubes de sable qui sont emportes par le torrent. L'ablation des vallees par les glaciers est done bien superieure a celle que procluisent la plupart des cours d'eau, a egale superficie de bassin. Le sol sous le glacier, subit une friction considerable du fait des graviers et des pierrailles, veritable matelas interpose entre la glace et le roc. M. Vallot^ a insiste sur ce fait que la voute gelee, a la Mer de glace de Chamonix, n'est pas mouUe sur le sol, mais lui est simple- ment tangente. Le torrent sous-glaciaire s'est menage un veritable tunnel. L'efficacite erosive du glacier n'en fut pas moins longtemps con- testee et n'est encore admise, par certains geologues, qu'avec des restrictions et comme a regret. Lapparent, dont le Traite de Geologie a la pretention de resumer Topinion generale, a ecrit en 1885 :^ " NuUe part, on n'a vu les glaciers creuser, affouiller un lit compose de roches clures, ni decouper leurs parois comme font les torrents . , . Un glacier n'est done pas, comme un torrent, un instrument efficace d'erosion . . . ; autant qu'on en pent juger, par ce qui se passe aujourd'hui, un glacier ne cree pas sa vallee, etc ..." 2 D'apres Ed. Collomb memoires sur le glaciers actuels, Annales de mines (5)^X1, 198. ^Annales de V Ohservatoire meteorologique du Mont-Blanc, III, Paris, 1898. 5 2<= edition p. 285. 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., En 1893, le meme auteur faisait parler autrement I'opinion gene- rale i^ ''On a beaucoup discute, dit-il, sur la puissance d'erosion des glaciers. Quelques-uns la croient considerable; d'autres seraient portes a la regarder comme negligeable. La verite semble se trouver entre ces deux extremes ... En principe, puisque le glacier est un fleuve de glace dont Failure ne differe de celle des eaux courantes que par une vitesse incomparablement moins grande, il doit comme les fleuves tendre vers un profil d'equilibre et, tant que ce profil n'est pas atteint, le pouvoir de la glace doit s'employer a modifier en consequence la forme du lit . . . Meme les roches les plus dures du fond ne peuvent echapper a cette action, car les blocs que trans- porte la glace, pousses par une pression considerable, agissent sur le fond et les parois comme de puissants outils, etc." II y a bien longtemps que, pour ma part, j'ai soutenu I'opinion que les glaciers realisent par le frottement des pierrailles qu'ils entrain- ent sur les roches qui les supportent, un energique travail d'erosion. J'ecrivais en 1891 ■? "Deja j'ai eu bien souvent I'occasion de faire remarquer que la zone des roches moutonnees au-dessus de la glace dans les glaciers des Alpes et d'ailleurs, correspond a des points ou la glace ii' atteint plus, justement parce que, grace a son action erosive, elle a penetre verticalement dans la masse rocheuse sous-jacente. Elle est vrai- ment comparable a une scie, entrant dans une piece de bois et qui bientot se meut au-dessous des points qu'elle a scies precedemment mais qui ne datent pas d'un temps ou sa lame aurait ete plus large." "Ceux qui, dit Tyndall^ ont soutenu que les glaciers creusent les vallees, n'ont jamais dit, ni voulu dire, que ce fut le hec du glacier qui agit dans ce cas. Pour le glacier de Morteratsch (Engadine), le travail de creusement, qui s'effectue certainement dans des pro- portions plus ou moins grandes, doit etre bien plus considerable en haut qu'en bas du glacier. " La realite et I'importance de la denudation glaciaire est aujour- d'hui reconnue par un grand nombre d'observateurs parmi lesquels nous citerons M. Richter^ et M. W. Salomon.^" 6 Traite de Geologic, S*" edition, p. 279, 1893. ' Le Naturaliste, livraison du 15 Janvier 1892, N° 118, p. 19. 8 Les Glaciers, p. 95 I vol. in 8°, 6« edition Paris 1894. ' Geoinorphologische Untersuchungen in den Hochalpen, Pclermami' s Miltheil- ungen, 132^ livraison, 1900, p. 103. 1" Konnen Gletscher ein anstehendem Fels Kare Beeken und Thaler erodieren? Neues J ahrhuch jur Mineralogie, Geologic und Palaonlologie, 1900, T.II,pp. 117-138, 2 pi. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9 L'attaque s'exerce meme aux depens des roches moutonnees. En effet, dans des excursions sur la Mer de Glace, aux Fonts et au Mauvais Pas, comme dans celles sur les glaciers de la Haute-Engadine et de bien d'autres regions, j'ai ete frappe de ce fait que le poli des roches moutonnees qui dominent la glace, n'est pas le meme a toutes les hauteurs: meme de loin, on constate, tres nettement en bien des poir+s, qu'il est de plus en plus imparfait, c'est-a-dire de plus en plus altere, a mesure que Ton s'eleve. En outre, la limite superieure des polls est loin d'etre aussi nette que la limite superieure du glacier et on voit des lambeaux de roches polies separes de la masse generale des roches moutonnees, situees plus bas. Ces circonstances curieuses s'expliquent par la penetration verticale du glacier dans la masse des roches qui le supportent, grace a un mecanisme identique, a celui qui fait penetrer dans une pierre le fil emerise du lapidaire. En effet, I'age des differentes parties du polissage est loin d'etre le meme: les parties hautes sont plus anciennes que les autres et, en consequence, elles ont eprouve plus longtemps Taction desagregeante des intemperies; en meme temps que les roches moutonnees gagnent par en bas, a cause de la penetration verticale du glacier dans le sol, elles perdent par en haut, sous Tinfluence de I'intemperisme. On pent done en conclure qu'elles ont pu jadis atteindre une altitude encore plus haute que celle qu'on observe aujourd'hui. De sorte que le procede employe d'ordinaire pour restaurer les anciens glaciers devrait conduire a leur donner une dimension encore bien plus grande qu'on ne la suppose. L'erosion glaciaire, soit directe, soit mediate, revet si l)ien tons les traits essentiels de la denudation fluviaire, qu'elle affecte une allure regressive, quant a son travail vertical, se traduisant par le phenomena de Capture, que j'ai reconnu des 1897, et sur lequel nous Teviendrons dans un moment. ^^ § 4. Evolution des Glaciers. Les glaciers doivent leur origine au soulevement de la montagne, j usque dans les regions atmospheriques de temperature suffisamment basse; mais comme ils travaillent sans cesse a la demolir, elle subit une diminution de volume et surtout de hauteur qui entraine le rapetissement du glacier. La neige regue par le sommet etant moins abondante, la glace qu'elle produit par sa compression ne pent plus alimenter un courant aussi long que precedemment et le " C. R. Acad, Sc. t. CXXIV, p. 1043 (10 mai 1897). 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., glacier abandonne, devant son front, une moraine terminale qu'iL ne pent plus atteindre. II ne faut pas confondre le recul des glaciers avec les variations locales qu'ils subissent du fait de la meteorologie, par exemple a la suite d'une serie d'hivers peu neigeux. Le recul des glaciers passe par des alternatives, comme la mer descendante, dont la vague par- fois semble regagner du terrain; le raccourcissement et I'allonge- ment temporaire du glacier se perd dans 1' allure general du pheno- mene, qui se retire peu a peu vers I'amont de la vallee, en laissant des moraines successives, tres inegalement espacees, et entre lesquelles le sol offre seulement une dissemination de debris rocheux de toutes grosseurs: le terrain glaciaire eparpille contrastant avec le terrain giaciaire amoncele, dont le type est la moraine. Le glacier qui diminue, change en meme temps de forme: il perd la longue trainee qui descend vers les parties basses et se reduit a la portion elargie des regions elevees. Les Pyrenees, montagnes plus anciennes que les Alpes, et qui par consequent subissent I'erosion depuis plus longtemps, nous offrent cette sorte de glaciers larges et courts, s'arretant au haut de vallees etroites, dont les flancs sont en beaucoup d'endroits parfaitement moutonnes et le long desquelles se montrent des moraines transversales, echelonnees de distance en distance, ce qui indique avec evidence que le glacier y a sejourne dans I'intervalle de ses raccourcissements successifs. Imaginons les Pyrenees remises en possession de tout ce qu'elles ont perdu depuis leur soulevement, leurs sommets se retrouveraient dans les zones atmospheriques de fortes condensations neigeuses, et les cirques, mieux alimentes, reconstitueraient des glaciers semblables a ceux des Alpes. Apres le stade alpestre et le stade pyreneen, nous arrivons au stade vosgien. Si Ton part de la petite ville de La Bresse, pour remonter la vallee du Chajoux, en se rapprochant du sommet de Hohneck, on se trouve d'abord en presence de particularites topographiques tout a fait comparables a celles que nous offre le bas des vallees des Pyrenees. De magnifiques moraines se presentent aux regards, d'autant plus faciles a reconnaitre qu'elles ont ete recoupees par la riviere et entaillees pour le passage de la route. Sur le flanc des coteaux,, accidentellement depouilles du sol arable, on apergoit des surfaces de roches nettenjent moutonnees. Mais, on a beau continuer son ascension, jusqu'au lac de Lispach, qui s'est etabli derriere un barrage morainique, et meme arriver au sommet du Hohneck, on ne 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11 rencontre pas le moindre vestige de glace. Des plaques de neige pourront se voir encore jusqu'en aout, dans les creux abrites du soleil; mais en septembre, elles auront toutes fondu. Pour qu'elles persis- tassent, il suffirait d'un bien faible exhaussement des Vosges, d'une restitution a la chaine d'une partie seulement des inateriaux que I'erosion lui a arraches et qui gisent, a I'etat de moraines, dans la vallee du Chajoux et dans toutes les autres vallees qui rayonnent en tous sens. Les Vosges ont ete comme les Pyrenees ; les Pyrenees seront comme les Vosges. Certaines autres regions frangaises, comme la Bretagne, le Cotentin, I'Auvergne, privees de glace et souvent meme de moraines, ont cepend- ant possede des glaciers. On y rencontre en effet, a la surface de ter- rains varies, des blocs erratiques, semblables a ceux que charrient les glaciers et qu'ils abandonnent a leur moraine terminale. La deter- mination parait d'autant plus legitime que les monts d'Arree, par exemple, malgre leur altitude actuelle de simples collines, se revelent par leur structure caracterisee, comme les residus d'erosion d'une chaine primitivement batie sur le modele des Alpes. L'intem- perisme a disperse les moraines, attac^ue les surfaces polies des roches moutonnees; il a laisse, provisoirement, quelques gros fragments rocheux particulierement resistants. L'appareil glaciaire s'est done developpe successivement dans les differents massifs montagneux, chaque fois que ceux-ci ont presente une altitude suffiisante pour y assurer la persistance de la neige. Successivement, les centres glaciaires ont occupe des regions diffe- rentes,. et Ton pent croire qu'au total, les diverses epoques se sont tres intimement ressemble par le nombre et par le volume des glaciers developpes durant chacune d'elles et seulement repartis differemment. U emigration des glaciers, comparable a I'emigration des continents mais dont la chronologic est plus difficile, faute de fossiles permet- tant de les dater, doit etre substituee a la conception d'une epoque glaciaire, dans laquelle les diverses traces glaciaires seraient contem- poraines les unes des autres, ou il y aurait eu beaucoup plus de glaciers que dans aucun autre temps, ce qui est essentiellement contraire a la marche, si evidemment continue et uniforme, de revolution de la surface terrestre. La capture des glaciers est un point particulier et d'un haut interet de leur evolution. La capture est une analogic de plus, entre les cours d'eau solidifiee et les rivieres. Comme ces dernieres, des glaciers voisins doivent necessairement reagir les uns sur les autres. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Imaginons deux glaciers A et B, remplissant deux vallees orientees a angle plus ou moins ouvert I'une sur 1' autre, et disposees de telle sorte que le bassin superieur de A soit separe de la partie moyenne de B par une cloison rocheuse peu epaisse, la pente de A etant plus accentuee que celle de B. Dans ces conditions, la regression de tout I'ensemble du glacier A, amene Tamincissement de la cloison separa- trice en B, et plusieurs voyageurs ont directement observe le pheno- mene et en ont decrit les progres, conune sir Martin Conway, en 1898, pour le Spitzberg,i2 et M. Williard D. Johnson, pour les Etats-Unis, en 1899.^'^ Lorsque la destruction de cette cloison s'est enfin realisee, et qu'alors le glacier A, en consequence de sa pente plus forte, exerce une veritable succion sur la glace de B et la derive a son profit, B est desapite, pour adopter I'expression employee a Tegarcl des cours d'eau, et A a realise la capture de la portion superieure de B. Le glacier A, conforraement a la loi generale, avait subi une diminution consecutive a I'abaissement de son bassin d'alimentation sous I'influence de I'erosion; il avait abandonne sa moraine frontale et en avait edifie de nouvelles en arriere de celle-la ; sur le terrain glaciaire eparpille, s'etait etabli alors un regime continental ordinaire: production d'un etang ou d'une tourbiere, avec debris organiques enfouis, animaux et vegetaux. Mais voici la capture qui a lieu: une nouvelle contribution de glace vient s'aj outer au volume du glacier: il se gonfle, passe par dessus sa moraine frontale qu'il ecrase et transforme en moraine profonde, s'avance sur la tourbiere ou sur I'etang, en recouvre les formations de son depot eparpille et recupere sa dimension primitive qu'il pent meme depasser. Puis la diminution ineluctable reprend ses droits; le glacier recule de nouveau et finalement disparait. Et si Ton est mis en presence d'une coupe du sol, interessant les diverses formations dont nous avons resume la production successive, on y verra: une assise fos- silifere, argileuse ou tourbeuse, contenant des coquilles lacustres, des animaux et des vegetaux terrestres, intercalee entre deux niveaux glaciaires: I'inferieur datant de revolution propre du glacier A, le superieur se rapportant au retour de ce glacier, enrichi par la capture. Ces conditions se retrouvent dans un grand nombre de localites, par exemple a Diirtein, a Utznach, a Wetzikon aupres de Zurich. M. Kiliani^, etudiant la gorge de Fort I'Ecluse, entre Geneve et '^ Geographical Journal, XII, No. 2, p. 137. ^^ An unrecognized process in glacial erosion. Second Annual Report of the National Geographical Society of the United States of America — in Science (de Londres) nouvelle serie IX, No. 212. ^* Bullelin de la Societe Geologique de France (4*) X. 716 (1910). 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13 Bellegarde, y a reconnu les traces de plusieurs recurrences glaciaires separees par des depots d' alluvions, indiquant plusieurs cycles d'erosion successifs. En effet, le nombre des nappes morainiques superposees pent etre superieur a 2, par exemple de 3 ou de 4, ou meme de 6, comme on le constate en certains points de I'Angleterre. Le fait tient au nombre de glaciers situes dans un meme massif • montagneux et qui ont pu entrer en communication. Comment tous ces faits ne nous mettraient-ils pas en garde contre le danger evident qu'il y aurait a regarder les diminutions et les accroissements alternatifs de deux glaciers differents, comme ayant ete exactement concordants dans le temps, c'est-a-dire non pas seulement de la meme epoque geologique, mais du meme instant precis. C'est cependant parce qu'on eut cette idee inacceptable qu'on a cru a I'existence de periodes alternatives de grandes extensions et de reculs des glaciers. Manifestement il faut renoncer a cette conception qui restera dans I'histoire de la Science, comme le temoignage d'un moment d'aveuglement. § 5. Le Grand Phenomene erratique du Nord. Nous Savons que les glaciers polaires, aboutissant a la mer, ne peuvent se construire de moraines, mais qu'ils deposent le long de la cote, sous les eaux, une epaisse formations sedimentaire, et que chemin f aisant, les icebergs entratnes par les courants, parsement le fond de la mer de limons, de sables, de graviers, de pierres, quelquefois d'un volume considerable. Ce phenomene, qui s'est produit aux epoques geologiques immediatement anterieures a la notre, a imprime un car- actere particulier au sol de vastes regions. L^ne partie de 1' Europe, constituant comme une aureole autour de la Scandinavieet comprenant une large bande de I'Allemagne et de la Russie de I'Ouest dont le sol est relativement tres recent, est couverte de materiaux eparpilles offrant le caractere glaciaire. Ceux-ci consistent en debris et parfois en tres gros blocs de roches fort anciennes. Parmi ces roches, il en est de si reconnaissables qu'il est facile de determiner leur lieu d'ori- gine. Dans le nombre sont des calcaires a Orthoceres venant, sans aucun doute, de I'ile de Gothland, dans la mer Baltique, et des syenites zirconiennes, qui ont ete arrachees aux rochers des environs de Christiana: les uns et les autres ont ete transportes jusqu aux alentours de Berlin. La disposition des lieux est telle qu'on doit voir dans la dispersion de ces materiaux, le resultat de la dispersion d'icebergs ayant leur point de depart dans les Alpes Scandinaves et datant d'une epoque ou ces montagnes etaient couvertes de glaciers 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., pendant que les pays sur lesquels s'est etale le ''grand phenomene erratique du Nord" etaient submerges sous les flots d'une mer recevant les tetes des glaciers suedois. La persistance d'un semblable phenomene a travers des periodes geologiques successives s'explique par un simple deplacement de la localite ou il se developpe. Si I'Atlantique venait un jour a se dessecher par suite du soulevement de son fond au-dessus du niveau des mers, la ressemblance des effets qui s'y developpent aujourd'hui avec ceux qui ont pris naissance anterieurement en AUemagne et en Russie pourrait porter a faire admettre que les deux regions ont ete soumises en meme temps au phenomene glaciaire; et I'erreur, cette fois si manifeste, accentuera nos remarques de tout a I'heure sur la non-contemporaneite des moraines ou des roches moutonnees, des diverses regions continentales. Les traces du grand phenomene erratique se retrouvent en Amerique du Nord comme en Europe. II irradie des sommets montagneux du Canada, qui se revelent ainsi comme ayant, dans le passe, porte des glaciers aboutissant a un ocean etendu, clans ce temps-la, sur les Etats-Unis. Si Ton ne voyait pas I'Atlantique a I'oeuvre et si Ton ne connaissait que les regions europeennes et americaines couvertes de terrains erratiques, on ne ferait nuUe difficulte de supposer qu'elles ont acquis leurs caracteres speciaux dans un meme moment. La notion fournie par I'existence de I'Atlantique montre comment I'opinion contraire est plus vraisemblable et meme comment il n'y a aucune raison de croire que toute la region europeenne d'une part, et que toute la region americaine de I'autre, aient subi le phenomene erratique chacune d'un seul coup. Tout porte a admettre que la cause de dispersion des icebergs a du se deplacer avec le temps, en consequence de la propagation progressive des bossellements generaux et de I'emigration de la mer. II. La Question des Galets stries. La plupart de nos lecteurs verraient sans tloute une lacune impar- donnable dans I'oubli des galets stries parmi la serie des caracteres propres aux formations glaciaires. K. von Zittel, cet esprit d'ordi- naire si judicieux, est alle jusqu'a dire: "L'indice le plus infaillible de I'origine glaciaire d'une formation se trouve dans la presence des cailloux stries. On ne rencontre que tres rarement des stries sur des fragments de roches cristallisees, de gres quarteux et de jaspe; par 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 centre, elles se font voir de la maniere la plus reconnaissable sur les fragments calcaires, particulierement sur ceux de couleur sombre. Dans une moraine profonde qui n'a pas ete remaniee et lavee par les eaux, presque tons les cailloux calcaires portent des stries qui souvent sont aussi profondes que si elles avaient ete gravees avec un burin. "^^ Tout le monde a peu pres, etait en ce temps la du meme avis, et cette quasi-unanimite en imposait assez aux dissidents pour qu'ils conservassent in petto les objections qui se presentaient a leur esprit. On s'explique d'ailleurs jusqu'a un certain point I'erreur qui consiste a attribuer aux stries des galets une origine glaciaire et Ton comprend qu'une fois I'erreur commise on ait tenu d'instinct a la conserver, parce qu'elle semblait un guide commode dans la recon- stitution de I'histoire geologique des glaciers. Quant au premier de ces deux points de vue, il faut reconnaitre que c'est surtout dans la masse des depots glaciaires, et avant tout dans les moraines, que les galets stries ont ete observes. Par exemple, c'est sur les moraines des Vosges qu' Ed. CoUomb^^ a fait les obser- vations, pour ainsi dire initiales, qui ont ete completees par des experiences, prouvant que les galets stries passent a I'etat de galets ordinaires, quand on les sommet a un frottement semblable a celui qui se developpe dans le lit d'un cours d'eau. On a conclu de ces observations qu'un glacier constitue un appareil des plus fragiles et que sa disparition totale doit suivre immediate- ment I'envahissement par la mer de la region ou il existait. La premiere action des fiots a ete sans aucun doute de demanteler les moraines et d'en laver les materiaux heterogenes. Le frottement leur a fait perdre les traits morphologiques qui pouvaient leur etre caracteristiques et le balancement des eaux les a repartis rapidement en depots parfaitement classes, parfaitement distincts les uns des autres et n' ay ant plus rien qui puisse les distinguer des sediments ordinaires. D'un autre cote, comme on retrouve des galets stries au sein de formations geologiques d'ages tres divers, on a ete enchante, et a bon droit, de croire a leur autorite pour reveler Taction glaciaire a tous les moments de la vie de la Terre. La premiere fois que j'ai eu des doutes sur I'origine glaciaire des stries, j'en ai ressenti une espece de consternation et j'ai fait tout 15 Ueber Gletscher Erscheinungen in der bayerischen Hochebene; Bulletin de VAcademie de Munich, 1874, p. 22.5. 1^ Preuves de V existence d'anciens glaciers dans les vallees des Vosges. in 8° Paris 1847. 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., au monde pour ne pas ceder a I'invitation, que semblaient me faire certaines particularites des Prealpes vaudoises, de me mettre en dissentiment avec I'immense majorite des geologues. Deja, j 'avals provoque des resistances a I'occasion de bien des sujets differents, tels que la doctrine de la sedimentation souterralne qui me parait cependant de plus en plus legltme; tels que rorlglne, par reactions gazeuses, des roches sUlcatees magneslennes de consolidation primi- tive; tels que la capture des glaciers; tels que le mode de creusement des vallees par les rivieres et la constitution du diluvium; tels que le fait des relations stratigraphiques reciproques des divers types de meteorites; tels que beaucoup d'autres qu'il n'est pas necessalre de rappeler. Je dols avouer que j'eus un moment d'hesitation avant de me lancer dans I'exposition des falts qui me condulsirent a affirmer que, si dans les Prealpes vaudolses, d'anclens glaciers ont existe, ce qui est bien possible, Us n'ont lalsse aucune trace de leur existence. En d'autres termes, que tous les accidents conslderes comme des temolg- nages de I'anclenne existence des glaciers dans le pays, se rattachent avec evidence a des causes toutes differentes, et ne comportent pas les consequences generales qu'on a cru pouvolr tlrer de leur etude. Je n'entreral pas lei dans le detail de mes recherches, et je donnerai seulement deux observations. Des specimens recueillis au pled des Pleiades, au-dessus du village de Blonay, a 4 kilometres au N. de Vevey (Suisse), consistent en- galets de calcaire poll, presentant une prodlgleuse abondance de stries et une extreme variete dans leurs directions. Toutes les faces "de ces galets sont striees en tous sens. En outre, tous les galets calcalres contenus dans le sol sont semblables a ceux-ci par I'etat de leur surface; mais les roches plus dures, gres, granulltes, serpentine, etc., ne sont pas striees ou ne le sont que d'une maniere exceptionnelle et avec parcimonie. Or, si les stries etalent I'oeuvre du glacier, leur orientation generale devrait indlquer celle de la presslon supposee; mais elles sont egale- ment norabreuses dans tous les sens possibles. D'ailleurs, la presslon du terrain, aussi forte qu'on pulsse la supposer, ne saurait produire que des stries assoclees a des ecrasements de beaucoup preponderants, et c'est ce que demontre I'experience. Une autre remarque qui, a elle seule, semble reduire a neant I'hypothese que les stries des galets calcalres sont dus a Taction des glaciers, c'est que si telle etait en effet leur origine, si par consequent elles datalent d'une antiqulte de quelques milllers d'annees seulement, 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17 (et dans le pays de Vevey ce n'est pas assez dire), elles auraient depuis longtemps disparu par le fait de la corrosion realisee par les eaux d' infiltration. J'ai fait disparaitre en moins d'un an le poll et la plupart des stries de galets que j 'avals abandonnes dans la terre vegetale a toutes les alternatives saisonnieres. Une coupe rencontree sur la rive droite du torrent appele la Bale de Clarens, qui descend du pied S. 0. du Mont Folly, pour se jeter dans le lac Leman, m'a procure des observations dignes de mention. Les travaux d'une route joignant Blonay a Charnex, avaient necessite I'ouverture d'un enorme placage de terrain caillouteux, recoupe en face de Brent, suivant la pente du sol, par une tranchee de 200 metres de longueur et dont les parois montraient le contact d'une surface tres inclinee de roches schisteuses, avec recouvrement epais de terrain caillouteux. Cette ligne de contact est tres inegalement inclinee selon les points: tandis que, dans certaines de ses parties, elle plonge tres vite, dans d'autres, au contraire, elle est bien moins eloignee de la direction horizontale. Et la consequence, c'est que les eaux d'infil- tration ruissellent dans la masse avec une activite tres inegale ici et la, et que le travail de la denudation souterraine est d'etre loin d'etre uniforme d'un point a I'autre. Dans le premier cas, et toutes choses egales d'ailleurs, on voit la boue beaucoup moins abondante, pendant que les galets calcaires sont tres exactement polls et tres richement stries; au contraire, dans I'autre cas, on observe des intervalles de niveaux limoneux et un exces de boue qui, bien loin de presenter la structure des moraines, permet de retrouver des formes de deltas superposes. En meme temps, on reconnait que les stries font a pen pres defaut sur les galets calcaires. Nous avons prononce les mots "denudation souterraine." C'est la qu'en effet, est la cause des stries sur les galets calcaires. Beaucoup des caracteres morphologiques de la surface du sol lui viennent d' actions souterraines dont ils sont le contre-coup. Une partie des eaux courantes s'infiltre dans la terre vegetale pour s'ecouler a la surface de la roche sous-jacente. Quand la pente est convenable, I'ecoulement determine, I'usure de ce substratum, et des reseaux de depression allonges se produisent avec I'apparence de vallees sans cours d'eau visible. Le manteau de sol arable s'affaisse peu a peu au cours de ce travail, sans cesser de persister, et tout en etant le siege d'un renouvellement incessant de toutes ses particules. 2 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Dans les pays a forte pente, cette denudation souterraine, toute voisine de la surface du sol, prend des caracteres extremement interessants. Pour observer les faits avec leur maximum de nettete il faut choisir une localite dont la roche vive soit recouverte de ces placages boueux a pierrailles de toutes les grosseurs, comme dans I'exemple que nous venons de citer. Ces placages, quoique a base argileuse, sont cependant bien permeables, a cause du sable quartzeux qu'ils contiennent en pro- portion tres notable et des blocs rocheux qui y sont dissemines; aussi I'eau d'infiltration y circule-t-elle avec une assez grande facilite. Sous rinfluence du liquide en mouvement, le terrain subit des pertes qui derivent, les unes d'une dissolution de substances calcaires dans I'aeide carbonique de I'eau de pluie, les autres d'un entrainement mecanique de particules argileuses qui troublent I'eau d'une fagon tres visible a la base des pentes et la rendent meme tout a fait boueuse, quand les pluies sont fortes et prolongees. La perte de matiere qui provient de cette double cause est tres notable et elle determine necessairement un tassement sur elle-meme de la matiere restante, qui glisse en meme temps sur la roche suppor- tant le placage boueux et qui, comme nous I'avons vu, est ici forte- ment inclinee. Dans ce mouvement de contraction du terrain, il s'inflige pour ainsi dire a lui-meme une nouvelle forme de la denudation souterraine. A cause de son heterogeneite, le deplacement relatif de ses grains durs et de ses elements plus tendres amene I'usure de ceux-ci, et souvent cette usure se manifeste par 1' acquisition de details mor- pholologiques des plus remarquables. Les grains de quartz de toutes grosseurs, se mouvant tres lente- ment, mais d'une maniere continue, contre les fragments calcaires, contribuent a les user. Ces fragments calcaires, d'abord tres anguleux, comme on le voit dans les parties hautes de la region, s'emoussent peu a peu sous rinfluence des actions si bien connues et qui tendent a supprimer dans les roches qui les subissent toutes les parties saillantes pour y substituer des contours arondis. Si bien qu'un cube ne tarderait pas a passer a une sphere plus ou moins parfaite et que des polyedres quelconques marchent vers I'etat d'ellipsoides. II y a longtemps que j'ai insiste sur ce mode de production de galets sans charriage.^'' Dans nos placages boueux, Taction d'emoussement du a I'eau " La Nature, H" annee, 1^ semestre, p. 330. Paris, 1877. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19 souterraine et qui fait peu a peu des galets avec des blocs anguleux, se complique de la collaboration de ce deplacement intestin des grains de quartz par rapport aux debris calcaires sous I'influence de la denudation souterraine. En consequence de la soustraction de substance soluble ou entrain- able realisee par I'eau d'infiltration, ces petits grains de quartz se meuvent sur la surface des blocs, lentement mais d'une fagon continue, et avec une pression qui est mesuree par le poids du terrain superpose. II en resulte que les surfaces convenablement tendres et avant tout, les surfaces de calcaire compacte, se polissent veritablement : comme elles se poliraient sous I'influence d'une molette, dans un atelier de marbrier. Ce poli se renouvelle sans cesse : un galet poll enfoui dans la terre arable exposee a la pluie perd en tres peu de temps sa surface carac- teristique, il se ternit, il se corrode. Et c'est pour cela que nous pouvions tout a I'heure dire que, si de semblables galets avaient ete polls par les glaciers quaternaires dans les placages ou on les trouve maintenant, il y a un temps incalculable qu'ils auraient perdu le poli auquel on pretend les reconnaitre. Mais dans leurs gisements, a mesure qu'ils sont attaques, ils se polissent de nouveau et cela sans arret. Si la grande masse des petits grains quartzeux arrive a polir et a entretenir polls sous toutes leurs faces, les galets calcaires contenus dans les placages boueux des Prealpes, certains grains de meme nature, mais de plus forte dimension, y impriment leur contact sous la forme de stries ou de rainures plus ou moins longues et plus ou moins profondes. Or c'est a cause des cailloux stries que certains geologues ont essaye de faire considerer les placages boueux des Prealpes comme etant d'origine glaciaire. Mais il y a impossibilite a soutenir cette opinion, par les memes raisons invoquees deja a I'occasion des galets observes dans la masse d'anciennes moraines comme celles des Vosges. L'une des plus determinante, c'est I'abon- dance meme des stries, leur presence sur tous les galets calcaires sans exception et sur toutes les faces de ces galets. Involontairement, et malgre le respect que doit nous inspirer le nom de certains des geologues glacialistes que nous combattons, on ne pent se defendre d'un certain etonnement -quant au succes d'une doctrine si insoute- nable. Les efTets de denudation observes a la surface des galets glacaires se retrouvent, avec les variantes qu'on pent pre voir, a la surface des roches calcaires sous-jacentes a certains placages boueux. Le deplacement lent et incessant, sous une pression notable, des 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., grains de quartz au contact de calcaire compacte, a necessairement use celui-ci; toutes les asperites y sont remplacees par de moUes ondulations, par une forme moutonnee pareille a celle que les glaciers ont donnee aux roches qui ont subi leur friction. En vertu des circonstances mentionnees pour les galets, la surface moutonnee a ete en meme temps tres exactement polie, et son poll est renouvele constamment comme celui des galets. Enfin, cette roche a ete, comme les galets encore, pourvue de stries et de sillons plus ou moins longs, plus ou moins nombreux, et tout cet ensemble reproduit dans ses traits generaux les efYets determines par le passage des glaciers; — car il va sans dire que si les galets sont impuissants a strier les galets, ils sont au contraire tres aptes a strier, a canneler et a polir les roches en place qui les supportent. Mais un fait montrera a lui seul qu'il y a en jeu une cause essen- tiellement differente d'un cas a I'autre. Rectifiant, il y a quelques annees une route qui va de Glion au Mont Caux, on attaqua des placages boueux a galets stries et, dans un point, on mit a nu une magnifique surface calcaire moutonnee, polie et striee, offrant tons les caracteres glaciaires, du moins aux yeux de geologues trop prevenus pour voir sainement les faits. Or. on reconnut que cette surface etait seulement la partie superieure d'un enorme bloc de plusieurs metres cubes, noye dans le placage boueux, et Ton voyait tres nettement, dans certains points de ses surfaces laterales et meme de sa surface inferieure, quej'ai pu aise- ment degager en un point, la reproduction exacte du meme poll et de la meme striation. Cette pierre etait done un gigantesque galet pareil aux autres; elle avait ete polie et gtriee ainsi en glissant avec une grande lenteur sur le terrain boueux sous-jacent. En outre, dans la region de la surface polie, qui semblait bien "etre en place," on voyait le poll et les stries, meme dans les depres- sions, sans qu'on put trouver nuUe part une de ces zones -preservees du frottement, comme il y en a dans toutes les surfaces glaciaires. Une objection qui se presente a I'esprit contre la production des stries par denudation souterraine, c'est la pretendue impermeabilite du terrain argileux a galets polls des Prealpes et des regions analogues. Or, cette impermeabilite est absolument illusoire: dans toute la region des Prealpes que j'ai etudiee, les placages se comportent comme de veritables reservoirs hydrauliques et de leur epaisseur sourdent d'innombrables sources parfois volumineuses. Ces sources, si visibles aupres de Blonnay, de Brent, des Avants, etc., sont essen- tiellement incrustantes. A Blonnay, il faut souvent remplacer, pour 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21 cause d' obstruction travertineuse, les tuyaux de conduite etablis pour capter ces eaux: j'en ai recueilli des echantillons tres demon- stratifs. Aux Avants et entre cette station climaterique et Mon- treux, la tuffiere et d'autres monticules, representent des amas de calcaire concretionne emis par les placages. II y en a un specialement net au lieu dit Sex que pliau (la pierre qui pleut) au-dessus d'En Saumont, non loin de I'Alliaz; des feuilles et des coquilles terrestres y ont laisse des moulages parfaits. J'ai pu assister veritablement a la production progressive du poli a la surface des blocs calcaires compris dans les eboulis, en etudiant successivement des escarpemert choisis de plus en plus loin des sommets des Prealpes. Vers Sotodoz (1800 metres)" au pied des Rochers de Naye, les fragments rocheux dont il s'agit sont nettement anguleux et n'ont rien pour attirer I'attention; vers I'altitude du Mont-Caux, les aretes vives et les parties anguleuses sont deja devenues tres rares et les blocs polls sont deja tres nombreux; leur maximum se trouve depuis les Avants jusqu'a Blonnay. Plus bas, la forme du pays cesse d'etre favorable au glissement indispensable a la production qui nous occupe et Ton ne voit aucun galet. Je suis arrive a reproduire par I'experience le phenomene de stria- tion souterraine des galets et des surfaces rocheuses par un dispositif tres simple. II etait necessaire de modifier les conditions naturelles tout en leur laissant leur caractere essentiel, de fagon a leur faire produire un effet rapide et plus tangible. Pour cela, deux choses s'imposaient: 1° recourir a une substance beaucoup plus facile a rayer que le cal- caire, puisque les forces mises en oeuvre allaient etre incomparablement plus faibles que celles qui interviennent dans les phenomenes naturels; - — 2° provoquer dans le sous-sol soumis a la denudation, des mouve- ments plus accentues, afin de provoquer des resultats plus rapides. [Le premier point a conduit a employer des representations des galets en platre moule, parfaitement lisses et polls. Pour cela on remplit de platre gache de consistance tres liquide, de petits ballons de verre, les uns spheriques et les autres ellipsoidaux, c'est-a-dire du modele dit des matras d' essay eur. Une fois le platre bien pris, on brise le verre avec precaution, a moins qu'il ne se brise de lui-meme par dilatation du platre, et on enleve les fragments avec beaucoup de soin pour ne pas produire de rayures. Le second point a conduit a adopter comme substance constitutive du sol artificiel, dans la masse duquel la striation devra se faire, un melange, a volumes egaux, de sable quartz eux pas trop fin et de gros 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., sel de cuisine. Soumis a Taction de I'eau, ce melange se reduira a la moitie de son volume et il sera le siege de deplacements intestins favorables a I'effet desire. Le melange de sable et de sel est place dans une boite rectangu- laire en bois, et j'ai d'ordinaire employe 10 kilogrammes de sel et le volume correspondant de sable. Pendant le remplissage, qui se fait avec une pelle, on place successivement dans le melange pul- verise, les boules de platre, de fagon a ne point les f rotter et par consequent a ne point rayer leur surface. Quand la caisse est bien pleine, on depose sur le melange une planchette qu'on surcharge d'un poids de 20 a 30 kilogrammes. II n'y a plus qu'a faire arriver au contact de la substance, un filet d'eau qui pent venir soit d'en haut, soit d'en bas, soit lateralement, pour avoir des effets tres varies de tassements, avec glissements en sens divers. Apres la dissolution totale du sel, on arrete I'experience, on laisse egoutter, on ouvre la boite, en empechant tout deplacement de son contenu et, avec les precautions les plus minutieuses, on extrait les boules qui sont lavees avec un jet d'eau et mises a secher. On observe alors a leur surface des paquets de stries qui ont avec celles des galets calcaires des placages boueux, les analogies les plus frappantes et les plus instructives. C'est ainsi que les stries sont dirigees indifferemment dans tons les sens et le meme spheroide pent en presenter en plusieurs directions. Apres une seule experience, elles sont peu nombreuses, mais on les multiplie aisement en remettant successivement les memes boules de platre dans Tappareil. On pent aussi y placer une dalle plane en platre convenablement inclinee et oljtenue par moulage dans une cuvette de porcelaine. Apres I'ecoulement on y voit des stries qui presentent le caractere tres remarquable d'etre frequemment interrompues et parfois a plusieurs reprises, comme le sont de leur cote les stries naturelles. La conclusion de ces remarques et de ces experiences a d'autant plus d'importance que le terrain a galets stries, jouit d'une aire de dispersion gigantesque. On le retrouve, pareil a celui des Alpes dans les contreforts de toutes les grandes chaines comme les Pyrenees, les Carpathes, le Caucase, I'Himalaya,^^ les Montagues Rocheuses, etc. M. Roussanoff, membre de la mission de M. le comte Benard, a depose au laboratoire de geologic du Museum, des specimens de galets calcaires et schisteux, polls et stries, provenant de la Nouvelle- 1* Climbing in the Himalayas, by Sir Martin Conway. I vol. in 8° Londres. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23 Zemble et identiques a ceux qui viennent du pays de Vaud. lis ont ete recueillis dans la moraine du glacier Jacques Costier, vallee de la Christovaia, ainsi que dans une ancienne moraine du cap Stolbovos. Thomson^^ decrit une ''moraine" avec galets stries oil la pluie determine la production de cheminees des fees (gigantic mushrooms). "The morain is full of great polished subangular blocks in a matrix of finer material." On se croitait en presence des placages boueux des Prealpes vaudoises. II faudra, quelque jour, refaire toutes les cartes de ces dernieres regions pour supprimer la qualification de glaciaire donnee a cette formation. Des faits completement concordants avec ceux que j'ai decrits ont 6te signales par le geologue anglais Bonney.^" En en resumant ses resultats^i M. Marcellin Boule a bien voulu ajouter: "On ne peut reprocher a M. Bonney que d'avoir oublie de, citer les travaux importants de M. Stanislas Meunier sur le meme sujet. Depuis longtemps, en effet, le savant professeur du Museum a montre qu'on prenait souvent dans les Alpes pour des moraines des accumulations de blocs et de boues dont I'origine est precisement celle qu'indique le geologue anglais. M. Stanislas Meunier va meme plus loin. II a montre par de curieuses experiences de laboratoire que les cailloux stries eux-memes peuvent se trouver dans les pseudo-moraines. Je suis heureux de rappeler ici les titres de priorite de M. Stanislas Meunier au sujet d'une question qui est pour nous de la plus haute importance." L'interpretation des galets stries que je viens de developper, et qui me parait devoir etre definitivement adoptee, conduira comme premiere consequence, a modifier sensiblement la carte geologique d'un tres grand nombre de regions. Le signe adopte pour designer les formations glaciaires devra y etre remplace par celui qu'il faudra choisir pour les eboulis a galets stries. Le long de la plupart des chaines montagneuses et surtout des chaines calcaires, il faudra lui reserver une zone assez large, aussi bien dans les Pyrenees et dans les Alpes, que dans une grande partie du Jura et dans les pays analogues. Cette seule modification sera eloquente pour montrer I'illusion qui a conduit a supposer une ou plusieurs periodes glaciaires, en meme temps que pour faire admettre dans la serie des conditiones ^dificatrices de formations notables de tous les temps, la denudation intemperique qui, dans les montagnes, accumule les eboulis sur les ^' Travels in the Atlas and Southern Morocco, p. 326 Londres 1889. -" Geological Magazine, Janvier 1902. *i U Anthropologie, livraison de mars, 1902. 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., surfaces convenablement inclinees. On est, en effet, tres surpris k premiere vue que le phenomene des eboulis, si predominant dans les montagnes soumises, a Tepoque actuelle, aux actions meteorolo- giques, semble n' avoir pas existe dans les periodes anterieures. La representation a laquelle on arrivera necessairement ainsi contri- buera a faire ressembler, d'autant plus les unes avec les autres, les 6poques successives de revolution terrestre, en meme temps qu'elle fera disparaitre la singularite des temps glaciaires contrastant si ^trangement avec la parfaite continuite qui regne sans partage dans tous les autres chapitres de la Geologic. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25 NOTES ON THE SEMELID^ OF THE WEST COAST OF AMERICA, INCLUDING SOME NEW SPECIES. BY WILLIAM H. DALL. In revising the Pacific Coast species in the National Collection, considerable confusion was fouird, due in part to the habit of Dr. Carpenter (who originally named the collection) of trusting to the specimens in the collection of Professor C. B. Adams rather than to the diagnoses of that careful author. The specimens in that collec- tion, due to several causes (especially the fact that they were kept loose in trays and not numbered), have in some cases since Professor Adams' death become transposed or mixed, so that, without careful reference to the text, errors of identification were likely to occur. Furthermore, the collection of the National Museum since Car- penter's time has been greatly enlarged, and the better and more numerous specimens from a much wider geographical range afford an opportunity for study not available to Dr. Carpenter. Semele decisa Conrad, 1837. San Pedro to San Diego, California. (Coll. U. S. N. Mus.) This species is also reported from Mazatlan and Tagus Cove, Galapagos Islands, but I am not able to confirm these localities. Semele solida Gray, 1828. Peru and Chile. (Coll. U. S. N. Mus.) This is also doubtfully reported from the Galapagos Islands. It is the crocea of Gould, 1850, and the orbicularis of Hupe, 1854. Semele corrugata Sowerby, 1832. Not of C. B. Adams, 1852; and probably the californica of A. Adams, 1853. Magdalena Bay, Lower California, to Iquique, Peru. (Coll. U. S. N. Mus.) It is possibly only a variety of the preceding or the following species. Semele flavescens Gould, 1851. Cape St. Lucas to Callao, Peru. (Coll. U. S. N. Mus.) This is the proxima of C. B. Adams, 1852, and the flavicans of Carpenter (1857, lapsus) as of Gould. Semele striosa C. B. Adams, 1852. Not of Carpenter, 1857. Catalina Island, California, to Panama. (Coll. U. S. N. Mus.) 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., This is one of the species which was confused with the following shell by Dr. Carpenter. Semele sparsilineata n. sp. Panama, 18 fathoms. (Coll. U. S. N. Mus., No. 96,269.) Chile, Hupe. This was confused by Hupe with S. variegata Lam., 1818, which it much resembles, but is easily discriminated from the Atlantic species by the much sparser oblique grooving. The best specimen in the National Collection is 15 by 10 mm., with the vertical from the beaks 6.5 mm. behind the anterior end; but the shell grows much larger. Semele bicolor C. B. Adams, 1852. Gulf of California to Panama. (Coll. U. S. N. Mus.) A thin orbicular species with distinctive purple suffusion on a white ground. Semele rupicola n. sp. This is Semele rupium of California authors following Carpenter; not of Sowerby, 1832. Santa Cruz, California, to the Gulf of California. (Coll. U. S. N. Mus.) The Galapagos species, for which this has been mistaken, when not distorted by its nestling habit, has a conspicuous furrow radiating from the beak and rostrating the posterior end, and the form of the pallial sinus is different from that of the North American form. The former character is absent in the latter shell, but they are otherwise much alike. Semele rubropicta Dall, 1871. Forrester Island, Alaska (Willetts); British Columbia to Tia Juana, Lower California. (Coll. U. S. N. Mus.) Semele elliptica Sowerby, 1832. Not of Carpenter, 1864. Central America to Ecuador. (CoU. U. S. N. Mus.) Semele junonia Verrill, 1870. Carmen Island, Gulf of California. (Coll. U. S. N. Mus.) Semele jovis A. Adams, 1853. Carmen Island, Gulf of California. (Coll. U. S. N. Mus.) The preceding species and this one appear to be perfectly distinct. Semele formosa Sowerby, 1832. Gulf of California to Ecuador. (Coll. U. S. N. Mus.) 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27 Semele regularis n. sp. Gulf of California, off La Paz, in 10 to 30 fathoms. (Coll. U. S. N. Mils., No. 76,433.) This is a thin, delicate, usually pure white species of elliptical outline, sculptured with low, obtuse, concentric lamellae, regularlj^ disposed, with fine concentric lineation between them and no trace of radial striation. The beaks are nearly central and the pallial sinus is high, short, subcircular, and hardly extends behind the vertical of the beaks. Some specimens have a faint orange flush internally. The most perfect specimen measures 22 mm. long, 17 mm. high, and 6 mm. in diameter. The umbo is about 12 mm. behind the anterior end. Fragments show that the shell grows at least one half larger. Semele pacifica n. sp. Catalina Island, California, to Acapulco, Mexico, in 9 to 21 fathoms. (Coll. U. S. N. Mus., No. 211,728.) This is the shell usually referred to S. cancellata Sowerby, 1830 (S. hellastriata Conrad, 1837), but which differs from that Atlantic species in its smaller lunule, shorter and weaker right lateral tooth, and sharper and more delicate concentric sculpture. It is a rare form and doubtless the two descend from the same Oligocene ances- tors. Semele incongrua Carpenter, 1863. Monterey, California, to the Coronado Islands, Lower California. (Coll. U. S. N. Mus.) This is a well-defined species, and the Pliocene shell named S. pulchra var. montereyi by Arnold, 1903, should be referred to it rather than to pulchra as a variety. Semele pulchra Sowerby, 1832. Monterey, California, to Ecuador. (Coll. U. S. N. Mus.) Semele venusta A. Adams, 1853. Acapulco, Mexico, to West Colombia, South America. (Coll. U. S. N. Mus.) The S. ruhrolineata Conrad, 1837, San Diego, California, has not been definitely recognized since it was originally described, and the type is said to be lost. It has been, by a lapsus, referred to by Dr. Carpenter as S. ruhro- tincta, and was surmised by him to be a variety of S. pulchra, but the two have no resemblance to each other, judging by Conrad's figure. There does not seem to be any good ground for doubting 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., the Chinese origin of S. simplex Adams and Reeve, 1848, to which S. ruhrolineata has also been tentatively referred. Abra pacifica n. sp. Guaymas, Mexico. (Coll. U. S. N. Mus., No. 23,700.) Shell small, thin, white, finely concentrically sculptured, giving the surface a silky look; the concentric lines slightly prominent on the dorsal part of the posterior end; beaks not prominent, slightly anterior, outline elongate, attenuated and pointed behind, rounded in front; with only faint traces of microscopic radial strise or none; hinge normal, right cardinal tooth bifid, anterior right lateral stout, very short, posterior feeble, longer; left valve with a bifid cardinal and no laterals; pallial sinus obscure. Length 9, height 5.5, diameter 3.0 mm. This is the first species of the genus reported from the Pacific Coast. It was collected by Dr. Edward Palmer. Abra tepocana n. sp. Off Cape Tepoca, Lower California, in 14 fathoms. (U. S. N. Mus., No. 108,552.) Shell small, white, equivalve, anterior end longer; surface with a dull silky lustre due to extremely minute concentric striation; beaks rather prominent; dorsal margins descending, anterior end rounded evenly into a gently arcuate base, posterior end narrower, blunt, hardly truncate, slightly bent to the right as in a Macoma; right valve with a conspicuous resilifer, a very small cardinal tooth and the laterals obsolete; left valve with the cardinal hardly per- ceptible and no lateral laminae; pallial sinus large, 5.6 mm. deep, rounded in front. Length 8, height 6, diameter 3.5 mm., the beaks behind the anterior end 5 mm. Abra palmeri n. sp. Ballenas Lagoon on the west coast of Lower California; the Gulf of California (Dr. E. Palmer) ; and Panama Baj^ in 26 fathoms (U. S. N. Mus.). Type locality, Panama Bay. (U. S. N. Mus., No. 96,301.) Shell short, high, inflated, white, with a silky surface, and a very thin, polished, pale yellow periostracum ; anterior end and base rounded; beaks subcentral, dorsal margins descending, posterior end attenuated and with the extremity rounded; right valve with a deeply bifid (or double) cardinal tooth, the laterals obsolete; left valve with a single cardinal and no laterals. Length 10, height 8, diameter 5.5 mm. The pallial sinus rounded, 6 mm. deep. This species is nearest to A. lioica Dall, of the Atlantic Coast of the United States. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29 NOTES ON THE WATER SNAKE NATRIX COMPRESSICAUDA. BY T. BARBOUR AND G. K. NOBLE. Natrix compressicauda} and its four hitherto described subspecies are confined wholly to Florida, where they inhabit the brackish lagoons and estuaries of the sea. Since specimens of this water snake are rare in collections, the systematic relationships of the several forms have not been thoroughly determined and any data on this subject should be of interest. Having examined some fifteen adults and a brood of fifteen young from the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, we have found a remarkable variability in individuals from the same locality, while those from different localities have not shown any peculiar characters correlated with their distribution. The young from one brood are dichromatic and show many of the same variations as the adults, and seem to make it certain that there is but a single variable form to be recognized. Mr. A. G. Reynolds, of Gulf port, Fla., who has collected a large proportion of the known specimens of Natrix compressicauda, is familiar with this variability of color in fresh specimens. In a letter of September 23, 1914, he writes: "I have never found it anywhere except in brackish or salt water. Its local name is the 'salt-water moccasin.' The fishermen occa- sionally find it plentiful among the keys, but they never get me any specimens, although I offer a good price for them. It seems to be more or less plentiful at Key West. Here we get a straw-colored variety, also a variety with one row of spots beneath, and a variety with three rows of spots beneath." With the exception of one specimen, the entire series in our col- lection was taken by Mr. A. G. Reynolds. All but one of these have been taken within the last few years and come from different parts of the region of Tampa Bay and Key West. One of the Tampa Bay specimens, kindly loaned for examination by the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, comes from Tarpon Springs and was collected by S. N. Rhodes, in 1896. The others from this region were taken at St. Petersburg by Mr. Reynolds. 1 Kennicott, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 335. 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,. Of the Key West specimens there is one (M. C. Z. 2,444) worthy of special note. Cope^ says in speaking of .V. c. compsolcema: "The only known specimen of this subspecies was found at Key West, Florida, and is preserved in the Aluseum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass." The specimen to which Cope refers cannot now be found in the museum. The only example which might be mistaken for it is No. 2,444. But this specimen came with another (M. C. Z. 2,446) of the same species, which also seems to have disappeared. Both were said to have been collected in the Florida Keys and probably at Key West by L. F. de Pourtales. They were given by him to the museum and were entered in the register by S. Garman in 1874. That No. 2,444 cannot possibly have served Cope as the type of his N. c. compsolcema is shown by several noteworthy discrepancies. The tail and body lengths of the specimen (No. 2,444) are each some hundred millimeters longer than was Cope's type, and the dorsal rows are 21 as against the 19 given by Cope. Furthermore, the head shield characters of the two specimens are not the same. Cope's type was probably not returned by him to the museum, and wide inquiry elsewhere has failed to locate it. Unfortunately, this is not the only specimen which suffered this fate. The Described Forms. Cope^ sums up the characters of the several races in respect to color as follows: "N. c. compressicauda (Kennicott) : numerous dark cross bands, which are resolved into three rows of spots just anterior to the tail, and four longitudinal stripes on the neck. "N. c. tceniata Cope:^ four series of longitudinal spots above, those of the median pair forming two longitudinal stripes on the greater part of the length; the laterals forming stripes on the neck only. "iV. c. walkeri (Yarrow):^ yellowish with narrow brown bands, no postocular l^and. 'W. c. obscura Lonnberg:^ sooty above with transverse bands an- teriorly. "iV. c. compsolcema (Cope):^ above blackish brown with numerous closely placed cross bands." '^Annual Report of U. S. National Museum, 1898 (1902), p. 984. 3 The Annual Report of U. S. National Museum, 1899 (1902j, p. 979. ^Amer. Natl, 1895, p. 676. ^Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 6, 1883, p. 154. ^Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 17, 1894, p. 330. ' Pwc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 368. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31 The body scale counts as given by Cope are: N. c. compressicauda 2^1^ N. c. tceniata ■'^^~qo N. c. walkeri '^^ToV N. c. ohscura 21 (?) N. c. compsolcema 19— „- 67 The head shield characters of N. c. tceniata and A'', c. walkeri are not treated very fully by Cope or Yarrow, while for N. c. ohscura no scutation is given at all. Because the data given by Cope are incomplete, only the following can be expressed: Pre- and Labials. postoculars. Temporals. N. c. compressicauda 8+10 1+3 1+3 .V. c. taniata 8+10 1+3 1+3 N. c. walkeri 8+10 1+3 1+3 .V. c. ohscura Not given. N. c. compsolcema 8+ 9 1+3 ? Again, the length of the tail in percentage to total length taken from Cope would be: N. c. compressicauda 28.8% N. c. tceniata 25.9% N. c. walkeri ? N. c. ohscura ? N. c. compsolcema 21.5% Lastly, a glance shows that the type locality of these "races" are all in the same faunal area. Two of the races came originally from Tampa Bay and two from Key West, while the remaining one was from the opposite side of Florida, taken at Volusia. The Adult Specimens. Trying to classify the fifteen adults under the five described races, we find that none conform in every detail to any one race, but that each one presents some of the characters from more than one ''sub- species." Eight of these adults are from Tampa Bay, the other seven from Key West. The coloration of the adults shows a gradual change dorsally from the dark brown to the light straw-colored phases and from the wide 32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., to the narrow-banded conditions; ventrally from the two-lined form to one .with a single row of spots anteriorly. The longitudinal stripes on the neck and the oblique body stripes typical of N. c. compressicauda are well defined on two specimens before us from St. Petersburg. There is another specimen from the same region which approaches N. c. loalkeri in characteristic ground tone and markings, but the dorsal surface is darker and there is a vestige of the neck stripes found in A'', c. compressicauda and N. c. tceniata. One Key West specimen follows the description of A'', c. compsolcema almost exactly, while four others from Key West form distinct steps toward the typical walkeri pattern and coloration. Eliminating the three specimens from St. Petersburg, Tampa Bay, and the one from Key West which have a uniform straw-color and leaving out the one specimen from Key West that approaches N. c. ohscura and which may be considered as melanistic, we have ten specimens remaining which seem to show a gradual change in pattern and color from N. c. compressicauda, through N. c. tceniata, N. c. compsolcema, to N. c. walkeri. Throughout this series no one character is dis- tinctive enough to separate a race, although the Key West specimens all show a darker ventral surface. The straw-colored form is uniform and therefore has no distinguishing color characters, but the sooty variety approaching N. c. ohscura seems to be a melanistic form of N. c. compsolcema, since its spots and faint bars have that arrangement. The scale rows of the adult specimens present as pronounced a variation: there is no correlation between the color patterns and the number of scales and the counts given by Cope cannot be taken as differential characters of separate races. Two of the specimens before us have twenty-three dorsal rows, yet one has a color pattern typical of N. c. compressicauda while the other approaches N. c. walkeri. The range of the scale counts of the Tampa Bay specimens is expressed by the formula: „„126-135 "^^ ^^ 68-83 ' and the average is : The Key West specimens, on the other hand, have the range of 128-134 72-82 and the average of 13L2 77.7 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33 It is noteworthy that the sooty specimen Hke N. c. ohscura in 134 color has a very high scale count, it being 21 -, but since several other counts are nearly as large no significance can be placed on this. As only two of the fifteen specimens are females, and since these have average body scale counts, no sex differentiation is sho\vn. In the relative length of the body and tail the adult specimens vary greatly from the described forms. For example, the one specimen which follows so closely the description of the color of N. c. compsolcema, and which also came from Key West, has for its body-tail proportions 27.1%; Cope, on the other hand, gives meas- urements of 21.5%. The Tampa Bay specimens check up lower in average than the Key West ones. The range for the former being 22.6%-25.4%, average 24.1%, while the latter is 24.8-28.2%, average 26.1%. Since there is an overlapping of the high numbers of the former and the low ones of the latter and since the range of the whole series is not very great, races cannot be separated. In the same way, the head scutation of the adults show great variation. For example, two of the male specimens from Key West {A and B) have a color pattern very similar to iV. c. walkeri, their dorsal rows are both twenty-one, yet they differ considerably as shown below. Another specimen (C) from St. Petersburg is very similar to N. c. compressicauda in color pattern, it has twenty-three dorsal rows, yet its head characters are like those of (B) . Key West. St. Petersburg. A - B C 9+10 8+8 8+8 ^^°^^^^ 10+10 9+10 10+10 2+2 2+2 2+2 ^^^^^^^ 1-1-1 1+2 1 + 1 , 1+4 1+3 1+3 Temporals y^ j^ ^^ Moreover, as a whole this variability is very great, the ranges for individuals of the respective localities being: Tampa Bay. Key West. 8+8 9+9 8+8 9+9 Labials. Oculars 10+10 11 + 11 10+10 11 + 11 2+2 _ 3+3 1+2 _ 3+2 1 + 1 2+1 1 + 1 3+3 1+3 2+3 1+2 1+4 ^^^P0Ta:\s ^j^ - 2q:3 1+2 " 1+3 .3 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., In regard to the geographical distribution of these "forms," we have already spoken of their limited range. Although the museum has a series from Tampa Bay and Key West, no topotype of N. c. tceniata is at hand Nevertheless, some of the specimens before us from Tampa Bay and Key West show most of the characters of this supposed race. The Brood of Young. The variability in color characters of the adults finds correlation in a brood of fifteen young born from a specimen similar to the typical N. c. compressicauda. The mother was taken alive by Mr. A. G. Reynolds and the young were born in captivity. They are distinctly dichromatic; one group, ten in number, being like the adult but with generally lighter ground color — in other words, approaching N. c. walkeri — while the others, five in number, are uniformly straw-color, as seen in some of the other adults. The olilique dorsal bands of the young vary somewhat in width, but there is not as much variation as we see in the adults. In fact, the young of this brood present in color only two or possibly three of the phases which are seen in the older individuals. In comparing the scutation of the young water snakes, on the other hand, we find a great variability of the head shields and the body scale counts. The dorsal rows have a constant number, twenty-one, the same as the mother. The range of the ventral- subcaudal scale count is: 126 132 129.06 ^ - -82"' ^^^^^S" "74:2- Since six of this brood are females and four of these six have low counts while two have high ones, no general statement can be made on sex differentiation. Turning to the head shields, we find almost as much variation as in the adults. The range of these characters in the brood is: T w 1 8+8 _ 9-f9 ^^^'^^^ 10-hlO 10-11 ^ , 2-h2 3+3 Oculars iTuf ~ rHH" rr. , 1 + 2 2 + 3 Ten^P^rals ^^ - ^+3 The average count would be: *» T 1- 1 8+8 ^ , 3+2 3+3 „ , 1+3 Labials ; Oculars zr-r-^ or ; lemporals --j-^ iU + lU 1 + 1 1 + 1 1+0 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35 Regarding the relative length of body and tail, we would expect the proportion to run rather low since the brood comes from Tampa Bay. But this is not the case. The range is 2o.5%-27.8%, average 27.1%. From this it may be seen that but one race of Natrix compressi- cauda can be recognized. 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., ON CERTAIN VESICLES FOUND IN THE INTEGUMENT OF ANTS. BY ADELE M. FIELDE. During the years 1900 to 1907, I demonstrated by ex^periments, duly set forth in print, that the antennae of the ant are a pair of compound noses, certain segments having eadh a special function. The ants in my formicaries were subject to observation by day and by night, all the year round. The experiments were unhurried, very numerous, and with adequate material for every series. No ant that had not manifestly recovered normal health after the required surgical operation was engaged in the service demanded by an experiment. (See b, page 425, and j, page 215.)^ I found that the habitual activi- ties of the ants are guided mainly by diverse odors, produced by the ants themselves, and discerned through the sub-noses of the olfac- tory organs, the funicles of the antennae. These odors are: (1) the odor of the domicile, the nest aura, made up of the commingled odors of the inhabitants, and discerned through the air by the distal segment of the antenna. The normal ant, warned by an alien aura, fears and avoids the habitation of any ant com- munity other than her own, and she strives to flee or hide when forcibly introduced into the alarm- ing atmosphere of an unknown nest. But if the twelfth, the distal segment, is eliminated, the ant no longer distinguishes the domiciliary odor and stays fearlessly in See bibliography at conclusion of paper. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37 the abode of her enemies until her life pays the penalty of her uncon- scious temerity. This sub-nose appears to discern many odors, diffused in the air. (See c, page 539.) (2) It is well known that ants of the same species abide in different colonies or communities so hostile to one another that an encounter between members of different colonies results in a battle, often prolonged until one or the other is exterminated. The undeveloped young of one colony are sometimes stolen and reared by the adults of another colony of the same species, but the adults of different colonies ordinarily maintain a mutual repugnance that is invincible, no matter how long an artificially enforced companionship may exist. The colony odor, depending on age, is discerned through the penultimate segment of the antenna. When this segment is elmiinated, ants of different colonies of the same species live and work together in complete accord. They are then unaware of the objectionable odor of their comrades, as they no longer perceive what the normal ant discerns. The colony odor is discerned through contact of the antenna with the body of the ant subject to examina- tion. This eleventh segment is, or contains, an organ of chemical sense which might be called olfactory or gustatory. (See b, page 449; c, page 531; d, page 609; t, page 1.) (3) When an ant goes out from her dwelling, she lays down from her feet an odorous substance whereby she is guided on her return journey. She discerns her own scent through the antepenultimate segment of the antenna, and through the air. When this tenth segment is eliminated she is no longer able to retrace her steps and is completely bewildered. She is as incapable as is a dog in pursuit of a master who has waded. (See c, page 522.) But in her case the track remains, while power to pick up the scent has been de- stroyed in the pursuer. (4) The next two segments of the funicle, the eighth and ninth counted from the proximal end of the antenna of Stenamma fulvum piceum, discern the odor of the queen and of the undeveloped young ordinarily her progeny. When these segments are eliminated, the worker ant, that in her normal condition evinced extreme devotion to the welfare of the inactive young and to the queen-mother, becomes wholly indifferent to all or any of those whom she has heretofore served. There are indications that the inactive young, as well as the queen, have a progressive odor, appreciable to the workers both by contact and in the air, and that the odor is a distinctive one, alluring to the workers. (See c, page 542; k, page 229.) 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., (5) The next two segments, the sixth and seventh from the proxi- mal end of the antenna, discern the odor of ants of alien species, always regarded and treated as enemies unless acquaintance has been made in the earliest days of the individual ant's existence. Prolonged warfare and terrible slaughter often occur between ant colonies of different species. But if the sixth and seventh segments of the antennae be eliminated, ants of different species or even of different sub-families will live together amicably and will regurgitate food to one another. I have had representatives of so mam- as five different genera living in close fellowship in the same nest. The specific odor is discerned by contact, the antenna being applied to some part of the body of the ant encountered. (See h, page 321; k, page 229.) The two antennae of the ant are identical in function, either one serving the purposes of both. Among the three or four thousand species of known ants the number of segments in the antennae varies from four to thirteen. In my work of ascertaining the function of the antennal segments, I used mainly Stenamma fulvum piceiim, a Myrmicine ant, having twelve segments in the antennae. It is not improbable that further investigation, equally painstaking, would reveal olfactory functions in other segments than those tested by me. It is certain, however, that segments proximal to the sixth do not discern the odors appreciated by the seven at the distal end. Since the ants have given evidence that they bear in their bodies several different odors, they must have glands producing unlike odors. The nest aura requires no separate apparatus, because its creation is effected by the combined odors of the inhabitants of the nest. The colony odor, inherited from the queen and changing with age of the ants, demands a means of production that might well be inquired for along the sides of the thorax where the ants so commonly apply a caressing antenna. The scent that is laid down on the track would probably issue from the feet or legs, while the odor of the queen would be produced in some gland that would be no more than rudimentary in the workers. The diverse specific odors are easily discernible by human nostrils; and even an ant may be tem- porarily deceived by an individual of the enemy's troop painted with the blood of a friend. There must be glands for producing this odor. • Many observers have described certain vesicles in the integument of ants, as well as of many other insects, since Hicks first studied them. (1857 to 1860.) Janet, whose work on the anatomy of the 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39 ant has been long continued, highly skilled and very prolific, shows these organs as a pit communicating with the external air by means of a pore. They have been variously named. I suggest to myrme- oologists the possibility that these vesicles found in groups or scattered over the body and limbs of the ant may be the producers of the odors borne by the insect, and I urge research among Forel's "inverted flasks," the "pits and pegs," the "plates and pores," and all papillae on the ant. Dr. N. E. Mclndoo, of the Bureau of Entomology at Washing-ton, D. C, has issued two papers, one in April, 1914, The Olfactory Sense of the Honeij Bee, and one in November, 1914, The Olfactory Sense of Insects. I venture a few brief comments thereupon. Dr. Mclndoo quotes Dr. W. M. Wheeler's objection to my dis- covery that "the olfactory organs of an animal may exhibit 'regional differentiations.'" This objection, unsupported as it is by physio- logical tests applied to the ant, should influence no investigator. If there be error in the process of experimentation or flaw in the logic of the deduction, the critic should indicate the point of departure from a correct course. It is true that my statements are "unsup- ported by other observers," but lack of support by other observers is a misfortune that necessarily befalls the research worker who makes the earliest observation. Dr. Mclndoo's iterated statement that his bees were "abnormal," without definite indication of the cause or kind of abnormality, gives no assistance in the formation of a sound judgment concerning the changes due to mutilation. " Almormality " of some sort is a natural consequent of mutilation. The question is whether a certain abnormal condition invariably ensues from a particular mutilation. In those cases where Dr. Mclndoo's surgical operations upon his bees were performed by the pulling apart or the burning off of segments, the lesions produced in the adjacent tissues must have been such as to seriously affect the functions of the parts subject to subsequent observation. The odors of the essential oils used in his experiments must have been diffused through the air, and the reaction of the bees, normal or abnormal, may in many cases have been due to the effect of the odorous particles upon the trachea through the spiracles rather than to their appeal to the sense of smell. Dr. Mclndoo's experiments and observations appear to me to be confirmatory rather than contradictory of the view of most ento- 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., mologists that the antennse are the organs of smell in insects. The evidence he sets forth is far from being convincing of the truth of his final asseveration that "the antennse can no longer be regarded as the seat of the sense of smell in insects"; and equally remote from acceptance should be his conclusion that the organs he chooses to call "olfactory pores" "are the true olfactory apparatus in Hymenoptera. " List of Miss Fielde's Published Papers on Ants. (a) Portable Ant Nests. Biological Bulletin, Vol. II, No. 11, September, 1900. (6) A Study of an Ant. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, July, 1901; issued September 4, 1901. (f) Further Study of an Ant. Proceedings, October, 1901; issued November 22, 1901. (d) Notes on an Ant. Proceedings, September, 1902; issued December 4, 1902. (e) Supplementary Notes on an Ant. Proceedings, June, 1903; issued September 4, 1903. (/) Experiments with Ants induced to Swim. Proceedings, September, 1903; issued October 5, 1903. ig) A Cause of Feud between Ants of the same Species living in different Com- munities. Biological Bulletin, Vol. V, No. 6, November, 1903. (/i) Artificial Mi.xed Nests of Ants. Biological Bulletin, Vol. V, No. 6, November, 1903. (i) Observations on Ants in their Relation to Temperature and Submergence. Biological Bulletin, Vol. VII, No. 3, August, 1904. 0') Portable Ant Nests. Biological Bulletin, Vol. VII, No. 4, September, 1904. (k) Power of Recognition among Ants. Biological Bulletin, Vol. VII, No. 5, October, 1904. (I) Reactions of Ants to material Vibrations. Proceedings, September, 1904; issued November 2, 1904. (ni) Three Odd Incidents in Ant Life. Proceedings, September, 1904; issued November 2, 1904. («) Tenacitv of Life in Ants. Biological Bulletin, Vol. VII, No. 6, November, 1904.' (o) The Sense of Smell in Ants. The Independent, August 17, 1905. (p) How an Ant went to Market and came Home again. Written October, 1905. In Boys and Girls' Magazine, Ithaca, New York, April, 1906. (q) Temperature as a Factor in the Development of Ants. Biological Bulletin, Vol. IX, No. 6, November, 1905. (r) Observations on the Progeny of Virgin Ants. Biological Bulletin, Vol. IX, No. 6, November, 1905. (s) The Communal Life of Ants. Nature-Study Review, Vol. I, No. 6, Novem- ber, 1905. (t) The Progressive Odor of Ants. Biological Bulletin, Vol. X, No. 1, December, 1905. (u) Longevity of a Velvet Ant. Biological Bulletin, Vol. XI, No. 5, October, 1906. (r) Suggested Explanations of certain Phenomena in the Lives of Ants. Bio- logical Bulletin, Vol. XIII, No. 3, August, 1907. (ir) The Nose of an Ant. Spinning Wheel Magazine, Vol. I, No. 2, December, 1914. .1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41 February 16. c The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair. One hundred persons ijresent. The deaths of George J. Scattergood, July 16, 1914, and of Benjamin Sharp, M.D., January 23, 1915, members, were announced. On the announcement of the death of Dr. Sharp, the following was read by the Recording Secretary and ordered to be placed on the minutes: The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia desires to place on record its sense of the loss sustained by the society and by the scientific world in the death of Dr. Benjamin Sharp, on January 23. Dr. Sharp graduated in medicine from the University of Pennsyl- vania in 1879. He subsequently studied in the Universities of Berlin, Leipzig, and Wurzburg. Immediately after securing his degree of Doctor of Philosophy from the last named institution in 1883 he published his first paper in the Proceedings of the Academy, a reprint of his graduation thesis on the anatomy of Ancylus. He subse- quently i:)ublished twenty communications as contributions to the Proceedings. They cover a wide range of subjects, but are most important, perhaps, as studies of the visual organs of mollusks. Dr. Sharp was elected Corresponding Secretary of the Academy in 1890 and served efficiently until 1902. His work as an attache of the United States Fish Commission, as zoologist of the first Peary Arctic Expedition, and as professor in the Academy, the University of Pennsylvania, and in the Central High School, together with his explorations of Behring Sea, the West Indies, and the Sandwich Islands, was all prosecuted in direct asso- ciation with the Academy, to which he was always most generous in the expression of his obligation for encouragement and assistance. Dr. Sharp was endowed with a retentive memory and the faculty of clear and accurate statement. He was a man of singular personal charm and of an unusual range of sympathy and accomplishment. A strikingly attractive figure anywhere, he was equally at home in a scientific meeting, a drawing-room, or on the dock with his chums, the fishermen. He retained to the last the qualities of an eager, ingenuous boy without any of the disadvantages of immaturity. Although not intimately associated with the Academy since 1902, his periodical visits sustained his affectionate relations with his fellow-members and testified to his loyalty to the institution. The realization of its own loss in the death of Dr. Sharp 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., enables the Academy to appreciate the bereavement of his wife and children, to whom is extended its heartfelt sympathy. Mr. Robert Cushman Murphy spoke on bird-life at an outpost of the Antarctic. The communication was beautifully illustrated by lantern views. The Secretary read the following communication from Miss Adele M. Fielde, of Seattle, Washington: Concerning the Sense of Smell in Dogs. — In the winter of 1911-12, I spent over four consecutive months in the city of Tucson, Arizona, lodging in one house and taking my meals in another, a quarter of a mile distant. The street, In the residential section of the city, traversed by me several times daily, was wide, with paved walk on both sides, in front of detached houses whose owners generally cherished watch dogs. In my earliest journeys along the sidewalks, the dogs, of various breeds, in their respective, shrubby dooryards, all barked at me, so intentionally as to make me doubt whether existence would be tolerable under such local conditions. I persisted, however, in my course as a pedestrian, made no acquaintance with the o\\Tiers of the dogs, no calls at their residences, and no efforts at conciliation of the animals. Nevertheless, the barking of the clogs gradually subsided and then ceased, first on the west side of the street that I traversed most frequently, and later upon the east side of the street, where I walked but seldom. Some weeks before I left Tucson, all the dogs had stopped barking at me during my passage alongside their grounds, whether by day or by night. In the evenings I usually carried a lantern whose light fell upon the pavement without illuminating me. A small dog, resident in the house where I lodged, maintained hostilities toward me for several days after my arrival, but changed his mental attitude toward me with no conciliation on my part, and then habitually gave immoderate expression to his delight whenever I returned to the house. Such change in the behavior of these clogs indicates that at my earliest coming they perceived an unknown scent either upon the pavement or in the air and resented its intrusion among countless familiar odors. When accustomed to the intruded scent, having received no injury from its bearer, they ceased from audible protest against her presence. Without contact at any time, and with darkness and distance often such as to make vision improbable, the cause of the behavior of the dogs appears to lie in their sense of smell. That they could pick up the scent laid down on the pave- ment was to be expected of them. That they recognized its depositor in the dark and at a distance of many yards, and refrained from any vocal exercise save a monosyllabic assertion of being on duty,, indicates high olfactory sensitivity. Joseph C. Guernsey, M.D., was elected a member. The following was ordered to be printed: 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 43^ a new classification of the ophiuroidea: with descriptions of new genera and species. by h. matsumoto. Contents. PAGE Introductory 43^ Subclass I. (Egophiuroida 45 Subclass II. Myophiuroida 45' Order i. Phrynophiurida 46 Family 1. Ophiomyxidse 40 Subfamily 1. Ophiomyxinse 47 Subfamily 2. Ophiobyrsinse 50 Family 2. Trichasteridse 51 Subfamily 1. Asteronychinae 52 Subfamily 2. Trichasterinse 52 Subfamily 3. Asteroschematinse 52 Family 3. Gorgonocephalidse ; 55 Subfamily 1 . Gorgonocephalinse 56 Subfamily 2. Astrotominse 59 Order ii. Lsemophiurida 61 Family 1. Ophiacanthidis 62 Family 2. Hemieuryalidai 65' Subfamily 1. Ophiochondrina? 65 Subfamil}^ 2. Hemieuryalinaj 66 Order iii. Gnathophiurida .■.-...■.; ;.. 66 Family 1. Amphilepididse 66 Family 2. Amphiuridse 68 Subfamily 1. Ophiactininte 69 Subfamily 2. Amphiurimr 69 Family 3. Ophiotrichida' 74 Order iv. Chilophiurida 74 Family 1. Ophiolepididse 75 Subfamily 1. Ophiomastinse 76 Subfamily 2. Ophiolepidina? ' 81 Family 2. Ophioleucida; 83 Family 3. Ophiodermatidse 83 Subfamily 1. Ophiarachnina> 83 Subfamily 2. Ophiodermatinse 87 Family 4. Ophiochitonidse ). 88 Subfamily 1. Ophiochitoninse 88 Subfamily 2. Ophionereidinaj 90 Family 5. Ophiocomidae 91 Subfamily 1. Ophiocominse 92 Subfamily 2. OphiopsilinEe 92 Introduction. The present study was undertaken at the suggestion of Prof. Goto^ of the Imperial University of Tokyo; and to him my hearty thanks are due for supervision and the revision of part of the manuscript. My first purpose was merely to identify and name species. But 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., I soon found that the classifications of the Ophiuroidea hitherto pro- posed were very unsatisfactory. Indeed, their imperfectness became a haunt to me; so I determined to devise a new classification of my own. For this purpose, I have dissected representatives of as many genera as were accessible; and the following are some of the more important results obtained: A. Morphological. — Those forms that have arms, capable of being vertically coiled, have a very compact oral skeleton (the adoral shields are entirely proximal to the oral shield, being firmly united to it; the oral frames are very stout, those of the same radius being firmly joined together; the peristomal plates are entire and more or less soldered to the oral frames, etc.), and very short, stout vertebrae, of which the articulation is streptospondyline, with a very rudimentary, or no articular peg. More or less divided ver- tebrae are found only in certain genera with horizontally flexible arms; such vertebrae are of two kinds, those which are divided into halves by a single fusiform pore (found in forms in which the dorsal side of the arms is more or less unprotected) and those in which the two halves are separated by a series of small pores (found in forms with the dorsal side of the arms entirely protected). Forms with •quadrangular and stout teeth have oral frames with well-developed lateral wings for the attachment of voluminous masticatory mus- cles, etc. B. Systematic. — Astroceras, Trichaster and Euryala have a certain common structure, by which they may be distinguished from either Aster onyx or Asteroschema; Astrotoma and its allies have certain distinctive characters in contrast to Asteroporpa, Astrochele, Gor- gonocephalus, Astrocladus and their aUies; the Amphiuridae (emend.) and the Ophiotrichidae are intimately related by their internal struc- ture; ^'Ophiactis" pars, i.e., my Amphiactis, is a connecting link between the Ophiacanthidae and Amphiuridae; the Ophiolepididae, Ophiodermatidae and Ophiocomidae form together another compact group; my Ophiochitonidae are not referable to Amphiuridae (emend.) but are very near the Ophiodermatidae and Ophiocomidae; Ophiopsila is, as a matter of fact, a near ally of the Ophiocomidae; "Ophioconis" pars, i.e., my Ophiuroconis and Ophiurodon, and "Ophiochceta" pars, i.e., my Ophiurochata, are perfectly distinguishable from Ophiolimna (emend.), by their internal structure, etc. Prefixing so much, I now proceed to the. exposition of my views, leaving them to be judged on their merits. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45- During the present study, I have received great help from Dr. Hubert Lyman Clark, of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, in. the loan of many precisely determined specimens from that Museum and in helpful advice; my best thanks are due to him. This paper is in fact an outcome of his suggestions. A more detailed monograph with illustrations will be published ultimately in Japan. The outbreak of the present war has made it impossible for me to- receive some specimens of Palaeozoic ophiurans promised me by Dr. B. Sttirtz, so that I am obliged to defer a revision and classifica- tion of Palaeozoic ophiurans to the future. The greater part of the present study was done in the Zoological Institute of the Imperial University of Tokyo, and the type speci- mens of all the new species described belong to it. Sendai, Japan, December 1, 1914. Subclass I. CEGOPHIUROIDA nov. Ophiuroidea with external ambulacral grooves, and without ventral arm plates. Radial shields, genital plates and scales, oral shields and dorsal arm plates also absent. Ambulacral plates alternate or opposite; in the latter case, they may often be soldered in pairs to form the vertebrae. Adambulacral plates, i.e., lateral arm plates, subventral. Madreporite either dorsal or ventral, often large and similar in shape to that of an Asteroid. This subclass consists chiefly of Palaeozoic genera. The CEgophiuroida lack all the fundamental characters by which Recent ophiurans are clearly distinguished from Asteroids. Indeed, the distinction of the present subclass from the cryptozonial Aster- oids depends merely upon the different development of certain, common structures. Subclass II. MYOPHIUROIDA nov. Ophiuroidea without external ambulacral grooves, and with ventral arm plates. Radial shields, genital plates and scales, oral shields and dorsal arm plates usually present; but sometimes rudi- mentary or absent. Ambulacral plates opposite, usually completely soldered in pairs to form the vertebrae. Madreporite represented by one, or sometimes all, of the oral shields. This subclass includes certain Palaeozoic forms and all the ophiurans since the Mesozoic. 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Order I. PHRYNOPHIURIDA nov. Disk and arms covered by a skin. The radial shield and genital plate articulate by means of a simple face or a transverse ridge on either plate, without well -developed articular condyles and sockets. Peristomal plates large, entire, or sometimes double or triple. Oral frames entire, without well-cleveloped lateral wings. Dorsal arm plates absent or very rudimentary; lateral arm plates ventral or sub ventral in position; dorsal side of arms largely unprotected. Key to families of Phrynoiphiurida. yl— Lateral arm plates more or less subventral; arm spines not confined to ventral side of arm, but lateral or subventral in position; vertebrae not very short and stout, with not exceed- ingly stout wings; upper and lower muscular fossae of vertebrae rather subequal; radial shields smaU or rudimentary, Ophiomyxid.e. A A — Lateral arm plates and arm spines confined to the ventral side of the arm; vertebrae very short and stout, discoidal, with exceedingly stout wings; upper muscular fossae of vertebrae extremely large, lower very small; vertebral articu- lation typically streptospondyline; radial shields long and bar-like. a — Arms without rows of hook-bearing granules; arm spines covered by thick skin; adoral shields very stout, Trichasterid^. aa— Arms annulated by double rows of hook-bearing granules; arm spines naked, or at most covered by thin skin; adoral shields rather small and inconspicuous, often separated from oral shields by small supplementary plates, Gorgonocephalid^. Family 1. OPHIOMYXIDuE Ljungman, 1866. (Characters as given above in key.) Key to subfamilies of Ophiomyxidce. A — Oral shields separated from first lateral arm plates by outer lobes of the adoral shields; peristomal plates usually double or triple, not very thick, not firmly fixed to the oral frames, which are rather slender; vertebrae long and slender, except one or two basal ones which are discoidal, distal ones usually divided into halves; wings of vertebrae not equally thick, but distinctly much thinner laterally than dorsally; vertebral articulation zygospondyline, the articular peg being well developed Ophiomyxin^e. A A — Oral shields in contact with first lateral arm plates; adoral shields entirely proximal to oral shield; peristomal plates 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47 entire, very thick, fused with oral frames, which are very stout; vertebriE rather short and very stout, many proximal ones discoidal, none divided into halves; wings of vertebrae almost equally thick laterally and dorsally; vertebral articu- lations streptospondyline; articular peg very rudimentary, or absent OPHiOBYRSiNiB. Subfamily 1. OPHIOMYXIN^ Ljungman, 1871 (emend.). (Characters as given above in key.) This subfamily includes Ophiohelus, Ophiosciasma, Ophiogeron, Astrogeron, Ophiocynodus, Ophiostyracium, Ophiosyzygiis, Ophio- leptoplax, Ophioscolex, Neoplax, Opkiomora, Ophiomyxa, Ophiodera, Ophiohymen, and provisionally Ophiamhix, besides two new genera, Ophiostiha and Ophiohyalus. OPHIOSTIBA gen. nov. Disk covered by a skin containing a number of scattered granules. Radial shields very rudimentary, forming a continuous row with the marginal disk scales, which are well developed, as in Ophiomyxa, Ophiomora and Neoplax. Teeth and oral papillae present, with acute ends. Arms skin-covered; dorsal arm plates absent, while the lateral arm plates are subventral, so that the dorsal side of the arms is largely naked. Distal vertebrae more or less divided into halves by a longitudinally fusiform pore. Arm spines few, all converted into compound hooks. Tentacle scales absent. This new genus differs from Ophioscolex chiefly in the presence of the marginal disk scales and in the conversion of the arm spines into compound hooks; and from Neoplax in the fewer arm spines, which are converted into compound hooks, and in the absence of tentacle scales. Ophiostiba hidekiii sp. nov. Diameter of disk 3.5 mm. Length of arms 16 mm. Width of arms at base 0.8 mm. Disk hexagonal, with concave interradial borders, covered by a soft skin, which contains a number of scattered granules. Radial shields very rudimentary and insignificant, forming a continuous row with the marginal disk scales, which are well developed. Genital slits very small and short. Oral shields rhomboidal, with perfectly rounded outer and lateral angles, convex, slightly longer than wide; each serving as a madre- 1 Dedicated to the memory of my friend, Hideki Chiba, who met with an untimely death a few days after assisting me in dredging my material in the Sagami Sea. 48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., porite. Adoral shields long and narrow, but with widened outer ends, meeting each other within. Four or five oral papillae on either side, triangular, with acute apices. Teeth stout, triangular, acute. Six arms, of which three are longer than the other three, as an indication of schizogony. Dorsal arm plates entirely absent; dorsal side of vertebrae clearly visible. Lateral arm plates low, meeting below. First ventral arm plates very small, rhomboidal, longer than wide; the following heptagonal, with strongly concave proximo- lateral and outer sides (the former adjoining the tentacle pores), much longer than wide, widest opposite the outer ends of the tentacle pores; calcification very feeble along median line, the plates appear- ing as if longitudinally grooved. In the outer half of the arm, the vertebrse are more or less divided into halves by fusiform pores. Two or three hyaline arm spines, converted into compound hooks, with four or five denticles along the abradial side; the lowest one is slightly shorter than the upper ones, which are about two-thirds as long as the corresponding arm joint. The uppermost spines of either side of successive arm joints are connected by a hyaline, web-like membrane, except on the basal and most distal joints. Tentacle pores large, without any scale. Color in alcohol: disk deep chocolate-brown, except the granules, which are white; arms brownish yellow. Two specimens; Sagami Sea; 300 fathoms. This new species evidently reproduces by schizogony, as indicated by the hetaractiny and the occurrence of six madreporites. OPHIOHYALUS gen. nov. Disk covered by a skin, with marginal scales. Radial shields very rudimentary, forming a continuous row with the marginal disk scales. Teeth and oral papillae flattened and serrate, like those of Ophiomyxa, Ophiodera and Ophiohymen. Dorsal arm plates present, but rudimentary, entire, thin, hyaline, separated from each other by naked spaces. Vertebrae more or less divided into halves. Arm spines few, converted into compound hooks. Tentacle scales absent. This new genus is near Ophiomyxa, but differs from it in the rudi- mentary radial shields, the divided vertebrae, the entire rudimentary dorsal arm plates and the conversion of the arm spines into com- pound hooks. In almost all characters, Ophiohyalus is more embry- onal than Ophiomyxa. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49 Ophiohyalus gotoi sp. nov. Diameter of disk 9 mm. Length of arms 28 mm. Width of arms at base 1 mm. Disk pentagonal, with concave interradial borders, very fiat, covered by a thin skin. Marginal disk scales present, feeble. Radial shields rudimentary and insignificant, forming a continuous row with the marginal disk scales. Genital slits small and short, extending from outer end of adoral shield to that of second lateral arm plate. Oral shields triangular, with perfectly rounded lateral angles, outer side slightly concave; two and a half times as wide as long. Adoral shields large, triangular, very long, acutely tapered inwards, but not meeting. Oral plates long and narrow. The space encircled by the oral and adoral shields and oral plates is strongly depressed. Three or four oral papillse on either side, thin, hyaline, serrate along the free edge. Two or three short, wide, flattened teeth, with rounded and finely serrate ends. Deep in the oral slit on either side of each jaw there occurs one conical, rough papilla, which protects the first oral tentacle pore. Arms slender, covered by a very thin, transparent skin. Dorsal arm plates small, oval, thin, hyaline, longer than wide, wider within than without, separated from each other by naked spaces; the}^ lie over the distal parts of the vertebrae of the corresponding arm joints, and become very small and delicate towards the extremity of the arm. Lateral arm plates low, slightly flaring, successive plates not in contact with each other, but separated by a naked space, which is widened upwards and continued into a large naked space bounded by the dorsal and lateral arm plates and the vertebra. First ventral arm plate not very small, quadrangular, with strongly curved outer side, much wider without than within; those beyond nearly rhom- boidal in outline, with a conspicuous reentrant notch at outer end and a half pore for the tentacle at each lateral angle; much longer than wide, widest opposite outer ends of tentacle pores; successive plates not in contact with each other, except within the disk. The lateral arm plates do not, however, meet each other in the ventral median line, so that there is left here a naked, depressed space, which is especially well-marked near the extremity of the arm. Except within the disk and at the very base of arms, the vertebrae are more or less or entirely divided into halves by fusiform pores, which become larger and longer in the more distal part of the arm. Arm spines two, sub ventral, unequal, glassy, all converted into compound hooks, with a series of booklets along their ventral side, covered by 50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., a thin, transparent skin; the lower one is much larger and longer than the upper. On some basal arm joints there occurs on the lateral arm plate one more spine, which is placed on the dorsal margin of the plate and also bears a series of booklets on one side; it is larger and longer than the other two and nearly as long as the corresponding arm joint. No tentacle scale. Color in alcohol: yellowish white. Two specimens; probably Sagami Sea. Subfamily 2. OPHIOBYRSIN^ nov. (Characters as given in key, p, 46.) This subfamily includes Ophiobyrsa, Ophiohyr sella, Ophiophrixus, Ophiobrachion and provisionally Ophioschiza, besides a new genus, Ophiosmilax. The Ophiobyrsinse rather approach the next two families in skeletal characters. OPHIOSMILAX gen. nov. Disk and arms covered by a thick skin. Radial shields very rudimentary and insignificant. Single oral papilla on either side and two or three dental papillae at the apex of each jaw. Teeth in a single vertical series. Teeth and papillae all alike, stout, stumpy, conspicuously thorny at tips. Second oral tentacle pores open outside oral slits, each provided with a thorny, stumpy papilla, which arises from adoral shield. Dorsal arm plates absent, while the lateral arm plates are subventral, so that the dorsal side of the arms is merely covered by a naked skin. Ventral arm plates well- developed, in contact with each other. Vertebrae short and very stout. Vertebral articulation streptospondyline, the articular peg being entirely absent. Arm spines few, converted into compound hooks. No tentacle scale. This new genus more or less resembles Ophiophrixus in the total absence of dorsal arm plates, but differs from it in the rudimentary radial shields, in the peculiarities of teeth and papillae and in the conversion of arm spines into compound hooks. The last character reminds us of Ophiobrachion, but Ophiosmilax has no disk spines, while it does have peculiai* teeth and papillae and fewer and longer arm spines. Ophiosmilax mirabilis sp. nov. Diameter of disk 2 mm. Length of arms 12 mm. Width of arms 0.8 mm. Disk pentagonal, with concave interbrachial borders, covered by a thick skin, which contains very fine, thin, transparent 1915.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51 scales. Radial shields rudimentary and insignificant, lying on the disk margin. Genital slits very small and short. Oral shields triangular, with convex outer border. Adoral shields large, quadrangular, meeting within. Oral slits short, fairly closed up. Single oral papilla on either side, short, stumpy, conspicuously thorny at tip, turned up ventrally, instead of projecting towards oral slit. Two or three dental papillae at apex of each jaw, similar in shape and in size to oral papilla, also turned up ventrally. Teeth in a single vertical series, stout, stumpy, thorny at tips. Second oral tentacle pores open outside oral slits, each provided with a stumpy and thorny papilla, which arises from adoral shield. Arms stout in comparison with the small disk, covered by a thick, naked skin. Dorsal arm plates absent. Lateral arm plates sub- ventral, strongly flaring. First ventral arm plate large, quadran- gular, with rounded angles, slightly longer than wide, much wider without than within; those beyond also large, hexagonal; proximal and proximo-lateral sides very short; distal and disto-lateral sides long; outer angles perfectly rounded; as long as, or slightly longer than, wide, feebly calcified and transparent, except the outer and lateral margins, where the calcification is complete and opaque. Vertebrae short and very stout, with streptospondyUne articulation, the articular shoulder and umbo being very stout, while the articular peg is entirely absent. Arm spines two or three, lying flat on the arm, all converted into compound hooks, hyaline; the uppermost two are subequal, about two-thirds as long as corresponding arm joint, while the lowest one is about half as long as the same. The smaller spines have two or three booklets, which lie in one plane, while the larger ones have six or seven booklets, which lie in two divergent planes. Tentacle pores small, without scales. Color in alcohol: brownish yellow. One specimen; Sagami Sea; 300 fathoms. Family 2. TRIOHASTERIDJE Doderlein, 1911 (emend.). (Characters as given in key, p. 46.) Key to subfamilies of Trichasteridce. A — More than three arm spines; madreporite single, ASTERONYCHIN^. A A — Two arm spines; all oral shields serving as madreporites. a — Lateral arm plates of opposite sides separated from each other by the ventral arm plates, distal ones projecting ventrally like hanging rods; arm spines subequal; peri- 52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., hsemal canal and genital bursse communicating with each other Trichasterin^. aa — Lateral arm plates of opposite sides meeting each other in the ventral median line, distal ones not projecting ven- trally like hanging rods; arm spines unequal, the adradial one being much larger and longer than the abradial and often clavate; perihsemal canal and genital bursse not in communication; arms simple Asteroschematin^. Subfamily 1. ASTERONYCHIN^ nov. Disk very large, arms very slender and unbranched. A single madreporite is present. Perihsemal canal entirely closed. Peri- toneal cavity divided into five compartments by the interradial attachments of the gastral pouches to body wall. Genital bursse separated from the perihsemal canal and the peritoneal cavity, but the pairs of the same radius communicating with each other, the communication passing above the outer end of the oral frames and the first vertebra, just outside the perihsemal canal. Lateral arm plates of opposite sides separated by the comparatively large ventral arm plates. Arm spines, 3-8. This subfamily includes Asteronyx and Astrodia. Subfamily 2. TRICHASTERIN.E nov. (Characters as given above in key.) This subfamily includes Ophiuropsis, Astroceras, Trichaster, Sthenocephalus and Euryala. Subfamily 3. ASTEROSCHEMATIN^E Doderlein, 1911 (emend.). (Characters as given above in key.) This subfamily includes Asteroschema (including Ophiocreas) and Astrocharis. Asteroschema tubiferum Matsumoto. 1911, Dobuts. Z. Tokyo, 23, p. 617 (in Japanese). This species strongly resembles A. rubrum Lyman, but differs chiefly in the much coarser granules of the arm bases, in having tentacle tubes for some ten basal tentacles, and in the relatively longer and stouter arm spines. Three or four granules lie in 1 mm. on the dorsal side of the free arm base. Oral tentacle pores, as well as tentacle pores of some ten basal arm joints, open by means of cuticular tubes, each of which, except that of the oral tentacle and the first arm tentacle, is attached to the adradial arm spine on its adradial side. The arm spines become longer and stouter distally, 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53 till the adradial one is distinctly clavate and is about twice as long as the correspondin'^ arm joint. The color is light pinkish brown in alcohol. The type specimen is 16 mm. in disk diameter, 230 mm. in arm length and 4.5 mm. in arm width at base. Two specimens; Okinose (a submarine bank), Sagami Sea. One specimen; Sagami Sea. Asterosohema glaucum Matsumoto. 1911, Dobuts. Z. Tokyo, 23, p. 617 (in Japanese). This species is near A. salix Lyman, but differs from it in coarser granules on disk and arm bases, in stouter arm bases, in much shorter arm spines, and in oral tentacles being enclosed in tubes. About six granules lie in 1 mm. on the radial ribs and free arm bases. Arms very stout at base, as high as wide. Arm spines longer and stouter outwards, till the adradial one is somewhat clavate and is slightly longer than the corresponding arm joint. Oral tentacles enclosed in tubes. First two or three tentacle pores also provided with tubes, though rudimentary. The color is pale gray in alcohol. The type specimen is 11 mm. in disk diameter, 100 mm. in arm length and 4' mm. in arm width at base. Three specimens; Sagami Sea; 110 fathoms. Asterosohema hemigymnum Matsumoto. 1912, Dobuts. Z. Tokyo, 24, p. 381 (in Japanese) ; fig.s. 3, 4. Diameter of disk 10 mm. Length of arms 120 mm. Width of arms at base 3 mm. Disk rather flat, divided into ten lobes, cor- responding to the radial ribs, by ten radiating furrows; covered by a skin, which contains very fine, smooth, close-set granules. Ventral interbrachial areas rather vertical, narrow, forming a deep notch, on the floor of which opens one madreporic pore. Genital slits rather short, more or less divergent dorsally. Ventral surface of disk covered by a finely and rather sparsely granulated skin. Oral angles not markedly set off from the outer parts. Six or seven teeth arranged in a single vertical row, triangular, very stout. On either side of the oral angles, there are several coarse, flat, smooth, pavement-like grains, which correspond to oral papillae. Arms very stout for the first three or four free joints, but becoming rather slender further out; their width just outside the fourth free joint is 2.5 mm. They constantly taper outwards, so that they are exceedingly slender towards the extremities, which are very acute. Dorsal and lateral surface of the arms covered by a skin, which is similar to that of the disk, containing very fine, smooth, close-set 54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., granules, of which there are about five in 1 mm. on the dorsal surface of the arm bases. The granules become much finer outwards, and almost disappear near extremity of arm. Vertebrae visible through skin, but surface of arm practically smooth and without distinct demarcation of joints, except of first three or four, which are marked off by shallow constrictions. Ventral surface of arms entirely naked, and lateral and ventral arm plates clearly visible through skin. First tentacle pore unprotected; next four or five pores provided with a single arm spine, and the rest with two. Abradial spine very small, cylindrical, enclosed in skin, more or less rough at free end. Adradial one clavate, enclosed in skin, very rough at free end. Arm spines largest at middle of arm, the adradial one being one and a half times as long as, and the abradial one a little shorter than, the corresponding arm joint. They are transformed into compound hooks, with three to six booklets, towards the very extremity of the arm. Oral tentacle pore and first three or four tentacle pores provided with tubes. Color in alcohol: grayish brown. One specimen; Sagami Sea. Like A. intedum layman and A. migrator Koehler, this species appears to be an intermediate form between the sections Asteroschema, s. str., and Ophiocreas. Astrocharis ijimai Matsumoto. 1911, Dobuts. Z. Tokyo, 23, p. 617 (in Japanese). Diameter of disk 4.5 mm. Length of arms 50 mm. Width of arms at base 2.5 mm. Disk five-lobed, with deeply indented inter- brachial borders, with lobes emarginate towards arms, flat, sunken at the central region, raised at the lobes, covered with very fine, smooth, irregular scales, which are very close-set and partly imbri- cated. Radial shields naked, very small, triangular, with apex turned within, tuberculous when examined under a microscope. Ventral interbrachial areas with very deep notches, exceedingly narrowed by the very wide arm bases. Two genital slits small, parallel, nearly vertical. On either side of each lobe of the disk, lies the naked genital plate, which is large, oval, and tuberculous under a microscope. Oral angles puffed laterally, almost filling up the oral slits. Teeth small, triangular, arranged in a single vertical row. No oral or dental papillae. Arms very wide at base, keeping the same width for a distance of about 4 or 5 mm., then rather rapidly narrowed, becoming slender and cyhndrical, with a width of about 1 mm.; covered with fine 1915,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55 scales similar to those of the disk. Arm joints invisible in the proximal part of the arm, but more or less distinct distally. First tentacle pore free of arm spines; those beyond provided with a single spine, which is very small, short, peg-like, somewhat flattened, rough at the end as seen under a microscope, lying flat on the ventral surface of the arm. Half way out on the arm, each tentacle pore is provided with two spines, of which the second, or abradial one, is exceedingly small and rather inconspicuous; the adradial one then becomes a little longer and erect to the arm. Color in alcohol : white or pale yellow. Numerous specimens; Sagami Sea. In smaller specimens, the arms are scarcely widened at the base, which is also the case in regenerating ones; for schizogony takes place in this species as in the genotype, A. virgo Koehler. Most specimens are five-armed, but the arms are often unequal, two or three being larger than the others. I have, however, one specimen with six arms, three larger and three smaller. In four-armed speci- mens, two or three arms may be larger and the other two or one smaller. Still another specimen has only three arms, doubtless indicating that it has lately undergone division, and that the lost parts have not been regenerated. Family 3. QORGONOCEPHALID^ Doderlein, 1911. (Characters as given in key, p. 46.) Key to subfamilies of Gorgonocephalidoe (/) . A — Teeth, dental papillae and oral papillse all similar, spiniform; oral angles not strongly projected ventrally; genital slits small, often pore-like, lying near the disk border; basal vertebrae not very small, not covered over by the muscles between the basal vertebrae and genital plates, GoRGONOCEPHALINiE. .A^^Teeth and dental papillae similar, spiniform; oral papillae absent or, at least, extremely reduced; genital slits large, extending nearly from the inner corners of the interbrachial ventral surfaces to the disk margin; basal vertebrae very small, covered over by the muscles, which connect the basal vertebrae and genital plates Astrotomin^. Key to subfamilies of Gorgonocephalidce {II). A — Arms simple or branched a few times. a — Teeth, dental papillae and oral papillae all well developed; oral and adoral shields in direct contact with each other, without supplementary plates in the oral region, GORGONOCEPHALINiE, parS. 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., aa — Teeth and dental papillae well developed, but oral papillae absent or very rudimentary; oral and adoral shields separated from each other by a mosaic of supplementary plates AsTROTOMINiE. A A — Arms branched many times; teeth, dental papillae and oral papillae all well developed; oral and adoral shields separated from each other by a mosaic of supplementary plates, GoRGONOCEPHALINvE, pars. Subfamily 1. GORGONOCEPHALINiE Doderlein, 1911 (emend.). (Characters as given above in keys.) This subfamily includes Astrogotnphus, Astrochele, Astrochlamys, Asteroporpa, Astrocnida, Conocladus, Astroconus, Gorgonocephalus, Astrodendrum, Astrocladus, Astrospartus, Astroboa, Astrophytum, Ophiocrene, Astrochalcis, Astrogordius, Astrocyclus, Astrocaneum and Astrodactylus. Astrocladus annulatus (Matsumoto). Aslrophyton annulatum, 1912. Dobuts. Z. Tokyo, 24, p. 206 (in Japanese) ; figs. 17, 18. Astrocladus annulatus, 1912. Dobuts. Z. Tokyo, 24, p. 389. Diameter of disk, 22 mm. Distance from centre of disk to inter- radial margin, 8.5 mm. Distance from outer end of oral slit to first bifurcation of arm, 11 mm. Arms branched nineteen or twentj^ times, measuring about 125 mm. in total length. Width of ventral side of arm base within disk, 4.5 mm. Disk five-lobed, with concave interbrachial borders, covered by a thick skin, which is apparently smooth, but contains fine, close-set granules of microscopic size. On the radial ribs these granules are flattened, pavement-like and coarser, being even visible to the naked eye. Several smooth, hemispherical tubercles are scattered on the disk. Radial ribs gently raised, forming rounded ridges, with rather indistinct out- lines, not quite reaching to the disk centre; their back is marked with concentrically arranged swellings, corresponding to the imbri- cating, soldered plates, of which the radial shield is composed. The ventral surface of the disk appears smooth to the naked eye. Genital slits not very large. Madreporic shield single, at inner corner of a ventral interbrachial area, small, transversely oval. Teeth and dental papillae, conical and rather stout. Oral papillae and lower dental papillae, smaller and very short. Arms slender and branched, with distinction of trunk and lateral branch even at the base ; covered on dorsal side by a finely and closely 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57 granulated skin, with several scattered, smooth, hemispherical tubercles on the more proximal shafts; distinctly annulated with hook-bearing segments throughout. Ventral surface of arms entirely smooth. Arm spines, which are present beyond first bifur- cation, very fine and three or four in number at each tentacle pore. Color in alcohol: disk mottled and arms annulated with yellowish and grayish brown. One specimen; Sagami Sea. This species can be easily distinguished from other species of Astrodadus by the entirely smooth disk covering and by the arms, which are distinctl3^ annulated with hook-bearing segments even at the very base. Astroboa arctos sp. nov. Diameter of disk, 65 mm. Distance from centre of disk to inter- radial margin, 25 mm. Distance from outer end of oral slit to first bifurcation, 32 mm. Arms branched about thirty-seven times, measuring approximately 420 mm. in total length. Width of ventral surface of arm base within disk, 17 mm. Disk decagonal, with concave interbrachial and brachial borders, the former being longer and more concave than the latter; very high and convex, but with more or less depressed central region, covered by a thick skin, which is shagreened by the presence of very fine, close-set granules. The granules are smooth, not acute, irregular in size, when viewed under a microscope, the coarser ones being more numerous on the radial ribs than in the intercostal spaces. Radial ribs long, narrow, bar-like, widest at outer end, suddenly narrowed for a very short distance, then uniformly tapered inwards, nearly reaching disk-centre. Ventral interbrachial areas covered by thick, apparently smooth skin, which, however, contains fine microscopical granules. Genital slits rather large, adradial border protected by a cluster of close-set spinules. Madreporic shield, situated at inner angle of a ventral inter- brachial area, more or less semilunar, with semicircular inner, and distinctly notched outer, side and rounded lateral angles. Areas proximal to ventral interbrachial regions, apparently smooth, but ■closely covered with very fine granules of microscopic size, the granules being rather coarse and distinct at the oral angles. Teeth and papillae very numerous; oral and dental papillae, rather small, spiniform, and not very acute; teeth, much larger and longer than papillae, distinctly spatulated, and flattened at tip. Two main stems, outside the first bifurcation, of an arm are not 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,. equally developed, but one is longer, stouter and more branched than the other. Dorsal and lateral surface of arms covered by a thick skin, which is very finely and closely granulated; granules, irregular in size and roughly distinguished as of two kinds; finer ones entirely covered by skin, flat, irregularly polygonal, forming together a sort of mosaic; coarser ones, coarser than any granules of disk, hemispherical, tubercle-like, and uniformly scattered. Ventral surface of arms apparently smooth, but covered by a mosaic of flat and irregularly polygonal granules of microscopic size. First pair of tentacle pores distinct, opening in slight depressions; second often distinct; following three or four pairs entirely invisible; those beyond are again distinct. Arm spines absent on proximal joints, but occur from fourth or fifth bifurcation outwards. They are exceedingly minute and granule-like, two to four of them occurring at each tentacle pore. The double rows of hook-bearing granules are present only on very fine twigs, the main stems within four- teenth or fifteenth bifurcation being free from them. The shaft between the first and second bifurcations usually consists of four arm joints; the outer shafts consist of six to eight, usually seven joints. Color in alcohol, as well as when dry: dark grayish brown above, and dark yellowish brown below. Two specimens; off Misaki Marine Biological Station; 5-10 fathoms. Four specimens; Sagami Sea. Among the five known species of Astrohoa, A. clcwata (Lyman) is distinguished from the others by the spiny granules of the disk and arms, and A. globifera (Doderlein) by the position of the madreporic shield. A. nuda (Lyman) and A. nigra Doderlein have distinct annulations of hook-bearing granules on the arms throughout, while A. ernos Doderlein has no such annulations on the greater proximal part of the arms. So that the present species is near A. ernce, but differs from it in the much finer and less distinct granules of the disk and arms, and in the less numerous arm joints composing a shaft. In the last character, A. arctos rather resembles A. nigra from Zanzibar and from Hirado Strait. This species is common in the shallow waters around Misaki, occurring together with Astrocladus conijerus, especially var. dofleini [A. dofleini Doderlein is, in my opinion, conspecific with A. coniferus (Doderlein), being, however, a variety of the latter]. According to present knowledge, Astrohoa is represented in the Sagami Sea by A. globifera and the present species, in deep and shallow water respectively. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59 Subfamily 2. ASTROTOMINiE nov. (Characters as given in keys, p. 55.) This subfamily includes Astrothrombus, Astrothorax, Astrotoma and Astroclon, besides a new genus, Astrothamnus. Astrothamnus gen. nov. Disk divided into ten radiating lobes by radial and interradial furrows, closely covered with coarse granules or stumpy tubercles, which are acute or thorny at tips. Ventral interradial areas strongly concave, with large, long, more or less parallel genital slits. Teeth and dental papillae similar, spiniform, forming a cluster at the apex of each jaw. Oral papillae absent, so that the sides of the oral slits are naked. Arms simple, distinctly annulated by zones of densely set, minute, compound hooks; the interannuli are covered with coarse granules, which are arranged more or less clearly in two series. Arm spines 3-5, peg-like, usually rough at tips, serving as tentacle scales. This genus includes Koehler's Astrotoma hellator, A. vecors and A. rigens, besides the genotype, Astrothamnus ecJmiaceus sp. nov. Astrothamnus is distinguished from genuine Astrotoma as follows: A — Disk covered with coarse granules or stumpy tubercles, which are acute or thorny at tip; arms annulated by conspicuous zones of densely set compound hooks; interannuli of arms covered with coarse granules, which are arranged more or less clearly in two series Astrothamnus. AA — Disk covered with very fine, smooth granules, often beset with a number of smooth, stumpy tubercles; arms rather inconspicuously annulated, each annulus consisting of four rows of granules, the middle two hook-bearing, while the others are smooth; interannuli covered by a pavement of very fine granules, among which many oval, sunken plates are present Astrotoma, restr. In the arm coverings, Astrothamnus is similar to Astrothrombus and Astrothorax, while Astrotojna, restr., resembles Astroclon. Thus the Astrotominae fall naturally into two groups, one of which includes the first three genera, and the other the last two. Astrothamnus echinaceus (Matsumoto). Astrotoma echinacea, 1912. Dobuts. Z. Tokyo, 24, p. 200 (in Japanese); figs. 6-8. Diameter of disk, 22 mm. Length of arms, 140 mm. Width of arms at base, 4 mm. Disk distinctly five-lobed by five interradial furrows, each lobe being again divided into two secondary lobes by 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., the radial furrow. Radial ribs much raised, large, occupying almost the whole dorsal surface of disk, but leaving between them ten narrow furrows radiating from the centre; closely covered with rather large stumpy tubercles with thorny crowns, between which lie thick, irregularly polygonal plates. Ventral interbrachial areas strongly concave, closely covered with stumpy tubercles terminating with one or a few thorny points. Genital slits rather large, more or less parallel. Madreporic shield small, irregular in outline. Areas proximal to ventral interbrachial regions closely covered with spiny, stumpy tubercles. Oral angles ventrally projected, covered with conical and acute tubercles, which become, near mouth, more or less indis- tinguishable from dental papillae. Teeth and dental papillae similar, conical, very acute. Oral papillae absent; sides of oral angles naked. Arms rather slender, long, uniformly tapered outwards, distinctly annulated by double rows of coarse granules, which are entirely covered with densely set, minute, compound hooks; interannuli covered with coarse, smooth granules arranged in two irregular rows. Ventro-laterally on either side of arm, in line with interannuli, there is a series of large, round, smooth plates. At the arm bases, the hook-covered annuli are usually broken in the dorsal median line by conical granules terminating with one or a few thorny points. Ventral side of arms with rather well-spaced tubercles, which are conical or terminate with one or a few thorny points; these tubercles become rounded and smooth distally. First and second tentacle pores free of arm spines; third with one or two spines; fourth with two or three; remainder with three. Arm spines of basal joints more or less indistinguishable from conical or thorned tubercles, but remainder peg-like, nearly as long as corresponding arm joint, and bearing two or three denticles at tip. Oral tentacle pores, as well as first and second arm tentacle pores, open by means of short tubes, which bear a few spinules on the sides. Color in alcohol: dull grayish purple. Two specimens, Sagami Sea. In Koehler's species, vecors and rigens, the brachial ventral surfaces are smooth and the oral angles, as well as the spaces just proximal to the ventral interbrachial areas, are provided with slender spines, while in A. bellator (Koehler), as well as in the present species, the brachial ventral surfaces, oral angles and the oral spaces referred to are provided with coarse, stumpy granules or tubercles. The present species, however, differs from A. bellator in fewer and distinctly longer 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 arm spines and in the presence of a series of large plates on either side of each arm. Astrotoma Lyman (non Koehler). As I have referred Koehler's three species, which he placed in Astrotoma, to Astrothamnus, Astrotoma, restr., now includes A. agassizi Lyman, A. murrayi Lyman, A. sobrina Matsumoto, and A. waitei Benham, the first being the genotype. Astrotoma sobrina Matsumoto. 1912, Dobuts. Z. Tokyo, 24, p. 199 (in Japanese). Astrotoma murrayi Doderlein (non layman, 1879), Abh. Math.-Phys. Kl. K. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., Suppl.-Bd. I, 1911, p. 23, fig. 1, PI. VI, figs. 1 and la, PI. VII, figs. 14-146. Though the present Japanese form was identified as A. murrayi by Doderlein, I have failed to find any specimen from Japan that strictly corresponds to Lyman's description and figures of the Moluc- can species, so that I am ol^liged to look upon the Japanese form as distinct from A. murrayi. It differs from that species in the much shorter arms, in the narrower brachial lobes of the disk (narrower outwards than inwards), in the longer genital slits, in the fewer and larger stumpy tubercles in the spaces just proximal to the ventral interbrachial areas, and in the comparatively fewer arm spines. The type specimen measures 34 mm. across disk and 200 mm. in arm length, while A. murrayi is described as 29 mm. across the disk and 280 mm. in arm leng-th. The brachial lobes of the disk are not so wide as in A. murrayi, and are narrower outwards than inwards, instead of the reverse. The genital slits extend from the inner corners of the ventral interbrachial areas nearly to the disk margin. The spaces just proximal to the ventral interbrachial areas are beset with a few large stumpy tubercles, instead of numerous small ones. First tentacle pore free of arm spines; second with one or two; third, two or three; fourth, three or four; and succeeding, four, or sometimes three. In A. murrayi, four or sometimes five arm spines are present at each tentacle pore, even on the very basal arm joints. However, A. sobrina is very close to A. murrayi, the covering of the disk and arms being quite similar in the two species. But I consider that this similarity is generic rather than specific, as I have observed that the arm covering of the genotype, A. agassizi, is also precisely similar to that of the present species. Five specimens; Sagami Sea. Order ii. L^EMOPHIURIDA nov. Radial shield and genital plate articulate with each other by means of a transverse ridge or a simple facet on either plate, without t)2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., well-developed articular condyles and sockets. Peristomal plates large, usually entire. Oral frames entire, without well-developed lateral wings. Dorsal arm plates often very small, while the lateral arm plates are very well developed, those of opposite sides usually meeting both above and below. Key to families of Lcemophiurida. A — Disk and arms delicate and slender; disk scales or plates, as well as arm plates, not very stout, genital plate and scale of either side of a radius articulate with each other, instead of being soldered together; vertebrae not very stout, distal ones often incompletely divided longitudinally by a series of pores OPHIACANTHIDiE. A A — Disk and arms very heavy; disk and arm plates very stout; genital plate and scale of either side of a radius, firmly soldered together; vertebrae very stout Hemieuryalid^e. Family 1. OPHIAOANTHIDiE (Perrier, 1891) Verrill, 1899. (Characters as given above in key.) This family includes Ophiotholia, Ophiornyces, Ophiologimus, Ophiophrura, Ophiotoma, Ophiohlenna, Ophiocymhium, Ophiopora, Ophiotrema, Ophiomedea, Ophiopristis, Ophiolimna, Microphiura, Ophiomitrella, Ophioscalus, Ophiocopa, Ophiacantha, Ophiacanthella, Ophiolehes, Ophiochondrella, Ophiothamnus, Ophiomytis, Ophioplin- thaca, Ophiomitra, Ophiocamax, etc. Ophiacantha bisquamata sp. nov. Diameter of disk 6 mm. Length of arms 34 mm. Width of arms at base 1.5 mm. Disk pentagonal, with nearly straight or slightly convex interbrachial borders, closely covered with fine granules, of which eight or nine lie in 1 mm. Radial shields entirely concealed, very small, bar-like, separated from each other. Ventral interbrachial areas similar to the dorsal side, but proximally free of granules and covered with fine scales. Genital slits long, nearly reaching the disk margin. Oral shields small, rhomboidal, with convex inner sides and rounded outer angle, nearly as long as, or slightly longer than wide, in contact with the first lateral arm plates. Adoral shields small, triangular, pointed inwards, meeting each other. Five or six oral papillae on either side of each jaw; the outermost two are flat and leaf -like, protecting the second oral tentacle pore; the others are very narrow and acute; the innermost one, which pairs with that of the other side, is infradental. Four or five teeth in a single vertical row, more 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63 •or less stout, obtuse. Arms composed of rather short and wide joints, uniformly tapered. Dorsal arm plates rhomboidal, with very obtuse inner angle, wider than long, with a more or less distinct median keel, so that the dorsal side of the arm is keeled as a whole. Lateral arm plates with prominent spine ridges, meeting neither Above or below. First ventral arm plate very small, quadrangular, with concave inner side, longer than wide; those following, mod- erately large, pentagonal, with convex, but slightly notched, outer side and rounded outer angles, nearly as long as wide. Six arm spines long, flattened, more or less curved, truncate, translucent, not serrate; uppermost or upper second spine longest, about twice and a half as long as corresponding arm joint; lowest one, shortest, slightly longer than arm joint. Two oval, thin, leaf-like tentacle scales to each pore. Color in alcohol: disk grayish brown, with or without white patches on dorsal side at insertion of arm bases; arms banded with grayish brown and white. The grayish brown and white in alcohol correspond, in life, to dark green and vivid red, respectively. Two specimens: off Oshima, Sagami Sea; 75-85 fathoms. OpMothamnus venustus sp. nov. This species is very near Ophiomitra habrotata H. L. Clark, but I have some doubt as to the identity of the two species, since certain differences are observable between them as now known. The present species has fine, acute, scattered spines on the disk, without any of the large, conspicuous spines, characteristic of 0. habrotata. The arm spines of the present species are eight to ten in number to each lateral arm plate on free basal arm joints. Numerous specimens; off Inatori, Izu, Sagami Bay. The internal structure of the present species is quite similar to those of the genotype, 0. vicarius Lyman, the peristomal plates being triple, the genital plates situated above the basal vertebrae, the genital scales absent and the generative glands lined by an unfolded membrane, which contains fine scales, as seen under a microscope. The species referred to Ophiothamnus by modern systematists are of a type not considered Ophiothamnus by Lyman, while certain species, which are quite congeneric with Lyman's type of the present genus, have been referred to other genera. For examples, Ophioleda minima and Ophioplinthaca occlusa of Koehler, and Ophiomitra habrotata H. L. Clark, are, in my opinion, genuine Ophiothamnus^ while Ophiomitra exigua Lyman (referred to Ophiothamnus by 64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Verrill), Ophiomitra dicycla H. L. Clark, Ophiothamnus Icevis Lutken and Mortensen, and Ophiothamnus stultus Koehler are not genuine Ophiothamnus, but belong to a distinct type, which awaits a name, being more or less related to Ophiomytis and Ophioplinthaca. Ophiolebes tuberosus sp. nov. Diameter of disk 10 mm. Length of arms 38 mm. Width of arms at base 1.5 mm. Disk five-lobed, with strongly concave interbrachial borders, deeply hollowed at the central region, covered by a thick, cereous skin, which contains well-spaced, thick, rounded scales of various sizes; beset with several short, conical, stout, obtuse tubercles, which are larger and more numerous on the radial shields. Radial shields also covered by the skin, long, narrow, bar-like, strongly raised, about two-thirds as long as the disk radius. Ventral interbrachial areas covered by a skin similar to that of the dorsal side, the scales and tubercles being, however, smaller. Genital slits large, long, but not reaching disk margin. Oral shields small,, thick, rhomboidal, wider than long, with wide, rounded outer angle and convex surface. Adoral shields large, quadrangular, with perfectly rounded outer angles and strongly convex surface, wider without than within, meeting each other. Between each pair of oral plates occurs a more or less distinct buccal pore. Three, or sometimes four, oral papillsB on either side, conical and blunt; inner ones smaller; outermost papilla, very large and stout. Oral papillae project laterally beyond radial axis, and those on opposite sides of each oral slit are placed alternately. Teeth conical, stout, obtuse. Arms slender, covered by a thin, cereous skin. Dorsal arm plates two to each joint; proximal plate small, quadrangular, wider than long, with a convex surface; on distal part of arm it becomes longer than wide; distal plate large, fan-shaped, much wider than long^ and with a convex surface. Dorsal side of arm bases covered by continuation of disk covering, so that it bears thick, rounded scales of various sizes in place of dorsal arm plates. Lateral arm plates somewhat flaring, meeting below for a short distance. First ventral arm plate comparatively large, hexagonal, with concave inner side and convex surface, widest at the lateral angles, as long as, or slightly longer than, wide, in contact with the next plate; the latter is the largest of all, pentagonal, widest at lateral angles, as long as, or slightly longer than, wide, with convex surface and a conspicuous notch in distal margin; following plates separated from each other^ rhomboidal, with a conspicuous notch in distal margin, with strongly convex surface; distally they become smaller, oval or rounded, and 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65 the surface is so convex that they appear Hke hemispherical tubercles. Arm spines five in number on proximal joints, but four distally; they are conical, blunt, solid, terete; dorsal ones longer and stouter; uppermost about one and a half times, and lowest about two-thirds, as long as corresponding arm joint. Tentacle scales absent. Color in alcohol: yellowish brown. Numerous specimens; Okinose (a submarine bank), Sagami Sea. In younger specimens, the skin, which covers the disk and arms, is very thick and the buccal pores are often indistinct. Family 2. HEMIEURYALID^E Verrill, 1899 (emend.). (Characters as given in key, p. 62.) Key to subfamilies of HemieuryalidcB. A — Dorsal arm plates entire, without supplementary plates; lateral arm plates usually in contact above and below; five to eight arm spines, moderately long, conical; no proper tentacle scales, but lowest arm spine may serve as one, Ophiochondrin^. AA — Dorsal arm plates often accompanied by secondary plates or replaced by a mosaic of small plates; lateral arm plates usually separated above and below; three arm spines and one tentacle scale, all very short and flat Hemieuryalin^. Subfamily 1. OPHIOCHONDRIN^ Verrill, 1899 (emend.). (Characters as given above in key.) This subfamily includes Ophiochondrus, Ophiomoeris and Ophio- gyptis. Ophiomoeris projecta sp. nov. This species closely resembles Ophioceramis f ohstricta Lyman (= Ophiomoeris ohstricta Koehler, 1904 = Ophiurases obstrictus Clark, 1911), but differs in two important points. The radial shields are distinctly joined in pairs distally for half their length. A number of large, prominent, spherical tubercles are present on the disk, irregularly arranged along the distal margin of the radial plates, along the joining line of each pair of radial shields, and often also along the outer borders of the same. In the last character, the present species reminds us of Ophiogyptis nodosa. The type specimen measures 4 mm. across the disk, 13 mm. in the arm length and 1.5 mm. in the arm width at base. Color in alcohol: disk gray, arms banded with grayish browTi and white. Two specimens; off Ukishima, Uraga Channel; 300 fathoms. One specimen; off Ujishima, Osumi. 5 66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,. Subfamily 2. HEMIEURYALINiE nov. (Characters as given in key, p. 65.) • This subfamily includes Sigsheia, Ophioplus"^ and Hemieuryale. Order iii. GNATHOPHIURIDA nov. Radial shield and genital plate articulate by means of a con- spicuous socket in the former and of a large, ball-like condyle on the latter. Genital plates, as a rule, firmly fixed to the basal vertebrae. Genital scales short, very wide, flattened, leaf-like. On abradial side of innermost part of each genital slit occurs another short, wide, flattened, leaf-like scale, which is firmly attached to oral shield. Peristomal plates small, or rarely large, usually entire, but sometimes double. Oral frames, as a rule, with well-developed lateral wings. Key to families of Gnathophiurida. A — Teeth triangular, with pointed ends, not very stout; oral papillae present; dental papillae wanting; peristomal plates large, entire; oral frames without well-developed lateral wings; genital scales, short, leaf -like; genital plates free, not fixed to basal vertebrae; distal vertebrae often incompletely divided longitudinally by a series of pores Amphilepidid^. AA- — Teeth quadrangular, with wide ends, very stout; peristomal plates small; oral frames very stout with well-developed lateral wings; genital plates firmly fixed to basal vertebrae. a — Oral papillae present; no vertical clump of dental papillae; dorsal side of vertebrae rhomboidal, not U-shaped, Amphiurid^. aa — Oral papillae absent; dental papillae well developed, forming a vertical clump at apex of each jaw; dorsal side of ver- tebrae U-shaped Ophiotrichid^. Family 1. AMPHILEPIDIDiE nov. (Characters as given above in key.) This family includes Amphilepis and Ophiochytra, besides a new genus, Amphiactis. Though almost similar to the next in external features, this family suggests the Ophiacanthidae in many internal structures. Amphiactis gen. nov. Disk covered with imbricating scales, besides moderately large radial shields. Four or five oral papillae on either side of each jaw, unequal in size, arranged almost in a continuous series. Teeth 2 Ophioplus armatus Koehler, 1907, evidently does not belong to the present subfamily, being, in my opinion, referable to Ophiolebes. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67 triangular, with pointed ends; dental papillse absent. Peristomal plates large, entire. Oral frames long and slender in internal view, without well-developed lateral wings. Vertebrae of distal arm joints often incompletely divided by a series of pores. Arm spines few. Tentacle scales present, one or two to each pore. This genus includes Amphiura canescens, duplicata, and patula of Lyman; Amphiura partita, Ophiactis dissideris and 0. parata of Koehler, besides the genotype, Amphiadis umbonata sp. nov. Certain representatives of the present genus were referred to Amphiura by Lyman, and then to Ophiactis by Liitken and Mor- tensen. Amphiadis differs from Amphiura and its allies in the absence of paired infradental papillae, and from Ophiadis in the more numerous papillae, which are arranged in a continuous series so as to close the oral slits. Further, the contrast of the present genus and the Amphiuridm in many internal structures is decidedly striking. Amphiadis much resembles Ophiochytra, especially 0. tenuis Lyman, but differs from it in the well -developed radial shields. Amphiactis umbonata sp. nov. Diameter of disk 7 mm. Length of arms 30 mm. Width of arms at base 1.2 mm. Disk circular, flat, covered with rather coarse, irregular scales, among which the primaries are distinct. Central plate large, circular, encircled by ten small scales, which correspond to infrabasals and basals in position. Radial plates large, larger than central plate, with strongly curved outer border, which almost forms a semicircle. The central and radial plates have each a small but distinct central boss. The second radials and the first to third interradials may also be distinguished, being larger than the secondary scales, which are irregular in size and in arrange- ment. Thus, the disk squamation is rather similar to that of Ophiozona. Radial shields comparatively small, oblong ovate, about two-fifths as long as disk radius, twice as long as wide, wider without than within, more convex abradially than adradially, separated by a row of three or four plates, of which the inner ones are larger than the outer. In each interradial area there are five to seven irregu- larly radiating rows of scales. Ventral interbrachial areas covered with more or less coarse, irregular scales. Genital slits long, nearly reaching disk margin. Genital scales invisible in external view. Oral shields small, rhomboidal, with acute inner angle, lateral and outer angles rounded, inner sides slightly concave. Adoral shields quadrangular, wider without than within, nearly or quite meeting within. Four oral papillae on either side, inner ones smaller 68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., and more acute. Deep in oral slits, on either side of each jaw, occurs an additional papilla, which is conical and acute. Five teeth, all obtuse, except uppermost, which is acute. Arms slender, flattened, uniformly tapering distally. Dorsal arm plates large, fan-shaped, twice as wide as long; inner sides slightly convex, forming an obtuse angle within; distal margin decidedly convex; outer angles rounded; successive plates separated by lateral arm plates, except the basal two or three, which are in contact with each other. Lateral arm plates low, not very prominent. First ventral arm plate small, divided into two secondary plates, of which the inner one is triangular and the outer quadrangular; those following, large, hexagonal (except second, which is pentag- onal), much wider than long, widest at outer lateral angles, with concave lateral sides, distal and proximal margins slightly convex; swollen along the outer margins and especially distally, so that arm appears keeled along ventral median line. Arm spines three, subequal, about as long as corresponding arm joint (uppermost slightly longer), cylindrical, tapered and blunt. Two flat, oval tentacle scales to each pore, but sometimes three on the first. Color in alcohol: white. Two specimens; Sagami Sea. The internal structures of the present species are essentially similar to those of Amphilepis norvegica Ljungman. The peristomal plates are simple, very large. The oral frames are entire, without lateral wings. The oral plates in internal view are very slender and long. The dental plates are absent, so that the teeth arise directly from the oral plates. The genital plates are free from, instead of being fixed to, the basal vertebrae. The genital plate and radial shield of either side of a radius articulate with each other bj^ means of a conspicuous, ball-like condyle on the former and of a large socket in the latter. The genital scales are flat, thin, leaf-like. The vertebrae are very slender, the distal ones being incompletely divided into halves by a series of pores. The first five characters and the last are rather Lsemophiuridan, but the other two, the sixth and seventh, are strictly Gnathophiuridan. Family 2, AMPHIURID^ Ljungman, 1867 (emend.). (Characters as given in key, p. 66.) Key to suhfmnilies of Amphiuridce. A — No paired infradental papillae Ophiactinin.e. AA — Paired infradental papillae present Amphiurin^. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69 Subfamily 1. OPHIACTININ.^ nov. (Characters as given above in key). This subfamily includes Ophiactis. Hemi-pholis,^ Ophiopus and OphiophoUs. Subfamily 2. AMPHIURIN^. (Characters as given above in key.) This subfamily includes Amphioplus, AmphiUmna, Amphiodia, Ophiophragmus, Ophiocnida, Amphipholis, Ophiostigma, Amphiura,^ Ophionema, Paramphiura, Ctenamphiura, Ophiocentrus,^ etc. The first two genera may be grouped as an Ariiphiophi s-group, the next three as an Amphiodia-group, the following two as an AmphiphoUs-group, and the last five as an Amphiura-group. The Amphipholi s-gvoup are very easily distinguished, while the other three groups are less so. These groups may be distinguished as follows : Three classes of oral papillse may be recognized: the first arising from the adoral shields, the second from the oral plates, and the third from the dental plates and being infradental in position. A papilla, which arises partially from the adoral shield and partially from the oral plate, is referred to the second class. Now, let +1 indicate the presence of papillae of the first class, —I the absence of same; +11 the presence of papillae of the second class, etc. Then, the groups of genera are formulized as follows: Amphioplus-group = +1 +11 +III. Amphiodia-group = — I +11 +III. Amphipholis-group = — I +11 +III. A7nphiura-group = +1 ±11 +III. It may clearly be seen that the A?7iphiodia-group are not inter- mediate between Amphioplus- and Atnphiura-group, but are, say, the A)nphioplus-group without the papillae of the first class, while the Amphiura-group are the Amphioplus-group without all or most of the papillse of the second class. I believe that certain species having two distal papillae, usually referred to Amphiodia, are really referable to Amphiura. Apphang the same principle to the Ophiactininae and Ophio- trichidae, we have the following formulae: 2 Hemipholis rnicrodiscus Duncan, 1870, is evidently a genuine Amphiura. * Including Ophionephthys. 5 Including Amphiocnida. 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Ophiadis = -I +11 -III. Ophiopholis — +1 —II —III. Ophiotrichidce = —1 —II +III. Ophiophragmus japonicus sp. nov. Diameter of disk 7 mm. Length of arms 45 mm. Width of arms at base 1 mm. Disk five-lobed, with very convex inter- brachial borders, covered with fine, imbricating scales, among which the six primaries are more or less distinguishable. Radial shields semilunar, one-third as long as disk radius, twice as long as wide, joined in pairs, being, however, separated only at proximal end, which is obtusely pointed. A row of large and squarish scales borders disk. Scales of ventral interbrachial areas just outside this marginal series turned up, so as to form the sort of fence characteristic of genus. Marginal scales more elevated than arms; ventral interbrachial areas strongly convex below. Genital slits long. Oral shields rhomboidal, with inner sides much longer than outer, inner angle very acute, outer and lateral angles rounded; much longer than wide. Adoral shields triangular, tapered within to a point, not meeting each other. Four oral papillae on either side of each jaw, close-set, subequal, blunt, innermost somewhat stouter. Dorsal arm plates elliptical, large, outer border curved, inner border strongly convex, forming part of a circle; as wide as arms, twice as wide as long, slightly in contact with each other. Lateral arm plates inserted like so many wedges between successive dorsal arm plates above and ventral plates below; well separated above and nearly so below. First ventral arm plate very small, quadrangular, much wider than long; those beyond pentagonal, with very large inner angle, and slightly notched distal margin, wider than long, only a little in contact with each other. Arm spines three, conical, subequal, blunt, nearly as long as corresponding arm joint. Two very flat, thin tentacle scales; inner one smaller than outer and overlaps its base. Color in alcohol: light yellow. Numerous specimens; Kagoshima Gulf; 8-L5 fathoms. Two speci- mens; Enoura, Suruga. This species somewhat resembles 0. affinis Duncan, especially in number of oral papillae, but differs from it in shape of radial shields, oral shields and of dorsal arm plates. In my opinion, AmphipJiolis andrece Liitken, Amphiura prcestans Koehler and Amphiodia perierda H. L. Clark are referable to Ophiophragmus, each showing certain affinities to the present species. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71 Amphipholis japonica sp. nov. This species is extremely near A. squamata, being distinguished from it merely by certain trifling differences. I have compared the Japanese material with specimens of A. squamata from Naples. In Neapolitan specimens the arms are two and a half to three times as long as the disk diameter, while in Japanese specimens they are three to four times as long as the same. The distal margin of the ventral arm plates of Neapolitan specimens is nearly straight, while that of Japanese specimens is considerably convex. In the last character the present species resembles A. australiana H. L. Clark, differing, however, from that species in the more numerous disk scales of the dorsal side and in the coarser disk scales of the ventral side. The radial shields have each a white spot at the outer end, quite as \n A. squamata. Like A. squamata, the present species is viviparous. In summer, the larger individuals contain- several embryos. I once dissected out six embryos from an adult. Animals containing full-grown embryos appear to give birth to them the night after they are placed in an aquarium. This species is common in the neighborhood of jNIisaki, and is found living under stones on fine sand. As to the sensibility of this species to the coarseness of sand, the following observations were made at Arai Beach, Misaki Marine Biological Station. In the summer of 1910, the beach was at first abundantly supplied with small areas among rocks covered with fine sand, and this ophiuran was found very abundantly; after a heavy storm, very few individuals were found, owing to the fact that the spots with fine sand were mostly wiped out. In the summer of 1911, the spots with fine sand were very few, and this ophiuran was seldom found. In the summer of 1912, the beach was entirely covered with coarse sand, and I could no more find this ophiuran. It is a very active species, quickly concealing itself in the sand when the stone is turned up. Amphiura vadicola^ sp. nov. ? Ophionephthys phalerata Marktanner-Turneretscher (non Lyman, 1874), Ann. K. K. Naturhist. Hofmus., II, 1887, p. 301. Diameter of disk 8 mm. Length of arms 260 mm. Width of arms at base 1 mm; at the widest part 1.3 mm. Disk five-lobed, with indented interbrachial borders, covered by a soft, naked skin, except along inner and abradial borders of radial shields, where ^ The interesting life habits of this ophiuran were described by the late Prof. Mitsukuri and Prof. Hara: The Ophiurian Shoal, Annot. Zool. Jap., I, 1897, p. 68. 72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., there are several rows of fine, imbricating scales. Radial shields large, long, pear-seed-shaped; naked part two-thirds to one-half as long as disk radius and about thrice as long as wide. Genital slits long. Genital scales not very conspicuous unless the specimen is dried, arranged in a row and overlapping one another. Oral shields small, pentagonal, with rounded angles, outer sides longest, inner side slightly concave; maclrepofic shield much larger than the rest, almost circular. Adoral shields small, triangular, with concave adradial side, meeting neither radially or interradially. Oral plates long and very narrows There is a more or less con- spicuous buccal pore between each pair of oral plates, as in Ophio- thrix. Two oral papillse on either side of each jaw, conical, blunt, very stout; the distal one arises from the adoral shield and is longer than the apical one, which arises from the dental plate. Teeth very stout, truncate. Arms exceedingly long, more than thirty times as long as disk diameter; they are widest at about one-third their entire length from base. Dorsal arm plates almost oval, bounded within by two nearly straight lines, forming a very large and obtuse angle, and without by a curve, which is nearly flat towards median line, but very strong laterally; about twice as wide as long, successive plates slightly in contact with each other. On basal arm joints, they are very small and separated by spaces, which are covered by a naked skin. Lateral' arm plates not very prominent, almost covered by arm spines, not meeting above or below, nor in contact on sides, but separated by naked spaces. First ventral arm plate very small, quadrangular, wider than long; those beyond, quadrangular, wider than long, except basal one or two, which are as long as, or longer than, w4de; they increase in size, especially in width, outwards, and become pentagonal beyond disk, with large and obtuse inner angle, rounded outer angles and notched distal margin; successive plates separated by narrow spaces where ventral ends of lateral arm plates are wedged in. Ventral arm plates often divided into halves along median line. Arm spines six to seven on basal arm joints, but five or six in middle part of arm, peg-like, flattened, blunt, lower ones longer, nearly equal to, or slightly longer than, corresponding arm joint, much flattened and thorny at end, except the uppermost one or two; next to lowest, spur-shaped and very thorny. Large tentacle pores, without scales. Color in alcohol: brown; the scales around the radial shields are lighter; outer parts of arms grayish- brown to gray. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73 Numerous specimens; Sakurajima, Kagoshima Gulf. This sjiecies is very near Ophionephthys phalerata Lyman, but differs from it in the much larger radial shields, in the not oval but pentagonal oral shields, in the adoral shields, which are not in contact with each other, in the longer oral plates, in the dorsal arm plates being in contact with each other, in the ventral arm plates being separated from each other and not very wide on the basal joints, and in the not cylindrical, but flattened, thorny arm spines. Amphiura aestuarii sp. nov. Diameter of disk, 6 mm. Length of arms, 75 mm. Width of arms at base, 0.8 mm. Disk five-lobed, with concave interbrachial borders, covered by a soft, naked skin, except along inner and abra- dial borders of radial shields, where it is covered by fine, imbricating scales, arranged in four or five rows on inner border, but in only one on outer part of abradial border. Naked part of radial shields large, pear-seed-shaped, more than half as long as disk radius, more than twice as long as wide, hardly in contact without, slightly diver- gent within. Genital slits long. Genital scales not very distinct. Oral shields rhomboidal, or pentagonal with a very short inner side, outer angle much rounded; wider than long. Madreporic shield much larger and almost circular. Adoral shields triangular, with concave inner side, tapered within, where they do not meet. Two pairs of oral papillae to each jaw; apical ones oval and very stout; distal ones conical, obtuse, arising from adoral shields. Teeth stout, truncate. Dorsal arm plates transversely elliptical, twice as wide as long, successive plates in contact with each other. Lateral arm plates not very prominent, almost covered by arm spines, not meeting above or below, not in contact on sides, but separated by naked spaces. First ventral arm plate very small, pentagonal or quadrangular, wider within than without; tho5e beyond, quadrangular, with convex inner side, notched distal margin, and rounded distal angles; wider than long, except basal one or two; not in contact, but sepa- rated by a narrow space, where ventral ends of lateral arm plates are wedged in. Arm spines five, on basal joints, but four in middle part of arm, subequal or lower slightly longer, nearly equal to, or a little longer than, corresponding arm joint; conical and obtuse on proximal joints, but flattened distally; next to lowest spine especially flattened and rather spur-shaped, with numerous thorns on its much flattened tip; lowest spine (as well as second above it) also more or less thorny at tip. 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., » Tentacle pores large, without scales. Color in alcohol: disk gray; radial shields and arms straw-yellow. Numerous specimens; Aburatsubo Cove: Misaki Marine Bio- logical Station. A. cestuarii differs from the foregoing species, A. vadicola, in the shape of the radial shields, in the much shorter arms, in the dorsal arm plates, which are very wide even on the basal joints, and in the fewer, less flattened arm spines. A. cestuarii together with A. euopla H. L. Clark are easily obtained by dredging in the muddy bottom of Aburatsubo Cove. They probably live buried in mud, as A. vadicola does in sand, and I believe that, the reduced disk scales and the numerous thorny arm spines are correlated with the mode of life. Family 3. OPHIOTRICHID^ Ljungman, 1867. (Characters as given in key, p. 66.) This family includes Ophiothrix, Ophiopteron, Ophiocampsis, Ophiophthirius, Ophiotrichoides, Ophiomaza, Ophiocnemis, Ophio- thela, Ophiopsammium, Ophiogymna, Lutkenia, Gymnolophus, Ophio- lophus, OphiocEthiops and Ophiosphcera. Order iv. CHILOPHIURIDA nov. Radial shield and genital plate articulate with each other by means of two condyles and one pit on either plate. Genital plates and scales bar-like. Peristomal plates small, or sometimes moder- ately large, usually double or triple. Oral frames with or without well-developed lateral wings. Oral papillae very well developed, close set, the outermost one usually pointing inwards and stretching above the next papilla, which is the largest as a rule. Key to families of Chilophiurida (/) . A — Arm spines short, appressed. a — Disk squamated or tessellated, usually free of granules; oral papillse thick; arms stout, stoutest at base, inserted laterally to disk Ophiolepidid^. aa — Disk closely covered with granules. b — Oral papillae thick; arms slender, stoutest usually at a distance from base, inserted ventrally to disk; two to four arm spines Ophioleucid.e. 66 — Oral papillse thin; arms stout, stoutest at base, inserted laterally to disk; numerous arm spines, OphiodermatiDuE, pars. AA- — Arm spines long, not appressed. c — No vertical clump of dental papillse. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75 d — Disk closely covered with granules; arms stout, stoutest at base; numerous arm spines, OPHIODERMATIDiE, parS. dd — Disk usually free of granules; arms slender, stout- est at a distance from base Ophiochitonid^. cc — Dental papillae well developed, forming a vertical clump at apex of each jaw; disk often covered with granules; arms stout, stoutest at a distance from base, Ophiocomid^. Key to families of Chilophiurida (//) . A — Teeth not very stout, usually triangular; oral frames entire, without well-developed lateral wings. a — Second oral tentacle pores open more or less, or entirely, outside oral slits Ophiolepidid^, pars. aa — Second oral tentacle pores open within oral slits. b — Disk squamated or tessellated, free of granules. c — Arms stout, stoutest at base; arm spines short, appressed Ophiolepidid^e, pars. cc — Arms slender, stoutest at a distance from base; arm. spines long, not appressed Ophiochitonid^, pars. bb — Disk covered with granules. d — Arms slender, stoutest at a distance from base; arm spines few. e — Arms inserted ventrally to disk; arm spines appressed Ophioleucid^. ee — Arms inserted laterally to disk; arm spines not appressed Ophiochitonid^, pars. dd — Arms stout, stoutest at base; numerous arm spines Ophiodermatid^. AA — Teeth very stout, quadrangular; oral frames with well-devel- loped lateral wings. /-^No vertical clump of dental papillse. g — Arms stout, stoutest at base; arm spines short, appressed. Ophiolepidid.e, pars. gg — Arms slender, stoutest at a distance from base; arm spines long, not appressed Ophiochitonid.^, pars. // — Dental papillae well developed, forming a vertical clump at apex of each jaw, Ophiocomid^. Family 1. OPHIOLBPIDID^ Ljungman. (Characters as given above in keys.) Key to subfamilies of Ophiolepididce. A — Second oral tentacle pores open more or less, or entirely, outside oral slits Ophiomastin^. AA — Second oral tentacle pores open entirely within oral slits, Ophiolepidin^. 76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Subfamily 1. OPHIOMASTIN.E nov. (Characters as given in key p. 75.) This subfamily includes Ophiomastus, Ophiotypa, Ophiomisidium, Ophiophycis, Anthophiura, Ophiopijrgus, Ophiochrysis, Ophiosteira, Gyninophiura, Ophiura, Ophionotus, Ophioperla, Ophiotjalfa, Ophio- gona, Ophioplinthiis, Ophiopleura, Ophioden and provisionally Astrophiura, besides five new genera, Haplophiura, Aspidophiura, Am.phiophiura, Stegophiura and Ophiurolepis. Koehler's recently described genus Ophiomisidium includes Ophio- musium pulchellmn Wyville Thomson, 0. flahellum Lyman, and 0. speciosum Koehler, the last being the genotype. The group ■evidently stands between Ophiomastus and Ophiophycis in systematic position. HAPLOPHIURA gen. nov. Disk high, much elevated above arms, covered above with plates 'and scales, among which the primaries are very prominent, and below with close-set, fine granules. Radial shields stout, joined in pairs. Oral papillae soldered together. Genital plates and scales present, but invisible in external view. Genital bursas absent and genital slits invisible. Arms short, low, wider than high, covered with convex arm plates. Tentacle pores, including second oral ones, which open entirely outside oral slits, naked, being free from scales. Arm spines few, minute. This new genus contains only a single species, Ophiozona gymno- pora H. L. Clark. ASPIDOPHIURA gen. nov. Disk rather high, elevated above arms, flat, covered with very stout primaries and radial shields, besides often a few smaller scales. Ventral interbrachial areas covered by a very large plate, besides very stout genital scales. Arm combs and genital papillae present. Oral shields purse-shaped, with a beak-like inner process. Oral papillae soldered together. Second oral tentacle pores open entirely outside oral slits, slit-like, guarded by numerous small scales. Arms rather short, strongly knotted, with long arm joints. Dorsal arm plates very rudimentary or entirely absent. Ventral arm plates small, rhomboidal or triangular. Tentacle pores present only on several proximal arm joints, provided with few or no scales. Three short, conical arm spines. This genus includes Ophioglypha minuta Lyman and 0. forbesi Duncan ( = Ophiura glyptodisca H. L. Clark), besides the genotype, 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77 Aspidophiura watasei sp. nov. It stands rather between Antho- phiura and a certain group of Amphiophiura with very conspicuous ventral interbrachial plates. Aspidophiura watasei sp. nov. This species is very near A. Jorhesi, but differs from it chieflj' in the presence of a central boss to each of the six primary plates, in the smaller radial shields, whifch are about as large as the radial plates, in the ventral arm plates, which more rapidly diminish in size outwards, in the longer arm spines, which are longer than half the corresponding arm joint, and in the absence of tentacle scales beyond the disk. The present species differs from A. minuta chiefl}^ in the presence of a central boss to each of the six primaries, in the smaller radial shields and in the better-developed arm combs. The type specimen is 5 mm. across the disk with arms probably about twice the disk diameter, and 1.3 mm. in width. Color in alcohol: disk yellowish gray above and white below; arms white. One specimen; Sagami Sea. One specimen; Uraga Channel. AMPHIOPHIURA gen. nov. Disk high, often convex, covered with plates and scales, among which the primaries are very prominent. Radial shields stout, joined in pairs. Arm combs and genital papillae present. Oral shields oval, pyriform or trefoil. Second oral tentacle pores open more or less, or entirely, outside oral slits; large, guarded by numerous scales. Arms moderately long, gradually tapering outwards, with blunt tips. Dorsal and ventral arm plates fairly well developed; successive plates in contact with each other at least on proximal arm joints. Lateral arm plates high, with few to numerous short, peg-like arm spines. Tentacle pores large, with numerous scales. This new genus includes Ophioglijpha bullata Wyville Thomson, which is here designated as the genotype; also the following species with very conspicuous oral shields, which almost cover the ventral interbrachial areas, 0. convexa Lyman and 0. insoUta, improba, and ahclita, of Koehler; also the following species with very conspicuous ventral interbrachial plates, 0. solida and scutata of Lyman, 0. stellata Stucler, 0. paupera, sordida, liberata, urbana, remota, and latro of Koehler, and Ophiura cediplax and pompophora of H. L. Clark; also the following species with the ventral interbrachial areas covered with many scales and having quadrangular ventral arm plates, Ophioglijpha sculptilis ( = 0. variabilis) lacazei, lapidaria^ 78 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., and undata of Lyman, 0. prisca, laudata, and distincta of Koehler, and Ophiura megapoma, hadra, and penichra of H. L. Clark; also the following species with the ventral interbrachial areas covered with many scales, and having axe-shaped ventral arm plates, Ophio- glypha radiata and ornata of Lyman, and 0. abcisa and ohtecta of Llitken and Mortensen. The group with very large oral shields or with very conspicuous ventral interbrachial plates approaches Ophiopyrgus on the one hand and Aspidophiura on the other; the group with ventral inter- brachial areas covered with many scales and with quadrangular ventral arm plates approaches Gymnophiura on the one hand and Stegophiura (vide infra) on the other; and the group with ventral interbrachial areas covered with many scales, and with axe-shaped ventral arm plates, approaches true Ophiura, restr. (vide infra). GYMNOPHIURA Liitken and Mortensen, 1899 (restr.). Disk high, covered by a naked skin. Radial shields long, narrow, bar-like, widely separated from each other, covered by skin. Arm combs and genital papillae present. Oral shields comparatively small, pentagonal, with notched lateral sides. Second oral tentacle pores opened partially outside the oral slits, large, with numerous scales. Arms moderately long, very gradually tapered outwards, with blunt extremity. Dorsal and ventral arm plates well developed, successive plates widely in contact with each other. Lateral arni plates high, with numerous minute, peg-like arm spines. Tentacle pores large, with numerous scales. This genus, as restricted, contains but a single species, G. tnollis Liitken and Mortensen. Another species, viz., G. coerulescens, is, in my opinion, referable to genuine Ophiura, and is probably con- specific with, or at least closely allied to, Ophiura flagellata (Lyman). Gymnophiura is very near Amphiophiura, especially the group with ventral interbrachial areas covered with many scales, and with quadrangular ventral arm plates, but differs from it in the naked disk and in the radial shields, which are narrow, bar-like, skin-covered and widely separated from each other. STEGOPHIURA gen. nov. Disk high, covered with plates and scales, among which the primaries are prominent. Radial shields stout, joined distally. Arm combs and genital papillae present. Oral shields oval or pyri- form. Second oral tentacle pores open more or less, or entirely, 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ^ 79 outside oral slits, large, provided with numerous scales. Arms very short, very stout at base, higher than wide, rapidly tapering distally, with acute tip. Dorsal and ventral arm 'plates well developed, successive plates widely in contact with each other. Lateral arm plates high, with numerous arm spines, often unequal and arranged in two series. Tentacle pores large, with numerous scales. This genus includes Ophiura nodosa and stiiwitzii of Llitken, Ophio- glypha elevata Lyman, 0. sculpta, sladeni (= Ophiura stiphra H. L. Clark), and striata of Duncan, and 0. sterea and Ophiura brachyactis of H. L. Clark, besides a new species, Stegophiura vivipara. The genotype is Ophiura nodosa Ltk. Stegophiura much resembles a certain group of Amphiophiura, but differs in the shorter, stouter and more rapidly tapering arms with more acute tips. Stegophiura vivipara sp. nov. Diameter of disk 6 mm. Length of arms 13 mm. Width of arms at base 1.5 mm. Disk pentagonal, or circular (especially when the animal contains many embryos), convex, covered with fifty to sixty plates on the dorsal side, including the radial shields. Central plate pentagonal. Five pentagonal radials, directly surround- ing the central plate, laterally overlapping each other. In each interradial space of dorsal side is a large squarish plate, wider than long, in contact with radial shields; latter irregular in outline, about as wide as long, one overlapping the other, instead of apposed to each other in radial line. On ventral side of disk plates rounded and knob-like, with furrows between. Genital papillae blunt, close- set, longer outwards and upwards, where they form small arm combs. Oral shields pear-shaped, much longer than wide, wider without than within, with acute inner angles and perfectly rounded distal margins. Adoral shields large, meeting within along their whole length. Five oral papillae on either wide, squarish, short, wide, close-set; a pair of infradental papillae at apex of each jaw, much longer and stouter than the other oral papillae, rather obtusely pointed. Five teeth, very small, close-set, obtusely pointed. Arms very short, stout at base, rapidly tapered distally. Dorsal arm plates fan-shaped, about as wide as long, convex dorsally. Lateral arm plates convex, those of the two sides separated both above and below on the basal arm joints. First ventral arm plate large, tri- angular, with obtuse inner angle and convex outer side, wider than long; the following plates are octagonal, with very short proximo- lateral and disto-lateral sides, the former concave at tentacle pores; wider than long, wider without than within; from the six or seventh 80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., outwards, the plates are longer than wide, hexagonal, with very short proximal and proximo-lateral sides, concave lateral margins and a very convex distal side. Arm spines seven or eight, including the tentacle scales, on the free basal joints, fine, conical, short; middle ones longer than upper and lower ones, and about half as long as corresponding arm joint; diminishing in number outwards; the lower spines are much finer and serve as tentacle scales. Second oral tentacle pore, very large, opening outside oral slit, bounded by three or four scales on each side. Tentacle pores large, guarded on basal joints by one to three aboral scales, besides the lower arm spines on the adoral side. Color in alcohol: pale gray. Numerous specimens ; Sagami Sea. Numerous specimens; Sagami Sea, 75 and 100 fathoms. This species is viviparous. I once dissected out twenty-four embryos of various sizes from a single adult. OPHIUROLEPIS gen. nov. Disk covered with larger rounded plates and smaller scales, the former surrounded by belts of the latter. Radial shields moderately large, rounded, separated from each other. Adoral shields oval, with rounded inner border and obtusely pointed outer end. One to three supplementary plates are present in each space between the adoral shields and oral plates. Teeth and oral papillse present, the latter very close set. Arm combs, as well as genital papillse, absent. Arms long, stout, very gradually tapered. Dorsal arm plates very well developed, widely in contact with each other. Lateral arm plates low. Ventral arm plates triangular, nearly or scarcely in contact with each other. Second oral tentacle pores open entirely outside oral slits, long, slit-like, closed by tentacle scales, which are modified so as to appear like supplementary plates. A single arm spine and three tentacle scales, both being minute and peg-like. This new genus contains a single species, Ophiolepis carinata Studer, 1876 ( = Ophioglypha deshayesi Lyman). Ophiurolepis is very peculiar in every feature, as it is certainly not referable to Ophiura, even in a wide sense. The disk squamation reminds us of that of Ophiolepis. OPHIURA Lamarck, 1816; Forbes, 1839 (restr.). Synonyms: Ophioglypha Lyman, 1860; Ophioylyphina Ludwig, 1886. Disk low, flat, covered with plates and scales, among which the primaries are usually very prominent. Radial shields usually 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81 separated from each other, sometimes more or less joined in pairs. Second oral tentacle pores open nearly or entirely outside oral slits, very large, beset with numerous scales. Genital papillse, and usually also arm combs, present. Arms low, often flattened. Dorsal arm plates usually well developed and in contact with each other. Lateral arm plates low, those of the two sides being in contact with each other below. Three or more arm spines of variable length. Ten- tacle pores of one or two innermost pairs large and beset with rather numerous scales, but those beyond very small and beset with a few scales. This genus, as here restricted, includes Asterias ciliata Retzius and the following species with spiniform genital and comb-papillse : Ophiura albida Forbes, Ophiolepis robusta Ayres, Ophiura sarsii, ardica, carnea, and affinis of Llitken, 0. kinhergi Ljungman, 0. hexadis and hrevispina of Smith, 0. acervata, inermis, papillata, flagellata (= Gymnopkiura coerulescens Llitken and Mortensen), imbecillis, lepida, (Bqualis, Ijungmani, and mendionalis of Lyman, 0. aurantiaca Verrill, 0. maculata Ludwig, 0. amphifrites Bell, 0. indica Brock, 0. thouleti Koehler, Ophiozona capensis Bell, Ophiura leptodenia, micracantha, quadrispina, bathybia and Ophioden ooplax H. L. Clark; also the following species with blunt and flat genital and comb papillae, Ophioglypha midtispina and lymani Ljungman, 0. lutkeni, irrorata, undata, costata, albata, jejuna, loveni, fraterna, rugosa, inornata, confragosa, intorta, ambigua, abyssorum, tenera and falciiera of Lyman, 0. verrucosa Studer, 0. inflata, demens, concreta, mundata and aspera of Koehler, 0. plana, scutellata, nana and obteda of Llitken and Mortensen, 0. tessellata Verrill, Ophiura dasta, tnonostcecha, atada, calyptolepis and cryptolepis of H. L. Clark. Ophionotus, Ophioperla and Ophiotjalfa are very close to the present genus — especially to the typical group with spiniform genital and comb papillse and with rather long arm spines. Ophionotus may be defined as typical Ophiura with supplementary dorsal arm plates; Ophioperla as Ophiura with granulated disk; and Ophio- tjalfa as Ophiura without genital papillae and arm combs. SubfamUy 2. OPHIOLEPIDIN^ nov. (Characters as given in key, p. 75.) This subfamily includes Ophiomusium, Ophiolipus, Ophiophyllum, Ophiopenia, Ophiocrates, Ophiomidas, Ophiothyreus, Ophiozona, Ophio- ceramis, Ophiolepis and Ophioplocus, besides a new genus, Ophio- zonella, which is separated from Ophiozona. 6 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., OPHIOZONELLA gen. nov. Disk covered with stout plates, mingled with smaller ones. Radial shields very large; those of both sides of a radius separated from each other by a single row of plates, or more or less in contact with each other. No distinct trio of plates just outside and between each pair of radial shields. Oral and adoral shields rather large. Teeth and oral papillae present; the latter are thick and close-set. Genital slits short, not reaching disk margin. Arms not very long, stout at base, rather rapidly tapering distally to a slender and acute tip. Dorsal and ventral arm plates rhomboidal, successive plates separated from each other, at least, distal to arm base. Arm spines two to four, short. One or two tentacle scales to each pore. This new genus includes the following species with two tentacle scales: Ophiozona nivea, tessellata, marmorea and clypeata of Lyman, 0. bispinosa and molesta of Koehler, and 0. elevata and platydisca of H. L. Clark; and the following with only one tentacle scale: 0. insularia stellata, antillarum and depressa of Lyman, 0. alba and contigua of Liitken and Mortensen, 0. casta and projeda of Koehler, 0. tjalfiana Mortensen, and 0. polyplax and longispina of H. L. Clark. The genotype is Ophiozona longispina H. L. Clark. Ophiozonella includes deep-water forms and is allied to such genera as Ophiocrates and Ophiofuidas, while genuine Ophiozona includes littoral forms and is very close to Ophiolepis and Ophiothyreus. OPHIOZONA Lyman, 1865 (restr.). Disk covered with very numerous small plates and scales, the larger surrounded by belts of smaller. Radial shields small, widely separated from each other by several plates and numerous scales. A noticeable trio of plates is distinguishable just outside and between each pair of radial shields. Oral and adoral shields small. Teeth and oral papillge present, latter very thick and close-set. Genital slits rather long. Arms long, rather slender, very gradually tapering distally, with blunt tips. Dorsal, as well as ventral, arm plates well developed, quadrangular, successive plates widely in contact with each other throughout the entire length of the arm. Four or five short, peg-like arm spines. Two tentacle scales to each pore, more or less oval in common outline. This genus, as here restricted, includes only Ophiolepis impressa and pacifica of Liitken (the two species on which Ophiozona was based by Lyman). The genotype is 0. impressa. The Ophiolepidinse comprises two groups, one of which includes 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83 genera with well-developed, quadrangular dorsal and ventral arm plates and the other those with more or less rudimentary dorsal and ventral arm plates. The first group, including littoral forms, is again divided into two sections, one of which, including Ophio- thyreus, Ophiozona and Ophiolepis, is characterized by the presence of a distinct trio of plates just outside and between each pair of radial shields and by the presence of two tentacle scales, which are oval in common outline; while the other, including Ophioceramis and Ophioplocus, is characterized by the absence of a distinct trio of plates just outside and between each pair of radial shields, and by the presence of three to five tentacle scales, which surround the pore. The distinction of Ophiolepis and Ophiozona from each other depends upon the presence or absence of supplementary dorsal arm plates. From a certain point of view, I believe that Ophiozona is more closely allied to Ophiolepis than to Ophiozonella. Ophiozona is found in the West Indies and on the Pacific side of Panama. The faunae of the two sides of Panama stand in a very intimate relation to each other. The distribution of Ophiozona and that of Ophio- derma are equally interesting as illustrating this truth. Family 2. OPHIOLEUCID^ nov. (Characters as given in keys, pp. 74 and 75.) This family includes Ophiopcepale, Ophiocirce, Ophioleuce,'' Ophio- pallas, Ophiotrochus, Ophiernus and Ophiopyren. Family 3. OPHIODERMATID^ Ljungman, 1867. (Characters as given in keys, pp. 74 and 75.) Key to suhfamilies of Ophiodermatidce. A — Arm spines rather long, not appressed; distal vertebrae some- times imperfectly divided into halves by a series of pores, Ophiarachnin^. A A — Arm spines very short, appressed; vertebrae always entire, Ophiodermatin^. Subfamily 1. OPHIARACHNIN^ nov. (Characters as given above in key.) This subfamily includes Ophiarachna and three new genera, Ophiuroconis, Ophiurodon and Ophiurochceta. '' Ophioden charischema H. L. Clark, 1911, and 0. brevispinum H. L. Clark, 1911, are, in my opinion, referable to Ophioleuce. 84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Key to the genera Ophioconis, Ophiochceta and Opkiolimna in wide sense. A — Arm spines long, flagellate, not appressed. a — Outermost oral papilla very large and operculiform ; peris- tomal plates very short and wide, nearly entire, with fairly soldered halves and without a third median secondary plate Ophiolinma, emencL aa — Outermost oral papilla pointed inwards, stretching above the next papilla, which is the largest; peristomal plates rather long and wide, distinctly triple, consisting of two paired and one median secondary plates. b — Oral shields entirely covered with granules; arm plates usually concentrically striated; vertebrae of distal arm joints often divided into halves; arm spines hyaline; one or two tentacle scales, neither of which overlaps base of lowest arm spine. c — Teeth triangular and pointed, not hyaline; ventral arm plates wider than long, usually separated from each other Ophiuroconis nov. cc — Teeth flat, thin, with widened and often serrate end, hyaline; ventral arm plates longer than wide, dis- tinctly in contact with each other Ophiurodon nov. hh — Oral shields naked; arm plates not concentrically striated; vertebrae always entire; arm spines opaque; two tentacle scales, of which the abradial one overlaps base of lowest arm spine Ophiurochceta nov. AA — Arm spines very short, peg-like, lying flat on arm. d — Oral shields covered with granules; arm spines hyaline Ophioconis, restr. dd — Oral shields naked. e — Arm spines hyaline; disk covered with granules,. "Ophioconis" indica. ee — Arm spines opaque; disk covered with fine spines Ophiochceta, restr. Ophiolimna, emend., includes Ophiacantha hairdii Lyman (referred to Ophiolimna by Verrill), Ophioconis antarctica Lyman, Ophia- cantha perfida Koehler, Ophiolimna operculata Koehler, Ophioconis- diastata and papillata of H. L. Clark and Ophiacantha lambda H. L. Clark, and belongs to the Ophiacanthidse. Ophiuroconis includes Ophioconis pulveridenta and miliaria of Lyman, besides the genotype, Ophiuroconis monolepis sp. nov. Ophiurodon includes Ophioconis cincta Brock, 0. grandisquaryia, permixta and cupida of Koehler. Ophiurochceta includes Ophiochceta mixta Lyman (referred to Ophio- limna by Verrill) and Ophiolimna littoralis Koehler. The last three genera belong to the Ophiarachninae; especially Ophiurochceta is very near Ophiarachna. Ophioconis, restr., includes Pectinura, forbesii Heller (referred to Ophioconis by Llitken) and Ophioconis: 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85 brevispina Ludwig. Ophiochceta contains only 0. hirsuta Liitken. Genuine Ophioconis much resembles Cryptopelta, but has, however, hyaline arm spines. Genuine Ophiochceta appears to be very near Pectinura, but is, however, covered with fine spines, instead of granules, on the disk. " Ophioconis^ ^ indica Koehler, which I do not dare to name generically, as I have not myself examined it, appears to resemble Pectinura, except for the hyaline arm spines and the presence of a single tentacle scale on most of the tentacle pores, instead of two. OPHIUROCONIS gen. nov. Disk and oral angles, including oral shields, closely covered with fine granules. Six or seven oral papillae on either side of each jaw; outermost one pointed inwards, stretching above next papilla, which is the largest. Teeth triangular and obtusely pointed. Arms not very long, cylindrical, widest at the base, tapering outwards to the very slender tip, where the vertebrae are imperfectly divided into halves by a longitudinal series of pores. Ventral arm plates wider than long, not in contact with each other, except on the most proxi- mal joints. Arm spines six or more, more or less long, flattened, hyaline and not appressed. One or two tentacle scales to each pore. Ophiuroconis monolepis sp. nov. This species is at once distinguished from both 0. pulverulenta and miliaria by fewer oral papillae, by fewer and shorter arm spines and by the presence of a single tentacle scale, instead of two, to each pore. Oral papillae, six or seven in number on either side of each jaw, close-set and acute. Each lateral arm plate bears six or seven arm spines, which are rather spiniform, acute, slightly flattened and hyaline; uppermost one or two spines nearly twice as long as, and lowest one slightly shorter than, corresponding arm joint. A single small, leaf-like, but acutely pointed, tentacle scale at each pore. Dorsal arm plates, rather small, fan-shaped, not in contact with each other, wider than long, convex along median line, so that the arm is keeled dorsallj^ as a whole. Ventral arm plates, very small, much wider than long, much shorter than corresponding arm joint. All the dorsal, lateral and ventral arm plates are concen- trically striated. The type specimen is 5 mm. across disk, 25 mm. in arm length and 1 mm. in arm width at base. Color in alcohol : light yellow. Six specimens; Sagami Sea, 85 fathoms. Two specimens; Sagami Sea, 300 fathoms. 86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., OPHIURODON gen. nov. Disk and oral angles, including oral^shields, closely covered with fine granules. Four or five oral papillae on either side of each jaw; outermost pointed inwards, stretching above next papilla. Teeth flat, thin, with widened and often serrate end. Arms not very long, widest at base, tapering outwards to the very slender tip. Ventral arm plates very narrow, longer than wide, distinctly in contact with each other. Vertebrae of distal arm joints often imperfectly divided into halves by a longitudinal series of pores. Six or more arm spines, long, flattened, hyahne, not appressed. Single tentacle scale to each pore. The genotype is Ophioconis grandisquama Koehler, and it is worth noting that a specimen of this species was recently collected at Okinose (a submarine bank), in the Sagami Sea. OPHIUROCH^TA gen. nov. Disk closely covered with fine granules and sparsely beset 7.'ith fine spines. Oral angles also granulated, but oral shields naked. Numerous close-set oral papillae, of which outermost one is pointed inwards, stretching above next papilla, which is the largest. Teeth triangular and obtusely pointed. Arms not very long, rather stout, stoutest at base. Dorsal, as well as ventral, arm plates well devel- oped, widely in contact with each other. Six or more arm spines, long, flagellate, opaque, not appressed. Two tentacle scales to each pore, abraclial one overlapping base of lowest arm spine. The genotype is Ophiochceta mixta Lyman. Ophiurochceta differs from Ophiolimna in the following important particulars: more numerous oral papillae, of which the outermost one is not operculiform, but pointed inwards above the next papilla, which is the largest; well-developed dorsal and ventral arm plates, which are widely in contact with each other, two tentacle scales, of which the abradial one distinctly overlaps the base of the lowest arm spine; triple peristomal plates. Verrill considers that the internal structures of 0. mixta are much like those of Ophiacantha; but my own opinion is quite to the contrary. I have observed that the internal structures of Ophiuroconis monolepis, Ophiurodon grandisquama, Ophiurochceta mixta, Ophi- arachna incrassata, Ophiochiton fastigatus, Ophioplax lamellosa, etc., belong to a common type. In them the peristomal plates are always triple, consisting of two paired and one median secondary jDlates; while in Ophiacantha, Ophiolimna, etc., the peristomal plates are 1915. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87 entire, or double with soldered halves, and always lack a third, median secondary plate. Further, the peristomal plates of the former type are distinctly longer in proportion to their width than are those of the latter. Ignoring the smaller size, Ophiurocfueta much resembles Ophi- arachna, the only essential differences being the presence of scattered disk spines and the absence of accessory oral shields. The systematic value of the accessory oral shields is, however, considered insignificant by Dr. H. L. Clark. I have also observed the absence of the acces- sory oral shields in some interradii of a specimen of Ophiarachna incrassata. One may safely say, then, that the relation of Ophiu- rochceta to Ophiarachna is parallel to that of Ophiomastiz to Ophio- coma or of Ophiochceta to Pectinura. Subfamily 2. OPHIODERMATIN.E nov. (Characters as given in key, p. 83.) This subfamily includes Ophioconis, restr., Cryptopelta, Bathy- pedinura, Pectinura, Ophiopezella, Ophiochceta, Ophiarachnella, Ophio- chasma, Ophioderma, Ophioncus and Diopederma. Bathypectinura gotoi sp. nov. Diameter of disk 50 mm. Length of arms 195 mm. Width of arms at base 7 mm. Disk pentagonal, flat, closely covered with fine granules, of which four or five are contained in 1 mm. Radial shields only partly naked, but distinguishal^le through the super- ficial granulations, by the slight swelling, as large, elongated ovate plates, nearly half as long as disk radius, wider outwards; naked part very small, ovate, and wider without than within. Genital slits very long, almost reaching disk margin. Genital plates visible from exterior, lying along adradial border of slits, long, very stout. Oral shields small, triangular, with rounded angles and convex sides, nearly as wide as long. Accessory oral shields very rudiment- ary; in one of the two specimens they are absent, but in the other they are indistinctly represented by one or two small scales, which are separated from the oral shield by granules. The adoral shields are almost, and the oral plates entirely, covered with granules, which are coarser and sparser than distally. Eight or nine oral papillse on either side; outermost two or three large, flat, thin, outer second largest; inner ones small, more or less conical, obtuse. Five to seven teeth, irregular in shape and size, with pointed or rounded ends, arranged in an irregular vertical row. Arms long, stout, gradually tapered outwards, with a rather sharp 88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., dorsal median ridge, triangular in transverse section. Dorsal arm plates large, occupying almost entire dorsal surface of arm, quad- rangular, with rounded outer corners, a little wider without than within, three to four times as wide as long, with a rather sharp ridge on the median line; some are divided into several irregular secondary plates. Lateral arm plates very low, less than half height of arm, meeting neither above nor below. Ventral arm plates small, rhom- boidal, with shorter diameter parallel to arm axis. First plate almost as wide as, but much shorter than, following; the three or four plates beginning with the second have a median keel, which is more prominent proximally both with regard to each plate and to the arm as a whole. Arm spines four for the most part, but three distally, very short, flattened, lanceolate, obtuse, lowest one some- what longer than the others, but not so long as corresponding arm joint. One tentacle scale, large, oval, thin, flat. Color in alcohol: light yellowish brown. Two specimens; Sagami Sea, 170 fathoms. This new species is very near B. lacerlosa (Lyman), but differs from it in the coarser disk granules, in the smaller naked part of the radial shields, in the more strongly ridged dorsal arm plates, in the much lower lateral arm plates, in the wider and rhomboidal ventral arm plates, and in the shorter arm spines. Family 4. OPHIOCHITONID.E nov. (Characters as given in keys, pp. 74 and 75.) Key to subfamilies of Ophiochitonidoe. A — Teeth triangular, not very stout; peristomal plates moderately large; oral frames entire, without well-developed lateral wings; dorsal side of vertebrae entire, rhomboidal Ophiochitonin^. A A — Teeth c^uadrangular, very stout; peristomal plates very small; oral frames with well-developed lateral wings; dorsal side of vertebrae notched inwards and V-shaped Ophionereidin^. Subfamily 1. OPHIOCHITONIN^ nov. (Characters as given above in key.) This subfamily includes Ophiochiton^ and Ophioplax. OpMoplax lamellosa sp. nov. This new species is quite near Ophioplax Ijungmani, Ophiopeza custos Koehler (referred to Ophioplax by Koehler) and Ophiopeza ^Ophiocfdlon lymani Studer, 1883, is, in my opinion, referable to Ophiocten, being allied to Ophiocten hastatus Lyman, 0. pacificiim Liitken and Mortensen, etc. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89 reducta Koehler (referred to Bathypectinura by Dr. H. L. Clark) .^ It is, however, distinguished from 0. Ijungmani by the presence of primary disk plates, by coarser disk scales, by shape of radial shields, by the disk margin being not so closely granulated, and by the shape of the oral shields; from 0. custos by the presence of primary disk plates, by coarser disk scales, by the shape of the radial shields, by the adoral shields not meeting each other within, by the shape of the first and second ventral arm plates, by the presenc3 of lamellar plates at the arm bases, and by shape of dorsal arm plates; and from 0. reducta by dorsal side of disk being free of granules, by radial shields not being divergent, and by shape of ventral arm plates. Disk covered with fine, imbricating scales, among which the six primaries are more or less distinct; the radial plates are smaller and less conspicuous than the central plate. Radial shields triangular, with acute inner angles, twice as long as wide; those of a pair are nearly parallel, being separated from each other. Ventral inter- brachial areas are closely covered with very fine granules. Oral shields large, triangular, with strongly curved outer border, less curved lateral sides, obtuse inner angle and perfectly rounded lateral angles. Adoral shields large, triangular, long, tapered within to an acute point, but they do not meet. Lamellar plates and fine granules occur on dorsal and lateral surface of free arm bases. Dorsal arm plates triangular at first, but soon becoming quadrangular with rounded outer corners and curved lateral borders", much wider without than within. First ventral arm plate is small, triangular, with rounded -angles, nearly as wide as long; those beyond are pentagonal, with an inwardly directed angle, which is covered by the preceding plate; outer border curved, and lateral borders con- cave and bounded by tentacle pores. A single large, oval tentacle scale occurs on the abradial side of each pore; besides, on the adradial side of a few basal pores, there are present one or two rudimentary tentacle scales, more or less covered over by the abradial one. The type is 4.5 mm. across the disk, 35 mm. in arm length and 0.8 mm. in arm width at base. Color in alcohol: yellowish gray above and white below; arms banded with dark gray. One specimen; off Kotsujima, Sagami Sea. It is recorded that the above specimen was taken with a coral -net, ' Ophiopeza reducta appears to me to be referable to Ophioplax. The presence of only three long, cylindrical arm spines and of only five oral papillae, the annu- lation on the arms and the naked oral plates are all characters of Ophioplax, but not of genuine Bathypectinura. 90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.^ but the depth is not stated. As the annulation on the arms indicates^ this species is not a deep-water form, but probably subUttoral. Subfamily 2. OPHIONEREIDIN^ Ljungman, 1867 (emend.). (Characters as given in key, p. 88.) Tliis subfamily includes Ophiodoris, Opkionereis and Ophiocrasis. OPHIOCRASIS H. L. Clark, 1911. Aside from the presence of the secondary supplementary dorsal arm plates, this genus seems to me to be distinguished from Opkio- nereis principally by negative characters and different degrees of development of certain common structures. Disk scales even and exceecUngly fine; no trace of marginal row of special disk scales; no genital papillae; arms much more slender than in Opkionereis. Schizogonic reproduction may not be a generic character. Ophiocrasis marktanneri sp. nov. Ophionereis porreda, Marktanner-Turneretscher (non Lyman, 1860), Ann. K. K. Naturh. Hofmus., II, 1887, p. 302, PI. XII, i\%. 18. "Ophionereis porreda Marktanner, " Koehler, Bull. Sci. Fr. Belg., XXXI, 1898, p. 76. Diameter of disk 9 mm. Length of arms 68 mm. Width of arms, at base 1.2 mm, at the widest part 1.5 mm. Disk circular, slightly concave, rather soft, covered with fine imbricating scales, which are rather obscured, so that the disk appears as though covered by a thick skin. Radial shields very small, short, exceedingly narrow, tapered within, widely separated from each other, hard to detect. Ventral interbrachial areas covered with scales similar to those of the dorsal side, but even more obscure. Genital slits large, nearly reaching disk margin. No genital papilla?. Oral shields rhomboidal, with obtuse inner angle and rounded lateral and outer angles, nearly as wide as long, except madreporic shield, which is decidedly longer than wide. Adoral shields small, acutely tapered within, where they nearly or hardly meet. Four or five oral papillae on either side of each jaw, unequal, short, rounded, but the outermost one, which is closely associated with the second oral tentacle pore, has pointed inner end. Four teeth, short, stout, with wide end. Arms long and very slender, narrowed at base, widest at one- fourth to one-third of arm length. Dorsal arm plates mostly tri- angular, with obtuse outwardly directed apex, rather small, wider than long, successive plates slightly in contact with each other; quadrangular in the more distal parts. On either side of each dorsal arm plate there occurs a large supplementary plate, which is nearly 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91 semicircular, about one-half as large as the dorsal arm plate, and bounded along the distal border by one or two very insignificant secondary supplementary plates, which, however, are present only for a comparatively short distance near the arm base; two or three first dorsal arm plates and their supplementary plates are smaller than those beyond; supplementary plates smaller outwards as dorsal arm plates become quadrangular, and finally disappear. Lateral arm plates not very prominent, meeting neither above nor below. First ventral arm plate very small, rather pentagonal, longer than wide; those beyond, quadrangular, with rounded outer lateral angles, truncated inner lateral angles and slightly notched outer border, nearly as long as wide, but longer than wide distally. Three arm spines, short, stout, flattened, blunt. One large, oval tentacle scale to each pore. Color in alcohol: grayish yellow; disk reticulated, and arms banded, with dark purplish brown. Three specimens; Enoshima. Numerous specimens; Aral Beach, Misaki Marine Biological Station.. The arm length varies from six to eight times the disk diameter. In smaller specimens the arm spines are less flattened; and in those smaller than 4 mm. across the disk the secondary supplementary dorsal arm plates are 'almost invisible. This species differs from the genotype, 0. dictydisca H. L. Clark, in the shape of the dorsal arm plates, in the less distinct secondary supplementary dorsal arm plates and in the smaller and more insig- nificant radial shields. Further, schizogonic reproduction has not been observed in the present species, though I have examined many very small specimens. 0. marklanneri, as well as the genotype, resembles Ophionereis dubia in lacking the genital papillae, but differs from it chiefly in the presence of the secondary supplementary dorsal arm plates and in the much narrower arms. 0. marktanneri is by no means near Ophionereis porrecta Lyman. I could mention some more differences than those enumerated by Koehler between these two species, but it is not necessary to do so here. This charmingly handsome species is one of the most common ophiurans about Misaki, living under stones and rocks. Family 5. OPHIOCOMIDiE Ljungman, 1867. (Characters as given in keys, pp. 74 and 75.) Key to subfamilies of Ophiocomidce. A — Radial shields long and wide, boot-shaped, widely separated from each other; three to five arm spines; tentacle scales short and leaf-like Ophiocoaiin^. 92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., AA — Radial shields long and very narrow, bar-like, each pair approxi- mating each other at the outer ends; numerous arm spines; two tentacle scales, of which the abradial one is minute and acute, and the adradial one is very long and lanceolate, Ophiopsilin^. Subfamily 1. OPHIOCOMIN^ nov. (Characters as given above in key.) This subfamily includes Ophiopteris, Ophiocoma, Ophiomastix and Ophiar thrum. Subfamily 2. OPHIOPSILIN.E nov. (Characters as given above in key.) This subfamily is formed by a single genus, Ophiopsila. Though Ophiopsila is referred to the Amphiuridse by certain authors, it fundamentally differs from the latter in the internal structures. The oral frames have well-developed lateral wings, as in the Amphiuridse, Ophiotrichidse, Ophioceramis, Ophionereidinse and Ophiocominse. The oral and dental plates are 7t -shaped (instead of being x-shaped) in common outline in internal view, quite as in Ophioceramis, the Ophionereidinse and Ophiocominse. The genital plates are entirely free from the basal vertebrae and have two condyles and one pit at the outer end to match two condyles and one pit of the radial shield, as an important characteristic of the Chilophiurida; while those of the Amphiuridse and Ophiotrichidse are firmly fixed to the basal vertebrse and have only a single large condyle to match one large socket of the radial shield. The genital scales are long, narrow and bar-like, also a characteristic of the Chilophiurida; while those of the Gnathophiurida are short, very flat and leaf-like. As to the external characters, the presence of both oral and well- developed dental papillae hinders any reference of Ophiopsila to either the Amphiuridse or Ophiotrichidae. In short, Ophiopsila is referal)le only to the Ophiocomidae, being, however, distinguished from the other genera of that family by certain characters of second- ary importance. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93 March 16. Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair. Forty-seven persons present. The Publication Committee reported the reception of papers under the following titles : "Fixation of single type (Lectotypic) specimens of species of American Orthoptera. Division III." By Albert P. Morse and Morgan Hebard (February 27). "Notes on hematognathus fishes." By Henry W. Fowler (March 1). "Cold-blooded vertebrates from Florida, the West Indies, Costa Rica, and Eastern Brazil." By Henry W. Fowler (March 1). The deaths of Thomas Biddle, M.D., a member, February 19, 1915, and of James Geikie, a correspondent, March 2, 1915, were announced. Dr. Clarence E. McClung made a communication on parallel differences in germ cell organization and characters of the body, illustrated by representatives of groups or families of Orthoptera. The Recording Secretary read the following communication from Adele M. Fielde: A new hypothesis concerning butterflies. — It is known that a virgin female moth or butterfly of the Great Peacock, the Oak Egger, and some other species attracts males of her kind from afar. No naturalist has written of this matter more charmingly than has Jean Henri Fabre.^ Having sequestered such a female under a wire-gauze cover, scores of males came from woodsy distances to seek her. Putting her in an air-tight cell, whether of paper, wood, glass, metal or cotton batting prevented the escape of her effluvium and therefore prevented the arrival of her suitors. If placed under a bell glass, where' she was plainly visible to the oncoming swarm of males, they ignored her and settled upon a twig, a chair-bottom, a bit of flannel, or a few dry leaves where she had reposed and affixed her subtile aroma. Even smooth, clean surfaces retained her emanation after contact with her and lured the male in her absence. Neither strong stenches made by napthaline, tobacco, or sul- 1 Social Life in the Insect World, 1912, pp. 179-216. 94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., phuretted hydrogen, nor penetrating perfumes exhaled by spike- lavender, diffused through the laboratory, prevented the flocking of males to the wire-gauze cage of the female. The removal of the antennae of the males did not settle the question whether these organs were noses. A sick and sore insect cannot be depended upon for the solution of problems. None of the maimed males lived more than a day or two after the surgical operation. Their natural span of life was too short for the recovery of normal health necessary to physiological experimentation. In my work upon the antenna of the ant I found that this organ is a compound nose, every segment being a sub-nose capable of discerning a certain odor while insensitive to all other odors.- If the antennae of moths and butterflies be constructed on the same plan as are the antennae of the ants, each sub-nose having power to discern a particular otlor, then it may be that certain species of moths and butterflies possess, while other species lack, the sub-nose that perceives the effluvium of the adolescent female, whose ephemeral existence makes early mating necessary to the continuance of the tribe. The result of the elision of the whole of both antennae would not reveal the answer to the question concerning a sub-nose. Surgery would needs be applied, segment by segment, until the sub-nose discerning the female effluvium should be discovered through abnor- mal behavior produced by no other cause than the elimination of that particular segment. One species having antennae might possess this sub-nose, while another species having antennae might lack this sub-nose, and in this difference in the line or series of sub-noses would lie the cause of unlike behavior in species apparently endowed with similar organs of smell. A curious and unexplained instinct in insects generally impels them to deposit their eggs upon substances that are the natural food of the larvae hatched from the eggs. Since the mature insect does not eat the sort of food upon which the larvae subsist and grow, and since the pupa-stage, in some cases continuing many months, inter- venes between the larval period and the emergence in mature form, it seems improbable that memory of the gustatory joys of her own larval existence or an intelligent foresight in provision for her young is what induces the mother insect to deposit her eggs on the nutriment required by the larvae issuing therefrom. The possession of an olfactory organ, a sub-nose discerning the chemical constituents of the nourishment ingested in her own earliest days, may account for the habitual behavior of the insect in choosing to deposit her eggs in a place that will favor the continuance of her tribe. The tiny truffle hunting beetle, Balhoceras gallicus,^ infallibly reaching its sole food by digging a vertical tunnel of from twelve to 2 See bibliography under " Certain vesicles found in the integument of Ants" in the Proceedings for February, 1915. ^ Fabre, Social Life in the Insect World, pp. 217-237. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95 fifteen inches from the surface of the ground to its subterranean sustenance, probably has a sub-nose that smeUs nothing save the fungus whose odor emanates from the sandy soiL There is great significance in tlie fact that spiders and scorpions, having no practical use for the sense of smell in their habitual activi- ties, have no antennae. Summary. — If moths and butterflies, like certain ants, have a compound nose, then one of the sub-noses guiding the habitual activities of the male insect may function exclusively in cUscerning the odor of the adolescent female. Elision of the whole antennae would then prevent, as it possibly did in the case of Fabre's Oak Eggers, a return under the allurement offered by the female. Moths and butterflies normall}- lacking such a sub-nose would not be subject to this particular lure, although the antennae Avere intact. This hypothesis fits the phenomena and explains what has here- tofore been considered mysterious. Jacob Parsons Schaeffer, ]M.D., was elected a member. The following were ordered printed: 96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar.^ FIXATION OF SINGLE TYPE (LECTOTYPIC) SPECIMENS OF SPECIES OF AMERICAN ORTHOPTERA. DIVISION III. BY ALBERT P. MORSE AND MORGAN HEBARD. Species of North American Orthoptera Described BY Albert Pitts Morse. The desirability of selection and fixation of a single type has been discussed and such work accomplished for a large number of species of North American Orthoptera in the first paper bearing the title here used by James A. G. Rehn and the present junior author.^ The species of North American Orthoptera described by A. N. Caudell have been treated in similar manner in the second division of the series by their sponsor and the present junior author, ^ and in this paper the species described from North America by the present senior author, whether valid or established synonyms, are similarly treated. It has been a rule with the senior author to consider every specimen of the series originally described as a type, but the selection from these of the single type by their author obviates all difficulties which might otherwise have arisen. In the present paper, North America is used in its restricted sense, only including that part of the continent north of the Mexican line, as has been done in the_ other papers of the series, except in particular instances in the first division, where, in order to make certain of the sections complete, it was found necessary to include all of the species described in papers treating of North America south to the Isthmus of Panama. Of the sixty-five units here considered the types of fifty-two are in the Morse Collection,^ ten in the Museum of Comparative Zoology and one each in the American Museum of Natural History, Cornell University and Hebard Collection. As in the previous papers of this series, the nomenclature given iPROC. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1912, pp. 60-128, (1912). 2 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1912, pp. 157-168, (1912). ' Unless otherwise stated, it is understood that the types here selected are in the Morse Collection. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97 in the original description is used throughout, as this paper is not intended to be in any way revisionary. PaRATETTIX HESPERUS. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, VII, p. 198, (1899). Described from two hundred and seventy-six specimens of both sexes from one locaUty. Single type here designated: 9 ; Glendale, Oregon, September 9, 1897; Morse. Paratettix toltecus extensus. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, VII, p. 198, (1899). Based on eighteen males and twenty-one females from six localities. Single type here designated: 9 ; San Bernardino, California, [July 16],^ 1897; [Morse]. Tettix crassus. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, VII, p. 201, (1899). Based on eighteen males and twenty-three females from two definite localities and the State record. Single type here designated: c? ; Colorado; Morrison. Tettix hancocki. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, VII, p. 200, (1899). ' described from fourteen males and fourteen females from a single locality. Single type here designated : cf ; Ames, Iowa, [May 30] ; E. D. Ball. T[ettix] h[ancocki] abbreviatus. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, VII, p. 200, (1899). Based on specimens from the type series of Tettix hancocki. Single type here designated: d^ ; Ames, Iowa, [May 24]; E. D. Ball. Tettix tentatus. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, VII, p. 200, (1899). Based on one male and five females from four localities. Single type here designated: 9 ; Laggan, Alberta; Bean; Museum of Comparative Zoology. ■» The use of brackets in the present paper indicates authentic information .not contained in the original descriptron. 7 98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., NOMOTETTIX COMPRESSUS. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, III, p. 15, (1895). Based on two males and five females from a single questioned State. Single type here designated: cf ; probably North Carolina; G. F. Atkinson; Cornell University. NOMOTETTIX CRISTATUS DENTICULATUS. Psyche, XIII, p. 119, (1906). Based on six males and one female from four localities. Single type here designated: cf ; Denison, Texas, August 11, 1905; Morse. NOMOTETTIX PARVUS. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, III, p. 14, (1895). Based on four males, one female and one immature specimen from one locality. Single type here designated: cf ; St. Anthony Park, Minnesota; Lugger. TeTTIGIDEA ACUTA. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, III, p. 15, (1895). Based on three females from a single locality. Single type here designated: 9 ; New York; Uhler; Museum of Comparative Zoology. Tettigidea armata. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, III, p. 107, (1895). Described from two males and seven females from two known and one unknown locality. Single type here designated : 9 ; Vigo County, Indiana, [Septem- ber 6, 1893]; Blatchley. T[ettigidea] armata depressa. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, III, p. 107, (1895). Based on one male and four females from five localities. Single type here designated: 9 ; Vigo County, Indiana; Blatchley. Tettigidea apiculata. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, III, p. 16, (1895). Based on a pair from a single locality. Single type here designated: 9 ; New Orleans, Louisiana; Akhurst; Museum of Comparative Zoology. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99 Tettigidea DAVISI. Psyche, XV, p. 25, (1908). Described from fifteen specimens from three localities. Single type here designated: 9 ; Perth Amboy, New Jersey, May 31; Wm. T. Davis. Tettigidea prorsa elongata. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, III, p. 16, (1895). Described from two males and one female from a single State. Single type here designated: 9 ; Georgia.; Museum of Com- parative Zoology. Tettigidea spicata. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, III, p. 108, (1895). Based on one male and two females from two localities. Single type here designated: 9 ; Florida; Morrison; Hebard Collection, Type No. 402. PSEUDOPOMALA BRACHYPTERA REVERSA. Psyche, VII, p. 343, (1896). Based on material from unspecified localities. Single type here designated: 9 ; [Sudbury, Massachusetts, July 10, 1892; Morse.] CORDILLACRIS AFFINIS. Psyche, X, p. 115, (1903). Based on one male and five females from a single county. Single type here designated: unique cf.; Ormsby County, Nevada, lower edge of pine zone, 1,700-2,000 metres, west of Carson City, July 6; C. F. Baker. Orphulella OLIVACEA." ' Psyche, VI, p. 477, (1893). Based on one hundred and eighty males and one hundred and sixty-seven females from two localities. Single type here designated: 9 ; Stamford, Connecticut, August [13 to 17, 1891]; Morse. Clinocephalus elegans. Psyche, VII, p. 402, (1896). Based on five males and two females from two definite, two State, and one unkno^vn locality. Single type here designated: & ; Ravenswood, Long Island, New York; Beutenmiiller; Museum of Comparative Zoology. 100 proceedings of the academy of [mar., Chlcealtis conspersa prima. Psyche, VII, p. 420, (1896). Based on an unspecified series from three localities. Single type here designated: 9 ; Sherborn, Massachusetts, 1895; Morse. Stenobothrus acutus. Psijche, X, p. 115, (1903). Based on five males from a single locality. Single type here designated: cf ; Orinsby County, Nevada, lower edge of pine zone, 1,700-2,000 metres, west of Carson City, July 6; C. F. Baker. HiPPISCUS IMMACULATUS: Psijche, XIII, p. 119, (1906). Described from a unique male from Clarendon, Texas, August 18, 1905; Morse. S[pHARAGEM0n] ^QUALE Subsp. SCUDDERI. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist, XXVI, p. 225, (1894). Based on eighty-eight males and ninety-eight females from eight localities. Single type here designated: 9 ; Sherborn, Massachusetts, July 25, 1892; Morse. [Spharagemon collare] race angustipenne. Psyche, VII, p. 298, (1895). Based on nine males and four females from a single locality. Single type here designated: 9 ; Salt Lake Valley, Utah, 4,300 feet, August 1 to 4[, 1877] ; Museum of Comparative Zoology. [Spharagemon collare] race pallidum. Psijche, VII, p. 299, (1895). Based on four males and two females from one locality. Single type here designated: 9 ; White River, Colorado, July 24 to August 13; Museum of Comparative Zoology. Spharagemon humile. Psyche, VII, p. 292, (1895). Based on two males from a single locality. Single type here designated: cf ; Garden of the Gods, Colorado; Museum of Comparative Zoology. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101 Spharagemon INORNATUM. Psyche, VII, p. 291, (1895). Described from a unique female, Hot Springs, New Mexico, 7,000 feet. Spharagemon oculatum. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XXVI, p. 232, (1894). Based on seven males and seven females from probably four localities. Single type here designated: 9 ; Marshall County, Indiana, August 1, 1892; Blatchley, (dried alcoholic). Spharagemon saxatile. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XXVI, p. 229, (1894). Based on ninety-one males and sixty females from eleven localities. Single type here designated: 9 ; Blue Hill, Massachusetts, [September 20, 1891]; Morse. Spharagemon saxatile planum. Pst/che, XI, p. 13, (1904). Based on twenty-two males and ten females from a single locality. Single type here designated : 9 ; Wytheville, Virginia, September 4 to 5, 1903, 2,300 feet; Morse. EOTETTIX PALUSTRIS. Psyche, XI, p. 7, (1904). Described from three males and one female from one locality. Single type here designated: c^ ; Live Oak, Florida, August 10, 1903; Morse. EOTETTIX PUSILLUS. Psyche, XI, p. 7, (1904). Based on seventeen males and two females from two localities. Single type here designated: cf ; Waycross, Georgia, August 11, 1903; Morse. Hesperotettix floridensis. Can. EnL, XXXIII, p. 130, (1901). Described from fourteen males and four females from a single locality. Single type here designated : c^ ; Hastings, Florida, August 17 to 18, [1900; A. J.] Brown. 102 proceedings of the academy of [mar., Hesperotettix nevadensis. Psyche, X, p. 115, (1903). Described from three males and three females from a single locality. Single type here designated: cf ; Ormsby County, Nevada, lower edge of pine zone, 1,700-2,000 metres, west of Carson City, July 6; C. F. Baker. Bradynotes compacta. Psyche, X, p. 116, (1903). Described from four males and four females from a single localitj'. Single type here designated : d" ; Ormsby County, Nevada, lower edge of pine zone, 1,700-2,000 metres, west of Carson City, July 6; C. F. Baker. Podisma SCUDDERI.5 Psyche, XIII, p. 120, (1906). Described from a unique female from Cheaha [Chehawhaw] Mountain, Alabama, July 13, 1905, 2,300 feet; Morse'. Paratylotropidia beutenmuelleri. Psyche, XIV, p. 14, (1907). Based on a unique female, Valley of Black Mountain, North Carolina, August 30, 1906, W. Beutenmiiller; American Museum of Natural History. Melanoplus australis. Psijche, XI, p. 13, (1904). Based on a unique male, Savannah, Georgia, August 14, 1903; Morse. Melanoplus carnegiei. Psyche, XI, p. 10, (1904). Based on nine males and two females from three localities. Single type here designated: cf ; Denmark, South Carolina, August 15, 1903; Morse. Melanoplus celatus. Psyche, XI, p. 10, (1904). Based on five males and three females from one locality. Single type here designated : cf ; Wytheville, Virginia, September 4 to 5, 1903, 3,000-3,500 feet; Morse. ^ New name, Podis7rm australis, proposed by Morse, Psijche, XIV, p. 57, (1907). 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103 Melanoplus DECEPTUS. Psyche, XI, p. 9, (1904). Based on eight males and eight females from a single locality. Single tj^e here designated: cf ; Jones Peak, Balsam Mountains, North Carolina, August 19, 1903, 5,700-6,100 feet; Morse. Melanoplus decoratus. Psyche, XI, p. 12, (1904). Based on five males and sixteen females from four localities. Single tji3e here designated: cf ; Murphy, North Carolina, July 25, 1903, 1,800 feet; Morse. Melanoplus devius. Psyche, XI, p. 12, (1904). Based on twenty-four males and twenty-one females from two localities. Single type here designated : cf ; Wytheville, Virginia, September 4 to 5, 1903, 3,000-3,500 feet; Morse. Melanoplus divergens. Psyche, XI, p. 8, (1904). Based on fifteen males and eighteen females from one locality. Single tj-pe here designated: cf ; Balsam, North Carolina, Julj" 24, 1903, 5,000-6,000 feet; Morse. Melanoplus harrisi. Psyche, XVI, p. 12, (1909). Described from a unique male, Needham, Massachusetts, August 23, 1908, rank herbage in upland field; Morse. Melanoplus latens. Psyche, XIII, p. 120, (1906). Based on six males and ten females from four localities. Single tj-pe here designated : cf ; Caddo, Indian Territory, August 9, 1905; Morse. Melanoplus scudderi latus. Psyche, XIII, p. 122, (1906). Based on two males from one locality. Single type here designated: cf ; Bonita, Texas, August 14, 1905; Morse. 104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar.^ Melanoplus SIMILIS. Psyche, XI, p. 9, (190i). Based on three males from a single locality. Single type here designated: cf; Murphy, North Carolina, July 25, 1903, 1,800 feet; Morse. Melanoplus strumosus. Psyche, XI, p. 11, (1904). Based on one male and four females from two localities. Single type here designated: unique cf; De Funiak Springs,, Florida, August 5, 1903; Morse. Melanoplus sylvestris. Psyche, XI, p. 10, (1904). Based on thirteen males and seventeen females from four localities. Single type here designated: cT; Blowing Rock, North Carolina^ July 19, 1903, 3,500-4,000 feet; Morse. Melanoplus symmetricus. Psyche, XI, p. 8, (1904). Based on three males and six females from a single locality. Single type here designated : cf ; Carrabelle, Florida, August 9,, 1903; Morse. Melanoplus tepidus. Psyche, XIII, p. 121, (1906). Based on three males and three females from one locality. Single type here designated: cf; Meridian, Mississippi, July 16,. 1905; Morse. Melanoplus tribuloides. Psyche, XIII, p. 121, (1906). Based on three males and five females from two localities. Single type here designated : cf ; Cheaha [Chehawhaw] Mountain^ Alabama, July 13, 1905, 2,000-2,800 feet; Morse. Melanoplus tribulus. Psyche, XI, p. 11, (1904). Based on two males and one female from a single locality. Single type here designated: cT ; [Sharptop Mountain, spur of Grassy Mountain], Jasper, Georgia, July 25, 1903, 2,600 feet; Morse. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105 Melanoplus TUBERCULATUS. Psijche, XIII, p. 121, (1906). Described from twelve males and three females from two localities. Single type here designated: cf ; Quanah, Texas, August 21^ 1905; Morse. SCUDDERIA CUNEATA. Can. Ent., XXXIII, p. 130, (1901). Described from a unique male, Alabama; Baker. XiPHIDIUM GRACILLIMUM. Can. Ent., XXXIII, p. 2.36, (1901). Described from five males and one female from two localities. Single t}npe here designated: o^ ; [Miami], Biscayne Bay, Florida; Airs. A. T. Slosson, Museum of Comparative Zoology^ XiPHIDIUM OCCIDENTALE. Can. Ent., XXXIII, p. 202, (1901). Based on sixty-nine males, sixty females and three immature specimens from eleven localities. Single type here designated: cf ; Tehachapi, California, [August 3,1 1897; Morse. X[iPHIDIUm] OCCIDENTALE CAMURUM. Can. Ent., XXXIII, p. 202, (1901). Based on a single female, Ashland, Oregon, September 7, 1897; Morse. X[iPHIDIUM] OCCIDENTALE CAUDATUM. Can. Ent., XXXIII, p. 203, (1901). Based on one male and two females from a single locality. Single type here designated: 9 ; Mount Shasta district, California^ July; H. Edwards, Museum of Comparative Zoology'. XiPHIDIUM SPINOSUM. Can. Ent., XXXIII, p. 201, (1901). Based on three males, two females and one immature female from a single locality. Single type here designated : cf ; Coronado, California, July 24,. 1897, on salt marsh; Morse. 106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., XiPHIDIUM VICINUM. Can. EnL, XXXIII, p. 203, (1901). Described from sixty-one males and fifty-nine females from fifteen localities. Single type here designated: cf ; Palm Springs, California, [July 10,] 1897; Morse. [XiPHIDIUM vicinum] form productum. Can. EnL, XXXIII, p. 204, (1901). Based on a portion of the typical series of Xiphidium vicinurji. Single type here designated: 9 ; San Bernardino, California, [July 15,] 1897; Morse. Odontoxiphidium aptertjm. Can. EnL, XXXIII, p. 129, (1901). Based on twelve males, sixteen females and two immature speci- mens from one locality. Single type here designated : cf ; Hastings, Florida, August [18 to 21, 1900; A. J.] Brown. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107 a biological reconnaissance of the okefinokee swamp in georgia. Prefatory. During the summer of 1912 a party of zoologists, all froni Cornell University, visited the Okefinokee Swamp in southeastern Georgia, remaining seven weeks in the early summer (May 28 to July 13). The party consisted of Professors C. R. Crosby and J. Chester Bradley, of the Department of Entomology; Dr. A. H. Wright, of the Department of Zoology; Headmaster W. D. Funkhouser, of the Ithaca High School; Messrs. M. D. Leonard, S. C. Bishop and A. R. Cahn, of the class of 1913, and Paul Battle, of Bainbridge, Ga. Mr. E. I.. Worsham, State Entomologist of Georgia, and Mr. Charles S. Spooner, Assistant State Entomologist, were with the party for a week. A smaller part}' from the same institution spent two weeks in the swamp in December, 1913 (December 18, 1913, to January 1, 1914). This party consisted of Professors James G. Needham and J. Chester Bradley, John T. Needham and Paul Battle. In addition. Dr. Bradley and Mr. Battle spent a week in the swamp in September, 1913, and Dr. Bradley had made very brief trips into the swamp in the fall of 1909 and the spring of 1911. The object of all these expeditions was to study and put on record something of the biological conditions in this extensive fresh-water swamp, which still presents in a large measure primitive and inter- esting conditions of environment, before they should become forever changed by the now rapidly penetrating lumbermen. Under the above title it is intended to publish reports upon the various groups collected, as studied. In due course a general account of the ecological and environmental features will be published. A report upon the birds, by Dr. Albert H. Wright and F. Harper, has appeared in The Auk, 1913, 4 : 477-505, PI. XIV-XX. This contains brief descriptions of the various "habitats" of the swamp. In the reports on the various groups, observations made and specimens collected during the summer of 1912 will be credited to the "Cornell University Expedition," abbreviated "C. U. Exp." This does not imply that the university had any official connection with the work. Each member of the party went on his own initiative and at his own expense. 108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar,, THE REPTILES. I. TURTLES, LIZARDS, AND ALLIGATOR. BY ALBERT H. WRIGHT AND W. D. FUNKHOUSER. Although the Okefinokee Swamp represents one of the most interesting regions in the southeastern United States for the study of reptihan hfe, practically no records have been made of this part of its fauna. The following paper is intended as a preliminary contribution toward a knowledge of the herpetology of this area — an area which is sure to prove a rich field for zoological work when suitable provision has been made to render its interior more accessible. Few attempts have been made to enter the Okefinokee for scientific purposes. The swamp, in its earlier history, was a centre for beau- tiful Indian legends and mythical tales; in later times, this pathless wilderness occasioned a weird medley of stories, many of which reflect its supposedly dangerous attributes. The miasmatic effect of the "black mud, the stench from which soon became so intoler- able as to induce vomiting," impresses Captain Rodenbough (1838)^ as its worst characteristic; while another considers it " very dangerous to the health of man especially to recent arrivals in the country; .... in the Okefinokee mosquitoes sometimes rise in such swarms that the trees are only seen dimly as through a dust-storm." But with natives and travellers alike, a deterrent more powerful than either of these behefs are the dreaded reptiles within its borders. Paul Fountain,- in his A Day in a Cypress Swamp (Okefinokee), devotes practically his entire chapter to these cold-blooded creatures. He says: "A greater number of reptiles may be found in this swamp than in any other spot I know of in the States," and our experience proves it a veritable paradise for the herpetologist. Professor A. M. Reese,^ when searching for clues to the breeding habits of the alligator, made a trip to the Okefinokee in the summer of 1905. He says: "In the summer of 1906 the Okefinokee was again visited; this time the swamp was penetrated to its centre, and nearly one hundred alHgators were killed by the three hunters with whom I was travelling. It is this vigorous hunting, done chiefly at night, with a bull's-eye lantern and shot-gun, that has so diminished the number of alligators, where, twenty years ago, hundreds 1 Rodenbough. T. F. From everglades to canon with the Second Dragoons 1836-1875. New York. 187.5. Pp. 31, 32. - Fountain, Paul. The great deserts and forests of North America. London and New York. 1901. Pp. .52-66. 3 Reese, A. M. The breeding habits of the Florida Alligator. Smilhsonian Miss. Colls. XLVII {Quarterly Issue, Vol. III.) 1907. Pp. 381, 382. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109 could be seen, to-day scarcely one may be found. It seems a very wanton destruction of life to kill so many of these large animals, especially when it is remembered that a large alligator hide is worth to the hunter only about $1.50." "Just how soon (if at all) the alligator is likely to be exterminated in our Southern States it is impossible to say, but so long as those two great swampy wastes, the Everglades and the Okefinokee, remain undrained, the great American reptile is not hkely to become entirelj- extinct." Of this same form we have the very interesting account of Andrew EUicott,"* who served as the United States Commissioner to determine the boundary between Florida and Georgia in 1800. With tlie Spanish Commissioner, he started up the St. Mary's January 23, and returned March 3; and his mounds "A" and "B" have been the subject of many memorials by both Florida and Georgia. He writes : "This being the season that the Alligators, or American crocodiles were be- ginning to crawl out of the mud and bask in the sun, it was a favorable time to take them, both on account of their torpid state, and to examine the truth of the report of their swallowing pine knots in the fall of the year to serve them, (on account of their difficult digestion) during the term of their torpor, which is probably about three months. For this purpose two Alligators of about eight or nine feet in length were taken and opened, and in the stomach of each were found several pine and other knots, pieces of bark, and in one of them some charcoal; but exclusive of such indigestible matter, the stomachs of both were empty. So far the report appears to be founded in fact; but whether these were swallowed on account of their tedious digestion, and therefore proper during the time those animals lay in the mud, or to prevent the collapse of the coats of the stomach, or by accident owing to their voracious manner of devouring their food, is difficult to determine. "The Alfigator has been so often, and so well described, and those descriptions are so well known, that other attempts have become unnecessary. It may nevertheless be proper to remark that so far as the human species are concerned, the Alligators appear much le-is dangerous than has generally been supposed, particularly by those unacquainted with them. And I do not recollect meeting with but one well authenticated fact of any of the human species being injured by them in that country, (where they are very numerous,) and that was a negro near New Orleans, who while standing in the water sawing a piece of timber, had one of his legs dangerously wounded by one of them. My opinion on this sub- ject is founded on my own experience. I have frequently been a witness to Indians, including men, women and children, bathing in rivers and ponds, where those animals are extremely numerous, without any apparent dread or caution: the same practice was pursued by myself and people, without caution, and without injiuy. "Some of the Alligators we killed were very fat, and would doubtless have yielded a considerable quantity of oil, which is probably almost the only use that will ever be made of them; however their tails are frequently eaten by the Indians and negroes, and Mr. Bowles informed me that he thought them one of the greatest of delicacies. "The. Alligators appear to abound plentifully in musk, the smell of which is sometimes perceptible to a considerable distance, when they are wounded or killed; but whether the musk is contained in a receptacle for that purpose, and secreted by a particular gland or glands, or generally diffused through the system appears somewhat uncertain: and I confe.ss their appearance was so disagreeable and offensive to me, that I felt no inclination to undertake the dissection of one •of them." 4 EUicott, Andrew. The Journal of, etc. Philadelphia, 1803. Pp. 276-278. 110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., The bulk of the material described in the present paper was obtained by the expedition from Cornell University during the summer of 1912, at which time the swamp was entered from the southwestern side and a permanent camp established on Billy's Island, located in the centre of the swamp. From this camp side trips were made from time to time throughout the summer, and a fairly accurate idea of the geography and biology of the region was obtained. Most valuable services were rendered to this party by the Lee family, living on Billy's Island, the only human inhabitants of the interior of the swamp, and practically out of touch with the outside world. Their primitive mode of living had adapted them to a marvellous degree to the appreciation of the wild life about them, and their observations and knowledge of natural phenomena proved to be surprisingly accurate. The older men and boys were indis- pensable as guides while the party was in the swamp, and on the exit of the party a container was left with them to be filled with specimens which might come to their hands later in the year. This container, full of material chosen with evident care and good judg- ment, was received November 15, 1912, and the specimens thus secured proved a valuable addition to those previously collected. In December, 1913, data were obtained on the winter condition of some of the forms here noted. The list of species here described is of course hardly more than a check-list of those reptiles noted during the two months which the party spent in the Okefinokee, and is no doubt very incomplete as regards the extent of the reptilian fauna of the swamp, but it is hoped that it will serve as a basis for future work and as an aid to systematic zoologists interested in the forms of the region under discussion. Acknowledgments are due to Dr. Leonard Stejneger, of the United States National Museum, for the privilege of examining types in the Museum collection, and to Mr. R. W. Bennett and Mr. Cornelius, of Fargo, Ga., without whose courteous assistance it would have been impossible to have transported our material out of the swamp. The nomenclature and synonymy here adopted is that of Arthur E. Brown in Generic Types of Nearctic Reptilia and Amphibia/" * Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Apr., 1908, pp. 112-127. 1915.] natural sciences of philadelphia. ill Testudinata. 1. Macroclemmys temminckii Troost. Plate I, fig. 3. The alligator snapper, called by the natives "gator terrapin" or "loggerhead," was reported as being common in the Okefinokee, but very few specimens were seen by our party. No adults were collected. The presence of the alligator snapper in the Okefinokee carries its range eastward to the easternmost Gulf tributary (the Suwannee) and the former eastern boundary of old West Florida. Its association here with Chelydra serpentina suggests that the latter may have been an Atlantic coast contribution through the St. Mary's. This turtle is said to attain a large size in its natural habitat in the lakes of this region, and some evidence was secured to bear out this statement. A specimen about eight inches in length' was cap- tured June 17 and placed in a "bee-gum" for safekeeping. On the return to the spot the next day, the turtle had escaped. Dave Lee stated that he had seen turtles with the head alone as large as the shell of this specimen. A skull of Macroclemmys temminckii with the lower mandible missing was found on one of the islands, and it proved by its measurements that this turtle approaches such a size. This skull, old and much weathered, agrees exactly with Boulenger's figure^ in the arrangement of bones and sutures and in the position of the fossse. It measures as follows: Maximum length 6| inches, maximum width 6 inche>, width between centres of orbital sockets 2§ inches, diameter of orbit 1 inch, distance from eye to snout (between openings) 1 inch, height of upper mandible at anterior hook 2 inches, maximum width of upper mandible (at posterior angle) 4 inches, width of nasal opening 1 inch. In connection with this data, a large scale, probably from the shell of an "alligator snapper," was found in the swimming hole at the boat landing on Billy's Island, June 9, 1912. This scale is flat, thin, hard and fan-shaped; on the upper surface eight radiating longitudinal ridges and numerous close, concentric, subparallel transverse grooves, the under surface smooth and slightly undulating. The scale is dry and brittle, much weathered and inclined to peel on the upper surface and is the cephalic scale of one of the costal series. Maximum length 5| inches, maximum width 5^ inches, slightly broken on one side at distal angle. No eggs of this turtle were collected. * British Museum Catalogue, Chelonians, 1889, p. 24, fig. .5. 112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., 2. Chelydra serpentina (Linnaeus). Plate I, fig. 5; II, fig. 5. Two young snapping turtles were brought out of the swamp and at the time were not carefully examined, but were suppo.3ed to be young of the alligator snapper. On comparison with similar-sized representatives of Chelydra serpentina taken at Ithaca, N. Y.-, they prove to be identical with the northern specimens. They are without the scalloped anterior margin of M. temminckii young, as represented by Agassi z^ and do not possess the striking papillae of the young of the alligator snapper. The orbits are directed outwards and upwards as in C. serpentina and wholly unlike the condition in the large skull of M. temminckii secured in the swamp. Furthermore, no supramarginals appear in the carapace. The specimens are small, the larger having a shell 1| inches long by 1^ inches wide. A brief description may be given as follows: Carapace grayish-black; very rough; three distinct ridges, the central highest; vertebral plates distinctly serrate at edges, inclined to overlap, each plate roughly bifid posteriorly; marginal plates thick, narrow, edges smooth anteriorly, strongly toothed posteriorly. Plastron acute posteriorly; black with white marginal markings. Head gray, skin tuberculate, white spot below angle of mandible on each side. Neck black, skin loose and wrinkled. Legs black, unmarked. Skin of head, neck, legs and under surface of body gray or black, rough and finely tuberculate. Tail long, black, spiny above, smooth below, gradually narrowing to apex. 3. Cinosternum pennsylvanicum Bosc. Plate II, fig. 3. It is one of the common turtles of the swamp, found l^oth on land and in the water. These turtles were often seen in the shallower waters of the lakes and in the ponds on the islands and frequently on the higher portions of the wooded areas where they came to deposit their eggs. The specimens collected showed practically no variation in struc- ture or coloration, and the adult as represented in the Okefinokee fauna may be briefly described as follows: Carapace smooth and comparatively high; uniform dark brown in color without markings, but occasionally with fine obsolete indented lines; marginal plates narrow, brown above and reddish-yellow below with brown markings on under side; both extremities of carapace obtusely rounded. Plastron loosely hinged, not com- pletely covering fleshy parts, especially posteriorly, deeply notched " Natural History of the United States, Vol. II, Part III, Plate V, Nos. 23-27. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113 behind; reddish-yellow, with deep brown rectangular grooves at inner and posterior edges of plates; interstices between hinges, and sutures between plates wide. Neck long; skin loose and much Avrinkled; black above, sordid white beneath. Head comparatively large; black or brown above, occasionally spotted with yellow or greenish-yellow on sides, uniform white or yellow beneath; upper mandible with strong curved blunt hook. Legs unmarked, brown- black; claws long, strong and sharp. Tail thick and suddenly acuminate at extremity. Average length of carapace 3| inches, width 2| inches; plastron 3^ inches in length by 2 inches in width; height of shell 1| inches; width of head | inch. The time during which the specimens were collected (May and June) seemed to be the egg-laying season. A fine large female (C. U., No. 6,456) was taken on the nest in the act of egg-laying, June 11, 1912, and three eggs were found with the specimen. The nest was in rotten wood by the side of a dead log and the eggs were deposited at a depth of three inches below the surface of the decayed Avood. In the stomach of a king snake {Ophibolus getulus) (C. U., No. 6,138) taken on Billy's Island, June 11, 1912, was found one egg of Cinosternum pennsrjlvanicum, together with two eggs of Chrysem.ys floridana. Another king snake (C. U., No. 6,146) taken on Billy's Island had what was apparently the shells of Cinosternum eggs in its stomach, and a third snake of the same species also taken on Billy's Island had in its stomach a large number of crushed and finely broken shells of the same kind of eggs. Finally, Mr. Harper relates how he and Dave Lee stumbled upon a king snake, and when they had recovered they found a small Cinosternum digging in the sand — all of which seems strong circumstantial evidence to prove the snake was on hand to scoop the eggs the instant they were laid. These turtles, therefore, evidently come up to the woody parts of the islands during this season to deposit their eggs, which often furnish food for the snakes and, according to the Lees, also for other animals of the swamp. A number of the eggs of this turtle were collected, but owing to the evaporation of the liquid from the containers in which they were placed, none were preserved in a condition satisfactory for accurate description or measurements. The eggs were elliptical, approximately 30 mm. long by 15 mm. in diameter and of a pinkish- white color. The shells seem to be slightly more brittle and appar- ently less granular than those of Chrysemys floridana. 114 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ [Mar., 4. Sternothoerus carina tus (Gray). Two specimens of musk turtles, agreeing with each other in every particular of structure and markings, were taken in the Okefinokee. These specimens represent an interesting form of S. carinatus. They differ from the normal in that the distinct black spots of the head are very obsolete and the black streaks or spots of the carapace, usually so prominent, are almost absent or only faintly visible. The gular shield is very small, a raised boss or knob. The carapace is very rough, the vertebral plates sharp and inclined to overlap; dark brown in color, rubbed off to sordid yellow in spots; characteristic markings of carapace faint; both extremities of carapace obtusely rounded and slightly serrate, upper surface distinctly three ridged with central carina prominent; plastron almost solid, very narrow posteriorly and weakly notched behind; uniform yellow in color. Head dark brown with obsolete black spots, no lines above or below eyes; snout tapering and conical; under jaw with longitudinal black stripes. Legs uniform black; feet broadly webbed; claws thin and sharp. Tail thick and suddenly acuminate at apex. The larger specimen measures as follows: Length of carapace 3f inches, width 2^ inches; length of plastron, 2| inches, maximum width 2 inches; height of shell IJ inches; width of head | inch. No eggs or young of this turtle were collected and no data were secured as to its habits or life history. 5. Chrysemys floridana LeConte. Plate II, fig. 4 ; III, fig. 6. This is probably the commonest turtle on the islands of the swamp. They were often seen on- the sandy banks where they came to deposit their eggs, or found sunning themselves on the logs in the lakes and crossways or in the smaller cypress ponds on the islands. These turtles were active and hard to approach, unless taken with great caution from the rear, but were numerous and often observed. They were very common about the Lees' clearing, where not infre- quently the eggs were plowed up, and were also found on Mixon's Hammock in a cleared sandy portion just west of a prominent Indian mound. About the Lees' clearing the dogs often discovered these turtles and by barking attracted the attention of members of the party. The dogs in the same way were constantly surprising the turtles on the hammocky edges of the island as the reptiles were returning to the water after laying their eggs. In endeavoring to arrest the progress of the turtles, the dogs usually had recourse to claws and teeth, and many of the specimens secured show deep 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115 scratches on the shell which are no doubt evidences of such en- counters. Thirteen adults, four young and a large number of eggs were brought out of the swamp and numbers were collected which were not preserved. The month during which most of the specimens were taken (June) seemed to be the egg-laying season. The eggs, usually numbering from twelve to twenty, were found in the sand. One female killed for soup, June 4, 1912, contained sixteen eggs ready for depositing. A bear, killed May 30, had in its stomach twelve eggs, one of which was whole, and signs were plentiful to prove that the bears dug these eggs from the sand. When an egg complement was found exposed or only partly covered by the sand, or with the complement very small, the natives asserted that the turtle had been disturbed in the midst of egg-laying by the attack of bears or had been frightened from the eggs by these animals.^ A king snake (Ophiholus getulus getulus, C. U., No. 6,147), captured June 26, 1912, had fourteen eggs in its stomach. Another king snake (C. U., No. 6,140), taken June 3, had thirteen eggs in its stomach. The stomachs of three other specimens of the same species of snake contained, respectively, one, two, and six eggs of Chrysemijs floridana. It seems yqvj likely that other snakes and perhaps other mammals, such as coons, find the eggs of this turtle a palatable article of diet. The eggs were also eaten by the Lees, and those eggs which w^ere immature and secured before fertiliza- tion had taken place were pronounced by members of our party excellent eating; the older eggs seemed bitter. The natives called this turtle the "cooter, " and it was also locally kno^^'n as the "hard-back cooter. " The specimens taken showed little variation in structure or mark- ings. INIost of those captured were females with decidedly convex plastron. The size of the shells of the mature specimens averaged about 1 foot in length by 11 inches in width and 5 inches in height. The largest specimen taken (No. 6,433) measured as follows: Length of carapace 13| inches, width 12 inches; length of plastron 11| inches, width 6^ inches; height of shell 5| inches. The adult of Chrysemys floridana, as found in the Okefinokee, may be described as follows: Carapace very high and dome-shaped; black-brown; vertebral plates smooth except anterior and posterior ones which are slightly wrinkled; costal plates with deep longitudinal wrinkles on upper * In the middle of May, 1912, Mr. Harper reports that the edges of the canal were literally torn up by bears, coons, etc., which search for "cooter's" eggs. 116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mai'., three-fourths, lower fourth with transverse ridges; marginal plates smooth or lightly longitudinally rugose, the posterior sometimes slightly serrate at joints; vertebral plates marked with heavy longitudinal yellow line on each side of middle with fainter cross- lines of same color; costal plates with broad median yellow line extending outward, often bifurcate at distal end and some- times surrounded with hieroglyphics of wavy lines of the same color; marginal plates with distinct median yellow band extending outward, rarely fainter bands on each side. Plastron uniform lemon-yellow, convex anteriorly, deeply notched posteriorly; edge of marginal plates with black spots beneath, varying in number, but usually five on each side. Head very small; eyes large; head and neck striped with yellow; median longitudinal bifurcated yellow- Avhite line on underside of head, sometimes with white line inside bifurcation and yellow line on either side. Legs and feet deep brown-black marked ^vith yellow stripes. Claws very long, the middle three of the anterior limb longest. One specimen was taken in which the median stripe of the mar- ginal plates was decorated on each side with a semicircular line followed by a short bar, thus agreeing with Holbrook's figure.^ The young specimens collected lacked the high, dome-like carapace of the adults. The shells were almost round and about 1| inches in diameter. Description. — Carapace slate-colored, averaging three-fourths of an inch in height and abruptly keeled in the middle. Costal plates smooth with distinct median white line sometimes bordered by faint wavy lines of the same color. Marginal plates smooth, edges serrate at joints, decorated with median white line followed on each side by semicircular white line and white dot. Plastron clear light yellow. Under surface of marginal plates with line of black dots extending entirely around the shell. Middle three claws of anterior limb not very long, as in adults. From the specimens examined it w^ould appear that the young and immature forms are likely to show the markings of the carapace, the decorated marginal plates and the black spots of the under margin of the marginal plates more distinctly than the larger forms. The eggs collected were uniform in size, shape and color. Shape ovate-elliptical, color pinkish-white, surface slightly granular, shells cjuite soft. Of 103 eggs measured, the average length proved to be » North American Herpetology, Vol. I, p. 64, PI. 8, 1842. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117 34.16 mm., and the average diameter 24.15 mm.; the mode 35x24 mm.; the maximum length 40.5 mm., and the maximum diameter 27 mm.; the minimum length 33 mm., and the minimum diameter 22 mm. 6. Chrysemys reticulatus Bosc. Three specimens of Chrysemys reticulatus were secured in the Okefinokee, two on Billy's Island and one on Honey Island. The field notes of members of the party do not record any others as having been seen, and it is probable that this is one of the less common turtles of the swamp. The specimens secured agree with the pub- lished descriptions and there can be little doubt as to the identity of the species. The largest specimen, which is probably most tj^ical in all re- spects save the markings, may be described briefly as follows: Carapace dull brown; thickly covered with fine reticulated grooves; each plate with a distinct flat marginal border; shell rather high, smooth in general outline; marginal plates with obsolete median yellow line; under side of each marginal plate with black spot, sometimes coalesced with that of the neighboring plate. Plastron smooth, reddish-yellow, median plates with a distinct tinge of red. Neck very long, skin loose, black. Head brown above with faint yellow markings; yellow beneath with distinct reticulated brown lines. Fore legs with wide yellow band in front, yellow below; feet black beneath; claws long. Under surface of hind legs and tail 3^ellow; hind legs with alternate black and yellow lines pos- teriorly; tail with two black lines on under side. Measurements: Length of carapace 8| inches, width 7 inches; length of plastron 6| inches, width 4 inches; height of shell 3| inches; width of head lyg- inches; interorbital space less than f long diameter of the eye; orbits distinctly upwards and outwards in direction. The second specimen differs from the first only in size, in ha\ing the carapace somewhat indented and in the darker colors and less conspicuous markings. In this specimen the lines on the under side of the head are more nearly parallel, and the yellow color less evident on the legs. The under side of the marginals would be wholly without black spots but for three very indistinct ones. The two spots on the bridge are widely separated. The smallest of the three specimens was found on Honey Island and differs from the others only in the markings of the carapace and in the more brilliant colors of the body. The carapace of this specimen is smooth, without grooves, and beautifully decorated with 118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., bright yellow, narrow reticulated lines covering the vertebral and costal plates; the marginal plates have a distinct median j^ellow band, in some instances this is connected with reticulate lines of vertebral and costal plates. The plastron is clear lemon-yellow with black band at extreme outer edge of abdominal and pectoral plates and on the axillary and inguinal plates. There is no variation in the pattern of the markings from that of the older and larger specimens, but the colors are much more evident. No data were obtained as to the life history or the habits of this species. 7. Terrapene Carolina Linn. One specimen of Terrapene Carolina was taken on Honey Island, June 2, 1912. The natives of the swamp call all box turtles "lock- ups," and report that they are comparatively numerous, but only two specimens were collected during the time our party was in the swamp, one Terrapene Carolina and one Terrapene major. The specimen of Terrapene Carolina taken measured 6§ inches in length, with a plastron (completely closed) 5| inches long; the total height of the shell 2| inches. Carapace dome-shaped, higher behind than in front, smooth as to general surface but with slight indenta- tions on the middle vertebral plates; entirely covered with irregular dark yellow spots recalling Ditmar's comparison^'' of having been spotted with a brush. At the external margin of the costal plates a few irregular yellow lines extend outward. The shell shows no keel and the marginal plates are not flared. The edges of the mar- ginal plates are yellow and the under side of the same plates marked with brown posteriorly. Plastron uniform yellow, interstices between plates brownish. No eggs or young of this turtle were found and no data obtained as to its life history. The Lees stated that box turtles were very common in ''The Pocket," but no opportunity offered for the inves- tigation of this statement. 8. Terrapene major Agassiz. One small specimen of Terrapene major, measuring 6| inches in leng-th, was taken from "The Pocket" on June 29, 1912. This species may be distinguished from Terrapene Carolina, the only other box turtle taken in the swamp, by the flaring posterior marginal plates, the blunt keel behind, the bright yellow median »" The Reptile Book, p. 59. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119 line extending the entire lengtli of the carapace, and the groups of radiating yellow lines marking the costal plates. The carapace is chocolate-brown in color with characteristic radiating yellow lines on the upper surface of the costal plates and subparallel yellow bands extending outward on the external margins; each plate is marked with regular concentric subrectangular grooves. Plastron (closed) 5f inches in length and 3| inches in width; uniform yellow in color with a reddish-broAvn spot on the external posterior angle of each plate; all plates showing parallel grooves along the median line, and in the case of the abdominal plates these grooves make a right angle at the median anterior corner of the plate and extend laterad reaching the margin. Under side of marginal plates yellow with irregular markings of brown. . In the one specimen taken, the posterior end of the shell is some- what mutilated. 9. Platypeltis ferox Schweigger. Plate I, figs. 1, 2, 24; II, fig. 6. This species is common throughout the swamp. Adults, young and eggs were collected, and the field notes show that this turtle was recorded from Billy's Island, Honey Island, Floyd's Island, Mixon's Hammock, Billy's Lake, Minne Lake and Sweet Water. This species is doubtless to be found in all parts of the Okefinokee, and is especially abundant in those places where the water is deep and the bottom soft. The natives claim that soft-shelled turtles are to be found wherever there are alligators, and this fact seems to be borne out by the observations made on these turtles. On May 31, 1912, an attempt w^as made to seine a " 'gator hole" on the Honey Island Prairies. Before seining, Bryant Lee went over the hole "grunting," a method locally used to start the aUigators, which animals, it is claimed, will respond to this peculiar vocal accomplish- ment and show their presence by rows of bubbles on the surface by which they may be followed. In this instance the supposed alligator was pursued for some distance, only to prove to be a large Platypeltis. It is not improbable that the deep, secluded "'gator holes" may furnish a favored retreat for this turtle whose ability to defend itself by its powerful mandibles and snake-like bite is well known and may be sufficient protection against the alligator itself. Accord- ing to the Lees, this turtle is very active and can use its legs to a remarkable degree, especially wdiile in the water, and plenty of evidence was secured to show that its legs and knife-edged beak were no mean weapons. A captured specimen, a foot or more in length, which was kept around the camp for several days, showed a sur- 120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., prising ability to dig through the sand and could jump forward practically its own length. On account of the size and weight of this turtle, it was impracti- cable to carry a large series out of the Okefinokee with the limited means of conveyence afforded to the expedition, but sufficient data were secured from the large number of specimens observed to give a fairly accurate account of their appearance, habits and life history. A number of heads, skulls, carapaces, young turtles and eggs, both mature and embryonic, were collected and brought out of the swamp, and notes were made on the adults in their native environment. The adult turtle may be described as follows from an average specimen taken June 12, 1912, on Billy's Island, and preserved as C. U., No. 6,471. Carapace chocolate-colored with obsolete irregular patches of black; strongly tuberculate at anterior end, with faint, subparallel, longitudinal rows of tubercles extending the entire length of the vertebral and costal regions of the carapace and becoming more prominent and pronounced at the posterior end; marginal area soft and flabby, especially at posterior half. Plastron smooth, yellowish- white, extending well forward and somewhat exceeding the carapace, almost entirely covering the fleshy parts anteriorly, narrower behind and leaving much of the posterior part of the body exposed. Head comparatively small, smooth, brown, markings very faint; snout developed into a long fleshy proboscis; lips fleshy. Tail thick; vent close to end; extremity of tail suddenly' acuminate beyond vent. Measurements: Carapace 15| inches long, 11 inches wide; plastron 11| inches long, 10 inches wide; height of shell 5 inches; width of head 2| inches. The heads were cut off from some of the larger specimens and preserved when it was impossible to carry the entire turtle. Such a head, representing one of the largest of the turtles cap- tured (No. 6,473), measures 3^ inches in maximum width, 2 inches in height, | inch between eyes, 3 inches from snout to angle of mandi- ble, and shows a proboscis | inch in length. The head is brown above, with white on snout, below the eyes and at edges of mandibles, and yellowish-white on the entire under side. The e3^es are small and, as will be noticed from the measurements, near together. The head is strongly tapering and the opening of the mouth well inferior. The lips are fleshy with loose skin and the jaws large and strong. This head was from a large female taken June 22, 1912, which con- tained 49 embryonic eggs in an advanced stage of development. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121 The complete skull of a soft-shelled turtle, with cartilages of mandibles still attached, was found on Billy's Island, June 19, 1912. This skull agrees with Boulenger's short description" and in all general features with Hegner's figure,^- and, while much weathered, shows the bones and sutures in excellent shape. It is remarkable for the high supraoccipital ridge (the two squamosal ridges being damaged) and for the very flat temporal region. This skull measures 3f inches in length, 2| inches in wicUh, ^ inch between eyes, diameter of sockets | inch, distance from orbital to nasal opening f inch, length of lower mandible 2^ inches, width of lower mandible at posterior angle 2| inches, height of lower mandible at middle | inch, distance between orbit and auditory cavity f inch, distance from orbit to margin of upper mandible | inch, maximum height of head, including both mandibles, If inches. Several carapaces of Platypeltis ferox, much weathered and usually more or less mutilated at the edges, were found on Billy's Island. Such a carapace shows the upper surface white and finely reticulate, with pits prominent and the sutures distinct. Nine neural plates are present, the anterior very broad and without corresponding costals on either side (i.e., is a nuchal); in form rectangular, about twice as long as wide. Seven costal plates on each side, parallel and regular, and extending transversely across the carapace. The marginal area appears brown and leathery, the plates fused. The under surface of the carapace is smooth and yellow-white. The ribs are prominent and imbedded in the plates of the carapace; eight on each side, extending more or less radiately from the verte- bral column. This column is likewise fused with the carapace and presents nine vertebrae. One carapace with nine neural plates had eight, not seven, pairs of costal plates, the last two pairs meeting on the median line where the neurals are absent. These carapaces are about 9 inches in length, 8 inches in breadth and 2 inches in height. A good series of young soft-shelled turtles were collected in the swamp and preserved. These range in size from If to 3|- inches in length and show plainly the brilliant, characteristic markings of the carapace, especially when the shells are wet. The smallest specimens agree well with Ditmar's figure." The carapace is gray-black, strongly marked with irregularly " Brit. Mus. Cat., p. 2.59. 1- College Zoology, p. 530, fig. 440— from Zittel. " Reptile Book, p. 76, PI. 26. 122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar.^ placed round black spots. Vertebral and costal regions finely, longitudinally rugose with broken lines of linear tubercles; anterior tubercles very small. The marginal area smooth, brown and broadly edged with white. Plastron soft, slate-colored, a white spot on each side of the median line ; plastron extends far forward, exceeding the carapace anteriorly, short behind, leaving posterior fleshy parts exposed. Head, neck and under parts of body black. Neck long, skin loose and much wrinkled. Snout long, white beneath, white spot at base of snout with white line from this spot to each eye, and white line at edge of mandibles. As the specimens become older, the gayly colored markings of the carapace become less distinct and have disappeared on turtles which have attained a length of 6 inches. The anterior tubercles of the shell become better developed and the whole carapace rougher. The plastron grows lighter in color and the head uniformly darker, with the markings obsolete. A small specimen of a young soft- shelled turtle was found in the stomach of a water moccasin (Ancistro- don piscivorus, No. 6,214) taken late in the summer. Very likely, while in this soft-shelled, fleshy state, these turtles furnish an accept- able addition to the food of the larger snakes and perhaps to other animals of the swamp. Eggs of Platypeltis ferox were easily secured. They were usually found in the sandy fields and occasionally the turtles were captured at the places of oviposition. The eggs were generally deposited in two or three inches of sand in some place where the surface of the earth was warmed by the direct rays of the sun. One complement of twenty-two eggs was discovered, June 26, on Floyd's Island in which the eggs were uncovered. This was probably clue, however, to the fact that the turtle had been in some manner frightened before the egg-laying process was completed. The eggs are almost exactly spherical, averaging 31 mm. in diameter, almost white, somewhat brittle, surface slightly granular and shells very thin. A number of complements of embryonic eggs at various stages of development were taken from turtles and brought out for study. These eggs are bright orange colored, becoming lighter as they mature, and are practically spherical. They vary in size from 15 mm. to 32 mm. in diameter, with soft, indented skins, smooth and fragile. In one specimen of Platypeltis (No. 6,484) were found twenty eggs graduating from very small bright orange ovules to one fully developed white egg 31 mm. in diameter, seemingly ready for depositing. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123 According to the data secured, it would appear that the egg- laying season for this turtle is represented by the months of June and July. The young turtles feed on fish and frogs, and according to the natives the larger specimens devour also such water fowl as are unfortunate enough to be taken unaware by these reptiles. They frequent the deepest parts of the streams and lakes, but come out to the sandy portions of the islands to deposit their eggs. They are vicious, active, and are among the largest of the Reptilia of the Okefinokee. Lacertilia. 10. Anolis carolinensis Cuvier. Common throughout the higher portions of the swamp. Most common on the islands, but seen also on bushes in the swamp proper. Recorded on Billy's Island, Gallberry Island, "The Pocket," Honey Island, Mixon's Hammock, Minne Lake Islands, in the crossway between Billy's Island and Gallberry Island and on the trail from Billy's Island to Minne Lake Islands. Found chiefly on large bushes and small deciduous trees, where it dodged around the limbs at the approach of the collector. This species is quite active and adept at climbing. The Okefinokee specimens are practically uniform in size and structure. Several of the specimens had suffered the loss of part of the tail, but the measurements of body parts showed little varia- tion. The average length of the body to vent was 50 mm., and of the tail about 90 mm. In life the usual color of the dorsal surface of the body and tail was light green; the ventral surface almost white, except the belly, which was blue or bluish. The alcoholic specimens show the dorsal colors ranging from slate-gray to dark blue-green, with the ventral surface of the head, throat, and breast showing shades of pink with minute dark spots in longitudinal rows, and the throat often having a loose reddish fold. The belly ranges through various shades of gray and blue, with the vent and under surface of the hind legs lighter. The tail is uniformly blue-green below. The scale and plate arrangement proved to be practically constant. The dorsal head ridges in the smaller specimens were sometimes more or less indistinct, but generally showed 11 to 15 plates. The canthus rostralis uniformly consisted of six plates; the upper labials of 10 to 12; the lower labials of 11 to 13. The nostrils appear on a line between the first and second superior labials and above the canthus rostralis. The Jatter is always well 124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., developed and prominent. The rostral plate is very broad. The lower jaw has no median symphyseal plate, the first infralabials of the two sides meeting on the median line. No data were secured which would give any information regarding the breeding habits of the species in the swamp. On December 22. 1914, Dr. Bradley found a small, shriveled specimen of Anolis carolinensis in a pitcher plant. From a botanical standpoint, it would be interesting to know whether this plant is able to capture forms as large as this lizard. Incidently it may be noted that this was the only lizard seen by Dr. Bradley on this trip, and it would appear that the lizards are not commonly out at this season of the year. 11. Sceloporus undulatus Latrielle. Figs. 1, 2. Aljundant throughout the higher and drier portion of the Okefinokee and called by the natives "scaly hzard." Most common on the sandy pine lands, where they seem to prefer the fallen timber, logs a.nd stumps, and always to be found around fences and piles of cut wood. Very active and, like many of the other lizards, difficult to secure without the loss of some portion of the tail. The specimens taken proved to be fairly uniform in size, the largest measuring 155 mm. in total length and the smallest 122 mm. In the comparative measurements the figures show a pronounced agreement. The length to vent is slightly less than one-half the total length; the length of the fore leg almost exactly equal to the distance from the anterior end of the head to the axilla; the hind foot about one-half the length of the hind leg, and the width of the head about equal to the length of the fore foot. The colors are somewhat variable. The dorsal surface is usually grayish-black, sometimes a brilliant black. The undulating cross- bands are often very faint or obsolete; when distinct they are gen- erally 10 or 11 in number with the white markings prominent. The ventral surface of the body is yellowish-white with numerous dark spots in more or less regular rows. Down the median ventral line these spots run together to form a longitudinal stripe, which in all of the specimens from the swamp is quite prominent. Superimposed on the spotted gray-white body color may be found patches of black or blue, the latter usually on the throat and sides of the belly. Occa- sionally the throat shows on each side a brilliant light l^lue. In a few specimens the ventral surface of the head and belly appears brilliant black. The breast and pelvic region is almost invariably sordid yellow-white with the characteristic dark spots. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125 The femoral pores are always present, ranging in number from thirteen to fifteen, and sometimes very prominent on the smnmit of a high ridge. The plates of the head are clearly defined and easily distinguished^ but in some regions most irregular and complicated in arrangement. The specimens usually show five supraorbitals (in three cases six) separated from the median plates of the head by a single row of small scales and bordered externally by two or three rows of super- ciliaries. The usual arrangement of these superciliaries is in two irregular rows with occasionally one or two plates of a third row. The labial plates appear very uniform, the superior row containing five plates and the inferior six. In one or two of the larger specimens this was increased to 6-7. The plates of the median dorsal region of the head, however, present a most interesting variation. It is of interest to note that no two of the specimens taken were alike as to the number and arrangement of the plates of this region, although all were collected in the same locality within a period of one month. A chscussion of these plates is rendered difficult by the fact that the descriptions by various authors differ widely in terminology, and it is not easy to determine upon consistent names for the series of plates which may be found. The occipital is large and polygonal and sometimes subdivided (Nos. 6,408, 6,414, 6,415). It contains the pineal eye, which is always present. This plate is bordered by a row of smaller plates ranging in number from four to seven (cf. Nos. 6,413, 6,417 and 6,418). Anterior to the occipital in a small single plate, some- times adjacent (No. 6,410) and sometimes separated by the two anterior plates of the bordering row (No. 6,411). The next plate anteriorly is a large pentagonal or hexagonal plate slightly anterior to the middle of the eye. The next row may consist of two or of three plates. If of three, the middle one is small (cf. Nos. 6,402, 6,406 and 6,413). The next plate is large and may be subdivided to form an irregular transverse row. The single condition is shown in Nos. 6,405, 6,406, 6,407, 6,414 and 6,415; the subdivided con- dition in Nos. 6,409 and 6,412. Anterior to this plate, and between it and the internasals, there may or may not appear a row of plates ' (when present usually three) , more or less regular and usually pentag- onal. This row is shown in Nos. 6,405, 6,406, 6,407, 6,415, 6,417 and 6,418. The two internasals are comparatively large, very irregu- lar in shape and seldom bilaterally symmetrical. They are almost directly above the nostrils. They may be subdivided (No. 6,410), 126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., 6408 6411 6402 6414 6413 6406 6415 6417 6405 6410 6407 6412 6409 6404 Fig. 1. — Sceloporus undulalus Latr. Plates of the head. 6403 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127 or one may be subdivided and the other not (Nos. 6,408 and 6,411). Between the internasals and the rostrum appear two plates, usually unsymmetrical, and apparently twisted out of position. Their longest diameter may be transverse (No. 6,412) or longitudinal (No. 6,413), and there is sometimes found a third plate in the row (No. 6,409). In spite of the fact, however, that all of these median plates of the head may be so irregular, so twisted from a bilateral condition, etA OttvyXfcX 6416 HviPotKttlcal Fig. 2. — Sceloporus undulalus Latr. Plates of the head. SO confusing in arrangement, and so liable to subdivision, it might be pointed out that the series of rows is comparatively uniform. The hypothetical arrangement of the most simple condition might be represented by the figure (fig. 2), and from this arrangement all of the variations shown could be developed. Whether such a simple arrangement would represent the most generalized form or not would be a matter of conjecture. 12. Ophisaurus ventralis Linn. Fig. 3. Three specimens of Ophisaurus ventralis were taken in the Oke- finokee. The Lees, however, report that this lizard is not uncommon and call it the ''grass snake," giving as an explanation of the name the fact that they have noticed that its locomotion appeared difficult ■except in grassy places. They apply the name "joint snake" to an entirely different reptile, which they describe as having joints around the body and which may be Rhineura floridana, although no speci- mens were seen of this form. The three specimens collected were taken in the grass on Billy's Island, but no data were secured as to their life history or habits. The two smallest specimens are quite different from the third and largest and may be discussed first. These specimens measured, 128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., respectively, 590 mm. and 355 mm. in length, the chief difference being in the length of the tails. The longer of the two measured 162 mm. to vent and the smaller 127 mm., while the distances from tip of rostrmn to eye and to ear in both specimens were identical. The head of the longer specimen was 1| mm. broader than that of the other. The two specimens agreed in scalation and in color. The dorsal surface was light, rather cinnamon-brown, with three very dark brown longitudinal stripes, two lateral and one dorsal, the dorsal being slightly fainter than the lateral. The sides of the head and of the anterior part of the body appear spotted ; the entire ventral surface of body and tail uniform lemon-yellow. The dorsal rows of scales, of which there are sixteen, are separated from the ten ventral rows by a distinct groove. The preanal scales are slightly larger than the abdominal. The dorsal scales of the body are carinate and are wider than long. The color and stripes therefore agree with Cope's description of variation "11. J."^^ 64 85 Fig. 3. — Ophisaurus ventrnlis Linn. The plates of the head show the interfrontonasals separated from the frontal by the two prefrontals which are in contact on the median line and thus agree with Cope's "I. C.,"^'^ l:)ut in addition show two interfrontonasals, one anterior to the other, as in the subspecies compressus (Ophisaurus ventralis compressiis Cope). These speci- mens also agree with compressus in having but two rows of plates between the labials and the canthal row; in having two large superior labials touching the orbit below, and in having the caudal plates at the extremity of the tail longer than wide — characters which are given as peculiar to compressus. The coloration, however, does not agree with that given for compressus, and the body does not >< Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1898, p. 497. 15 Loc. cit., p. 496. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129 show in the least the typical compression which distinguishes that subspecies. In coloration these two specimens apparently agree with U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat., No. 10,581, which Cope said restrained him "from regarding the form compressus as a distinct species." It is, nevertheless, interesting to note the gradation, since it makes these forms from the swamp seem to stand between the typical ventraUs and its unique subspecies, the standing of which may be subject to question. The largest of the three specimens is quite distinct in color and form, although found in exactly the same locality, and may be briefly characterized as follows: Body very stout and thick; dark brown above with many small white spots irregularly placed on the head, and in more or less regular longitudinal and transverse rows or lines on the dorsal surface of the body and tail, giving the whole a checkered appearance. The stripes are obsolete. Under surface of body sordid yellow-white; the tail clear lemon-yellow beneath. There is but one interfronto- nasal, and the superior labials do not touch the orbit. Superior labials ten in number. Length 525 mm., maximum width 20 mm., length to vent 265 mm. 13. Cnemidophorus sexlineatus Linn. Plate II, fig. 2. Apparently common throughout the islands of the swamp. Cer- tainly one of the most common lizards on Billy's Island. Also numerous on Honey Island and Minne Lake Islands. This lizard, in spite of its swiftness, was easier to secure in the field than the other common species on account of the fact that it did not possess the disconcerting habit of dashing along fences and through the underbrush. It is locally known as the "race-nag," a name which, like many of the other names used by the inhabitants of the swamp, was strikingly descriptive, since the lizard is so remarkably active and scurries over the ground with surprising speed when disturbed. It appeared most abundantly in the plowed fields where the Lees had planted corn, peas and goobers, and since these plowed fields are very sandy, the common name of "sand lizard or swift" is quite appropriate. They were commonly seen among the "goober" vines where their colors blended well with the lights and shadows under the leaves. These lizards seemed to prefer the bare furrows for sunning themselves, and in the raised earth between the furrows iiad dug their holes, into which they darted when disturbed. These burrows extended in irregular directions to a depth of 8 or 10 inches, 9 130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., which made the digging up of the hzards a comparatively easy task. Between the plowed furrows, also, in holes from 4 to 12 inches deep, were deposited the eggs, usually four or five together. The eggs were about 16 mm. in length by 10 mm. in greatest diameter, ellipsoidal, comparatively soft, semitranslucent, and almost salmon- colored; not smooth or shining, but slightly rough and subpubescent. Little data were secured on the life history or the breeding habits, but from the fact that eggs were secured at this time — June — and .also the fact that several of the specimens taken showed the blue abdomen characteristic of the breeding male, it is evident that this month represents at least a part of the breeding and egg-laying season. Since, moreover, the reptilian developmental period is comparatively long, the bulk of ovulation must have been practically over, or some of the females taken would have been found with eggs, which was not the case. Specimens of C sexlineatus were found in the stomachs of two blacksnakes (Zamenis constrictor constrictor, C. U., Nos. 6,157 and 6,155), a fact which shows that this species of lizard, like many others, shares the fate of providing food for the larger reptiles of the swamp. The variations of the specimens taken are especially interesting from the fact that all those described are from one locality and were all taken within a period of approximately a month, so that the variations cannot be explained by season or habitat. A number of striking differences may be observed in the Okefinokee forms as compared with Cope's description and figure,^^ which were used as a basis for study. It should be noted that the figure shown by this author (p. 594) does not agree with the description (pp. 594- 596). This is particularly true in the discussion of the head and anal regions. For example, the figure (cf . Cat. No. 4,878, U. S. N. M.) shows a small plate between the frontoparietals, while no mention is made of such a structure in the text; the figure shows seven supralabial plates, while the text notes five; four anal plates are figured, while the description states that three is the correct number. On the whole, the specimens examined conform much more closely to the text of Cope than to his figure. The following variations are to be found in the Okefinokee speci- mens, these variations being chiefly in scale and plate arrangement rather than in size or comparative measurements, although none were collected in the swamp which were as long as 235 mm., the 16 Rept. U. S. Nat. Museum, 1898, pp. 593-598. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131 length of No. 9,256, U. S. N. M., which is given by Cope as tyiDical. A table of measurements of various parts of the body shows a close agreement in the relative sizes of body parts. The plates of the head agree fairly well in number, but differ greatly in size and shape. One of the most variable of the plates is the first supraorbital, which may be entire, cleft, parted or completely divided, cutting off a small caudolateral portion as a separate plate. The frontoparietals are usually subequal to the parietals, but are sometimes smaller, seldom larger. The frontal is usually pentagonal in shape, but the surface varies from a deeply three-ridged condition, which is the most common, through an obsoletely three-ridged surface to one practically flat or slightly convex. The interparietal plate is sometimes bifid, sometimes flat, but oftenest high at the centre and at the edge, wdth a submarginal depression or moat which is well defined. Pos- terior to the parietals and interparietal the plates are most irregular and variable. In some specimens one or two distinct rows of plates are found in this region, with from five to eight plates in a row; in others only one well-defined row is present, and this is often inter- spaced with very small plates or scales; more often all of the plates of this region are small and indefinite in arrangement. The super- ciliaries of the orbit vary from three to six, the usual number appear- ing to be five. Of these the anterior two are carinate and the others are convex or flat. The inferior orbitals range from three to five, the anterior and posterior being usually small. The superior labials are generally five in number; one specimen examined showed seven, two had six, and one, four. One of the most constant of the charac- ters of the species seemed to be the femoral pores, of which fifteen were found in the most typical specimens, the range being from thirteen to seventeen, but other numbers than fifteen appearing very rarely. The anal plates, on the other hand, were decidedly variable. In the majority of cases these plates agree with Cope's description: "three large scales, placed in a triangle, two posterior to the other and with smaller scales behind." This arrangement seems to be typical, but even in the comparatively small series from the Okefinokee one specimen was found with only one anal plate, four with two — one posterior to the other — one with three in a longitudinal row, and several showed a wide granular space between the plates and the vent. In other regions the plates are quite uniform and agree well with the arrangements noted by Cope. The color is quite constant and the stripes persist through life, never becoming obsolete. A faint brownish band, sometimes 132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., double, is often found extending down the median dorsal line of the body. The scales of the fore leg, hind leg and thighs are practically without variation in the specimens studied. It might be noted that in many of the specimens recorded from the Okefinokee the plate arrangement agrees much more nearly with the figure and description of Cnemidophorus septemvitattus Cope than with C. sexlineatus. This is noticeably true of the anal plates, the general head structure and, in some cases, the femoral pores. In fact, if the median dorsal longitudinal line which some- times appears were more distinct, some of these specimens would seem to merge into the typical septemvitattus. None of these speci- mens, however, are as large as the type of septemvitattus (No. 2,872, U. S. N. M.), nor do any show the colors of the unique specimen of Cope's species, which appears quite distinct, resembling western forms in general appearance and coloration, although the locality given for the type specimen is denied by Van Denburgh,^^ and the species does not seem to be as firmly established as might be wished. 14. Lygosoma laterale (Say). Not common. Only eight were taken in the swamp and but a few others were seen. Of the eight specimens collected, one was found under the bark of a log, one at the edge of a small stream, almost in the water, one under leaves in the woods, and the rest on the ground in open places. This species seemed comparatively slow of movement and was not particularly difficult to capture. The specimens showed no peculiarities of markings or of plate arrangement. The colors of the alcoholic specimens seemed to be more or less obscured, but the dorsal surface usually retained the characteristic bronze sheen, and the lateral stripes, although some- what faded, were distinct. The ventral surface of the head and pectoral region was normally yellowish-white, the throat and vent lighter, the belly and under side of tail blue. The following note taken of a living specimen in the field gives, perhaps, the most accurate color description: Six rows ventral scales yellow from vent to fore limbs; chin and gular region pinkish- white ; a row of yellow scales above yellow ventral rows on either side; then five rows of dark-edged grayish scales followed by a lateral black stripe; seven rows of reddish-brown scales across the back. Reddish-brown of back marked off from black lateral stripe by a thin reddish line. " Occasional papers. V. Cal. Acad, of Sciences, 1897, p. 133, note. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133 The specimens were remarkably uniform in both comparative and in actual measurements, the differences being chiefly in general body and tail lengths, rather than in variation in size of limbs or in distances between fixed points. In the discussion of the plates and scales of this species it should be noted that Cope's description^^ is most unsatisfactory, the ter- minology being confused, if not actually inaccurate. The description given by G. A. Boulenger in his Cat. Lizards Brit. Mus., 1887, Vol. Ill, p. 263, proved the most useful and accurate. In the Okefinokee specimens the dorsal plates of the head are absolutely uniform and may be described as follows: E-ostral short; internasal pentagonal; nostrils piercing nasals; no supranasals; frontal in contact anteriorly with internasal, and two prefrontals widely separated posteriorly from interparietal by two broad frontoparietals; interparietal kite-shaped, much longer than wide; parietals 2; supraorbitals 4; superciliaries 7; superior labials 7. Little data were obtainable regarding the life history of Lygosoma laterals. No eggs were found. 13. Plestiodon quinquelineatus Linn. Fig. 4. Common throughout the higher portions of the swamp and on the islands. Seemed to be particularly fond of deserted buildings and chimneys where any such structures occurred, and often found aloHg fences. The larger forms were called by the local names of "red-headed scorpion" and "red-headed lizard," while the smaller striped forms seemed to have no common local name, being probably confused by the natives with Cnemidophorus sexlineatus Linn. Plestiodon quinquelineatus was seldom seen on the ground or on the trees, but was often found stretched out in the sun on dead logs, stumps or fallen timber. Although this was one of the most common of the lizards noticed in the Okefinokee, comparatively few specimens were collected on account of the fact that their habits made it a difficult matter to secure them, since they clashed into crevices and holes or darted along the fences or into the brush on the least provocation. They were abundant in the deserted log buildings on Billy's Island and were seen in large numbers in and around the old, abandoned house on Mixon's Hammock, where they scurried over the ruined floor and over the decayed timbers of the walls, only to dart into the cracks 18 Rept. U. S. Nat. Museum, 1898, p. 622. 134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., at the approach of the collector. In fact, had the object been the securing of "tails" rather than lizards, the collecting would have been far more successful, since the small blue-tailed form, particularly, was prone to leave a tail wriggling in the collector's hand while its owner scurried to safety. Enough specimens were collected, however, to show practically all of the stages usually recorded, from the small, black, brilliantly- marked form with the clearly bifurcated median stripe to the large, brown, red-headed stage with the plain brownish coloration, broad head and obsolete bands: The specimens naturally varied much in size as well as in colora- tion, the smallest taken being 92 mm. long while the largest measured 237 mm. The coloration of the ventral surface of the body and head seemed to vary according to the colors shown by the dorsal region. For example, in the distinctly five-lined form, in which the dorsal 6333 63 39 6336 63 32 63 34 63 35 63 38 Fig. 4. — Plestiodon quinquelineatus Linn. surface was nearly black, the ventral surface of the head and throat was usually tinged or mottled with blue, while in the older brown specimens with the brown dorsum and red head, the sides of the head generally showed a tinge of orange and the white of the under surface was permeated with red or yellow rather than with blue. The belly in both forms was usually bluish, with the plates around the vent approaching white. Although the size varied considerably, the relative length of the body parts was remarkably constant, except in the width of the head, which is of course unusually broad in the older males. The scale and plate arrangement of the Okefinokee specimens varied but little. The supraorbitals usually showed six plates; the superior marginal plates of the orbit nine, of which the middle three or four were often very narrow; the superior labials seven or eight, the most posterior being the largest. All of the specimens but one, however, showed two large distinct occipital plates, rather 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135 than the irregular arrangement figured by Cope.^^ One specimen — the largest — agreed with Cope's specimen (No. 9,234, U. S. N. M.) in this respect. A variation was also noted in the plates of the mental region. Cope's figure (ibid.) shows two unpaired plates posterior to the mental. Of the specimens taken in the swamp, just half of the number collected conformed to this arrangement, while the other half showed only one unpaired plate between the mental and the first pair of inferior labials. It can hardly escape the notice of the herpetologist that these peculiarities (the single postmental plate and the two occipital plates) here noted as variations of P. quinquelineatus are, except for the postnasal, among the chief structural characters usually given for the species P. anthracinus Baird, and the single or double postmental enters into Cope's four main divisions of the genus. Normally, one would expect two postmentals in P. quinquelineatus, and it so proves by examination of a large series of extra-Okefinokee specimens from other parts of southeastern United States, but this single postmental in the Okefinokee specimens is not limited to small forms, as are most of the supposed species with single post- mentals. The largest red-headed specimen (No. 6,339) has this character, and another good-sized individual has only one post- mental, but there is on one side of this plate the merest beginning of a suture to suggest where the subdivision might come if it were to be. We suppose Cope would be obliged to make these "post- nasal— one postmental" specimens members of his first division, in which he places his Bermudan species, E. lofigirostris, but we could hardly grant such a solution, and this restricted collection of Oke- finokee skinks prompts a doubt of the actual rank of E. longirostris and possibly of E. anthracinus and E. pluvialis, or, in other words, we have our specimens referable to two of Cope's four main groups for the genus, and if the postnasal character be proven variable this P. quinquelineatus may yet offer variants referable to the other two divisions. Certainly, the status of the species of Plestiodon is in a most unsatisfactory state at the present time. The species P. quinquelineatus ranges through a wide series of coloration during life, particularly as pertains to the stripes and markings. The same bands appear in some specimens as are found in P. anthracinus, vnih. a difference only in colors and brilliancy. Since the structural plate characters overlap, as has been noted 13 Rept. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1898, p. 634, fig. 125. 136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., above, the suggestion can hardly be avoided that if environment and cHmate be considered as affecting markings, it may lead to a reconsideration of the value of such a basis for specific distinctions. An interesting illustration of regeneration was found in one of the specimens taken (No. 6,339) in which the tail had been injured 75 mm. from the vent and a new tail 65 mm. long regenerated. The old tail, however, still persisted, and projected at almost right angles to a distance of 10 mm. with a small shriveled stump on the end suggestive of a spine or barb. Several of the specimens of Plestiodon quinquelineatus were infested with red mites (Acarina), which appeared attached under the fore legs. One individual had eight of these parasites under one fore leg and twelve under the other. Crocodilia. 16. Alligator mississippiensis Daudin. Plate II, fig. 1. The alligator was found to be extremely common throughout the Okefinokee, and after the novelty of watching their interesting habits had worn off, no particular attention was paid to them by members of the party. Alligators were constantly being seen in all parts of the swamp, and a short trip in any direction from Billy's Island usually resulted in the noting of several specimens. Outside of a few shot for their skins and those killed for food, no adults were collected, as it would have been entirely impracticable to have transported their heavy bodies out of the swamp. A number of young were taken, and of these a half dozen or more were preserved. A trip down Billy's Lake, from Billy's Island to Mixon's Hammock, was always the occasion for more or less sport in endeavoring to approach the alligators as they lay on the banks, in following their courses as they swam across the placid stretch of water, leaving broad ripples in their wake, or in listening to the interesting vocal gymnastics of the Lees as they endeavored by ''grunting" to induce a specimen to rise to the surface. The reptiles were often seen sunning themselves in the rank masses of vegetation, which lined the shores and were not infrequently surprised at very close quarters while they were swimming. Whoever has heard the bellowing of ''gators" on Big Water or on Floyd's Island Prairie will ever remember it as one of his most distinct memories of the swamp and need ask for little else more blood stirring or thrilling upon first acquaintance. The Lees claim the young ones can bellow nearly as loud as the older ones and that they 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137 distinguish them by the intervals, which are much shorter in the 3'ounger ones. Mr. Harper saw a five-foot aUigator at the north edge of the swamp with his jaws tied with a cord which for several days it could not break. liater he observed that Bryant Lee could hold shut the two jaws of a wounded "gator." Since these animals were found in every part of the swamp, no mention of particular localities is of importance. They were most abundant, perhaps, in Billy's Lake, in Floyd's Island and Honey Island Prairies and in the head waters of the Suwanee River. " 'Gator holes," however, were to be seen in all waters deep enough to afford seclusion for the animals. These holes ranged in size from a few feet across to large areas extending from 25 to 75 yards^ in diameter. Throughout the swamp and in the prairies, also, were long open tracts in which no water-lilies grew, and these were pro- nounced by the natives to be " 'gator trails." The methods of hunting the alligator, as practised by the Lees- and other inhabitants of the region, consist mainly of going out at night in small boats and locating the animals by means of a lamp- fastened to the head of one hunter in the bow of the boat. Another hunter in the stern paddles or poles and uses the sharp end of the push pole to "stick" the body after the animal has been shot and has sunk to the bottom. According to these hunters, who every year take but a large number of skins, the eyes of the small alligators appear red by the light thus used, while those of the large specimens are yellow. The hunter carrying the light swings his head from side to side through an arc of 180 degrees, and when an alligator is sighted shoots it by the light of the lamp on his head. The common sup- position that the skin of an alligator will turn the bullet of a gun is, of course, unfounded. Since, however, only the head of the animal is usually exposed when it is in the water, they are commonly shot through the eyes. The hunters generally use a shotgun loaded with buckshot. That a large number of alligators are annually secured in this manner is evidenced by the fact that the fields of the Lees are strewn with the skeletons and dorsal strips of skin which have been thrown away after each expedition. Only the ventral part of the skin is saved, the upper portions being too thick and spiny to admit of the primitive methods of tanning, and therefore the crest and dorsal scales are not retained. Plenty of evidence was secured to prove that the alligator is a formidable antagonist when in the water. The powerful tail is the chief weapon of defence, and with it the animal can deal a terrifie 138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., blow. On June 13, 1912, a large-sized alligator was seen to slowly sink below the surface as several members of the party in a small boat were making a trip on Minne Lake. Bryant Lee "grunted" the animal to the surface, where it was shot, but not killed. It rose within a foot or two of the boat and performed a most remarkable series of spinning movements, revolving rapidly on its tail with its body directly upright and the head out of the water. Several shots and repeated blows of the paddle were required before it finally sank. The alligators of the Okefinokee showed no variation, so far as our observations went, from the ordinary form of A. mississippiensis, which has been sufficiently well described by various authors to make a description in this record unnecessary. The young which were preserved agree also with the published descriptions and are most brilliantly marked in the smaller specimens. As the animal increases in age, the fifteen transverse yellow bands become fainter and the dorsal crest more pronounced. In the very young specimens the dorsal tubercles of the neck are entirely absent. No nests of eggs were found, but a number of eggs were taken from the bodies of those killed. In one specimen (No. 6,493) were found twenty mature eggs, ready for depositing. These eggs have completely formed shells which are thin and soft, not brittle, and grajdsh-white in color, with a granular coating which rubs off on handling. The average length of these eggs is 3 inches and the average diameter If inches. From a female 8| feet long, taken on Billy's Lake, June 11, 1912, were taken 42 embryonic eggs ranging in size from J to If inches in diameter, almost spherical and of a dark orange color. The skin of these eggs is soft and smooth and covered with shreds of connective tissue. With this female was a large male about 11 feet long. Both the eggs and the flesh of the alligator are eaten by the inhabi- tants of the swamp, and the tails of the young proved to be a very acceptable article of diet. The meat is firm and white and in taste somewhat resembles that of pike. One alligator was taken by Mr. John Needham on Billy's Lake in December, 1913, but this was the only specimen seen on the trip made at that time. Evidently, however, the alligators do not entirely disappear even during that season of the year. 17. Crocodilus americanus Laurenti. No crocodiles were found in the Okefinokee. Nevertheless, there is a persistent idea throughout the region of the swamp that these 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139 animals have been seen in its waters and are still occasionally to be encountered, although the evidence offered is very meagre and the descriptions given of the so-called crocodiles are far from satisfactory. The natives describe the crocodile as being much darker in color than the alligator and state that in the crocodile the upper jaw is movable instead of the lower. This latter notion, it may be ob- served, is common throughout this part of the country, and is insisted upon by many hunters, although the basis for the idea is n3t evident. On the other hand, the chief points of scientific distinction between the two animals is never touched upon by those who profess to have seen the crocodile, and even such striking differences as the longer snout and the more active movements of the latter animal appear never to have been noticed. Bryant Lee states that crocodiles have been taken in the region around Cow House, but that he has never seen one south of Honey Island. Joe Saunders insists that he has seen crocodiles in a creek flowing into the Suwanee River in Clinch County, while Jackson Lee says that he knows of at least two crocodiles being taken in Billy's Lake. These hunters, when pressed for details, state that the chief distinctive character of the crocodile is the color of its eyes, which they describe as red or orange, and the much darker color of the body. These men have spent their lives in the swamp and are remarkably close observers, and it is evident that the form which they have in mind is in some way different from the common alligator, but it seems unlikely that it is Crocodilus americanus. II. SNAKES. BY A. H. WRIGHT AND S. C. BISHOP. No State in the United States has furnished more distinctive and peculiar snakes and no area has received more herpetological atten- tion than Florida, yet none of these numerous ophidian collectors and students has ever entered Okefinokee at Florida's northern border. The nearest approach came about twenty-five years ago in the visit of the ornithologist, Mr. C. F. Batchelder, of Cambridge, Mass. He spent a day or two on Mitchell and Black Jack Islands. To the eastward, at St. Mary's, Ga., and at Fernandina, Fla., he took the following si3ecies: Cijclophis wstivus, Osceola doliata doliata, Osceola elapsoidea, Ophibolus getulus getulus. In Florida, at Gainesville, the snakes secured by James Bell in 140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., 1879, July, 1880, and April 7-18, 1882, prove most instructive, for this locality is not far south of Bay Swamp, the Floridan extension of the Okefinokee Swamp. Mr. Bell has the following list: Osceola elapsoidea, Ophibolus getuliis getulus, Natrix fasciata fasciata, Natrix fasciata pictiventris, Natrix fasciata sipedon, Natrix fasciata erythrogaster, Eutcenia sackenii, Elaps fulvius,* Ancistrodon contortrix,* Crotcdus adamanteus. Abastor erythrogrammus,* Farancia abacura, Heterodon platyrhinus, Heterodon simus* Cyclophis cestivus, Zamenis constrictor, Zamenis flagellum, * Coluber quadrivittatus, Compsosoma corais couperii* Pityophis melanoleucus, * Osceola doliata parallela, Of the above 22 species, seven (with asterisks) are not in our list. All of these seven we might expect in southeastern Georgia, and were in our working hypothetical list before the trip was taken. They represent the remaining Austroriparian forms which were not taken by us, and with the truly Floridan peninsular snakes almost complete the whole list of southeastern United States forms. Fur- thermore, these seven (with Abastor erythrogrammus, a mud and aquatic snake eliminated from consideration) represent the assem- blage of southeastern species which most prefer the dry pine forests of the Atlantic coast or dry open or sandy fields where the gopher turtle occurs. We have no doubt that these seven occur on the Atlantic seaboard to the immediate east of Okefinokee and also in its outskirts. In fact, the natives held that there were several kinds of snakes outside the swamp which were not within it, and, among these, they named the coachwhip snake. Besides, the gopher turtle, the associate form of the above seven, occurs outside the swamp, but not within it. To the northwest about forty miles, at Nashville and Alapaha, Ga., William J. Taylor, from July 19 to November 18, 1881, took seven species of snakes, of which Elaps fulvius does not appear in our list. The seven are: Sistr urns miliar i us , Ophibolus getulus getulus, Elaps fulvius. * Farancia abacura, Heterodon platyrhinus, Haldea striatula, Natrix fasciata sipedon, In addition to these collections from Messrs. C. F. Batchelcler, J. Bell and W. J. Taylor, Cope also had material from St. Simon's Island. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141 In the earlier days, Holbrook received some material from the region to the eastward of the swamp (vide Tropidonotus taxispilotus) .2*' In another place (Vol. IV, p. vi), he writes: "J. Hamilton Couper, Esq., of St. Simon's Island, Georgia, has also furnished me with several Serpents of that state; and to him I owe a knowledge of the Gopher Snake, perhaps the largest and most beautiful of our Serpents." Of this form, Mr. Couper says :^^ "I have only seen it in the dry pine hills, south of the Alatamaha; and I have never met with it in the low grounds even of the same vicinity." This may explain its absence in the Okefinokee. In this connection, it is interesting to observe that the same seven absent forms (except Compsosoma corais couperii) occur in Dr. Holbrook's Catalogue-^ ■ of the Ophidia of Georgia. In it 33 species of snakes are listed. In C. S. Brimley's^s Records of Some Reptiles and Batrachians from the Southeastern United States we find 21 species recorded from Georgia. Five (Compsosoma corais couperii and Ahastor erythro- grammus being absent) of the seven species missing from Okefinokee are given in his list as taken either at Riceboro to the northeast or at Mimsville to the west. In 1871 and 1876, Paul Fountain visited this area and he writes i^"* "I can assure the lover of Nature, if he is prepared to run the risk •of fever, that the farther he forces his way into its gloomy depths, the more remarkable and beautiful will be the forms of animal and vegetable life he will discover." Later he says: "A greater number of reptiles may be found in this swamp than in any other spot I know of in the States." And he reserves his discussion and digression on snakes in general for his chapter on A Day in a Cypress Swamp (Okefinokee). In 1888, Cope published On the Snakes of Florida,^° and this paper has considerable bearing on some of the Okefinokee species; but, inasmuch as it is embraced in Cope's great work,^^ The Croco- dilians, Lizards, and Snakes of North America, we will not consider it in detail. In 1896, the next list of some pertinence is Remarks on Some of the Floridan Snakes, by Charles B. Cor^-.-^ He enumer- ates 15 of the commoner species of this State. 20 N. A. Herpetology, 1842, Vol. IV, p. 36. 21 N. A. Herp., Vol. Ill, pp. 76, 77. 22 White's Statistics of the State of Georgia, 1849, Appendix, p. 14. 23 Biol. Soc. Wash., 1910, Vol. XXIII, pp. 8-18. ^■* Fountain, Paul. The Great Deserts and Forests of North America, New York, 1901, pp. 65, 66. 25 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XI, pp. .381-394. 2« Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1898, Washington, 1900, pp. 153-1270. 27 Hunting and Fishing in Florida, Boston, 1896, pp. 124-131. 142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., From September, 1892, to July, 1893, Prof. Einar Loennberg,^® of University of Upsala, Sweden, was engaged in collecting in Florida and his Notes, etc., published in 1895, proves one of the most important herpetological papers on southeastern United States in the last quarter of a century. He secured 30 species of snakes. Nine of his 30 species are not represented in our collections, three being genera peculiar to Florida, one, TantUla coronata, occurring in Georgia as well, not being recorded, however, from the Okefinokee Swamp, and five proving of the same assemblage as Bell's seven (Gainesville) species missing from the Okefinokee Swamp, because they are more especiall}^ dry pine land forms. The 21 species taken in the swamp represent a distinctly Austro- riparian element which does not entirely shun moisture. The collection of 165 individuals apportioned numerically among the 21 different species of snakes indicates very roughly the degree of abundance on Billy's Island or its immediate environs. The list follows : Heterodon platyrhinus 38 Ancistrodon piscivorus 16 Thamnophis sirtalis ordinatus.. 15 Coluber constrictor 13 Lampropeltis getidus 13 Tropidonotus taxispilotus 11 Tha7nnophis s. sackeni 10 Tropidonotus fnsciatus 10 Lampropeltis doliatus coc- cineus 6 Sistrurus miliarius 6 Elaphe ohsoletus 6 Opheodrys cestivus 5 Farancia abacura 3 Diadophis punctatus 3 Crotalus horridus 2 Elaphe guttatus :.... 2 Storeria dekayi 2 Storeria occipitomaculata 1 Cemophora coccinea 1 Crotalus adamanteus 1 Haldea striatula 1 None of Cope's (1900, p. 1207) four pecuhar snake genera {Stilosoma, Seminatrix, Rhadinea and Liodytes) of the Floridan region enter the swamp, and none of the Floridan sauria, unless the other limbless lizard described by the Lees proves to be Rhineura. One lone speci- men of Hijla gratiosa of the amphibians was taken, and, with the birds, there is a Floridan tendency, but it is not very pronounced. Of the above 21 snakes, Thamnophis s. sackenii of Cope's Floridan snakes occurs in the swamp, and there are forms which might be termed T. compressicaudus and T. f. pictiventris. The largest portion of the Okefinokee material in this report represents the collection made by the Cornell University expedition during the summer of 1912 (May 28-July 13). The party included 28 Loennberg, Einar. Notes on Reptiles and Batrachians collected in Florida in 1892 and 1893. Proc. U. S. N. Mus., Vol. XVII (1894). Washington, 1895, pp. 317-339. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145 Profs. J. C. Bradley and C. R. Crosby, of the Department of Ento- mology; Dr. A. H. Wright, of the Department of Zoology; Head- master W. D. Funkhouser, of the Ithaca High School; Messrs. S. C. Bishop and M. D. Leonard, of the class of 1913, and Paul Battle, of Bainbridge, Ga. During the first week, Mr. E. L. Worsham, State Entomologist of Georgia, and Mr. C. S. Spooner, Assistant State Entomologist, were also with the party. Later, from July 15 to November 1, 1912, the Lees judiciously collected material which added four species to our list and nicely augmented our series of previously known forms. In the fall of 1913, Prof. J. C. Bradley and Paul Battle spent a week on Billy's Island and brought out a few reptiles. In December, 1913, Profs. J. G. Needham and J. C. Bradley, Messrs. John Needham and Paul Battle made a trip of ten days into' the Okefinokee and collected considerable data on the winter conditions. Some of their material they brought out, but they left a container which was filled by the Ijees by August 1, 1914. This collec- tion has not been received and is not incorporated in this report. All the members of these various parties and, particularly Prof. Bradley, collected snake material and data and, to each of them we are deeply indebted for aid, good communal spirit and material encouragement. Acknowledgments are due Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, of the United States National Museum; Dr. Witmer Stone and Mr. H. W. Fowler, of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, for the privilege of examining types in their respective collections, and to Messrs. R. W. Bennett and Cornelius, of Fargo, Ga., without whose courteous assistance it would have been impossible to have transported our material out of the swamp. The Lees proved very efficient collectors. They enjoy life in this naturalist's paradise and do not live in constant fear of the numerous venomous snakes and dangerous animals of the swamp. They do not alter their course in life because of them, though they respect and appreciate the danger and know what bad wounds some can inflict. They bathe in the lakes where many accidents might befall them, but usually do not. The children go barefoot and were our best and most vigilant scouts about the Lees' clearing. Many a snake, both large and small, they ''stepped on," if they did not "cromb " it with a stick. They knew not the noose, and to it we had little recourse except on rare occasions. The gun proved very serviceable in the thickets. The Lees' fields and clearing were the resort of turtles, lizards and oviparous snakes which sought them for breeding purposes. 144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., Hither, as in other parts of the swamp, the bears, raccoons, opos- sums and other mammals come for the eggs buried in the sand. Over this same ground the king snake, black snake and pilot snake search for the same quarry and the reptiles which lay the eggs. The natives have a very good idea of the economic value of the various snakes and spare most of them, except the truly poisonous forms and what they call the "Water" and "Highland Moccasins" {Tropidonotus and Thamnophis). One of the many roles which the natives accredit the black and turkey vultures is that of enemies of snakes and some birds of prey, e.g., the Buteos engage in the same practice. The snakes also suffer from the herons, ibises and cranes, but with these the reptiles are a second choice when frogs and toads are available. The number of snakes with internal parasites is surprisingly large, 37 of the 165 being thus afflicted, or 8 of the 21 species. They are: Heterodon platyrhinus 14 Thamnophis s. sackeni 2 Ancistrodon piscivorus 6 Lampropeltis getuliis 1 Coluber constrictor 5 Sistrurus miliarius 1 Tropidonotus taxispilotus 5 Thamnophis s. ordinatus 3 37 No doubt, other species also suffer, for this list represents the species of which we had the largest series. The above species are about equally distributed between the terrestrial and aquatic groups. In number, the former are 24 and the latter 13; but, if the spreading adder be eliminated, the terrestrial forms lead by 3. It is a significant fact that the species which are the worst sufferers are also inveterate feeders on toads and frogs of all kinds, and it is quite possible that these nematodes and other parasites reach the snakes through their food. According to habitat, these snakes may be divided as follows: Islands. Heterodon platyrhinus, Elaphe ohsoletus. Coluber constrictor, Opheodrys cestivus, Lamprojjeltis getulus, Diadophis punctatus, Crotalus adamanteus, Elaphe guttatus, Crotalus horridus, Storeria dekayi, Sistrurus miliarius, Storeria occipitomaculata, Thamnophis s. ordinatus, Haldea striatula, Lampropeltis d. coccineus, 1915.] natural sciences of philadelphia. Cypress Bays. 145 A ncistrodon piscivorus, Farancia ahacura, Thamnophis s. sackeni, Thamnophis s. sackeni, A ncistrodon piscivorus, Tropidonotus taxispilotus, Tropidonotus taxispilotus, Tropidonotus fasciatus. Prairies. Tropidonotus fasciatus. "Water Courses. Elaphe obsoletus. Transition Zone Between Islands and Cypress Bays. Farancia ahacura, Heterodon platyrhinus, Crotalus adamanteus. Coluber obsoletus, Diadophis punctatus. Stover ia dekayi, Haldea striatida. If these snakes be considered from the point of view of locomotion, they fall into the same four groups which Loennberg (1895, pp. 336, 337) made, and the snakes are quite similarly, but not absolutely, arranged as he found them : Swimming Forms. T. taxispilotus, T. fasciatus, T. s. sackeni. H. platyrhinus, F. ahacura, T. s. ordinatus, C. constrictor, L. getulus, L. d. coccineus, S. miliarius, C. adamanteus, C. horridus, E. obsoletus, E. guttatus, O. cestivus, 10 A. piscivorus, F. ahacura. Burrowing Forms. L. d. coccineus, L. getulus. Crawling Forms. E. obsoletus, D. punctatus, E. guttatus, & dekayi, S. occipitomaculata, H. striatula. Climbing Forms. C. constrictor, L. d. coccineus. 146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., Or, viewed from the standpoint of breeding, they are about equally- divided: the poisonous snakes, Tropidonotus, Thamtiophis, Storeria and Haldea, being ovoviviparous, and all the rest oviparous. Finally, if the Okefinokee snakes be grouped according to food, based largely on stomach contents, but also on observations of the haunt, time of activity in the swamp and on the keen knowledge of the natives, these snakes are arranged as follows: E. ohsoletus, L. getidus, C. constrictor, S. miliarius, C. adamanteus, C. constrictor, S. miliarius, L. d. coccineus, T. s. sackeni, T. taxispilotus, (T. fasciatus). L. getidus, A. piscivorus, T. fasciatus, T. taxispilotus, H. platyrhinus, C. constrictor, E. ohsoletus, H. platyrkinus, T. s. sackeni, T. s. ordinatus, S. miliarius, L. d. coccineus. Mammals, Birds or their eggs. C. horridus, A. piscivorus, E. guttatus {mammals only.) Lizards (or their eggs). L. getulus, (C. coccinea). Fish. A. piscivorus, L. d. coccineus. Turtles (or their eggs). E. ohsoletus. Frogs. A. piscivorus, S. miliarius, T. s. sackeni, T. s. ordinatus. Insects, Worms, Mollusks, etc. D. punctatus, H. striatula, S. occipitomaculata, S. dekayi, 0. cestivus. It is apparent at once that. insects, etc., prove the important food of the smaller snakes, ten of the 21 species falling in this group and 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147 only one of the larger snakes being in this category. Doubtless, all the 21 species will eat insects to a certain extent. The species which are almost exclusive insect feeders are Haldea striatula, Sto- reria occipitomaculata, Storeria dekayi and Opheodrys cestivus. The reader must bear in mind throughout this discussion we are treating Okefinokee snakes and not the species throughout its entire range. With the larger snakes, the food most generally sought is Anura or Amphibia in general. It is par excellence the food of the aquatic snakes, and with these four or five species it usually is some species of Rana, though Acris, Chorophiliis or Hyla may rarely appear as their prey. Equally important are frogs in the food of the larger land snakes, 5 species being addicted to them. With these the southern and oak toads (Bufo) are easily of first importance, with the tree frogs (Hyla) and the narrow-mouthed frog (Engystoma) occupy- ing second and third places. In fact, these 10 snakes prefer the soft-bodied frogs and toads to any other food of the swamp (reptilian eggs not considered), and if they were to be restricted to any one of these categories they belong to this group. Fish enter into the food economy of all the aquatic species, the bream and killifishes proving the common bait. L. d. coccineus ate fish, as doubtless some of the island forms do when the smaller fish become cut off in landlocked pools on the islands. In general, the lizards are swift (except the ground lizard), and fall prey only to some of the swifter coursers of the islands. How- ever, at least 5 species ate them or their eggs. The turtles when young and soft are occasionally taken by the moccasins and possiblj' by the other aquatic snakes, the young soft-shelled turtles {Platy- peltis ferox) being the species most attacked. On the land, the turtles' eggs are eaten by at least 2 species, if not by many more. This source of food is one of the commonest of the swamp for man, mammals and snakes. At least one-third of the species are canni- balistic and will eat snakes, either adults or young, or eggs. The warm-blooded groups, birds and mammals, suffer from the same foes. Seven species of the largest snakes of the swamp assail them, their eggs or young. Four of these seven are the four poisonous snakes of the swamp, while the other three are the pilot, black and king snakes. In addition, the mammals have an inveterate foe in the corn snake, which apparently does not molest birds. None of these seven or eight species are aquatic but one, the moccasin. The three omnivorous coursers on the islands are the king snake, pilot snake and the black snake, while in the water the only snake 148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., which includes insects in its diet to any extent is the southern riband snake. One must be impressed with the immense abundance of the reptihan forms, the restricted island quarters for these reptiles and the need of great numbers to keep each species existent under such strenuous vicissitudes. Each form, fish, amphibian, reptile, bird or mammal, has untold foes which are close at hand, fellow-travellers of the same course and seekers of the same breeding grounds already crowded. Never have we been so struck with the incessant warfare of primeval nature as on these islands of the Okefinokee. Another very interesting fact is the isolated nature of the place where these 165 snakes were taken. They are virtually a collection of Billy's Island ophidians with a few other islands and portions of the swamp represented. Our series of each species becomes, therefore, very significant if several variants appear. They cannot be designated as geographical subspecies or varieties and must be considered only as indicating the inherent range of variation which a species may manifest in one limited geographical region, not what might appear in an extensive or expansive stretch of territory. Hence, the value of the material, though not as numerous as might be desired. Without doubt, many of the conclusions and observations in this paper are not new and are only corroborative of previous work, but they may have interest because of their independent nature. The more significant conclusions are: 1. That Tropidonotus fasciatus and most of its subspecies, T. compressicaudus, T. ustus, T. bisectus and T. rhomhifera, need to be restudied before they can be finally accepted. 2. That Elaphe obsoletus confinis, E. o. lemniscatus, E. spiloides, E. Icetus and E. quadrivittatiis are too closely intergradient to be so distinctly designated. 3. That LampropeUis getulus getulus, L. g. sayi and L. g. splendidus- are possibly variations within one region. 4. That Thamnophis sirtalis ordinatus is the color form of the Okefinokee, though its recognition as a good subspecies may be questionable. 5. That LampropeUis d. coccineus and Osceola elapsoidea are to be considered one and the same. 6. That Diadophis a. stictogenys is not deserving of separation from Diadophis punctatus. 7. That Farancia ahacura may have white-bellied forms as well 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149 as those with the typical red ventral coloration, and that this albin- istic character is not solely an adult or young variation. 8. That our specimens of Heterodon platyrhinus are one-third plafyrhinus, one-third intermediate and one-third niger; that possibly 7iiger is an adult end phase, and that one platyrhinus specimen agrees perfectly with Heterodon brownii Stejneger,- both in the absence of the azj^gous plate and in coloration. 9. That the two specimens of Storeria dekayi have not 17, but 15 rows of scales, like S. occipitomaculata, and one of the two speci- mens has the oculars not 1-2, but 2-2, as usual in the red-bellied species, the lone representative of which has the ocular formula 3-2. 10. That the range of the southern ribbon snake, T. s. sackeni, is not restricted on the Atlantic coast to Florida. 11. That C. horridus of the Okefinokee is distinctly the light canebrake form of this species. 1. Faraucia abacura (Holbrook): Horn Snake; Red-bellied Snake; Hoop Snake; Rainbow Snake; Mud Snake; Checkered Snake. Three specimens were taken, and from native accounts it appar- ently is fairly common, but hard to secure. In distribution this species reaches from Virginia to Florida and from Indiana and Illinois to Louisiana and rarely into Texas. The nearest records are from AUapaha, Ga., to the northwest, and from Gainesville, Fla., to the direct south. Coloration. — The horn snake is one of the most beautiful snakes of North America. The ground color is a blue-black, the smooth and shining scales have an enamelled surface, and the gastrosteges and the scales along the sides have a fluted appearance. Every labial, mental and gular plate has a blue-black spot in its middle. The color of the back extends to the gastrosteges in vertical bars or inverted triangles, the apices being on the gastrosteges. Usually, at each one of these apices appears an oblong spot, and in the cephalic half of the body, the venter, as a result, presents a row of these spots on either end of the gastrosteges, thus giving a distinct light- colored band down the middle. In the caudal half of the body the vertical bars of opposite sides usually meet or alternate on the mid-ventral line, producing a checkered appearance. The vertical black bars are two scales wide at the end of the gastrosteges and three or four scales wide on the 4th row of scales. The lighter intervals between the dark bars are two scales wide at the end of the gastrosteges and one wide at the 4th row of scales. Each gular gastrostege has a black band across it. 150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., The lighter color of the venter extends to the 4th row of scales in the younger specimens. In these, usually at the neck of the light interval, there appears one or two blue-black spots to suggest the almost complete invasion of the body color upon these areas in the large specimens where the light areas seldom reach the 2d row of scales and where there are large central black spots on the scales. Our specimens have 63, 64 and 65 light vertical bars or wedges, respectively, or from 50-53 from the anus forward. Curiously enough, the two specimens which we first took alive, one 151.7 cm. long and the other 43 cm., were ivhite beneath, and not red. The other preserved specimen has also the whitish appearance. Two of the specimens in alcohol may possibly have a slight tinge of pinkish, but it is faint if present at all; surely, it is not yellow. These three white-bellied Farancias are noteworthy. H. H. Brimley^* took a large white-bellied adult male, which was coiled with a normal male and female in coitu, but our specimens, however, are not all adults, one being only 43 cm., the largest, 151.7 cm., and another intermediate 81.1 cm. The native present when we caught the largest specimen asserted that he had seen red-bellied forms of this snake, and, in December, 1913, Profs. Needham and Bradley saw. a beautiful red-bellied individual of this species. Dimensions and Variatio7is. — The gastrosteges were 194, 195 and 196, respectively, in our three specimens; the urosteges, 39, 39, 42; the scales 19-19-19; supralabials 7; eye over 3d and 4th supralabial; infralabials 8; loreal elongate; temporals 1-2; nasal with groove below nostril; in C. U., No. 6,108, a groove above the nostril as well; anal plate and the gastrostege before it divided; in the caudal half of the body 6 or 8 rows of scales on the dorsum with a suggestion of a keel on them. Habits. — The largest specimen (No. 6,108) was taken in a dark cypress thicket (between Billy's and Gallberry Islands), wherein a Florida barred owl had retreated. In water ankle deep or more our guide accidentally stepped on the snake, thinking it at first a moccasin. He recoiled and then quickly shot it. The smallest specimen (No. 6,107) was secured in the most difficult tangle (Minne Lake trail to Minne Lake Islands) of the whole swamp, where the mag- nificent cypress trees and associated undergrowth were thickest. On a mat of sphagnum it rested, and when alarmed quickly shot down 23 Brimley, C. S. Zoology of Lake Ellis, N. C, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. XXII, 1909, p. 134. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151 into it. Our first hold of this snake was not secure and it as quickly began burrowing the second time. From all that we observed of the living snakes of this species we would consider them timid, harmless burrowers. They are decidedly inhabitants of the twilight parts of the swamp, and their eyes suggest such a habitat. If found during the day, they appear in the dark, gloomy cypress ponds on the islands or amongst the dense vegetation of the deepest and most inaccessible regions of the swamp. We discovered no par- ticular superstitions regarding its horny tip. It is curious to find the hill hoop-rolling story also associated with this species, which to my mind is one of our most aquatic species, and the names "cypress" or "sphagnum" snake would be equally appropriate with some of the names suggested by its structures. Food and Breeding. — None of the specimens had food in their alimentary tract and no parasites were found. The natives relate how the thunder snake (L. gelulus) digs beneath rotten logs and other cover for the adults and young of this species. Of the breeding habits of this oviparous form we know little. The natives assert that the progeny of one female sometimes reaches 40 to 43. 2. Diadophis punctatus (Linnseus): Ring-necked Snake. Plate III, fig. 1. Fig. 5. This species is probably fairly common on the islands of the swamp. Three specimens were secured on Billy's Island between June 11 and 15, 1912. Coloration. — All three specimens are bluish-black or brown above, the color extending on to the end of each gastrostege. These black spots on either extremity appear as a row on each side of the venter. In No. 6,105 they are very obscure on the neck region. In all three the dorsal scales are with pale edges and with numerous fine light specks. In No. 6,104 the edges of the dorsal scales are opalescent. In No. 6,106 there is a median row of body-colored spots down the venter to the anus, all the urosteges and gastrostege No. 2 being without spots; the same applies to No. 6,105 with the urosteges and gastrosteges Nos. 1-5, 8 unspotted; in No. 6,104, the median row is very interrupted, no spots being on gastrosteges Nos. 1-20, except No. 3, and none beyond No. 133, while between Nos. 21-133 there are several missing. In No. 6,105, the nuchal half collar is 1-2 scales wide; in No. 6,106 it is the same width, but interrupted by a median dorsal row of black scales, while in No. 6,104 it is faint except on the lower sides. In No. 6,105, the mental and labial regions are almost immaculate, a few infralabials being with faint black spots; in No. 6,104, each infralabial is weh marked with one 152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., or more black spots as the symphyseal is; in No. 6,106, the geneials as well have these spots. Dimensions and Variations. —ThQ total length of these three snakes reaches from 19.5-29 cm.; the tail from 4.7-5.8 cm. or 4|-5j in the total length; the gastrosteges are 143-150; the urosteges, 39-46; anal divided, and in one the gastrostege ahead is also divided. Tail very spike-like and sharp. Scales 15-15-15; temporals 1-1; oculars 1-2 in No. 6,106, the preocular large on the right side and small on the left side, the prefrontal taking the place of the normal iipper preocular, 2-2, in Nos. 6,104 and 6,105. The supralabials in No. 6,106 are 8, with the eye resting on the 4th and 5th; in No. 6,105 on the right side they are 8, with eye on the 4th and 5th, while on the left side there are 7, with the eye on the 3d and 4th; in No. 6,104 there are 7 supralabials on each side, the eye being over the 3d and 4th on each side. In Nos. 6,105, 6,106 the supralabials have the clear band of ventral color, but in No. 6,104 this color is heavily encroached upon by black. 6105 6105 6106 g^Qg Fig. 5. — Diadophis punctatus (Linn.) In view of Cope's establishment of D. amabilis stictogenys upon three specimens from New Orleans, Pearl River, Miss., and Savannah, Ga., the last locality not far from Okefinokee Swamp, our three specimens prove interesting. To find these three showing such a gamut of differences is rather fortunate. Our specimen No. 6,104 is almost a duplicate of Cope's D. a. stictogenys. It has 7 supra- labials, a speckled gular and labial region and the eye resting on the 3d and 4th supralabial; liut like his specimen, the three abdominal rows of ventral spots, the 150 gastrosteges and other characters suggest D. punctatus. It was taken under the same log as an almost immaculate-chinned D. punctatus, Avhich has 8 supralabials on the right side and eye on the 4th and 5th and 7 supralabials on the left side and eye over 3d and 4th. No. 6,106, captured in a similar habitat, is a good D. punctatus in scutellation, but has the gular and labial regions spotted as in Cope's subspecies. The numerous variations in these three specimens, the circumstances of their capture, the isolated character of their habitat (Billy's Island), an inspection of Cope's type and Dr. vStejneger's previous decision and 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 153 concurrence (study of Diadophis in manuscript) — all force the authors to consider this subspecies untenable. Habits. — This attractive snake was found during the day under cover, usually under logs near the cypress edges of Billy's Island. It seemed to prefer localities near the edge of the thicker woods. In one case it was under a log in a place near and exactly similar to the situation described for Haldea striatula. In the other instance, the two were taken (June 11, 1912) under a log near Billy's Island landing at the woody edge of cultivated fields. The D. a. stidogenys specimen was first taken and a few minutes later the other specimen was found under the same log. The former may have been seeking -the sandy fields of the Lees where lizards, snakes and turtles resort in great numbers to lay their eggs. This specimen had six unlaid eggs which measured as follows: 18 x 9 mm., 19 x 9, 19 x 9, 20 x 9, 20 X 9, 21 x 10. The covering is thin and quite pinkish in alcohol. This species seems as nocturnal in Okefinokee as our experiences with it elsewhere suggest. These specimens had insect and worm remains in their alimentary tracts. 5. Heterodon platyrhinus Latreille: Hog-nosed Snake; Hog-nose; Spreading Adder; Spread- ing Viper; Blowing Adder; Blow Snake; Blowing Viper; Spotted Adder; Flatheaded Adder; Pufif Adder; Sand Viper; Black Viper. Plate III, fig. 7; fig. 6. Thirty-eight specimens were secured, of which 16 were young snakes; one was a cast skin. Coloration. — In coloration our series show all possible patterns. The 16 young were all of the spotted phase and manifested the following pattern: The ground color may be yellowish, brownish or reddish. Down the back is a series of 26-32 spots and on the tail 7-9 spots which become transverse bands. The color around these dorsal spots is brighter or lighter than the surrounding body color. Alternating with and almost touching the corners of the dorsal spots is a series of lateral spots. In the cephalic region, one of these spots of each side with a pair of successive dorsal spots form a quartette — an arrangement soon lost in the caudal part of the body and seldom seen in adults. Beneath these spots may be seen one or more series of small spots, not very distinct in form. The venter is grayish or greenish-white, heavily blotched with black or brownish. The head has a black bar connecting the upper anterior edges of the orbits; another bar from the eye to the angle of the mouth ; and a third, on occipital plates, posterior margins of supra- orbitals and frontal. This black spot has a backward extension on either side of the nape or neck and usually a small median extension 154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., just back of the occipital plates. Often this median prolongation is cut off and surrounded by body color. Usually on the occipital suture and occipitofrontal suture appears a light spot. In some of the adults the same schema of coloration obtains as in the young, except that dorsal and lateral spots are less distinct as such and become more transverse areas with light intervals. Furthermore, the supralabials are more prominently spotted in the young. Of the 21 specimens of adults, 8 were of the black (niger) type with slaty-gray below. In most of these 8 the gular scales and whole chin except in two become the darkest portion of the whole venter. Of the spotted forms (platyrhinus) , we had a few with the brick-red on the head and neck and somewhat on the body. In the intermediates, the approach to the black phase begins in the head region and the head first becomes black, or it and the neighboring cephalic region. In this process the transverse light intervals remain brightest and persist longest in the tail region. Some of the specimens are almost niger in the cephalic region, but platyrhiyius in the caudal half, or three-quarters niger with the scales of the light intervals of the caudal region with incoming black centres. About 7 of the adults were true spotted adders and 6 intermediate. Thus, of the adults we have an almost equal division of 7 spotted, 6 inter- mediates and 8 blacks. Most of our largest specimens were black or fast approaching that stage. The black seems to be an end phase of size or age, possibly not always attained in an individual, but certainly the spotted phase is most prominent in the smaller speci- mens of the collection. Besides, it might be remembered that none of the 16 young were black, but all true spotted forms. Dimensions and Variations. — The 16 young vary in length from 13.7-19.6 cm., while the adults are from 35-104.2 cm. (1 ft. 2 inches- 3 ft. 5 inches). Possibly the species may reach 4 feet in length and a circumference of 6 inches, largest specimen being 5 inches in girth. The gastrosteges range from 120-146, average 130; the urosteges 30-59, average 48; the anal is divided, in several with half a gastro- stege ahead; the scale row formula of 18 individuals is 25-25-19, the other formulae being 23-23-17, 24-22-17, 24-24-19, 25-21-19, 25-22-21, 25-23-18, 25-23-19, 25-25-18, 25-25-20, 25-25-21, 25-25-23, 26-25-21, 27-24-18, 27-25-19, or in the middle of the body from 21-25, exceeding the usual range of the 3 species of Heterodon by the loss of two rows (in 21-rowed condition) or in the cephalic region extending from 23-27, two rows beyond the normal 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 155 25 rows of Heterodon platyrhinus and simus. The temporals are 3^ on both sides in twenty-seven specimens, 3-4 on one side and 3-5 on the other in three specimens, and 3-4 and 4-5 in one specimen; the supralabials are 8 in twenty-seven specimens, 9 in seven speci- mens and 9-8 in three specimens; the infralabials are 11 in fifteen specimens, 10 in three specimens, 12 in five, 13 in one, 10-11 in four, 10-12 in three, 11-12 in five and 12-13 in one. The orbital ring^ exclusive of the supraocular is 10 cm both sides in thirteen specimens, 11 in one, 9-10 in two, 9-11 in two, 10-11 in fourteen, and 8-10 in two, i.e., 22 of the 38 with number of oculars different on the two sides. Rarely, the azygous plate may be cut off from contact with the rostral by the prenasals (No. 6,186). One spotted specimen (No. HOrmoV 6197 6186 6194 6170 6204 Fig. 6. — Heterodon platyrhinus Latr. 6202 6,197) has not the characteristic azygous plate at all. Unlike Dr. Stejneger's Heterodon browni,^^ this specimen has the posterior projec- tion of the rostral more than one-half of the suture between the inter- nasals and their mutual suture, therefore less than that between the prefrontals. Otherwise, it is very much like it. The specimen has the following scutellation: gastrosteges, 123; urosteges, 55; anal divided; scales 25-21-19; supralabials 8; infralabials 11; orbital ring 10, not including the supraocular; temporals 3-5 on the right side and 3-4 on the left side. These characters and a very similar coloration bring it in almost perfect agreement with Dr. Stejneger's H. hroivni from the other end of Florida, namely, Lemon City. A black individual (No. 6,194) has the frontal transversely divided into two plates. One specimen (No. 6,202) has 2 loreals on either 3° Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XVI, pp. 123, 124. 156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., side, and two others (Nos. 6,178 and 6,205), both small mdividuals, have 2 loreals on one side and 1 on the other. Another (No. 6,204) has 2 loreals on one side and 3 on the other, if an extra scale between the oculars, loreals and 3d and 4th supralabials be called a loreal. This small extra scale also occurs in No. 6,170. Habits. — This interesting snake proved very common around the Lee's sandy clearing and in all dry parts of the swamp. It was the first form to be observed and of it more specimens were taken than of any other species. One might find it beside the trails or on the islands where no human courses led. They were often taken about and in the corn, "chufa, " "goober" and "yam" fields of the Lees, where the snakes probably resort for breeding. Here it did not seem to be solely a case of light-spotted phase for dry and sandy places and dark phase in more woody and moist situations. In the same open fields we find one phase one day and the other the following day. In two instances we took adult spotted and black phases within 40 feet of each other. We dare not make a distinction between the two as to habitat, sex, food, etc., unless it be size or age. In this case, often the oldest ones are not always black or blackish, but they seem to tend that way. Of its "spreading" or flattening we saw evidences, and the natives are well aware of the assorted' defensive repertoire of this curious snake. They had none of the superstitions about the emanations from it affecting the atmosphere, nor did they believe that it "spat" its poison when hissing. In all our captures we saw no particular signs of ill temper. Breeding. — This snake is oviparous. All through the month of June we were finding the snakes in the planted fields of the Lees and more than once almost stepped on the clumsy females of this species. To these fields they came to lay their eggs, and throughout June and later the boys were continually turning the eggs up to the surface as they cultivated their fields in their primitive fashion. The eggs invariably were in sandy soil and were usually 4 or 5 inches beneath the surface. Sometimes in one set as many as 11 or 12 would be found. One specimen (No. 6,175), taken June 3, 1912, had 22 eggs far from ready for ovulation. Another specimen (No. 6,171) had 30 eggs, 16 on the right side and 14 on the left side. But the egg complement may go beyond this 12-30 range. On June 19, Mr. Paul Battle took a large Heterodon, from which he and one of the authors squeezed 42 eggs. The females were not all of one phase: some were black, others spotted. The above eggs were white with much thinner integuments than those of the black snake and without 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157 the granules of the latter. These 42 eggs average |f (30 mm.) x ^f (21 mm.) inches and are not far advanced in development. Food. — We can hardly hold that the black forms eat frogs and toads and that the light ones will refuse frogs. Of course, if one grants the more moist situations for the dark phase, such a differen- tiation of diet preference might possibly occur. Our specimens preferred toads. Three had each a southern toad {Bufo lentiginosus^ lentiginosus) in their stomachs. Another had eaten three southern toads, two full grown and one half grown. Three had partaken of beetles and two had taken grasshoppers. Parasites. — Fourteen of the 21 adults had parasites in their stom- achs or intestines. Sometimes the sole contents of the alimentary tract might be a bundle of parasites ; in individual cases the stomach would be absolutely filled with them. No snake compares with the spreading adder as a host for these animals, and it may be due largely to its strong Anuran diet. 4. Opheodrys sestivus (Linnaeus): Green Snake; Southern Green Snake ; Keeled Green Snake; Rough Green Snake; Green Whip Snake; Magnolia Snake; Summer Snake; Green Summer Snake. Fig. 7 Three specimens of this species were secured from Billy's Island, on June 5, 1912, and the other two from July 15-November 1, 1912. Coloration. — This species is bright green above and usually yel- lowish-white below and on the labials. In two of our specimens the green of the back extends across the caudal two-thirds of each gastrostege, but the chin and the labials are more or less yellowish- white. 6100 6240 6143 :o^i^ (^^Z ^^^ 6249 6143 Fig. 7. — Left and middle figures Lampropeltis doliatus coccineus. Right-hand figui'es Opheodrys cestivus (Linn.) Dimensions and Variations. — The total length varies from 31.2- 68.1 cm.; the tail, from 12.0-26.7 cm., or 2.5-2.6 times in the total length; the gastrosteges are from 151-160; the urosteges, 130-148; anal divided, in No. 6,233, the ventral plate ahead divided and one of the halves also horizontally subdivided; scales 17-17-15; loreal 158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., present; oculars 1-2, in No. 6,143 caudad of the lower postocular is a small scale hardly a temporal; if this be not a temporal, the temporal formula for all three is 1-2; infralabials 8, the fifth largest; supralabials 8 in one specimen and 7 in the other two, eye resting on the 3d and 4th supralabial; scales 17-17-15, the lower row smooth, the second row very faintly keeled. Habits, Food. — In our experience this species is decidedly arboreal, and Profs. Crosby and Bradley record the same habitat for it. The specimens were taken from small bushes, and it is a close second to Elaphe obsoletus and its allies in its tree-climbing proclivities as the records and its long, slender body testify. This species is quite thoroughly insectivorous, one specimen having undeterminable insect remains in the rectum; another, a partly digested beetle larva, and the largest, parts of a tree cricket and other orthopterous remains with insect eggs presumably belonging to the prey captured. 5. Coluber constrictor L.: Black Snake; Black Racer; Racer; Black Runner; Blue Racer; White-throated Racer. Plate III, fig. 5; fig. 8. This slender snake was one of the most common species of the islands, but only thirteen of them were captured because of their speed. Coloration. — In coloration this smooth-scaled snake is shining black above and slaty or plumbeous beneath; the white chin and throat in most of the specimens occupy the mental, infralabials, geneials, first 2-3 gular gastrosteges, the cephalic gulars and the lower edges of the supralabials; two or three of the larger specimens have slaty chins except for a small white spot, which in one case covers parts of the mental, inner border of the 1st and 2d infralabials and the anterior geneials, while in the other it occupies 1st gastro- stege and two gulars. One medium-sized specimen (No. 6,152) has more of a brown tinge, and the gastrosteges are slaty except for the caudal borders which are distinctly white; another specimen was decidedly whitish on the caudal ventral third of the body. A young specimen taken June 23, 1912, had spots on the back vaguely discernible and on the venter had a series of pink spots near the ends of the gastrosteges. These spots were lost entirely in the region of the 90th-100th gastrosteges. Dimensions and Variations. — These snakes vary in length from 71.4-127 cm.; the tail from 18.1-35.4 cm. or 3.4-3.8 times in the total length; the gastrosteges are 176-189, average 182; the uro- steges, 92-110, average 103; anal plate divided; in three specimens, the gastrostege ahead of the anal plate is divided or a quarter gastro- 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159 stege is cut out of it; in eleven of the thirteen specimens the scales are in 17-17-15 rows; in No. 6,208, 19-17-15, and in No. .6,207, 19-15-15; preoculars 2, the upper one often with a transverse furrow extending across it for ^ to ^ of its width; postoculars 2, except in No. 6,152, where 3 are on the left side; temporals 2-2-2, rarely 3-3-3, or 3-2-2, or 1-1-2; infralabials 8, in four specimens 9 on ■one side; loreal 1, but in No. 6,157 there are two, the upper one being cut off from the prefrontal; rarely the postnasal is transversely divided; supralabials 7, in No. 6,154 there are only 6 on the left side, the normal 5th and 6th having united; in Nos. 6,150 and 6,156 8 supralabials are on both sides, while in No. 6,151 there are 8 on one side and 7 on the other; whenever eight supralabials occur, the eye rests on the 4th and 5th supralabials, not on the 3d and 4th. This eight supralabial condition Cope thinks rather peculiar to the Plains (flaviventris) or Pacific {vetustum) forms of C. constrictor. 6154 6151 6154 6157 6152 6151 Fig. 8. — Coluber constrictor Linn. The presence of three specimens with 8 supralabials and 1 loreal and one specimen with 7 supralabials and 2 loreals suggests that in C. stejnegerianus these characters are hardly of enough value for the establishment of this new form on these slender grounds alone. In fact, distinctive scutellation characters between C. constrictor and C. flxgellum become scarce in the light of this large percentage of 8 supralabials in our collection. The characters of the frontal and color become more than ever the main reliance. Habits. — ^This species and the spreading adder are the two most common snakes of the drier parts of the swamp. It seems to prefer the cover of the blueberries and saw palmettoes, Avhere it swiftly pursues its prey. It, however, also appeared commonly about the Lee's clearing, where it was often seen but seldom captured. Only when we could get it in the open did we stand a fair chance of taking it alive, so lightning-like are its movements. In fact, it is fast enough to catch anything which moves on the ground of its environ- 160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar.^ ment, and no doubt its omnivorous appetite is partly due to its speed. It can climb among the bushes, though we usually found it on the ground. The natives think it beneficial and allow it to climb into their corn cribs because it catches the troublesome rats and mice. Food. — It is considered harmless, and of its antipathy for rattle- snakes we neither saw nor heard any evidence. It doubtless will attack the poisonous snakes, but not to the extent that its arch- enemy, the king snake, does. Its speed is marvellous, and all the lizards of the swamp prove its prey. This even includes the "race nag" {Cnemidophor'us sexlineatus), which suffers most; at least two of our specimens had the tails of these lizards in their stomachs, indicating that the lizards were swallowed head first. One cannot help wondering how the blacksnake captures these speedy reptiles. Another species which the blacksnake uses for food is the slowest lizard of the islands, the ground lizard {Lygosoma laterale). In some of the specimens we found sand in their stomachs. This species is very fond of frogs and toads, all the dry-land forms being in the list, the toad {Bufo I. lentiginosus) occupying first place. One snake had 4 adult Carolina tree frogs (Hyla carolinensis) and 1 pine-wood's tree frog {Hyla femoralis) in its stomach; all being- taken head first. It seems not to scorn insects, beetles being the principal group identified. Parasites. — This species is quite badly troubled with internal parasites, five of the thirteen specimens having such in their ali- mentary tracts. The first snake captured — a young one — had mites all along the edges of the gastrostegal plates, a condition subsequently observed in one or two other specimens. Breeding. — The black snake is oviparous. One individual taken June 1, 1912, had 14 half-sized eggs; another taken June 8 had 11 eggs in about the same condition. On June 21, a specimen was taken with 5 mature eggs. On June 19, Mr. Farley Lee went out to get some smudge wood at 7 P.M., when darkness had just begun. Upon lifting a rotten log he found a female blacksnake which was laying its eggs under the log. It had laid three eggs, and we suc- ceeded in forcing another from the specimen. In the female were five more, making the complement 9 in all. Only two kinds of reptilian eggs exceed these in abundance and ease of discovery, namely, those of the Florida cooter {Chrysemys floridana) and of the spreading adder (Heterodon platyrhinus) . The four eggs above mentioned measured as follows : 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161 32 mm. (1| inches) x 18 mm. (f^ inch). 39 mm. (IfV " ) x 16 mm. (| " ). 36 mm. (lyV " ) x 17 mm. {\\ " ). 30 mm. (lf\ '' )xl8mm. (H " )• Three others quite fresh in appearance when ploughed up were: 36 mm. (lyV inches) x 17 mm. (H inch). 36 mm. (liV " ) x 18 mm. (H " ). 41 mm. (If " ) X 16 mm. (| " ). Another batch of four taken in a similar way had been developing for a time and at preservation measured: 36 mm. (ly^g inches) x 22 mm. (| inch). 33 mm. (IfV " ) x 23 mm. (| " ). 34 mm. (If " ) x 22 mm. (| " ). 36 mm. (lyV " ) x 22 mm. (| " ). In all these eleven eggs the usual shape is elliptical with blunt, rounded ends. In the first and second sets, one egg is much more elongate and one end more pointed than the other. This tendency toward the ovoid form also comes in the third set, where development has progressed and the increase in size has been in girth. All these eggs when laid are white with tough, coracious shells which are covered with small crystal-shaped or cup-like granules. These make the egg quite distinctive. 6. Elaphe guttatus (Linn.): Com Snake; Rat Snake; Chicken Snake; Red Chicken Snake; Mouse Snake; House King Snake; House Snake; Spotted Snake; Spotted Racer; Spotted Coluber; Red Coluber. Only two specimens (Nos. 6,229, 6,230) were taken July 15- November 1, 1912, after our departure. Beyer^^ thinks of them as fairly common in pine-wood regions, but says, "It is not found in the swamp lands, being strictly terrestrial in its habits." Certainly, this form must have travelled through swamp to reach Billy's Island and doubtless encounters moisture enough on the islands. Coloration. — This beautiful snake is light red or ashy-gray, with a series of dorsal dark red, crimson or brick-red saddles or transverse bars. These are 3-5 scales wide, occupy from 10-13 rows and have dark-edged borders. On one specimen there are 50 in all, 36 before the vent and 14 beyond it; in the other, there are 41 blotches, 29 before the vent and 12 beyond it. On either side appears an alter- nating row of smaller dark-bordered red spots. Anteriorly, these 31 Beyer, Geo. E. La. Herpetology, Proc. La. Soc. Naturalists, 1897-1899, New Orleans, 1900, p. 39. 11 162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., become very narrow and the elongate black borders constitute most of the spots. The third row on the first four rows of scales only shows distinctly in the anterior region. The venter has a tinge of the color of the back, but appears to be mainly white or yellowish- white, tessellated or checkered with quadrangular black spots. In markings of the head these specimens very well agree with Elaphe guttatus guttatus. Dimensions and Variations. — ^These two specimens are, respect- ively, 97.3 and 111.8 cm. long; the tails, 16.2 and 18.7 cm., or 6 in the total length; the gastrosteges are 218, 227; the urosteges, 69 and 68; anal divided; the scales are 24-27-18 and 23-27-19; the oculars 1-2; the temporals 2-3 (4) and 2-3; the supralabials 8; the infralabials 11 and 12.. Food. — This species belongs to the group known as rat snakes, and each specimen proves true to racial reputation. In the stomach of each we found a full-grown rice-field rat {Onjzoniijs palustris) and other remains. Both of the rats had been swallowed head first, and we firmly believe them to have been taken alive. This requires considerable dexterity in nature where the prey is not cornered and may also be another bit of evidence to show this species more aquatic than usually thought. No parasites were found in the alimentary tract of either specimens. 7. Elaphe obsoletus (Say): Pilot Snake; Chicken Snake; Spotted Chicken Snake; Gray Coluber; Gray Rat Snake. Fig. 9. Six specimens of this puzzling form were taken, and we regret this series is not larger. However, this small collection confirms us in the belief that Scotophis confinis B. and G., Coluber obsoletus lemniscatus Cope, Coluber spiloides Dum and Bib., possibly Scotophis latus B. and G., and Coluber quadrivittatus Holbrook are individual variations of Elaphe obsoletus. This conclusion in its main features is in agreement with Boulenger and Rhoades and partly in accord with Hay's and Brown's diagnoses of these forms of the genus Elaphe. Coloration. — The ground color of the specimens is an ashy-, brownish- or yellowish-gray with a series of 30-36 dorsal grayish- brown to dark chocolate-brown spots on the body and 9-16 on the tail. In the cephalic half of the body these spots have their anterior and posterior edges concave, i.e., their angles produced, thus giving the spot the shape of a ray's egg; in the caudal part of the body the dorsal spots are more or less quadrate. Occasionally, the 1st and 2d or the 2d and 3d dorsal spots are more or less united. In one speci- men for its entire length (No. 6,136) these dorsal spots are connected 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163 at the angles by a longitudinal stripe on each side, as in Coluber obsoletus lemniscatus Cope. The dorsal spots are 3-4 scales long and cover 8-10 rows of scales. On the 2d-6th rows occurs a lateral row of spots which alternate with the dorsal spots. In the anterior region they become very elongate and linear. In No. 6,136, with two faint dorsal longitudinal bands, this lateral row is connected by a longitudinal band on each side, the band obscuring the spots in the caudal half of the body. Thus, in this specimen, we have the four bands of C. quadrivittatus, but the spots of C. spiloides or C. 0. confinis, in other words, a good C. o. lemniscatus Cope. To add to the confusion, the temporals on one side are 2-3-5 while on the other side they are 2-1-2. Beneath the lateral row of spots occurs another row just above the gastrostegal keel of each side. Each of these spots is opposite a dorsal spot and occupies the first row of scales and the ends of 2 sometimes 3 gastrosteges do\ATi to the gastrostegal keel. Sometimes, however, this lowest row of spots does not alternate with the lateral row and sometimes this lowest row is obscure. The venter in the large specimens is yellowish-white or straw-color (most yello's\dsh in the quadrivittatus-lemniscatus specimen), while the two smallest specimens have it whitish or ashy-white. In some, irrespective of size, the venter in the cephalic fourth or fifth of the body is immaculate, while in others it is with spots like the ground color of the dorsum; the venter posteriorly may be almost solid in color like the dorsum. In some, the chin and throat area may be immaculate yellow, yellomsh-white or white or the gulars may be slightly grayish. In all the infralabials have black borders as have the supralaliials, but the intensity of this color varies. Two specimens have no postocular band at all, one of the smaller ones has it indistinct, another has it on one side and absent on the other and two have it very prominent. Only two have the darker black prefrontal cross band (on posterior margins). The presence or absence of head bands in this assemblage of snakes is too variable and individualistic a character to be of much weight in separating species. Some of our specimens have the head uniform like the body color; others are with distinct head bands. Dimensions and Variations. — The six specimens vary in length from 68.7-144 cm., the tail from 12.8-27 cm. or 5.0-6.2 times in the total leng-th. The gastrosteges range from 231-243, or average 236; the urosteges are 71-92 or average 85; anal divided, in No. 6,135 entire; the oculars are 1-2, except in No. 6,135 where 1-2 and 2-2, the upper preocular coming from the forward part of a normal 164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., supraocular; supralabials 8, except in one specimen where 8 on the left side and 9 on the right side; eye resting on the -ith and 5th supralabials; infralabials 11 or 12; temporals variable, in three specimens 2-3 as in C. spiloides Dum. and Bib., in one 2-3 on one side and 2-1 on the other, in another 2-3 and 2-4, in a sixth 2-3 and 3-4, the last a duplicate of Cope's figure 196, p. 851, for C. laclus B. and G., and, strangely enough, the 2-3 condition barely escapes being 1-2; in fact, in just these six specimens on one side or on the other we practically have duplicates of the temporal scutellations of Cope's figures 191-196, namely, for C. rosaceus, quadriviUatus, spiloides, obsoletus obsoletus, ohsoletus lemniscatiis, and ketus — rather too strong an individualistic a variation in a localized collection of six to make it a stable and cardinal character of primary dictinction. Fig. 9. — Elaphe obsoletus (Say). The scale formulas are 29-29-19 for two specimens, 29-27-19, 27-27-19, 26-29-19, 25-27-17; from 9-23 keeled rows of scales; anterior chin shields touching 4th and 5th infralabials. Our specimens agree best with Coluber spiloides Dum. and Bib., although equally well with C. obsoletus confinis if Cope's first temporal scale be considered abnormal for this form. One specimen seems a good C. obsoletus lemniscatus, if not more than an incipent C. quad- riviUatus. All in all, if the supposed diagnostic characters of these four break down in a collection of six snakes from one isolated envi- ronment, one must question the weight to be attached to such dis- tinctions. Habits. — This agile and slender snake is the most arboreal snake of the swamp. Its compressed body with the gastrostegal keels on either side where the sides abruptly meet the venter suggests an arboreal form and its habits confirm the belief. This species was 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165 found along the water courses near Billy's Lake. Here they climb up the bushes and small trees which skirt some of the streams of the swamp. Our first specimen was 6 feet up above the water, and they have ascended 10 or more feet in our few experiences with them. They are probably far more common than our collection might imply, but their position, the cover of the dense herbage and the color of the body, all make them rather difficult to find. Breeding. — This is an ovoviviparous snake and three specimens taken June 1, 3 and 15, 1912, had the eggs quite immature. One had 18 on the left side and 15 on the right side; another had 14 in all, 8 on the right side and 6 on the left side. Food. — No doubt this form secures much of its food in the bushes and trees it so commonly frequents, and true to the reputation of E. ohsoletus of the north this Okefinokee representative proves an enemy of the birds. The natives steadfastly held that it ate birds' eggs and young. One specimen had partaken of some kind of eggs and a second individual had birds' feathers in its stomach. A third snake had eaten the pine-wood's tree frog {Hyla femoralis). This species also frequents the islands and feeds on the ground. Here they do damage to the ground-nesting birds, as many of the other species of snakes do. They also often enter poultry yards for rats and mice as well as the hens' eggs. One of the native boys brought us a pilot snake which he claimed was caught in the act of swallomng a hen's egg, and stomach contents substantiated his claim. They report that they have taken some which had eaten as many as ten at one time. None of these six snakes had parasites. 8. Lampropeltis doliatus COCCineus (Schlegel): Scarlet King Snake; Red King Snake; "Coral Snake." Fig. 7. Six specimens of this fine, l)eautiful snake were taken on Billy's Island. The nearest records are from Fernandina, Fla. (C. F. Batchelder), and from Gainesville, Fla. (J. Bell). Each of these Cope accredits to the form Osceola elapsoidea Holbrook. Coloration. — Ground color scarlet (fainter below) covered with 14-20 pairs of black rings on the body from head to anus and with 3-6 pairs on the tail. These rings inclose white or yellowish intervals, which are 1-1 1 scales wide on the dorsum and 2|-3 scales wide on the side, the black rings themselves each being 2-4 scales wide. In only one specimen. No. 6,240, do the rings completely and perfectly encircle the body for its entire length, and, in the caudal region, the abdominal white interval has a black spot between the black rings. In the other specimens the rings just fall short of meeting each other 166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., on the venter and sometimes their ends alternate. Frequently, the black bands of a pair have their ends uniting with each other send not with opposite ends. Occasionally the process goes farther and on the sides a black bar extends from one black band to another across the white interval and we have part of a white interval com- pletely encircled by black dorsally and ventrally as well as on the sides. The black band on the neck is not complete on the ventral side in any of the six individuals; ahead of it, comes a white or yellowish-white interval, narrower on the dorsum but wider on the sides where it extends across the angle of the mouth onto the upper posterior labials and on the lower surface of the head. The black occipital bar in one specimen is limited to one occipital; in the others it generally reaches to the temporals and the posterior edge of the frontal and the supraoculars. In one specimen there is a black band back of the eye, and in another the occipital black bar covers the occipitals, most of the frontal, all of the supraoculars, postoculars and 1st temporal and the upper surface of the two posterior supralabials. Sometimes the supralabials near the eye and rarely a few infrala])ials immediately below may have dark margins. Dimensions and Variations. — The total length varies from 23.7- 57.6 cm.; the tail, 3.4-8.9 cm. or 6-7.2 times in the total length; the gastrosteges are 172-189; the urosteges 39-48; anal entire; the supralabials 7; infralabials 8 except on one side of No. 6,240, where there are 9; the oculars are 1-2. From a study of these six specimens from one locality we were led to conclude that Lampropeltis doliatus coccineus and Osceola elapsoidea were the same form, and this conclusion came independ- ently of the previous judgments of Brown, Brimley and others. Brown says,^^ ''t}je head plates and scales are becoming variable, specimens being found without a loreal and with the scales reduced to nineteen rows. This extreme reduction is Osceola elapsoidea B. and G., and is not common, but intermediate stages are frequent; out of some thirty specimens colored as in coccineus I have met with two without a loreal and with 19 rows. The case is peculiar. If constant, the distinction would be a generic one; on the other hand, the importance of the character involved would seem to lift it out of the ordinary category of intergradation, for we appar- ently have a subspecies being transformed under our eyes. On *2 Brown, A. E. A Review of the Genera and Species of American Snakes North of Mexico, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., LIII, 1901, p. 74. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167 the whole, it may accord best with a sound method to take no note of this form at its present stage." C. S. Brimley says that in his experience "the normal formula is, scales in 19 rows, occasionally 17 or 21, one temporal in first row, occasionally two, and loreal usually present, but sometimes absent on one or both sides. "^^ Only in his Florida specimens were the scales in 17 rows. Like these, our specimens have a greater reduction in number of scale rows than Cope's material, the formulae being 17-15-15, 17-19-15, 17- 19-15, 17-19-17, 17-19-17, 17-19-17. This is a reduction far beyond the 21 rows of Cope's and Brown's descriptions and if any- thing below the better normal of Brimley. So, in this respect, our specimens incline towards Osceola elapsoidea. Furthermore, only in the specimen (No. 6,100) with this reduction carried farthest (17-15-15) do we have the loreals of both sides absent, but it is one of the largest of the six specimens'. In this individual the prefrontal has descended to the level of the labial and in the forms (Lv d. coccin- eus) with loreals these plates must be derived from the prefrontal. In No. 6,242 the loreal is very small and linear, while in No. 6,240 it is normal and quadrangular on one side and triangular on the other, the apex not even touching the preocular. In 3 specimens (Nos. 6,101 the smallest, 6,241, 6,249 the largest) the loreal is present on both sides and a prominent quadrangular plate from the pre- ocular to the nasal. Habits. — This species is more or less of a burrower, but a glance at some of the largest specimens suggests Elaphe snakes in their compressed deep bodies with sides sharply defined from the venter by a ridge. Such elaphine snakes climb well and of such evidence in L. d. coccineus we have only the capture of a snake taken June 6, 1912. It was found on one of the frames of an old building, the snake being 31-4 feet above the ground. Food. — In food habits this species is more or less of a constrictor. It feeds on ground lizards, skinks, swifts and other snakes and insects. In the stomach of No. 6,242 we found an angleworm and the remains of two killifishes, suggesting more of any aquatic nature than usually ascribed, but after every rain Billy's Island is covered with little water pools containing fish which as evaporation goes on become stranded. Such Avould be easy of capture. Our specimens yielded no clue to the oviparity or breeding of this species. 33 Brimley, C. S. Notes on the Scutellation of the Red King Snake, Ophibolus doliatus coccineus Schlegel, Jour. Elisha Mitchell Soc, XXI, No. 4, December, 190.5, pp. 14.5-148. 168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., 9. Lampropeltis getulus getulus (Linn.): King Snake; Common King Snake; Chain Snake; Ttiunder Snake; Thunder and Lightning Snake; Wamper; Wampum Snake; Rattlesnake Pilot. Plate III, fig. 2; fig. 10. Thirteen specimens of this fine snake were taken and many more seen. It is common throughout the drier parts of the swamp and frequents the outskirts of the swamp as well. It keeps to the islands and none were taken in other situations than the saw palmetto or heath societies of the piney woods where it courses through the low cover after its living prey or eggs. Okefinokee swamp comes within the supposed range of L. g. getulus and is considerably east of Louis- iana where L. g. sayi is recorded. The nearest records of L. g. getulus are from Fernandina, Fla. (C. F. Batchelder), Gainesville, Fla. (J. Bell), and Nashville, Ga. (W. J. Taylor). Coloration. — Most of the specimens at hand vary from a light to a deep brown. Five are shining blackish-brown in body color, but these are among the smallest specimens of the collection. All thirteen have white or yellowish cross-bands which may be from 23-25 in number on the body proper, rarely as low as 18, and from 5-10 on the tail. Often these bands are incomplete and appear only on one side with none corresponding on the other side, and frequently in such specimens the cross-bands may be diagonal — not strict cross- bands; in many of the specimens the bifurcations on the sides are absent and the cross-band scales of the dorsum have dark body color tips which at times so blacken the scales as to interrupt the bands completely. In one specimen the band was very indistinct. These bands are normally 1^-2 scales wide on the dorsum or rarely 2, rarely 3-5 scales wide on the sides where the bands bifurcate bordering a spot of body color. These lateral spots alternate with similar dorsal areas and are from 3-7 scales wide and occupy the lower 2 or 3 rows of scales as well as the ends of 3-5 gastrosteges. The dark dorsal areas are 7-10 scales wide; in some they are a beautiful shining black or deep brown; in two or three of the specimens each scale of the cephalic half of the body has a pale central spot; in three specimens with shining black body color the first four to six dark areas back of the head had patches of scales with white centres as conspicuous as the cross bands themselves (suggestive of L. g. splen- didus); finally one brown (No. 6,218) king snake has all the scales with every centre of the same intensity of color as the conspicuous cross-bands (very suggestive of L. g. sayi). The venter is of the same color as the cross-bands and is heavily blotched with black due in part to the extension of the lateral spots on the gastrosteges. All the head plates are conspicuously marked with white or yellowish 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169 spots, particularly so in No. 6,218. The three subspecies getulus, sayi and splendidus intergrade so imperceptibly and specimens from one region sometimes reveal all the supposed distinguishing characters. Dimensions and Variations. — These specimens vary from 67.6- 144.4 cm. (2 ft. 1 in.-4 ft. 9 in.) and the tail from 9.1-19.3 cm. (7.4- 9 in the total length); the gastrosteges are 214-223 or average 218; urosteges are 41-54 or average 49; the scales are 21-21-19 in eight of the specimens and the other formulas are 21-23-19, 22-21-19, 23-21-19 twice, 23-23-19; the oculars are 1-2; supralabials 7; infralabials 9 or 10; temporals may deviate from 2-3, the formula for ten specimens, one specimen has thern 1-3, another has 2-2 and a third 2-3 on one side and 2-4 on the other; the loreal is present in all and in No. 6,218 {sayi-WkQ specimen) there are two on the left side. The anal is entire, in No. 6,139 it is entire, but the gastrostege ahead is divided and in No. 6,140 the anal plate is divided into three parts. 6148 6138 6142 Fig. 10. — Lampropeltis getulus getulus (Linn.) Habits. — This species is one of the most strikingly marked snakes of the swamp. The shining black or brown with the contrasting white or yellow cross-bands makes its appearance very attractive. In nature, it is mild, proves an interesting and safe pet, and in no instance during our stay in the swamp did it display any tendency toward belligerency or sullenness toward any member of the party. Food. — The natives recognize its goodnature and consider it harm- less, though the king of the snakes. They are aware of its usefulness as an enemy of moccasins and rattlesnakes and report several combats which always resulted successfully for the king snake, but these unlettered people, unlike many sentimental writers, do not hold that the king snake deliberately searches for the poisonous snakes in particular. We, as they, believe it the enemy of ever}' species of snake in the swamp, preying of course more on the terres- trial species of its own haunts. All the smaller snakes suffer, and of the larger species, the blacksnake and spreading adder are the commonest prey. It is surely a good "pilot" to the naturalist 170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mai.^ whenever one finds it digging, for it almost invariably means other snakes, eggs or some good capture. It will seldom fail to react per schedule if you loosely hold it in one hand and a live blacksnake in the other. Almost before you can predict the outcome, the former may be far within its captor — a demonstration we have tried more than once in the field. It is especially fond of young snakes. One of our specimens had taken a newly hatched Heterodon and the natives recounted several occasions when they had found it working beneath a log for what proved a brood of young snakes. We do not doubt but that it feeds on mice, rats and other small mammals^ but of such evidence we found little in the swamp. Possibly, in early spring or in the fall these are more its reliance. The principal food of this species is turtles' eggs, with snakes or their eggs a second choice. Four of our specimens had eaten Florida cooters' {Chrysemys floridana) eggs which they dug out of the sand and two had mud turtle {Cino sternum pennsylvdnicum) eggs in their stomachs. Mr. Francis Harper tells us that he and David Lee almost stepped on a king snake. After their recovery, what should they find but a Kinosternon digging in sand probably preparatory to laying and the king snake was close at hand. In fact, so addicted are they to this egg diet, that the natives consider that it is a common happening to find the snake awaiting the egg deposition. Unless it be the Florida bear, there is no form in the swamp which eats turtles' eggs in such quantity as the king snake. It will take a whole nest of eggs at one time, as many as 14 being found in the stomach of one snake. Breeding. — Of the breeding habits of this species we have a few scant notes. Mr. Harper reports a pair of them mating on May 19, 1912, and says another king snake was watching the pair. One of our specimens (No. 6,145), taken June 13, 1912, had 7 fair-sized eggs. Only one of the specimens had parasites, and this had two large parasitic worms 30 mm. long fastened to the outside of the esophagus and lying in the body cavity. 10. Cemophora COCCinea Blumenbach: Scarlet Snake; "Coral Snake"; Red Snake. Plate III. fig. 3. One specimen of the scarlet snake was captured on Billy's Island by one of the native boys. This appears to be one of the rarer snakes of the swamp, six of the scarlet king snakes being taken to the lone one of this species. This species extends from Maryland to Florida and westward to the Mississippi Valley. Coloration. — The color of the back is a salmon-pink, brighter 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171 anteriorly; the back and sides with 20 pairs of black half-rings, the first on the head, the 16th just back of the anus and the last two rather indistinct. The black half-rings are widest dorsally, on the sides the black rings of a pair approach each other soon to diverge again as the 4th-2d rows of scales are reached. An irregular black spot on the 1st row of scales at the lower end of each white interval sometimes unites the ends of two half-rings; bands between half- rings ivory-white* with very fine dots all over the scales. Width of each black half-ring usually two scales, but one scale wide half way down the sides; the interval usually three scales wide. The first black band narrow and extending from 1st temporal along the anterior margins of the occipital plates to the 1st temporal of the other side. First temporal may be entirely or half black. The gastrosteges almost entirely free of markings. Dimensions. — -The total length is 36.4 cm.; the tail 5.4 cm. or 6f in total length; the gastrosteges 169; urosteges 19; anal entire, but a half gastrostege ahead of it; temporals 1-2; the nasal divided below nostril; supralabials 6, eye resting on the 2d and 3d supra- labials; infralabials 7; loreal point almost enters eye's orbit on the left side, but is more remote on the right side. Breeding. — This specimen, taken June 20, had three white eggs which were very elongate and with thin membranous integument. They were, respectively, 34, 35, 35 mm. long. 11. TropidonotUS taxispilotUS (Holbrook): "Water Moccasin"; Pied Water Snake; Browa Water Snake; Water Rattle; Water Pilot; Aspic. Only eleven specimens of this species were taken, yet it is common along Billy's and Minne's Lakes, Log River and all the more open water courses. It was not far from the Okefinokee Swamp that Holbrook secured one of his two specimens for his original descrip- tion, namely, from Altamaha River. The natives were not anxious to help us in the captures of this species. Coloration. — -The coloration is a light chocolate- or reddish-brown, sometimes rusty with a series of three rows of large subquadrate or rectangular spots, the dorsal row varying from 23-27 dark brown or black spots before the anus and 15-18 behind the anus, the averages being 25 and 16, respectively. Anteriorly, the spots are 3-4 scales wide and posteriorly 2-3 scales wide. Li transverse width the larger spots cover 8-10 rows of scales. Alternating with the dorsal spots is a row on either side. These spots cover from the 1st to the 10th row of scales. Normally, the lateral and doreal spots do not touch as the descriptions assert, but in almost every specimen one or tw» 172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., sets, particularly in the middle of the body, are connected by a black line 1 scale wide. The venter is white or yellowish. Hol- brook's description, "Most of them (gastrosteges) with a black spot at either extremity and the centre dotted minutely with black," applies to some of the younger specimens very well, and in almost all the older individuals the same coloration can be discovered, namely, two rows of squarish black blotches with a dusted lighter Hne down the middle of the belly. Rarely, the black obscures all semblance of pattern. The gular gastrosteges usually are without the lateral spots and the whole anterior edge is black bordered; the head is like the body in color; the lower labials have a fine dusted appearance. Dimensions and Variations. — The specimens vary in length from 63-130.5 cm., all except four being over 100 cm.; in the largest specimen (130.5 cm.) the tail is 30.5 cm. long and the tail is con- tained in the length in the eleven specimens from 3|-5J times, 4 or 4J being the riormal. The gastrosteges are 130-142 or average 135; the urosteges are 62-70, the average 67, far below the 70-90 of Cope and Brown. Anal plate usually divided; in three specimens with a half gastrostege ahead of it and in one or two a whole gastro- stege divided, otherwise this plate anterior to anal plate is entire; in No. 6,111 the anal is entire and in No. 6,224 it is also entire with a faint transverse median furrow extending halfway backward toward the anus. The scale rows are far below 31-33 rows, the combinations being 27-27-21, 28-28-22, 29-31-22, 29-29-21 twice, 29-30-23, 29-30-22, 30-30-25, 30-29-22, 30-28-23, 31-31-21 or in the middle of the body from 27-31— not 29-31 or 31-33 as dis- covered in other members of this genus. In fact, only two have 31 and only three 30 in the middle of the body. The oculars are 1-2; the supralabials 8, the eye resting on the 4th, except in rare cases when over the 4th and 5th; the infralabials 10-12; temporals 2-4 in eight instances, 2-5 in six and 2-3 in three cases. Habits. — This snake is par excellence the snake of the open water courses in the swamp or narrow runs just wide enough for a boat. Either along Log River or Minne Lake Run one can hear a succession of pied water snakes as they drop off into the water. They may climb upon the dead branches or live shrubs which line the water courses or rest on the little islets or verdant hummocks where many an individual is hidden. Particularly does one find them in the latter situations on the hottest days, and not infrequently we have approached close enough on such days to club them. As they 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 173 shoot into the water sometimes the pied belly reveals that it is T. taxispilotus, and not T. fosciatus or any of its subspecies. The pied water snakes are very large and in general very shy and elusive. We had been in the swamp for 2h weeks before we cap- tured our first specimens, although some of us passed them daily. At first we had to shoot them as they rested in the open on branches 2-3| feet above the water. Then their capture was not always certain, for we often lost them because of our caution in landing them. The natives are afraid of them, and whoever has wounded or had experiences with this species in its wild state knows they are vicious and belligerent when hard pressed. The natives call them "water moccasin" and consider them as poisonous as rattlesnakes or true moccasins. Once when one of us was bitten by a medium- sized specimen the Lees awaited the result with considerable solicitude for the supposed unfortunate. After two weeks of attempts, we were growing impatient because we had taken none of the largest individuals, and "Alligator Joe," one of the visitors, when fishing, stunned a "water moccasin" and considerately put it in the prow of his boat. We had almost reached him when the snake revived, and in the twinkling of an eye he had thrown his present into the lake with his oar. Man and live "water moccasin" in the same boat was not conceivable. And there is plenty of reason for our common respect for this large water snake, which reaches 5 or barely 6 feet. The largest specimen secured measured 4| feet. Several specimens in hand measure in girth from 7-8 inches, and we are positive we have seen individuals with a circumference of 10-12 inches. Especially is this true of the females as the embryos develop. Then the skin is so distended that j^ to | of an inch or more separates each of the scales. Breeding. — This species is ovoviviparous. The specimens taken in the middle of June showed the developmental stages little ad- vanced. One specimen (No. 6,113), 2 feet 10 inches long, had only 14 embryos, while another, 4^ feet long and about 8 inches in circum- ference, had 40 embryos. It is rather a significant fact that all the larger individuals taken are females. Either the large males were too fast for us or the females are larger or occupy more exposed positions and may prove more sluggish or braver. The individuals taken from July 15-November 1, 1912, showed the embryos much farther advanced and some had unborn embryos 26 or more cm. long. One specimen (No. 6,256) had 58 embryos, 32 on the left side and 26 on the right side. The normal number seems to be 35-40 embryos. 174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., Food. — This animal will eat almost any animal which it finds in the water or above it, provided it can swallow or capture it. One specimen (No. 6,116) had two frogs {Rana sp.) in its stomach; another (No. 6,260) had a small warmouth (Chcenobryitus gulosus) and a third had other fish remains which were not to be identi- fied. Five of the individuals had internal parasites in the stomach, or about y of all the snakes so troubled were of this species. 12. Tropidonotus fasciatus (Linnaeus): "Moccasin"; "Water Moccasin"; Southern Water Snake; Banded Water Snake. Fig. 11. Ten snakes not of T. taxispilotus were taken in the swamp. These are so variable in coloration and also in scutellation that we hesitate to add to the confusion which obtains in the interpretation of the fasciatus group. Many varieties, subspecies, geographical races, forms or phases have entered the literature of North American Natrices, and these are based mainly on temporal and ocular scutellation, number of scale rows and coloration. These cannot all be assigned faunistic or geographical areas and most of them are as yet likely to appear in one region if a large series be taken. The group is very variable and some of the forms designated may be variants struggling to assume a stable varietal form or geographical place. As yet, how- ever, this gamut of variation apparently appears independent of geographical environments and is almost possible if not actually existent in one region. Therefore, the safer and more conservative course is to place them together and not take any Cratcegus course until more certain of our ground. Intensive localized study and possible breeding as well as extensive geographical collecting with few personal equations seem the hopeful solution of the question. Coloration. — The smallest specimen (No. 6,227) in coloration is T. rhomhifera Hallowell. There are 32 dorsal diamond-shaped rhombs from the vent forward. These are formed by oblique bars which connect the upper angles of the lateral row of spots with the alternating dorsal row. The species T. rhomhifera is considered to be a Mississippi Valley and Texan form, yet this specimen certainly accords with Cope's and Brown's descriptions of T. rhombifera and Ditmar's figure of it. Cope held that it rarely had 25 scales, but Brown finds that more than half of his specimens were with 25 rows, and we firmly believe 23 not out of the range of this color variation. Thus, its limit clearly overlaps the supposed 23-25 range of T. fasciatus. The specimen at hand has 23-23-18 scales. The venter has each gastrostege yellow with the border black. Posteriorly, each urostege is black-bordered, thus giving two rows of yellow spots, 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175 and the under surface of the tail consequently looks darker than the anterior ventral region. These black borders unite on either end of the gastrostege and thus enclose a transverse elliptical central area of yellow. Also along each end of the gastrostege opposite the lateral spot of the side the gastrostegal black border encloses another small area of yellow. Thus, we have a central row of transverse yellow gastrostegal spots and a row on either end of smaller encircled yellow spots, very much like the venter of T. compressicaudus Kenni- cott (see description Brown, p. 34). This species is Floridan and might enter the Okefinokee. Furthermore, T. compressicaudus walkeri has 23 rows of scales as has our specimen. Finally, our specimen (^rJiomhifer-Yike on dorsum except for the neck) has on the neck four black longitudinal bands, the two of either side being connected posteriorly. The labials are yellowish with dark borders. There are no bands on the head. Many of our specimens — in fact, practically all — have the tail quite strongly compressed at its base and heavily carinated, and an examination of supposed T. f. erythrogaster, T. f. transversa, T. cyclo^yium and T. rhombifera material from other localities does not impress us that this relative character is sufficient to set T. compressicaudus apart as a separate form from T. fasciatus. Eight of the ten specimens have no more than 23 scales, and always this number in the middle of the body; three having 23-23-19, two 23-23-17, one 23-23-18, one 23-23-20, and one 21-23-19. Some of these may well be T. f. pictiventris, and were so identified in the field with only Cope's work at hand. This form he restricts to Florida, and he has specimens from Gainesville and Palatka, not far from the Okefinokee. He considers it close to T. compressicaudus in coloration of the belly. But some of our specimens clearly have the compressicaudus-pictiventris coloration to which there is added the reddish abdominal spots of T. fasciatus fasciatus. One specimen (No. 6,228) has no lateral or dorsal spots apparent, the belly an immaculate salmon-pink, except under the tail where a bluish-gray enters, and the scales strongly carinated — all characters of T. fasciatus erythrogaster. Some specimens show the lateral space with reddish or reddish-brown of T. fasciatus fasciatus. Some of the ten showed the yellowish labials with strong black borders and most of these individuals have the two light dots close to the suture of the occipitals. One specimen (No. 6,119) is a uniform grayish or greenish-brown on the back including the head which has no postocular band, and the belly is whitish or yellowish-white with hardh' any suggestion of gastrostegal borders (faded-out brown). Another very large speci- 176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., men with a few reddish bars evident on the sides has a yellow venter with black gastrostegal borders not strong, but on the end of each gastrostege the blue-black of the back encroaches for |-f of an inch and makes a striking lateral border for the yellow of the middle of the venter. Finally, we have another specimen (No. 6,231) with scales 21-25-21 and dorsum grayish-black above. The only marks evident are transverse white dorsal bands J scale wide which become less distinct as the belly is reached. The entire underparts are grayish-white with gastrostegal borders grayish-black. These bor- ders surrounding the urosteges make two rows of encircled spots on the under surface of the tail. It is, we believe, a T. fasciatus, yet far from the ordinary coloration. Dimensions and Variations. — These specimens vary in length from 28-118.7 cm., the tail from 7.9-29 cm., or 3.5-4.5, average 3.7 in the whole length; gastrosteges are from 123-133, the urosteges 6225 6116 6119 6225 6116 6231 Fig. 11. — Tropidonotus fasciatus (Linn.). from 67-85; supralabials 8; infralabials 10, rarely 11, sometimes 10-11 as in two specimens or 11-12 as in one; the temporals are 1-3 in seven specimens, in one of which on both sides the first temporal has captured the normal third temporal of the second row; in No. 6,118 the temporals are 1-2; in No. 6,226, 1-2 on the undestroyed side; in No. 6,225, 1-3 on the right side and 1-2 on the left side. The oculars are 1-3 in eight specimens, but one of these (No. 6,116) has the upper and lower postoculars Avith a strong start towards subdivision, which if completed might give 5 oculars in all; in No. 6,119, the oculars are 1-2, and No. 6,231 on its undestroyed side has 1-2. Thus, we see in ten specimens a strong tendency for the temporal and ocular formulae to vary. The published evidence and material at hand at the present date is not sufficient to determine whether T. compressicaudus and its subspecies, T. bisectiis, T. fascia- tus and its subspecies and T. rhombifera are other than of the T. fasciatus assemblage, and thus we would be inclined to treat them 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 177 until the group is very carefully collected, bred and studied from a large series from several of their supposed geographical habitats. Habits. — This species was not so common as the pied water snake. Like it, however, this snake is called ''water moccasin" by the natives who fear it. One evening, one of us accidentally punctured his thumb on the teeth of a recently killed snake of this species.. The next morning several of the native family very concernedly wished to see how bad the thumb would be. Unlike the pied water snake, it is fairly common on the water prairies and about the edges of the islets ("houses" or "heads") of the prairies. We also took this species in the water ditches on the outskirts of the swamp and along the lumber railroad ditches. We were unable to find a single snake of this species along the larger water courses where the pied water snake apparently replaces it. It seems to be more a form of the moist situations on the islands and possibly in the wooded, swampy parts. In disposition it is like other water snakes, but is a poor second to its relative, T. taxispilotus, in pugnacity. Food. — It feeds largely on aquatic animals. One specimen (No. 6,116), taken May 30, 1912, had two frogs of the most aquatic species of the swamp {Rana sp.) in its stomach and two (Nos. 6,231 and 6,115) had taken a southern meadow frog (Rana pipiens spheno- cephala). Only one of the ten had parasites in its stomach. 13. Storeria dekayi (Holbrook): DeKay's Snake; DeKay's Browo Snake; Little Brown Snake; Brown Snake; Ground Snake; Spotted Snake; Spotted Adder; Brown Grass Snake. Fig. 12. Two specimens (Nos. 6,237, 6,239) were secured between July 15 and November 1, 1912, by Mr. Jackson Lee, of Billy's Island. This form and its congener, the red-bellied snake, are commonly asso- ciated with dry grounds, but certainly at some seasons within the swamp it must find it impossible to find such a habitat, and it may be less averse to wet situations than once thought. Coloration. — Both specimens have the usual grayish-brown or ash-gray on the upper surface with the pale vertebral line bordered by black dots. The venter is white or yellowish-white in alcohol and the row of dots near either end of the gastrostege is present. Besides these, there are finer clots widely separated over the whole belly. The neck has a black band extending from the ends of gastrosteges Nos. 3-5 across the angle of the mouth to the mid-dorsal line where it meets its fellow of the other side. In front of this bar a white band of belly color reaches across the sixth and seventh infralabials and on the sixth and seventh supralabials. The 3d-5th supralabials and the same infralabials are almost entirely black. 12 178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., Several of the other labials are with large black spots or margins. The dorsal head plates of body color are with a strong sprinkling of black. One specimen (No. 6,239) superficially looks almost as black as the specimen of the red-bellied species did. Dimensions and Variations. — The gastrosteges were 135 and 138, respectively; the urosteges 62 and 48. The total lengths were 24.4 cm. and 29.3 cm.; the tails 5.8 and 5.2 cm. or 4j and 5f in the total length. There are 7 supralabials with the eye resting on the 3d and 4th; the infralabials 7; no loreal; temporals 1-2; anal plate divided, in one specimen with a half gastrostege in front of it. The oculars of No. 6,237 are 1-2 on both sides, but on the right side the preocular is almost divided into two, while No. 6,239 the oculars are 2-2. This character coupled with the scales 15-15-15 in both specimens raises the query whether 15 or 17 rows of scales and 2 or 1 6287 6237 6239 6238 6238 Fig. 12. — Upper figures, Sloreria dekayi (Holb.) maculata (Storer) . r\orrr\a\ Lower figures, S. occipito- preoculars are constant differences between S. occipitomaculata and S. dekayi as commonly held. Besides, the red-bellied specimen shows greater variation in preoculars by being 3 instead of 2. Habits. — This species is nocturnal, spending the day beneath logs and stones in rocky situations as well as in meadows. Several^ times the authors have found it in low fields near a marshy stream. Food and Breeding. — The DeKay's snake is not wholly insectivo- rous, as one specimen had 8 gastropods (shells missing) in its stomach. One specimen had 17 small developing eggs, 14 being on the left side. Inasmuch as this was taken after July 15, this would doubtless indicate that this particular specimen of this ovoviviparous species would not have given birth to young until late summer or early fall. 14. Storeria occipitomaculata (Storer): Red-bellied Snake; Storer's Snake; Brown Snake; Ground Snake; Storer's Grass Snake. One specimen (No. 6,238) taken on Billy's Island between July 15 and November 1, 1912, after our departure. This comes well within 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179 the range of the species. This small, largely nocturnal inhabitant beneath stones, logs and other cover usually averages smaller than S. dekaiji, and our specimen proves smaller than the two specimens of the latter species taken in the swamp. The tail is lost, the speci- men measuring 17.9 cm. to the vent. The gastrosteges are 120; scales 15-15-15; temporals 1-2; supralabials 6; infralabials 7. Unlike most of the descriptions, the ocular formulae are 3-2 for both sides, instead of the 2 preocular condition usually noted. On the right side of the head appears a small supranasal above the nostril and at the common corner of the internasal, prefrontal and two nasals. On the left side is a similar plate not touching the internasal. Other specimens from other Georgian localities (Dr. J. C. Bradley, collector) reveal no such condition, and the present specimen may have had some accident, although it is not especially apparent. The head in front of the three occipital color spots is much darker than the rest of the body; in alcohol it looks black — in fact, darker than any other specimen of the species we have ever recorded. The characteristic light spot of the fifth supralabial is, however, not wholly obscured. This specimen, like Hay's record, had a slug in its stomach and insect remains in its rectum. 15. Haldea Striatula (Linn.): Brown Snake; Worm Snake; Ground Snake; Little Striped Snake. Plate III, fig. 4. One specimen was secured on Billy's Island. In the Central States this small snake extends from Minnesota to Texas, while in the Eastern States its range from Virginia southward has not its southern limit well determined. We can find no definite locus beyond W. J. Taylor's (Cope, 1900, p. 1010) record for Nashville, Ga., which is 50 miles northwest of the Okefinokee Swamp. Ditmars^* gives it as extending to Florida, where it might well be, but in this State Loennberg (1895, pp. 317-339) did not secure it. Coloration. — The field description of the color of this specimen is as follows : Color of the back with the skin bluish and scales brownish or opalescent; each scale with fine speckings, which sometimes assume a black edge on the cephalic end of the scale. The color of the dorsal scales extends onto the ends of the gastrosteges, fine speckings accompanying it. The gastrosteges are greenish-yellow or opalescent. A pinkish-like area occurs on the side of the head. It crosses the last lower labial, the 4th and 5th upper labials and first temporal and cephalic ends of the second row of temporals. It then fades as it crosses the middle of the occipital plates. The 34 1907. The Reptile Book, p. 271. 180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., venter of this adult did not impress us as salmon-colored. The total length is 223 mm. and the tail 34 mm,, or 6| times in the total length. In other specimens from other regions the short tail ranges from 5|-7j in the total length. The longest specimen of this species we have seen reached 283 mm. There is no particular deviation from the normal in the scutellation of this specimen. The eye rests on the 4th supralabial and on the posterior end of the third supralabial. The ventral plates are 134, the subcaudals 37. Habits. — -This specimen was found a rod from the thick, swampy cypress edge of Billy's Island. Associated with it was one of the few salamanders found on the trip. The ground was decidedly moist, yet the vegetation was of the pine-barren type. Inasmuch as it was under the cover of a more or less disintegrated log when taken (mid-forenoon), we conclude that it is distinctly a nocturnal form. This specimen had no food within its alimentary tract, but its habitat and previous assertions regarding its food suggest that it feeds on worms, larvae of insects, etc. Breeding. — It is well established that this species is ovo viviparous. Hay^^ (p. 397) discovered a female with 5 embryos. Strecker (p. 50)*^ has a specimen with seven embryos, and Ditmars (1907, p. 272) records that a captive "gave birth to seven young on the 20th of August." This lone female, secured June 15, 1912, has six embryos. These masses in length range from 15-18 mm.; in width from 6-7 mm. The membrane about each is practically transparent; the embryo lays in the middle of one side presenting an apparent cephalic and caudal yolk mass which actually on the opposite side proves continuous from one end to the other. In this species we discovered no parasites, external or internal, and of its enemies know nothing. 16. Thamnophis sauritus saokeni (Kennicott) : Southern Ribbon Snake; Southern Riband Snake; Osten-Sacken's Snake. Fig. 13. Ten specimens in all were taken within the swamp. Its occurrence in Okefinokee Swamp proves interesting in the light of Ruthven's distribution map for this species. He considers it still a question whether this species goes north of the Florida-Georgia line. Of it he writes :^^ ^ Hay, O. P. The Batrachians and Reptiles of the State of Indiana, pp. 409- 610, Indiana Dept. Geol. and Nat. Resources, 17th Ann'l Rept. 1891. Indianapo- Hs, 1892. *8 Strecker, J. K., Jr. Contributions to Texan Herpetology, Baylor Univ. Bull., Vol. XII, No. 1, January, 1909. " Ruthven, A. G. Variations and Genetic Relationships of the Garter Snakes, U. S. N. M. Bull., No. 61, p. 108. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181 "As at present known, the range of sackeni is confined to the southern part of the coastal plain, in southern Mississippi and Florida. This physically recent feature with its low altitude (nowhere more than a few hundred feet above sea level) is characterized by scores of stagnant rivers, lakes, lagoons and swamps. The tem- perature and humidity are high and the rainfall-evaporation ratio exceeds 110 per cent. (Transeau, 1905). The vegetation is rich, and consists of such forms as white cedar, sweet bay, magnolia, tupelo gum, swamp cottonwood, cypress, Quercus texana, etc., in the swamps, and several species of pines on the higher ground. As far as I have been able to find, the form has never been recorded outside of Florida, although Ditmars (1907, p. 219) states that it is distributed in the 'coast regions of South Carolina and Georgia; Florida generally.' Certainly, typical sackeni may be expected to occur somewhat north of the latitude of the northern boundary of Florida, but in this general region it comes in contact with sauritus, and the status of the two forms in the intermediate region must be examined before the northern boundary of sackeni can be even approximately fixed. I must confess to have examined but few specimens from the debat- able region, but the fact that sauritus specimens from the coastal plain from North Carohna northward show a much closer affinity to sackeni than those from central Alabama would seem to indicate that true sackeni pushes farther up the Atlantic coast than in the interior, possibly into Georgia and South Carolina, as Ditmars indicates, which might also be expected in view of its more aquatic habits and its association with the coastal plain conditions through- out the greater part of its range." Coloration. — A color description of a live specimen captured on Billy's Lake is as follows: The venter is opalescent with an opalescent coppery brown on the ends of the gasfcrosteges. In water the two lower rows of scales look greenish-brassy and the lateral stripe straw-colored. The row above the lateral stripe is bordered by a line of black specks; the back scales are olive and the dorsal row, much like in color the two lowest side rows, is defined on either side by fine black specks. The dorsal row is practically absent on the caudal two-thirds of the body. Black postocular stripe over the upper labials. Three other specimens in life did not impress us as rich brown or dark as T. sauritus and appeared more slender. Supplementary notes of color from alcohol and formol specimens are: In some specimens, the dorsal stripe extends to a position 182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., opposite the anus; in one individual also along the tail; in most, however, it is prominent only on the neck. Nowhere does it have the color of the lateral stripes except possibly on the neck region. When the body is distended the intervals between the scales have regular light specks or lines as T. sauritus. Rarely the lateral stripes become more or less obscure, but not wholly absent. The dorsal stripe covers the median dorsal rows and two half rows and the lateral stripe is on the 3d and one half on the 4th row of scales. Dimensions and Variations. — The specimens vary in length from 31-71.5 cm. (12|-28 inches). The latter length compares favorably with T. sauritus lengths, but the specimens may average smaller than that species, though the average of the ten specimens is 48 cm. (19| inches). The extreme slimness of the species acids to its diminutive appearance. The tail ranges from 11.2-23.5 cm. in length or 2.9- 3.25 (average 3) times in the total length. The gastrosteges vary from 149-159, average 154, where Ruthven's extreme begins and almost coincident with his lower extreme for T. sauritus. In all 6235 g235 6123 Fig. 13. — Thamnophis sauritus sackeni (Kenn.). the anal plate is entire. The urosteges range from 95-114, in better accord with the range of Ruthven's T. proximus and far below his range for T. s. sackeni. The scale formula is 19-19-17, except in one where only 19-17-17 obtains. The oculars are 1-3 except in two instances, in one specimen (No. 6,123) they are 1-4 on both sides, in another (No. 6,235) they are 2-3 on the right side and normal on the left; the supralabials remain constantly 8 for all the specimens and the eye rests on the 4th and 5th supralabials; the infralabials are 10 except in two specimens where 11 were recorded on the right side. The temporals are usually 1-2, rarely 1-3; if the third row be counted, it may be 2 or 3 or rareh^ 4 in number. All in all, the relationships of T. proximus, sauritus and sackeni become closer as possible intergrading localities are studied, and no distinction proves so constant as the supralabial character which is not absolute. Habits. — This attractive snake is, to our minds, even more aquatic than T. sauritus, and may be found about the open water courses, on the open "prairies," along the wooded parts of the" Suwanee 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183 River, in the moist situations of the wooded parts of the islands, if not also in the dense cypress thickets. It is beautiful and is extremely lithe of body. It frequents the edges of the little "houses" or islets on the prairies, coursing among the water plants like a true water snake. Of its expert swimming ability we had one fine illustration. On the widest part of Billy's Lake we noticed a small snake several rods ahead. It was halfway across in its course. We raced to head it off, and swift and straight it did make its course. It had almost reached the other shore when one of us hit at it, only to see it dive deftly. It remained under water for a short time and soon re- appeared on its back trail. We circled slowly towards it and when near it stopped. It came immediately to the boat, apparently more from curiosity than from exhaustion. This species must be accredited with very good aquatic skill and endurance. Food. — Its food is mainly small aquatic animals. In one specimen were insect remains. Frogs seem to be a prominent food with this species. Four of the ten had eaten frogs, one having two southern meadow frogs {Rana pipiens sphenocephala) in its stomach and another had one of this same species. Another snake had captured the cricket frog (Acris gryllus) and a fourth had eaten a pine-wood's tree frog {Hyla femoralis), all these frogs except the last suggesting an aquatic foraging ground for the species. Besides the frogs, there were indications that they occasionally eat fish and other animals of the water. Breeding. — Three specimens taken in the early part of July showed the egg development to be not far advanced. One had 5 eggs, another 8 and one 10. The number of young of this ovoviviparous snake is comparatively few and must be born in late summer or early fan. Parasites. — This species and its relative, T. sirtalis ordinatus, were badly afflicted by internal parasites. In one specimen there were parasites in the stomach, others partly in the abdominal cavity and partly through the peritoneum and still others solely between the peritoneum and the skin. In another specimen these occur in the cephalic region and appear from the outside like large protuberances. They lie just beneath the skin or imbedded in the muscles. 17. Thamnophis sirtalis ordinatus (Linnseus): "Highland Moccasin"; Garter Snake; Com- mon Garter Snake; Grass Snake; Little Green Grass Snake; Spotted Garter Snake. The garter snake is common in the swamp, and the local name, "highland moccasin," indicates that the natives consider it more upland and terrestrial than the Natrices or Thamnophis s. sackeni. 184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., Coloration. — The specimens at hand all correspond very closely with T. sirtalis ordinatus (Linnaeus), though our use of the sub- specific name above does not commit us to full recognition of the worth of this subspecies. The lateral stripe is absent or very indis- tinct in one or two specimens. The dorsal stripe is very distinct in only one specimen (No. 6,221). In all the others it is entirely absent or indistinct. In some specimens the three rows of spots of each side show very beautifully; on the venter the snakes are bluish-gray, except for the throat and chin which are yellowish-white. There is a black spot near the end of each gastrostege. In some specimens the cephalic gastrostegal borders are black and thus connect the gastrostegal spot of either end of the gastrostege. In two specimens these spots are practically absent or obscured. One example, the largest, is melanistic in appearance and the end of each gastrostege and its gastrostegal spot is covered with the dark body color. In all the supralabials are dark edged, but the infralabials are immaculate except in two or three of the largest specimens, where there are dark edges as on the supralabials. Dimensions and Variations. — The fifteen specimens vary in length from 32.7-78.2 cm. (13-28^ inches); the tail is 7^17.6 cm. or 3tV- 4|- in the total length (average 4:^-^) ; the gastrosteges have a small range from 136-146, or average 141 (ten of the fifteen have 141 or 140); the urosteges arc 66-77, or average 70. The scale rows are very constant, being 19-19-17, except in No. 6,223 where they are 19-19-15; the supralabials 7; the infralabials 10 except in one case of 11. In all the loreal is present and the oculars are consistently 1-3, except in two specimens where they are 1-4 on one side; six of the specimens have the temporals 1-2 on both sides, one specimen 1-3 on both sides, and eight specimens with the temporals 1-2 on one side and 1-3 on the other side. The anal plate is entire. Breeding. — Of this ovoviviparous snake we took only two females with embryos developing. The largest specimen (No. 6,160), taken June 26, 1912, had 25 embryos or eggs little advanced in development. Another small specimen had only 8 embryos in it. From the con- dition of these eggs, birth could not come before the middle of August or later as with our garter of the North. Food. — This form was found to be one of the most terrestrial of the snakes of the swamp, both in the places where captured and by local reputation and by examination of their food contents. One snake had eaten the small dwarf or oak toad {Bufo quercicus) and another had two of this species. In two instances, the larger southern 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185 toad {Bufo I. lentiginosus) proved the prey. Two others had eaten the narrow-mouthed frog {Engystoma carolinense) and the pine- wood's tree frog (Hyla femoralis). In two specimens many small beetles were found in the stomachs with the frogs and one had nothing but beetles. All except one of the specimens with food had Anura, and beetles seemed the second important food of this species. Parasites. — Three of these snakes were afflicted with internal parasites. The natives call this species "highland moccasin," because of its habitat and because of its supposed poisonous nature. Certainly, it is strange that in their crude way this observing and simple people should have associated it with Tropidonotus, as they surely do in calling it "highland moccasin," in contradistinction to "water moccasin." 18. Ancistrodon piscivorous Lacepede: "Moccasin"; "Green-tailed Moccasin"; Water Moccasin; Cotton-moutii Moccasin; Cotton-mouth; Stump-tailed Moccasin. Fig. 14. The water moccasin is common in the swamp. In the three collections from the swamp we have sixteen specimens, seven taken between May 29- July 15, 1912, seven from Julj^ 15-November 1, 1912, and two taken in the fall of 1913. Coloration.- — -The smallest specimen taken, measuring 38.3 cm., shows a decided similarity to A. contortrix in coloration, only the body color is more brownish than the light brown or drab of the copper- head. There are thirty-two vertical bars in twos, these individual bars being one or two scales wide. In the cephalic half of the body two bars of one side alternate with two of the other side. Two bars form a diamond inclosing an area of the lighter body color. In this lighter area there is usually a small spot of color like the bars. In the caudal half of the body the two bars of one side may be opposite two of the other side and unite across the back, making a cross-band. On the tail are seven cross-bands. The caudal half of the tail, both dorsum and venter, is greenish-yellow in this small specimen. This stage of the moccasin the natives consider another species, "the green-tailed moccasin." Opposite the intervals between two sets of bars and opposite the space inclosed by two bars there is on the end of the gastrostege a black spot 1| the width of the gastrostege. In the front half of the body the black spots of one side of the venter alternate with those of the other side. In the caudal region where the sets of bars are opposite each other as are the intervals, these gastrostegal spots also are opposite, merge and are not so conspicuous. As the snakes get older the dark ventral blotches become less dis- tinct and the yellow or yellowish-white ground color of the venter 186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., more dominant, the cross-bands of the back ahiiost disappear or persist last in the cephalic half of the body, also occasionally near the anus. In all (except two) of the large specimens the tail is perfectly black on the venter, and this usually extends ahead of the anus for 20-30 gastrosteges; in one large specimen (No. 6,214) the same ventral area both ahead of the anus and on the underside of the tail was merely heavily blotched with black. In the young speci- mens the labials are heavily marked with rich brown which is more or less obscure in adults. Usually the upper labials in the adults are immaculate or with few dark spots, but the infralabials retain more or less of the brownish markings of the young stage. The postocular brown band bordered below by the yellowish labial line and above by a pale streak is persistent in all. 6210 6210 6129 6127 6215 Fig. 14. — Ancistrodon piscivorus Lacep. Dimensions and Variations. — These specimens vary in length from 38.3-96.7 cm., the tail 6.5-15.1 cm., or usually 6 times in the total length, the range being 5|-6j times; the gastrosteges are 133-144, the average 141; the urosteges 45-52, the average 48; anal entire; usually the first urostege is divided, then follows 25-30 entire individual urosteges, with the remaining caudal ones divided. The strongly keeled scale rows range from 28-25-23 to 25-25-21, in all the count being 25 around the middle of the body; usually the supralabials are 8 in number, five of the sixteen specimens, however, have variations. One has 7 on the right side and 9 on the left side, two specimens 9 and 8 and two 8 and 7; the 3d and 6th supralabials are largest; eye resting on the 3d, except in three instances where 9 supralabials occur. Then, the eye rests on the 4th, because the extralabial comes in the normal second or third area. The approach 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187 to Toxicophis pugnox B. and G. is carried even closer in several. In No. 6,210 with 7-8 supralabials the triangular point of the second labial has been forced just above the labial border on the right side and on the left side just reaches it; in Nos. 6,213 on the left side and 6,133 on the right side it enters the labial border, while in No. 6,129 the point is just excluded from the border. The infralabials range from 10-11, the latter number predominating. Besides the inferior loreal, this species occasionally has another loreal in front of the pit, as in the copperhead, and the absence of this plate is not so constant for A. piscivorus as it might be thought. In No. 6,215 it appears on both sides cut off from supralabial No. 2; in No. 6,127 it appears on the left side; in Nos. 6,130 and 6,132 it is on the right side. Thus, in five of the sixteen this distinguishing character between A. contortrix and A. piscivorus appears in the latter. The temporals may be 2-2, 3-3, 4:-A, 4-5, 5-4, 6-4, 6-5. The oculars are usually 2-3, though 2-2, 2-4, 3-2, 3-3, 3-4 and 4-3 also occur. Habits. — The "moccasin" is the Crotaline snake of the swamp. It frequents the thickety edges of the cypress ponds on the islands, occurs around the wooded edges of the water stretches and where the woods of the island's border meet the piney woods, also along th€ water-courses and quite generally through the swamp. On the prairies they are not so common as in the wet, woody parts. They lie on the little hummocks above the water and slide in at one's approach. The Okefinokee Swamp is no place for the collector wdio has been reared in harmless snake country where the method of capture is to step on your prey. One of the authors instinctively tried it on a supposed T. taxispilotus, and fortunately just missed one of the biggest of the sixteen moccasins captured. They are rather sluggish, yet those who know poisonous snakes handle them very carefully. In spite of the presence of so many moccasins, the children go barefoot. On the hunting trips for bear and deer the men of the Lee family frequently travel all day barefoot, and Mr. Bryant Lee has twice been bitten in the large toe by a moccasin. In such cases, usually the dogs which are ahead avoid the snake, but the hunters immediately behind step on them. In both of these injuries the patient's leg and part of his side swelled to twice their normal proportions. He recovered from both experiences. These simple people could find no cure for it and in the second case thought some ''Cuban relief" efficacious. We suspect the ingredients of this nostrum to be alcohol, although we are not positive of it. The presence of such creatures as alligators, alligator snappers and 188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mai., moccasins do not deter the family from swimming. One day our whole camp and the male members of the Lee family took a swim at Billy's Lake landing, and soon a moccasin swam from one hummock to another through the party's midst and the snake was captured as well. In another instance one of the small boys came into camp Avith a large dead moccasin in one hand and a live spreading adder in the other. Upon inquiry we found that the boys went in bathing in a small pool 2x6 feet near their house only to find two large moccasins there before them. One they killed, the other escaped. These side lights which we would think make life precarious shows how the natives view existence in such an environment. None of our specimens is more than 6| inches in circumference, but the Lees assert that they reach 9 or 10 inches or even more. This snake is dangerous, pugnacious and ill-natured if tormented or pinned beneath a log or pushed into a corner, and care needs to be exercised after your game is supposedly dead, for the striking pro- pensity is one of the last to leave the reflexive dead reptile. As one member of the party, a hater of snakes, said, "After it is dead, give it two more licks for safety's sake." Breeding. — This snake is ovoviviparous. Two females taken June 10 and 22, 1912, respectively, each (Nos. 6,131, 6,130) had 5 embryos not far advanced. Another taken June 12, 1912 (No. 6,127), had IQ embryos in about the same stage, and another specimen (No. 6,213) taken between July 15 and November 1, 1912, had 5 embryos, some of which were not far from hatching. Food. — The food of this species is considered to be fish, frogs and other aquatic animals. They seek the transient pools of the islands for stranded killifishes and tadpoles. One individual had a young soft-shelled turtle {Platijpeltis ferox) in its stomach and others fish remains. The other individuals had each a frog (Rana sp.) in the stomach. Parasites. — Several of the snakes had in the stomach and intes- tines parasites among the food and at other times the parasites alone. In fact, only the spreading adder excelled it in the number of specimens with parasites, six of the sixteen moccasins having them and these six being } of all the snakes thus afflicted. 19. Sistrurus miliarius (Linnseus): Ground Rattler; Ground Rattlesnake; Small Rattlesnake; Pigmy Rattlesnake; Southern Pigmy Rattlesnake. One specimen was taken May 31, 1912, four specimens from July 15-November 1, 1912, by the Lees, and another September, 1913, by Prof. J. C. Bradley and Paul Battle. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189' Coloration. — In coloration they agree very well with the descrip- tions for the species, the red vertebral line being very conspicuous^ as are the three rows of alternating black spots of either side. The venter is whitish with numerous black blotches and spots. Dimensions and Variations. — The measurements of the six are as follows : Gastro- Total No. steges Urosteges. length. Tail. 6,243 143 27 35.1cm. 3.7 cm. 6,244 136 36 25.5 " 3.3 " 6,245 132 34 23.5 " 3.5 '' 6,246 143 31 48.3 " 6.0 " 6,247 135 33 52.3 " 6.5 " 6,109 146 32 39.5 '' 5.0 " Supra- Infra- No. Scales. labials. labials. Rattles. 6,243 23-23-20 10-11 11-11 2 6,244 22-21-21 10-10 11-11 - 1 6,245 21-21-19 10-11 11-11 1 6,246 23-23-17 10-10 11-11 5 6,247 25-23-18 10-10 11-11 3 6,109 25-23-17 " 10-10 11-11 5 In all the loreal between preocular and postnasal is present; the ocular ring of scales from 6-9 in number; the anal entire. Habits. — This species apparently appears second in abundance of the four Crotalids recorded in the swamp, the moccasin exceeding- it in abundance. It was the first form of the four to be seen and the first specimen was stepped upon and calmly picked up back of the neck by one member of the party, he not being aware that it was poisonous at all. Breeding. — Like the other poisonous Crotalids this species is ovoviviparous, but the number of young is few, usually from five to nine being the range. One 14-inch specimen (No. 6,243) taken between July 15-November 1, 1912, has eight medium-sized embryos, the caudal one being the smallest. Another, the largest specimen (19 inches long), taken September, 1913, has nine embryos. Food. — This species is supposed to feed on frogs and field mice. One individual had in its rectum the remains of several beetles, grasshoppers, spiders and the ribs and pieces of skin of a very small snake or lizard. Another specimen had in its stomach the hind legs and tail of the ground lizard {Lygosoma laterale), the tail pointing forward. This conforms to the rule with almost all the snakes of the Okefinokee collection. In almost every instance vertebrate 190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., food is swallowed head first. The largest spechnen (No. 6,251) had the stomach full of parasites and in the intestine just back of the stomach were a few more. 20. Crotalus adamanteus Beauvais : Diamond Rattlesnake ; Diamond-back Rattlesnake ; " Rattlesnake." One specimen was taken during our stay in the swamp. On June 21, 1912, Mr. Jackson Lee secured it in the late afternoon in the Pocket. His dog had discovered it and Mr. Lee "crooned" (threw a chunk) it with a chunk of wood, but the rattles were broken off in the process. The specimen must have been 4|-5 feet long, for the leng-th to the anus is 115 cm. The gastrosteges are 181; anal entire; scales 29-27-21; three rows of scales between suboculars and labials; seven rows between supraoculars which are transversely ridged; loreal, one on the right side and two on the left side. Two or three other diamond-backs were killed on the west border of the swamp near Fargo while we were in the swamp. This largest of our poisonous snakes proves a serious economic factor to the inhabitants of Okefinokee Swamp. The Lees assert that in 1910 alone they lost 10-15 head of hogs killed by this species and other rattlers. In some seasons the rattlers and bears com- bined compel the Lees to go outside the swamp for new hog stock. They further contend that hogs are not wholly immune, but that the hogs will eat dead rattlers, preferring the heads. At other times they eat the heads first and later the body, or in some instances the whole snake at once. They are not so certain that the hogs are such mortal enemies of the rattlers as they are reputed to be. In some seasons the rattlers are very common; during the season of 1912 they were scarce, as the one capture shows. They occur throughout the swamp. On Minne Lake Islands they are frequent. Doubtless this is due to the infrequent visits of the swamp's inhabitants who almost invariably record them there on their hunting trips, having counted as many as 14 on one expedition. On our last trip to the Minne Lake Islands one of the native dogs was bitten by a rattle- snake, Ijut reached Billy's Island two days after our arrival. It travelled two miles throughout the thickest swampy tangle of the swamp, swam Billy's Lake and appeared with its fore leg badly swollen from the bite, but it soon recovered, as they frequently but not always do. 21, Crotalus horridus Linnaeus: Banded Rattlesnake; Timber Rattlesnake; Common Rattle- snake; Rattlesnake; Cane Rattler; Cane-brake Rattler; " Siminole Rattler." One specimen was recorded June 25, 1912, by Prof. J. C. Bradley and Mr. P. Battle on the short-cut trail to Gallberry Island. The 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191 snake was about 5 feet long. In the collection made by Messrs. Jackson and Lemuel Lee, July 15-November 1, 1912, we have a fine specimen, ^he other specimen was secured in the fall of 1913 by J. C. Bradley and Paul Battle. Coloration. — The coloration of the- larger specimen (No. 6,255) is a pinkish-gray. In the cephalic end of the body there is on either side of the back and sides a series of three rows of alternate spots for a distance corresponding to four zigzag bands. The upper row of each side is separated from the one of the other side by a reddish- yellow band 3 scales wide which runs along the middle of the back for quite a distance until the chevron bands begin. Then it con- tinues along the back between the chevron spots almost to the anus. This dorsal band shows better in the small specimen (No. 6,250). Beyond the series of three rows of alternating spots on the neck region come three bands which have not the lower row of spots united with them. Then follows 18 zigzag cross-bands to the anus and 4 on the tail, which is not completely black. The first of these four does not completely encircle the tail as the subsequent ones do. In the smaller specimen there are 5 black bands on the tail, the first three not complete on the venter, and ahead of the anus there are 26 bands, six of which are not wholly united. The median point of the chevron is directed backward and the angle on the sides points forward, the latter point usually being on the 7th-9th row of scales. The black bands are 2 scales Avide and the ground- color intervals 5-6 scales wide. Occasionally half black bands appear with no counterpart on the other side. The venter is lighter than the back, j-et heavily speckled with the ground color of the back. These specimens well agree with the so-called cane- brake form of the South. Dimensions and Variations. — The total length of the larger speci- men is 118.7 cm., the tail 14.5 cm., or 8| in the total length, and with 14 rattles; anal entire; gastrosteges 178; the urosteges 22; scales 26-24-20; oculars 7; supralabials 14, the 4th the largest; infralabials 18 on the right side and 17 on the left side; two loreals. The smaller specimen is 38.5 cm. long; the tail 3.3 cm., or llf in the total length; anal entire; scales 27-(23-25)-21; orbital ring 8 on one side and 7 on the other side; infralabials 14. In both specimens there are three rows of scales between the eye and the supralabials; the larger specimen has the first row of body scales smooth. The natives described to us a large rattler as large as a diamond- backed rattler and called it the "Siminole rattler," which we pro- 192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar., visionally identified as C. horridus, and later Prof. J. C. Bradley's capture verified this identification in the fall of 1913. On Mixon's Hammock, Jmie 16, 1912, we also found beneath an o^ I roof on the ground the cast skin of this species. Explanation of Plates I-III. Plate I. — Fig. 1. — Carapace of PlatypeUis ferox. Fig. 2. — Carapace of PlatypeUis ferox. Fig. 3. — Skull of Macroclemmys temminckii. Fig. 4. — Skull of PlatypeUis ferox. Fig. 5. — Skull of Chelydra serpentina. Plate II. — Fig. 1. — Eggs of Alligator mississippiensis. Fig. 2. — Eggs of Cnemidophorus sexlineatus. Fig. 3. — Eggs of Cinosternum pennsylvanicum. Fig. 4. — Eggs of Chrysemys floridana. Fig. 5. — Eggs of Chelydra serpentina. Fig. 6. — Eggs of PlatypeUis ferox. Plate III. — Fig. 1. — -Ovarian egg of Diadophis pundatus. Fig. 2. — Ovarian egg of Elaphe obsoletus. Fig. 3. — Ovarian egg of Cemophora coccinea. Fig. 4. — Embryos of Haldea striatula. Fig. 5. — Egg of Coluber constrictor. Fig. 6. — Egg of Chrysemys floridana. Fig. 7. — Ovarian egg of Heterodon platyrhinus. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1915. PLATE I. REPTILES OF THE OKEFINOKEE SWAMP. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 191.5. PL.\1E ,< REPTILES OF THE OKEFINOKEE SWAMP. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1915. PLATE III. WM ■■ Hj^H ^^m iH m' ^ m ^m^l BHP iSi H^H y ^^B ^^0 ^^V / ^^^^^^^^^^^H ^^■^,'^' i^^^l f "^^1 i ^^^^ ji^^^H ^^^Ha ^^^^^^^^^^^^^h^^^^h ^H ';;>; '^^H '*^' ^H K ^V^~ ' .^H ■?' ^M L ^.^1 1 H^lr. .^H ^^V' '^^^^^^^^^^^^1 ^ta^B^^^^C * ^^^^C~ ' -^^^^^^H ■ H H ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H REPTILES OF THE OKEFINOKEE SWAMP. 1915 ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 193 April 20. Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair. One hundred and thirty persons present. The Council reported that Dr. Spencer Trotter had l^een ap- pointed a member of the Library Committee to fill the vacancy caused by the death of Dr. Thomas Biddle. The Publication Committee reported the reception of papers under the following titles: "A further contribution to the knowledge of the Orthoptera of Argentina," by James A. G. Rehn (April 1). "The earUest Samoan prints," by WiUiam Churchill (April 7). Mr. Theodore Justice made a finely illustrated communication on the evolution of the horse. The following were ordered to be printed: 13 194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., PRATICOLELLA. BY E. G. VANATTA. An examination of the anatomy of several United States land mollusks, which were supposed to belong to the genus Polygyra, has made it necessary to transfer them to the genus PraticoleUa. The species may be distinguished as follows: PraticoleUa griseola (Pfr.). Helix griseola Pfr., Symb. Hist. Hel., I, p. 41 (1841). This is a white shell with spiral brown bands, a thin lip, and obscure microscopic spiral striae upon the apex. The anatomy is unknown. PraticoleUa berlandieriana (Moric). Fig. 1. Helix (Helocogena) berlandieriana Moric, Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Geneve, VI, p. 537, pi. 1, fig. 1 (1833). A species similar in color and sculpture to the preceding, but with a very thick lip. The genitalia (fig. 1) of a specimen in the collection of The Academy of Natural Sciences, No. 76,209, from Victoria, Tex., collected by Hon. J. D. Mitchell, has a very long, hollow, finger-shaped, somewhat glandular appendix upon the penis. The verge is shorter than in P. pachyloma Mke. The penis retractor is divided, so that the largest branch is united to the apex of the phallus and two smaller branches are attached at the base of the penial gland with the vas deferens passing between. The surface of the interior of the verge is longitudinally plicate, while that of the appendix is granular. The spermatheca bulb is oval. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195 Praticolella pachyloma (Mke.). Fig. 2. Helix -pachyloma Mke., Zeitsch. fiir Mai., IV, p. 32 (1847). This shell is globose, translucent corneous, with a white'lip and very obscure microscopic spiral strise on the apex. The genitalia (fig. 2) of a specimen. No. 104,75-1, A. N. S. Phila., from Seabrook, Tex., collected by Mr. H. H. Wenzel, has a rather short, hollow, finger-shaped, somewhat glandular appendix. The verge is long and much folded. The surface of the interior of the phallus and the penial gland is granular and. without longitudinal plications. The penis retractor has two subequal branches, one united to the apex of the verge and the other attached at the base of the penial gland. The vas deferens is long, folded and bound to the phallus hj the branch of the retractor muscle at base of the appendix. The spermatheca bulb is reniform. Praticolella mobiliana (Lea). Fig. 3. Helix mobiliana Lea, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, II, p. S2 (1841). It is usually smaller and more depressed than the preceding species, and is translucent l^rown, with a deep groove back of the broadly reflexed lip which often has a reddish tinge. The apex has very obscure microscopic spiral strise. The genitalia (fig. 3) of a specimen in the Acad- emy's collection. No. 106,000, from near Mobile, Ala., col- lected by Mr. H. P. Loding, has a conical penis with a padlike penial gland on one- side. The retractor muscle is attached to the apex of the penis. The vas deferens is rather short. The thin-walled phallus and its appendix are longitudinally corrugated within; the convex side of the penial gland is glandular as in P. pachyloma Mke., but it is not 196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., long and finger-shaped. I propose a new section, Farragutia, for this species. Praticolella mobiliana floridana n- var. Figs. 4, 5, 6. This is a form which differs from the typical P. mohiliana Lea by having a peculiar callus on the lip, as shown in the figures. Alt. 4.6, diam. 6.8, apert. alt. 3.1, diam. 3.9 mm. Type number 11,445, A. N. S. Phila., from Volusia County, Florida, collected by Mr. G. W. Webster (1892); also in the collection from Jacksonville, Fla., collected by Morgan Hebard and James A. G. Rehn (August 25, 1911). The structure of the genitalia is unknown. Praticolella bakeri n. sp. Figs. 7, 8, 9. Shell globose, translucent, corneous, rather grayish above the periphery; spire moderately elevated; whorls 5; suture impressed; surface rather dull, with irregular growth striae, indistinct spiral lines and peculiar obliciue microscopic lines; apex obtuse, with obscure microscopic spiral striae and about 10 or 12 spaced spiral lines; umbilicus small; aperture rounded-lunate; upper lip straight; outer and basal lips reflexed, red with a pink callus within and an orange- red band in the shallow groove back of the peristome; parietal callus thin. Alt. 7.9, diam. 10.7, apert. alt. 5, diam. 6.2 mm. Type No. 107,452, A. N. S. Phila., from Zellwood, Orange Co., Fla., collected by Mr. C. A. Baker. This species differs from P. jejuna Say by the larger size, more globose outline, the orange-red band back of the reflexed lip. It 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197 differs from P. pachijloma Mke. by the sculpture of the apex and the shallower groove back of the peristome. Unfortunately, the animal was lost, but from notes made at the time of cleaning the shell, the genitalia were similar to those of P. jejuna Say, but with a very short finger-shaped penial gland. Praticolella lawae (Lewis). Fig. 10. Helix {Mesodon) lawii Lewis, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1874, p. 118. This species has a pustulate apex and a parietal tooth. The genitalia (fig. 10) of a specimen in the collection of the Academy, No. 90,722, (^ '^P; from Calera, Ala., collected by Mr. H. H. Smith and presented by Mr. G. H. Clapp, has a hollow penial gland. The verge is rather short and abruptly folded at the insertion of the appendix and half way between this point and the attachment of the long retractor muscle at the apex. The vas deferens is rather short. The interior of the verge and the hollow penial gland is longitudinally corrugated, while the convex side of the appendix is thick, and granular on the inner surface. The spermatheca bulb is oval. Praticolella lawae tallulahensis (Pils.). Polygyra lawoe tallulahensis Pils., Nautilus, XII, p. 22 (1898). This shell has a pustulate apex, the peristome is much like P. mohiliana Lea. The anatomy is not known. Praticolella jejuna (Say). Helix jejuna Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., II, p. 158 (1821). This is a smaller shell than P. bakeri, having a diameter of 5-6 mm., with 10 or 12 spaced spirals on the apex; the lip is white and not reflexed. The genitalia have been figured .in the Nautilus, XX, p. 33 (1906). The penis retractor has one attachment at the apex of the phallus, and the penial gland is very long and finger-shaped. Praticolella jejuna clavis n. var. This shell differs from P. jejuna by being larger, white and has 5 whorls. Alt. 5.5, diam. 8 mm. Types No. 100,126, A. N. S. Phila., collected by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry on No Name Key, Florida, in 1907. All these shells have a peculiar oblique microscopic striation on the surface of the newer whorls. 198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Of several other names which have been placed in the synonomy by various authors, it should be explained that Helix cicercula Desh. [not Gld. 1846] in Fer. Hist., I, p. 390, IV, pi. 107, figs. 4-10 [1851], figs. 4-6 are P. griseola Pfr., and figs. 7-10 are P. yachyloma Mke. Bradybcena pisum Beck, Index Moll., p. 18 (1837), and Helix splendidula Anton, Verz. d. Conch., p. 36 (1839), are not accom- panied with a diagnosis. Helix albocincta Binney (1841), Helix albolineata Gld. (1847) and Helix albozonata Binney (1847) are various names for the same shell in Binn. Ter. Moll. U. S. Helix vircjinalis "Jan." Pfr., Zeitsch. ftir Mai., 1848, p. 115, judging from Reeve's figure, is a white, slightly carinated shell and may not be a Praticolella. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199 THE EARLIEST SAMOAN PRINTS. BY WILLIAM CHURCHILL. The ethnica of the Wilkes Exploring Expedition (1837-1841) underwent a series of disasters of such gravity that it is sur- prising that anything was preserved. The official collections, knowTi to have been of great magnitude and unrivalled importance, were lost in the wreck of one of the vessels of the squadron on the Columbia bar in Oregon. A surrogate collection was hastil}'' assembled by Wilkes by annexing the specimens which had come into the possession of officers and men. This second and inferior collection reached Washington in 1842, vanished from sight for fifty years and was not discovered until 1892,^ when I had the melan- choly pleasure of installing in the National Museum all that had survived the decay of half a century. All the perishable materials had by that time gone into the end-products of decomposition. When the squadron put into Botany Bay, after completing the survey of the islands from Tahiti to Fiji, the members of the civilian scientific staff were landed as a matter of convenience, while the naval officers went upon their dash toward the South Pole and the discovery of Antarctica, only recently confirmed. In the civil staff was Titian R. Peale, a young member of an old and respectable family of Philadelphia. It is through him that The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia is in possession of one of the best collections of Polynesian ethnica any^vhere in the world. Others are larger, but none is so seriously representative of the period before foreign contamination had been introduced. The records show little of the manner in which Peale's collection escaped the com- mandeering by Wilkes after the disaster at the Columbia; but it is evident that Peale landed his treasures when he went ashore at Botany Bay and that thence he secured transport by way of London to the United States. In due course of time he deposited these important objects with The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, in his home to^vn, where now they are displayed in a satisfactory manner and are available through the courtesy of the Academy for purposes of study. 1 It had been placed in the cellar of the Smithsonian Institution and buried under many tons of incombustible coal. 200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Specimen No. 10,615 in the Peale Collection is a pile of small basketry from Samoa, half a dozen pieces of the common envelope type still in Samoan use. It is labelled "School Satchel." In connection with the date, 1839, this label led me to comment that at that time it would be somewhat proleptic to use the designation School Satchels, in view of the fact that the mission had then scarcely secured a foothold in Samoa. In continuation I informed the Curator that basketry of that size and form was intended to hold leaf tobacco and dry banana leaves for cigarettes, for I have been assured by James Dwight Dana that tobacco was found indigenous in the South Sea. Handling the satchel which lay on top of the heap, I noticed that it weighed more than I should expect, and that led to my discovery of printed matter contained therein. So far as my information extends, these pieces of printed matter are absolutely unique. I have assured myself that they do not exist in mission collections in Samoa, nor yet at the home of the London Missionary Society; they are not in the British Museum, nor can I find them of record in any library custody. It is an infer- ence, but there is much to commend it, that these pieces constitute a complete collection of Samoan prints up to the time of the visit of the Wilkes expedition in 1839. It would appear that Peale displayed an interest in the work of the mission, and a natural response on the part of those who were laboring in that field would be to supply as complete a collection as possible to show what they had already accomplished. The following memoranda will serve to identify the several pieces in necessary bibliographic detail : (1) E Mou I Imene | o lea foi le | Talafaalelei | i le 1 ATUA 1 ua imene i latou imene. Mataio. | Huahine [ Neia i te nenei raa a te I mau misionari | 1836. This is a single sheet, 278 x 437 mm., folded into 24 pages, con- taining 26 hymns. (2) 0 I le upu aoai i na, ma le upu ] a | Paulo ra; [ ua na liu i le upu 1 Samoa | la aoao le mou tagata le upu moni a le Atua, | a ola latou. Huahine. | Printed at the Mission Press. \ 1837. This consists of one signature of 12 pages and one of 8 pages, 112 x184 mm. (3) 0 I le upu a le mou tagata anamua, | ma | Atamo, ma | Apera- amo I e ma | tagata tele uma | ua na liu i le upu | Samoa | E aoga lo le lelei le loto, e iloa latou e le Atua. | lesu. \ Huahine: | Printed at the Mission Press I 1837. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201 Four signatures of 12 pages, one signature of 8 pages, 112 x 184 mm. (4) 0 I le Upu I ia | losefa | na faamatalaina [ o le upu Samoa. | Faapefea le taulealea i le faamama i lona savaliga? ia | toaga lelei iai, ia tatau i lau upu. Davida. | Rarotoga | Printed at the Mission Press 1837. This is unbound and consists of two signatures of 12 pages each and one of 8 pages. It measures 117 x 190 mm. (5) 0 lesu Mesia Aruna Moni. Leaflet of four pages, 110 x 171 mm.; footline on page 4: Raro- toga. Printed at the Mission Press. October, 1837. (6) Isi Nei | SALAMO | a Tavita | (on footline) Upolu :— Printed at the London Missionary Society's Press M.DCCC.XXXIX. A single sheet broadside, 278x437 mm., containing Psalms 117, 122, 128, 130, 121, 131, 133, in two columns. (7) 0 I le Uluai Tusi | ma | Tama iti | (ornament of children sup- porting X Commandments) '' Ina aoao ia i a outou fanau. " 0 ]\lose. | Upolu: — I Printed at the London Missionary Society's Press. | M.DCCC.XXXIX. Pamphlet of 16 pages, 118 x 171 mm., bound in paper cover. (8) O le Tala | i | Lotu ese ese | (ornament of X Commandments) "E tasi lava le Alii, e tasi le faalogo, e tasi | le papataizoga. " 0 Paulo i Efesia. | L^polu: — ■ | Printed at the London Missionary Society's Press. | 1839. Stitched, 12 pages, 105 x 178 mm. (9) A I Matua Vosa | Vakaviji. Four pages of alphabet, numerals, and spelling exercises. And A I Kosipeli | i \ Maciu This is a mutilated copy: signature 1 has lost pages 5-8, leaving torn edges. The signature was made up in duodecimo and on page 12 is the footline, Printed at the Wesleyan Mission Press, Vavau, Feb. 1838 (W. A. ] Brooks. The second signature continues Chapter VII of Saint Matthew's Gospel at verse 7 and runs through pages independently numbered 1-6, the remainder torn out. Both the foregoing titles are bound in a stiff paper cover, blue on pages 1 and 4, the white inner pages 2 and 3 show parts of a catechism or book of Bible questions in Fijian containing pages 10, 15 and 18 complete, together with the upper six lines of pages 11, 14 and 19. These prints are interesting as showing the movement of the press in the South Seas. We note the items. 202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Huahine imprint. The first press in the South Seas was brought to Tahiti by the London Missionary Society about 1818 on the restoration of their work following the failure of the first settlement of the party which was sent out to Tahiti, Tonga and the Marquesas on the Duff "in 1799. The first three items in this list do not, there- fore, represent the first product of the press in Tahiti, for a con- siderable mass of literature had by 1837 been accumulated in Tahitian. But they do show that when the need first arose for religious prints in the evangelization of Samoa, it was necessary to employ the Tahiti press at Huahine as being the only one accessible. John Williams began his mission in Samoa in 1835 by a brief visit and returned in 1837; it is clear that the first three items were the product of his learning somewhat of the Samoan language in his first visit and that on his return to Tahiti he made this provision for his perma- nent settlement. Rarotoga imprint. A second and better press was received in Tahiti in 1837 and the old machine then became available for the new mission in Rarotonga which had been established by John Williams on his way to Samoa in 1835. To this we owe items 4 and 5. Upolu imprint. A new press was sent out from London in 1839 for the Samoan mission, and the Rev. John B. Stair was detailed to that field because of his knowledge of practical printing. It is not unreasonable to infer that the broadside of Psalms (item 6) is the first sheet run off the Samoan press, and that item 7 was the next, for we note that these two items use Roman numerals with points for the date and that it is not until we reach item 8 that we find Arabic numerals. That the Samoan printery was fairly well equipped we observe from the fact that items 7 and 8 are the only ones stitched or covered in the Polynesian series. Vavau imprint. Less is known of the introduction of the press into Tonga. Item 9 shows that it was used for the printing of religious material for the mission in Fiji, which was subordinate to the Wesleyan establishment in Tonga. That this alphabetary and fragment of the Gospel of Saint Matthew was not the first Fijian product of that press is evidenced by the fact that the binding shows the use of wasted sheets of a former print. - 2 Included in the same parcel is an undated specimen from another linguistic province. This is a small square octavo of six signatures without page numbers, stitched with fiber, bound with famihar Chinese red paper. The title occupies the upper third of page 1, as follows: Pinag Daanang Buhay nang | Princesa Adriana sa Caharian | nang Antioquia at nang | Principe Pantinople | sa Francia. This translation of a Spanish Novelette into one of the Philippine languages was undoubtedly acquired by Peale when the expedition visited the Sulu Islands. 1915,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203 NOTES ON NEMATOGNATHOUS FISHES. BY HENRY W. FOWLER. The present account comprises an annotated list, with descrip- tions of several "new species, belonging to the Ostariophysian order Nematognathi, contained in the collection of the Academy. SILURID^. TACHYSURIN.'E. Felichthys pinnimaculatus (Steindachner). One from Panama. Felichthys marinus (Mitchill). Harvey Cedars, Great Egg Harbor, Corson's Inlet, Sea Isle City, New Jersej^; Womita Haulover, Nicaragua. Galeichthys felis (Linnseus). Bayport and Big Pine Key, Florida. Selenaspis herzbergii (Bioch). One example 137 mm. long from Dutch Guiana (Dr. C. Hering). This closel}' resembles Hexanematichthys hymenorrhinus Bleeker^ from "Guatimala, " a species not included in Regan's work on Central American fishes, and usually merged with the present as a synonym. My specimen agrees largely with Bleeker's figure of H. hymenorrhinus, though he does not show the lateral line with subequal, short, backwardly directed branches along its lower edge. The teeth are shown differently on the palatines, as in my specimen they are in enlarged and more approximate areas. My example shows the internasal cutaneous ridge incomplete or only developed at the sides, and the gill-rakers 8 + 15, while Eigenmann and Eigen- mann give but 6 + 10 for S. herzbergii. Another example, young, from Paramaribo, Dutch Guiana (Dr. C. Hering), representing Netuma dubia Bleeker. It has a distinct cutaneous ridge uniting the hind nostrils, a character not shown in Bleeker's figure.^ The maxillary barbels are also shorter, and do not quite reach to the ventrals. 1 Mem. Soc. Holl. Sci. Harlem, 1864, p. 57, PI. 11, fig. 2, PI. 13, fig. 4. 2 L.c, p. 63, PL 13, fig. 5, PL 15, fig. 2. 204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Netuma thalassina (Riippell;. Two from Paclang, Sumatra. Netuma aulometopon sp. nov. Fig. 1. Head 3f ; depth 5i; D. I, 7; A. vi, 13; P. I, 10; V. i, 6; head width 1^ in its length; head depth at occiput If; snout 31; eye 5; maxillary 3|; mouth width 2|; interorbital 3; antero-internasal 4; dorsal spine If; first branched anal ray 1|; least depth of caudal peduncle 3f; pectoral spine 1^; ventral fin 2|. Body compressed, rather slender, deepest at dorsal origin, and edges all convex. Caudal peduncle well compressed, least depth about half its length. Fig. 1. — Netuma aulometopon Fowler. (Type.) Head convex above, flattened below, and upper profile slightly convex from snout tip to dorsal origin. Snout wide, moderately convex over surface and length about half its greatest width. Eye ellipsoid, near upper profile and center near first | in head length. Edges of eye mostly free, scarcely adipose-like. Mouth moderate, broadly transverse, and upper jaw well protruded. Band of rather coarse, simple, sharp-pointed teeth in each jaw, and bands similar. Vomerine-palatine teeth similar to those on maxillary, and in con- tinuous band concurrent with maxillary. Tongue wide, thick, fleshy, depressed, not free. Maxillary barbel long, extends back about far as tip of depressed pectoral. Outer mental barbel extends slightly beyond origin of pectoral and inner f as long. Internasal areas about equal. Nostrils together, frenum about midway in snout length, and posterior nearly covered by broad cutaneous flap in front. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205 Interorbital broad, depressed. Fontanel well developed, broad in front where it begins opposite hind nostrils and continues to occipital plate, or about half space between snout tip and dorsal origin. Occipital, parietal and predorsal plate more or less rugose. Humeral process extends not quite to middle of pectoral spine, smooth and mostly swollen in front. Opercle broadly triangular, smooth. Gill-opening extends forward nearly opposite hind pupil edge. Rakers 4+13, firm, lanceolate, simple, about f of filaments, and latter f of eye. No pseudobranchise. Branchiostegals 6, slender. Body covered with smooth skin. Head rugose, as previously described. Spines mostly with fine lengthwise keels or striae. L. 1. slopes down from shoulder till midway along side, mostly simple or with many pores all along its lower extent. Back and sides also with vertical series of pores. Axillary pore of pectoral distinct. Dorsal origin at first third in combined head and trunk length, spine serrate along both edges and nearly straight, and first branched ray longest. Adipose fin inserted little nearer caudal base than origin of dorsal, large. Anal inserted little before dorsal, or at first third between ventral origin and caudal base, first branched ray longest. Caudal well forked, slender lobes pointed, equal head. Pectoral reaches | to ventral, spine nearly straight and both edges serrated. Ventral inserted slightly nearer caudal base than snout tip, and fin extends | to anal. Yent slightly closer to anal than ventral origins. Color in alcohol light broA\Tiish generally, slightly paler below, and most of body with more or less silvery tinge. Fins mostly pale brownish, and edges of ventrals and anal somewhat whitish. Iris silvery. Maxillary barbels pale brown, others whitish. Length 87 mm. Type, No. 8,372, A. N. S. P. Dutch Guiana. Dr. Constantine Hering. Nos. 8,373 to 8,375, A. N. S. P., paratypes, same data. They show: Head 3f to 3|; depth 5f to 6|; A. vi, 11 to vi, 14; snout 2| to 3; length 82 to 84 mm. This species is related to Netuma upsulonophoriis (Eigenmann and Eigenmann) from Rio Grande do Sul, in having the vomerine patches of teeth united, though the palatine patches are of greatly different design. The Brazilian species also differs in having the front edge of the dorsal spine with granules. {Au?.6?j groove; iJ.tTw-»'^^ forehead; with reference to the occipital fontanel.) 206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Netuma barbus (Lac6pede). Two from Rio Janeiro, Brazil. CALLOPHYSIN.^. Callophysus macropterus (Lichtenstein). Two from Peru, one having been secured between the mouth of the Rio Negro and Peru. ICTALURIN.E. Ictalurus furcatus (Le Sueur). Pimelodus affinis Baird and Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1854, p. 26. Rio Grande. No. 8,460, A. N. S. P., cotype of P. affinis Baird and Girard. Brownsville, Texas. J. H. Clark. Smithsonian Institution (No. 838). Ictalurus punotatus (Rafinesque). Fimdodus notalus Abbott, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 509. Fort Riley, Kansas. Pimelodus hammondi Abbott, I.e. Fort Riley. No. 8,449, A. N. S. P., type of P. notalus Abbott. Fort Riley, Kansas. Dr. W. A. Hammond. Nos. 22,065 and 66, A. N. S. P., cotypes of P. hammondi Abbott. Same data. Also many examples from Lake Erie, Battle Creek of the upper Missouri, Pennsylvania (Erie, Kiskiminitas and Beaver Rivers), Virginia (Sinking Creek), Indiana (Wabash River), Minnesota (Mankato), Kansas (Leavenworth), Iowa (Hornick and Ottumwa), Missouri (Brownsville and St. Louis), Arkansas (Judsonia and Greenway), Texas (Little Wichita River, Fort Worth and Del Rio). Ictalurus anguilla Evermann and Kendall. Two from the Creek Country (Dr. S. W. W^oodhouse). These were obtained many years before the species was described. Ameiurus catus (Linnseus). Amiurus lophius Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1870, p. 487. Washington, D. C. Amiurus niveiventris Cope, I.e., p. 488. Neuse River, North Carohna. Nos. 8,461 and 62, A. N. S. P., cotypes of ^. lophius Cope. Poto- mac River. E. D. Cope. Nos. 8,466 and 67, A. N. S. P., cotypes of .4. niveiventris Cope. Neuse River, Noi Carolina. E. D. Cope. Also a large series from New Jersey (Duck and Newbold's Islands), Pennsylvania (Holmesburg, Philadelphia, Chester County, Sus- 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207 quehanna River), Delaware (Wilmington, Mispillion Creek, Laurel), Maryland (Elk Neck, Chestertown) , District of Columbia (Potomac River, Washington), Virginia (lower James River), North Carolina, Florida (Bayport), Texas (Helotis). Ameiurus catus okeechobeensis (Heilprin). Ictalurus okeechobeensis Heilprin, Trans. Wagner Inst. Sci., I, 1887, p. 18. Ivissimee River, Lake Okeechobee, Florida. Nos. 8,442 and 43, A. N. S. P., cotypes of /. okeechobeensis Heilprin. Kissimee River, Lake Okeechobee, Florida. 1886. Prof. Angelo Heilprin. Ameiurus dugesi (T. H. Bean). Guadalajara market and river outlet of Lake Chapala, Mexico. Ameiurus natalis (Le Sueur). Amiurus bolli Cope, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 20, 1880, p. 35. Little Wichita River, Texas. Amiurus prosthistius Cope, Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., 1883, p. 132. Batsto River, New Jersey. Nos. 20,512 and 13, A. N. S. P., cotypes of A. holU Cope. Little Wichita River, Texas. E. D. Cope. Nos. 20,546 to 49, A. N. S. P., cotypes of A. prosthistius Cope. Batsto River, NeAv Jersey. E. D. Cope. Also a large series from New York (Westport), Pennsylvania (Erie), New Jersey (Pool Tolsoms, Newton's Bridge, Tuckahoe River), Delaware (Millsboro), South Carolina (Manning), Michigan (Oakland), Kansas (Leavenworth), Iowa (Brook River), Missouri (Marshfield). Ameiurus vulgaris (Thompson). Lake George, New York. Ameiurus nebulosus (Le Sueur). Amiurus mispilliensis Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1870, p. 486. Mispillion Creek, Delaware. No. 8,536, A. N. S. P., type of A. lyiispiUiensis Cope. Mispillion Creek, Delaware. E. D. Cope. Large series from Maine (Mt. Desert), New York (Lakes George and Champlain, Poughkeepsie) , New Jersey (Passaic, Lake Hopat- cong, Bass River, May's Landing, Petersburg Bridge, Sumner, Turnersville, Repaupo, Camden, Pensauken, Merchantville, Duck Island, Trenton), Pennsylvania (many localities already noted elsewhere), Delaware (Rehoboth), Maryland (Willpj-rds, Chestertown), District of Columbia (Washington and Potoma River), Virginia (lower James River), North Carolina (Catawba River), Ohio (Hicks- 208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., ville), Illinois, Missouri (Paw Paw), Texas (San Diego and Wichita River). Two examples from the Hardy River in northern Lower California show four white mental barbels and the membranes between the fin-rays dusky. Ameiurus nigrilabris (Cope). Gronias nigrilabris Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1861, p. 231. Cones- toga Creek, Pennsylvania. Nos. 22,082 and 83, A. N. S. P., cotypes of G. nigrilabris Cope. Ameiurus melas (Rafinesque). Amiurus brachyacanthus Cope, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 20, 1880, p. 35. Upper Medina River, Texas. Nos. 20,527 and 28, A. N. S. P., cotypes of A. brachyacanthus Cope. Many examples from Pennsylvania (Erie, Kiskiminitas River), Ohio (Hicksville), Indiana (Miami River), Minnesota (Lake Whittle- see), Iowa (Ottumwa, Silver Lake), Missouri (St. Joseph). Ameiurus platycephalus (Girard). Pimiiodus platycephalus Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 161. Anderson, South Carolina. No. 8,473, A. N. S. P., cotype of A. platycephalus Cope. Anderson, South Carolina. Smithsonian Institution (No. 1,434). Also example from Catawba River, North Carolina. Leptops olivaris (Rafinesque). Pennsylvania (Youghiogheny River), Virginia (Sinking Creek), Texas (Fort Worth). Noturus flavUS Rafinesque. Pennsjdvania (Erie, Two Lick Creek, Cherry Run, Youghiogheny River), Indiana (Miami River), Michigan (Genesee County), Iowa (Chariton, Brook River), Missouri (Clinton). Schilbeodes gyrinus (Mitchill). New Jersey (Lake Hopatcong, Elmer, Pitman, Newton's Bridge, Pensauken, Florence, Trenton), Pennsylvania (Edison, Bristol, Holmesburg, Torresdale), Delaware, Minnesota (Minneapolis), Iowa (Brook River). In 1899 Mr. S. N. Rhoads secured five examples at Miami, Florida, the most southern point at which this species has been observed. Schilbeodes insignis (Richard.son). Noturus marginatus (Baird) Cope, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., (2) VI, 1868, p. 237. Pennsylvania. Nos. 8,431 and 32, A. N. S. P., cotypes of A^ marginatus (Baird) Cope. Carlisle, Pennsylvania. S. F. Baird. 1915.] ■ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209 New Jersey (Assanpink Creek, Trenton), Pennsylvania (Millan- ville, Dingman's Ferry, Delaware Water Gap, Schuylkill River, Holmesburg, Susquehanna River, Conestoga Creek, Lopez, Paradise, Altoona), Maryland (Conowingo, G>Tin Oak), Mrginia (Sinking Creek), North Carolina (Yadkin and Catawba Rivers), Missouri (Carthage). Schilbeodes exilis (E. W. Nelson). Brook River, Iowa. PIMELODIN^. Zungaro zungaro (.Humboldt). Peruvian Amazon. Khamdia sebae (Valenciennes). Surinam and Peruvian Amazon. Ehamdia vilsoni (Giin. Trinidad, British West Indies. Rhamdia riojae sp. nov. Fig. 2. Pimelodus humilis (non Giinther) Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1878, p. 674. Rioja, near Moyabamba. Head 4^; depth 5|; D. I, 6; A. v, 7; P. I, 8; V. i, 5; head width 1 J in its length; head depth at occiput If ; snout 3; eye 7; maxillary 3|; mouth width 2f ; interorbital 2f ; dorsal spine 2; first branched anal ray 2i; least depth of caudal peduncle 2|; pectoral If; ventral Body compressed, elongate, rather slender, deepest at dorsal origin, and edges all convex. Caudal peduncle well compressed, least depth equals its length. Head depressed, broadly convex above, more or less flattened below, profiles mostly similar. Snout wide, broadly convex over surface, length i its greatest width. Eye ellipsoid, close to upper profile and its hind edge little anterior in head length. Eyelids free, not adipose-like. Mouth broad, transverse, and upper jaw slightly protruded. Teeth in villiform bands in jaws, simple, sharply pointed, and bands continuous medianly. No vomerine teeth, though all vomerine and palatine regions with wdde-spaced minute papillse. Tongue wide, thick, fleshy, depressed, not free. Maxillary barbel extends to ventral origin. Outer mental barbel reaches tip of depressed pectoral spine, and inner extends | to pectoral origin. Posterior internasal area slightly less than anterior. Anterior nostrils near snout edge, in short tubes. Posterior nostril about first I in snout length, ^\ith low cutaneous edge. Interorbital 14 210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., broadly depressed. Fontanel moderate, not extending back beyond hind eye edges. Occipital process extends only for first fourth in space to dorsal origin. Humeral process smooth, extends f length of pectoral spine. Opercle broadly triangular, with a few shght radiating striae. Gill-opening extends forward about first third in head. Rakers 3+8, firm, lanceolate, simple, about i of filaments, and latter equal eye. No pseudobranchise. Branchiostegals 6, slender. Body covered with smooth skin. Head smooth. Spines smooth. L. 1. slopes down from shoulder till midway along side. Axillary pore moderate. Dorsal origin shghtly nearer anal origin than snout tip, spine short, slightly curved, smooth and pungent, and first three rays subequally longest. Anal inserted nearly midway between depressed pectoral Fig. 2. — Rhamdia riojce Fowler. (Type.) tip and caudal base, fin small, and median rays longest. Adipose dorsal long, its length about 2f in combined head and trunk length. Caudal moderately forked, lobes (damaged) apparently equal, and length about f of head. Pectoral not quite half way to ventral, spine firm, smooth, outer edge with few weak antrorse serrse ter- minally, and few obsolete serrse also on inner edge. Ventral inserted about midway between snout tip and caudal base, fin If to anal origin. Vent about opposite middle of depressed ventrals. Color in alcohol largely dark brown, belly and lower surface of head paler or whitish. Fins all dusky-brown, though ventrals and anal paler. Iris brownish. Barbels pale bro-wiiish. Length 184 mm. Type, No. 21,101, A. N. S. P. Rioja, near Moyabamba and Baka 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 211 Puerto, on or near the lower course of the Huallagua River, Peru. 1873. James Orton. Presented by E. D. Cope. This species seems representative of Rhamdia quelen (Quoy and Gaimard) from eastern Brazil and the La Plata, and agrees largely in its long adipose fin. From R. humilis (Giinther) from Venezuela,- with which it was formerly identified, it differs in the longer adipose fin. It also differs from R. cinerascens (Giinther) from western Ecuador and R. pentlandi (Valenciennes) from the Peruvian Andes in similar fashion. Rhamdia mounseyi Regan,^ from the Ucayali River, has the occipital process extending f to the dorsal, origin, the gill-rakers 2 or 3 + 5 on lower part of arch, and the maxillary barbels extending beyond the anal fin. (Named for Rioja, the type locality.) Rhamdia ortoni sp. nov. Fig. 3. Head 3 A; depth 6*; D. I, 6; A. iv, 8; P. I, 8?; V. i, 6; head width If in its length; head depth at occiput 2; snout 2f ; eye 5i; maxillary 4|; interorbital 2|; dorsal spine 2j; third dorsal ray If; least depth of caudal peduncle 2f ; ventral 1|. Body compressed, elongate, slender, deepest at dorsal origin, and edges all convex. ■ Caudal peduncle well compressed, least depth about f its length. Head depressed, moderately broad, convex above and below, profiles similar. Snout wide, broadly convex over surface, length f its greatest width. Eye ellipsoid, close to upper profile and hind edge near middle in length of head. Eyelids free, not adipose-like. Mouth broad, transverse, and lower jaw very slightly protrudes. Teeth fine, villiform, in rather narrow bands in jaws, which contiguous. No vomerine or palatine teeth. Tongue wide, thick, fleshy, depressed, not free. ^Maxillary barbel extends to ventral origin. Outer mental barbel extends nearly far back as tip of depressed pectoral, inner mental barbel to pectoral origin. Posterior internasal area slightly greater than anterior, and all nostrils simple pores. Interorbital broadly convex. Fontanel large, extends back opposite hind pupil edges. Occipital process extends I to dorsal origin. Humeral process rather short. Opercle broadly triangular, with numerous radiating striae. Gill-opening extends forward about first fourth in head. Rakers 2-1-7, firm, lanceolate, several of larger with several denticles, about 3 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., London, (8), XIII, 1913, p. 281. 212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., I of filaments and latter If in eye. No pseudobranchise. Branchios- tegals 5, slender. Body covered with smooth skin. Head smooth, and small rounded fontanel close before base of occipital process. Spines smooth. L. 1. slopes down from shoulder till midway along side. Axillary pore moderate. Dorsal origin slightly nearer anal origin than snout tip, spine slender, but slightly pungent, shorter than median rays and fin rounded. Anal inserted about last third in space between front eye edge and caudal base, fin small, and median rays longest. Adi- pose fin moderate, 2| in combined head and trunk length. Caudal damaged, though evidently forked. Pectoral damaged, spine with lengthwise striae and not serrated. Ventral inserted about midway Fig. 3. — Rhamdia ortoni Fowler. (Type.) between snout tip and caudal base, fin Ij to anal origin. Vent about opposite middle of depressed ventrals. Color in alcohol largely dull brownish, scarcely paler on belly and lower surface. A dusky streak along side of head, extending from side of snout l^ehind eye, though apparently not continued along side of trunk. Fins brownish, dorsal with ill-defined dusky blotch on posterior portion medianly. Iris grayish. Barbels brownish, though mental ones all paler. Length 60 mm. (to tip of damaged caudal). Type, No. 21,928, A. N. S. P. Peruvian Amazon. J. Orton. Presented by E. D. Cope. Only the above example known. It is evidently closely related to Rhamdia rioja;, though differs in several characters, so that it 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213 does not seem likely to be the young of that species. From R. riojce it differs principally in the slightly protruding mandible, reversed width of the internasal areas, the slightly longer adipose fin, and the coloration. (Named for Prof. James Orton, who made collections in Peru many years ago.) Rhamdia sapo (Valenciennes). Rio Jacuhy and Sao Joao to Rio Negro and Chapada, Brazil. Ehamdia brachyptera (Cope). Pimelodus (Rhamdia) brachypterus Cope, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, (3) XIII, 1866, p. 404. Orizaba, Mexico. No. 16,471, A. N. S. P., type of P. (R.) brachypterus Cope. F. Sumichrast. Orizaba, Mexico. Regan says,'* "the original descrip- tion of P. brachypterus Cope, from Orizaba, is insufficient, but Fowler's redescription of the type shows that this species is probably not distinct from P. guatemalensis." However, according to Regan's key, it cannot fall with any of the species he includes under his first division with R. guatemalensis. It is likely somewhat near R. managuensis, though the occipital process extends only one-fourth the space from its base to the dorsal origin, and the infcerorbital width is 2| in the head. Rhamdella bathyurus (Cope). Pimelodus bathyurus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philo.s. Soc, XVII, 1878, p. 674. Peru- vian Amazon. Nos. 21,437 and 38, A. N. S. P., cotypes of P. bathyurus Cope. Peruvian Amazon. J. Orton. Presented by E. D. Cope. This species differs from Rhamdella parryi and R. minuta in coloration. Rhamdella nicaraguensis (Gunther). One from Nicaragua (J. F. Bransford). Regan figures this species,^ but the barbels are shown as not quite reaching opposite dorsal origin. He says they extend to the origin of the adipose fin, according to Gunther, and that "both barbels are now broken off in the type, the longest reaching the middle of the dorsal." My example shows the maxillary barbels reaching a little beyond ends of depressed ventrals. Rhamdella straminea Cope. Rhnmdella straminea Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, XXXIII, 1894, p. 93, PI. 8, fig. 10. Rio Jacuhy, Brazil. Nos. 21,581 to 84, and 21,604, A. N. S. P., cotypes. Rio Jacuhy, Brazil. H. H. Smith. Presented by E. D. Cope. No. 23,216, without data, is also identical (likely with the same data?). * Biol. Cent. Am. Pise, 1906-8, p. 128. * L.c, p. 131, PL 20, fig. 2. 214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Pimelodus maculatus Lac6pede. Pseudorhwndia piscalrix Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, XI, 1870, p. 569. Pebas, Ecuador. No. 8,387, A. N. S. P., type of P. piscatrix Cope. Pebas, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. Also examples from Demarara, Surinam, Ambyiacu River, and between the mouth of the Rio Negro and the Peruvian Amazon. Pimelodus valenciennis Liitken. Rio Jacuhy, Brazil. Pimelodella cristata (Muller and Troschel). Pimelodus ophthalmicus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, XVII, 1878, p. 675. Peruvian Amazon. No. 21,102, A. N. S. P., cotypes of P. ophthalmicus Cope. Peru- vian Amazon. J. Orton. 1873. Presented by E. D. Cope. Pimelodella peruense sp. nov. Fig. 4. Head 4i; depth 4f ; D. I, 6; A. v, 9; P. I, 11; V. i, 6; head width 1| in its length; head depth at occiput 1|; snout 3; eye 3^; maxillary about 4; interorbital 3|; dorsal spine 2; second branched dorsal ray IJ; least depth of caudal peduncle 2i; pectoral fin 1^; ventral If. Body compressed, moderately elongate, somewhat slender, deepest at dorsal origin, and edges all convex. Caudal peduncle well com- pressed, and length about f its least depth. Head about wide as deep at occiput, sides convexly approximated above and broad or somewhat flattened below. Snout convex over surface, length about half its greatest width. Eye large, near upper profile, and about midway in head length. Eyelids little free, not adipose-like. Mouth broad, transverse, and upper jaw slightly protrudes. Teeth fine, villiform, in rather broad contigTious bands in jaws. No vomerine or palatine teeth. Tongue broad, thick, depressed, not free. Maxillary barbel reaches origin of ventral. Outer mental barbel extends about first eighth in da- pressed pectoral, and inner mental barbel about f to pectoral origin. Posterior internasal area slightly greater than anterior, and anterior nostrils in short tubes, posterior simple pores. Interorbital slightly convex. Fontanel large, continued to base of occipital process without interruption. Humeral process f length of depressed pectoral spine. Occipital process elongate, slender, extends f to dorsal plate. Opercle broad, smooth. Gill-opening extends forward opposite front pupil edge. Rakers 3 + 8, firm, lanceolate, simple, little less than half of filaments, 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215 and latter nearly f of eye. No pseudobranchise. Branchiostegals 5, slender. Body covered with smooth skin. Head smooth. Spines all more or less smooth. L. 1. slopes down from shoulder, till midway along side, simple. Axillary pore moderate. Dorsal origin about midway between front eye edge and anal origin, spine slender, nearly straight, edges apparently entire. Anal inserted slightly nearer caudal base than pectoral origin, first branched ray (damaged) apparently longest. Adipose fin moderate, 2f in combined head and trunk length. Caudal damaged. Pectoral moderate, reaches f to ventral, spine smooth on outer edge and inner with about nine large serrse, of which longest at least little Fig. 4. — Pimelodella peruense Fowler. (Type.) more than half greatest width of spine. Ventral inserted slightly nearer snout tip than caudal base, or below last dorsal rays, and fin extends f to anal origin. Vent at first | in depressed ventral length. Genital aperture well posterior, or slightly before depressed ventral tip, and papilla long and conic. Color in alcohol largely brownish, under a lens seen to be made up of very close-set small dots. Lower surface of head, belly and sides paler, and on last extending up to lateral line. Fins all pale brownish, outer portion of dorsal dusky. Iris slaty. Maxillary barbels brownish and mental barbels whitish. Length 52 mm. (caudal tips damaged). Type, No. 21,932, A. N. S. P. Peruvian Amazon. Received many years ago from J. Orton or J. Hauxwell. Presented by E. D. Cope. This species closely resembles Pimelodella lateristriga (Mtiller and 216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr, Troschel), though it differs in having the occipital process reaching the dorsal plate, maxillary barbel extending to tip of ventral fin, base of adipose fin 3 to 4 in length, ventral scarcely extending more than half way to anal and inserted little behind vertical from last dorsal ray, depth 6^ to 7, and A. 12.^ My example shows no trace of a dark lateral band, this region being entirely paler. (Named for Peru.) Pimelodella copei sp. nov. Fig. 5. Pimelodus laleristriga (non Miiller and Troschel) Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 270. Ambyiacu River. Head 4|; depth 5; D. I, 6; A. iv, 8, i; P. I, 8; V. i, 5; head width If in its length; head depth at occiput ly; snout 2J; eye 4|; maxillary 4f; mouth width 2|; interorbital 4; dorsal spine Ij; Fig. 5. — Pimelodella copei Fowler. (Type.) first branched anal ray If; least depth of caudal peduncle 2|; pec- toral 1^; ventral If. Body elongate, moderately compressed, deepest at dorsal origin, contour rather slender, and edges all convexly rounded. Caudal peduncle compressed, least depth 1| in its length. Head not much compressed, sides sloping gradually to form broad area above, and lower surface flattened, profiles similar. Snout broad, somewhat depressed, length f its greatest width. Eye high, ellipsoid, midway in head length. Eyelids free, not adipose- like. Mouth large, broad, transversely terminal, with short com- missure, and upper jaw slightly longer. Teeth conic, in moderately * Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Occas. Papers Cal. Acad., I, 1890, p. 156. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217 wide contiguous bajids in jaws. No vomerine or palatine teeth. Tongue broad, depressed, smooth, little free around front edges. Maxillary barbels long, extend back till midway in length of hind anal ray. Outer mental barbel extends back | in pectoral spine, inner reaches origin of pectoral. Rictal fissure deep, extending back from below hind end of maxillary to below narrow preorbital. Nostrils well separated, anterior in short tubes, and posterior simple pores. Interorbital depressed and flattened. Occipital process extends to dorsal plate, its length If to dorsal origin, and of even width most its length. Occipital fontanel slender, long, slightly constricted within interorbital, and reaches occipital process. Opercle broad, with rather numerous radiating striae. Gill-opening extends forward about last fourth in snout length. Gill-rakers 2-\-Q, lanceolate, firm, about | of filaments, and latter slightly more than half of eye. No pseudobranchise. Branchios- tegals 6, outer rather large. Skin smooth. Spines smooth. Humeral process striate, its length slightly more than half of pectoral spine. Dorsal and pectoral spines mostly with smooth surfaces. L. 1. continuous, simple, little elevated at first, midway along side. Axillary pore moderate. Dorsal origin about midway between snout tip and depressed ventral tip, spine slender, slightly curved, front edge with 11 antrorse serrae along its terminal half, hind edge entire, and depressed fin not quite extending back to origin of adipose fin. Anal origin nearer ventral origin than caudal base by snout length, and first branched ray longest. Adipose fin moderate, its length 3| in com- bined head and trunk length. Caudal well forked, lobes long, slender and pointed, about equal apparently (damaged) and caudal fin about equals space between snout tip and dorsal origin. Pectoral extends f to ventral, spine about | length of fin, slightly curved, outer edge very finely roughened basally and terminal half with about ten antrorse serrae. Inner edge of pectoral spine slightly roughened medianly. Ventral origin slightly behind last dorsal ray base, and fin extends f to anal origin. Vent and genital aperture rather near, former about first third in depressed ventral and latter about last f . Color in alcohol pale brownish, lower surface of head and belly paler or somewhat whitish. A rather narrow darker brownish streak extends along side of snout to eye, and continued from hind edge of latter runs along upper side of abdomen to 1. 1., which it embraces below hind rays of dorsal, and then continues to caudal 218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., base. Fins all pale brownish. Iris brownish. Maxillary barbels brownish, and others whitish. Length 160 mm. Type, No. 8,362, A. N. S. P. Ambyiacu River, near Pebas, Ecuador. John Hauxwell. Paratype, No. 8,363, A. N. S. P., same data. Head 4f ; depth 5f ; D. I, 5; A. iv, 8, i; snout 2f in head; eye 4; maxillary 4^; interorbital 3|; dorsal spine 1|; pectoral spine Ij; length 152 mm. This species was originally identified with Pimelodus lateristrigus Miiller and Troschel by Cope, though at the time he pointed out that it differed somewhat "in the longer beards and one soft ray less in dorsal and anal fin." Eigenmann and Eigenmann state^ that the maxillary barbels reach the ventral tips and the origin of the adipose dorsal, the gill-rakers 3+8, depth 6| to 7, and pectoral spine with unusually strong and sharp retrose hooks along the inner edge. (Named for Prof. Edward D. Cope, who first pointed out its characters.) Pimelodella cyanostigma (Cope). Rhamdia cyanostigma Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, XI, 1870, p. 569. Pebas, Ecuador. Nos. 8,381 to 83, A. N. S. P., cotypes of R. cyanostigma Cope. Pebas, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. Eigenmann and Eigenmann state,^ ''we are unable to tell to which genus this species belongs. Dr. Cope says that this species is allied to Pimelodus ophthalmicus = Pimelo- della cristatus. But cristatus' is generically different from Rhamdia, and was generally considered so when the statement was made." However, it is evident that Cope was correct in placing cyanostigma in Pimelodus, as Pimelodella ( = Pseudorhamdia Steindachner) was not proposed until 1888. Phractocephalus hemilopterus (Schneider). Peruvian Amazon. Brachyplatystoma vaillanti (Valenciennes). Surinam. Hemisorubim platyrhynchos (Valenciennes). Peruvian Amazon. Pseudoplatystoma fasciatum (Linnteus). Nauta, Ecuador, and Surinam. The larger Nauta example has maxillary barbel slightly shorter than depressed dorsal tip, though in the Surinam example it is about even. A. v, 8, i and v, 9, i. ^ Occas. Papers Cal. Acad. Sci., I, 1890, p. 156. 8L.C., p. 164. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219 Pseudoplaty stoma tigrinum (Valenciennes). Large dried skin, without data. Sorubim lima (Schneider). Peru, Anibj'iacu River in Ecuador, and Hyavary in Brazil. SILURIN.^. Eilurus glanis Linnaeus. One from southern Europe. Eutropius depressirostris (Peters). Three from the Shebeh River in East Africa. Eutropius seraoi Boulenger. Ann. :\Iag. Nat. Hist. London, (8) VI, 1910, p. 556. Angola, West Africa. No. 3-7,956, A. N. S. P., paratj^e, from the LucuUa River, 365 kilometers from Lounda. Dr. J. V. Ansorge. ScMlbe mystus (Linnaeus). Nile? (Bonaparte Collection No. 368). Physailia villiersi Boulenger. Ann. Mus. Congo, (1) II, 1912, p. 17, PI. 17, fig. 6. Angola, West Africa. Nos. 38,756 to 58, A. N. S. P., paratypes. LucuUa River in Chiloango. Dr. Ansorge. Ansorgia vittata Boulenger. L.c, PI. 19, fig. 2. Angola, West Africa. Nos. 38,734 and 35, A. N. S. P., paratypes. N'Kutu, Loango River, Dr. Ansorge. Jterocryptis gangeticus Peters. Two examples in very poor condition, obtained in the Ganges River, India, many j^ears ago by Dr. M. Burrough. PORCINE. Porcus bajad (ForskM). Nile. Chrysichthys aoutirostris Giinther. Bango River in Cabira, Angola (Dr. Ansorge). Chrysichthys walkeri (Gunther). Chiloango River at Chiloango, Angola (Dr. Ansorge). Chrysichthys ansorgii Boulenger. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. London, (8) VI, 1910, p. 558. Angola, West Africa. No. 37,906, A. N. S. P., paratype. Manzo River at Dondo. Dr. Ansorge. 220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Hemibagrus tengara (Hamilton-Buchanan). Five from the Ganges River, India. Day's figure of an Assam example is not in agreement with his description, as the adipose fin is shown to begin close behind the base of the last dorsal ray, and the length of the fin would be contained in the combined head and trunk 3j times.^ Hypselobagrus cavasius (Hamilton-Buchanan). Head 4f ; depth about 5; snout 2f in head; eye 3; interorbital 3j. Upper jaw slightly protrudes. Outer mental barbel slightly longer than head. Occipital fontanel reaches base of occipital process. Dorsal spine entire on outer edge, several slight weak barbs on terminal hind edge. Adipose-fin length 2f in combined head and trunk length. Length 110 mm. (caudal damaged). Ganges River, India. Hypselobagrus micracanthus (Bleeker). Two from Padang, Sumatra. Hypselobagrus nigriceps (Valenciennes). Borneo. Bagroides melapterus Bleeker. Borneo. Glyptothorax platypogon (Valenciennes). Batu Sangkhar in Tanah Datar, Sumatra. Glyptothorax platypogonoides (Bleeker). Batu Sangkhar. DORADIN^. Physopyxis lyra Cope. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871, p. 273, PI. 5, figs. 1-c. Ambyiacii River, Ecuador. No. 8,282, A. N. S. P., type. Ambyiacu River. J. Hauxwell. Doras dorsalis Valenciennes. Para, Brazil. Doras granulosus Valenciennes. One poorly preserved example from Surinam. Doras COStatUS (Linnaeus). Dried skin without data, and two examples recently recorded from the Rupununi. As the larger of the latter examples differs markedly in its armature, attention is here called to it. The process of the dorsal plate embraces only the first two spinescent lateral 9 Fishes of India, III, 1877, PI. 101, fig. 5. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221 scutes, whereas in the smaller example and the dried skin the first three spinescent lateral scutes are embraced. The Rupununi specimens also show the humeral plate extending a little further back. Doras brachiatus Cope. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), pp. 270, 292. Maranon River. No. 8,342, A. N. S. P., type. Between the mouth of the Rio Negro and the Peruvian Amazon. R. Perkins. Doras cataphractus (Linn»us). Surinam. Doras weddelli Castelnau. Doras gryphus Cope, I.e., p. 270, PI. 15, figs. 1-la. Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. Nos. 8,345 and 16,460, A. N. S. P., cotypes of D. gryphus Cope. Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. Doras pectinifrons Cope. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1870, p. 568. Pebas, Ecuador. No. 8,346, A. N. S. P., type. Pebas, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. Doras monitor (Cope). ZathorcLv monitor Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 272, PI. 4, fig. 1. Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. Nos. 8,276 and 77, A. N. S. P., cotypes of Z. monitor Cope. Am- byiacu River, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. Doras nauticus (Cope). Zathorax nauticus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1874, p. 133. Nauta, Ecuador. Nos. 21,390 to 95, A. N. S. P., cotypes of Z. nauticus Cope. Nauta, Ecuador. J. Orton. Oxydoras niger (Valenciennes). lihinodoras prionomus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1874, p. 134. Nauta, Ecuador. No. 21,203, A. N. S. P., type of R. prionomus Cope. Nauta, Ecuador. J. Orton. Also two examples from the Maranon between mouth of Rio Negro and Peru. AUCHENIPTERIN.^. Centromochlus heckelii (Filippi). One from Peruvian Amazon. Also six from Manaos harbor, Brazil, in April, 1913 (E. A. Smith), where known as "Caratay." 222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Trachycorystes isacanthus (Cope). Auchenipterus isacanthus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, XVII, 1878, p. 677. Peruvian Amazon. Nos. 21,444 and 45, A. N. S. P., cotypes of A. isacanthus Cope. Peruvian Amazon. J. Orton. Trachycorystes galeatus (Linnaeus). Two examples from Surinam agree with my Rupununi River example in every respect. They also agree with Regan's figure of Pseudauchenipterus guppyi and his description of Par auchenipterus pasecB}^ Trachycorystes brevibarbus (Cope). Auchenipterus hreviharhus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, XVII, 1878, p. 676. Peruvian Amazon. No. 21,519, A. N. ^. p., type of A. hreviharhus Cope. Peruvian Amazon. J. Orton. The ventrals are I, 5, not 7 as stated by Cope. Maxillary barbels not reaching middle of pectoral sphie, but now only to about \ its length (tip broken). This species is close to T. galeatus, but differs in the broader predorsal plate, rougher casque and spines. Pseudauchenipterus nodosus (Bloch). Surinam. Epapterus dispilurus Cope. Proc. Amer. Pliilos. Soc, XVII, 1878, p. 677. Peruvian Amazon. Nos. 21,353 and 54, A. N. S. P., cotypes. Peruvian Amazon. E. D. Cope. Auchenipterus nuchalis (Agassiz). Peruvian Amazon. Auchenipterus ambyiaous sp. nov. Fig. 6. Head 4f ; depth 4i; D. I, 6, i; A. in, 41, i; P. I, 10; V. i, 14; head width H in its length; head depth at occiput If; snout 3; eye 3f ; mouth width 3; interorbital 2^; least depth of caudal peduncle 2\; pectoral spine 1^; ventral fin IJ; third simple anal ray 2|. Body elongate, greatly compressed, contour elongately fusiform with greatest depth about midway in leng-th of head and trunk. Caudal peduncle compressed, least depth 1\ in its length. Head small, about wide as high at occiput, profiles similar. Snout broad, convex over surface, length about f its greatest width. Pre- orbital width slightly swollen. Eye large, slightly low, center at first f in head length, and orbit well extended on lower side of head. 10 Proc. Zool. Soc Londcm, 1906, p. 387. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223 Adipose eyelid covers eye completely. Mouth broad, crescentic as viewed below, and jaws about even. A band of sparse villiform teeth in jaws, narrow, continuous, though slightly expanded at each end. Sparse villiform teeth in mandible, areas becoming wider at symphysis, where separated by narrow naked median area. Roof of mouth without teeth. Inner buccal folds moderate. Tongue thick, depressed, smooth, little free. Barbels slender, maxillary reaching f in pectoral spine. Mental barbels equally spaced, all extend back about opposite pectoral origin. Anterior internasal space slightly greater than posterior, nostrils all simple pores, an- terior also very close to snout edge, and posterior little nearer eye than snout tip. Occipital fontanel broad, extends up till little beyond hind eye edge. Supraoccipital process extends to dorsal plate, though both covered with thin skin and smooth. Opercle wide, smooth. ^MIjlJI'J-l'.' ■",T'('W<^'W'i^» ■!,. !.l,^.,.y,y^ >#■ Fig. 6. — Auchenipterus ambyiacus Fowler. (Type.) Gill-opening extends forward about first third in postorbital region of head. Gill-rakers about 10+23, slender, pointed, about f length of filaments, and latter about IJ in eye. No pseudobranchiae. Branchiostegals slender. Skin smooth, no rugose areas. Shoulder-girdle at base of pectoral spine slightly swollen. Humeral process short, pointed, slender, covered with skin, and extends about first third in length of depressed pectoral spine. Axillary pore not evident. L. 1. obsolete at present, apparently continuous along side indicated by vertebral centra. Dorsal small, well anterior, inserted slightly nearer anal origin than snout tip, spine slender, nearly straight, front edge smooth and hind edge slightly serrated. Adipose fin small, inserted about last fourth in space between dorsal origin and caudal base, fin about 224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., two in eye. Anal with long, straight base, anterior branched rays slightly longer, and base of fin 2| in combined length of head and trunk. Caudal (damaged) broad, and apparently forked. Pectoral with long and nearly straight spine, its surface with fine lengthwise striae, its outer edge smooth and its inner edge serrated, when depressed extending nearly to ventral. Latter broad, first ray straight. Vent about midway in length of ventral. Color in alcohol dull brownish generally, with grayish shade on back and upper portions. Lower portions of body slightly paler than upper. From shoulder towards middle of upper caudal lobe pale dusky-gray streak, and another below and parallel from ventral origin. Barbels brownish, also eyes. Fins all brownish. Length 163 mm. (caudal tips damaged). Type, No. 21,484, A, N. S. T., Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. Presented by E. D. Cope. This species is related to Auchenipterus nuchalis, but differs at once in its deeper body. A. nuchalis has the greatest body depth 4f to 5, and mental barbels extending a little beyond middle of pectorals. (Named for the Ambyiacu River.) Auchenipterus braohyurus (Cope). Euanemus hracJujurus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, XVII, 1878, p. 076. Peruvian Amazon. No. 21,552, A. N. S. P., type of E. brachyurus Cope. Peruvian Amazon. J. Orton. Presented by E. D. Cope. Ageneiosus porphyreus Cope. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, (2) XIII, 1867, p. 404. Surinam. No. 8,389, A. N. S. P., type. Surinam. Also a small example from same locality. Likely A. guianensis Eigenmann from Wismar in British Guiana may be found identical. Ageneiosus brevifilis Valenciennes. One example from the Peruvian Amazon in rather poor condition. If marked as described by Bleeker, scarcely any traces of the color- pattern remain. -Dr. Steindachner next^^ figures the species from Rio Purus, with the pectoral not reaching the ventral. His examples were from Surinam, the Amazon and Paraguay, measuring 175 to 341 mm. Bleeker's examples were 236 to 275 mm. Eigenmann^^ had an example 445 mm. from Lama Stop-off in British Guiana, and " Annal. Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, 1910, p. 403, PI. 8. 12 Mem. Carnegie Mus., V, 1912, p. 205. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225 states that the pectorals reach the jEirst or fifth ventral ray. Though he also gives the anal rays 34, possiblj^ this may include some of the rudimentary ones, as most writers mention 32 branched. My Peruvian example is damaged somewhat, though now measures 200 mm., has the A. iv, 32, and the pectorals (damaged) do not appear to reach the ventral. A. ogUviei is very close and, like A. marmoratus, may be found identical. TORPEDIXIX.E. Torpedo electricus (Gmelin). Two from Liberia and one from the Lebuzi River at Kuka Muno, West Africa. ASPREDINID^. Aspredo aspredo (Linnaeus). Brazil and Surinam. Platystacus cotylephorus Bloch. Surinam. Dysichthys coracoideus Cope. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1874, p. 133. Nauta. Nos. 21,212 to 15, A. N. S. P., cotypes. Nauta, Ecuador. J. Orton. Presented by E. D. Cope. Bunocephalus melas Cope. L.c, p. 132. Nauta. No. 21,235, A. N. S. P., type. Nauta, Ecuador. J. Orton. From Cope. Bunocephalus aleuropsis Cope. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1870, p. 568. Pebas, Ecuador. Nos. 8,286 to 88, A. N. S. P., cotypes. Pebas, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. From Cope. PLOTOSID^. Plotosus anguillaris (Bloch). Padang, Sumatra; Singapore, Malacca; Apia, Samoa; Bacon, Philippine Islands. The Padang examples are without whitish lengthwise streaks. All others smaller and show the whitish streaks clearly, even the very young. CLARIID^. Clarias senegalensia (Valenciennes). Senegal. 15 226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Clarias mossambious Peters. Shebeli River, East Africa. Giinther says, "Two small specimens of Clarias collected on the Shebeli River are not in sufficiently good condition to be determined. The form of the vomerine band is very different from that of the fish described as C. smithii. " These examples show the hind edge of the vomerine band slightly double- convex, evidently an individual character, as they are in all other respects similar to the present species and to which they undoubtedly belong. Clarias batrachus (Linnaeus). Padang and Batu Sangkar, Sumatra. Clarias angolensis Steindachner. West Africa, also the Luali River at Lundo. Clarias duobaillui sp. nov. Fig. 7. Head 4^; depth at anal origin 6j; D. 76; A. 57; P. I, 10; V. i, 5; head width IJ in its length; head depth at occiput If; snout 2|; eye 8; mouth width 2; interorbital 1|; least depth of caudal peduncle 3|; caudal If; pectoral If; ventral 2|. Body elongate, sides and trunk well compressed, deepest at dorsal origin, and profiles mostly similar. Caudal peduncle entirely free, well compressed. Head broad, depressed, upper surface slightly more convex behind, and profiles similar. Snout broad, depressed, slightly protrudes beyond mandible, and length about half its greatest width. Eye small, rounded, superior, and placed near first | in head length. Eyelids free. Mouth wide, with very short commissure. Teeth fine, villose, in moderately broad similar bands in jaws, upper area simple and lower ends in narrow angle behind. Vomerine teeth similar in size and area to outel: or maxillary band. Tongue broad, depressed, free around edges, without teeth. Upper and lower buccal folds well developed, similar. Anterior nostrils in short simple tubes near edge of snout, much closer than posterior. Latter close before eye, and simple slits just behind base of nasal barbel, which reaches back opposite tip of occipital process. Maxillary barbel extends back beyond depressed pectoral about midway between tip of latter and ventral origin. Outer mental barbel extends back beyond pectoral spine tip, though not quite to tip of depressed fin. Inner mental barbel reaches pectoral origin. Inter- orbital space broadly convex. Fontanel shaped like a pluml^-bob, within the interorbital region. Occipital fontanel close to base of 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 227 occipital process, moderate. Occipital process triangular, extends about first fourth in predorsal space. Gill-openings large, extend forward about first f in head. Gill- rakers 1+9, lanceolate, about equal filaments or eye in length. Shoulder-girdle, within gill-opening, with a well-developed process opposite origin of pectoral spine. Branchiostegals moderate. Body covered with smooth skin. L. 1. simple, slopes from shoulder till midway along side of trunk, though not continued beyond caudal peduncle. Dorsal inserted slightly behind first third in combined head and trunk length, free from caudal behind. Anal origin nearer caudal base than snout tip, also free from caudal behind. Caudal elongate, rounded behind. Pectoral If to ventral, spine with rough serrae ^1 ^^^-f^^ -*->«'C4!:^^f'« Fig. 7. — Clarias duchaillui Fowler. (Type.) along both edges, anterior retrorse, and posterior only on terminal portion of edge. Ventral small, inserted well back, and reaches slightly beyond anal origin. Vent close before anal. Color in alcohol uniform dull brownish, fins and lower surface of head all paler. Iris dull slaty. Barbels brownish. Length 97 mm. Type, No. 8,568, A. N. S. P. Gaboon Country, West Africa. P. B. Du Chaillu. Also Nos. 8,569 to 8,574, A. N. S. P., paratypes, same data. These show: Head 4f to 4f ; depth 6h to 6f ; D. 70 to 78; A. 56 to 62; snout 2| to 2* in head; eye 7 to 8; mouth width 2 to 2|; inter- orbital If to 1|; length 76 to 92 mm. This species is apparently allied with Clarias submarginatus 228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Peters/^ from Cameroon, agreeing in the few gill-rakers, concealed clavicles, dorsal rays, and width of the head. It differs, however, in the much longer barbels, fewer anal rays, longer pectoral and caudal fins, and in the caudal showing traces of about three somewhat irregular darker transverse bars. (Named for Paul B. DuChaillu, who many years ago collected fishes in the Gaboon Country.) Phagorus nieuhofii (Valenciennes). One from Borneo. Channallabes apus (Gunther). Two from Lubuzi River at Kuka Muno in Chiloango, West Africa. Saccobranchus fossilis (Bloeh). Ganges River, India. HOLOGENEID^. Hologenes marmoratus (Gunther). Holmia, British Guiana. HYPOPHTHALMID^. Hypophthalmus edentatus (Agassiz). ^ Peruvian Amazon. PYGIDIID^. CETOPSIN^. Hemicetopsis candiru (Agassiz). Peruvian Amazon. Cetopsis COeCUtiens (Lichtenstein). Ambyiacu River, and Amazon between mouth of Rio Negro and Peru. PYGIDIIN^. Hatclieria areolata (Valenciennes). Arroyo Comajo, Neuquen, Argentina. Pygidium rivulatum (Valenciennes). Trichomyderus pardus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1874, p. 132. Upper Amazon. Nos. 21,180 to 202, A. N. S. P., cotypes of T. pardus Cope. Jeque- tepeque, Peru. J. Orton. Also many examples from Lake Titicaca, Tinta, sources of the Ucayali at Urubamba, and the Rio Urubamba at Urubamba, Peru. " Sitz. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berlin, 18S2, p. 74. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229 Pygidium poeyanum (Cope). Trichomycterus poeyanus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, XVII, 1877, p. 47 (on T. rivulatus Cope). Trichomycterus rivulatus (non Valenciennes) Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1874, p. 132. Arequipa, Peru. Nos. 21,382 and 83, A. N. S. P., cotypes of T. -poeyanus Cope. Arequipa, Peru. J. Orton. This species is close to P. rivulatum, differing in its large, dark blotches. Pygidium dispar Tschudi. One example, which Cope refers to as "a large specimen of the T. yardus, which, according to the label, came from Callao Bay." At present, however, it is labelled as having been secured at Tinta. Pareiodon microps Kner. Amazon between mouth of Rio Negro to Peru. CALLIOHTHYID^. Calliohthys callichthys (Linnaeus). Surinam, Nauta, Pebas, Ambyiacu River and Rio Jacuhy. This large series shows considerable variation. Adults and young have variably long or short pectoral spines, which may reach the ventral or only half as far. Plates on caudal base in two clusters, which may vary 3 or 4, though usually 4 in each. Hoplosternum littorale (Hancock). Trinidad and Venezuela. Hoplosternum thoracatum (Valenciennes). Nauta, Ecuador. Hoplosternum oronocoi sp- nov. Fig. 8. Hoplosternum tJwracatum (non Valenciennes) Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1911, p. 436. La Pedrita, Venezuela. Head 3f; depth 3|; D. I, 7; A. i, 5; P. I, 8; V. i, 5; lateral plates 25 above, 23 below, to caudal base; snout 2y'^ in head; eye 7; mouth width 3^; interorbital If; dorsal spine 2; adipose spine 3|; pectoral spine If; anal spine 2|; least depth of caudal peduncle If; caudal 1; ventral If. . Body moderately long, well compressed, deepest at dorsal origin, and edges all convex. Caudal peduncle greatly compressed, as measured to last anal ray, base about half as long as deep. Head moderate, depressed, upper profile little more inclined, surfaces all convex. Snout broad, depressed, and length about f its greatest width. Eye small, rounded, laterally superior, hind edge about midway in length of head. Mouth moderate, upper jaw very slightly protruding. Teeth minute, in broad bands in 230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., each jaw, though upper of shorter extent. Inner buccal folds both wide. Lower lip wide, with slight notch at symphysis. Outer barbel reaches about first sixth in pectoral spine, and inner barbel extends verj^ slightly beyond tip of pectoral fin. Anterior nostril in short tube about midway in snout length, and posterior simple pore close behind and a little superior. Interorbital broadly convex. Fontanel within interorbital, and its length about equals eye. Gill-opening extends forward to last third in head. Gill-rakers l-f-8 short and rather blunt firm points, about f length of filaments, and latter equal eye. Isthmus wide. Bony plates on trunk each with minute denticulations along hind edges, also on spines of fins completely over their outer or lateral surfaces and humeral process. Plates on head and predorsal Fig. 8. — Hoplosternum oronocoi Fowler. (Type.) region all finely striate. Coracoid plates greatly exposed, or length of each about equals pectoral fin, and meeting at their anterior edges. Outer half of snout, lower surface of head, and belly behind pectoral plates, naked. From adipose fin 7 plates on median line of back extend forward. Rudimentary caudal rays with small plates. Base of each caudal lobe with 2 plates. Humeral process extends back f in depressed pectoral spine. Dorsal origin little nearer snout tip than origin of adipose fin, spine depressed and about f height of fin. Adipose fin inserted about last third in space between last dorsal ray base and caudal base, spine about 2 in interorbital. Caudal rounded. Anal inserted about last third in space between ventral origin and caudal base, depressed fin extending slightly beyond latter, and spine a little 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231 shorter than longest ray. Pectoral with strong, curved spine, reaches ventral. Latter inserted little nearer snout tip than caudal base, fin extending f to anal. Vent well anterior, or close behind ventral bases. Color in alcohol largely dark brownish, trunk more or less mottled with paler areas or blotches, and smaller dusky spots of irregular and often obscure definition on scutes. On head, breast and belly many close-set, small blackish spots, though becoming larger and fewer on belly. All fins with obscure dusky spots, though on caudal mostly united to form median broad blackish transverse band, in extent nearly half length of fin. Hind edge of caudal also dusky. Iris slaty. Barbels dusky. Length 102 mm. Type, No. 37,895, A. N. S. P. La Pedrita, Cano Uracoa, Venezuela. February 16, 1911. F. E. Bond and Stewardson Brown. Only the above example. It is related to Callichthys pedoralis Boulenger,!*. which has been identified by Eigenmann with C i?iel- amjiterus Cope, a species certainly distinct. C. pedoralis is evidently a Hoplosternum, however, and differs from the present species in its depth 3| to 3|, large eye (though this may be due to age), inner barbels half total length, and lateral plates 23 above and 22 below, while in other respects it agrees. No description of the caudal coloration or other details have been given for C. pedoralis, so that its identity is uncertain. H. schreineri Ribeiro I have been unable to consult. (Named for the Oronoco River, in the delta country of which the t\^e was secured.) CATAPHRACTOPS subgen. nov. Type Callichthys melampterus Cope. Lower jaw without barbels, though two at each rictus. Coracoid but slightly exposed below, and ventral surface largely naked. Dorsal spine low and flat. Pectoral spine finely serrated on inner edge, outer bristly. Supraoccipital plate truncate behind, so that narrow median naked predorsal strip extends before dorsal plate. Differs from subgenus Hoplosternum in the naked jredorsal region and truncate hind edge of supraoccipital process, together with the slightly exposed coracoid processes. {Cataphradus, an old generic name for the plated nematognaths; itxp, appearance.) " Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 525. Monte Sociedad, Paraguayan Chaco. 232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Hoplosternum melampterum (Cope). Callichthys vielamplerus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871, p. 275. Ambyiacu River. Nos. 8,318 to 28, A. N. S. P., cotypes of C. melampterus Cope. Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. Also two examples with- out definite locality, from Cope. Dianema longibarbis Cope. L.c, p. 276, PI. 7, figs. 1-15. Ambyiacu River. Nos. 21,540 and 8,285, A. N. S. P., cotypes. Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. Cheenothorax semisoutatus (Cope). Corydorus semiscutatus Cope, I.e., p. 280, PI. 6, fig. 1. Ambyiacu River. No. 8,289, A. N. S. P., type of C. semiscutatus Cope. Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. Chaenothorax bicarinatus Cope. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, XVII, 1878, p. 679. Peruvian Amazon. No. 21,447, A. N. S. P., type. Peruvian Amazon. J. Orton. Brochis oaeruleus Cope. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871, p. 277, PI. 7, fig. 2, PI. 9, fig. 3. Ambyiacu River. Nos. 8,231 to 37, A. N. S. P., cotypes. Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. Corydorus acutus Cope. L.c, p. 281. Ambyiacu River. Nos. 8,292 and 93, A. N. S. P., cotypes. Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. These examples in very poor condition. Possibly they may be found identical with C. punctatus (Bloch). Corydorus ambiacus Cope. L.c, p. 280. Ambyiacu River. Corydorus trilineatus Cope, I.e., p. 281, PI. 6, fig. 2. Ambyiacu River. No. 8,291, A. N. S. P., type of C. ambiacus Cope. Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. Nos. 8,294 and 95, A. N. S. P., cotypes of C. trilineatus Cope. Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. Also four examples from Peru, received from J. Orton. C. ambiacus Cope has been identified with C. punctatus, though is here allowed distinct until further studies can be made. C. amphibelus may also be another synonym, and is only provisionally admitted here. Corydorus amphibelus Cope. L.c, p. 282. Ambyiacu River. No. 8,291, A. N. S. P., type. Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233 Corydorus paleatus (Jenyns). Many from the Rio Jacuhy, Brazil. LORICARIID^. PLECOSTOMIN.E. Plecostomus plecostomus (Linnaeus). One from Surinam (Hering). A large example (418 mm. long without caudal), no data, is evidently identical* Plecostomus commersonnii (Valenciennes). Rio Jacuhy. Plecostomus aspilogaster Cope. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Pliila., XXXIII, 1894, p. 100, PL 8, fig. 14. Rio Jacuhy, Brazil. Nos. 21,781 to 84, A. N. S. P., cotypes. Rio Jacuhy, Brazil. H. H. Smith. This is evidently a distinct species, and not at all to be confused with P. commersonnii, as questioned by Regan.^^ It would clearly fall with the species P. verres, P. carinatus and P. vaillanti, according to Regan's key, where the character shared in common is "supraoccipital bordered posteriorly by a median scute, and by one or more on each side." It differs from all three of these species in having the 1. 1. 30, and the lateral keels weak. Plecostomus emarginatus (Valenciennes). Plecostomus scopularius Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871, p. 55. Amazon above mouth of Rio Negro. Plecostomus biseriatus Cope, I.e., p. 285, PI. 16. Amazon. Plecostomus virescens Cope, l.c, 1874, p. 137. Upper Amazon. No. 8,081, A. N. S. p., type of P. scopularius Cope. Amazon above mouth of Rio Negro. R. Perkins. No. 8,279, A. N. S. P., type of P. biseriatus Cope. Amazon. R. Perkins. Nos. 21,280 to 83, A. N. S. P., cotypes of P. virescens Cope. Peru- vian Amazon. J. Orton. Also small example from Peru obtained by Orton. Pterygopliclithys multiradiatus (Hancock). Liposarcus varius Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871, p. 284. Ambyiacu River. Liposarcus jeanesianus Cope, I.e., 1874, p. 135. Nauta. No. 21,931, A. N. S. P., type of L. varius Cope. Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. Nos. 21,925 and 26, A. N. S. P., paratypes. Amazon from mouth of Rio Negro to Peru. R. Perkins. »5 Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, pt. 3, 1904, p. 206. 234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Nos. 8,241 and 42, A. N. S. P., cotypes of L. jeanesianus Cope. Nauta. J. Orton. Also other examples from the above localities. Chaetostomus sericeus Cope. L.c, 1871, p. 288. Ambyiacu River. No. 22,005, A. N. S. P., type. Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. It is not a species of Xenocara, as suggested with question by Regan,'^ though closely related to his C. maculatus." Ancistrus dolichopteryx Kner. Two from Pebas, Peru, received from Cope. They agree with Kner's account and figure, though are a little larger. They are also rougher and the spines more or less spinescent. The fins are spotted with blackish. Ancistrus alga (Cope). Chcetostomus alga Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871, p. 287, PI. 15, fig. Ambyiacu River. ChcBtostomus malacops Cope, l.c. Ambyiacu River. Chcetostomus tectirostris Cope, I.e., p. 288. Ambyiacu River. Nos. 16,461 and 62, A. N. S. P., cotypes of C. alga Cope. Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. No. 8,299, A. N. S. P., cotype of C. malacops Cope. Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. Nos. 8,298 and 8,300, A. N. S. P., cotypes of C. tectirostris Cope. Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. This species is allowed distinct and closely related to A. hoplogenys (Giinther), which is described as having but 8 or 9 interopercular spines. I have two examples, of nearly similar size, of A . hoplogenys from the Rupununi which agree in this character. Further, they are also white-dotted. The types of C. alga show the interopercular spines as 11 to 13, which appear to exceed any variation found in A. hoplogenys. Cope's figure of C. alga does not indicate all the interopercular spines. The types of C. tectirostris show the D. I, 7, rarely I, 6, and the interopercular spines 11 or 12. Ancistrus cirrhosus (Valenciennes). Chaitostomus variolus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871, p. 288. Ambyiacu River. Nos. 21,284 and 85, A. N. S. P., cotypes of C. variolus Cope. Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. Also four others with same data. '' Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1904, p. 252. '■ L.c, p. 246, PI. 14, fig. 4. Rozmani, Upper Peru. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235 Lithoxus lithoides Eigenmann. Mem. Carnegie Mus., V, 1912, p. 242, PL 29, figs. 1-4. (Warraputa) British . Guiana. No. 39,121, A. N. S. P., paratype. Warraputa, British Guiana. In exchange Avith Carnegie Museum. HYPOPTOPOMIN^. Hypoptopoma thoracatum Gunther. Hypoptopoma bilobatum Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1870, p. 566, 2 figs. Pebas, Ecuador. Nos. 8,280 and 81, A. N. S. P., cotypes of H. bilobatum Cope. Pebas, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. These agree with H. thoracatum in their ventral armature. In the smaller example the median series of scutes do not approximate those on each side. Also an example from the Peruvian Amazon. Hypoptopoma psilogaster sp. nov. Fig. 9. Hypoptopoma bilobatum (part) Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII 1878, p. 679. Peruvian Amazon. Head 4; depth 6|; D..I, 7; A. I, 5; P. I, 6; V. I, 5; 26 plates in lateral series, of which last on caudal base; 3 predorsal plates; head width If in its length; head depth at occiput 2; snout If; eye 4f; mouth width 3|; interorbital If; least depth of caudal peduncle 3|; pectoral spine li. Body long, slender in lateral profile, depressed as viewed from above, deepest at dorsal origin, and edges all smoothly convex. Caudal peduncle rather robust, becoming compressed behind, and its least depth about | its length measured to rudimentary adipose fin-spine. Head short, well depressed, and profiles similar. Snout broad, depressed, its length f its basal width. Eye moderate, lateral, and its center about last fourth in head. Eyelids free. Mouth rather t)road, transverse, and placed about first f in snout. Disk rounded, apparently \yith entire edges, and surface with a few papillae on lower lip. Teeth slender, simple, uniserial, long, and slightly bent, com- pressed tips blunt. Inner buccal folds apparently broad. Tongue broad, fleshy, little distinct at present. Each lateral corner of buccal disk with short triangular fiesh}^ barbel, apparently less than half of eye in length. Nostrils together, simple pore within depression on top of head just before front edge of eye, extent of depression each less than half of eye, and bony internasal region trifle more than eye. Interorbital broadly and slightly convex. Occipital process broadly triangular. Opercle large and very porous. 236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Gill-openings small, inferiorly lateral, extend forward about opposite hind edge of eye. Isthmus moderately broad, width If in snout. Body almost everywhere minutely spinose. Scales without dis- tinct keels. Eight plates between dorsal and adipose fin. Snout all more or less roughened, especially along sides. Lower surface of head and abdomen entirely naked, only interrupted by striate osseous exposures of coracoids. Fin spines all spinulose. L. 1. scarcely distinct. Dorsal origin placed little nearer origin of adipose fin than snout tip, spine (damaged) slightly enlarged and evidently longest of fin Fig. 9. — Hypoptopoma psilogaster^Fovfler. (Type.) radii. Adipose fin reduced to a simple depressed little plate, inserted slightly nearer dorsal origin than caudal base. Anal inserted behind base of depressed dorsal. Caudal (damaged) with lower lobe appar- ently longer ?. Pectoral with long, slender and slightly curved spine, its outer edge with minute asperities and spinules, and inner edge antrorsely serrate, also extends about f in depressed ventral. Latter not reaching anal. Vent about midway in postventral region. Color in alcohol largely dull brownish (with greenish tint doubtless due to having been preserved originally in a copper vessel). Snout and side of head with dusky dots. A narrow streak of dark brown also along side of snout, and continued behind eye to shoulder. Median caudal rays dusky. Iris brownish. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237 Length 56 mm. (caudal damaged). Type, No. 21,922, A. N. S. P. Peruvian Amazon. 1873. J. Orton. Received from E. D. Cope. The above example was formerly identified with the preceding species, but is here allowed distinct provisionally, for if simply a variant is quite anomalous. The type of H. psilogaster is larger than the smallest example of H. thoracatum, and it has but two rows of ventral scutes, the space between being naked. ('FtAoc, naked; r^'^~'OP, stomach.) DIAPELTOPLITES subgen. nov. Type Hypoptopoma g'ulare Cope. Differs from the subgenus Hypoptopoma Giinther, as here under- stood, in the ventral armature consisting largely of two series of plates, though a single plate interposed between the first pair. The species embraced in this subgenus are H. gulare Cope, H. joberti (Vaillant) and H. steindachneri Boulenger. The subgenus Hypop- topoma contains only H. tJioracatuyn Giinther and H. psilogaster, described previously. (Jfa, divided; -iXrri^ shield; o-Xt-rj?^ armed; with reference to the double series of shields on the belly.) Hypoptopoma gulare Cope. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1878, p. 679. Peruvian Amazon. No. 21,477, A. N. S. P., type. Peruvian Amazon. J. Orton. Otooinclus vestitus Cope. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871, p. 83, PI. 4, fig. 2. Tributary of Ambyiacu River. Nos. 8,283 and 84, A. N. S. P., cotypes. Tributary of Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. J. Hauxwell. Otocinclus flexilis Cope. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XXXIII, 1894, p. 97, PI. 8, figs. I3a-b. Rio Jacuhy. Otocinclus fimbriatus Cope, I.e., p. 98, PI. 9, figs. IQa-b. Rio Jacuhy. Nos. 21,622 to 26, A. N. S. P., cotypes of 0. flexilis Cope. Rio Jacuhy, Brazil. H. H. Smith. Nos. 21,752 to 55, A. N. S. P., cotypes of 0. fimbriatus Cope. Same data. This nominal form appears to be a condition of greater age. Microlepidogaster nigricauda (Boulenger). Rio Jacuhy, Brazil. 238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.^ Microlepidogaster Isevior (Cope). Hisonotus Icevior Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XXXIII, 1894,. p. 95, PI. 7, fig. 12. Rio Jacuhy. No. 21,563, A. N. S. P., type of H. Icevior Cope. Rio Jacuhy, Brazil. H. H. Smith. Both this and the following species have been merged with the preceding, though they appear to me distinct. Microlepidogaster leptoohilus (Cope). Hisonotus leptochilus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XXXIII, 1894, p. 96, PI. 7, fig. 11. Rio Jacuhy. No. 21,564, A. N. S. P., type of H. leptochilus Cope. Rio Jacuhy, Brazil. H. H. Smith. LORICARIIN.^. Ehineloricaria ciadeae Hensel. Rio Jacuhy, Brazil. Loricariichthys typus (Bleaker). Two examples, 208 and 224 mm. (caudal tips slightly damaged), from Surinam. They agree with Bleeker's account^^ in having 14 caudal scutes, though Regan gives^^ but 10 or 11, which is in agreement with Steindachner's figure of Loricaria stuhelii.-^ The interorbital space, in my specimens, is flat, with the eye nearly impinging on the upper profile of the head. In Bleeker's figure the interorbital space is shown as elevated. My examples agree with L. stubelii in their occipital armament, though ventrally they have at least four rows of plates. In L. stubelii the figure shows the median ventral plates absent in one case. Traces of dark spots are also evident on the fins. Loricariiclitliys hauxwelli sp. nov. Fig. 10. Loricaria acuta (non Valenciennes) Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871, p. 289. Ambyiacu River. Head 4^; depth 9^; D. I, 7; A. I, 5; P. I, 6; V. I, 5; scales 30 in lateral series to caudal base, lateral keels united or approximated after 16 scales; 20 scales behind dorsal; 3 predorsal scales; head width If in its length; head depth at occiput 2f; snout If; eye 5; mouth width 4|; interorbital 4^; dorsal spine 1^; anal spine Ij; pectoral spine If; ventral spine 1|. Body slender in profile, deepest at ventral origin, and well de- pressed. Caudal peduncle well depressed, long, and surfaces about equally and broadly convex above and below. 18 Nat. Verh. Holl. Maats. (Descr. Silur. Suriname), XX, 1864, p. 20, PI. 6, fig. 1, PI. 13, fig. 1. " Trans. Zool. Soc, London, XVII, 1904, p. 286. 20 Denk. Ak. Wiss. Wien, XLVI, 1882, p. 7, PI. 3, fig. 2. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239 Head elongate, depressed, broadly convex above and more or less flattened below. Snout depressed, somewhat acuminate, length about equals greatest width, and upper profile slightly concave in front. Eye moderate, with eye socket well notched behind, general form ellipsoid, and center falls about last third in head length. Mouth anterior or slightly before middle in snout length, transverse, and jaws firm. Teeth apparently few, minute, close-set and uni- serial. Buccal disk (damaged) apparently more or less rounded? Tongue broad, depressed, scarcely free. Nostrils together within an aperture about half length of orbital aperture, to which close before in lateral profile, and hind edge of aperture slopes up gradually. Fig. 10. — Loricariichthys hauxwelli Fowler. (Type.) Internasal space slightly less than half of interorbital. Cheeks very slightly concave, and interorbital similar. Opercle large, porous. Supraoccipital process broad basally, though . forms narrow point about f basal width. Gill-openings lateral, extend forward about opposite eye center. Gill-rakers 4-f 8 ? short firm points, much less than filaments and latter little less than eye. Branchiostegals with outer broad. Scales, or scutes, all more or less minutely spinescent. Predorsal region with 3 scutes to occipital. Three series of scutes transversely across middle of belly, with inner series broad. Anteriorly, or on breast, scutes smaller or more numerous. Two scutes between ventrals. Anterior 2 predorsal scales each with strong keel on each 240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., side, and scales on each side with keel, which becomes obliterated after second scale along dorsal base, and posteriorly till near middle in length of caudal peduncle it forms only slight convexity on each scale. Lateral keels on each side made up of minute serrse, straight in their arrangement, and graduated longer to last, which largest. Each lateral scale of belly Avith rather obsolete keel. Head all more or less roughened with minute asperities, though slightly more conspicuous along lower edge of snout. All fin spines and outer rays of caudal finely spinescent. Dorsal origin fall's behind first third in length about an eye- diameter, spine slender and not larger than longer rays. Anal inserted well behind dorsal base, or slightly nearer snout tip than caudal base, spine scarcely larger than rays, and depressed fin extends 2f to caudal base. Caudal small, median rays short, and outer or upper and lower ones slightly enlarged. Pectoral reaches ventral, spine flexuous, longer than rays. Ventral inserted slightly before dorsal origin, spine long and flexuous, and reaches back about oppo- site middle of third scale along anal ba'se. Vent about midway between ventral and anal origins. Color in alcohol largely uniform brownish, apparently greatly faded. Lower surface of body pale. Fins all pale, uniform, and caudal with several pale irregular cross streaks. Iris dark. Length 180 mm. (caudal tips damaged). Type, No. 8,301, A. N. S. P. Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. John Hauxwell. This example is close to Loricariichthys maculatus (Bloch), and may ultimately be found identical. Bloch's poor figure-^ does not show much detail fit for comparison, and the synonymous Loricaria amazonica Castelnau^^ is not much better. The snout, in Ijoth cases, is shown as more obtuse, similar to my examples of Loricariichthys typus. From Regan's description, my specimen differs in the longer snout and the abdomen with but a single series of plates between the lateral series. The carinate anterior plates are also characteristic, as his specimens are given at 190 mm. in length, and said to have all the predorsal plates weakly carinate in the young and without distinct keels in the adult. (Named for John Hauxwell, who collected fishes in the Ambyiacu River many years ago.) 2' Loricaria maculata Bloch, Naturg. Ausl. Fische, VIII, 1794, p. 73, PI. 375, fig. 1. 22 Anim. Amer. Sud, 1855, p. 46, PI. 23, fig. 2. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241 Lorioariichthys anus (Valenciennes). Rio Jacuhy, Brazil. One of the smallest examples, 210 mm. long, differs in having the lateral scutes 25+9, which is more in accordance with the characters distinguishing Loricaria spixii Steindachner. In other respects it agrees with the present species. Loricaria cataphracta Linnaeus. One from Surinam, 228 mm. long (caudal tips damaged). Head width 1| in its length. Internasal region slightly elevated convexly. No lengthmse keels on interorbital and anterior occipital region. Ventral plates medianly in 3 or 4 irregular series. Lower naked surface of head extends rather well back on clavicle region. Loricaria carinata Castelnau. One from the Rio M-aranon, 185 mm. long (caudal tips damaged). Head width Ij in its length. Internasal region not elevated. Two low lengthwise keels within interorbital space, approximating behind, where they continue closer as better marked supraoccipital keels. Ventral plates medianly in 4 or 5 irregular series. Naked surface of head below not extending on clavicles, which covered with many small plates. This specimen agrees with Eigenmann's photograph. The species is apparently not previously known from the Maranon, Cope having confused it with L. cataphracta. Harttia platystoma (Giinther). Warraputa Falls, British Guiana. Sturisoma guentheri (Regan). Peru. This example agrees with Regan's figure and account. Scutes 20 + 16. Sutures on predorsal shield weak, so that it appears as rather large single plate, preceded by 2 more plates to supra- occipital process. Dorsal with traces of faint spots on fin-rays; Cauda! with uppermost and lowermost rays produced (tips damaged), and with several dark spots, arranged mostly as transverse bands. CYOLOPIID^. Cyolopium sabalo (Valenciennes). Rio Urubamba, Peru. Cyclopium cMmborazoi sp. nov. Fig. U. Head 3; depth 4; D. I, 5; A. I, 6; P. I, 10; V. I, 8; head trifle longer than wide; snout 2 in head length; eye about 12; mouth width about 3; interorbital about 5|; dorsal spine If; anal spine If; pectoral nearly 1; ventral 1|. Body moderately long, compressed, deepest at dorsal origin. Caudal peduncle deep, compressed. 16 242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Head depressed slightly. Snout long, depressed. Eye high, midway in head length, without distinct eyelids. Mouth broad, transverse, slightly crescentic, falls little before first third in snout length. Buccal disk broad, especially lower lip, which extends back opposite front edge of pupil, and its surface finely papillose. Lateral barbel emanates about midway in snout length, and extends back about opposite hind eye edge. Teeth moderate, most of upper simple, pointed and with slender acuminate tips. Lower teeth bifid, and lateral prong smaller, otherwise like upper. Nostrils moderate, little closer than eyes are to one another, together, and placed about first third in snout length. Interorbital slightly convex. Fig. 11. — Cydojpium chimborazoi Fowler. (Type. J Gill-opening lateral, mostly above insertion of pectoral. Enlarged rays of fins all with small denticles or spinescent, body otherwise smooth. Humeral process unarmed, smooth, extends back about midway in pectoral fin. Dorsal inserted little nearer snout tip than caudal base, spine rather flexible terminally, longest of radii, and extends back little over half way to adipose fin. Latter rather large, placed mostly behind anal. Anal base entirely before adipose fin, and origin nearly midway between last dorsal ray base and caudal base. Caudal deeply emarginate, median rays much shorter than outer, so that hind edge lunate. Pectoral low, extends back slightly beyond dorsal base. Ventral inserted slightly before dorsal, reaches f to anal. Color in alcohol pale brownish, clouded with darker irregularly. Fins mostly pale. Iris pale slaty. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243 Length 24 mm. Type No. 43,523, A. N. S. P. Junction of the Chanchan River and Chiguancay River, Province of Chimborazo, Ecuador. March, 1911. S. N. Rhoads. Purchased. Only the type known. Since the appearance of Regan's work in 1904 a number of species have been described and referred to the genus CyclopiimiP Possibly the nearest approach to the present is C. cirratum (Regan)^^ from southwestern Columbia, which, however, would differ in having the ventrals nearly reaching the anal, the pectoral reaching to the ventral base, a smaller head, and a black bar on the caudal fin medianly. (Named for the Province of Chimborazo, in which the type was secured.) 23 Pellegrin, Arc Merid. Equator., IX (2), 1912, pp. 1-15, PI. 1. Eigenmann Indiana Univ. Studies, X, No. 8, September, 1912, pp. 13-16. ''^ Arges cirratus Regan, Proc. Z. Soc. London, 1912, p. 670. 244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., COLD-BLOODED VERTEBRATES FROM FLORIDA, THE WEST INDIES, COSTA RICA, AND EASTERN BRAZIL. BY HENRY \V. FOWLER. The Academy has received a number of small collections from the above countries during the past ten years, which I have recently studied. Some include interesting records or new species, and thus they are gathered together to form the present paper. I am indebted to Dr. Thomas Barl^our for a review of the amphibians and reptiles listed. Florida. The most important collections from this State were made during several winters, in 1904-5, 1906, and 1907, by the late George Bacon Wood, while at West Palm Beach. The marine species were all collected on the ocean front at Palm Beach. Mr. Wood sent photo- graphs or drawings of many of the larger and more abundant and he also ascertained the vernacular names when possible, which are given below in quotations. Under date of March 26, 1909, Mr. Wood wrote me of an example of Trachypterus recently taken in a net in the sea. He says it measured 7 feet 2 inches in length and was 14 inches in depth. Later this example was noted in Forest atid Stream, LXXII, May, 1909, p. 699, with a photograph, and doubtfully referred to as T. gryphuriis. It was not secured for the Academy. Lieutenant Hugh Willoughby made a collection at Stuart, in Dade County, in 1908. A small collection was made at Lake Kerr, in Marion County, and along the St. Johns River, in 1909, b}^ Mr. John Trimble. Mr. Morgan Hebard collected some amphibians in southern Florida in 1910. In 1912 and subsequently, Mr. 0. F. Bajaiard collected some interesting material at Clearwater, in Hillsboro County. Dr. H. A. Pilsbry obtained several species there in 1904, though unless otherwise indicated, the records pertain to Mr. Baynard. During the winter of 1914 ]\Ir. F. J. Keeley collected a few fishes at Hawks Park, in \'olusia County. Scoliodon terrae-novse (Richardson). Clearwater. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245 Sphyrua zygaena (Linnaeus). "Hammer-head." Palm Beach. Mr. Wood reports one obtained at Boca Grande Pass, thirteen feet long, Avhich contained 35 young. Mr. Keeley also reports it and Carcharias littoralis at Hawks Park. Mr. Wood noted two other sharks' not preserved, Ginglijmostoma cirratum and Galeocerdo tigrinus, at Boca Grande Pass, the first apparently not before recorded from the east coast. I may also mention that a large example of Rhineodon tijpus A. Smith, was taken at Knight's Key on Jmie 1, 1912, though it has already been recorded by Dr. Gudger. I examined it while on exhibition, in August, 1913, at Atlantic City, N. J. Pristis pectinatus Latham. "Saw-fish." Two large examples taken at Fort Pierce, and the photograph sent by Mr. Wood. .ffitobatUS narinari (Euphrasen). "Stingaree." Mr. W^ood obtained it at Boca Grande Pass and sent photographs. Lepisosteus osseus (Linnseus). I have examined numerous examples in the Philadelphia markets alleged to have been obtained in Florida. Mr. Trimble reported it from the St. Johns River, and also Amiatus calvus, from the Ocklawaha. Tarpon atlanticus (Valenciennes). ]\Ir. Wood obtained this species at New River, Indian River and Boca Grande Pass, and Mr. Keeley reports it from about Hawks Park. During 1913, from April 25 to May 7, Mr. Herman T. Wolf made the following interesting measurements (in inches) from 21 examples, freshly killed, from Boca Grande and Captiva Pass, and the Caloosa- hatchee. 246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., 0 e aj ^ ^ :^i i^-'- -: .— H i J3 'S >, Idl. 4 '3o 43 a Q 12f o p 11? "3 20 i-5 45 > o <6 w. 5 JO <6 m 6 o 22 1 9 bC a It 51 i s 1— ( CO P 0 C2 ^ r-" ■x.9 0 0 3 ^2-^ II Sgx§ -3^X00 0 03 0) Si 0 a e2 11 2f 14^ 1* 56 28f 55* 12i 14i 13 20 46 5 6 25 8* If 7 3 15 iof If 96 93* 34* 62* 16 20 13 20 50 5 6 24 9f 2^ 91 41 20^ 17* 2| 187 190 43* 79* 15 16^ 12 20 46 6 6 22 9 2^ 9^ 4 131 17 2* 150 149 39 78 9^ 14^ 13 21 48 6 7 21? 9 2 9 3* 15* 12* 92 95* 34 66 14i m 13 20 50 6 6 22 8f 2i 8 18 151 2 152 156 40 78 101 15^ 13 21 49 6 6 23 9 2* 3t 17* 11* 2^ 121 35* 77 12^ 15 12 21 48 6 6 23 8^ u 8 15* lOf 95 97* 35 64* ^?.h 161 13 13 20 22 48 48 6 6 6 6 24 25 9i 9 4i 16* 12 2 If? 111 133* 116 135 36 38 72 m 2f 81 75 12f 21 50 6 6 24 9f 9* 4^ m 161 2* 126 35f 78 m 14 13 21 50 5 6 23 8? 6 14 2 53 52* 29 50 15 13 21 20 49 48 5 6 6 7 25 24 Si 8f 2i i3i 12f ■2i' 65 68* 113 34* 36* 58* m 8^ 4* 16 68 16? 12^ 49 6 6 23. 2 31 15* 14 2f 116f 121 37 71 lU 18 13 20 50 6 6 H 5i 3 lOf If 52 28* 52 13 49 6 7 8f 9 4* 15 2t 150 154* 41 73* 12i 12 21 50 6 8* 7i... i5f 131 If 90 34* 60 12 13f 13 20 6 25 2i fil 84 85* 34* 57* 13 ...13 20 50 6 61 24 9i 2t 9i 4^ 19 16* 2i 140 140* 38* 76 13 16^ 13 20; 50 6 6 25 9 93 8f 16f 14* 2i 124 37 74 In all these examples Mr. Wolf found the belly rounded, the tubes of the 1. 1. much branched, the dorsal always inserted behind the ventrals, and but few color variations. He writes: "River fish are darker in color and may be distinguished at once: the scales are yellowish or yellow, in marked contrast to the brilliant mat-silver of the fish taken in the Gulf and passes. The color is not due to a nuptial change, more probably a muddy-water discoloration or effect of fresh water. Fishes varying greatly in weight swim in the same schools. The smallest tarpon taken in these passes weighed 26f pounds, the record largest fish 210 pounds. It is girth and condition, more than length, that controls the weight of a tarpon. The best catches are made at full and new moon, day and night fishing. From May 10 to the end of July they are most numerous in the passes. Tarpon have been observed cleaning spawning-beds, but no spawn or young have been taken. The beds are made in rivers and sheltered bays of brackish and fresh water, in the Caloosa- hatchee and Peace Rivers, etc. " 1915,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247 EIops saurus Linnseua. "Ten-pounder." Palm Beach. Several related forms, not preserved, were found in Florida by Mr. Wood. Pomolobus yseudoharengus and Alosa sapi- dissima were both found in the St. Johns River; the last also at Palm Beach. Mr. Wood also found Albula vulpes in Biscayne Bay, and Mr. Keeley reports it at Hawks Park, although not very plentiful. Harengula humeralis (Valenciennes). Clearwater and Palm Beach. Mr. Wood also found Abramis crysoleucas in fresh ponds near the latter locality, and Erimyzon sucetta in the St. Johns River. Dorosoma cepedianum (Le Sueur). Clearwater. Synodus foetens (Linnaeus). Clearwater. Ophichthus ocellatus (Le Sueur). Petersburg, in January, 1914 (D. McCadden). Felichthys marinus (Mitchill). "Sea-cat." Palm Beach and in salt-water at Sea Breeze. Mr. Keeley found it and Galeichthys felis at Hawks Park. Mr. Trimble found Ameiurus catus in the St. Johns and Esox americanus in sulphur springs near Lake Kerr. Fundulus seminolis (Girard). Lake Kerr. Lucania goodei Jordan. Lake Kerr. Jordanella floridae Goode and Bean. Big Cypress in Lee County (Baynard) and sulphur wells at Hawks Park (Keeley). Gambusia holbrookii Girard. Same localities as the preceding species. Heterandria formosa Agassiz. Sulphur wells at Hawks Park. Mollienisia latipinna Le Sueur. Clearwater. Tylosurus notatus (Poey). Palm Beach and Stuart. Tylosurus marinus (Wulbaum). Tarpon Springs. 248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Labidesthes sicculus (Cope). Lake Kerr, Mugil ourema Valenciennes. Palm Beach. Hugil cephalus Linneeus. " Mullet." Palm Beach and Stuart. Sphyraena barracuda (Walbaum). Palm Beach. Sphyraena borealis De Kay. Palm Beach. Syngnatbus louisianae Glinther. Palm Beach. Hippocampus hudsonius De Kay. Useppa Island, on west coast in Lee County (H. T. Wolf). Scomberomorus oavalla (Cuvier). "Kingfish." Palm Beach, Boca Grande Pass and Stuart. Mr. Wood also found S. maculatus, Sarda sarda and Istiophorus nigricans at Palm Beach. Trichiurus lepturus Linnseus. Palm Beach. Elagatis bipinnulatus (Quoy and Gaimard). Palm Beach. Caranx hippos (Linnseus). Clearwater. Reported at Palm Beach, and occasional at Hawks Park. Caranx latus Agassiz. Palm Beach. Seriola lalandi also reported from the same locality by Mr. Wood. Selene vomer (Linnseus). "Moon-fish." Palm Beach. Trachinotus glaucus (Bloch). Palm Beach. Mr. Wood also reports T. falcatus at this locality. Trachinotus carolinus (Linnaeus). "Pampano." Palm Beach. Occasional at Hawks Park, according to Mr. Keeley. Mr. Wood found Pomatomus saltatriz at Palm Beach and Rachycentron canadus in Lake Worth. Pomoxis sparoides (Lac6p6de). Clearwater. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249 Chaenobryttus gulosus (Valenciennes). Clearwater. Lepomis incisor (Valenciennes). "Bream." West Palm Beach, Lake Kerr and Clearwater. Mr. Keeley reports it, and the large-mouth bass from near Hawks Park. Mr. Trimble found Eupomotis holbrooki in Lake Kerr. Mioropterus salmoides (Lac6pMe). West Palm Beach and Lake Kerr. Centropomus undecimalis (Bloch). "Snook." Palm Beach. Epinephelus morio (Valenciennes). Palm Beach. Mr. Wood reported E. striatus at this locality. Fromicrops guttatUS (Linnaeus). "Jew-fish." Stuart and Boca Grande Pass. Mr, Keeley says it has been reported near Hawks Park. Mycteroperca microlepis (Goode and Bean). "Calico Grouper." Palm Beach. Centropristis striatus (Linnaeus). Hawks Park. Diplectrum formosum (Linnaeus). Clearwater (Pilsbry, Baynard). Kyptious saponaceus (Schneider). Palm Beach. Priacanthus arenatus Valenciennes. Palm Beach. Previously only known in Florida from Key West. Lutianus griseus (Linnaeus). "Mango Snapper." Palm Beach, Lake Worth and Hawks Park. Lutianus apodus (Walbaum). Palm Beach. Mr. Wood reported the "red snapper," L. aija, from Captiva Pass. Lutianus analis (Cuvier). "Mutton-fish." Palm Beach. Lutianus synagris (Linnaeus). Clearwater. Hsemulon maorostoma Gunther. Palm Beach. Haemulon parra (Desmarest). Palm Beach. 250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Anisotremus virginicus (Linnseus). "Pork-fish." Palm Beach. Orthopristis ohrysopterus (Linnseua). Clearwater. Reported with the next two species from Hawks Park. Lagodon rhomboides (Linnseus). " Sailor's Choice." Palm Beach and Clearwater. Archosargus probatocephalus (Walbaum). " Sheepshead." Palm Beach and Stuart. Diplodus holbrooki (T. H. Bean). Stuart and Clearwater. Eucinostomus gula (Valenciennes). Stuart. Kyphosus sectatrix (Linnaeus). Palm Beach. TJpeneus maculatus (Bloch). Palm Beach. Cynoscion nebulosus (Valenciennes). "Trout." Palm Beach. Also reported at Hawks Park. Mr. Wood secured Scicenops ocellatus at Sea Breeze, and Mr. Keeley reports it, and the three following species at Hawks Park. Leiostomus xanthurus Lac6p6de. "Spot." Palm Beach. Mioropogon undulatus (Linnseus). "Croaker." Palm Beach. Menticirrhus amerioanus (Linnaeus). Palm Beach and Stuart. Fogonias oromis (Linnseus). Stuart. Harpe rufa (Linnseus). Palm Beach. Tridio radiatus (Linnseus). Stuart. Iridic bivittatus (Bloch). Palm Beach and Clearwater. Sparisoma flavescens (Schneider). Palm Beach. Pseudoscarus guacamaia (Cuvier). " Green Parrot." Palm Beach. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 251 Chaetodipterus faber (Broussonet). Palm Beach. Hepatus bahianus (Castelnau). Palm Beach. Balistes carolinensis Gmelin. " Trigger-fish." Palm Beach and Stuart. Alutera sohflepfii (Walbaum). Palm Beach. Laotophrys trioomis (Linnaeus). Palm Beach. Xagocephalus laevigatus (Linnaeus). Palm Beach. Spheroides spengleri (Bloch). "Puffer." Palm Beach. Pine Island in San Carlos Bay (Baynard). S. macu- latus was also reported at Palm Beach and Hawks Park. Spheroides harperi Nichols. Pine Island in San Carlos Bay. Spheroides testudineus (Linnseua). Palm Beach. Mr. Wood also found Diodon hystrix at this locality. Chilomycterus schoepfi (Walbaum). Palm Beach. Soorpaena brasiliensis Valenciennes. Palm Beach. Soorpaena plumieri Bloch. Palm Beach. Echeneis naucrates Linnseus. " Shark-sucker." Palm Beach. Paralichthys lethostigmus Jordan and Gilbert. Stuart. Achirus lineatus (Linnseus). Palm Beach. Labrisomus nuchipinnis (Quoy and Gaimard). Palm Beach. Hypsoblennius hentz (Le Sueur). From among barnacles at Hawks Park. Ogcocephalus radiatus (Mitchill). Palm Beach. 252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Siren lacertina Linnseus. A larval example, with numerous examples of Gammarus and Pakemonetes from the Kissimmee River, about fifty miles below Kissimmee, by Mr. W, M. Meigs. Gastrophryne carolinense (Holbrook). Found at Homestead by Mr. Morgan Hebard. They were dis- covered under a coquina boulder. Likely the many toads Mr. Hebard saw under stones and boards at Key West in March, 1910, were also this species. Aoris gryllus (Le Conte). Mr. Hebard found this species exceedingly plentiful in the prairie conditions of the everglades at Miami. Pseudacris nigritus (Le Conte). Found under boards, in swampy places, about Miami. Hyla squirella Bosc. Atlantic Beach. Only one beaten from the prairie grasses at Miami. Hyla cinerea Daudin. Found at Atlantic Beach in the forest undergrowth, where speci- mens were taken while beating for insects. Rana sphenocephala Cope. Clearwater. Hemidactylus mabouia (Moreau de Joungs). One taken at Key West, March 14, 1910, by Mr. Hebard. It was found on the plaster wall of a building, where the light shone directly on the wall. These animals hide in crevices during the day. Though three individuals were seen, only the above was captured. Anolis principalis (Linnaus). Atlantic Beach. Eumeoes fasoiatus (Linnseus). One found, dead, under a coquina boulder at Key West. Stilosoma extenuatum A. E. Brown. Lake Kerr. Natrix fasoiatus (Linnseus). Clearwater. Opheodrys aestivus (Linnseus). Palm Beach. Diadophis punctatus (Linnseus). Clearwater. In life the belly was rich orange-yellow and ver- milion on lower surface of the tail. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253 Coluber constrictor Linnseus. Palm Beach. Coluber flagellum Shaw. Clearwater. Thamnophis saokeni (Kennicott). Orange Lake in Marion County (Baynard). Heterodon platirhinos Latreille. Clearwater. Agkistrodon piscivorus (Lac6pdde). Young from Lake Kerr. Adult from Orange Lake (Baynard). Sistrurus miliarius (Linnseus). Two from Lake Kerr. Crotalus adamanteus Beauvais. Palm Beach. Bermuda Islands. Mr. Stewardson Brown secured a small collection of fishes in Hungry Bay during September, 1905. Another small collection was made early in 1910 by Mr. E. G. Vanatta, and during July, 1914, Mr. C. S. Abbott, Jr., secured a few fishes near Hamilton. Holocentrus adscensionis (Osbeck). Two rosy examples from Harrington Sound. Amia sellioauda (Evermann and Marsh). One secured in 1905 and presented by Miss S. F. Streeter. Haemulon soiurus (Shaw). Hungry Bay. Diplodus argenteus (Valenciennes). Hungry Bay. Many taken. Eucinostomus harengulus Goode and Bean. Common in Hungry Bay. Abudefduf mauritii (Bloch). One from near Hamilton. Chaetodon capistratus Linnaeus. One from Harrington Sound. Hepatus bepatus (Linnseus). Hungry Bay. Mapo soporator (Valenciennes). Hungry Bay. 254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Labrisomus nuchipinnis (Quoy and Gaimard). Near Hamilton. Labrisomus lentiginosus T. H. Bean. One caught on hook, like last, and in same locality. Bufo marinus (Linnaeus). Adult from Victoria Park and eight young from Hamilton. Eumeces longirostris (Cope). Two examples from the Ducking Stool, taken in February, 1910, and larger 125 mm. long. Cuba. Most of the material from this country was presented to the Academy during 1914 by Mr. Charles T. Ramsden, of Guantanamo. A small collection was also received recently from Dr. J. W. Ross, made at Varadero, on the north coast. In 1904 Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry made a small collection at Sancti Spiritus. Anguilla chrisypa Rafinesque. One adult from Guantanamo. Gambusia punctata Poey. Many from Bahia Honda, about ten miles south of Havana, were obtained by Dr. P. Wiksell, in June, 1913. Glaridichthys uninotatus (Poey). One female, same data as preceding. A dark blotch above the anal origin conspicuous. Girardinus metallicus Poey. Many examples of both sexes from the Arroyo Honda River at San Carlos in Guantdnamo. My specimens show obscure darker vertical streaks in some cases, as in certain males and smaller females. Eleotris pisonis (Gmelin). Large example from the preceding locality. Hyla septentrionalis Boulenger. One adult from Guantdnamo. Eleutherodactylus ricordii (Dum§ril and Bibron). Rio Seco at San Carlos, Guantanamo, in April, 1914. Also two from Bayate, and one from Arroyo de San Felipe, Monte Toro. Eleutherodactylus dimidiatus (Cope). San Felipe at Monte Toro and La Cueva de la Lichuzo, Guan- tanamo. April, 1913. Also one from Bayate, and said to be uncommon. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255 Phyllobates limbatus Cope. Two examples of this rare toad were presented by Mr. Ramsden, who obtained them at Monte Libano in Guantanamo in 1913. Gonatodes albogularis Dum^ril and Bibron. Four from San Carlos in Guantdnamo. Tarentola oubana Gundlach and Peters. One example of this rare species was secured July 6, 1914, by Mr. Ramsden at Puerto Escondido, Guantdnamo. Anolis equestris Alerrem. One from Varadero. Anolis lucius Dumfiril and Bibron. One from Sancti Spiritus, which agrees with Cocteau's figure, except that the occipital plate is large and with several scales inter- posed anteriorly. The occipital plate is also colored as a large conspicuous white spot. Anolis argenteolus Cope. Two from tree trunks at Sierra del Maguey at San Carlos. Anolis sagrae Dum^ril and Bibron. Two from Monte Libano in Guantanamo. Anolis loysiana Cocteau. One from La Victoria at Monte Toro in Guantanamo. Anolis argillaceus Cope. One from Bayate in Guantanamo. Anolis alutaceus Cope. One from La Union near Monte Libano and another from Bayate. Anolis porcatus Gray. One from Guantanamo in 1913. Anolis angusticeps Hallowell. Many from Guantanamo, at Bayate Cerza de Concepcioncita, La Coloura, La Colima, Mai Paso at El Palmar, Alto de La Union, and El Peru at Monte Libano. Dr. Pilsbry also obtained it at Sancti Spiritus. Leiocephalus carinatus Gray. Varadero. Leiocephalus vittatus (Hallowell). One received from the town Ceigo de Availlia, presented by Mr. E. R. Casey, and one from Sancti Spiritus. 256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Coelestus sagrae (Cocteau). One example of this rare species was obtained at Sancti Spiritus by Dr. Pilsbry. It is much paler than Cocteau's plate, and largely grayish above at present. Ameiva auberi Cocteau. Road from Guantanamo to Baracoa. Uncommon. Amphisbsena cubana Peters. One from Cienfuegos, obtained by Dr. Pilsbry in April, 1904. Mr. Ramsden also sent one from San Esteban, La Demejagua in Oriente Province. He says it is found under rubbish, and to a great extent under or in the ground, and comes up in ploughing and in deep hoeing. Typhlops lumbricalis (Linnisus). Cienfuegos, San Juan di Latran and Majajua, from Dr. Pilsbry in 1904. Mr. S. H. Hamilton also secured it at Santiago de Cuba. Tropidophis melanura (Schlegel). Two from Guantanamo, one reddish and the other dark brown. Tretanorhinus variabilis Dum6ril and Bibron. Varadero. Alsopbis angulifer (Bibron). La Vigia hill at Trinidad, from Dr. Pilsbry. Leimadopbis andrese Reinhardt and Liitken. Sancti Spiritus. Arrbyton vittatus (Gundlach and Peters). Sancti Spiritus. St. Thomas Island, West Indies. The following fishes were obtained by Mr. Henry Warrington in 1900: Gymnothorax moringua (Cuvier). Trachurops crumenophtbalmus (Bloch). Vomer spixii (Swainson). Epinepbelus maculosus (Cuvier). Batbystoma rimator (Jordan and Swain). Spheroides testudineus (Linnaeus). St. Vincent Island, West Indies. Mr. R. M. Abbott secured a small collection of fishes here in February of 1914. Ocypode albicans (also found by him at St. Kitts) and Remipes scutellatus were taken with the fishes. 1915. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257 Harengula maorophthalmus (Ranzani). Holocentrus adscensionis (Osbeck). Decapterus punotatus (Agassiz). Trachurops crumenophthalmus (Bloch). Caranx latUS Agassiz. Upeneus maculatus (Bloch). Upeneus martinicus Valenciennes. Cryptotomus roseus Cope. Fig. l. Head 2f to 3; depth 3| to 4; D. IX, 10; A. II, 8, i or II, 9, i; scales 23 or 24 in 1. 1. to caudal base and 1 or 2 more on latter; 1^ scales above 1. 1.; 5 scales below 1. 1. to anal origin; snout 2f to 4 in head; eye 3| to 5f ; maxillary 3| to 4^; interorbital 5i to 5f. The two larger examples, when fresh in alcohol were generally olivaceous above and brighter or more brilliant on sides. Just Fig. 1. — Cryptotomus roseus Cope. below lateral line two lengthwise parallel brick-red to deep rosy streaks, upper of which obsolete after falling of 1. 1. In similar fashion, though reversed, a similar pair of more or less yellowish lengthwise parallel streaks, lower more or less obsolete, especially behind, or broken irregularly into small ill-defined spots. Head dark above, with a reddish streak from front of eye to maxillary, and another parallel one more inferior. Postorbital region with rosy or red blotches, irregular, rather large and well spaced. Upper lip dusky-olive, lower pale or whitish. Each of teeth with median warm brown streak or blotch. Branchio.stegal region on throat brilliant rosy-carmine. Obliquely parallel with pectoral base, above or inside and below outside a reddish streak fading out below. Origin 17 258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., of pectoral above with blackish spot. Dorsal reddish. Pectoral, ventral and anal mostly yellowish. Caudal olivaceous-green with faint vertical streaks. Iris reddish. Color later faded, generally brownish above, whitish below. Fins all brownish. Iris slaty. Teeth whitish. The smaller examples lack most of the brilliant colors of the adults. Length 64 to 110 mm. This brilliant species was taken in a large seine near Kingston on February 12, 1914. As it is apparently rare and little known, I have given the above notes, and also a figure of the largest example. Cope originally gave a very crude figure and incomplete account of the coloration. His type has been examined and compared in the present study, and although greatly faded there is no doubt as to the identification. Cryptotomus crassiceps T. H. Bean,^ from Ber- muda, is also a synonym. Sparisoma abbotti sp. nov. Fig. 2. Head 3i; depth 24; D. IX, 10, i; A. II, 9; P. ii, 11; V. I, 5; scales 25 in 1. 1. to caudal base, and 2 more on latter; 2 scales above 1. 1. to spinous dorsal origin; 6 scales below 1. 1. to anal origin; 3 median predorsal scales; 3 median scales on breast before ventral origins; head width 2 in its length; head depth at occiput about 1; snout 2f ; eye 4^; maxillary 4; interorbital 4; first dorsal spine 3; first dorsal ray 2y; first anal ray 2|; least depth of caudal peduncle 2|; caudal IJ; pectoral If; ventral 1|. Body moderately ovoid in general contour, compressed, deepest about opposite middle of pectoral, edges mostly rounded, though postventral with slight median keel and one on each side. Caudal peduncle compressed, about long as deep. Head compressed, deep, profiles similarly convex, and flattened sides verj^ slightly constricted above. Snout convex over surface, slightly so in profile, and length about | its width. Eye rounded, high, close to upper profile, and hind edge midway in head length. Mouth terminal, with commissure extending about half way to front eye edge, and inclined slightly down anteriorly. Maxillary mostly concealed. Lips thin, little free. Teeth as nearly even cutting- edges, incisor-like, smaller in upper jaw, and in lower as about 4 oblique appressed series along each mandibular ramus as seen exter- nally, tipper dental area with 6 external canines placed on outer surface, all flare outward, canine-like, slightly curved, inner pair 1 Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XIX, February 26, 1906, p. 37; Field Columb. Mus. Pub., lOS, Z. Ser., VII, No. 2, 1906, p. 70, fig. 9. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259 smallest and somewhat approximated, and posterior on each side largest and flare backward. Both inner buccal folds broad. Tongue large, thick, fleshy, not free. Nostrils simple pores, slightly separated, level with upper part of eye and anterior about last fourth in snout length. Interorbital slightly convex. Preopercle ridge not very distinct, inclined little forward. Gill-opening extends forward about opposite middle of eye. Gill- rakers about 5+11, slender, fine, scarcely pungent, nearly 3 in filaments, and latter about equal eye. Pseudobranchiae large as filaments. Branchiostegals slender, graduated. Isthmus convex. Scales large, cycloid, in even lengthwise series, more or less equal in size, though largest on middle of sides and breast. Ventral with Fig. 2. — Sparisoma abbotti Fowler. (Type.) free pointed axillary scaly flap, about | length of fin. Fins naked, except large scales covering caudal base. L. 1. complete, high, mostly concurrent with dorsal profile, and falls midway along side of caudal peduncle. Scales in 1. 1. slightly smaller than those adjoin- ing. Tubes all more or less branched. Dorsal origin nearly at first third between snout tip and last dorsal ray base, spines all pungent, and edge of fin entire. Anal with spines small and mostly flexible, fin otherwise similar to dorsal. Caudal with hind edge rounded. Pectoral small, first rudimentary ray short and as concealed thorn, fin extending f to anal. Ventral inserted about opposite pectoral origin, fin reaching f to anal. Vent close before anal. Color in alcohol generally dull olivaceous, much brighter and 260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., with mottled appearance, due to obscure whitish spots and shades of brownish, when fresh. Lower surface of head and breast with ochraceous tints. Head with dull purplish-brown tints above. A narrow bluish line extends from lower front eye edge to corner of mouth. Iris greenish-yellow. Throat or branchiostegal region brownish or sooty-black. Breast clouded with deep brownish, this shade appearing as a few scattered spots also on lower surface of head and lower sides. Dorsals, caudal and anals dusky-brown. Membrane between first and second dorsal spines dusky, and rayed dorsal largely mottled with dusky on its greater outer portion. Anal pale basally, though outer portion of fin largely blackish its whole extent. Caudal with 5 obscure vertical dark cross-streaks. Pectoral with its entire base, both inside and outside, slaty, fin slightly yellowish basally othermse, and becomes dusky terminally. Ventral dusky in front, whitish behind. Length 113 mm. Type, No. 39,868, A. N. S. P. Kingston, St. Vincent Island, West Indies. February 12, 1914. R. M. Abbott. This species is allied, if not likely to prove identical, with Scarus radians Valenciennes, as interpreted by Jordan and Evermann. Sparisoma radians- thus differs in the presence of 4 posterior canines, its reddish-brown color, axil with little or no blue, but with a dusky blotch partly hidden by the fin, caudal nearly plain, and one or two more or less distinct whitish bars across the chin. Scarus lacrimosus Poey is too imperfectly described to permit of positive identification, though the pectoral is without an axillary spot. Jordan notes^ a specimen sent by Poey to Cambridge, which had no dark axillary spot, the head plain, though it possessed two strong posterior canines with several smaller pointed teeth in front. At present Sparisoma abbotti has a dusky front and throat, on each side of the cheek below a whitish horizontal area which does not extend across the chin. Behind the dark area of the throat the scales on the isthmus form a pale or whitish transverse streak completely across. (Named for Mr. Richard M. Abbott, who collected the type.) Chsetodipterus faber (Broussonet). Hepatus bahianus (Castelnau). Balistes vetula Linnaus. 2 Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 47, II, 1898, p. 1631. Bahia, Brazil. => Rep. U. S. F. Com., XV, 1887 (1891), p. 678. 1915.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 261 Trinidad. Mr. Abbott also made a small collection from this island in Febru- ary, 1914. Grapsus maculatus was obtained on the shore west of Port-of-Spain. Bithynis ensiculus and Pseudothelphusa garmani were secured in the San Juan River near San Juan. Poecilurichthys bimaculatus (Linnaeus). Adult from the San Juan River near San Juan. When fresh the back was olivaceous, and lower surface paler. Sides of head silvery. Iris reddish. Blackish humeral blotch horizontally ellipsoid, and in pale area. Caudal blotch blackish, large, and includes middle caudal rays. Streak of leaden along middle of side. Dorsal and pectoral like back, also anal with exception of front edge which orange, like ventrals. Caudal yellowish basally, tips grayish. Lebistes reticulatus (Peters). Many females and a few males from the San Juan River near San Juan. Also three males from the Blue Basin in Blue Basin Falls. These examples are very variable. Conodon nobilis (Linnaeus). One secured by Mr. Warrington in 1900. .Equidens pulcher (Gill). Adult from the St. Joseph River near St. Joseph, and a young example from the Blue Basin. Eleutherodactylus uricbi (Boettger). One from near Port-of-Spain. In life the throat was- brilliant lemon-yellow, though has now faded white in alcohol. Costa Rica. Dr. Philip P. Calvert placed a small collection, made in 1909, in my hands for study. It has not been presented to the Acadeni}'. I am indebted to Dr. Calvert for the favor of examining the col- lection as well as for the notes pertaining to it. Several interesting crustaceans are also contained in it. These are Palcemon jamaicensis for the Rio Bananito, Pseudothelphusia richmoncU from Quebrada Honda near Juan Vinas, and Potamocarcinus nicaraguensis from Peralta. Rivulus isthmensis Garman. Two from Laguna at Juan Vinas. Priapichtliys annectens (Regan). Three from the Rio Bananito. 262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Dendrobates typographus Keferatein. Two examples, one in life a bright vermilion color and the other gray. Both taken at Philadelphia South Farm. Dendrobate8 tinctorius (Schneider). Holanda Farm. Agalyohius helenae Cope. Cartago. Dr. Calvert gives the following note: "There was an exceedingly handsome frog here, one of which we took to the hotel and kept for some days. When "asleep" its body,, exclusive of legs, is 63 mm. (2h ins.) long. Ordinarily the upper surface of body and legs is a bright pea-green, below the body is speckled white and reddish-brown, with a band of brilliant beautiful blue on each side of the abdomen. We photographed it as we noticed great color changes. When first caught it was pale green. When we took it out of the vasculum at the hotel it was a dark dirty green with pale spots on the back. While we photographed it, it grew light again with paler spots over the back. After night-fall it was again very dark, but although it spent the night in a dark cupboard it was pale green when we first looked at it in the morning and again at 4.30 P.M. When caught it secreted a quantity of sticky mucus having a powerful and disagreeable odor, which it was difficult to remove from the hands. It was able to cling without other support than its toes on the vertical side of our glass graduate. The tips of all the toes (4 on front, 5 on hind feet) are expanded into large fleshy disks with which the frog climbs." Homalocranium virgatum (Giinther). Juan Vinas. Leptodeira albofusoa (Lac6pMe). La Emilia. State of Ceara, Brazil. During November of 1913, Mr. C. F. Derby made a small collection in the Rio Jaguribe at Barro Alto, in the municipality of Igatu, and about 413 kilometers due south from Fortaleza. When the fishes were captured the water in the river was a trifle salty, owing to a very light rainy season the year before. Curimatus cyprinoides (Linnseus). Two examples 137 and 152 mm. long. Proohilodus nigricans Agassiz. Two examples 135 and 129 mm. long. They show dark vertical streaks, as well as the dark lengthwise lines, like those of P. stein- 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263 dachneri. In the earlier accounts of P. nigricans little note is taken of the color. Prof. Starks states that Madeira River specimens have the lengthwise lines and cross-bars more distinct than those from Para. PoBoiluriolitliys bimaculatus (Linnseus). Head 3 to 3^; depth 2\ to 2f ; scales 32 to 35 in 1. 1. to caudal base and 2 or 3 more on latter; 7 scales above 1. 1., rarely 6; 7 scales below 1. 1., rarely 6; 12 to 15 predorsal scales; snout 3| to 4 in head; eye 2f to3; maxillary 2| to 2f; interorbital 2| to 3; length 45 to 58 mm. Six examples. Among my earlier material belonging to this species, the specimens from the Tocantins headwaters each have a cluster of dusky dots at base of each lateral scale, no other dots on outer portions of scales, where apparently none were ever present, and thus lengthwise series of inconspicuous spots are evident. In these the predorsal scales are interrupted on the anterior median line, though closel}^ and irregularly approximated, several being saddled over the ridge of the posterior half. In the larger of my examples of Astijanax hartleUii the predorsal line is more or less interrupted, though in the larger the squamation is mostly destroyed. The Paramaribo A. orientalis is pale in color, and in agreement with the Ceara material, though without pigmented dots on the sides at present, and the fallen predorsal scales have left pockets showing they were probably more or less completely placed as saddles. A. lacustris shows the scales of the predorsal closely approximated, though or.ly those of the posterior , half formed saddles. A. jacuhiensis shows the pre- dorsal scales with a nearly complete naked strip in front and without the dark pigment dots, or only very faint sparse ones, at the bases of the scale exposures. The body is also much deeper. Prof. Starks mentions that Lake Extremos, Lake Papary and Ceara Mirim examples have fewer anal rays (25-27), while in the Para material they were more numerous (31-32).-* Of the first he says: ''These are perhaps referable to Astyanax bimaculatus novcB Eigenmann, though the lateral band is not so definite as in the picture of the original specimen." A. bimaculatus novce I have been unable to find noticed elsewhere. Finally I have described A. rwpununi^ from British Guiana, which in no way differs from Ceard material. It shows the predorsal scales nearly completely forming saddles over the median 4 Stanford Univ. Publ. (Fishes Stanford Exp. Brazil), March 17, 1913, p. 16. * Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1914, p. 242, fig. 6. 264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., line, thus allowing for the error of its inclusion in Astyanax, though as a synonym of P. bimaculatus it must be suppressed. Serrasalmus rhombeus (Linnaeus). One 112 mm. long from Barro Alto. The back, above the lateral line is marked with rather numerous, and in most cases more or less dark brownish or dusky vertical spots. Pygocentrus piraya (Cuvier). Two examples, 160 and 214 mm. In the smaller specimen the spots are larger, more distinct, and more sparse, also pale, and on basal region of tail larger. Pimelodella graoile (Valenciennes). One 172 mm. long. Maxillary barbel reaches anal origin. Outer mental barbel extends only for first fifth in depressed pectoral spine. Adipose fin 2| in combined head and trunk length. Plecostomus jaguribensis sp: nov. Fig. 3. Head, measured to hind edge of occipital process, 3; depth 4f ; D. I, 7; A. I, 4; P. I, 5; V. I, 5; lateral scutes from pectoral axilla 25 to caudal base and 2 more on latter; 5 scutes between dorsal base and that of anal; 3 predorsal scutes; head width equals its length, when measured from occipital process medianly behind; head depth at occiput If; snout If; eye 6^; mouth width 3f, mandibular ramus Q\; interorbital 2^; adipose fin 2|; pectoral spine nearly 1; least depth of caudal peduncle 3j; ventral spine 1^. Body elongate, moderately depressed with convex surface above and lower surface flattened, anterior profile well convex, and greatest depth at dorsal origin. Caudal peduncle well compressed, and length little less than least depth. Head large, moderately depressed, lower surface flattened, with sides sloping up for about | greatest width of head, leaving wide and broadly triangular occipital region, as seen in vertical section. Snout wide, outline broadly triangular as seen from above, and its length f its greatest width opposite front edges of eyes. Eye rounded, well elevated or close to upper profile and center falls about f in head length as measured to occipital process. Pupil small, appar- ently vertical ellipsoid. Mouth moderately wide, anterior below. Buccal disk orbicular, its transverse diameter li in snout length, edges entire, and surface of lower portion outside with numerous ■papilliB, of which innermost larger or better developed. Inside jaws apparently more or less smooth. Inside upper jaw large fleshy median papilla. Teeth slender, uniserial, long, bent over 1015. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265 at ends, bifid, 44 in upper jaw and 47 in lower jaw, one of bifurcations always shorter and smaller than other. Inner buccal folds rather wide. Tongue broad and fleshy. Each lateral corner of buccal disk with slender barbel about equal to eye in length. Nostrils large, together, dividing frenuni falls little before last fourth in .snout length, socket much less than that of eye, and both fall within confines of internasal space. Anterior nostril simple pore with Fig. 3. — Plecostomus jaguribensis fowler. (Ty pe.) cutaneous flap behind forming valve completely covering slightly larger posterior nostril. Interorbital rather wide, double concave, due to slightly elevated supraoccipital median ridge and each supra- orbital also being little elevated. Hind edge of occipital ridge broadly triangular. Opercle large, moderately porous. Gill-opening small, lateral, oblique, and extends forward about opposite first third in eye. Isthmus broad, about lyV ii^ snout. 266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Body everywhere minutely spinulose. Scutes on back slightly carinate, and lateral series obsoletely so anteriorly. None of scutes carinate below adipose fin. Six scutes between dorsal and adipose fin. Occipital process bordered only by median scute behind. Edge of gill-opening bordered with slightly enlarged spinules. Lower surface of head and abdomen covered with small granular scales, all densely and minutely spinulose. Fin spines all spinulose, those on outer edges of pectoral and ventral larger and form rather regular rows more pronounced terminally. Outer surfaces of fin rays minutely spinulose. L. 1. evident as simple small pores extending back, one in each suture, between scutes forming series from median hind edge of opercle. Dorsal origin nearly midway between snout tip and origin of adipose fin, and depressed spine (damaged) apparently moderate. Adipose fin with strongly compressed large bent spine, If to caudal base, and inserted little behind last third in space between dorsal origin and caudal base. Anal inserted slightly before hind edge of dorsal base, or about midway between pectoral axil and caudal base, depressed fin extending 2^ to latter. Caudal moderate (damaged), well emarginate' behind ? and lower lobe longer. Pec- toral spine large, compressed, reaches about ly to anal origin. Ven- tral inserted close behind dorsal spine base, spine long, tapers to rather flexible point which extends back opposite hind anal ray base. Vent at last fifth in space between ventral and anal origins. Color in alcohol brown above, paler or more or less whitish below, faded with creamy tints. Iris slaty, pupil darker. Head above rather finely spotted with pale dusky, spots closer, smaller and more numerous on muzzle, interorbital and cheek. Back and costal region marked with similar colored, though larger, spots and seldom more than one on a scute. Belly and lower surfaces of trunk with similar, though much more obscure, spots, mostly of very dull brown in tint. Fins all dull or pale brownish, and all spotted with darker. Dorsal with large dusky spots on membranes, usually a single row Avhich may occasionally be slightly irregular on each. On front edge of dorsal spine series of small inconspicuous pale dusky spots. Caudal with median hind portion dusky, and with several obsolete transverse streaks. Membranes of pectoral and ventral with spots similar to those on dorsal, only smaller. Anal membranes with several dusky dots, also adipose fin. Length 116 mm. (caudal tips damaged). Type, No. 39,930, A. N. S. P. Rio Jaguribe at Barro Alto, Brazil. November, 1913. Mr. C. F. Derby. 1915. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267 Also No. 39,931, A. N. S. P., paratype, same data. Head 3; depth 4|; D. I, 7; A. I, 4; lateral scutes 26 to caudal base and 2 more on latter; snout If in head; eye 5|; mouth width 3; interorbital 2|; length 103 mm. Related to P. auroguttatus (Kner). In that species the dorsal spots are larger and ill-defined and the space between the ventrals is mostly granular. Kner's figure shows the granules sparsely irregular on the breast, whereas in the present species they are mostly uniform. Other allied species, which agree in having the occipital bordered by a single nuchal scute, are P. wuchereri Giinther and P. unce Steindachner. The former has two series of spots on each dorsal membrane and the region between the ventrals is naked or with but few granules. In the latter species the scutes on the belly are reduced to a minimum. P. lexi R. Von Ihering, P. variipidus R. Von Ihering and P. ancistroides R. Von Ihering all differ in coloration. (Named for the Rio Jaguribe.) Loricariichthys derbyi sp. nov. Fig. 4. Head, measured to hind edge of gill-opening 5|; depth 9|; D. I, 7; A. I, 5; P. I, 6; V. I, 5; scales 31 in lateral series to caudal base, lateral keels united or approximated after 19 scales; 22 scales behind dorsal; 3 predorsal scales; head width ly^ in its length: head depth at occiput 2|; snout If; eye 5; mouth width 4; inter- orbital 3^; dorsal spine 1|; anal spine li; pectoral spine 1|; ven- tral spine If. Body slender in profile, deepest at dorsal origin, and well depressed. Caudal peduncle well depressed, long, and surfaces similarly widely convex above and below. Head moderately long, depressed, broadly convex above and more or less flattened below. Snout convex over surface, profile also very slightly convex, and length about f greatest width opposite front of eyes. Eye moderate, with eye-socket well notched behind, general form ellipsoid, and center falls about last third in head length. Mouth anterior or slightly before middle in snout length, transverse, and jaws firm. Inner edge of each mandibular ramus with 5 fine, slender teeth, close-set and uniserial. Upper jaw with 10 similar smaller, inconspicuous teeth. Buccal disk elongate, hind edge and outer surface of lower lip entire, though front edge of disk laterally and before each barbel fringed. Lateral barbel short, about f in eye. Tongue broad, fleshy, apparently not free. Nostrils together, within an aperture, but slightly less than eye length, also 268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., extend well into front interorbital region. Internasal space 2f in interorbital. Cheeks level or very slightly convex. Interorbital mostly flattened medianly, and as supraorbital ridges slightly elevated of somewhat concave appearance. Opercle large, rather porous. Supraoccipital wide, completely divides truly first predorsal scale. Gill-openings lateral, extend forward about opposite hind edge of eye. Gill-rakers about 3+8 short, firm points, about j length of gill-filaments, and latter about 2 in eye. Isthmus broad. Bran- chiostegals broad. Scales or scutes, all more or less minutely spinescent. Scutes on belly in rather irregular rows, anteriorly 5, antero-medianly 3, Fig. 4. — Loricariichthys derbyi Fowler. (Type.) postero-medianly 2, and posteriorly 1. Single preanal scute. Lat- eral keels on each side made up of a series of minute denticles, straight in their arrangement, and graduated longer to last, which largest. Lateral belly scales with scarcely obsolete keels. Head all more or less roughened with minute asperities, though slightly larger along lower edge of snout. All fin spines and outer surfaces of fin rays finely spinescent. Dorsal origin at first third in length between snout tip and caudal base, spine slender, and shorter than longest rays when depressed. Anal inserted well behind dorsal base or nearer snout tip than caudal base, and spine shorter than longest depressed rays, fin extending 3| to caudal base. Caudal small, median rays short, and 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269 outer or upper and lower enlarged, especially former, which con- spicuously compressed and osseous. Pectoral reaches ventral, spine rather flexuous at tip, equals longest rays. Ventral inserted slightly before dorsal origin, spine long and flexuous, and extends back slightly beyond front of anal. Vent slightly nearer ventral than anal origin. Color in alcohol dull brownish above, mottled obscurely with dark towards upper lateral regions. Lower surface of body immacu- late whitish. Fins pale brownish, rays and spines all rather finely spotted dusky. Several dusky spots along side of head. Iris slaty. Length 175 mm. (caudal tip damaged). Type, No. 39,932, A. N. S. P. Rio Jaguribe at Barro Alto, Brazil. November, 1913. Mr. C. F. Derby. Also No. 39,933, A. N. S. P., paratype same data. Head 5^; depth 9; D. I, 7; A. I, 5; scales 31 to caudal base and 1 more on latter; scales approximated after first 19; snout If in head; eye 4f; mouth width 4; interorbital 3f; length 150 mm. (caudal tip damaged). This species appears to be related to Loricaria spixii Steindachner, which differs in having the lateral keels approximated after the twenty-third scale, fewer scales in transverse series across the belly, and in the nasal sockets not extending into the anterior interorbital region. From most all other species L. derhyi differs in the en- larged uppermost caudal ray. (Named for Mr. C. F. Derby.) Lebistes reticulatua (Peters). Three examples 15 to 30 mm. They all show a blackish ocellus on side of back just before dorsal fin. The largest example also has about a dozen vertical streaks made up of the darker olive ground-color and a dusky streak transversely over dorsal near base. These examples were obtained near the coast. Tropidurus torquatus (Wied). One example, 187 mm. 270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., A FURTHER CONTRIBUTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE ORTHOPTERA OF ARGENTINA. BY JAMES A. G. REHN. In these Proceedings there recently appeared a paper by the present author entitled, "A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Orthoptera of Argentina. "' This study was based wholly on material collected by Mr. P. Jorgensen, of Buenos Aires, and submitted to us for study by that gentleman and Mr. Esben Petersen, of Silkeborg, Denmark. Since the appearance of the above-mentioned paper, several additional collections from Argentina, made almost wholly by Mr. Jorgensen, have been received from the same persons and, in addition, a small but very interesting series from Mr. Carlos Lizer, of Buenos Aires. The combined material represents quite a few localities supple- mentary to those given in the previous paper, while thirty-eight species are additional to the one hundred and sixty-two there discussed. The total number of species here treated is one hundred and four- teen, of which nineteen are now recorded from Argentina for the first time, while three species are new to science. The number of specimens in the present series is four hundred and fifty-eight. In the tabulation given on page 275 of our previous paper, there can be added to the forty-nine species known in Argentina only from the Misiones Territory, ten of the eighteen here first recorded from Argentina. This is directly in line with the previously indicated evidence of the richness and Brazilian affinity of the Misiones region. The forms here first recorded from Argentina are indicated by an asterisk preceding the specific name. The types of the new species and an adequate representation of the other forms in the collection have been retained for the Academy series. We wish to thank Messrs. Jorgensen, Lizer and Petersen for their interest and courtesy in submitting the present material to us for study. 1 These Proceedings, 1913, pp. 273-379. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271 DERMAPTERA. Family LABIDURID^. Labidura xanthopus fStll). La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) One male. This individual is identical with, though very slightly smaller than, the specimen from Puerto Bertoni, Paraguay, recorded by us as Demogorgon batesi.^ Burr^ now considers the genera Labidura and Demogorgon to be inseparable and synonymizes batesi of Kirby under the older name xanthopus^ which action, as far as we can determine from our material and the literature, is correct. Stal described the species from Rio Janeiro and Buenos Aires, while Borelli has recorded it from Salta, province of Salta, Argentina. Family LABIID^. Labia minor (Linnaeus). Buenos Aires. (Lizer.) One male. The only previous Argentine record for this widespread species is from Concordia (Borelli, BoUet. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XVII, No. 418, p. 6). Family FORFICULID^. Doru lineare (Eschsch.). Misiones. January, 1911. (Jorgensen.) Two males, four females. ORTHOPTERA (s. s.). Family BLATTIDiE. Subfamily PSEUDOMOPIX.E. Pseudomops negleota Shelford. Misiones. January 1, 1911, March 31, 1909, December 10, 1909. (Jorgensen.) Three males, one female. Florincia, Rio Tapenaga, Province of Santa Fe. Two females. Alto Pencosa, Province of San Luis. December 20-22, 1908. (Jorgensen; from composite Ximenedia microptera.) Five males. In none of the above-listed males is there any trace of the pale antennal annulus referred to by Shelford and Rehn as occurring in the female. The single female here listed lacks the greater portion of the antennse. The latter specimen has the tegmina quite piceous, with only the marginal field and the edging of the region of the costal 2 Entom. News, XXII, p. 247. ^ Trans. Entom. Soc. London, 1910, p. 18.5. 272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., veins straw colored, although the coloration of the pronotal disk and of the limbs is normal. The Alto Pencosa and Florincia speci- mens have the region of the costal veins of the tegmina almost as yellowish as the pronotal margin. The range of the species is extended considerably westward by the Alto Pencosa record. Ischnoptera rufa Brunner. Misiones. December 8, 1909. (Jorgensen.) One male. Ischnoptera vilis Saussure. Buenos Aires. (Lizer.) One male. La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) One male, one female. Misiones. January, 191 L (Jorgensen.) One male. The above males have been compared with Paraguayan specimens of the same sex. The Buenos Aires individual has the interocular portion of the occiput quite rufescent, a condition not found in any of the other specimens examined. The female, which sex was previously unknown, has abbreviate lateral non-attingent sublanceo- late tegmina, much as in the North American /. johnsoni, from which it can be readily separated by the slenderer build, relatively larger and broader head, more transverse pronotum, more tapering tegmina and shorter, more robust cerci. The measurements of the female are as follows: length of body, 14.8 mm.; length of pronotum, 4.2; greatest width of pronotum, 5.5; length of tegmen, 3.6. The only previous record of the species from Argentina is that from Corrientes by Saussure. Ischnoptera marginata Brunner.'' Misiones. January, 1911, December, 1910, December 1 and 20, 1910. (Jorgensen.) Two males, four females. Ischnoptera brasiliensis Brunner. Misiones. January 5 and 29, 1910, December, 1909. (Jorgen- sen.) Three males. La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) Two males. Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. (A. C. J. Haarup.) 1904-1905, November 20, 1906. Two males. The La Cumbre and Mendoza records are the most southern for the species. *Very probably Blatta fusca Saussure (Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, (2), XXI, p. 110 (1869) — •'■ Ager Argentinus, " later given with exactness as Corrientes) is a synonym of this species. Shelford places it in Blattella, but the description and measurements agree very completely with Brunner's marginata, which has four years' priority. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273 Blattella germanica (Linnaus). Misiones. July 30, 1909. (Jorgensen.) One male. Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. (A. C. J. Haarup.) One male. Buenos Aires. (Lizer.) One male, one female. * Blattella conspersa Bmnner. Misiones. January, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One male. This specimen fully agrees with the original description of the species, previously known only from Brazil and Sapucay, Paraguay. Ceratinoptera puerilis new species. Type: cf ; Misiones, Argentina. July 30, 1909. (P. Jorgensen.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., type no. 5230.] In general form this species is apparently closest to C. otomia (Saussure)-^ from Mexico, from which, however, it differs in the larger size, the more extensive tegmina, which reach to the base of the fifth abdominal segment, the more rounded distal margin of the tegmina, the emarginate supra-anal plate and the different coloration. Size medium; form subovoid; surface polished. Head with only the outline of the occiput visible cephalad of the pronotum; eyes separated by nearly twice their width; antennae in length exceeding the body. Pronotum transverse; cephalic- and lateral margins regularly arcuate, very faintly flattened dorsad of the head, caudal margin arcuato-truncate. Tegmina slightly more than one and one-half times as long as the pronotum, reaching to the base of the fifth abdominal segment, broad, the greatest width subequal to the length of the pronotum and contained one and one-half times in the tegminal length ; costal margin very gently arcuate, strongly rounding distad to the broadly rounded distal margin, sutural margin nearly straight; marginal field broad and short, anal field subpyri- form, the anal sulcus reaching the sutural margin nearly two-thirds the length of the latter from the base; venation cHstinct, discoidal vein wdth six rami toward the costal and disto-costal margin. Wings minute. Abdomen from near the base Fig. l. — Ceratinoptera narrowing in width distad; supra-anal plate f^y/j'o'i.^ToTt^pe: transverse, moderately produced mesad, (x 3.) 6 Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, (2), XX, p. 98 (186S). 18 274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., arcuato-emarginate laterad, distinctly but shallowly V-emarginate mesad; cerci damaged; subgenital plate transverse, emarginato- truncate mesad, provided laterad with articulate styles of moderate length. Cephalic femora with the ventro-cephalic margin having four median and three distal spines, between which groups the margin is provided with a number of spinulations. Median and caudal femora well spined ventrad; caudal metatarsi subequal to the remainder of the tarsal joints in length. All of the tarsi with distinct arolia between the claws. General color of head, disk of pronotum, of greater portion of tegmina when in repose position over the thoracic segments, coxse and of limbs raw sienna, the lateral portions of pronotum and marginal field of tegmina subhyaline. Dorsum of abdomen largely blackish mesad, the lateral portions of the segments increasingly of the general color distad; ventral surface of the abdomen mesad of the general color, broadly bordered laterad with blackish, very narrowly edged with the pale color, subgenital plate quite solidly and contrast- ingly blackish. Head with the eyes blackish brown; face marked with bone brown as follows : a clouded bar between the eyes, ventrad of this between the ocelli traces of another weaker one, between the antennae arcuate line of six spots with another spot ventrad of each antennal scrobe and on each side a single similar one ventrad of this line; palpi tipped with bone brown; antennse of the general color becoming darker distad. Pronotal disk with six pairs of points and a pair of small clouds of bone brown. Limbs marked with bone brown at the insertion of the spines and at the distal extremity of most of the tarsal joints. Measurements. Length of body 12.2 mm. Length of pronotum 3.5 " Greatest width of pronotum : 5.3 " Length of tegmen 5.8 Greatest width of tegmen 3.5 li -o' The type of this species is unique. Subfamily NYCTIBORIN.^. * Nyctibora glabra Giglio-Tos. Alto Pencosa, Prov. of San Luis. Elev. 660 meters. December 22, 1908. (Jorgensen.) One male. This species was described from Caiza and San Francisco, Bolivian Chaco,® and is here recorded from Argentina for the first time. The 6 BoU. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XII, No. 302, p. 9 (1897). 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275 specimen fully agrees with the original description and bears a great superficial resemblance to species of Periplaneta. Subfamily EPILAMPRIN.^. Epilampra stigmatiphora Rehn. Misiones. January 1, 1911, February 14, 1911, November, 1910, December, 1909, 1910 and 1911. (Jorgensen.) Ten males. These specimens are almost all darker than the type, several with the markings considerably darker. Epilampra verticalis Burmeister. Misiones. December, 1909 and 1910. (Jorgensen.) Two males. Both of these specimens have the subgenital plate strongly asym- metrical and, in similar fashion, a projection extending toward the right side. Subfamily BLATTIN^. Blatta orientalis Linnaeus. Buenos Aires. (Lizer.) One male. Subfamily PANXHLORIN^. Fanohlora thalassina Saussure and Zehntner. Buenos Aires. (Lizer.) One female. Misiones. January 3, 1910 (at light), November 16, 1909. Two females. The Buenos Aires record is the most southern known for the species. * Panchlora exoleta Burmeister. Misiones. January 3, 1910, November, 1910. (Jorgensen.) One male, one female. This is the first Argentine record of this widely distributed species, which previously had been recorded from localities extending from Mexico to Brazil. Subfamily BLABERINJE. Monastria biguttata (Thunberg). Misiones. May 20 and 23, 1909. . (Jorgensen.) One male, two nymphs. Blaptica dubia (Serville). Buenos Aires. (Lizer.) Two males, one female, one nymph. La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) One nymph. Specimens have also been examined from Cruz del Eje, Prov. of Cordoba; Cordoba, Prov. of Cordoba; Carcarafia, Prov. of Santa Fe and Rosario. 276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Fig. 2. — Latindia ar gentina new species. Dorsal outline of prono- tum of type. (X8.) Subfamily CORYDIIN.^. Melestora fulvella Reha. Misiones. January 1, 1911. (Jorgensen.) Two males. Latindia argentina new species. Type: <^; Misiones, Argentina. January 14, 1910. (P. Jorgen- sen.) [Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., type no. 5231.] Apparently closer to L. pusilla Saussure and Zehntner (Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 112) from Tarma, Peru, than to any other member of the genus, agreeing in having the ulnar vein similarly ramose, toward the costal margin, but differing in the pronotum being more transverse elliptical with no truncation to the caudal margin, In the more numerous costal veins to the tegmina, in the subreniform shape of the anal field of the same and in the non-annulate antennae. Size small; form elongate elliptical; texture of surface coriaceous, largely short pilose. Head with entire width of vertex visible cephalad of pronotum, the outline of occiput subtruncate; eyes large, interspace between them slightly greater than the depth of a single eye; antennse moniliform. Pro- notum transverse elliptical, the greatest length contained about one and three-eighth times in the greatest width; cephalic margin subtruncate, caudal margin gently arcuate, not at all truncate; a distinct medio-longitudinal sulcus present on almost the entire disk, the latter subimpressed and defined caudad by a subrectangulate indentation, the surface of the disk with about four pairs of oblique, very low strumose ridges; lateral portions of the pronotum sub- deflected, the margins there distinctly cingulate. Tegmina elongate, surpassing the apex of the abdomen by more than a third of their length, their greatest width (at distal third) contained nearly three times in their greatest length; costal margin very gently arcuate, distal margin rather narrowly rounded, sutural margin nearly straight; costal veins about fifteen in number, ulnar vein sending three rami toward the costal and distal margins, anal field abbre- viate, occupying less than a third of the tegminal length, anal sulcus arcuate, oblique adventitious vein and impressed sulcus decided. Wings reach- ing to the tips of the tegmina. Subgenital plate broad, ample, with short lateral styles; cerci elongate, articulate. Fig. 3. — Latindia argent in a new species. Outline of left tegmen of type. (X 4.) 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 277 General color bone bro^\Ti, the limbs paling to iawn color. Pro- notum with the lateral portions sayal brown. Antennae of the general color, non-annulate; eyes blackish. Measurements. Length of body 5.8 mm. Length of pronotum 1.6 " Greatest width of pronotmn 2.2 " Length of tegmen 7.0 " Greatest mdth of tegmen 2.6 ii The type is unique. Subfamily OXYHALOIN^. Chorisoneura minuta Saussure. Misiones. 1909. (Jorgensen.) One male. This and Saussure's record of a specimen from Corrientes are the only ones with exact locality known for the species, which was originally described from the Pampas. Family MANTID^. SubfamUy ORTHODERIN^. Mantoida burmeisteri (Giebel). Rio Salado, Prov. of Buenos Aires. Two males. These specimens fully agree with the individuals from the Misiones previously examined by us, except that the coloration is somewhat darker. The present record considerably extends the range of the species, previously known only from Nova Friburgo, state of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, and the Misiones territory of Argentina. ♦Mantoida tenuis (Perty). Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. January 17, 1905. (Haarup.) Three males. : This species was previously known only from Brazil. Orthoderella ornata Giglio-Tos. Jujuy, Prov. of Jujuy. December, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One male. This individual is the second male and third specimen known of this remarkable genus and species. Originally described in 1897 from the female sex, taken at Caiza in the Bolivian Chaco, the next record of its capture was made by Chopard,'' who first described the male sex from a specimen taken at Santiago del Estero, Argentina, in 7 Bull. Soc. Entom. France, 1911, pp. 141-143, figs. 1, 2. 278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., January. The present individual fully agrees with Chopard's description and figure, except "that our specimen is of a brownish instead of greenish phase of coloration. Subfamily M ANTING. Brunneria brasiliensis Saussure. Misiones. February, 1911. (Jorgensen.) Three males. Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. (Haarup.) One male, one female. The Mendoza male is somewhat smaller than the Misiones individ- ual of that sex, but otherwise inseparable. Two of the Misiones males are of a brownish phase of coloration, while the other specimens are greenish. Mendoza is the most southern locality from which the species is known. Coptopteryx argentina (Burmeister) Misiones. January, February, 1911; February 4, 1910, December, 1910. (Jorgensen.) Eleven males. Buenos Aires. (Lizer.) One female. These specimens vary considerably in size. The individual from Buenos Aires is the smallest female of the species we have seen, its measurements being: length of body, 52.5 mm.; length of pronotum, 17; greatest width of pronotum, 5.5; length of tegmen, 9; length of cephalic femur, 14.1; length of caudal femur, 16.8. The form of the pronotum in several is similar to or strongly approaches that of the Cordillera de Mendoza individual previously mentioned by us.^ In all of the present series the proximal portion of the marginal field of the tegmina is opaque rufous. Coptopteryx gayi (Blanchard). Mendoza. (Haarup.) One male. La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) One female. Buenos Aires. (Lizer.) One male, one female. The Mendoza male has the limbs uniform greenish, while the Buenos Aires pair has them of the same color much mottled with brownish. Miopteryx argentina Saussure. Mendoza. November 18, 1904. (Haarup.) One male. San Cornelia. November, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One male. These apparently are the first exact records of this species, which was described from the "Argentine Pampas" and since reported from Brazil. The triangularly attenuate form of the cephalic section of the pronotum of this species is distinctive. « Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. PhUa., 1913, p. 287. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279 Thesprotia vidua Saussure and Zehntner. ^Nlisiones. January, 1911, January 15, 1910, March 21 and 26, 1910, April 30, 1910, May 5, 1910, December, 1910. (Jorgensen.) Four males, five females. Subfamily VATIN.^. Parastagmatoptera unipunctata (Burmeister). Tapia, Prov. of Tucuman. Elev. 800 meters. March-April, 1903. (G. A. Baer.) One female. [Hebard Coll.] Buenos Aires. (Lizer.) One female. The former is the most elevated locality from which the species has been taken. The distal extremities of the median and caudal femora and the adjacent portion of the tibiae in the Tapia female are dark bro^^^lish, with which color the external face of the cephalic coxae is also in large part blotched, the proximal portion of the corresponding femora also suffused with the same. The external face of the cephalic femora also has a median spot of brownish on the usual yellowish ground. Stagmatoptera hyaloptera (Perty). Tucuman, Prov. of Tucuman. March 16, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One male. Misiones. March 11, 1907. (Jorgensen.) One female. Family PHASMID^. Subfamily AXISOMORPHIX.E. Agathemera crassa (Blanchard). La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) One female. A pair from Cruz del Eje in the same province have also been examined. Subfamily CLITUMNIN.^. Steleoxiphus catastates Rehn. ^Misiones. April 12, 1910. (Jorgensen.) One female. The present individual is slightly larger than the specimen pre- viously recorded by us from the Misiones.^ *Ceratites laticeps Caudell. Misiones. January, 1911. One female, one immature female. These specimens agree completely with the original description of the unique type of the species and genus from Sapucay, Paraguay. The adult is of almost exactly the same dimensions as the type, 9Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1913, p. 301. 280 • PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., while the immature specimen is about three-fourths as long, with the subgenital opercule relatively less developed. Family ACRIDID^. Subfamily ACRYDIIN.^. Prototettix lobulatus (St&l). La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) One female. This is the first exact Argentine record from south of the Misiones. Apotettix bruneri Hancock. Jujuy, Prov. of Jujuy. February, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One male. Previously recorded by us from Embarcacion, Salta. Subfamily EUMASTACIN.^. *Masynte3 tigris Burr. Embarcacion, Prov. of Salta. April, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One female. This specimen fully agrees with a male of the species from Corumbd, Brazil. Bruner's M. brasiliensis^'^ appears to be very doubtfully distinct, as the differential characters given are very slight, the presumably different measurements being largely accounted for by different general size, and in consequence they are hardly proportional. The present specimen shows the following measurements: Length of body 26.5 mm. Length of pronotum 2.8 " Length of tegmen .". 5.3 " Length of caudal femur 14.5 " This is the first Argentine record for the species. Subfamily PROSCOPIN^. Tetanorhynolius humilis Giglio-Tos. Misiones. September 7, 1910. (Jorgensen.) One male. This specimen has been compared with a paratypic male from Caiza, Bolivian Chaco, and is identical except for its smaller size, which is a secondary matter in this group. The only previous Argentine record for the species was from San Lorenzo, Province of Jujuy (Giglio-Tos). Tetanorhynolius borelli Giglio-Tos. Jujuy, Prov. of Jujuy. April and October, 1911. Two males, two females. lOAnn. Carneg. Mus., VIII, p. 6 (1911). 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281 Cephalocoema costulata Burmeister. Misiones. January, 1911, February 1, 11 and 14, 1911, March 22 and 24, 1910, April 5, 1910, November 1, 1910, December, 1910. (Jorgensen.) Four males, nine females, one immature male, three immature females. Posadas, ]\Iisiones. (C. Schrottky.) One male. Rio Tapenaga, Prov. of Sante Fe. One male. Buenos Aires. (Lizer.) Five males, two females. La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) Four immature males, four immature females. Cephalocoema calamus Burmeister? Tucuman, Prov. of Tucuman. March, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One male. We refer the present specimen to this poorly understood species with a query. The fastigium is faintly tapering with the apex little blunted, which feature is not in accord with the original description, but this seems of minor importance, as there is some individual variation in this respect in the group. The size is appreciably less than that originally given for the sex (3f inches), but in this our specimen is very close to the male from Brazil measured by Brunner ^nd tentatively referred by him to calamus}^ The original localities for this species were Villa Occidental, Gran Chaco and the Rio Apa. Cephalocoema lineata Brunner. Mendoza. (Haarup.) One male. Tapia, Prov. of Tucuman. Elev. 600 meters. March-April, 1903. (G. A. Baer.) One female. [Hebard Coll.] The Tapia record extends the range of the species to the northward. SubfamUy ACRIDIX^. Hyalopteryx rufipennis Charpentier. Misiones. January, 1911, October, 1911, November 2, 1910. (Jorgensen.) Three males, four females. La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) One male. The La Cumbre record is the most southern knoAMi for the species. Truxalis brevicornis (Johannson). San Lorenzo, Prov. of Jujuy. October, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One female. 11 Verb. k.-k. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien., XL, p. 117. 282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr,^ Orphula pagana (St41). Misiones. January 15, 1911, February, 1911, October, 1911,. December, 1910. (Jorgensen.) Four males, six females, one immature male. Amblytropidia robusta Bmner. Misiones. April 26, 1910. (Jorgensen.) One female. Amblytropidia australis Bruner. Buenos Aires. One female. [Hebard Coll.] Parorphula graminea Bruner. La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) One female. Orphulella punctata (DeGeer). Misiones. January, 1911, April 5, 1910. (Jorgensen.) One male,, three females. Posadas, Misiones. (Schrottky, no. 17.) One female. Jujuy, Prov. of Jujuy. February, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One male. Buenos Aires. One female. [Hebard Coll.] Fenestra bohlsii Giglio-Tos. Misiones. January, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One female. La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) Three males, one imma- ture female. The males and adult female are of the usual brownish color phase, while the nymph has the head, pronotum and rudimentary tegmina and wings green with a fine medio-longitudinal yellowish line on the head and pronotum. Staurorhectus longicornis Giglio-Tos. Misiones. January and February, 1911. (Jorgensen.) Eight males, four females. One of the above females is of the phase with the dorsum of the head and pronotum unicolorous. Scyllina picta (Bruner). Misiones. January and February, 1911. (Jorgensen.) Six males,, three females, one immature female. Subfamily (EDIPODIN^. Trimerotropis pallidipennis (Burmeister). Jujuy, Prov. of Jujuy. December, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One female. La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) One male. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283 Papipappus clarazianus Saussure. Tucura Catanlil, Department of Limay Centro, Territory of Neuquen. (Lizer.) Two males, one female. This species was described from the region between the Rio Negro and the Rio Chubut, which area lies southeast of where the present material was taken. No other records are known for the genus and species. Paulinia acuminata (DeGeer). [Cceloptema acuminata of authors.] Buenos Aires. One female. [Hebard Coll.] Subfamily OMMEXECHIN.^. Ommexecha servillei Blanchard. Misiones. January, February and October, 1911, November, 1910, December 20, 1910. (Jorgensen.) Four males, eight females [three pairs in copula]. From this material it is evident that the species is dimorphic in wing length, all three pairs taken in copula differing individually in this respect, two pairs having the males brachypterous and the females macropterous and the other pair having the male macropter- ous and the female brachypterous. Of the unmated specimens one male and one female are macropterous and four females brachyp- terous. In the brachypterous individuals the apices of the tegmina vary from straight to strongly uncinate. From the present evidence it would appear that germari Burmeister is merely the macropterous phase of the present species, but we do not wish to establish this synonymy until we are better acquainted with Brazilian material of the genus. All of the present series are of a brownish coloration, some more blackish brown than others. Spathalium stall Bolivar. Posadas, Misiones. September, 1912. (Schrottky.) One female. Graea monstrosa Bruner. La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) One adult female, one immature female. This striking form was previously recorded from the country be- tween Bahia Blanca and Cordoba. Subfamily LOCUSTIN.^. Coryacris angustipennis (Bruner). Posadas, Misiones. April 8, 1910. (Jorgensen.) One female. Misiones. April 8, 1910. (Jorgensen.) One male. 284 ■ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Diedronotus laevipes (St&l). Misiones. January, 1911. (Jorgensen.) Two males, three females. Diedronotus discoideus (Serville). Misiones. March 19-29, April 13-30, May 30, Jmie 12, July 1, 1910. (Jorgensen.) Five males, seven females. All of the above specimens have the discoidal field of the tegmina more or less maculate. Elaeochlora viridicata (Serville). Misiones. January 12-18, 1910, January, 1911, February 11, March 12 and 24, November, December, 1910. (Jorgensen.) Eight males, ten females. La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) Two adult males, one immature male, one immature female. The Misiones specimens bear out the facts previously stated by ygi2 regarding the divergence of material from this locality from typical Buenos Aires individuals, the only difference from the points there noted being the lack of dull purplish on the humeral regions of two males and the but very faint indication of it in another. The La Cumbre adults are similar in form and coloration to Buenos Aires individuals, but the tegmina and wings are shorter. The nymphs show that the reduction of the median carina in this genus is a feature of specialization, as they have it strongly elevated and considerably arcuate. Chromacris miles (Drury). Misiones. March 21, December, 1910. (Jorgensen.) Three males, five females. La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) One adult female, two immature females. Buenos Aires. (Lizer.) One male, one female. Zoniopoda iheringi Pictet and Saussure. Misiones. January 12, February 10-28, 1910. (Jorgensen.) One male, four females. * Zoniopoda tarsata (Serville). La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) One male, one female. These specimens appear to be true tarsata, agreeing with material from Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. Apparently this is the only Argen- tine record of true tarsata. 12 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1913, p. 331. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285 Zoniopoda cruentata (Blanchard). Misiones. December, 1910. (Jorgensen.) One male, one female. La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) Two males, three females, five immature specimens. ' Zoniopoda omnicolor (Blanchard). 8an Luis. One male. [Hebard Collection.] Diponthus paraguayensis Bruner. Misiones. January, 1911, February 11, March 16 and 19, 1910 (Jorgensen.) One male, five females. Leptysma filiformis (Serville). Misiones. January, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One male, one female. Leptysma obscura (Thunberg). Misiones. January, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One male, one female. *Stenacris interior Bruner. Misiones. September 25, 1910. (Jorgensen.) One female. This species was previously known only from Corumba and Cuyaba, Brazil, and Puerto Suarez, Bolivia. *Inusia gracillima Giglio-Tos. Misiones. January 30, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One male. Buenos Aires. Two females. [Hebard Collection.] These are the first records of the species from Argentina. Inusia pallida Bruner. Misiones. January and January 30, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One male, two females. These specimens are of the pale green phase of the type. *Zygoclistron superbum Rehn. Misiones. February 14, 1910. (Jorgensen.) One female. This is the first record of the genus from Argentina. The species was described from Sapucay, Paraguay, and the present specimen has been compared with paratypes. * Aleuas gracilis St&l. Misiones. February, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One immature male. The present specimen appears referable to this species. The general characters are those of gracilis, although the caudal tibise are blackish distad. This is the first record of the species from Argentina. Abracris signatipes (Bruner). Misiones. December, 1910. One male. 286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., ScMstooeroa paranensis (Burmeister). Yuto, Prov. of Jujuy. November, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One female. Dichroplus elongatus Giglio-Tos. La Cumljre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) Two females. Buenos Aires. One male, one female. [Hebard Collection.] Dichroplus punctulatus (Thunberg). Misiones. January 14, 1910, January, 1911, February 8, 1910, December, 1910. (Jorgensen.) La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) One male, three females. One La Cumbre female has decided clear buffy patches on the caudal femora. Diciiroplus dubius Bruner. Misiones. January, February, 1911. (Jorgensen.) Five males, nine females. Dichroplus robustulus Stdl. Misiones. January, 1911, February 11, 1910, March 16, April 5 and December, 1910. (Jorgensen.) One male, eight females. These specimens fully agree with the material previously recorded by us from the same locality.^^ Dichroplus bergii (Stil). Misiones. January and February, 1911, March 24, May 4 and 12, 1910, December, 1910. (Jorgensen.) Four males, eleven females. La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) Two males, one imma- ture male. The caudal tibiae are decidedly glaucous in all of the Misiones specimens and oil green in the La Cumbre individuals. Leiotettix sanguineus Bruner. Misiones. January, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One male. This specimen is no larger than the Misiones male previously measured by us.^^ Leiotettix pulcher Rehn. Misiones. January, 1911, December, 1910. (Jorgensen.) Three males, one female. These individuals fully agree with the type and allotype, *Scotussa rubripes Bruner. Misiones. November and December, 1910. (Jorgensen.) Two females. " Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 1913, p. 345. » Ibid., p. 346. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287 This is the first record of the present species from Argentina. The material fully agrees with topotypes from Sapucay, Paraguay. Osmilia violacea (Thunberg). Misiones. March 19, April 26, May 3-6, July 1, August 31, October 1, December, 1910. (Jorgensen.) Four males, ten females. San Lorenzo, Prov. of Jujuy. October 30, 1911. (Lizer.) One male. Family TETTIGONIIDiB. SubfamUy PHANEROPTERIN.C. Burgilis missionum Rehn. Misiones. January, 1911. (Jorgensen.) Two females. Hyperophora major Brunner. Yuto, Prov. of Jujuy. November, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One male. Ligocatinus olivaceus (Brunner). ^Misiones. February, 1911. (Jorgensen.) Two females. *Homotoicha fuscopunctata Caudell. ^lisiones. October, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One female. This specimen fully agrees with a female from Sapucay, Paraguay, the type locality, from which point alone the species was previously known. Theudoria melanoonemis (St&l). Misiones. January, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One male. This specimen has the cephalic femora without black, which color is present elsewhere as usual in the species. The only previous Argentine record is that of the type from Buenos Aires. The other known records are from Montevideo, Urugua}^ and Puerto Bertoni, Paraguay. Scaphura nigra (Thunberg). Tapia, Prov. of Tucuman. Elev. 600 meters. March-April, 1903. (G. A. Baer.) Two females. [Hebard Collection.] One of these specimens is of the usual atro-chalybeous type, the other approaches variety B of Brunner. Grammadera clara Brunner. Misiones. January, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One male. Buenos Aires. (Lizer.) Two males, one female. This species was previously known only from Buenos Aires, and Montevideo, L'ruguay. Grammadera albida Brunner. Misiones. February, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One male. 288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.^ Phylloptera spinulosa Brunner. Misiones. January 26, 1910, January, 1911. (Jorgensen.) Two males. * Phylloptera alliedeaCaudell. Misiones. January, 1911, December, 1910. (Jorgensen.) Two females. When compared with a topotypic female from Sapucay, Paraguay, the present material is seen to agree completely, except that the ovipositor is somewhat smaller, in length being 6.5 and 6. 7. mm., instead of 8, as described and as in the topotype. This difference is probably geographic. The species is new to Argentina, previously being known only from the type locality. ♦Microcentrum angustatum Brunner. Misiones. October, 1910. (Jorgensen.) One female. This is the first Argentine record for the present species, the previous records being Puerto Cabello and Brazil. Subfamily PSEUDOPHYLLIN^. Dasyscelis normalis Brunner. Buenos Aires. (Lizer.) One female. Subfamily CONOCEPHALIN.E. Caulopsis gracilis Redtenbacher. Buenos Aires. One male. [Hebard Collection.] The species has been recorded from localities extending from Cuba to Buenos Aires and Montevideo. Neoconocephalus procerus Redtenbacher. Buenos Aires. February, 1912, (Jorgensen.) One female. This is the first record of the species subsequent to its description in 1891 on the basis of Buenos Aires material. The specimen in hand agrees perfectly with the description, but is slightly larger than the measurements there given for the same sex. Neoconocephalus redtenbacheri Karny. Tucuman. March 16, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One female. This specimen is of the green phase. The tegmina are considerably and the caudal femora and ovipositor appreciably longer than the maximum measurements given by Karny, but otherwise the specimen fully agrees with individuals which are within the original measure- ments. Neoconocephalus saturatus (Griffini). Posadas, Misiones. (Schrottky, no. 16.) One male, one female. The recent acquisition of this and other material from various 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289 portions of South America has enabled us to correct several of our pre\aous identifications of specimens as belonging to this species. The material from Sapucay, Paraguay/' reported in 1907, we find on re-examination to be .V. vicinus Karny, subsequently described from Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, and Paraguay. The Buenos Aires female recorded by us^« we now find to be the very closely related N. fusco-marginatus Redtenbacher. *Neoconocephalus fuscomarginatus (Redtenbacher). A' . saturatus Rehn («ec Griffini), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1913, p. 375. Buenos Aires. January 14, 1909. (Jorgensen.) One male. This is the first record of the species from Argentina, the previous records being from Curitiba, Brazil, and Montevideo, Uruguay. Homorocoryphus viridis (Redtenbacher). Misiones. January, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One female. The only previous Argentine record is from Buenos Aires. The other known records are from Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, and Monte- video, Uruguay. Homorocoryphus kraussi (Redtenbacher). Posadas, Misiones. Elev. 80 meters. March 6, 1909. (Jorgen- sen.) One female. The only previous exact records of this species are those of the types from Theresopolis and Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. Family GRYLLID^. Subfamily GRYLLOTALPIN.E. Gryllotalpa claraziana Saussure. Mendoza. 1904-1905. (Haarup.) One female. This is the first record of the species since its original description in 1874 from Argentina without exact locality. The types were males without apparent wings, while the present specimen has cau- date wings, but in every other respect our individual is in accord with the description. * Scapteriscus camerani Giglio-Tos. Buenos Aires. One male. This is the first record from Argentina for the species, which was previously known only from Paraguay. Scapteriscus borellii Giglio-Tos. Jujuy, Prov. of Jujuy. December 1, 1911. (Jorgensen.) Two females. 15 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 390. 16 Ibid., 1913, p. 375. 19 290 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., Embarcacion, Prov. of Salta. February, 1911. (Jorgensen.) One nymph. La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) One male. Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. February 12 and 27, 1908. (Jor- gensen.) Two females. The above records, with our previous ones from the Misiones and Chacras de Coria, IMendoza, and that of Giglio-Tos from San Lorenzo, Jujuy, constitute all the Argentine records of the species. Nemobius (Argizala) hebardi new species. When compared with A^. {A.) hrasiliensis, the present species is found to have a proportionately deeper pronotum, to be decidedly darker in general coloration and to have a decidedly shorter ovipositor. Type: 9 ; Buenos Aires, Argentina. (C. Lizer.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., type no. 5276.] Size very large for the genus; form compact; head rather large and rounded, but a little flattened in front. Maxillary palpi as in hrasiliensis. Pronotum decidedly transverse, but not as much so as in hrasiliensis, length con- tained nearly one and seven- tenths times in greatest (caudal) Fig. 4:.— Nemobius (Argizala) hebardi dorsal width, narrowing evenly, new species Outline of ovipositor ^^^ ^ot decidedly cephalad, and of type. (X 12.) ^ ' ' with a slight medio-longitudmal sulcus on the cephalic portion. Tegmina elongate, with apex medio- dorsal in position and sharply rounded; longitudinal veins conspicuous, cross-veinlets neither as heavy nor as conspicuous as in hrasiliensis. Wings very long, considerably more than twice the tegminal length. Ovipositor much shorter than in hrasiliensis, scarcely more than half as long as caudal femur, rigid, straight, apex as in hrasil- iensis and very narrowly sub- lanceolate, with the margin of that portion formed by the rig. 5.— Nemobius (Argizala) hebardi dorsal valves straight and armed ^ew species. Outline of internal face , .,, , . ^ , oi caudal tibia and tarsus of type, evenly with serrulations. Sub- (x 5.) genital plate as in hrasiliensis. Spines of caudal tibise 4 and 4 in number, long, but not as long as in hrasiliensis, 6 distal spurs placed as in that species and of same pro- portions to each other and to the metatarsus, these portions being all distinctly more abbreviate than in hrasiliensis. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291 Measurements (in millimeters). Buenos Aires. . ^ , Misiones. 9 (Paratype.) (Tj^e.) (Paratype.) Length of body 10. 10.2 10.2 Length of pronotum 1.7 1.8 1.9 Greatest (caudal) width of pro- notum 3 3 3.1 Length of tegmen 6.9 7 6.4 Length of wing 14.9 14.7 14 Length of caudal femur 7 7.1 7.2 Length of ovipositor 3.8 3.6 3.9 Though the color pattern is very obscure in these dark specimens before us, it shows a distinct similarity to that of the usually pale brasiliensis, in- which species the color pattern is, as a result of the pale general coloration, usually decidedly recessive. In the present species the general coloration is bister, with intermediate channel of tegmina, under parts of body and limbs buffy, the latter flecked with bister dorsad. The occiput is bister striped with three narrow buffy longitudinal lines. The maxillary palpi are pale, clothed with dark hairs and \^dth distal portion of terminal joint briefly infuscated. The entire lower portion of the face and lateral lobes of the pronotum are buffy. In addition to the type we have examined, a female bearing the same data and one from the state of Misiones, Argentina, taken in February, 1911, by P. Jorgensen. These specimens are all in the collection of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. We take pleasure in dedicating this species to our co-worker, Mr. Morgan Hebard, whose masterly paper on the North American species of this genus has placed the study of the group on a permanent basis, making possible, by its comprehensive treatment of the sub- ject, the study of the genus as a whole. Gryllus argentinus Saussure. Misiones. January, 1911. (Jorgensen.) Two females. Jujuy, Prov. of Jujuy. April and December, 1911. (Jorgensen.) Two females. La Cumbre, Prov. of Cordoba. (Lizer.) Three females. Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. January 9 and 11, 1907 and 1908. (Jorgensen.) One male, two females. Of this series the Jujuy and Misiones individuals have caudate wings, the others have abbreviate mngs. The La Cumbre specimens are more uniformly colored than the others, the Chacras de Coria 292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr., individuals showing more contrast between the general coloration and that of the tegmina, one with strongly marked pale tegminal bases; the Misiones representatives are generally pale, while the Jujuy ones are dark with marked pale humeral lines. It seems very probable that fulvipennis Blanchard is but a form of this species. The abbreviate wings, supposed to be characteristic of fulvipennis, we find to be individual in this as in numerous other species of the genus, and sufficient specimens are in hand to show that the relative proportionate length of the caudal femora and ovipositor varies appreciably, as in other forms of the genus. Gryllodes laplatae (Saussure). Mendoza. 1904-1905; February 20, 1907. (Haarup.) One male, one female. These specimens are inseparable from individual taken at Car- carana. Province of Santa Fe. *Phylloscyrtus canotus Saussure. Buenos Aires. (Lizer.) One male. This is the first Argentine record of the species, which was originally described from "Brazil." 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293 THE GENUS GRYLLUS (ORTHOPTERA) AS FOUND IN AMERICA. BY JAMES A. G. REHN AND MORGAN HEBARD. To the systematic orthopterlst, the crickets of the genus Gryllus have proven to be one of the greatest stumbHng-blocks in the order. This is true of the forms found in both hemispheres, but this assertion has especial emphasis when the American forms alone are considered. This is not due to a lack of study, as Scudder and Blatchley have in recent years both endeavored to diagnose certain or all of at least the North American species, using what might be called "conventional" morphological characters, while Lutz, approaching the subject from a biometric point of view, concludes that species in an anyway natural sense do not exist in the genus, in this skepticism representing the other extreme from Scudder, who categorically defines a number of species. The present authors have been unable in the past to approach the subject with sufficient material to enable them to do more than endeavor to assign certain of their series to various of the forms recognized by Scudder. There has been constant and increasing difficulty in doing this, as, while some individuals would fit certain of the specific descriptions, others would be found agreeing in various features with two or more of the specific diagnoses, the sum total of almost any representation showing an endless complexity of the characters used to differentiate the numerous described forms. The fact is quickly recognizable that almost all of the descriptions of these species were chiefly concerned with size, coloration (not color pattern), venation (in number of transverse (oblique of Saussure) veins in the male tegmen and number of branches of the mediastine vein in both sexes), tegminal length, degree of development of wings and ovipositor length. Such factors have been found to be of minor importance or of no specific value whatsoever in certain other related genera, and the natural uncertainty of the status of the American forms has led us to undertake a more searching study of these. This work is based on all of the American material of the genus before us, 1,504 specimens. The results explain to our complete satisfaction the reasons for the past confusion, a summarj^ of which is given below. 294 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, The genus Gryllus is found in America everywhere from southern Canada to Patagonia. Many forms are developed, distinctive in appearance to different degrees, but possessing in not a single instance valid and constant specific characters, with the exception of Gryllus domesticus, a distinctive introduced species. The different manifestations of the only native American species, Gryllus assimilis, are in no case sufficiently differentiated or constant to be considered geographic races. They constitute mere variations, the adaptation of this exceedingly plastic species to local environ- mental conditions. All are in varying degrees unstable./ but certain geographic limits naturally bound the distribution of each, thus desert adaptations, such as those described as personatus and armatus, are never found in the well watered portions of the continent, nor is the tropical adaptation, assimilis, found in the extreme northern or southern portions of the range of the species. This is of course explained by the fact that the environmental conditions producing these variants are not found over portions of the range of the species. The work of Lutz- has already demonstrated the error of using length of tegmina, wings and ovipositor as characters of specific importance in the genus Gryllus. The mass of evidence upon these features in Lutz's paper is absolutely convincing; from studies of other genera we have found such characters to be of minor importance generally throughout the Orthoptera. Finding no other characters which could Avarrant specific distinctions in the mass of American material which he carefully bred and studied, Lutz has, however, stated that all the forms of Gryllus are conspecific. His examination of the series of females of the genus in the British Museum should have shown him the error of this opinion, but he apparently con- fined his studies to the variations in organs of flight and ovipositor,^ ^ Of these, the personatus variant, showing the maximum condition of desert adaptation, constitutes the nearest approach to a geographic racial development. No intergradation is to be found with the more northern variants or with the other desert adaptation, armatus, found also in the arid regions of the south- western United "States, which latter appears to be derived from the northern variants, various conditions of which are found in the higher mountains every- where in the region under consideration. The personatus variant, however, normally very pale in general coloration, is found to be occasionally much darker, and from along the Mexican border such specimens are before us showing the traiisition to, and the tjqaical condition of, the mexicanus variant. ^ The Variation and Correlations of Certain Taxonomic Characters of Gryllus, pp. 1 to 63 (1908.) ^ In length of ovipositor, however variable, different extremes are found for each distinct species. For many species these differences may be negligible, but for some species the maximum and minimum are very different. Such features, however, can only be accm'ately ascertained after specific units have been located through the use of definite valid specific characters. Thus, in the study of females 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295 overlooking characters of real specific value in the exotic series of Gi'yllusJ Gryllus assimilis (Fabricius), 1775. [Acheta] assimilis Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 280. [Jamaica.] 1838. Gr[yllus] pentisylvanicus Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, abth. II, pt. 1, p. 734. [Pennsylvania.] 1839. Gryllus luduosus Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth., p. 335. [o", 9 : North America.] 1839. Gryllus abhreviatus Serville, ihid., p. 336. [ 9 : North America.] 1841. Achela nigra Harris, Ins. Inj. Veget., 1st ed., p. 123. [New England.] 1854. G'ri/^Zus /w^i'ipennis Blanchard, His-t. Chile, Zool., VI, p. 32. [cf, 9 : Valparaiso, Coquimbo, etc., Chile.] 18.58. Gryllus lineaticeps Stal, Kongl. Svensk. Freg. Eug. Resa, Zool., I, p. 314. [ 9 : >San Francisco, California.] 1859. Gr[yUus] aztecus Saussm-e, Rev. Mag. Zool., 2^ ser., XI, p. 316. [ 9 : Mexico.] 1859. Griyllus] cubensis Saussm'e, ibid., p. 316. [Cuba.] 1859. Griyllus] mexicanus Saussure, ibid., p. 316. [Mexico.] 1862. G[rylhis] angustus Scudder, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., VII, p. 427. [3 9 , Cambridge and Cape Cod, Massachusetts.] 1862. G[ryllus] neglectus Scudder, ibid., p. 428. [cf, 9 : Massachusetts and Cape Cod, Massachusetts.] 1864. G[ryllus] personatus Uhler, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., II, p. .547. [1 9 : Kansas.] 1869. Gryllus septenlrionalis Walker, Cat. Dermapt. Saltat. Br. Mus., I, p. 18. [cf , 9 : Oajaca, Mexico; west coast of South America; San Domingo.] 1869. Gryllus luridus Walker, ibid., p. 18. [ 9 : Vera Cruz, Mexico.] 1869. Gryllus determinalns Walker, ibid., p. 19. [cf, 9 : Jamaica; St. Vincent; San Domingo.] 1869. Gryllus parilis Walker, ibid., p. 20. [d^: St. Vincent; Brazil.] 1869. Gryllus similaris Walker, ibid., p. 20. [ 9 : San Domingo.] 1869. Gryllus augustulus Walker, ibid., p. 21. [d', 9 : Jamaica; St. Vincent.] 1869. Gryllus contingens Walker, ibid., p. 21. [ 9 : St. Vincent; Brazil.] 1869. Gryllus signatipes Walker, ibid., p. 22. [cT : west coast of America.] 1869. Gryllus cofuptus Walker, ibid., p. 23. [d^: Constancia, Brazil.] of Gryllus in the British ^Museum, Lutz confined himself to biometric observa- tions and failed to recognize the specific units involved. The extremes of ovi- positor length for this series showed a minimum of 5 mm., which is decidedly shorter than ever found in Gryllus assimilis (10.5 to 25.5 mm. in material studied by him, unquestionably referable to assimilis, and in our present series 11.2 to 23.2 mm. In most series of the species we find the great majority of specimens to show an ovipositor length measuring between 12.5 and 21.5 mm.). ^ Lutz also briefly discusses the genus Atlanticus in his paper, where from a few specimens it is assumed that similar variations in length of ovipositor and caudal femora exist, such variations demonstrating, in his opinion, the invalidity of the two species for which the names Atlanticus pachymerus and dorsnlis had been used. This conclusion is without foundation, as he totally overlooked the fact that independent of general bulk these two species are separable by excellent morphological characters. Recent studies based upon examples of Atlanticus show that at least nine distinct specific units exist, each showing some variation, it is true, in the length of the ovipositor and to a lesser degree of the caudal femora, but the forms have excellent genital and other morphological characters, each species being far less plastic than Gryllus assimilis. This would be, in part, the explanation of Lutz's position regarding the Old World forms of Gryllus. A deeper study than biometric measurements of two dimensions in these forms would have shown excellent morphological characters for a number of species. 296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 1869. Gryllus mundus Walker, ibid., p. 23. [ 9 : Brazil.] 1869. Gryllus signatus Walker, ibid., p. 24. [ 9 : Venezuela.] 1869. Gryllus vicarius Walker, ibid., p. 24. [cT : Para, Brazil.] 1871. Gryllus debilis Walker, Cat. Dermapt. Saltat. Br. Mus., V, Suppl., p. 4. [d^ : Chontales, Nicaragua.] 1874. Gryllus argentinus Saussure, Miss. Sci. Mex., Rech. Zool., VI, p. 399. [cf, 9 : Brazil; Tarna, Peru; northern Patagonia; Buenos Aires, Bahia Blanca and Rio Negro de Patagonas, Argentina.] 1874. Gryllus scudderianus Saussure, ibid., p. 402. [cf , 9-: North America.] 1874. Gryllus capitatus Saussure, ibid., p. 405. [cf : Peru; Chile.] 1874. Gryllus bicolor Saussure, ibid., p. 405. [d^, 9 : Monte Rico, Guiana.] 1874. Gryllus peruviensis Saussure, ibid., p. 406. [cf : Moyabamba, Peru.] 1874. Gryllus forticcps Sa,ussure, ibid., p. 4:07. [cf, 9 : Brazil.] 1876. Gryllus insularis Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVIII, p. 268. [1 cf , 2 9 : Guadelupe Island, Lower California.] 1877. Gryllus miopteryx Saussure, Melang. Orthopt., fasc. V, p. 320. [ 9 : Peru.] 1893. Gryllus galapageius Scudder, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXXV, p. 22. [ 9 : Albemarle Island, Galapagos Islands.] 1897. Gryllus assimilis variety pallida Saussure, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 226. [Durango, Mexico; Presidio de Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico.] 1897. Gryllus chichimecus Saussure, ibid., p. 226. [cf , 9 : Ciudad, Durango, Mexico, 8100 feet.] 1901. Gryllus barretti Rehn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XXVII, p. 221. (May) [1 cf , 3 9 : Cuernavaca, Mexico.] 1901. Gryllus vocalis Scudder, Psyche, IX, pp. 267, 268. (Nov.) [cf , 9 : Palm Springs and Los Angeles, California.] 1901. Gryllus integer Scudder, ibid., pp. 267, 268. [cf , 9 : West Berkeley to San Diego, California.] 1902. Gryllus nrmalus Scudder, Psyche, IX, p. 293. [cf , 9 : Beaver Dam, Utah; Ehrenberg and Fort Whipple, Arizona.] 1902. Gryllus rubens Scudder, ibid., pp. 294, 295. [1 9 : Auburn, Alabama.] 1902. Gryllus firmus Scudder, ibid., pp. 294, 295. [cf, 9 : Brookville, Indiana; Smithville and Pungo (nee Dingo) BlulT, North Carolina; Georgia; Sanford and Kev West, Florida.] 1903. Gryllus alogus Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, p. 726. (Jan.) [1 9 : Albuquerque, New Mexico.] 1903. Gryllus bermudensis Caudell, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V, p. 330, (June) [19,2 juv. cf : Bermuda.] 1903. Gryllus americanus Blatchley, Orth. Indiana, p. 433. (Sept.) [cf , 9 : eight counties in Indiana.] 1903. Gryllus arenaccusWiSitchley, ibid., Y>. 4M. [cf, 9 : sand dune region of Lake County, Indiana.] Of the names which have been placed under this species by Saus- sure, we find that verticalis of Serville^ unquestionably belongs under Miogryllus and there preoccupies both laplake and saussurei. When compared with other distinct exotic species of the genus, this insect is found to differ in the extremes of size, relative propor- tions, color pattern (where this is' developed, this feature being in the present species very frequently lost through intensive coloration and rarely through recessive coloration) and form of the male titilla- tores. In Gryllus domesticus, hordigalensis and initratus, the color pattern * See footnote 13. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297 is in each wholly different. Other species, such as Gryllus desertus, chinensis, afer and serviUei, show less striking features, but exhibit a complex of characters which prove them to be distinctive forms, worthy of specific rank. It would be ill advised, however, to attempt detailed diagnoses of the exotic species except in a monographic study of the genus. Specific Description. — Size variable (length ranging from 14 to 28.8 mm.^); form robust (two general types are developed, one, particularly found in typical assimilis, somewhat more robust and compact than the other, which latter is the normal condition in the great majority of variants developed in the temperate regions). Head slightly broader than pronotum (except in a rare megacephalic condition; in this there is no flattening of the face at the clypeal suture as found in megacephalic males of Miogryllus, and to an even greater degree comprehending the entire face in males of several species of the genus Scapsipedus''). Pronotum with proportionate length of disk somewhat variable, but with this dimension usuallj' contained in the width about 1.4 times, caudal margin of disk straight to distinctly bisinuate, lateral lobes with ventral margin straight and horizontal, or occasionally weakly declivent cephalad, ventro- cephalic and ventro-caudal angles rectangulate, the former rather broadly rounded, the latter more decidedly so, the caudal portion of the lateral lobes is somewhat pressed inward, particularly ventrad. In length the tegmina vary from less than half to fully the ab- dominal length, in some phases their apices are situated externo- laterad, though normally mesad. The wangs are either developed as complete organs of flight (though never to the extent found in the ^ These extremes are nearly equalled in two male specimens before us, both of the scudderianus variant and both from Miami, Florida: length of body, 14.5 and 28. .5; pronotum, 3.1 and 5.7; caudal femur, 9.1 and 16; tegmen, 9.3 and 17.9; wings, (concealed) and 27; caudal width of pronotum, 4.6 and 8.1 mm. ^ It is with considerable surprise that we find material of Scapsipedus limbatus Saussure (referable to the variety africanus, if valid), in material before us from Cuba and Jamaica. The males are easily separable from those of Gryllus by the very peculiar head, but the females are instead perfectly normal in this respect; no dark form of Gryllus found in America, however, having the transverse yellow markings between the eyes found in the species of Scapsipedus. In the present insect the males have a sharply defined band of this color between the oceUi, while the females have an additional band just below, between the ventral margins of the eyes and an elongate triangular mesal spot of the same color below, the apex of which touches this latter band. We mention this species here as females collected at some future time in the West Indies, where the species has almost certainly been accidentally introduced from Africa by man, might easily be confused with Gryllus. The genus Scapsipedus is African and Oriental, limbatus is described from Madagascar, the variety africanus by inference from Africa. 298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, species of Miogryllus) or are greatly reduced, though perfect and concealed by the tegmina^ (when greatly reduced in Miogryllus, the wings constitute small rounded flattened pads, not folded as in the macropterous condition, and may be termed vestigial rather than reduced). The transverse veins of the male tegmina are normally 3, sometimes 4 (particularly in some South American series where this number is the normal), rarely 5, and very rarely 2 or 6; the speculum is broadly ovate, liut somewhat variable in outline, with normally a curved vein dividing it into nearly equal sections. The number of branches of the mediastine vein is variable in the present species and useless as a specific character. The caudal tibise have the dorsal margins armed normally with 6 or 7 heavy rigid spines (the number of these spines is seldom 5, except in a very few series and very rarely 8 or more^), the distal spurs are 6 in number, the medio-external, medio-internal and dorso-internal being decidedly the longest, of which the medio-internal is normally slightly longer than the others, equalling slightly more than k to f the length of the metatarsus. The male titillatores are very different from those found in either Gryllus domesticus or Gryllus mitratus, with which species we have alone been able to make this comparison. This organ is found within the subgenital plate of the males of this group and constitutes the repository of a small globular seminal sac which rests upon the subgenital plate, but is enveloped laterad and dorsad by the thin but corneous organ, the parts of which afford the diagnostic features described below. This corneous portion constitutes a thin complex plate, semi-circular in transverse section and composed of a medio- dorsal and two lateral parts. The first of these is produced mesad in an upcurved, rather narrow, triangular plate, with margins weakly convex and with length nearly U times the basal Avidth. The lateral, nearly perpendicular, portions are fused with this portion dorso-proximad and are produced in shorter, narrow, vertical and blunt projections, inside of which from their proximal point of juncture with the dorsal portion extends on each side a single finger- like projection which is also corneous and is slightly curved tow^ard the apices of the lateral projections which it almost reaches. (See Plate IV, figs. 8 and 9.) The coloration and color pattern is discussed below^ under the treatment of the varietal developments. ^ This is carefully discussed and figured by Lutz, The Variation and Correla- tion of Certain Taxonomic Characters of Gryllus, p. 8. (1908.) " In one specimen before us of the personatus variant, the dorsal margins of the caudal tibise are irregularly armed with 10 and 12 spines. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299 Treatment of the Specific Variants.— \\\ order to place properly the material of this species examined, we have found it quite impossible to group the specimens under any number of varietal units, and in con- sequence we have devised a system of symbols as given below, by which the coloration, color pattern, tegminal and wing development and size of each specimen recorded at the end of this treatment is defined. We have found that in general certain types do predominate over certain regions. These constitute the bases of many of the supposed species, but in our opinion should be characterized by symbols rather than varietal names, owing to their complexity and the evident fact that none of these are distinct either specifically or as geographic races, and really show only the various phases resultant from varied environmental conditions. In other widely distributed and plastic species we have found similar environmental adaptations,^" but nowhere in the Orthoptera of America is this carried to the multiplicity and extreme diversity of such variants as in the present species. Should varietal names be used without qualification for such units, even for convenience, the frequent and varied combina- tions of features, already proven worthless for either specific or geographic racial cUstinction, would preclude the possibility of proper use of even such names of minor importance for many specimens in every large series studied. Symbols used to designate the material of this species here recorded. Coloration of head and pronotum. A. Black. B. Black, mouth parts and margins of lateral lobes of pronotum pale. C. Very dark brown, paler dorsal postocular bar and marking on infra-ocular portion of gense. D. Like C, -but with mouth parts also pale and between eyes a pale inverted T-shaped marking. E. Pale, with color pattern strongly defined. F. Pale, with color pattern weakly defined. Coloration of caudal femora. U. Black. V. Black, with ventro-proximal portion briefly reddish. W. Black, -with ventro-proximal portion widely reddish. X. Very dark, with reddish suffusion. Y. Buffy, suffused with darker distad. Z. Buffy. 1" Nemdbius fasciatus fasciatus, Nemobius fasciatus socius, Orchelimum concin- num, Conocephalus saltator and others. 300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Coloration of tegmina. a. Unicolorous, dark. b. Dark, intermediate channel pale. c. Dark, base and intermediate channel pale. d. Unicolorous, slightly pale. e. Slightly pale, intermediate channel very pale. f. Slightly pale, base and intermediate channel very pale. g. Unicolorous, very pale. Macropterism and hrachypterism. u. Tegmina large, wings fully developed organs of flight. V. Tegmina large, wings. much reduced and concealed by tegmina. w. Tegmina slightly reduced, wings as in v. X. Tegmina slightly reduced, wings very much reduced. y. Tegmina decidedly reduced, wings as in x. z. Tegmina greatly reduced, wings as in x. Size and form of insect. With these numbers 0 signifies exceptionally robust form. 1. Size very large. 2. Size large. 3. Size medium. 4. Size small. 5. Size very small. Much material is found not even to fit exactly any series of these symbols. To overcome this difficulty a few qualifying remarks will often be added or two instead of one of a set of symbols given. Thus a specimen recorded as AB, or VX, or 12, shows it to illustrate a condition intermediate between that signified by the two symbols of a single set given. The most frequently encountered variants of Gryllus assimilis. We would again caution the student that these variants are in no case fixed, all manner of intermingling is found in large series and the use of names to designate such is not warranted, as such use would on many occasions unquestionably result in conveying a false impression to subsequent workers. C, greatly suffused Z, (normally a or b, u) 012. assimilis Fabricius. This variant is widely distributed throughout tropical humid America at low elevations and throughout the West Indies. In the United States it appears only along the coast of extreme southern California. Though many series are quite uniform for this plastic species, specimens before us from Duran, Ecuador, show to varying 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301 degrees the cephalic color pattern found in the species. Other names: cubensis, aztecus, galapageius, harretti. D, suffused Z, (normally d to f, v) 3 (often weakly 0). mexicanus Saussure.^^ This variant is widely distributed over Mexico and Lower Cali- fornia, it is the development toward an arid adaptation of the assimilis type and shows great variability. In the United States occasional individuals show a tendency toward, and a few specimens are typical of, this condition in our series taken along the Mexican border of Texas. In this variant the pronotum has the dorsum frequently' narrowly bordered laterad by pale yellowish. Other name: chichimecus. EZ, (normally d to g, u), 2 (often weakly 0). personatus Uhler.^- This variant, a desert adaptation, in which the extreme of recessive coloration and most strongly defined color pattern is reached, is known only from the United States from Kansas, Colorado and central Texas westward. Of all the variants of the species this one shows the most decided indications of a geographic race in process of evolution. It is interesting to note that this variant averages decid- edly heavier than the other desert adaptations of the species found in the southwestern United States. Other name : Stal's much older name, lineaticeps, appears to represent a transition between this and the mexicanus variant. A, suffused Z, (normally d to g, u), 3. armatus Scudder. In the same regions of the southwestern United States in which the personatus variant is found, the present variant also occurs, often very conspicuous on account of its dark head and pronotum which contrast strongly with the much paler remaining portions of the insect. Great variability is shown in the series before us, many differences being found in individuals of every large series, but none showing any approach to the personatus variant. Immature individuals of this variant might be mistaken for those of Miogryllus Uneatus; they have, however, the abdomen broadly infuscated, giving them a barred appearance, while the spines of the dorsal margins of the caudal femora are rarely less than 6 in number, in M. Uneatus normally 5, and the young of the same are more uniformly yellowish. Other name: alogus. B, suffused Z, (normally d or e, w) 2 (usually weakly indicated 0). scudderianus Saussure. This variant occurs in sandy areas in the eastern United States, 11 See Plate IV, Fig. 4. 12 See Plate IV, Figs. 2, .5, 6, 7. 302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, in the north not large or robust (scudderianus, 45), but in Florida larger and more robust (firmus, 2 weal-dy 0). It is an adaptation to arenaceous surroundings in these regions. Immature individuals could easily be confused with those of Miogryllus verticalis,^^ but in that species the young are more regularly marked with darker colors and normally have 5 spines on each dorsal margin of the caudal femora. Other names: ruhens, jirmus, arenaceus. AU, (normally ax) 4. negledus Sc udder. This is the darkest variant found in the present species, the maxi- mum development of the condition found also in the two following variants. It is found in the northeastern portion of the insect's distribution, ranging southward in the high Appalachians to northern Georgia and is known from the Piedmont Plateau only in Pennsyl- vania. Much variability exists and every intergradation with the next two variants is often to be found in the same series. AV, (normally a or b but ranging to f, x but often u), 3. pennsyl- vanicus Burmeister. This is the dominant variant of the species in the well watered regions of temperate North America and is found southward to the Gulf coast of eastern Texas. Great variability is exhibited and every intergradation with the variants termed negledus and luctuosus is to be found. Other names: nigra, angustus. AW, (normally d but ranging from a to f, w but often u), 3. luc- tuosus Serville." This variant shows an intensification of the features of the last. It is found throughout the lowlands of the southeastern United States and in the Middle West from Manitoba southward to the arid regiong. It also exhibits great variability. The maximum of this condition is found in material from the pine woods of the southeastern United States. Other names: abbreviatus. AXW, (normally a, u but often w), 3. integer Scudder. This is an adaptation found in the mountains of the arid portions of the southwestern United States and also in California. Extreme variability is to be found. Other name: vocalis. Our series are not sufficiently numerous from temperate South America to show as definitely the variants there developed; quite as many probably exist as found in North America. Of these fulvi- " Under this name of Serville's will be found both laplatm Saussure and saussurei Scudder. See Hebard, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, XXIII. . (1915.) " This is the variant which the authors have previously consistently recorded as ruhens from the southeastern United States. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303 pennis appears to be an adaptation similar to the pennsylvanicus variant, but heavier, though no more compact, with larger head; under argeniinus appear to be described numerous adaptations, though tyjjically suggesting the luduosus variant with tegmina f. Saussure's argeniinus variety c is, however, an adaptation similar to the per- sonatus variant, but with color pattern scarcely developed. We have not referred to Walker's names here, as the majority have already been proven synonyms and the descriptions are worthless. We feel certain that the other described South American species have no further significance than the North American variants discussed above. We have noted that in the mountains, particularly those of arid or semi-arid regions, a degree of plasticity is found greater even than exhibited elsewhere by this most plastic species. Several South American names are doubtless applicable to such manifestations of the species. Females, as a rule, have the tegminal and femoral markings more decided than in the male sex, thus frequently in the same series the males will show VWa, while the females will average Wb. As in our other recent papers, the material collected by one or both of the authors is understood to be in The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia or Hebard Collection. Specimens Examined. — -1501; 570 males, 857 females, 41 immature males and 36 immature females. Rhode Island. Providence, IX, 28, 1896, 1 9 , (AXgx 2), [A. N. S. P.]. Wesquage Beach, IX, 8 to 10, 1913, (H; upland fields), 2 9, (AVgx 2; AVgw 2). Connecticiit. New Haven, VI, 1, 1910, (H.), 1 cf , 1 9 ,'' (cf AVaw 4; 9 AVgv4), X, 1909, (H.), 1 9 , (AVey 2). N^eiv York. Peekskill, IX, 16, 1912, (E. G. Vanatta), 3 9, (AVbx 2), [A. N. S. P.]. Pennsylvania. South Sterling, IX, 14, 1906, (B. Long), 1 cf, (AUaw 4), [A. N. S. P.]. Tobyhanna, IX, 1, 1903, (H.), 1 d', 1 9 , id" AUaw 3; 9 AUVay 3). Lehigh Gap, VII, 12, 1897, 1 c^,.(AUXdw 3), [A. N. S. P.]. ^= Recorded by Hebard as Gryllus neglectus. 304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Ganoga Lake, IX, 2, 1900, 1 c^, 1 9, (c^AUax 3; 9 AUbx 3), [A. N. S. P.]. Harrisburg, V, 27, 1 9 , (AVey 2) ; IX, 27 to XI, 5, 1 c^, 9 9,1 juv. d', Ijuv. 9, {& AVaw3; 1 9 AVby4; 2 9 AVfy 2; 6 9 AVey 3), [all Pa. State Dept. Zool.]. Camphill, IX, 12 and X, 19, 2 9 , (AVbx 2), [Pa. State Dept. Zool.]. State College, IX, 6, 1 cf (head nearly black, pronotum, tegmina and caudal femora dark brown, w 3), [Pa. State Dept. Zool.]. Orrtanna, IX, 4, 1 9 , (AUVbw 2), [Pa. State Dept. Zool.]. Philadelphia, VI, 29 to VII, 8, 1897 and 1898, 2 cf, 1 9 , (cf AVdw 2; 9 AVau 2), [A. N. S. P.]. Cornwells, IX, 7, 1914, (H.), IX, 11, 1906, (R. & H.), 3 o^, 7 9, (1 c^ AVfw 2; 2 d' AVdw 3; 9 AV to W, e to g, w to z, 2 to 3). Chestnut Hill, VIII, 7 to IX, 20, 1903 to 1911, (H.), 3 o", 4 9, (d" AUaw 6; 9 AU, a to b, x to y, 3 to 4), Mount Airy, IX, 12, 1903, (H.), 1 9 , (AVfx 2). Pink Hill, Newtown Square, VI, 19 to VII, 1, 1906 to 1910, (R. & H.; serpentine barrens), 1 cf , 6 9, {& AVau 2, 9 AV, a, b and e, u w and x, 3 to 4). Newtown Square, VI, 29, 1911, (H. Fox), 1 d^, (AVdw 3), [A. N. S. P ]. " Castle Rock, (G. M. Greene), 1 &, (AUax 3), [A. N. S. P.]. Berwyn, IX, 9, 1 9 , (AUbx 2), [Pa. State Dept. Zool.]. Fern Hill, Chester County, VI, 11, 1911, (R. & H.; serpentine barrens), 1 9 , (AVew3); IX, 19, 1908, (R. &H.; serpentine barrens), 1 cT, 1 9 , (d^ AUaw 3, 9 AUby 3). Addingham, VIII, 13, 1914, (D. Culver), 1 9, (AUbx 2), [A. N. S P ] Tinicum Island, IX, 9 and 29, 1903 and 1904, (R. & H.; marsh land) 7 d", 6 9 , (d^ A, V and X, dw, 3 to 4; 5 9 A, V and W, ex, 3 to 4; 1 9 weakly B, WGw 2). Port Allegany, VIII, 1 to 8, 1904, (H. W. Fowler), 1 d', 1 9 (AVaw 4), [A. N. S. P.]. Diamond Valley, Huntingdon County, IX, 10, 1905, (R.), 1 d", 4 9 , (o" AVaw 3; 9 A, U to V, by 3). McConnellsburg, VI, 4, 1905, 1 c^, (AVfu 2), [A. N. S. P.]. Meadville, XI, 11, 1 9 , (AVbw 3), [Pa. State Dept. Zool.]. Beaver, VIII, 1,39, (AVfx 3), [Pa. State Dept. Zool.]. Beatty, (O. Brugger), 2 9 , (Ab, u and x, 3), [A. N. S. P.]. New Jersey. Riverton, IX, 8, 1901, (H. L. Viereck), 1 cf, (AVgx 3); IX, 11, 1904, (G. M. Greene), 3 9 , (AWf, u and x, 2), [all A. N. S. P.]. Westville, IX, 25, 1901, (G. M. Greene), 1 9, (AVbu 2); X, 19, 1897, 1 d", (AWdw 2), [all A. N. S. P.]. Clementon, X, 15, 1907, 1 d, (AVfx 2), [A. N. S. P.]. Sumner, IX, 15, 1906, (B. Long), 1 o^, 1 9 , (d^ weakly B, Wgw 3; 9 AVcx 3), [A. N. S. P.]. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305 Atsion, X, 8, 1903, (H.; pine barrens), 1 c^, 3 9 ,i^ (c^ 1 9 weakly B, paler X, gw 2; 2 9 AVbw 2). Centre of East Plains, Ocean County, VIII, 24, 1914, (H.; ground oak and pine), 1 juv. cf , (BY). Staffords Forge, VIII, 29 and IX, 16, 1905 and 1907, (R. and R. & H.; pine barrens), 5 d^, 4 9 , (4 d", 3 9 A, V to W, d to f, w to y, 2 to 3; 1 c^ 1 9 AYgw3). Spray Beach, Long Beach Island, VII, 18 and IX, 6, 1906 and 1907, (B. Long), 1 d^, 1 9 , (cf BYgx 4; 9 AVfx 4), [A. N. S. P.]. Chairville, VI, 17, 1901, (R.), 1 9, (A Vex 3). Ventnor, VIII, 26, 1914, (H.), 1 c^, 1 9 , (AV, d and a, w 3). Formosa Bog, Cape May County, IX, 1, 1908, (H. Fox), 1 9, (AVbx 3), [A. N. S. P.]. Townsend's Inlet, Sea Isle City, IX, 8, 1908, (H. Fox; grassy field), 1 9, (BYgx 2), [A. N. S. P.]. Sea Isle City, VI, 14, 1912, (H. Fox; washed up), 1 cf, 1 9, (d' AVcu 2, 9 AWeu 02), [A. N. S. P.]. Swainton, VII, 20 to 27, 1914, (H.; trapped, molasses jar), 1 juv. d^, (BY). Dias Creek, VII, 27, 1914, (H.; trapped, molasses jar), 1 juv. d^, (BY). Maryland. Chestertown, VIII, 20 and 26, 1899, (E. G. Vanatta), 1 d^, 1 9, id" wholly pale brown, w 3; 9 AVby 2), [A. N. S. P.]. Jennings, VI, 24, 1907, (B. Long), 1 c^, 1 9 , (AUaw 3, AVbx 3), [A. N. S. P.]. Washington, District of Columbia, VI, 25, 1 d", (AVau 3) [A. N. S. P.]; IX, 1883, 1 d^, (AVaw 2), [Hebard Cln.]. Virginia. Roslyn, X, 22, 1900, (R.), 1 9 , (AUVby 3). North Carolina. Edenton, VIII, 20, 1908, (R.; moist land), 1 d' ,'' (Ydw 3). Newbern, VIII, 24, 1908, (R.), 1 9'% (AVWeu 3). Raleigh, IV, 16 to IX, 13, 1904, (C. S. Brimley), 9 c^, 14 9 ,^« (7 o^ AWgw, 3 to 4; 1 d^ AWaw 3; 1 d^ AVgv 3; 9 AW, g and e, x and y, 3 to 4), [Hebard Cln.]. Sulphur Springs, near Asheville, V, 10 to VI, 13, 1904, (H.), 7 d^, 3 9 ,2" (6 d" AVaw 3; 1 c^ AWfx 3; 9 AVbw 3). 1^ Recorded as Gryllus luduosus by Rehn. " Recorded by the authors as Gryllus rubens. 18 Ibid. 13 Ibid. -" One male recorded by the authors as Gryllus rubens, the others as Gryllus ■pennsylvanicus. 20 306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Mount Pisgah, 4500 feet, X, 1, 1904, (H.; summit bald), 2 c^, 2 9 ,-* (c^ AUax 4; 9 AVby 3). Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.; moist undergrowth of long- leaf pine woods), 2 cf , 4 9 , (cf AVaw 1; 9 AVb, w and u, 1). Lake Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & H.), 6 cf , 4 9 .. (AW, cf a 9 b, u and w, 3 and 4). South Carolina. Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), 2 9 , (AYfw 3; AWeu 2). Sullivan Island, Charleston County, IX, 5, 1911, (R. & H,; on sandy soil), 2 9 , (BYe, w and x, 2), Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 juv. 9 , (EZ 2). Georgia. Rabun Bald, Rabun County, 4000 to 4600 feet, VIII, 21, 1913. (J. C. Bradley), 1 cf , (AU), [Ga. State Cln.]. Black Rock Mountain, Rabun County, 3000 feet, V, 20 to 25, 1911, (W. T. Davis), 1 cf , (AVaw 3), [Davis Cln.]. Tuckoluge Creek, Rabun County, VII, 1910, (W. T. Davis), 1 9 , (AVWbx 3), [Davis Cln.]. Clayton, 2000 feet, V, 18 to VI, 1909 and 1911, (W. T. Davis: J. C. Bradley), 2 d', 4 9 , (cf A, V and W, a and d, y 7; 1 9 AUau 03; 1 9 AVax 3; 1 9 AVbx 3; 1 9 AEbz 4), [Davis Cln. and Ga. State Cln.]. Atlanta, VII, 10 to VIII, 30, 1910 and 1913, (.J. C. Bradley: R. & H.; in pine woods), 1 cf, 3 9 , (cf 2 9 AW, d and e, u and w, 2; 1 9 AEgw 3). Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3, 1913, (R. & H.; pine wood.- on edge of bog), 1 9 , (AWaw 3). Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.; untilled field among grasses), 4 cf , (A, WXandZ, dw 3). Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 9 , (AWv 3). Waycross, V, 10, 1911, 1 9 , (AVbu 2), [Ga. State Cln.]. Hebardville, VIII, 28, 1911, (H.), 1 cf , (AWdw 2). Billy's Island, Okeefenokee Swamp, VI to IX, 5, 1912 and 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 1 cf , 5 9 , (1 cf 1 9 AWdw 2; 1 9 mouth 'parts pale, Wau 2; 3 9 B, Y and Z, f and d, w 3), [Cornell Univ.]. ' St. Simon's Island, VIII, 30, 1911, (R. & H.; in live oak forest very common in areas of Helianthcmum caroUnianum), 23 cf , 23 9 . 1 juv. cf , (AW, a but 9 occasionally b, z, 2 to 4; 1 9 BZgv 3); IX, 4, 1909, (J. C. Bradley), 2 cf , 1 9 , (cf AVfv 1; 9 BZdvl), [Ga. State Cln.]. Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911, (R. & H.), 2 9, (A, V and W, b and d, u 3). Fargo, VIII, 31, 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 19,1 juv. cf , ( 9 BYdv 3), [Cornell Univ.]. Chester, IX, 7, 1904, 1 cf , (AWau 3), [Ga. State Cln.l. 2^ Recorded by the authors as Gryllus negledus. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307 Thomasville, III, 18 to XI, 30, 1903 and 1904, (H.: for H.), 20 &, 17 9 ,^^ (cf AW, a or d, u v and x, a to g, u to z, 2 to 4 averaging 6; 9 A to B, W Y and Z, a to g, ii to z, 2 to 4). Bainbridge, IX, 17 to X, 19, 1910, (J. C. Bradley), 1 cT, (AWau 3), Ga. State Cln.]. Spring Creek, Decatur Coimtv, VII, 16 to 28, 1912, (J. C. Bradley), 1 &, 2 juv. 9 , (cf AWav 3; juv. BZ), [Ga. State Cln.]. Florida. Jacksonville, VIII, 10 and 25, 1905 and 1911, (R. & H.), 1 d'P 2 9 , (cf AWdu 2; 1 9 AWbu 2; 1 9 BYdv 3). Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 cf, 4 9, 1 juv. 9, (1 cf 1 9 A, reddish Ydw 3, 3 9 AWYdw 3; juv. BZ with dorsal postocular bar also). Pablo Beach, IX, 5 and 27, 1913, (W. T. Davis) 3 cf , 3 9 , (A to B, V to suffused Z, d to weaklv f, v, 12 to 3), [Davis Cln.]. Burnetts Lake, XI, 19, 1911, (W. T. Davis), 2 9 , (A to AB, W, a and d, u and v, 2 and 23), [Davis Cln.]. Gainesville, VIII, 16 and 17, 1905, (R. & H.; pine woods) 2 cf ,'" 1 juv. cf , (cf A and AB, W and WY, d and df, u and w, 3; juv. EFZ). Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 cf , 2 9 , (A, reddish Y and Z, d and f, av and u 3). Lakeland, XI, 8 to 17, 1911, (W. T. Davis), 3 cf , 3 9 ,-'' (cf A, W Y and Z, a and d, u and v, 23 and 4; 9 A and B, W and Y, b and f, u and v, 2 and 3), [A. N. S. P. and Hebard Cln.]. Tampa, I, 16, 1904, (H.), 1 cf , 1 9 ,-'^ (AWdv 3). BraidentOAvn, 1 9 , (B but head black, Zgv 3), [A. N. S. P.]. Punta Gorda, XI, 13 to 16, 1911, (W. T. Davis), 1 cf, 4 9," (cf AXdv 1:19 AXby 1; 3 9 BZgv, 1 to 3), [A. N. S. P. and Hebard Cin.]. Chokoloskee, IV and V, 1903, 2 cf , 1 9 ,2« (AWdu 3), [Hebard Cln.]. Everglade, V, 1912, (W. T. Davis), 1 9 ,-^ (BZcw 1), [Hebard Cln.]. South Bav, Lake Okeechobee, IV, 30, 1912, (W. T. Davis), 1 9 ,^^ (AWau 3), [A. N. S. P.]. Miami, II, 6 to VIII, 21, 1904 to 1910, (H.: for H.), 11 c^, 11 9 , 3 juv. cf ,^Ucf A, W to Z, a and d, u to x, 1 to 5; 9 A to B, W to Z, btog, utox, 2 to3).3^ -* The majority recorded by the authors as Gryllus rubens, the others as Gryllus pennsylvanicus and luctuosus. -^ Recorded bv the authors as Gryllus rubens. ■'* Ibid. 25 Recorded as Gryllus firnius and rubens by the authors. -^ Recorded as Gryllus rubens by the authors. -^ Recorded by the authors as Gryllus firnius. -^ Recorded by the authors as Gryllus rubens. 2' Recorded by the authors as Gryllus firmus. 5° Recorded as Gryllus rubens by the authors. " Recorded as Gryllus firmus and rubens by the authors. ^- The extremes of this series show, even for this plastic species, unusual con- trast. 308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Homestead, III, 17 to 19, 1910, (H.) 2 juv. d", 1 juv. 9 ; VII, 10 to 12, 1912, (R. & H.), 2 c^,^^ (1 AWdu 3; 1 AZgu 2). Detroit, VII, 12, 1912, (R. & H.), 1 9 ,»^ (BZew 2). Jewfish, VII, 11, 1912, (H.; in cracks of sun-baked marsh soil), 2 cf , 1 9 ,^'' id" AZd, u and w, 2 and 3; 9 BZdw 2). Long Key, III, 13, 1910, (H.), 1 juv. c^,^^ (B with dorsal post- ocular bar, Z). Key West, III, 15 and 16, 1910, VII, 3 to 7, 1912, (H.: R. & H.), 4 d^, 3 9,2 juv. 9 ,3' (BZ, d to g, w, 3 to 2). Indiana. Crawford County, V, 26, 1902, IX, 9, 1903, (W. S. Blatchley), 1 cT, 1 9, (AWd, w and x, 3 and 4), [Colo. St. Agr. Exp. Sta.); V, 27, 1904, 1 cT, (AUax 4), VI, 20, 1902, (both W. S. Blatchley), 1 9 , cotype of Grijllus americanus Blatchley, (AVax 3), [both A. N. S. P.]. Posey County, V, 12, 1903, (W. S. Blatchley), 1 9, (AUay 34), [Colo. St. Agr. Exp. Sta.]. Michigan. Pequaming, VII, 22 to IX, 1, 1903, (H.), 35cf, 21 9 ,3' (2 d" AUaw 4; 1 cf AUbw 4: others, d AV, a or d, w 4; 9 AVb, w to y, 4). Gun Lake, VII, 13 to 26, 1912, (M. A. Carriker, Jr.), 19,2 juv. (d, 1 juv. 9,(9 AZgx 4), [Hebard Cln.]. Illinois. Chicago, IX, 9, 1903, (H.; in waste field), 2 d', 2 9 , (d' AVaw 4; 9 AVex4). Moline, VI, 11, to X, 15, (J. T. McNeill), 1 d', 2 9 , (<^ AVaw 3; 1 9 AVbw 2; 1 9 Aeu 3), [Hebard Cln.]. Dubois, VI, 21, 1905, (C. A. Hart), 1 9 , (x\Uay 3), [Colo. St. Agr. Exp. Sta.]. Missouri. St. Louis, VIII, 27, 1904, (H.; in waste field), 1 9,^9 (AVax 2); X, 22, 1905, (C. L. Heink), 1 9 , (AWew 2), [Hebard Cln.]. Tennessee. Nashville, 1 9, (AVWdw 2), [Hebard Cln.]. ^ Recorded as Gryllus rubens axid firmus by the authors. ^^ Recorded by the authors as Gryllus firmus. ^ Ibid. s6 Ibid. " Ibid. '* Recorded by Rehn as Gryllus pennsylvanicus. *' Recorded as Gryllus pennsylvanicus by the authors. • 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309 Mississippi. Agricultural College, V, 1893, (H. E. Weed), 1 c^, (A but margins of pronotum pale, Ygw 3), [Hebard Cln.]. Wiggins, IV, 18, (F. M. Jones), 1 a", 2 9,2 juv. d", 1 juv. 9, (1 cf , 1 9 A Ygw 3; 1 9 AWeu 3), [A. N. S. P.]. Biloxi, III, 2 to IV, 24, (F. M. Jones), 2 cf , 4 9 , (1 c^ AWT^y 3; 1 cT AWdw 4; 1 9 AYdw 3; 1 9 AWew 3; 2 9 AZgw 2), [A. N. S. P.]. Manitoba. Aweme, VI, 21 and IX, 12 to 23, 1909, (N. Griddle), 8 c^, 4 9 ,^ id" A, UV to VW, a, w to x, 4; 9 A, UV to strong W, a and b, X and y, 4), [Hebard Cln.]. Nebraska. West Point, V, 4 to IX, 1, (L. Bruner), 11 c^, 7 9 , (cT^ AVa, v and w, 2 to 4, majority 3; 5 9 AV, a and b, w x and y, 2 to 3; 2 9 AWgy 3), [Hebard Cln.]. South Bend, V, 1 cf, 1 9 , (A, UV, a and b, w and x, 3); YIII, 11, 1910, (L. Bruner), 1 9, (AWbw 3), [all Hebard Cln.]. Lincoln, V to IX, mainly 1893, (L. Bruner), 24 c^, 14 9,1 juv. cT, (cf AV, a and d, v and w, 2 to 3; 9 A, V to VW, a to d, u v toy, 2 to 3), [Hebard Cln.]. Valentine, 1 d", (AVay 4), [Hebard Cln.]. Dismal River, VII, 1 9 , (AWXbu 3), [Hebard Cln.]. Nebraska City, VI, 1 cf , 1 9 , (AUVa, w and x, 3 and 4), [Hebard Cln.]. Broken Bow, VII, 4, 1889, 1 c^, 1 9 , (d^AUVaw 3; 9 AYhxi 3), [Hebard Cln.]. Sioux City, V, 1 c^, (AWdv 3), [Hebard Cln.]. Squaw Canon, Sioux County, VII, 1892, 1 cf , 6 9 , (c^ AVXaz 3; 9 A, V to W and to X, ab 3), [Hebard Cln.]. War Bonnet Canon, Sioux County, 1 d", 2 9 , (d'AVdw 4; 9 AV, a and e, y 4), [Hebard Cln.]. Iowa. Iowa City, VIII, 1889, (B. Shimek), 1 9 , (AWey 2), [Hebard Cln.]. Kansas. Topeka, (F. W. Cragin), 3 d^, 1 9 , (A, W and V, a and b, w and x, 3 and 2), [Hebard Cln.]. Barber County, fF. W. Cragin), 1 c^, 1 juv. 9 , (o" AWaw 3; juv. D, darkened Z, 2), [Hebard Cln.]. Dodge City, IX, 13, 1909, (H.; grass prairie), 3 d', 1 9 , (cT A, V to W, ax, 2 to 3 ; 9 A with ventral portion of face with pale markings, strongly W, ew 2). ^" In part recorded as Gryllus pennsylvanicus form neglectus by the authors. 310 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [MaV, Garden City, (F. W. Cragin), 1 9 , (AYgw 3), [Hebard Cln.]. Syracuse, 3230 feet, IX, 12, 1909, (R. & H.; grass prairie), 1 9, (AWaby 2). Wyoming. Pine Bluff, 1 c^, 4 9 , (A, V to strongij W, a, w to y, 4 and 5), [Hebard Cln.]. Worland, VII, (L. Bruner), 1 9, (AVbx 2), [Hebard Cln.]. Sheridan, VII, 27, 1909, (R.; hills with scant grass), 1 d", 5 9 . (cf AVaw 3 ; 9 A, V to W, d to f, xy, 3 to 4). Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone National Park, VIII. 5. 1904, (H.; in hot spring), 1 9 ,'' (AWfy 4). Idaho. Pocatello, 1 9 , (AUdu 3), [Hebard Cln.]. Coeur d'Alene, VII, 31, 1889, 1 9, (A, reddish Z, dx 3), [Hebard Cln.]. Colorado. Julesburg, 3460 feet, VII, 29, 1910, (R. & H.), 1 9 , (AUVaw 3); VIII, 4, 1899, 1 d", (AVaw 3), [Colo. St. Agr. Exp. Sta.]. Merino, VIII, 6. 1902, 2 9 , (AWby 34), [Colo. St. Agr. Exp. Sta.]. Akron, VII, 1891, 2 9 , (AVW, b and f, u 3), [Hebard Cln.] Brush, VIII, 21, 1904, (H.; weeds on prairie), 1 9 ,'- (AWabz 3). Greeley, IX, 4, 1902, 1 9 , (AWbx 2), [Colo. St. Agr. Exp. Sta.]. Fort Collins, VI, 10 to X, 6, 1898 to 1903, 9 cf , 4 9 , (A, very strongly W to WV, a b d and e, w to y, 2 to 34), [Colo. St. Agr. Exp. Sta.]. Boulder, VIII, 1908, (G. von Krockow), 1 d", (AVaw 2), [A. M. N. H.]; X, 29, 1904, (T. D. A. Cockerell), 1 9, (AWabz 3), [A. N. S P ]. Denver, III, 21, (Beale), 1 c^, 1 9 , (c^ AUVaw 2; 9 EZeu 23); 1 9 , (AWeu 3), [all Hebard Cln.]. Colorado Springs, 1 cf , 2 9 , (A, V and UV, a, w and v, 23 to 4), [Hebard Cln.]. Holly, IX, 8, 1898, 1 9 , (AWaw 2), [Colo. St. Agr. Exp. Sta.]. Lamar, IX, 10, 1898, 1 9 , (AWaw 2), [Colo. St. Agr. Exp. Sta.]. La Junta, VIL 16, 1901, 3 9 , (EZfu 5), [Colo. St. Agr. Exp. Sta.]; 4045 feet, IX, 11, 1909, (R. & H.; at light), 2 cf , 2 9 , (1 c^ AVdu 2; 1 cf A, reddish Z, gu 3; 9 AVau 2). Pueblo, IX, 25, 1901, 1 9 , (A Wax 2), [Colo. St. Agr. Exp. Sta.]. Antonito, VIII, 6, 1899, 1 9, (AVWex 4), [Colo. St. Agr. Exp. Sta.]. Grand Junction, V, 25, 1900, 1 9 , (AVgu 34), [Colo. St. Agr. Exp. Sta.]. *i Recorded as Gryllus pennsylvanicus by the author?. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311 Texas. Galveston, VII, 19 to 21, 1912, (H.), 1 c^, 2 9, (cf AWaw 3; 9 AB and B, Y and Z, e and g, w, 2 and 23). Virginia Point, VII, 21, 1912, (H.; under boards in tall salt marsh grasses), 1 d^, 1 9 , (d^ A Wax 2; 9 A but mouth parts pale, bx 2). Dickinson, VII, 20, 1912, (H.; undergrowi:h of pine woods), 1 cf, (dark B, dark Y, dw 3). Rosenberg, VII, 25 and 26, 1912, (H.), 1 d^, 1 9 , (d^ AUaw 2; 9 B, suffused Z, ew 2). College Station, VIII, 22, 1903, 1 9 , (A, suffused Z, eu, 1), [Hebard Cln.]. Washing-ton County, IV, 1 9, (AWdz 6), [Hebard Cln.]. Victoria, VII, 26 and 27, 1912, (H.), 1 9 , (AVbu 2). Beeville, VII, 28, 1912, (H.), 1 9, (AVWeu 3). Corpus Christi, VII, 29, 1912, (H.), 1 cf , (AVau 3). Brownsville, VII, 31 to VIII, 5, 1912, (H.; at light), 4 d', 6 9 , (1 cT A. suffused Z, au 2; Id" AVdu 2; 1 c^ A, suffused W, du 3 ; 1 c^ EZgu 2; 3 9 weaklv B, strongly suffused Z, bu 2; 2 9 AUbu, 3 and 34; 1 9 EZeu 2). Shovel ^Mountain, Burnet County, IX, 5 and X, 4, 1901, (F. G. Sehaupp), 3 d^, 4 9 , (A to weaklv B, stronglv suffused Z, d and e, u, 2 to 23); XII, 20, 1901, (F. G. Sehaupp), l 9 , (A Wax 4), [all A. N. S. P.]. Tiger IMiUs, (F. G. Sehaupp), 1 9 , (AXVay 34), [Hebard Cln.]. San Antonio, IV to VI, 1885, (M. Newell), 1 c^, 9 9,3 juv. d', (d" AWXaw 3; 3 9 A, V to suffused W, b, u and v, 2; 1 9 weakly B, reddish Y, eu 2;. 5 9 A, W to WX, a, y and z, 4), [Hebard Cln.]. Carrizo Springs, V and X, 1 to 25, 1885, (A. Wadgymar), 6 d", 7 9 , 3 juv. d^, 3 juv. 9 , (1 d" A but lateral lobes of pronotum pale, heavily suffused Z, du 2; 1 d" A, heavily suffused Z, du 3; 4 d^ A, V to W, V 4; 9 B, reddish Z, e, u and x to y, 3 to 2; 1 juv. cT, 2 juv. 9 , AV; 2 juv. d", 1 juv. 9 , BY), [Hebard Cln.]. Laredo, VIII, 10 to 12, 1912, (R. & H.), 1 9 , (EZfu 2). Del Rio, VIII, 22 to 23, 1912, (R. & H.; at light), 5 cT, 16 9, (2 d', 3 9 EZfu 2; 3 o" 13 9 A with pronotum with lateral lobes occasionallv slightly margined with pale, V to much suffused reddish Z, a b d e and g, u, 23 to 34). Mission, VIII, 26 and 27, 1912, (R. & H.), 2 9 , (1 9 D, suffused Y, du 3; 1 9 E, little suffused Z, cu 2). Hackberrv Creek, Brewster County, IX, 2, 1912, (R. & H.), 1 d', (AUXax 3)." Dog Canon, Brewster County, IX, 3, 1912, (R. & H.), 1 d, (DE, suffused Z, dw 3). Moss Well, Chisos Mountains, 4500 feet, IX, 5 to 8, 1912, (R. & H.; occasional in grasses, 2 at light, song a quick, short chirping), 1 d", 2 9, (AVXa, X and v, 3). Canon behind Pulliam Bluff, Chisos Mountains, 4600 to 5000 feet, IX, 7, 1912, (R. & H.), 2 cf , (AUXaw 3). 312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Franklin Mountains near El Paso, VII, 11, 1907, (R. & H.; arid mesa slopes among stones), 1 d^, 1 9 , 2 juv. 9 , (cf AVXow 3; 9 B, suffused reddish Z, by 23; juv. Z, 2 and 3); VIII, 20, 1905, (R. & H.), 3 9, (1 9 AWdu 3; 1 9 B, suffused reddish Z, du 3; 1 9 EZeu 2); IX, 16, 1912, (H.; at base, light at night), 8 d', 10 9 , 1 juv. cf , (cf A, suffused W to suffused Z, a and d, u, 3 to 34; 8 9 A, UV to strongly W and suffused reddish Z, a and d, u, 23 to 3; 2 9 EZfu, 3 and 23; juv. EZ with barred abdomen). El Paso, IX, 16, 1912, (R. & H.; river bottom lands), 2 c^, (1 d" A, much suffused reddish Z, du 23; 1 cf weak B, WZgu 3). New Mexico. Gallifias Canon, San Miguel County, (E. J. Oslar), 1 o^, 1 9 .^^ (AVa, X and y, 4 and 34). [A. N. S. P.]. Roswell, VIII, 1902, (T. D. A. Cockerell; at light), 1 c?, (AVdu 23), [A. N. S. P.]. Jemez Hot Springs, 6400 feet, V, 17 to VIII, 13, 1913, (J. Wood- gate), 3 d', 9 9 , (c^ A, UV to V, ax 4; 9 A, U to VW, a but 1 e, y to yz, 34 to 4), [Hebard Cln.l. Albuquerque, 1888, (F. H. Wickham), 1 cf , 2 9, (cf AXd, y for this sex, 3; 1 9 AWby 3; 1 9 AWgz 34), [Hebard Cln.]; 1902, (T. D. A. Cockerell), 1 9 , type of Gryllus alogus Rehn, (C but pro- notum all black, reddish Y, ex 3), [A. N. S. P.j. Fort Wingate, III, 27 to VIII, 14, 1908 and 1910, (J. Woodgate), 6 d', 12 9 , 1 juv. d", 2 juv. 9 , (4 d" A, U to V, a and d, x, 23 to 3; 1 d^ A, strongly W, d, z for this sex, 4; 1 d^ A but mouth parts pale, reddish Z, d, z for this sex, 4; 9 A but mouth parts pale in 2 small pale specimens, V and W and X to reddish Z, X to extreme Z, 2 to extreme 5; juv. A, V and greatly suffused Z),''^ [Hebard Cln.]. Cloudcroft, 8600 feet, VII, 15, 1907, (H.; under stone, stridulating at night), 1 d^.^^ (AVax 4). Highrolls, 7000 feet, V, 31 to VI, 13, 1902, (H. L. Viereck), 3 d^, 4 9,1 juv. 9 ,^^ (& AVa, x and y for this sex, 23; 9 A, V to WX, a, y and z, 2 to 23; juv. AV), [A. N. S. P.]. Alamogordo, IV, 25, 1902, (R.), 1 juv. d" ," (EZ 5 but with body barred); VII, 12 and 13, 1907, (R. & H.; in dead yucca on dc'^ert and at light), 4 d^, 4 9 ,^^ (d^ A but mouth parts slightly pale, greatly suffused reddish Z, d, w and x, 34 and 3; 3 9 similar but a, e and suffused g, y 3; 1 9 AVau 2); (G. von Krockow), 1 d', 1 9 , (dark redchsh brown, reddish Z, d and g, 3), [Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.]. ^^ Recorded by Rehn as Gryllus pcnnsylvanicus. *^ In some features this series shows greater variability than any other before us from the southwestern United States. *^ Recorded by Rehn as Gryllus pennsylmnicus. *^ Recorded as Gryllus integer by Rehn. ^' Recorded as Miogryllus linentus by Rehn. ** Recorded by the authors as Gryllus alogus but one female as Gryllus pennsyl- vanicus. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313 Las Cruces, YIII, 7, 1 d^, (B, suffused Z, gu 3), [A. N. S. P.]. Aden, 4300 feet, VII, 21, 1907, (H.; under stones on desert hillside and on grass prairie), 1 d^, 1 9 ,^^ 1 juv. d^, (A but mouth parts reddish, suffused reddish Z, d and e, y 3; juv. EZ 3 but with body barred). Deming, VII, 19, 1907, (R. & H.; at light), 2 cf , 3 9 ,^'' (2 c^ 1 9 A, WX and suffused reddish Z, a and dg, u and x, 3; 2 9 B, suffused reddish Z, gu 3). Lordsburg, at 4500 feet, X, 15, 1910, (R. & H.; eroded cracks on bare plain), 1 9, (EZfu 23). Nevada. Las Vegas, 2026 feet, VIII, 9, 1907, (R. & H. ; in crack in building), 1 d^, (head dark brown with mouth parts paler, rest of insect uni- form pale brown, w 3); IX, 1 and 2, 1909, (R. & H.; at light), 13 d', 15 9 , (11 d' A but palest examples with mouth parts slightly pale, WX and reddish suffused Z, a to de, u, 3 to 34; 6 9 A, WX and reddish suffused Z, au 3; 4 9 A, suffused Z, dgu 3; 3 9 weakly B, weakly suffused Z, dg to g, u 3; 2 c^ 2 9 E, Z and Y, d and f, u 3). Arizona. Flagstaff, VII, 5, 1892, 1 9 , (A, reddish Z, az 34), [Hebard Cln.],- VII, 12 and 13, 1902, (E. J. Oslar), 9 9,^^ (1 9 AVWav 23; 1 9 EYcu 2; 7 9 EZ, f and g, u 2). [A. N. S. P.]. Phoenix, IV, 23, 1902, (E. J. Oslar), 1 d^. 2 9,'- (& EZgu 2; 9 BZgu 3), [A. N. S. P.]; VI, 18 to XI, 18, 1899 to 1901, (R. E. Kunze), 6 d', 19 9 ,^ (1 d' AVdu 3; 1 c^ D but no postocular bar, Zdgu 3; 2 d' Ydul; 2 d" EZ, d and dg, u 2; 2 9 AVdu 3; 5 9 weakly B, reddish Z, dg, u and be, y 3; 1 9 EYl)u 2; 11 9 EZ, f and g, u, 2 to 3), [Hebard Cln.]. Florence, VI, 8, 1903, (C. R. Biederman), 4 juv. V , 2 juv. 9 f^ VII, 17 to IX, 15, 1903, (C. R. Biederman), 1 d', 4 9 .^^ (1 d A, reddish Z, du 3; 2 9 A viith mouth parts slightlv pale, XYeu 3; 1 9 B, reddish Z, dgu 3; 1 9 EZgu 2), [ah A. N. S.' P.]. Tucson, 2400 feet, VII, 23 to 26, 1907 and X, 4, 1910, (R. & H.; at lights in streets), 18 d", 16 9 ,^^1 cf 1 9 B, reddish Z, d and e, u 2; 17 d' 15 9 D to F, YZ to Z, d to g, u, 12 to 2). San Bernardino Ranch, Cochise County, 3750 feet, VIII, *^ Recorded by the authors as Gryllus alogus. ^0 Recorded by the authors as Gryllus armatus. 51 Recorded by Rehn as Gryllus personatus, but one female as Gryllus pennsyl- vanicus. =- Recorded as Gryllus personatus by Rehn. =' Recorded by Rehn as Gryllus personatus, armatus and alogus. 5* Recorded as Miogryllus lineatus by Rehn. '== Recorded in part by Rehn as Gryllus pennsylvanicus and personatus. 5« Recorded in part by Rehn and Hebard as Gryllus personatus and armatus. 314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 1905, (F. H. Snow), 1 c^, 1 9 ," (c^ B, weakly suffused Z, gu 3; 9 AWYdu 3), [A. N. S. P.]. CaiT Canon, Huachuca Mountains, VIII, 1905, (H. Skinner), 2 cf , 7 9 ,^M2 d' 4 9 DE and E, suffused Z to Z, d and e, u, 3 to 2; 3 9 A but mouth parts pale reddish, reddish Y and Z, byz, 3 and 34), [A. N. S. P.]. Palo Alto Rancho, Altar Valley, ± 3000 feet, X, 10, 1910, (H.; small meadow in tall grass clumps), 1 cf, (DEYdv 3). Sentinel, X, 2, 1910, 686 feet, (R. & H.; under boards at night), 3 c^, 4 9 , (D to DE, Y, d and e, u but 1 9 v, 2 to 3; 1 d' 1 9 A, weakly reddish X, a and b, u 34) Yuma, VII, 27, 1907 and X, 1, 1910, (R. & H.; at lights in streets), 22 cf, 84 9 ,'^^ (22 cf' 81 9 weakly to very strongly B to a maximum condition in which the entire pronotum is pale, greatly suffused reddish Y to reddish Z, a to g, u but 1 d" w, 23 to 4; 3 9 EZeu 23). British Columbia. (G. W. Taylor), 1 9 , (A Way 4), [Hebard Cln.]. Washington. Yakima, (C. V. Piper), 19,2 juv. 9 , (1 9 AVbv 3; juv. AV), [Hebard Cln.]. Oregon. (Washburn), 3 d', 4 9 , (3 cf 3 9 A, U to UV, a and d, u but 1 9 V, 23 to 4; 1 9 weakly B, yellowish Z, yellowish g, y 3), [Hebard Cln.f. Portland, VI, 19, 1882, 1 9 , (AVW, weakly f, x 34), [Hebard Cln.]. California. ' Amador County, 2 d', (AVXdv 01), [Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.]. El Portal, Mariposa County, 3200 feet, VIII, 30, 1907, (H.), 1 o', (AVXav3). Sacramento, VIII, 26, 1910, (R. & H.; at light in streets), 11 d^, 30 9 , (A, U UX and VX, d but with extremes from a to dg, u, 2 to 4). San Francisco, (L. E. Ricksecker), 1 9, (weakly B, VXev 02), [A. N. S. P.]. West Berkeley, VIII, 20, 1897, (A. P. Morse), 1 d", cotype of Gryllus integer Scudder, (AVXdu 3), [Hebard Cln.]. Santa Barbara, VIII, 21, 1909, (H.; in grasses at night and under stone, noisy singing day and night), 3 d^, 1 9 , (2 d^ AWXgu 3; 1 d^ 1 9 bZu, 23 and 4). Santa Rosa Island, 1 d", (AVX:du 34), [Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.]. ^' Recorded by Rehn, male as Gryllus personatus, female as Gryllus armatus. ^^ Recorded by Rehn as Gryllus personatus and alogus. *° Recorded in part by the authors as Gryllus armatus. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315 Los Angeles, VII, 1886, 1 c?, 2 9 , (A, VX and suffused reddish Z, dg and g, u, 23 and 4), [Hebard Cln.]. Pasadena, VI, 8, 1907, (F. Grinnell Jr.), 1 cf, (AWXadv 3), [A. N. S. P.]; VIII, 1, 1907, 824 feet, (R. & H.), 1 d^, (CZgv 23). Santa IMonica, VIII, 1, 1906, (F. Grinnell, Jr.), 1 juv. 9 , (B with abdominal segments suffused with buff, limbs all buff), [A. N. S. P.]. Avalon, Santa Catalina Island, VIII, 3, 1907, (H.; at light), 1 cf, (AVXdu3). Claremont, (C. F. Baker), 1 o',™ (AVbdv 3), [A. N. S. P.]. San Diego, VII, 28, 1901, (G. W. Dunn), 1 c^,«i (CYdu 023), [A. N. S. P.]. Coronado Beach, VIII, 17, 1907, (H.), 1 d^ , (AYdu 023). Tia Juana, VIII, 16, 1907, (H.), 1 d^ , (CYdu 02). Lyons, San Bernardino County, 2850 feet, VIII, 11, 1907, (H.), I d, (all reddish, reddish B, yellowish Z, du 3); IX, 1, 1909, (R. & H.; in bricks), 1 d, (AVXbu 23). Palm Springs, VII, 13, 1897, (A. P. Morse), 1 d, cohjpe of Gryllus vocalis Scudder, (AXdu 2) [Hebard Cln.]; IX, 28 and 29, 1910, 450 feet, (R. & H.; young everywhere in house between sheets, blankets, etc., and very destructive), 2 cf , 2 juv. c?^, (cf A, WX and UX, adv, 3 and 4; juv. D with body and limbs yellowish.) Tahquitz Canon, San Jacinto Mountains, 500 to 1200 feet, IX, 30, 1910, (R. & H.), 1 juv. cf, (B with abdominal segments outlined in buff, limbs all buff). Fort Yuma at Colorado, 1 d, (BZdgu 03), [Hebard Cln.]. Mexico. Torreon, Coahuila, X, 30 and XI, 4, 1909, (J. Friesser), 2 9 , (1 9 AVau 3; 1 9 ABXdu 023), [Field Mus. Nat. Hist.]. San Miguel, Sonora, IV, 1892, (G. Eisen), 2 9,1 juv. 9 , (AC, Y and Z, dg, u and y, 03 and 4), [Cal. Acad. Sci.]. Comondu, Lower California, III, 1889, (C. D. Haines), 1 a", 1 9 , {& CZgu 02; 9 A but mouth parts reddish, WXdgeu 02), [Hebard Cln.]. San Lazaro, L. Cal., IX, 1894, 1 9 , (AC, reddish Z, ey 03), [Hebard Cln.]. San Jose del Cabo, L. Cal., (G. Eisen), 4 c^, 21 9,2 juv. d, 2 juv. 9 , (B to C, Y to Z, e and g, u, 012 to 03, but 1 c? A with mouth parts reddish, reddish Z, dy 01), [Cal. Acad. Sci.]. Mazatlan, Sinaloa, (from H. Edwards), 2 9 , (1 9 A with reddish mouth parts, Xdu 03; 1 9 BCZey 03), [Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.], Tepic, 1 o", 2 9,1 juv. 9 , (1 9 1 9 D, yellowish Z, a and b, v and u, 4 and 01; 1 9 ADVYbv 03), [Hebard Cln.]. Guadalajara, Jalisco, VIII, 21 to IX, 19, 1903, (J. F. McClendon) II d, 6 9 ;«2 (D. L. Crawford), 2 cf , 6 9 , (ah A to C, VW to Z, d and e, u, 03 to 02), [all A. N. S.. P.]. ^ Recorded by Rehn as Gryllus pennsyluanicus. ^1 Recorded as Gryllus assimilis by Rehn. «2 Ibid. 316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [MaV, Zapotlanejo, Jal., VII, 31, 1903, (J. F. McClendon), 1 c^,^^ (a, reddish Y, du 3), [A. N. S. P.]. Tuxpan, Jal., IX, 4, 1903, (J. F. McClendon), 1 9 ,'' (D, suffused Z, fxy 3), [A. N. S. P.]. Aguascalientes, Aguascalientes, XI, 1887, (L. Bruner), 1 9 , (AWdu03), [Hebard Cin.]. Queretaro, Queretaro, XI, 1887, (L. Bruner), 1 9 , (A with mouth parts pale reddish, Yeu 3), [Hebard Cln.]. Vera Cruz, Vera Cruz, I, 1892, 1 d', 1 9 , (B, suffused Y, d and b, u, 03 and 023); (T. Hevde), 1 cf , (B. suffused Y, du 03), [all Hebard Cln.]. Jalapa, V. C, V, 1 9 , (DE, yellowish Z, dy 3), [Hebard Cln.]; VIII and IX, (0. W. Barrett), 1 d^ , 2 9 ,'' {B and BC, suffused Z, d e and b, u, 012 to 01), [A. N. S. P.]. Teocelo, V. C, IX, (0. W. Barrett), 1 d^,«e (BC, suffused Y, du 012), [A. N. S. P.]. Cordoba, V. C, (H. de Saussure), 1 9 , determined as Gryllus mexicanus Saussure by that author, (D, reddish yellow Z, by 3), [A. N. S. P.]. Orizaba, V. C, I and XI, 1892, 5 c^, 15 9,1 juv. 9 , (A B C and D, VW suffused Y and Y, a b d and e, w to u, 4 to 23), [Hebard Cln.]. Motzorongo, V. C, II, 1892 and V, 1893, 3 c^, 2 9, (A to C, suffused Z, reddish Z V and W, v and u, 34 to 3), [Hebard Cln.]. San Rafael, V. C, (C. H. T. Townsend), 2 9 , (D, suffused Z, cfy 3), [Hebard Cln.]. La Buena Ventura near Santa Rosa, V. C, VII, 1909, 2 9 , (CDZeu 02), [Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.]. Chalchicomula, Puebla, II, 20, 1892, 1 9, (DZdy 23), [Hebard Cln.]. Distrito Federal, VII, 1898, 1 c^, 6 9 , (A with mouth parts pale, reddish Z, du, 4 to 34), [Hebard Cln.]. Tacubaya, D. F., II, 1899, 1 9, (AWXdfu 34), [Hebard Cln.]. San Angel, D. F., VIII, 28, 1903, (W. L. Tower), 1 9 , (A, buffy V, bx 34), [Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.]. Cuernavaca, Morelos, V, 22, 1905, (W. L. Tower), 1 9 , (C, suffused Z, bu 01), [Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.]; VI, (0. W. Barrett), 1 cf, 3 9 , cf type and 3 9 paratypes of Gryllus barretti Rehn, (1 cf A but mouth parts reddish, heavily suffused Z, du 02; 3 9 D, heavily suffused Z, bu 03), [A. N. S. P.]. Iguala, Guerrero, IX, 1898, (O. W. Barrett), 1 9 , (D, heavily suffused Z, bu 03), [A. N. S. P.]. Cocula, Gro., XII, 1898, (0. W. Barrett), 1 c^, 1 9 , (D, heavily suffused Z, d and b, u 03), [A. N. S. P.]. ^' Recorded by Rehn as Gryllus mexicanus. '^'' Recorded by Rehn as Gryllus barretti. "■^ Recorded by Rehn as Gryllus asisimilis. «••' Ihid. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317 Yucatan, (Schott), 1 c^, 1 9," (AD, heavily suffused Z, du 02), [A. N. S. P.], (dried alcoholic). Ticul, Yucatan, 1 juv. c^, 1 juv. 9,"' (juv. cT E), [A. N. S. P.], (dried alcoholic). Nicaragiia. II, 1893, (B. Shimek), 1 9 , (A with mouth parts pale, UXdx 3), [Hebard Cln.]. San Ramon, Rio Wanks, V to VI, 1905, (W. S. Palmer), 1 d', (C, suffused Z, dx 03), [Hebard Cln.]. Costa Rica. Cache, 1000 meters, V, 1905, (P. Biolley), 1 d^, 1 9, (cT AD, suffused reddish Y, dx 02; 9 A with mouth parts pale, Vbu 02), lA. N. S. P.]. San Jose, II, 1903, (C. F. Underwood), 1 cf, 2 9, (1 cf very strongly C, Z gu 02; 1 9 A with mouth parts pale, heavily suffused Y, bu 02; 1 9 weakly defined D, reddish Z, bxy 3), [Hebard Cln.]. Monte Redondo, Candelaria Mountains, III, 1902, (L. Bruner), 1 cT, (B, suffused Y, dgw 034), [Hebard Cln.]. San Vicente, (J. F. Tristan), 1 c^, 3 9 , (B and weakly defined D, heavily suffused Y, d b and e, w and y, 3 to 4), [A. N. S. P.]. Tablazo, 1900 meters, VII, 1905 to IX, 1906, (P. Biolley), 4 d^, 4 9 , 1 juv. 9 , (AB and D, W reddish V and suffused Z, d and b, X and u, 4 to 03), [A. N. S. P.]. Pozo Aziil de Pirris, (M. A- Carriker, Jr.), 3 cT, 2 9 , (AD and AB, suffused Y, d, u and x, 03 and 023), [Hebard Cln.]. Gulf of Nicoya, 5 9 , (AB, heavily suffused Z, ab, u and w, 034 to 01), [Hebard Cln.]. Pacayas, 1430 meters. III, 1906, (P. Biolley), 2 d^, 2 9 , (B, reddish Y, dv 34), [A. N. S. P.]. Bermuda. St. George Island, II, 23, 1909, (F. M. Jones), 1 9 ,'' (AC, heavily suffused Z, bu 023), [A. N. S. P.]. Warwick Parish, IV, 11 to V, 9, 1909, (F. M. Jones), 7 d', 14 9,'° (A to C, heavily suffused Z to Z, b and d to f, u to w, 45 to 023), [A. N. S. P.]. Paget West, XII, 14, 1908 to V, 9, 1909, (F. M. Jones), 10 d^, 8 9 ,'' (A to C, heavily suffused Z to Z, d to f, u to w, 5 to 023), [A. N. S. P.]. Somerset Island, Sandys Parish, II, 21, 1912, (M. Hebard), 1 juv. c^, (CV), [Hebard Cln.]. 6^ Recorded as Gryllus barretti by Rehn. ^* Recorded as GryUodes toltecus by Rehn. "^ Recorded as Gryllus berrnudensis by Rehn. '0 Ibid. '1 Ibid. 318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OK [May, Bahamas. Grant Town, New Providence Island, II, 3, 1904, (M. Hebard), 1 cf, 2 9,'' (strongly C, Zdu 023), [Hebard Cln.]. Cuba. Vinales, Pinar del Rio, IX, 16 to 22, 1913, (Lutz and Leng), 2 9 , (DZdu, 03 and 01), [Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.]. El Guama, Pinar del Rio, (Palmer and Riley), 2 9 , (C and D, Z, d and g, u, 3 and 03), [A. N. S. P.]. Guanajay, Pinar del Rio, V, 6, (Palmer and Riley), 1 9 ,^^ (CD, suffused Z, du 01), [A. N. S. P.]. Havana, I, 1904, (M. Hebard), 1 9 ,'' (strongly D, Zey 03), [Hebard Cln.]. Francisco, Camaguey, (Mrs. J. S. Durham), 1 cf , 1 9 , (C, Z and suffused Z, ad and ab, u 02), [A. N. S. P.]. Santiago, XII, 11, 1903, 2 a',^^ (c^ suffused Z, du, 02 and 01), [A. N. S. P.]. San Carlos Estate, Guantanamo, X, 4 to 8, 1913, (F. E. Lutz), 3 o^, 1 9 , (CZ, d and B, u 012), [Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.]. Porto Rico. Mayaguez, II, 15 to 16 and VII, 24 to 29, 1914, 2 9 , (AD, suffused Z, bu, 012 and 01), [Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.]. Ponce, VII, 20 to 22, 1914, 1 9 , (DZbu 02), [Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.]. Jamaica. Montego Bay, X, 29 to XI, 2, 1913, (M. Hebard), 19,1 juv. 9 ; XI, 1913 to III, 1914, (C. G. Hussey; 1 at light), 3 9 , (all C, suffused Y to Z, b to g, u 012), [all Hebard Cln.]. Lesser Antilles, Roseau, Dominica, VI, 22 to VII, 3, 1911, (Crampton and Lutz), 2 juv. d^, [Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.], (dried alcoholic). Soufisse, St. Lucia, V, 7, 1903, (H. A. Ballou), 1 9 ,^'^ (very weakly D, suffused Z, dw 03), [A. N. S. P.]. Barbados, IX, 22, 1902 to VI, 2, 1903, (Ballou, Lefroy and Todd), 5 d', 7 9,1 juv. 9 ." (A to C, UZ to Z, a b and d, u to w, 3 to 02), [A. N. S. P.]. ''- Recorded as Gryllus assimilis by Rehn. ^' Recorded as Gryllus capitatus by Rehn. '^ Recorded as Gryllus assimilis by Rehn. '5 Recorded as Gryllus capitatus by Rehn. '^ Recorded by Rehn as Gryllus assimilis. " Ibid. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319 Halton, Barbados, X, 25, 1902, (C. Todd), 1 d^, 2 9 ,'» (C and B, Z, d and e, u, 34 to 03), [A. N. S. P.]. Colombia. Cincinnati Plantation near Santa Marta, 4000 to 5000 feet, VII, 9 and 10, 1913, (M. A. Carriker Jr.), 1 cf , (A, buffy \^V, au 02), [Hebard Cln.]. Trinidad. Caparo, VI and VIII, 1913, (S. M. Klages), 7 c^, 9 9 , (BC to C, greatly suffused Z to Z, d a and b, u, 023 to 012), [A. N. S. P. and Hebard Cln.]. British Guiana. Bartica, IV, 4, 1901, (R. J. Crew), 1 d', (A, greatly suffused Y, dx 02); (H. S. Parish), 1 d" , (AC, greatly suffused Y, du 02), [all A. N. S. P.]. Brazil. Para, Para, (C. F. Baker), 1 cf , 1 9 , (C, Z and suffused Z, weakly f and b, u 02), [A. N. S. P.]. Igarape Assu, Para, (H. S. Parish), 2 9 , (A with mouth parts pale, weakly reddish W, intense b, u 023), [A. N. S. P.]. Tiiuca, Rio de Janeiro, IV, 9 to 11, 1913, (M. Burr), 1 9 , (ADW, strongly b, u 03), [A. N. S. P.]. Rio Grande do Sul, (Dr. Ihering), 1 cf, determined as Gryllus argeniinus Saussure by that author, (AWgv 023), [A. N. S. P.]. Paraguay. Sapucay, II, 17 to VII, 1902 and 1905, (W. T. Foster), 3 cf, 5 9 ,^M1 a' 1 9 FZgu 023; 1 9 DZgu 02; 2 c^ 1 9 A with mouth parts weakly reddish, W and X, d and b, c^ v 9 u, 023 to 02; 2 9 weakly and strongly C, suffused reddish Y and suft'used reddish z, ev, 03 and 02), [Hebard Cln.]. Argentina. Misiones, XII, 30 and I, 1910 and 1911, (P. Jorgensen), 2 9 ,^^ (1 9 A with reddish mouth parts suffused reddish Z, eu 03; 1 9 AVbu 02), [A. N. S. P.]. Salta, Salta, 1 c^, 1 9 , (weakly C, V and WY, d and b, u, 02 and 01), [A. N. S. P.]. Jujuv, Jujuv, IV, 1911, (P. Jorgensen), 1 9, (AUVbu 02), [A. N. S. P.]. Buenos Aires, (M. G. Claraz), 1 9, cotij'pe of Gryllus argentinus Saussure (AVXcu 012), [A. N. S. P.]. ^^ Recorded by Rehn as Gryllus assimilis. ^3 Recorded as Gryllus nssimilis and argeniinus by Rehn. ^° Recorded by Rehn as Gryllus argentinus. 32) PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, La Combre, Cordoba, (C. Lizer), 2 9 , (1 9 AXdw 03; 1 9 AVXew 012), [A. N. S. P.]. Chacras de Coria, Mendoza, 936 meters, (P. Jorgensen), 1 cf, 3 9 ,^M1 cf A with mouth parts reddish, dark reddish Z, gw 023; 1 9 AX, intense f, w 02; 2 9 AVXfw 023), [A. N. S. P.]. Mendoza, Mendoza, 767 meters, (P. Jorgensen), 1 cf ,^- (AUVbu 02). [A. N. S. P.]. Galapagos Islands. Chatham Island, 1 juv. c^, 1 juv. 9 , (greatly suffused Z), [Hebard Cm. I, (dried alcohoUc). Ecuador. Duran, VI, 14 to 24, 1914, (H. S. Parish), 5 d^, 7 9 , (C to D with color pattern further defined by longitudinal median occipital lines, greatly suffused Z to Y and Z, cl and b, u, 023 to 012), [A. N. S. P.]. Peru. Contamano, Rio UcayaU, X to XII, 1912, 2 9 , (1 9 A with mouth parts reddish, VX, intense C, u 02; 1 9 C, reddish Z, dfu 02), [A. N. S. P.]. Chanchamayo, 1 cf , 1 9 , (A with mouth parts reddish, dark reddish Z and V, d and b, v and u, 02), [A. N. S. P.]. Lima, VIII, 19, 1914, (H. S. Parish), 1 cf , (pale D, Zdx 02), [A.N. S. P.]. Chile. Rancagua, O'Higgins, XI, 1903, (C. S. Reed), 5 cf , 3 9 , (A, W to deep reddish Z, dg and weakly f, v, 03 to 012), [A. N. S. P.]. Rengo, Colchagua, XII, 1903, (C. S. Reed), 3 cf , 2 9,2 juv. 9, (A, V to suffused Z and reddish Z, d f and g, u to x, 03 to 02), [A. N. S. P.]. Concepcion, XI, 1903, (C. S. Reed), 1 cf , 2 9 , (A, suffused reddish Z, g and fg, V, 03 and 02), [A. N. S. P.]. Gultso, XI, 1903, (C. S. Reed), 1 cf , 1 9 , (A, X and V, dg and f, V 012), [A. N. S. P.]. Gryllus domesticus Linnaeus. 1758. [Gryllus (Achela)] domesticus Linnaeus, Syst, Nat., ed. X, I, p. 428. [Europe, in walls of houses.] The present species is readily distinguished from all manifestations of G. assimilis by its more slender form and distinctive color pattern. The titillatores of the male are also distinctive and may be described as follows: the corneous portion constitutes a thin plate, semi- circular in transverse section, with distal margin weakly produced meso-dorsad and broadly obtuse-angulate with weakly concave ^1 Recorded by Rehn as Gryllus argenlinus. 82 Ibid. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321 sides; below the ventro-lateral margins of this portion on each side, rests a somewhat more thickened, narrow, corneous plate which is exteriorly nearly horizontal at the base, but produced and upcurved with blunt apex reaching a little distad of the apex of the dorsal portion, inside at the juncture with the dorsal portion this ventro- lateral portion is strongly concave thus forming claw-like projections which hold in the seminal sac without pressing upon it at any point. (See Plate IV, figs. 11 and 12.) The species has been accidentally introduced by man from Europe and is now widely distributed through temperate North America. It has in the past been recorded from Montreal, Quebec; Connecti- cut; New York, New York; New Brunswick, New Jersey; Ohio; Lexington, Kentucky; West Terre Haute, Indianapolis and Putnam County, Indiana; Moline and Urbana, Illinois; Minnesota, and Omaha, Nebraska. The insect inhabits dwellings, greenhouses, etc., where it is some- times found in large numbers. The species is decidedly more alert and active than assimiUs, in its movements more nearly resembling the extremely rapid Gryllodes sigillatus, which tropical species also appears to prefer the proximity of man. The series recorded below are in general coloration yellowish brown, the specimens from Chicago, Illinois, and Albany, Georgia, are .slightly darker than normal with caudal femora weakly suffused. Specimens Examined: 27; 7 males, 14 females, 2 immature males and 4 immature females. West Farms, New York, 1 9 , [U. S. N. M.]. Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, XI, 18, 1 juv. d^, [Pa. State Dept. Zool.j. Philadelphia, Pa., IX, 30, 1914, (E. R. Casev; on Logan Square), 1 9 , [Casev Cm.]. West Philadelphia, Pa., IX, 14 and 16, 1901, (W. Stone; in house), .3 6^,2 9,3 juv. 9, [A. N. S. P.]. Carolina, 1 9 , [U. S. N. M.l. Roswell, Georgia, (King), 1 d^, [U. S. N. M.]. Albany, Ga., VIII, 1, 1913, (H.; under sign on oak tree), 1 juv. 9 . Thomasville, Ga., IV, 1901, (H.; in house on lamp shade at night), 19. Utaw, Alabama, 2 9 , [U. S. N. M.]. Chicago, Illinois, (W. J. Baumgartner; in greenhouse), 1 cf, 1 9, ■[A. N. S. P.]. St. Anthony Park, Minnesota, IX, 9, 1896, (0. Lugger), 1 9, [Hebard Cln.]. Lincoln, Nebraska, 1 9 ; V, 18, 1901, (M. Gary; at light), 1 9, [both Hebard Cln.]. 21 322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, San Antonio, Texas, 1885, (M. Newell), 2 9, [Hebard Cln.]. Laredo, Tex., VIII, 12, 1912, (H.; very common in town and exceedingly active, always in inaccessible holes and dark places in stores, walls, etc.), 2 cf , 1 juv. cf. Plate IV. The outlines are very greatly enlarged, the stipple figures over twice natural size. 1. Gryllus assimilis {Fahricius),assimilis variant. Tia Juana, California. Male. Dorsal view of head. 2. Gryllus assimilis (Fabricius), personatus variant. Tucson, Arizona. Male. Dorsal view of head. 3. Gryllus domesticus Linnseus. San Antonio, Texas. Female. Dorsal view of head. 4. Gryllus assimilis (Fabricius), mexicanus variant. Chalchicomula, Mexico. Facial aspect. 5. Grylhis assimilis (Fabricius), personatus variant. Sentinel, Arizona. Male. Facial aspect. 6. Gryllus assimilis {Fabricius), personatus variant. Tucson, Arizona. Female. Facial aspect. 7. Gryllus assimilis (Fabricius), personatus variant. Tucson, Arizona. Male. Facial aspect. 8. Gryllus 'assimilis (Fabricius), pennsylvanicus variant. Raleigh, North Carolina. Lateral outline of male titillatores. 9. Gryllus assi7nilis (Fabricius), pennsylvanicus variant. Raleigh, North Carolina. Ventral outline of male titillatores. 10. Gryllus domesticus Linnseus. San Antonio, Texas. Female. Facial aspect. 11. Gryllus domesticus Linnseus. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Lateral outline of male titillatores. 12. Gryllus domesticus Linnseus. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Ventral outline of male titillatores. The similarity between the mexicanus variant and darkest examples of the personatus variant are shown by figs. 4 and 5. In the personatus variant every condition between figs. 5 and 7 is found in the material before us, though the great majority of specimens show the strongly defined color pattern. The male titillatores are, in all the variants of assimilis. as shown in figs. 8 and 9- PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1915. PLATE IV. 6 10 REHN AND HEBARD: THE GENUS GRYLLUS. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323 MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES, VI: THE HACHETA GRANDE, FLORIDA, AND PELONCILLO MOUNTAINS, NEW MEXICO. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. I. The Big Hachet Mountains. The Big Hachet (or Hacheta Grande) Mountains are a short range in southern New Mexico in sight of the Mexican boundary. They may be reached from the station of Hachita, on the El Paso and Southwestern R. R., where provisions can be obtained. Water must be hauled in, unless the prospecting in progress at the time of our visit resulted in a successful well. There are no trails in the mountains. The extreme northern end of the range remains to be worked conchologically, as we could not reach it from our camp. A visit should be planned much earlier or later than ours (August), in order to have the advantage of what rain there is and also to avoid the excessive heat. The highest peak, Hacheta Grande, has an elevation of about 8,500 ft., and is considerably higher than any other in the group. Several large canyons dissect the range, two of them forming broad basins. There are no springs in the range, but sometimes after the infre- quent rains a little water remains for a time in rocky basins in narrow canyons. We found one such hole containing about half a barrel. It was foul with drowned insects, yet most welcome, as our canteens were dry, towards the end of a two-day trip to Big Hachet Mountain. The colonies of snails here as in other desert mountains are usually of small area. As the mountains are uninhabited and too dry for cattle ranges, there are few local place names and no roads or ranches to aid in locating collecting points. In the absence of any topo- graphic map, we reproduce a rough map made from our field notes, which should enable anyone to exactly locate nearly every colony of snails found. For convenient reference we have named several promi- nent landmarks, such as Daniels Mountain, ^ the highest peak north- ward as seen from Sheridan Canyon, and Teocalli Butte, west of our camp, both being inhabited by special races of snails. 1 Named for the writer's coropanion on this somewhat arduous trip. 324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, The Big Hach'ets are without timber. Only the higher peaks are in the pinyon zone. There are some scrubby cedars and old gnarled pinyon pines, nowhere numerous. On some of the higher slopes of Hacheta Grande Mt. there is a growth of very small scrub oak, sometimes so close as to impede travel, as it is mingled with a liroad-leaved, black-spined agave. Elsewhere a small agave with white filaments is very abundant. There is also an agave zone surrounding the mountains, bounded outwardly by the zone of giant yuccas, both usual on the slopes leading to the mountains in this part of New Mexico. South of Daniels Peak the higher hills and buttes usually have Fouquieria and its characteristic society. The rock is hard limestone worn into holes and points, and containing few ill-preserved fossils, among which a Zaphrentis-like coral, crinoid stems and a spiral univalve are most abundant. Rattle- snakes, large centipedes, tarantulas and small bro^vn scorpions are reasonably abundant. Birds and mammals are scarce, and owing to the absence of springs, the mountains are not available for cattle range. During the time we were there (August 20 to 26, 1910) the heat was intense from sunrise until after 9 P.M. Sky cloudless until midday, when small clouds gather, possibly covering 10 p. c. of the sky. There was very little wind. The annual rainfall is not known, but must be less than 9 or 10 inches, recorded from the region immediately northward. Previous to the visit of Mr. L. E. Daniels and the writer, in August, 1910, the mollusks of these mountains had been collected by Dr. Edgar A. Mearns, U. S. A., while serving on the survey of the Mexican boundary. Dr. Mearns started from Mesquite or Mosquito Springs, Chi- huahua, 6 or 8 miles east of the mouth of Sheridan Canyon. Enter- ing Thomson Canyon, he turned southward to get a practicalile grade for mules up the steep ridge terminating in Daniels Peak. Passing near or over the summit he camped at its north end. From here his route lay along the ridge to the summit of Big Hachet Mt. ; thence eastward to near our Station 9, south past our Station 8, and back to camp, as plotted on the map, where his route is approximately indi- cated by small crosses.^ On this trip collections were made between camp and the first rise indicated on the map, on the out-journey to the peak, and somewhere between our Stations 9 and 8 on the return. 2 We would here acknowledge Dr. Mearns' kindness in plotting his route on our map and giving the above details of his visit. From the data it is now easy to determine the type localities of the specias he found. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325 BIG HACHET MT5 J/. A /2-^^ Bi^ Hacket TTlt: Sheridan canon 0 Fig. 1.— Sketch of the Big Hachet Range, showing collecting station?. 326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY 01-' [May, Dr. Mearns returned to Mesquite Springs along the ridge running from Daniels Mt. towards our camp in Sheridan Canyon, and along the wash ruiming out of this canyon. Dr. Mearns found the following seven species, which were deter- mined by Dr. Wm. H. Dall:^ Patula strigosa Gould, var. concentrata Dall. [Specimens reported from summit of Hacheta GTa,nde = Or eohelix hachetana.] Epiphragfnophora hachitana Dall [ = Sonorella hachitana]. Polygyra mearnsii Dall [ = Ashmunella mearnsi]. Thysanophora liornii Gabb. Holospira crossei Dall. Holospira hilamellata Dall. Holospira mearnsi Dall. The relationships of the Big Hachet fauna are closest with the Florida and Organ ranges. Near related species of Sonorella and Ashmunella inhabit these three ranges, and Sonorellas very close to hachitana have been found in the Carrazolillo and Peloncillo Moun- tains. The Oreohelices stand nearest to Chiricahua species. The Holospiras and Vallonia are special to the range, but the other small shells are common to most mountains of southern Arizona. Holospira is the most generally distributed snail in these moun- tains. Its abstemious nature is evidently satisfied with the scanty moisture supplied by the rare rains and light snow, which is said to whiten the mountains for brief periods in the winter. No doubt a great many colonies and other local races of Holospira remain to be found. Holospira lives only where there is limestone. We never found but one colony on igneous rock, and this was on a dyke in a limestone region. They are usually found on the hot slopes, east and south, where other snails are totally absent or very rare. The subgenus Radiocentrum of Oreohelix is represented by two new species, making five now known. The new forms agree in genitalia and sculpture of the embryonic shell with those already known. In the large number examined^ no embryos were found, so that there can be very little doubt that the species of this group ^ Diagnoses of new mollusks from the survey of the Mexican boundary, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVIII, 1895; Report on the moUusks collected by the Inter- national Boundarj^ Commission of the United States and Mexico, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIX, 1896. '' Besides dissecting several individuals each of four of the s^iecies, we have pulled hundreds in cleaning the shells, without finding any embrj^os. Among ordinary Oreohelices it is rather exceptional to find an individual not gravid. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327 are oviparous — a further character distinguishing them from Oreo- helix, which is viviparous. It is also a more primitive feature. Sonorella hachitana (Dall). Plate V, figs. 4, 4a, 46. Epiphragmophora hachitana Dall, Proc. U. S. Na't. Mus., XVIII, p. 2, 1895; XIX, p. 33S, 1896. Sonorella hachitana (Dall), Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. S-. Phila. for 1900, p. 556, 1901; 1905, p. 2,57 (in part). Sonorella hachitana (Dall), Bartsch, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 47, p. 190, PI. 31, fig. 2 (shell of type); PI. 29 (apex), 1904. As this species is type of the genus Sonorella,^ the investigation of its soft anatomy had become a matter of importance, and to obtain living material was one of the chief objects of our quest in the Hachetas. We found it at Stations 7, 8, 10 and 11. All of these stations are near or on Dr. Mearns's route to the summit of Hacheta Grande. Station 7, on the western slope of a hill at the head of the northern branch of Western Canyon, was the most prolific locality. Here the Sonorellas may be found in some numbers under large stones on the steep slope near the hill-top, where there is some shade from the pinon pines. Twenty-one adult shells from this station measure as follows: Diam. in mm 21.5 22 22.5 23 23.5 24 Number of shells 2 8 2 7 1 1 The shells vary somewhat in the degree of deflection of the last whorl, but very little in other respects. The last whorl descends more than in most related species. The color is pale fawn, fading to whitish in the middle of the base, and having a cinnamon-brown, shading into chestnut-brown, band above the periphery; this band is bordered with white on both sides. The aperture is rather small, its greatest diameter (including peristome) being 50 to 54 per cent. of the diameter of the shell. At Station 8 only dead shells were found, but these are more variable in size, the extremes in a lot of 8 measuring: Alt. 13.5, diam. 25.5 mm.; aperture diam. 13.6 mm. u ^^ u 21.3 " " " 10.8 " 5 Epiphragmophora hachitana Dall was originally designated as the type of Sonorella, but the soft anatomy of the genus was described from New Mexican specimens of what was subsequent^ determined as a small form of S. ashumni Bartsch, a species which at that time had not been discriminated from S. hachi- tana. The dissection of topotj^^es of hachitana shows that the New Mexican form is specifically distinct, though closely allied. 328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, At Station 5 two broken examples, much weathered, were dug out of the soil. Though practically adult, the largest measures only 18.2 mm- diam- eter, the shell being quite as solid as in large individuals. It was probably dwarfed by the arid conditions be- fore it became extinct in this place. The genitalia are remarkable for the small size of the male organs. The penis is very slender, diameter 1 mm., tapering downward, and en- circled at the base by a short sheath. The penis-papilla is very slender, gradually tapering, and annulate. The retractor muscle is terminal, long and slender. Epiphallus a little shortei' than the penis. The vagina is slightly longer than the penis. Other organs as usual. Measurements of the organs of two individuals are given in the following table, with those of allied forms for comparison. Fig. 2. — Genitalia of S. hachi tana, with detail of penis papilla. S. hachitana S. h. flora It S. h. pelonciUensis c3 e3 . u o 9* _3 "3 S :3 cj 22 3 o m Ai -a o C CTJ --- B ^ s a e3 bJD S-C C !- (U M § Ph -i 6. 25 6.5 10 4 4.6 4.3 5.5 4 6 4.2 5.2 6.2 5 6.5 6 2 1.25 1.1 1.0 1.0 0.5 1.3 7.5 9.7 12 3 19 i 36 9 11 10. 5 10.3 29 29 9.5 10 6.2 7 1.25 9 1 o S 3 0) 33 103,098 103,098 94,329 94,329 86,496 94.513 94,513 The well-arched jaw has 7 or 8 ribs. The radula has about 22, 16, 1, 16, 22 teeth, both cusps becoming split on the marginal teeth. In my former work on S. hachitana (1905) I referred shells from the Organ and Florida Mountains and from central Arizona to S. hachi- tana, which at that time was not known anatomicall3^ While it must be admitted that the shells are very similar, I find differential 1915. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329 anatomical characters, which, though not great, seem to be constant in a considerable number examined, and which favor the more analytical treatment of the hachitana group effected by Dr. Bartsch, ^a view I formerly opposed. After examining many fresh specimen? from both ranges, I separate the Florida and Hacheta Sonorellas subspecifically. Whether the typical form of S. hachitana occurs outside of the Big Hachet range is doubtful. The Peloncillo range Sonorella {S. h. peloncillensis) is not easily distinguishable by the shell alone, but the proportions of the genitalia differ. On the Carrizolillo Mts., top of two peaks near the boundary line, numerous "bones" were collected by Dr. Mearns (No. 126,596, U. S. N. M.). They agree with S. hachitana in the rather wide umbilicus, small aperture and deeply descending last whorl, but differ by the average smaller size, from alt. 10.8, diam. 19.3 mm., to alt. 12.4, cUam. 21.4 mm. It is apparently a small race of hachitana^ The locality is about 30 miles east of Big Hachet Mountain. Specimens reported as S. hachitana from the Chiricahua Mountains will doubtless turn out to be one of the species already described from there. Several resemble hachitani more or less in the shell, but all differ in genitalia. The specimen reported from the Santa Rita Mountains (No. 105,385, U. S. N. M.) is dead and broken. It is not hachitana, but probably an undescribed species near S. clappi P. & F. Ashmunella mearnsii (Dall). Plate V, figs, l to 16. Polygijm mearnsii Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVIII, p. 2, 1895; XIX, p. .343, PI. 32, figs. 7, 8, 11, 1896. Up to this time A. mearnsii has been known from the original lot collected by Dr. Mearns about twenty years ago.*^ We found it ^The figured type of A. mearnsii and nine specimens in various conditions of perfection are Cat. No. 130,012, U. S. N. M., said to be from the Huachuca Mts. In the adult shells of this lot the parietal wall of the aperture is built up and disjoined from the preceding whorl. In another lot, No. 130,013, U. S. N. M., three specimens, Hacheta Grande Mt., the parietal caUus is appressed. This diiTerence in the parietal callus is exactly what we have noticed between the specimens from our Station 5 (near Dr. ]Mearns's camp site) and those from our Stations 10 and 11, near and at the top of Hacheta Grande Mt., a place also visited by Dr. Mearns. We conclude, therefore, that there was a mistake of "Huachuca" for "Hacheta" in the label of No. 130,012; and that A. mearnsii does not really live in the Huachucas. This seems the more likely because in several camping trips to the Huachucas this species was not found. A record of .4. mearnsi from the Organ Mountains, N. M., has been published, on the authority of Professor Cockerell. We have not seen the specimen, but suspect that they are A. kochi Clapp. We suggest that our Station .5 in the Hacheta Mountains be accepted as type locality for .4. mearnsi. 330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, in great profusion at Station 5 on the east side of Daniels Mountain, near the summit, with Holospira bilamellata . Also at Stations 7, 10 and 11, the latter at the summit of Hacheta Grande. The specimens from Station 5 (not far from the site of Dr. Mearns's camp) agree well with the original specimens, description and figure. Usually the parietal callus is raised from the surface as a thin, straight lamina, and in almost all of them the edge is more definite than in shells from other stations. The axial end of the parietal lamella is abruptly bent towards the columella and is more or less tubercular; Rarely the tubercle is almost free from the lamella. The spire is occasionally almost fiat. The color in shells taken alive is translucent sayal brown. The diameter varies from 11.5 to 14.5 mm. In specimens from the summit of Hacheta Grande the parietal lamellffi are a little shorter; the axial end of the longer branch is often straight, but more fre- quently is bent, or the bend is represented by a tubercle con- nected with, or almost free from the lamella. The edge of the parietal callus is appressed to the surface, and is often arcuate. The aperture varies in obliquity, as the figures show. The penis is stout, bipartite. The epiphallus is strongly con- voluted just beyond the insertion of the retractor muscle. It is very long. No flagellum seen. The spermatheca is largest in the middle, thin-walled. Length of penis 4.5 mm.; epiphallus 30 mm. ; vagina 4 mm. ; spermatheca and duct 19 mm. A. mearnsi lives in the earth under stones, like A. ivalkeri in the Floridas, both being burrowing species. It is closely related to A. kochi Clapp and A. walkeri Ferriss, but quite distinct from both. A. levettei bifurca in the Huachucas is a less depressed shell with more whorls. Oreohelix (Radiocentrum) hachetana n. up. Plate VI, figis. 1 to Id, 6. The shell is depressed, umbilicate, the umbilicus about one-fourth the diameter of the shell ; moderately solid, but thin, opaque whitish, obliquely streaked or smeared with various shades from light cinna- Fig. 3. — Genitalia of A. mearnsi. epi., epiphallus; p., penis; r.p., retractor of the penis; sp., spermatheca; ut., uterus. 1915. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331 mon-drab to pale ecru-drab, often having a band of the same below the periphery; embryonic whorls fa^\m color. Spire convex or very low conic, If embryonic whorls convex, sculptured with delicate, retractive radial rib-strise, a few very fine spiral lines in the intervals (fig. 6) ; following whorls irregularly marked with weak growth- lines, less convex, a little flattened or impressed above the suture, the last whorl convex, very indistinctly angular at the periphery, slowly descencUng to the aperture, convex beneath. The aperture is very oblique, about as high as wide. Peristome thin, the upper and basal margins somewhat prolonged and a little straightened, converging, joined by a thin, adnate parietal callus. Alt. 9, diam. 15 mm.; 5f whorls. B Fig. 4. — A. Genitalia of Orcohelix hachetana. B, Oreohelix ferrissi. Genitalia (fig. 4, A). The penis is very short, its distal half en- larged. The walls of the rather large cavity are densely papillose, the papillse long, arranged in oblicjue rows in some parts. Epi- phallus about equal in length to the penis, its distal half enlarged. Vagina equal to the penis in length. Length of the penis, epiphallus and vagina 5 mm.; length of spermatheca and duct 15 mm. Summit of Hacheta Grande Mountain, at Station 11, collected August 25th, 1910, by H. A. Pilsbry. Also Station 10, Pilsbry and Daniels. This species was collected in considerable quantity — several hundred living specimens. The "bones" are seen all over the upper four or five hundred feet of the peak, between Stations 10 and 11 of the map. Living snails were all taken on the west side and were most 332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, abundant at the summit near and north of the small stone "monu- ment" or cairn which marks the summit, on and under stones. Also on the precipitous western slope at Station 10. The species is very uniform in all its characters. The size varies from 14 to 16 mm. diameter, and in some shells the last whorl descends more than in others. Very few have the parietal callus thickened and a little raised. It differs from all forms of 0. strigosa by its convex, radially costellate embryonic whorls, but in many adult shells this sculpture is effaced. 0. ferrissi is probably the most nearly related species, though very different. Oreohelix hachetana cadaver n. subsp. Plate VI, fig. 2. The shell is larger than hachetana, the periphery rounded in adults except near the aperture in front, where it is distinctly angular. Umbilicus smaller, one-sixth the diameter of the shell. Alt. 11.5, diam. 18.5 mm.; barely 5 whorls. Station 5, below the cliffs on the north side of the summit of Daniels Mountain, Daniels and Pilsbry, August 22d, 1910. Only a few long-dead shells were found in this thirsty place, where, at the base of the cliffs there are a few small pinyon pines, mostly dead or moribund. Holospira and Ashmunella mearnsi live here in abundance. A young shell, long dead, found at Station 6, may belong to the same variety. Oreohelix (Radiocentrum) ferrissi n. sp. Plate VI, figs. 4 to 5d. The shell is openly umljilicate, umbilicus conic, over one-fourth the total diameter; slightly convex above, base strongly convex; thin, light dull brown. The embryonic shell of 1| convex whorls is finely lamellose striate radially (fig. 5d). Post-embryonic whorls have the surface densely lamellose along growth-lines, the lamellae rising in triangular cuticular processes where they cross the spiral ridges of the shell. When denuded, the shell has a blunt, projecting peripheral carina; the upper surface has a wide, somewhat angular spiral ridge upon all the post-embryonic whorls, sometimes with one or two minor ridges; the lower surface has three to five low spiral ridges and some minute, weak spiral striae; the whole shell being closely thread-striate along growth-lines. The last whorl usually does not descend in front. Aperture oblique, irregularly rounded, lip simple, the margins rather widely separated, parietal callus thin. Shells denuded of the cuticular processes measure: Alt. 6.5, diam. 14.5 mm.; 4^ whorls. " 6, " 15 " 4^ " 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333 Genitalia similar to 0. hachetana, except that the lower third of the duct of the spermatheca is more enlarged. Length of penis 5 mm.; epiphallus 5.5 mm.; spermatheca and duct 9 mm. (fig. 4 B). Hacheta Grande Mts. at Station 3, on ledges of high cliffs opposite the mouth of Sheridan Canyon, under stones, Pilsbry and Daniels, August 21, 1910. Cotypes. No. 112,276, A. N. S. P. Also at Station 1, Teocalli Butte. 0. ferrissi has much the appearance of the Chiricahuan 0. barbata Pils., but this resemblance is superficial. When denuded of the cuticular fringes, the two are quite different, the Chiricahuan specie? being much smoother, without the strong spiral ridges of 0. ferrissi. Moreover, the sculpture of the embryonic shell is different. The shape of penis and epiphallus in 0. ferrissi is like 0. chiricahuana and 0. clappi, both organs being enlarged distally, while in 0. barbata the lower half of the penis is enlarged, the distal portion slender. In well-developed shells the last whorl scarcely descends anteriorly, the upper margin of the lip being inserted on the peripheral carina. In some of the smaller adults, diam. 13 mm., the last whorl is bent downwards; the upper and columellar margins of the lip converge and are connected by a raised parietal lamina, the mouth having a somewhat triangular contour. These are to be regarded as decadent (gerontic) individuals. At Station 1, Teocalli Butte, the shells are all convex above, with a noticeably smaller umbilicus. The largest measures, alt. 7.8, cliam. 15 mm., with 5 whorls (PI. VI, fig. 46). This small colony is probably extinct or nearly so, as no living shells were found. Our Station 3 is on ledges of high clifTs facing the mouth of Sheridan Canyon, and especially on a bench about half-way up. Here Ferriss's Oreohelix lives on an almost inaccessible cliff looking out over the mesa into Mexico. There is little vegetation on the ledges. On the talus slope below the cliff there is a growth of dwarf oak about knee-high, charming big wild roses of a species which we saw nowhere else, Cylindropuntia, Opuntia, hisnagsis, etc. On top, above the cliffs, the Fouquieria, sotol, mescal society is found. The Oreohelix colony is of small extent; the ledges where they were observed living are probably not over a couple of square rods in area, with perhaps an equal area on the talus below the cliffs, where dead shells were found. These estimates are from memory, as I neglected to note the figures at the time. The locality on the east side of Teocalli Butte is more restricted, ;and if possible more arid. 334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Oreohelix ferrissi morticina n. subsp Plate VI, fig. 3. Differs from 0. ferrissi by the more convex spire and by the weak- ness of the spiral sculpture, there being no such pronounced spiral ridge on the upper surface of the whorls, and only very weakly sketched spirals on the base, whilst in 0. ferrissi these ridges are very emphatic. Alt: 7.2, diam. 14.2 mm.; 4f whorls. Station 5, below the cliffs on the north side of Daniels Mountain, near the summit, with Holospira, etc. Only a few long-dead shells were taken, I^ut these surely indicate a local race which has finally succumbed to the increasing aridity of their station. Of large shells only Holospira and Ashmunella survive on this mountain, both of them being burrowing animals. Thysanophora hornii (Gabb). Found at Stations 3 and 5. It is an almost ubiquitous Lower Sonoran snail. UROCOPTIDuE. The study of a very large series of Hachita Holospiras has fully confirmed the results reached in our study of Chiricahuan species, that the number of internal lamellse is variable in each species and colony, among perfectly mature or even aged individuals. They vary in a way it was impossible to foresee at the time when Holo- spiras were so rare that only one or two of a lot could be opened. Very naturally, the number of internal lamellse was thought at that time to be of specific and even subgeneric value. In some colonies it appears that the largest shells have in the average the greatest development of lamellse, so that it might be thought that only the most vigorous individuals attain the full number; yet other races or colonies give a contrary result. No external character is correllated with the number of lamellse. Usually most of the shells of any one colony resemble each other in size, shape and sculpture, so that each lot has a certain individuality, though all of the characters vary more than is usual among the land snails. We have never found two species of Holospira living in one colony, either in the Hachitas or in any other district, in the course of several years, collecting, in many places in Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. A comparison of the Holospiras of the Hachita Grande range with those of the Chiricahua range shows some interesting resemblances and differences. In both localities the internal lamellse present (in 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335 almost every form known l^y large lots) may be (1) Superior, axial and basal, or (2) axial only. In Hachita forms we have also the combination (3) axial and basal, which is never found in the Chirica- huan series, where it is replaced by the combination (4) superior and axial. Every Hachita species has, therefore, in different speci- mens of the same colony, the characters of the supposed subgenera or sections Bostrichocentrum, Haplostemma, Distomospira, and Tri- stemma, while a Chiricahuan species will belong to Bostrichocentrum , Eudistemma, and Tristemma. In external form and sculpture there are no differences greater than specific between the Hachita and Chiricahua species. The Hachita Holospiras belong, if we accept the criterion of intergradation, to only one species, for which the prior name is H. crossei. Between this species and H. bilamellata there is a perfect series of intergrades in size, sculpture and number of whorls. We mean by this that some individuals of an H. crossei colony could not be distinguished from mearnsi; some mearnsi can be exactly matched in a colony of hilamellaia, or of media; and certain slender shells of bilamellata would pass as longa. The other named forms are more distinct, probably because we did not happen to collect where th e intergrading colonies live. The races are therefore based upon the forms dominant in each colony. One might easily define a half dozen species, if only a few shells from each place were in hand; or if the internal lamellse were taken to be of specific weight, it might be thought that there are between two and three times that number. There are many colonies, most of which have some special char- acters. A thorough exploration of the northern end of the range will undoubtedly bring to light very many more forms, so that any treatment of the group must now be tentative. For our present purpose we consider the smallest form (crossei) and the largest (bi- lamellata) as species, ranking the others as subspecies, though in some cases they are more distinct than these two are from one another. Several thousand shells were collected. The colonies at Stations 1, 2, 3, 12, are of very limited extent, physical features restricting them. Station 5 is much larger. The other Stations, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, merely represent collecting points in large areas where Holospira may be picked up almost anywhere over considerable tracts, while at the same time there are large areas in the region over which these stations are scattered where no shells can be found. 336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Holospira bilamellata Dall. Plate VII, figs, l to id. Holospira {Didomospira) bilamellata Dall., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mu.s., XVIII, 1895, p. 4; XIX, p. 896, p. 349, PL 31, fig. 3. Pilsbry, Man. of Conch., XV, 1902, p. 82, PI. 16, fig.s. 5, 10, 11. Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. XXXI, 1906, p. 134. Daniels, Nautilus, XXVI, p. 41, PI. 5, fig. 9 (normal) and fig. 8 (abnormal) shells. The first four references cited above pertain to specimens of tlie original lot, of which there are 8 perfect shells in Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus. and 2 in Coll. A. N. S. Phila. The species is distinguished from H. crossei chiefly by its greater size. It was found by Mr. Daniels and the writer in great abundance at Station 5, on the east side of Daniels Mountain under the cliffs ■close to the summit, with Ashmunella niearnsi and Oreohelix, in the piiion zone. In most of the shells the external ri!)s weaken or dis- appear on the penultimate and one or two earlier whorls, but in some they continue to the last, as in the type lot of bilamellata. Sixty examples from Station 5 opened, most of them measured ^ive the following data: (1) One lamella, the axial. 13 specimens — 21f %. gth 23, diam 5 mm. ; whorls 19 " 21.3 4.7 " 18| " 19.5 5 " 16^ " 19 4.7 " 17 " 18 5 " 16 " 18 5 " 16 " 17.7 4.3 " 15| " 17.2 4.5 " 16 " 16 4.5 " 14i " 14.3 4.5 "■ 13 (2) Two lamellae, axial and basal. 41 specimens = 685%. Length 2.2, diam. 4.9 mm. ; whorls ISh 20 ' ' 5 16^ 20 ' 4.9 16^ 19.9 ' ' 4.6 161 19 ' 5 16 19 ' 5 15i 19 ' ' 5 16i 19 ' 4.6 161 19 ' ' 5 17 18.6 ' ' 5 15^ 18.5 ' ' 5 15i 18.2 ' ' 5 16| 18.2 ' ' 4.7 15i ■ii 18.2 ' ' 5 15 ■iC 18 ' 5 15* 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 337 Length 18, diam. 5 mm. ; whorls 16 17.7 48 16 17.5 4.2 15 17.2 5 15i 17 4.8 15i 16.8 4.8 m 16.5 4.4 m 16.3 4.6 15 16 5.5 13J 16 4.5 14i 16 4.5 15 15.5 4.5 14* 15.2 4.7 14 15.2 4.5 141 15.2 4.4 m 15.2 4.5 15 15 4.2 14 14.2 4.1 13! (3) Three lamellae, superior, axial and basal. Six individuals = 10%. Length 20.5, diam. 4.9 mm.; whorls 17 " 20 " 5 '' " 17| u 20 " 4.9 " " 17 ■" 19.5 " 4.9 " " 17 U ^Q U 5 U U ^7 In size, sculpture and shape, we can find no external character correllated with the differences in internal structure. The speci- mens from Station 5 are from one colony. It will be seen that the typical bilamellata axial structure pre- dominates, nearly 70% having that arrangement of lamellae. The dimensions of this lot agree well with those given by Bartsch for 8 specimens in the U. S. Nat. IMus., but our lot, being larger, includes shells both larger and smaller than any in the original lot. Holospira bilamellata longa n. form. Plate VII, figs. 2 to 26. Slender and pillar-like, the diameter contained four times or more in the length ; whorls of the cone and last whorl costulate, 3 to 5 inter- mediate whorls usually smooth or nearly so. Aperture projecting laterally and forward; usually 3 internal lamellae, in the beginning of the penultimate whorl, therefore ventral in position, the superior lamella generally very strong, and larger and longer than the basal. Length 19.6, diam. 4 mm.; whorls 17 " 19.2, '' 4 " " 18| " 18.7, " 4 " " 17i 99 338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Length 17.9, diam. 3.9 mm.; whorls 17 17.1, 4 17 17, 4.25 " loi 17, 3.9 " 151 16.8, 4.2 " 15 1« Q A " 1 f;1 Station 4, on the south slope of Daniels Mt. near the summit. Types Nos. 112,269, A. N. S. P., collected by Pilsbry and Daniels, August 22, 1910. Out of 20 shells opened, 16 have three lamellae and 4 have two, the axial and basal. The pillar-like shape, numerous whorls, and prevalence of a superior lamella, as well as the deeper position of the lamellae, are individually variable characters, yet in the aggregate they may suffice to define a race in this group. These Holospiras live among rocks where there is very little xerophytic vegetation and the heat is terrific. The type lot was picked up at about the same elevation as Station 5, but there the exposure is less calorific, the sparse pinons and the cliffs afford shade, so that the soil retains some moisture, Holospiras were seen scattered over a large area below and around Station 4. Holospira bilamellata heliophila n. subsp. Plate VII, figs, 3 to 3c. The shell is small, rather slender, with a long cone; strongly costate throughout; usually having axial and basal lamellae within the middle part of the penultimate whorl. Peristome well expanded in the basal and columellar margins, iDut scarcely so near the upper angle. (1) One lamella, the axial. 3 specimens = 15%. Length 14.2, diam. 3.8 mm.; whorls 16 " 13.3, '' 3.7 " " 15i " 13 " 3.9 " " 14i (2) Two lamellae, axial and basal. 13 specimens = 65%. Length 14.8, diam. 4 mm.; whorls 15| 14.8 4 15 14.6 4 15i 14.2 3.9 ' 1.5i 14 3.9 ' 15 14 3.7 ' 15* 13.8 3.9 ' 14* 12.6 3.8 ' 13* 11.5 4 ' 12| 1915. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339 (3) Three lamellae, superior, axial and basal. 4 specimens = 20%. Length 13.9, diam. 3.7 mm.; whorls 15^ " 13, " 4 " " 14 Station 1, northern and eastern sides of Teocalli Butte, at the base of the cliff. Types Nos. 112,265, A. N. S. P. Twenty shells opened out of a series of over 250 show that the bilamellate form predominates. The largest shell noticed is 14.9 mm. long, the smallest 14.5 mm. There is rather wide variation in sculpture, but a large majority of the shells conform to fig. 3a in this respect. Holospira bilamellata insolata n- subsp. Plate VII, figs. 4 to 4a. The shell is slender, with a rather long terminal cone; very strongly ribbed throughout; composed of many (13^ to 17|) short, convex whorls, the last very shortly free in front. Peristome narrow, only very slightly expanded. Only the axial lamella developed in 14 out of 16 individuals opened, the other two having axial and basal lamellae. Length 15.5, diam. 3.6 mm.; whorls 17^ 161 16* 16* 15* 15i 15 15| 14 13| 13| (axial and basal lamellae). Station 6, on the southeastern slope of the mountain south of Big Hachet Mt. This form differs from crossei and mearnsi by the more slender shape, long terminal cone, more numerous whorls and strong sculp- ture. It agrees with bilamellata in having many whorls, but differs by its slender form, longer cone, the prevalence of unilamellate shells, etc. H. b. heliophila stands nearest to insolata, but in that race the bilamellate form predominates. It is more conspicuously ribbed than any of the other Hacheta races. Holospira bilamellata media n. subsp. Plate VII, figs. 5 to 5c. The shell is cylindric with a long terminal cone ; composed of many closely coiled, convex whorls, all after the embryo rather strongly, 15, 3.8 14.9, 3.5 14.8, 3.8 14.5, 3.6 14, 3.8 13.5, 3.8 13, 3.7 13, 3.3 12.25, 3.25 12, 3.9 11.8, 3.9 340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, sharply costulate; buff -whitish except where darkened by the presence of the soft parts, the last whorl shortly projecting; peris- tome narrowly expanded. Internal lamellae one to three, but axial and basal most frequent. 75 individuals opened from the type locality. Southern and western portions of Sheridan Canyon, at Stations 2, 12 and 3. Types Nos. 112,268 A. N. S. P., from Station 3, at the base of a cliff near the mountain top, facing the mouth of Sheridan Canyon, in company with Oreohelix ferrissi. Specimens from the type locality measure as follows: (1) An axial lamella only. 22 individuals = 29|%. Length 16.9, diam. 4 mm.; whorls 16 16.6, 4 17 15, 4 151 14.2, 4 15 14, 3.7 131 13.9, 4 l^ 13.5, 3.9 14 13.3, 3.8 14i 12.2, 4 121 12, 4 121 (2) Axial and basal lamellae. 48 shells = 64%. Length 18.5, diam. 4.25 mm.; whorls 17| 16.5, 4.3 U i ' 15i 16.5, 4 11 I ' 16i 16.2, 3.8 t( ( ' 16 16, 4 ii ( ' 16 15.5, 4 a I ' 15i 15.1, 4 it i ' 15| 14.2, 4 11 ( ' 15 13.5, 4 a I ' 14 13, 4 a i ' 14 13, 4 a ( ' 131 13, 3.8 a i ' 14 12.2, 3.9 (I c ' 13 12.2, 3.6 a ( ' 121 12.1, 4 a I ' 13 12, 4 H i ' 13* (3) Three lamellae, superior, axial and basal. 5 shells = 6f%. Length 18, diam. 4 mm.; whorls 17^ " 16.5, " 4 " " 161 " 16.4, " 4 " " 16 " 13, " 4.1 '' " 14 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341 Also one shell which has two basal lamellae. The upper partition was broken away in opening, so that the presence of a superior lamella is uncertain. This form stands nearest to H. b. mearnsi, but the striation is sharper, not partially effaced on the later whorls and the cone is in the average longer. The habitats of mearnsi and media are rather remote from one another, and several other forms inhabit territory between them. The specimens from Station 12 are more like mearnsi, the sculpture being weak on the penultimate and next earlier whorls. Out of 11 opened — 2 have one lamella, axial. 9 have two lamellse, axial and basal. 1 has three lamellse, axial, basal and superior. Station 2 is on the northern slope of one of the ravines east of and running from Teocalli Butte, at the foot of an irregular pro- jecting bench of limestone. It is much the lowest station where shells were found in the Hachetas. The shells are partly as rough as those from Station 3, but some approach those of Station 12. Out of 21 shells opened — 15 have two lamellse, axial and basal. 6 have three lamellse, axial, basal and superior. In size the shells from Stations 12 and 2 are about equal to those from Station 3. Holospira bilamellata mearnsi Dall. Plate VII, figs. 6, 6a. Holospira (Haplostenuna) mearnsi Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVIII, 1895, p. 4; XIX, 1896, p. 350, PI. 31, fig. 1. Holospira {Distomospira) mearnsi Dall, Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXI, 1906, p. 134. Six shells of the type lot, the measurements of which are given by Dr. Bartsch, measure 14 to 15.8 mm. long, 4.2 to 4.5 wide, with 14 whorls. Twenty shells were taken at our Station 8, on the eastern slope of Hacheta Grande Mt. (see map, p. 325). Ten were opened, 3 having only the axial lamella, which is very weak in two of them; 7 have axial and basal lamellse. Measurements follow. Length 17, diam. 4.5 mm.; whorls 15; an axial lamella. 15, 4.5 14.9, 4.5 14.5, 4.5 14, 4.3 13, 4 13, 4 13, 3.9 " 15; axial and basal 1. amellse. " 14i " 14 " 14; axial and basal lamellse. " 13^ U ii J u " 13; (( C( ii " 12i 11 ii ii 342 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Length 12.6, diam. 4 mm. ; whorls 13| " 12.5, " 4 " " 121 " 11.3, " 4 '' " 12; anaxiallamella. These shells connect H. crossei and H. bilamellata. Specimens of intermediate size agree exactly with one of the type lot of mearnsi, kindly lent from the National Museum. The smallest shells are indistinguishable from crossei, while the largest could not be separated from small hilamellata. Yet the colony as a whole has a certain individuality by its intermediate size, and as the form has been named, we let it stand as a convenient place for crossei-hUameUata inter- grades. It is attached to H. bilamellata rather than to H. crossei, because the prevalent form, in the small lot opened, is bilamellate. All of the shells were collected in one spot where the writer sat resting. A large quantity could have been gathered had time and strength permitted. A few specimens are quite finely striate, while others are rather coarsely ribbed, like the type of mearnsi; still others being intermediate in sculpture. The sculpture in some shells becomes very much weaker on the penultimate and next earlier whorls. H. mearnsi served as monotype of the subgenus Haplostemma Dall, characterized by the possession of an axial lamella only. Bartsch, opening another specimen, found a basal lamella also, and concluded that that lamella had been broken away in opening the original specimen. Since some fully adult examples are known to have an axial lamella only, it is likely that Ball's original diagnosis was correct for the specimen he opened, while Bartsch was also right as to the shell he examined and which we have seen. Holospira crossei Dall. Plate VII, figs. 7 to 7c. Holospira crossei Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVIII, 1895, p. 3; XIX, 1897, p. 348, PL 31, fig. 2. Pilsbry, Man. of Conch., XV, p. 92, PI. 23, fig. 75; Moll. S. W. States, ii, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1905, p. 217, PI. 26, fig. 8. Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXI, 1906, p. 137. All of the above references were based upon 'the original lot, of which there are 11 perfect specimens in Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus. and 2 in Coll. A. N. S. P. One of these two has a very weak, hardly notice- able fold on the axis, the other has a very strong but short fold there. The writer collected H. crossei at the type locality, the summit of Hacheta Grande. The exact spot, Station 11, is just off the western edge of the small level tract at the summit, which is marked by a small stone monument. Being much higher, this station is less dry than Station 5, where the large H. bilamellata abounds, and 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343 there is decidedly more vegetation. A few were picked up on the slope towards Station 10, dead shells being scattered all over the upper 500 ft. or more of this ascent. Sixty specimens were opened, measurements of 31 being given below. (1) No axial lamella, merely a callous or very inconspicuous node on the axis in the penultimate whorl. 15 individuals = 25%. Length 14, diam. 4 mm.; whorls 13; penult, whorl smooth. 12.8, 3.9 12.3, 3.9 12, 3.9 12, 3.8 11.8, 4 11.3, " - 3.7 11, 3.6 10.5, 3.8 13; ii a n 12i; " weak ribs. 12i; " smooth. 12; " strong ribs. 12^; " weak ribs. 12 11 . a n lU; " smooth. 11; a u (2) Axial lamella in penultimate whorl short and strong; no other lamellae. 30 individuals = 50%. Length 13, diam 4 mm. • whorls 12f; penult. whorl weak ribs. 12, 4 12; 11 ii li 12, 3.8 12; (I ii (t 11.8, 3.9 111; ii • " smooth. 11.8, 3.8 111; a a 11.3, 3.6 12; a a 11, 3.9 111; a li 11, 3.9 11; ii weak ribs. 10.8, 3.9 11; a smooth 10.5, 3.7 lOf; a strong ribs 10.5, 3.3 111; (I ii 11 (3) Axial lamella short and strong or rarely weak; a basal lamella within last half of penultimate whorl. 12 specimens = 20%. Length 13, diam 4 mm. ; whorls 13f ; penult, whorl smooth. 13, 4 121; weak ribs. 13, 3.8 131; a ii 12.7, 3.9 121; smooth. 12.5, 3.8 12; a 12.3, 3.5 12|; strong ribs 11.1, 3.8 12; a it 11, 3.9 Hi weak ribs. (4) Axial, basal and superior lamellae in the last half of penulti- mate whorl. 3 individuals = 5%. Length 14, diam. 4 mm. ; whorls 13 ; penult, whorl weak ribs. " 13, '' 4 " " 12|; " " strong ribs, " 12.7, '' 4.1 " " 121; u a gn,ooth. 344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, The embryonic shell, of slightly over 2 whorls, is smooth and projects nipple-like. The following whorls of the cone are strongly ribbed, but the ribs weaken more or less on the cylindrical part, so that on the penultimate whorl they are often inconspicuous or almost wanting (for brevity called "smooth" in the above tables). There is of course complete intergradation in this character, so that the classification in the table is more or less arbitrary. The size averages larger in shells with 2 or 3 lamellae, but there are exceptions. It will be understood that the measurements were based upon shells which to all external appearance are adult or old. After a careful study of the aperture and lip, I think that it may be accepted as certain that the variations in lamellae recorded above are not depend- ent upon age of the individual. At Station 10, on the northern slope of Hacheta Grande Mt., a small series was taken. All of them have the whorls of the cylindric portion smooth or nearly so, glossy, the cone and the last whorl, or its last half, being ribbed as usual. Ten specimens opened measure as follows: whorls li; axial and basal lamellae. " 1 ol . u ii a 1 1 14.2, Cll£ im. 4 mm 13.1, ' ' 4.1 " 13, ' ' 4.4 " 13, ' 4.2 " 12.9, ' c 4 12.1, ' ' 4.1 " 11.5, ' < 4 11.5, ' ' 4 11.3, ' ' 3.9 " 10.3, ' ' 3.3 " 121; " a it 12i; " a a 12i; " 11 it 12 ; axial lamella onlv. 12; " it u 12; " a It 111. '' it a 111. ii 1J^2> tt it This lot, by the size of some individuals and the large number (50%) of bilamellate example, is intermediate between crossei and mearnsi, as it also is in the elevation of the station. It has a feature of its own in the smooth median whorls, parallelled, however, by some individuals of crossei from the mountain top. None of the mearnsi seen are so smooth. ZONITID^E. Vitrea indentata umbilicata (Ckll). Stations 3, 5 and 8. Zonitoides minuscula alachuana (Dall). Stations 8 and 11. • FERUSSACID.^. Cochlicopa lubrica (Mull). Station 8. Scarce. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345 PUPILLID^. Pupilla sonorana (Sterki). Station 11. Abundant on the summit of Big Hachet Mt. Bifidaria pellucida hordeacella (Pils.). Stations 3, 5,^8 and 11. A peculiar short cylindric form, having less convex whorls, less tapering spire and blunter summit, was taken at Stations 3 and 5. Bifidaria pilsbryana Sterki. Stations 8 and 11. Bifidaria ashmuni Sterki. Stations 3, 5, 8 and 11. VALLONIID^. Vallonia sonorana n. sp. Fig. 5. The shell is very broadly, openly umbilicate, width of umbilicus contained about three times in the diameter of shell ; Avhitish corneous. First 1| whorls smooth, corneous, glossy; following whorls with sculpture of rather delicate riblets about 38-40 on the last whorl, in fresh .specimens bearing irregular cuticular extensions; the spaces between ribs delicately striate, the striae irregularly anastomosing. Whorls 3f , strongly convex, rather'slowly widening, separated by a Fig. 5. — Vallonia sonorana. A, type; B, thick-lipped form. deep suture; the last whorl deeply descending close to the aperture. Aperture small, nearly circular, very oblique. The peristome is expanded and reflexed, slightly thickened within (in old specimens strongly thickened); the margins converge strongly and are con- nected by a very short parietal callus or are continuous, joined by a thin, slightly raised callus. The ample umbilicus is somewhat oblong. 346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Alt. 1.1, diam. 2.7 mm. (type, fig. 5A). '' 1.2, " 2.6 " (fig: 5B). Summit of Big Hachet Mountain, Station 11. Type No. 112,012, A. N. S. P., collected by Pilsbry, August 25, 1910. This species is abundant at Station 11, in the dirt under stones. It is more closely related to V. perspectiva Sterki than to any other, but it is a very much larger shell. V. cydopherella has far finer striation. V. gracilicosta has closer riblets and a much smaller umbilicus. V. alhula has a smaller umbilicus. Having collected and identified some thousands of the Vallonias of Arizona and New Mexico in the last ten years, it was a surprise to find a species which differs conspicuously from the three mountain species mentioned above. As we have not found V. sonorana else- where in our work in southern New Mexico and Arizona, it seems likely that it is a southern species which Imrely crosses the inter- national Ijoundary. As a rule, Vallonias are rather widely dis- tributed snails. The Holarctic genus Vallonia now comprises about 25 recent and pleistocene and a half dozen tertiary species, besides about a dozen named varieties. It is likely that some of these are mere synonyms. We have nine recent species in the United States, all of them readily recognizable, except V. excentrica, which is often hard to tell from pulchella. Vallonia perspectiva Sterki. Station 11, a few specimens taken with the preceding species. II. The Florida Mountains. The Florida range (accent on the /) is about twelve miles long, with a maximum elevation slightlj' exceeding 7,000 ft. It runs from north to south. A partially detached but adjacent continuation northward is knowai as the "Little Floridas. " As in neighboring ranges, there is a long ascent or mesa before reaching the base of the mountains proper (5,000 ft.), characterized by a zone of tree yuccas. The mountains are arid and rather iDarren, of limestone in the middle towards the top, granitic southward and porphyritic northward. Vegetation scrubby. We noted as common two small species of oak, hackberry, sotol, cylindropuntia, a broad-leaved agave, etc. Barrel cactus (bisnaga) was seen at the foot. In November, 1906, Mr. Ferris and the author drove out from Deming 18 miles to Mr. Priser's cabin, where there is a small spring, in 1915.1 NATURAX SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347 Spring Canyon.' This is above the middle of the west side of the range. The summit here projects as a limestone butte, bomided by cliffs on the east, north and west sides. Access was gained to the top on the south side. The flat summit is covered with grass, Fouquieria, Cylindropuntia and other cacti, Agave, etc. No shells. There is a fine outlook, the jagged Organ Mountains silhouetted eastward. Around the base of this central summit we found Ashmunella walkeri and Sonorella by digging in the soil among the rocks, where there was shade. We found only seven species of snails in all. Sonorella hachitana flora n. subsp. Plate V, figs. 3 to 3c. Sonorella hachitana. . . . Florida Mountains, Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1905, p. 257, PI. 17, figs. 1-6 (sheU), PI. 20, fig. 12 (genitalia), PI. 23, fig. 20 (jaw). The shell is in the average larger than S. hachitana, with less dis- tinct white borders along the shoulder band. Penis decidedly Fig. 6.-^A-E, Sonorella hachitana peloncillensis. A, genitalia; B, C, penis- papilla and end of same, enlarged; D, E, penis-papilla, two other individuals. F, G, S. h. flora, terminal ducts and penis-papiUa. This sprmg is not indicated on the U. S. G. S. Topographic Sheet (Deming Quadrangle, edit, of Feb., 1899), and as our visit to these mountains was unfore- seen, we did not have the map. From memory we would say this spring is opposite Arco del Diablo of the map. INIr. Ferriss had made a flving visit to the range a year earlier, collecting ferns and a few snails on the 'slope facing the Little Floridas. * 348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,. longer, but the papilla and epiphallus only slightly or not longer than in hachitana. Alt. 16, diam. 27, umbilicus 4 mm. 120 specimens measure as follows, the upper line being diameters in mm.,^ the lower line the numbers of specimens of each size: 22 7 2.3 7 24 24.5 25 25.5 26 26.5 27 27.5 28 28.5 29 29.7 1 1 10 11 18 12 17 16 1.3 7 3 7 3 1 The genitalia of S. h. flora (fig. 6, F, G) resemble the same organs in S. hachitana, except that the penis is decidedly and constantly longer, as are also the vagina and spermathecal duct. The penis- papilla is indistinctly annulate and tapers slowly to the apex. The penis-retractor is long and slender, attached to the apex of the penis, and enveloping the base of the epiphallus. Measurements of the organs have been given on page 328. The pallial organs are much as in Sonorella optata, but there is no white thread defining the secondary ureter. The sole, in alcoholic examples, resembles that of Sonorella bicipitis. It is ochraceous in the middle, pale gray at the sides. Back and flanks dark slate-gray, the tail fleshy-gray above, having an indis- tinct median line. Jaw and teeth were described in a former paper of this series. Ashmunella walkeri Ferriss. Plate V, figs. 2 to 2e. This species was originally described from a few dead shells. We found it living in abundance by digging in the soil among the rocks where there was shade. It lives in families or "pockets." The snails are very hard to pull, scarcely any coming out entire. When they do, the shell is very light colored, pale ochraceous salmon or pale brown or entirely white. Old ones are dull, but the best-preserved adults have Fig. 7.—sp., spermatheca. a little lustre. The genitalia (fig. 7) have no peculiar features. The ducts are rather short. Length of penis 3 ram.; epiphallus 14 mm.; vagina 2.5 mm.; spermatheca 10 mm. The atrium is well developed and the flagellum distinct, though short as usual in the genus. 8 Except the largest and .smallest, the measurements disregard fractions le-ss^ than half a millimeter, being designed only to show the general size. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1915. PLATE V. 1c If ^f) 3a la l^St*- b Id ^) 2a 2d % 3c lb le 2b 3b PILSBRY: MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19-1.5. PLATE VI. 5d PILSBRY: MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTH W^ESTERN STATES. PROr ACAD. NAT. SCI PHILA. 1915. PLATE VII. PILSBRY: MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 349 •Oreohelix strigosa var. Two broken and very old "bones" were found near the central peak above the spring, where we found Ashmunella and Sonorella. The largest one, evidently adult, has the periphery- bluntly angular in front, becoming rounded on the last half whorl. There are faint traces of bands above and below it. Spire rather elevated. Height 10.6, diam. 17.5, umbilicus 4 mm. It differs from 0. s. depressa by the angulation of the periphery. Possibly an exploration of the southern end of the range, which from a distance looks rather good, would reveal living Oreohelices, but we looked for them in vain in the central and northern parts. Thysanophora hornii (Gabb). Vallonia perspectiva Sterki. Bifidaria pilsbryana Sterki. Bifidaria ashmuni Sterki. HI. Peloncillo Mountains. Sonorella hachitana peloncillensis n. subsp. The shell is a little less depressed than hachitana, with, the last whorl not so deeply descending, the aperture not so oblique and a trifle larger. Alt. 13.5, diam. 23.7, umbilicus 3.8 mm. " 12.5, " 22.8 mm. " 11.7, '' 19.6 " Peloncillo Mountains: Skull Canyon, Grant Co., New Mexico. Types, Xo. 94,513, A. N. S. P., collected by J. H. Ferriss, 1907. The genitalia (figs. 6A to 6C, and figs. 6D, E, penis-papillse of other individuals) resemble the same organs in S. flora. The penis is encircled by a sheath which reaches nearly to the middle. The penis- papilla is slender, tapering, and subannulate or rather stronglj^ annulate. Epiphallus and flagellum as usual in the group of hachi- tana. It differs from S. hachitana by the decidedly longer penis, which has a much longer basal sheath. The vagina is slightl}'- shorter than the penis, while in S. hachitana and floi-a it is slightly longer. oMeasurements are given on page 328. The sole is fleshy-buff, of nearly uniform tint, the side areas not distinct. Back ashy; sides and tail flesh-tinted. Explanation of Plates V, VI, VH. Plate V — Figs. 1, la, 16, 1/. — Ashmunella mearnsi (Dall). Station 5, Big Hachet Mts. Figs. If, If?, le. — Ashmunella mearnsi (Dall). Station 11. 350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Figs. 2-2e. — Ashmunella walkeri Ferriss. Florida Mts. Figs. 3-3c. — Sonorella hachitana flora n. subsp. Florida Mts. Figs. i~ib. — Sonorella hachitana (Dall). Station 7. Plate VI — Figs. 1-ld. — Oreohelix hachetana n. sp. Cotypes. Station 11. Fig. 2. — 0. h. cadaver n. subp. Type. Station 5. Fig. 3. — Oreohelix ferrissi morticina. Type. Station 5. Figs. 4, 4a, 4c. — Oreohelix ferrissi Pils. Shells denuded of the cuticle and cuticular processes. Station 3. Figs. 5-5c. — 0. ferrissi Pils. Cotypes. Station 3. Fig. 5d. — 0. ferrissi Pils. Young specimen, showing the embryonic and \\ neanic whorls. Station 3. Fig. 6. — Oreohelix hachetana. Embryonic and part of the first neanic whorls of a paratype. Station 11. Plate VII — Figs. l-ld.—Holospira bilamellata Dall. Station 5. Topotypes. Figs. 2-25. — H. b. longa n. subsp. Cotype. Station 4. Figs. 3-3c. — H. b. heliophila n. subsp. Cotypes. Station 1. Figs. 4, 4a. — H. b. insolata n. subsp. Cotypes. Station 6. Figs. 5-5c. — H. b. media n. subsp. Cotypes. Station 3. Figs. 6, 6a. — H. b. mearnsi Dall. Station 8. Figs. 7-7c. — H. crossei Dall. Station 11. Topotypes. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 351 THEORIE DU GNEISS ET DES TEKRAINS CRISTALLOPHYLLIENS EN GENERAL. PAR STANISLAS MEUNIER. Les etudes que je poursuis depuis de nombreuses annees sur le regime geologique des profondeurs de I'ecorce terrestre et qui m'ont amene a une conception personnelle du mecanisme volcanique^ m'ont mis progressivement dans la necessite de formuler quelques conclusions sur les traits les plus generaux du metamorphisme sedimentaire, ou normal, et sur le mode de formation des roches cristallophylliennes. La distance qui separe le volcanisme du meta- morphisme est d'ailleurs, selon moi, beaucoup moins considerable qu'on ne Timagine quelquefois, au point que j'y vols avant tout deux formes d'une meme disposition generale naturelle. Dans mon opinion, en effet, le volcanisme et le metamorphisme sedimentaire resultent I'un et I'autre de la collaboration de deux facteurs egalement indispensables : d'un cote le penetration sou- terraine de I'eau et des matieres comparables, en circulation dans des regions a temperature convenablement elevee; et d 'autre part, la reduction des roches impregnees, en fragments de toutes grosseurs, par le moyen de reactions mecaniques engendrees dans la substance de la croute par la contraction spontanee du noyau fluide sous-jacent. Le developpement simultane de ces deux actions et la combinaison, a chaque instant realisee, de leurs eflPets procure 1 'explication de tout ce qui concerne la maniere d'etre, la composition et la variete des roches metamorphiques, en meme temps qu'ils rendent compte de tout ce qui a trait au phenomene eruptif. A cet egard, et pour preciser la discussion, il est indispensable d'eliminer un point de vue qui a cependant, un temps, rallie tons les suffrages et dont il sera facile de demontrer I'inexactitude. C'est de faire des roches cristallophyliennes les produits d'une fusion ignee, toute pareille a celle qu'on realise en chauffant des creusets dans les fourneaux. Dans le nombre des travaux de ce genre, nous devons faire une place aux recherches que ]\IM. Fouque et Michel Levy ont pour- suivies de 1878 a 1891 et dont ils ont expose la signification dans 1 La Nature du 24 mai 1902, p. 3S6, Paris. 352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juiie, leur ouvrage intitule Synthese des Mineraux et des Roches, p. 45 (Paris, 1882). "Nous avons entrepris," disent-ils, " une serie d 'experiences dont le resultat est d'augmenter considerablement le domaine de la fusion purement ignee. Les conclusions a tirer de nos recherches peuvent en effet se resumer comme il suit: un grand nombre de roches eruptives anciennes et modernes doivent leur origine a Taction exclusive d'ane fusion, suivie d'un lent refroi- dissement, les fumerolles et les agents volatils ne produisant que la decomposition ulterieure des mineraux primitifs de ces roches, leur action est purement secondaire." Conclusion formelle qui repose sur ce raisonnement que, si une experience donne naissance a un produit semblable a un mineral naturel, la methode mise en CBUvre par 1 'experimentateur coincide necessairement avec le mode operatoire de la nature. Or, c'est la une incontestable imprudence. Je sais bien que la fusion ignee a fourni maintes "syntheses" de haute valeur pour la chimie et meme pour la mineralogie; je sais bien que Mitscherlich a demontre I'identite, avec la fayalite ou peridot ferrugineux, de certains cristaux contenus dans des laitiers metallurgiques ; Ebelmen a imite, dans leurs composition et dans leur forme, le rubis balai et les autres spinelles, en faisant evaporer la solution de leur constituants dans I'acide borique, fondu au feu des fours a porcelaine; que Hautefeuille a prepare des cristaux de feldspath orthose de la meme fagon, en employant comme dissolvant le molybdate de potasse liquefie par la chaleur rouge; que bien d 'autres succes ont ete obtenus dans la meme voie par bien d 'autres experimentateurs et pour bien d 'autres mineraux. Mais ces resultats ne comportent aucune consequence dont puisse profiter la Geologie. En conclure que les mineraux mentionnes sont des produits de fusion seche naturelle c'est une erreur contre laquelle je n'ai jamais cesse de protester, bien que la plupart des geologues aient continue longtemps a croire a I'origine des roches cristallophjd- liennes par la voie purement plutonique. Quelques-uns cependant y admettent un temperament^ par la collaboration de "vapeurs montant de I'interieur, veritables colonnes filtrantes apportant, avec divers gaz, des silicates et des borates alcalins." L'auteur ne dit pas d'oii viennent ces col- laborateurs si opportuns, ni comment ils se sont conserves en profondeur jusqu'au moment d 'intervenir, ni par quel procede ils peuvent traverser les roches fondues superposees et y remplacer 2 M. Termier, C. R. du XP Congres geol. intern. PP. 592 et 593 in 8° Stock- holm 1910. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 353 d'anciens elements par des "elements juveniles." Ajoutons qu'en 1899, MM. Fouque et Michel Levy^ sont revenus sans paraitre Ten apercevoir eux memes sur leurs assertions precedentes, en relatant des resultats procures par le recuit de verres de granit dans Veau surechauffee. Sans contester la ressemblance des resultats artificiels avec des mineraux natifs, il reste indispensable de constater que la structure microscopique des roches cristallophylliennes est en realite, et quoi qu'on ait souvent suppose, incompatible avec I'hypothese de la fusion ignee. Nous Savons par les experiences de Senarmont^ et de ses succes- seurs que, par I'effet combine de la chaleur et de la pression, I'eau remanie la substance terreuse des sediments et la convertit en mineraux cristallises semblables k ceux dont sont faits les terrains cristallophylliens. Nous savons aussi que, pour obtenir ces resultats, il suffit que 1 'eau surechauffee soit portee a une temperature incom- parablement plus f aible que celle ou f ondraient les matieres modifiees : c 'est a 300° seulement que Daubree, par la decomposition du verre dans 1 'appareil de Senarmont, a fait cristalliser le pyroxene diopside, comme Senarmont avait cleja fait cristalliser le quartz. Nous savons enfin, par 1 'etude des blocs de calcaires stratifies, rejetes en melange avec les produits volcaniques de la Somma, — apres leur sejour ephemere en certains points du laboratoire souterrain, — que le regime de celui-ci y a engendre des series de mineraux comparables a ceux que I'eau surechauffee salt produire. Toutefois, il faut convenir que les resultats de Senarmont, con- sideres en eux seuls, et quelque admirables, qu'ils doivent nous apparaite, ne sont pas sufiisants pour rendre compte de la difference ordinaire de composition entre les roches sedimentaires et les roches cristallines. A la place d 'assises formees, chacune pour son compte, de calcaire, ou de sable, ou d'argile, ou de gypse, ou de limonite, ou de houille, etc., nous trouvons des masses dont chaque centimetre cube est d'une complication mineralogique extreme, oii des mineraux tres clivers sOnt associes intimement, temoignant avant tout d'un regime ou devaient predominer les causes de melange, au lieu des actions de triage, generatrices des depots stratifies. Pour concevoir dans ceux-ci le point de depart de la derivation des roches cristallines, il faut evidemment faire intervenir des actions mecaniques rapprochant les uns des autres des materiaux tout d'abord tres distants et desor- 3 Bull. Soc. Geol. Fr. (4) XXIV, 129. * Ann. Chim. et Phys. (7) XXX, passim. 23 354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juiie, ganisant des accumulations homogenes, pour en eparpiller les debris plus ou moins loin. II ne faut pas oublier a cette occasion que le melange en propor- tions convenables des roches sedimentaires les plus communes, fournit a I'analyse la meme composition chimique que les roches cristallines. Et c 'est pourquoi nous assistons parfois et, par exemple, dans 1 'epaisseur de houilleres, qui, comme a Commentry ont eprouve suffisamment longtemps un embrasement accidentel, des produits imitant, en tout ou en partie, pour leur composition mineralogique, des roches eruptives de la categoric des laves.^ Or, c'est precisement cet ensemble de reactions qui parait avoir laisse ses traces dans la substance des formations metamorphiques et cristallophylliennes. Malgre la dimension gigantesque de ces formations, c'est dans I'intimite de leur structure qu'on doit esperer retrouver, comme a la piste, les conditions memes de leur elaboration. D'ailleurs, tout le monde est d 'accord a ce sujet, au point qu'a premiere vue, la remarque semble bien inutile. EUe n'est cependant pas aussi banale qu'elle peut le paraitre tout d'abord, car il n'y a certainement pas de chapitre des sciences geologiques qui ait ete aussi activement etudie que 1 'examen microscopique des roches cristallines prealablement reduites en lames minces. Les savants les plus distingues, voire les plus illustres, ont a I'envi col- labore a ses progres et les resultats acquis sont de premiere valeur pour I'analyse des roches et pour leur determination mineralogique. Mais au point de vue geogenique, ils ont ete deformes par I'idee precouQue de la fusion ignee. II peut sembler etrange qu'on vienne dire en face a la legion innombrable des lithologistes : "Vous decrivez inlassablement les roches les plus varices et cependant, tout en y recoltant des moissons infiniment precieuses de faits capitaux, vous ne les avez pas comprises. Vous avez meconnu le caractere essentiel de la substance min^rale, qui est d'etre en proie, de la maniere la plus continue, a des modifications de composition et de structure; qui se defait et se refait sans cesse par des phenomenes si internes qu'ils ne peuvent etre compares qu'a ceux d'ou resulte la biologic des tissus des plantes et des animaux. ..." C'est pourtant ce que je viens faire aujourd'hui, apres avoir hesite des annees. On reconnaitra, en effet, que les masses ramenees a la surface du sol par les bossellements generaux, apres avoir subi le regime des ^ Etudes sur Commentry, par Henri Fayol. Livre I" 4^ partie, p. 618. Roches alterees par les incendies de mines, par Stanislas Meunier. Saint-Etienne, 1887. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355 laboratoires souterrains, sont avant tout, et au pied de la lettre, des produits de trituration, resultant des fins debris de materiaux tres divers, malaxes et petris les uns avec les autres, puis cimentes entre eux par une substance conjonctive de composition variable. Aussi a-t-on, certe, bien le droit de s'etonner qu'une pareille structure, si bien reconnue et si bien decrite par tons les lithologistes du monde entier, n'ait pas fait rejeter depuis longtemps une hypothese tres anterieure a toute notion histologique des roches. Notons Dependant en passant que des faits, bien anciennement apergus proclamaient, j usque dans les laves volcaniques, et au moment meme de leur extravasement sur le sol, un etat different de la fusion proprement dite. On avait constate, dans le sein de la masse fluide, des grains deja parfaitement solides, cristallins, ayant meme subi des deteriorations, a "la suite de chocs et de froissements. C'est pour consacrer cette circonstance si imprevue que Haiiy a applique au plus visible des mineraux dont il s'agit, le nom caracteristique de pyroxene: etranger au feu. Pour nous, ce nom exprimera le mode de formation du mineral par voie mixte (eau surechauff ee) et nous le traduirons par : etranger a la fusion du creuset (voie seche). C'est comme si Haiiy avait eu 1 'intuition de la verite qui eclate aujourd'hui, et le microscope nous montre maintenant que les mineraux plus fins que les gros pyroxenes n'ont pas, plus qu'eux, ete formes par fusion seche. Comme eux, lis ont ete amenes en grains plus ou moins fragmentaires, anguleux ou emousses, associes a des fluides, liquides, vapeurs et gaz com- primes, qui impregnaient le magma general. Non seulement la structure des roches cristallines resulte du melange cle mineraux dont le point de fusion, generalement tres eleve, est tres variable de I'un a I'autre; non seulement elle admet en contact les substances qui, comme le quartz et le peridot, auraient par fusion reagi les unes sur les autres et donne du pyroxene par la transformation du p^'oto en bisilicate de magnesie; mais encore elle s'accommode, comme nous venons de le dire, de la reduction de r immense majorite des mineraux constituants en fragments sou vent anguleux, a cassures vives et non emoussees, si energiciuement separes les uns des autres que I'on n'3^ voit que tres exceptionnelle- ment des formes qui, a la rigueur, pourraient se raccorder. En outre, de tons cotes, se presentent des plages, de quartz, par exemple, dans la substance desquelles de tres petits debris de mineraux concasses sont tres exactment empates, — a peu pres comme les elements des breches des filons concretionnes. 356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, La raison de cet etat de choses nous apparait comme tres compre- hensible, par I'examen de phenomenes que nous ne pouvons con- siderer comme transitoires, puisque leur serie compose precisement un acheminement. vers lui. lis sont procures par des roches sedimen- taires peu metamorphisees et dont les couches ont ete seulement contournees, comme il en existe beaucoup dans les regions mar- ginales des montagnes. Dans le canton de Vaud, par exemple, a Brent, aupres de Montreux, j'ai recueilli des crochons de calcaire argileux du lias, oil Ton voit nettement que la torsion des couches, du reste a tres petite courbure, a ete realisee, malgre le manque absolu de plasticite du calcaire.^ Le calcaire a ete broye par la deformation, mals les debris, parfois tres petits, ont ete exactment maintenus en place par leur emballage entre les couches voisines et la circulation des eaux souterraines dans le reseau des fisssures produites, a comble ces dernieres par la concretion lentement operee, de calcite et de quartz cristallins. Le phenomene s'est sans doute reproduit une serie de fois et c'est ainsi que la roche s'est progressivement repliee d'une maniere tres serree, jouissant d'une fausse plasticite, de tout point comparable a celle qui permet a la glace des glaciers de se mouler sur la forme des vallees, dont ceux-ci occupent le thalweg. Le resultat, produit sur une echelle relativement faible dans la roche argilo-calcaire de Montreux, s 'est developpe avec une intensite incomparable dans le gneiss et dans les roches analogues, oil le developpement de la schistosite, comme la production de plis et de contournements inextricables, s'est accompagnee de la pul- verisation et de la cimentation alternatives des fragments produits et de plus en plus ecartes les uns des autres, par le mouvement veritablement peristaltique qui accompagne la progression souter- raine des lames de charriage. En general, les geologues qui ont etudie les lames de charriage ne se sont guere preoccupes d'expliquer leur mise en mouvement, de definir 1 'origine de la force qui les a deplacees, ni de preciser si leur progression a eu lieu en profondeur ou a la surface du sol. M. Termier, sans decider la question, laisse cependant soupQonner sa preference pour cette derniere alternative:^ ''Pour mon compte," dit-il " je ne puis pas ne pas croire au passage sur le Briangonnais, apres la constitution del'eventail, d'une masse pesanteallantdel'E. a I'O. . . . 6 Le Naturaliste du 15 aoUt, 1897, p. 185, Paris. ^ Quatre coupes a travers les Alpes franco-italiennes, pp. 427 et 428, in Bull. Soc. Geol. Fr. (4) II. 1902— Paris. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 357 La masse pesante qui aurait ainsi rampe sur le Brianconnais, faisant Toffice d'un traineau ecraseur . . . etc." Je me borne a noter que la coupe, que j 'ai inseree en 1902, dans le journal La Nature, con- formement a 1 'indication donnee au debut du present travail, ne laisse aucune incertitude quant a mon opinion personnelle. EUe met sous les yeux du lecteur, le developpement d'un phenomene souterrain, dont la cause dynamique est toute trouvee dans la con- traction meme du noyau terrestre. Par cette coupe, on s'explique comment la superposition de terrains anciens sur des terrains plus recents, est le regime ordinaire, — parce qu'il est necessaire, — des regions montagneuses; comment des paquets de roches supportes, par une geoclase faiblement inclinee sur I'horizon et surmontee de massifs enormes et puissamment pesants, out su gravir peu a pen la rampe qui se presentait devant eux et, au moins en certains cas, abandonner leurs "racines"; comment ils ont du infliger a leur sup- port, et subir eux-memes, des plissements, des ruptures et des ecrase- ments, melangeant des debris de leure parties separees. En general aussi, on raisonne comme si le phenom&ne mecanique etait completement distinct du phenomene metamorphique et comme si, par consequent, une masse gneissique charriee a un nombre quel- conque de kilometres de son point de depart, pouvait etre restee identique a ce qu'elle etait a ses debuts. M. Termier a ecrit.^ "Les actions mecaniques deforment; elles ne transforment pas. Si I'on veut, comme moi, reserver le nom de metamorphisme a une cause capable de changer sur d 'enormes epaisseurs et d'immenses etendues, un terrain quelconque en une veritable serie cristallophyl- lienne, il n'y a pas de metamorphisme purement dynamique, il n'y a pas de dynamo-metamorphisme. " Tout le monde salt l^ien que les actions mecaniciues qui deforment, en meme temps echauffent et, des lors, elles peuvent et doivent determiner des effets chimiques au sein des masses ou elles s'exercent, de telle sorte que I'assertion que nous venons de citer nous apparait comme la meconnaissance absolue du phenomene naturel. C'est de la meme cause que resulte I'erreur, encore professee generalement, quant aux conditions chi- miques dans lesquelles ont ete elaborees, et s'elaborent encore, les roches metamorphiques, aussi bien que les roches volcaniques. Rappelons que les unes et les autres constituent une longue serie de types, reunissant les masses initiales de condensation gazeuse aux depots sedimentaires meme les plus recents. Cette liaison qui, * Sur la genese des terrains cristallophylliens C. R. XI' congr. geol. intern. p. 588, Stockholm 1910. 358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, enecartantlatentationcradmettre des interruptions dans revolution planetaire, comporte la plus haute signification philosophique, permet de suivre pas a pas les transformations d'une vase sablo- argileuse en schiste ardoiser, en micaschiste et en gneiss: evolution qui n'est qu'un detail du developpement normal de la terre. Ainsi apparait la finalite du metamorphisme, qui permet revolution plane- taire sans alteration des conditions de continuite a la surface, et par une circulation verticale ou orogenique de la matiere des roches. La penetration de I'eau en profondeur resulte surtout de I'en- sevelissement progressif de chaque sediment sous I'empilement des depots qui lui succedent, Les materiaux de recouvrement exercent en effet, sur le sediment choisi comme exemple, des effets complexes: par leur poids, ils lui donnent, suivant les cas, plus ou moins de compacite et le privent d'une fraction plus ou moins grande de son eau d 'imbibition initiale; par leur faible conductibilite calorifique, ils lui conservent un echauffe- ment c^ui va en augmentant au fur et a mesure des progres 'de 1 'enf ouissement. Mais il importe extremement de constater, et nous ne saurions trop y insister, que le milieu rocheux sur lequel va s'exercer la collaboration des solutions souterraines et de la chaleur, est soumis a un regime essentiellement mecanique. Par suite des circonstances deja indiquees, il eprouve des compressions inegales suivant les point et diversement orientees. La pesanteur, qui determine la compacite, purement sedimentaire, et qui agit de haut en bas, doit se composer avec les poussees tangentielles derivant de la contrac- tion du noyau et dont la direction pent etre consideree comme horizontale. En outre, les reactions internes developpent, soit des contractions, soit des dilatations, localisees les unes et les autres et variables selon les moments. De telle sorte, qu'independamment des deplacements en masses, dont la progression des lames de charriage est la forme la plus visible, il faut considerer le deplacement relatif des elements rocheux. II n'y a pas d 'autre raison a chercher de 1 'etat, avant tout craquele, des fissures microscopiques qui se croisent en tons sens avec des largeurs et des longueurs diverses. On explique de meme I'etat fragmentaire de tons les mineraux et la relation de contacts, souvent imprevus, des eclats dans lesquels ils ont ete reduits. En un mot, la pression mecanique vient s'associer, de la fa^on la plus necessaire, a la pression physique des fluides d 'impre- gnation soumis a la temperature des profondeurs, pour constituer le milieu piezotherinique, ou s 'accomplissent tons les travaux du meta- 1915. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359 morphisme et oii a lieu, comme cas particulier, la genese des terrains cristallophylliens. L 'ensemble des fissures microscopiques, qui constitue le fait le plus frappant des roches qui nous oecupent, est comparable a un reseau capillaire, dans lequel les fluides de profondeur, eau surechauffee et autres, circulent avec une activite incessante et variable suivant les points et les instants. Parmi les reactions qui s'y developpent et qui font assister I'esprit a une sorte d' intussusception rappelant celle des tissus organiques, on doit mentionner les precipites de materiaux, en lacis conjonctifs, des debris derivant de 1 'ecrasement. Et c'est pour cela que, dans les granits, par exemple, les gneiss, les micaschistes, on voit de toutes parts de petits eclats de mica, inclus dans des plages de quartz et d'autres substances, sans que la nettete de leurs cassures ait ete en rien alteree par un emoussement ou par un bourrelet, tels qu'en produirait la situation dans un bain de cristal de roche en fusion. II va de soi qu'il faut compter, dans les causes de modification de ces phenomenes, — outre la variation de composition des courants mineralisateurs, provenant de localites changeantes, — les deplace- ments verticaux determines par les bossellements generaux, c'est- a-dire la progression souterraine des lames de charriage. Pendant 1 'ascension vers la surface, les conditions du milieu ambiant s'adoucis- sent et les travaux mineralogiques internes se restreignent jusqu'a s'arreter. Mais la subsidence compensatrice de segments voisins, transporte dans ceux-ci les conditions memes que nous venons d'indiquer. De sorte que nous ne pouvons douter de 1 'existence au moment precis oii nous sommes, et dans des lieux convenablement situes, de toutes le sconditions necessaires a 1 'elaboration des gneiss et des roches connexes. On voit done que la ''cataclase" intense et ininterrompue des masses cristallophylliennes presente une importance veritablement dominatrice dans toute I'economie planetaire. Ceile-ci a, comme moteur decisif, I'association des actions mecaniques aux influences chimiques et thermiques qu'on a consideres jusqu'a ce moment comme seules indispensables, niant completement la part du dyna- misme. Repetons que c'est seulement a cause du broyage et du rebroyage incessants des roches en voie d 'evolution, que des agents chimiques, veritables fluides interstitiels des elements mineralogiques, peuvent, par une circulation quasi-moleculaire, aller extraire peu a peu des roches les principes caracteristiques des depots sedimentaires comme le calcaire, pour y engendrer et y substituer, par une veritable 360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June. synthese, les mineraux cristallophylliens, comme les feldspaths et les autres silico-aluminates alcalins et terreux. En 1893, M. Lepsius pretendait,^ distinguer des Klastogneiss des gneiss ordinaires; cette division est completement illusoire; on doit y renoncer: il n'existe que des gneiss de dislocation. En definitive, on est en mesure maintenant de suivre toutes les phases de revolution lithogenique, depuis le depot qui s'accunrmle au fond d 'un bassin sedimentaire, a travers tous les types metamor- phiques, j usque au gneiss et au granit. Le travail souterrain, contrepartie exacte des fonctions super- ficielles, reconstitue ainsi la maniere de mineral d'ou celles-ci tirent les substances simples des assises stratifiees. C'est la constatation d'un cycle continu, deja soupgonne par Lyell, et les geologues qualifies d'adualistss, et auquel le point de vue activiste^^ donne une allure et une portee toutes nouvelles. II importe d'ajouter que la cataclase est un phenomene beaucoup plus considerable encore que, les faits precedents malgre leur ampleur, ne le feraient supposer. Je tiens, en terminant ce travail, a preciser le role de ce phenomene dans I'histoire des roches extra- terrestre, tenant a ne pas laisser passer cette occasion de souligner, par un exemple specialement frappant, la portee philosophique et la fecondite educatrice de la Geologic Comparee. La structure brechiforme d'un grand nombre de meteorites a frappe tous les observateurs, ciui cependant n'en ont pas compris la haute signification. MM. Fouque et Michel Levy ont pense en devoiler la cause: "La frequence de ce phenomene (les breches microscopiques) dans les meteorites pent etre, disent-ils,^^ rapportee, soit a un mouvement explosif , qui les a lancees dans 1 'espace, soit a I'enorme pression qu'elles subissent en traversant I'atmosphere terrestre, soit meme a 1 'agglutination de parties individuellement formees par Taction ignee. " Voila, on en conviendra, un bien grand luxe d 'explications pour un seul phenomene. Chacune des trois hypotheses peche cependant par la base et leur reunion temoigne surtout chez leurs auteurs d'une ignorance absolue de 1 'economic generale des meteorites, dont ils n'avaient sans doute etudie que quelques specimens separes et pris au hasard. Pour ma part, et apres les notions que je viens de resumer, sur I'histoire des terrains cristallophylliens, je n'hesite pas a declarer 9 Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von Metamorphismus des Gesteines, in 8° Berlin. 1" Stanislas Meunier: I'Activisme: in Le Naturalisic du l'^ avril 1902 (Paris). " Synthese des Mineraux et des Roches, p. 41. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361 que la constatation, si banale, cle la cataclase chez les meteorites doit etre rangee parmi les faits les plus eloquents qui conduisent a reconnaitre, dans les blocs de roches tombant du ciel, des debris provenant d'un seul et meme organisme planetaire ayant evolue exactement comme notre globe lui-meme. Seules, en efet, les reactions actuellement en cours dans la masse terrestre sont capables d'expli- quer les details de I'histologie meteoritique. La cataclase, etendue a I'histoire des meteorites, est un argument nouveau et decisif pour demontrer la realite des initiales relations stratigraphiques des divers types de roches cosmiques. II y a meme plus encore; si I'observation de la croute terrestre eclaire ainsi leur histoire, ces roches a leur tout permettent de preciser, dans le mecanisme du broyage orogenique, des details que les roches terrestres etudiees seules sont en general impuis- santes a nous reveler. Ce sont certaines meteorites metalliques, dont la malleabilite a permis 1 'inscription, dans leur substance, de reactions mecaniques dont s'est accompagne leur broyage durant les efforts tangentiels de la contraction, ou systole planetaire. Sans m'arreter au cas bien connu de veritables failles avec rejets, comme en montrent les fers de Mukerop (Afrique Australe) et d'Arispe (Sonora), j'ai en vue des masses, d'apparence continue a I'ceil nu, et dont la structure est cependant comparable a celle de nos roches cristallophylliennes. Telle est la syssidere de Kodaikanal (Indes Anglaises) dont le temoignage est probant. L 'experience de Widmanstatten y fait apparaitre une structure que M. le docteur Latteux a rendue plus facile a interpreter par des photographies a 25 diametres. Elle consiste dans un agregat, ou breche, -de grains metalliques empatant des enclaves lithoides, dont nous ferons abstraction. Les grains metalliques aj^partiennent a deux especes, lithologiques bien carac- terises par la disposition relative des alliages, ou sideronickels, qui y sont associes et qui manifestent de toutes parts des deformations internes rappelant celles que le martelage ou le laminage infligent aux fers meteoriques prealablement chauffes. Ces deformations sont pour nous des stereogrammes des compressions et des etirements eprouves, que fait ressortir leur liaison intime avec un reseau de micro-fissures rappelant de tres pres celui des roches terrestres decrit precedemment. Le plus souvent courbes et anastomosees de la fagon la plus capricieuse, elles sont tantot fines et seulement remplies de materiaux charbonneux, graphite ou cohenite, tantot plus larges et occupees par des veines complexes et rubanees. Les 362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, delineaments, rendus visibles sur les sections polies par Taction des acides, nous font assister a toutes les etapes de la desorganisation mecanique des "figures" et nous permettent d'imaginer dans les grandes lignes I'allure du broyage orogenique. J 'arreterai ici, pour ne pas abuser de la bienveillance de 1 'illustre Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, la serie des faits qui appuient la conclusion de mes etudes sur les actions mecaniques dont I'epaisseur de la croute planetaire est le theatre d'une maniere inin- terrompue. Comme on vient de le voir, les effets en sont prodigieuse- ment differents par ieurs dimensions d'un point a un autre, depuis le charriage en masse dont le massif du Mont-Blanc tout entier parait ne representor qu'un residu fort climinue, jusqu'au craquellement presque moleculaire, en tout cas microscopique, des elements min- ■eralogiques des roches de tous ages et de toutes categories, qui parviennent progressivement a la condition cristallophyllienne. L 'admission de I'activite mecanique parmi les facteurs essentiels de la vie planetaire, est d'autant plus necessaire que la cause meme de cette depende d'energie eclate a nos yeux avec plus d 'evidence. Le refroidissement spontane du noyau terrestre ne pent pas se pour- suivre sans determiner le retrait, a tendance centripete mais a mani- festations tangentielles, qui refoule sans relache la croute a peine formee. Les consequences de ce remaniement n'acquierent la totalite de leur signification qu'au prix de la collaboration des pres- sions engendrees par le rechauffement souterrain de regions rocheuses, prealablement pourvues, comme on I'a dit, de materiaux elastiques qui savent faire de celles-ci, par 1 'elevation de leur temperature, des agents d 'actions mecaniques centrifuges. Ces travaux se realisent selon un mode operatoire harmoniquement cordonne avec toutes les necessites de la vie planetaire, abstraction faite, bien entendu des consequences individuelles qui en resultent fatalement. Car nous devons chercher a nous degager du point de vue personnel, pour admirer I'ordonnance majestueuse de ces choses, dont seuls, parmi toutes les creatures, nous sommes admis a contempler 1 'ensemble. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363 MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES, VII: THE DRAGOON, MULE, SANTA RITA, BABOQUIVARI, AND TUCSON RANGES, ARIZONA. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY AND JAMES H. FERRISS. This paper and the preceding one (VI) contain the account of mollusks collected in course of our explorations in 1910, from the middle of August to the middle of October, The forms obtained in the Santa Catalina IVIountains will be described in connection with the collections made there by one of us (Ferriss) in 1913. We were ably assisted in the field by Mr. L. E. Daniels.^ Besides the ranges enumerated in the title, some account is given of several minor hill groups, all in the region south of the Southern Pacific Railroad. While this paper, with those already published on the Chiricahua and Huachuca Ranges, is monographic for the mollusks of Arizona south of the Southern Pacific, yet the field is far from exhausted. Our work is a reconnaissance rather than a complete malacological survey. Further species will reward search in the southwestern end and outliers of the Chiricahuas, the southern Dragoons, the Whetstone Range, and the mountains around and south of Tombstone. Further west we have explored only small middle sections of the Santa Rita and Baboquivari Ranges. Many hill and mountain groups between Tucson and Nogales remain untouched, most of them doubtless inhabited by endemic species of Sonorella. In the nearly waterless region westward between the Baboquivari Range and the Colorado River, almost nothing has been done aside from some account of the snails of the Comobabi Mountains, which we are now giving. Going westward in southern Arizona from the eastern limit of the State, the general level falls and the mountains become lower and smaller. There is a gradual elimination of snails requiring a reason- able degree of humidity. AsJimunella and Oreohelix extend west to the Htiachucas. Beyond that range they disappear. The small shells also abruptly diminish in number of genera and species, by ' We are indebted to Mr. J. C. Blumer, of Tucson, for several species from the Comobabi and Cababi Mountains, which we did not visit. 364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juiie, elimination of the Transition Zone forms. Holospira, too, becomes rare. In the Santa Cruz River Valley it is known by one species — at the present time, one specimen; and none are known from further west. The spread of this genus is not controlled by humidity. It lives in the driest and hottest situations, often at low elevations, but it is confined to limestone tracts, and limited by volcanic or metamorphic rock. The mountains westward, in the region under consideration, are mainly volcanic, and the stony tracts are therefore unsuitable for Holospira. The progressive impoverishment of the fauna leaves, in the Santa Cruz Valley and westward, a few Lower Sonoran Pupillidce, Zonitid{e, Thysanophora (hornii), and the true desert snail, Sonorella. Sonorella will live in the most arid places, where the rainfall does not exceed 5 or 6 inches, so long as there is abundant rock shelter and a certain amount of shade, such as the shadow of a cliff or a small bush. Northern slopes are preferred. In exploring a new mountain or hill in the really arid country one aims for the northern or northwestern slope under the highest crags. If coarse talus or rock "slides" are found, persistent quarrying should produce Sonorella. In less arid mountains, such as the Santa Ritas, the most productive collecting stations are in the deep, verdant canyons. The exact location of collecting stations, and especially of type localities, which we attempt in these papers, may seem meticulous to many zoologists. In humid areas, or in dealing with less sedentary animals, such exactness would hardly be worth while; if a type locality is fixed within a few miles, it is near enough. But here we deal with a region of intense local differentiation and with creatures which are often confined within narrow bounds by physical conditions. The hunt is difficult and laborious. The colonies are often so small, the country so vast, that, without careful directions, one might make a season's campaign in the more complex ranges without relocating some former find which it might be important to investigate further. It is, moreover, important to show exactly what ground has been covered, in order that further exploration can be made to the best advantage, that the unexplored parts of the ranges may be gone over. In future it will be of interest to be able to trace the changes and fate of the smaller and more isolated colonies, such as that of Sonorella eremita, which covers an area of only a few square rods,, many miles from any other snail colony. We suggest that future collectors continue our serial station numbers in each range, instead of beginning again at No. 1. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365 I. The Deagoon Mountains. This range stands 25 or 30 miles west of the Chiricahua Mountains in Cochise County, Arizona. The well-known double-headed peak of Dos Cabezas is seen northeastward and the Whetstone Mountains westward, but the Dragoons are entirely isolated from other ranges. The Pearce mining district lies on the east side. To its proximity and the demand for mine timber the deforestation of the mountains is due. All of the timber was cut about 25 years ago, but the range, now forming the Dragoon Forest Reserve, shows good repro- duction in places. At present the mountains are almost as bare as the Dos Cabezas. The range is reached from Dragoon Summit, a station on the Southern Pacific R. R. at the northwestern foot of the mountains. North of the railroad the "Little Dragoons" form a low continuation of the range. There is a depression at Middle Pass (Middlemarch Canyon), where a road from Tombstone to Pearce crosses the range. We did not explore the southern half of the range, below Middle- march, nor the Little Dragoons north of the railroad. The mountains are formed of a complex of limestones and igneous rock, the granites forming wild labyrinths of narrow gorges abounding in cliffs and falls, separated by inaccessible crags and spires, which gave a refuge to the Apaches thirty or forty years ago. The lime- stones, forming a large part of the range, are accessible enough, though rather abrupt, and as usual they proved much more prolific of snails than the granitic and andesitic rocks. The range was visited by us (Ferriss, Daniels and Pilsbr}^) in October, 1910. A week was spent in Tweed Canyon, where there is a small stream. The map (p. 366) showing collecting stations from Stations 7 and 8 northward was sketched from high points around Tweed Canyon and its northern amphitheatre. After Pilsbry had left, Ferriss and Daniels moved south to Middlemarch Canyon, and the stations (28-36) south of Station 8 are located by notes and a sketch made by them.- 2 The map is intended solely to show the positions of our collecting stations, many of which can probably be located exactly, and the others approximately, by the landmarks given. The contour lines merely show local relative elevation, not absolute altitude, and are not consistent on different parts of the map. The summit midway between Stations .5 and 12 on the northern ridge of the amphitheatre above Tweed Canyon is visible from the railroad at Dragoon ■Summit. 366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Sxr^eRAPen p^'^'^ PART OF THE DRA&OON MTS. m MILti oa,. CO) 33 31 36(|) "^ Fig. 1. — Collecting stations in the Dragoon Mountains. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 367 The fauna of this small range is strongly individualized, since all of the Holospiras and larger Helices are very distinct from species of other ranges, even the Sonorellas having well-defined conchological features. Like the Huachucas, there is (or was) an Oreohelix of the strigosa group, but hairy forms and the Radiocentrum group are wanting. The minute shells are all species common to the Chiri- cahua, Huachuca and other larger ranges, but the Transition and Canadian Zone species are very sparsely^ represented by Pyramidula cronkhitei, Cochlicopa luhrica and Vertigo coloradensis arizonensis only. Otherwise the fauna is purely Lower Sonoran. The collecting stations are as follows: Station 1. Slide of heavy, angular rock on west side of cataract branch of Tweed Canyon, below the crags of this side. • Station 2. Near the foot of small ravine next west of the granite defile forming the outlet of the Tweed amphitheatre. Station 3. Near and at top of ridge above Station 2, Station 4. Rim of amphitheatre, western side. Station 5. Immediately north of small peak at N. W. of amphi- theatre. Station 6. Crag about half way up mountain on east side of cataract branch, overlooking part of Cochise Stronghold. Station 6|. West of Station 6. Station 7. Limestone ridge at the head of Cataract Branch. Station 8. Higher up on the same ridge eastward. Station 9. East side of the rocky bed of Cataract Branch, near the foot of the (dry) "falls." Station 10. Bottom of eastward ravine in Tweed amphitheatre. Station 11. Part way up ridge northwest of 10. Station 12. High peak at summit of preceding ridge. Station 13. High peak southeast of 12. Station 14. ]\Iiddle of ridge running from 13 to mouth of amphi- theatre. Station 15. Near bottom of ravine north of 14, and further up than 10. Station 16. Arroyo in mesa in the mouth of Tweed Canyon. Station 17. Third small ravine west of the large granitic spur in Tweed Canyon. Station 18. Above Station 17, and separated from it by granitic dyke about 50 yards wide. Station 19. Below Station 17. Stations 20-22. Second ravine from large granitic spur in Tweed Canyon. Station 22a. Second ravine west from Station 2, lower part of mountain. Station 23. Second ravine west from Station 2, near summit of ridge. This station and the preceding one were not visited by 368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Pilsbry and are not plotted on the map. They are believed to be east oi the granitic spur (dyke) on the north side of Tweed Canyon. Station 23a. Small hill in bottom of Tweed amphitheatre near an abandoned arrastra. Station 24. Gully on mesa, running westward out of Fourr ranch. Station 25. Foothill west of Fourr ranch. Station 26. Gully at south fence of Fourr ranch. Station 27. First ravine west of Cataract Branch in the igneous southern side of Tweed Canyon. Station 28. Bear Gulch, half way down. Station 29. Bear Gulch, near its head. Station 30. Ridge west of Bear Gulch. Stations 31, 32. East side of Soren Gulch. Station 33. West side of Soren Gulch. Station 34. Small limestone hill in Middlemarch Canyon. Station 35. Cochise Peak. Stations 36, 37. Small limestone hills eastward on mesa at mouth of Middlemarch Canyon. Station 38. North side of north ridge of Tweed amphitheatre, I mile west of Signal Peak. Stations 39-42. Successive stations between the northern crest of Tweed amphitheatre and the northern foothills of the range. HELICID^. Sonorella ferrissi Pilsbry, n. sp. PI. \lll, figs. 3, 3a, 3b. The shell is strongly depressed, umbilicate (the width of umbilicus contained six times in the diameter of the shell), rather sohd; of a pale brown tint, between cinnamon and wood-brown, fading around the umbilicus, having broad white bands above and below the narrow chestnut-brown shoulder band and crossed by one or several whitish streaks, reminiscent of former peristomes. The surface is semimat. The initial one-fourth whorl is smooth; a brief stage of coarse radial wrinkles ensues, followed by fine, short, interrupted radial wrinkles, so short as to be papillae near the upper suture, and sparse, short elevations, arranged in spiral, forwardly descending series. On the second whorl these elevations become distinct, rather regular papillae, which persist, in some examples, upon the third whorl. The last whorl has fine striae and microscopic wrinkling. The spire is but slightly convex. The whorls increase slowly, the last descends a little in front and is rounded at the periphery and base. The peristome expands very slightly in its lower half, and its edge has a rusty tint. It is thickened within by a rather wide but thin white callus, which shows as an opaque buff border behind the lip. The columellar termination is slightly dilated, and the parietal callus moderately thick in fully mature or old individuals. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369 Height 7, diam. 14.2 mm.; 4| whorls. Genitalia (Plate XI, figs. 3, 3a). — The penis is somewhat slender, slightly shorter than the vagina, and a trifle longer than the epi- phallus. It contains a cylindric papilla nearly as long as itself, trans- versely wrinkled in the distal third and rounded at the end (fig. 3a). The retractor muscle is inserted on the epiphallus near its base. There is no flagellum. Length of penis 4 mm.; penis-papilla 3 + mm.; penial retractor 6 mm.; epiphallus 3+ mm.; vagina 5i mm. Dragoon Mountains, from the northern ridge of Tweed Canyon to the ridges facing the northern slope of the mountains; types No. 103,097, A. N. S. P., from Station 38. Also taken at Stations 3, 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 21, 22, 38-41. The shell in this extremely distinct species reminds one a little of Trichodiscina. There is no other Sonorella like it. The embryonic sculpture is a modification of the hachitana pattern. In the genitalia it resembles S. bicipitis of the Dos Cabezas range as much as any- thing. It is abundant in the northern part of the Dragoon Range, but Tweed Canj^on apparently forms an impassable barrier to its spread southward. We rarely found Sonorella ferrissi sealed to stones, forming small rings. Most living ones were seen loose under stones or in the earth, lying with the ap-erture up, like Eastern Helices, and sealed with a somewhat convex white epiphragm. It belongs exclusively to the limestone terrain. Sonorella dragoonensis n. sp. PI. VIII, figs. 1, la, lb. The shell is rather depressed, umbilicate (the umbilicus contained 6^ times in diameter of the shell), thin, somewhat translucent, pale buffy brown, with whitish bands on both sides of a chestnut-brown band at the shoulder. The spire is low, conic, whorls 4f , moderately convex. First one-third whorl smooth, followed by a brief stage of coarse radial wrinkles, continuing longest near the lower suture, and succeeded by papillae and short, vermiculate radial wrinkles, interrupted by short wrinkles in a spiral direction, which on the lower part of the whorl bear epidermal bristles, beginning on the latter half of the first whorl, and continuing throughout the embrj^onic and neanic stages as far as the end of the third whorl. It is suc- ceeded by an excessively minute vermiculate sculpture, which rapidly becomes fainter and disappears on the last two whorls, which are glossy and nearly smooth except for faint growth lines. Last whorl wide, descending in front. Aperture very oblique, round-oval. Peristome thin, very narrowly expanded throughout, 24 370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, a little recurved below; the margins approaching, parietal callus short, thin except in old shells. Alt. 11.25, diam. 19.5, alt. aperture 10.5, diam. 9.25 mm. " 12 " 20.5, " " 11, " 9.25 " Back dusky, tentacles dark, sole pale yellowish, with faint longi- tudinal lines, demarking the areas, near the tail. Genitalia (PI. XI, figs. 4, 4a, No. 103,093, from Station 29).— The penis is large, cyHndric, encircled by a small muscular sheath at the contracted base, its retractor muscle inserted upon the apex of the penis and the base of the epiphallus. The walls of the penis are thin. Papilla (fig. 4a) nearly as long as the penis, stout, cylin- dric, having obliquely longitudinal corrugation near the end, the apex being obtusely conic with terminal pore. The flagellum is longer than usual. Epiphallus is about equal to the penis in length. The vagina is decidedly shorter than the penis. The duct of the spermatheca is very long. Length of organs in mm. : No. 103,093.- — Penis, 10; epiphallus, 10; flagellum, 1.3; papilla, 8; vagina, 6; spermatheca and duct, 39. No. 103,094. — Penis, 11; epiphallus, 9; flagellum, 1.3; papilla, 7,5; vagina, 7. The jaw is highly arched, with five broad, unequal ribs. Dragoon Mountains. Types from Station 28, Bear Canyon, No. 103,094, A. N. S. P., collected by Ferriss and Daniels, November, 1910. Also at Station 29, south of the Huzzar Mine, in the same vicinity. This species is related to Dos Cabezas species by the position of the insertion of the penis-retractor, the cylindric penis-papilla and the short vagina. It differs from all of these in its very large and differently sculptured penis-papilla, and the thin shell, with rounded aperture and minute granulation and hairs on the neanic whorls, and a different pattern on the embryonic whorls. It is not closely related to any species of the ranges further west. Other specimens, topotypes, from Station 28 measure: Alt. 11, diam. 21 mm. " 11.3, " 20.5 " " 10.8, " 19 " 10.2, " 18.5 " Specimens from Station 29 measure: Alt. 10.9, diam. 20 mm. " 10.3, " 18 " 10, " 20 " 9, " 17.3 " I'Jlo J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371 Sonorella apache n- sp. Pi. VIII, figs. 2, 2a, 26. The shell is depressed, with low, conoidal spire, umbilicate (the width of umbilicus contained nearly 9 times in the diameter of the shell), extremely thin; mat isabella color above, paler below, glossy and diaphanous in the central half of the base, encircled by a narrow chestnut-brown band above the periphery. Whorls 4|, the embryonic shell comprising 1|; sculptured like that of S. dragoonensis. The neanic whorls are very minutely crinkled and closely set with short bristles in irregular oblique lines. About 110 of these bristles stand on one square millimeter, on the upper surface of the last whorl in front of the aperture. The bristles are rather delicate on the last whorl, and in cleaning the shell they are likely to be removed in large part. The last whorl is wide and descends rather deeply in front. The aperture is very oblique, subcircular. Peristome thin, the upper and outer margins very narrowly expanding, basal margin slightly recurved, colmnellar margin dilated, running forward. The ends of the peristome converge strongly, and are connected by a very thin, short, parietal film. Alt. 10.25, diam. 16.8, width of umbilicus 1.9, aperture 8.5 x 9.7 mm. " 10 " 17 mm. Genitalia (PI. XI, figs. 5 to 5c). — The penis is short and very thick, cylindric, obtuse at the ends, much shorter than the vagina. It has very thin walls, and is filled by a thick, fleshy papilla (fig. 5a). This is thick-walled with a rather large cavity having plicate walls so that it is star-shaped in section (fig. 56). At the upper end of its cavity there is a short, conic nipple (fig. 5c) ; at the distal end of the papilla the cavity opens by a transverse slit. The retractor muscle of the penis is inserted on the epiphallus near the penis. The epiphallus passes imperceptibly into the vas deferens. There is no flagellum. The lower end of the vagina is swollen, having thick, fleshy walls. The organs measure as follows: Penis 7, penis-papilla 5, retractor muscle 8, vagina 11 mm. Dragoon Mountains, the types from the southern or Cataract branch of Tweed Canyon, at Station 9, on the east side of the rocky bed near the foot of the "falls," No. 111,529. Also found at Station 1, a large slide of heavy, angular stone further north on the same branch, rather high on the west side of the ravine, under the great crag. A few dead shells were found at Station 27, in a gulch of the rugged south wall of Tweed Canyon, and at Station 10, on the eastern ridge of the amphitheatre of upper Tweed Canyon. 372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, This species is somewhat related to S. dragoonensis, but differs by its smaller size, thinner shell, decidedly smaller umbilicus, and by having the last whorl densely hairy, the hairs extremely short and close. S. apache differs from S. dragoonensis rather conspicuously in soft anatomy. The penis is shorter with a differently constructed papilla; there is no flagellum; the vagina is much longer and is strongly swollen at the base. The anatomical characters of both have been examined in several specimens from different stations. The delicately hairy periostracum will serve to separate S. apache from other species of the genus. It is an extremely distinct species. Its home is among the great crags around Cochise Stronghold, a favorite resort of the Apaches. Station 10 is some miles northward of the other stations and at a somewhat greater elevation. *S. apache was found only in igneous or metamorphic rock, never in the limestone. It was not found sealed to the rock, nor were any white circles seen on the rocks it inhabits, thus differing from nearly all other Sonorellas collected by the authors. Other specimens, from Station 1, measure: Alt. 10.5, diam. 17.5 mm. " 9.2, " 15 " 8.8, " 14 Station 1 is conspicuous from the hillside on the east side of the mouth of Cataract Branch, as a long, bare streak in the dense brush which clothes the slope below the crag at the west side, some distance up the ravine, and rather high on the side. One living shell and numerous "bones" were found by quarrying in the heavy rock of the slide. More living shells were taken at Station 9, the type colony. The largest shell seen is a dead individual from Station 27, measur- ing 18.5 mm. in diameter. Oreohelix strigosa var. A young dead specimen was found at Station 2, under a stone, and two fragments of the last whorl at Station 13; both in the limestone region, but at very different elevations. Station 2 being only a hundred feet or so above the bed of Tweed Canyon, 13 on the highest peak of its rim. The largest fragment, half of the last whorl of an adult shell, has a diameter of 18.5 mm. It shows a slight peripheral angle, otherwise resembling 0. s. depressa Ckll. This Dragoon species seems from the fragments to be a more depressed shell than the extinct Oreohelix of the Florida Mountains, but it may be the same as the Huachucan race. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373 As we searched the range carefully for OreoheUx after finding one on the first day, it is probably extinct, not surviving the destruction of the woods. There remains a possibility that it may survive in some part of the mountains not covered by our collecting stations. Thysanophora hornii (Gabb). Stations 2, 3, 6, 6^, 10, 11, 18, all in the limestone region north of Tweed Canyon. UROCOPTID^. Holospira is rarely if ever found on igneous or metamorphic rock; and as the Dragoons are traversed by many dykes, the limestone areas where Holospiras live are divided by tracts barren of these snails. This has resulted in the differentiation of several species which though variable do not intergrade, so far as we know. In the Hacheta Range the limestone is continuous, and while there has been a good deal of differentiation, the several extreme forms are connected by those intermediate in structure and location. It must be admitted that our knowledge of the Dragoon Holospiras is fragmentary. The whole foothill region, where they abound, needs attention. They are easily found, and in large numbers. Holospira danielsi n. sp. PI. XIV, figs. 1 to 3a. The shell is cylindric, the upper fourth (or third) tapering to the slightly mamillar, obtuse summit. Tilleul-buff, becoming darker towards the summit. Nearly 2| embryonic whorls are smooth; then slightly retractive axial ribs appear, rather low and' delicate on the first neanic whorl, after which they become strong, widely separated, oblique (retractive) on the conical portion, still more widely spaced and vertical on the cylindric portion of the shell, where the summits of the ribs are more or less irregular from breakage due to being in part hollow there. On the penultimate whorl there are 13 ribs (more or less). On the last half of the last whorl the ribs become closer (or many may be interposed). The whorls are rather strongly convex, the last one tapering downwards, being compressed below the periphery; base rimate but not perforated. The last fourth of the last whorl is somewhat straightened but not built forward beyond the level of the ventral face of the shell. Aper- ture rounded-ovate. Peristome narrowly expanded except at the upper outer angle, where it is simple and obtuse. The axis is rather slender, subequal except at the ends. In the la.st part of the penult and first part of the last whorl there is a strong, short, obtuse colu- mellar lamella close to the base; a parietal lamella, much longer and usually strong (and freciuently a smaller basal lamella). 374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Length 11.5, diam. 3.5 mm.; 12| whorls. Dragoon Mountains, Cochise County, Arizona, from Tweed Can- yon to the northern end of the range, on hmestone, under stones, dead agaves, sotols, etc. Type locaUty Station No. 2, Tweed Canyon, No. 112,199. A. N. S. P. They live on the most exposed, hottest slopes, often in great profusion, but are not found on the mesa, where H. campestris occurs. This beautiful snail is very distinct from all of our species by its strong, rude, widely spaced ribs. One of the northwest Mexican Holospiras, H. minima, has the same type of sculpture, though less coarse than in the typical H. danielsi, which is the most strongly costate species known. Like other Arizonian Holospiras, the internal lamellae are variable, two or three (parietal and axial, or parietal, axial and basal) being developed. Otherwise the chief variation is in the number of ribs, and also in size. Twenty specimens of the type lot, opened, taken at random, measure as follows: Length 12, diam. 3.6 mm.; whorls 13; lamellae 2. '• 11.7, 3.7 ' 13; 3. " 11.5, 3.4 ' 121; 3. 11.3, 3.3 ' 121; 2. - 11.2, 3.5 ' 12; 3. 11.1, 3.3 ' 12; 2. 11, 3.8 ' lU; 3. 11, 3.4 ' 121; 3. 11. 3.3 ' 12; 3. 11, 3.3 ' 12|; 2. 11, 3.3 ' 12; 3. 10.8, 3.3 ' iif; 3. 10.5, 3.2 ' 12i; 2. 10.2, 3.7 ' 12; 2. 10.2, 3.3 ' 12; 2. 10.2, 3.3 ' 121; 2. 10.2, 3.2 ' 12; 2. 10.2, 3.1 ' 12; 3. 10, 3.2 ' 111; 2. 9.7, 3.2 ' Hi; 2. The smallest shell noticed in the type lot measures 8.2 x 3.2 mm., with 10 whorls. The trilamellate shells are shghtly outnumbered by those with two lamellae, forming 45 per cent, in the lot measured; but this may be accidental. Three lamellae predominate in the larger shells, two in the smaller. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 375 The sculpture is less variable in this lot than in some others. Ten specimens, taken at random, have 10, 12, 12, 13, 13, 13, 15, 17, 17, 17 ribs on the penultimate whorl. These fairly represent the lot, so far as can be told without extensive counting. None counted have more than 17 ribs (see PI. XIV, figs. 1, la, 16). Station 3 (summit of ridge above Station 2), but west of where the trail crosses ridge). Shells exactly like those of Station 2, but perhaps a little more variable in size, length 9 to 12^ mm. in extreme specimens. Station 4 (summit of ridge further northwest, several hundred feet higher than Station 3). These shells are conspicuously larger than at Stations 2 and 3. Part of the shells are typical in sculpture, but in most of them the ribs are much more numerous, closer, smooth, and more regularly spaced. These close-ribbed shells agree with those from Station 5 and from Station 12, a peak on the opposite (east) side of the rim of the amphitheatre of Tweed Canyon. Proba- bly the close-ribbed type of shell extends around the whole rim from Station 4 to Station 12. Two out of fifteen opened have 3 lamellae (both having many ribs), and three have only the columellar lamella (ribs few). The rest, including both many- and few-ribbed shells, have 2 lamellae. This lot was picked up in several places along the summit of the narrow ridge, perhaps in an area of 20 x 100 yards. It therefore may com- prise several colonies, and we cannot now tell whether fine- and coarse-ribbed shells occur actually together or not. There may be 12-15 ribbed colonies and 20-30 ribbed colonies, or possibly both sorts may live together. The measurements give extremes of size and are from "selected" shells. Length 12.5, diam. 4.1 mm.; whorls 12f ; lamellae 3 12.3, 4 m; 12.3, 4 12f; 12, 3.9 12i; 11.8, 4 lU; 11.8, 4 12; 11, 3.8 12; 11, 4 lU; 10.7, 4 lU; 10.2, 3.5 Hi; 9.5, 3.5 11; 3 ; ribs 21. 2 ; " 24. 1 ; '' 15. 2 ; " 14. 1 " 22. 2 " 25. 2, " 13. 2, " 24. 2, " 30. 1, " 12. 2; '' 15. Station 5 (north of summit of peak north of Station 4), Shells are like the fine-ribbed ones from Station 4. No really coarse-ribbed forms were taken. Extreme and average shells measure as follows: 376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, " 3.7 " " 111; " 3.9 " " 12|; u 4 " 12; u 42 '' " 111; " 3.9 " " 111; 1 ribs 27. 2 " 16. 1 " 29. 2 " 38. 2 ; '' 16. 1 '' 21. Length 12.3, diam. 4 mm.; whorls 12f ; lamellae 1 '• 11.5, " 11.3, " 11.2, '' 10.8, " 10, Station 18 (PI. XIV, figs. 3, 3a). In the third ravine west of the granitic spur on north side of Tweed Canyon, above a dyke of igneous rock about 50 yards wide. Below this dyke, at Station 17, Holospira campestris cochisei is found. A deep gulley or ''wash" extends from the ravine upon the mesa. The shells at Station 18 are a little more finely ribbed than typical H. danielsi and to that extent approach H. campestris cochisei. Out of 16 opened, 9 shells have 3, and 7 shells have two internal lamellae. Measurements follow. Length 11.3, diam. 4 mm. ; whorls 12| ; lamellae 2 ribs 22. " 11.3, ' ' 3.7 ' 12; " 3 " 28. " 11, ' 4 ' 11; " 2 " 13. " 11, ' ' 3.9 ' 121; " 2 " 16. "10, ' ' 3.5 ' 11; " 2 . " 22. " 10, ' ' 3.3 ' lU; " 3 " 26. " 10, ' ' 3.3 ' llf; " 3 " 18. 9.7, ' ' 3.5 ' 11; " 3 " 22. 9.5, ' ' 3.3 ' 11; " 3 " 21. 9.5, ' ' 3.2 ' 11; " 2 " 28. " 9, ' ' 3.3 ' lOi; " 3 " 24. Station 20 (mouth of the second ravine west of granitic spur, Tweed Canyon). Shells similar to the preceding lot. Station 22 (bed of the same ravine several hundred yards above the mouth). Shells similar, but averaging larger, though some are equally small; lamellae one or two. Length 12.5, diam. 4 mm.; whorls 12|; ribs 16. " 10.7, " 3.9 " " lU; " 20. " 10, " 3.5 " " 111; " 22. Specimens from the southeastern part of the upper amphitheatre of Tweed Canyon have only one or two lamellce (parietal and axial), those with one slightly predominating. The parietal lamella is moderate or small when developed. They are also perceptibly stouter in figure than the types, and the number of ribs is, in the main, greater. Station 10 (floor of the upper amphitheatre of Tweed Canyon, southeastern branch). Not a favorable station for Holospira, being shaded by a dense growth of shrubs and trees. A few specimens taken have one or two lamellae, and the aperture is built forward further than in the types. Ribs as in the following. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377 Station 15 (further east on the same branch, a little higher). Rather stout shells, with the mouth built out shortly (nearly 1 mm.) ; about 15 ribs; lamellae one or two. 12x4 mm. Station 13 (eastern peak of the rim of Tweed Canyon). Fine- ribbed, like PI. XIV, figs. 5, 5a. Station 11 (steep, stony, arid, southern slope of ridge projecting into amphitheatre, vegetation xerophytic). The shells are greater in diameter than the types, very uniform in sculpture, having 16 or 17 ribs on the penultimate whorl, the peristome built forward further than usual in the type lot. 10.5 x 3.7 mm. axial or axial and superior lamellae. Another lot, taken a couple of hundred feet higher, are similar in form, sculpture and lamellae; ribs 15 to 19. Station 12 (peak on eastern rim of amphitheatre). The shells are larger than at the preceding stations, with more ribs, 26 to 28 on the penultimate whorl. Half of those opened have one, half two lamellae, the superior lamella not very strong. These shells are like those from Station 4 and 5. See PI. XIV, figs. 4 to 46. Length 13.7, diam. 4.2 mm.; whorls 13. 12, " 4 '' " llf. Station 40 (between crest and foothills, north end of the range). Stout, rather large shells, with a strongly developed columellar lamella only in several opened. 37 to 43 ribs, nearly or quite as wide as their intervals. (PI. XIV, figs. 5, 5a). Length 12.3, diam. 4 mm. 10.5, " 4.1 " These shells have more ribs than any other colony of H. danielsi, and they may be referable to H. campestris cochisei. The shells are, however, larger than the latter, some of the ribs are broken down, as in danielsi, and the locality is distant from other known colonies of H. c. cochisei. Only a very small lot was taken, and, pending further collections, its identity may be left undecided. Station 39 (between crest and foothills at north end of the range). Much larger than the typical form, stouter, with few, strong and widely separated ribs. Only the axial lamella developed. (PL XIV, figs. 2 to 2c). Length 13.3, diam. 4.8 mm.; whorls 13; ribs 15. 13.5, a 4.5 ii 11 12; " 15. 14.5, a 4.1 a u 13f " 19. 11, u 4.1 li a lU;" 13. 12.1, (< 4.1 ti i( 12; " 12. 378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Station 42 (further north than Station 39). Similar to the above, having the same rude sculpture, but a httle smaller in the average, length 11 to 13 mm. Station 41. Shells like PI. XIV, figs. 4-46. Holospira campestris n. sp. PI. XV, figs, l, 2. The shell is shortly rimate, cylindric, with very short terminal cone and mamillar apex. 2| embryonic whorls smooth (the last half whorl very narrow), following whorls closely and finely striate, the striae of the conical portion narrower, hence appearing more widely spaced than those of the cylindric portion, on which they are as wide as the intervals. On the penultimate whorl there are about 70 striae. The last whorl is decidedly compressed below the pe- riphery, tapering downwards, somewhat more coarsely sculptured on the latter part. It is shortly rimate and built forward shortly from the preceding whorl. All of the whorls are very strongly convex. The aperture is angular at the upper outer part, elsewhere rounded. Peristome narrowly expanded. Axis cylindric, in the latter part of the penultimate and first part of the last bearing a stout axial lamella. There is also a long and strong parietal or superior lamella, and sometimes a basal lamella. Length 11.5, •diam. 3.7 mm.; whorls 12. Mesa at western foot of the Dragoon Mountains at Station 26, along a "wash" or gulley at the south fence of the Fourr ranch, No. 112,214, A. N. S. P. Also Stations 24, 25, in the same vicinity, etc. Other specimens of the type lot (PI. XV, figs. 1 to Id) measure as follows. All but one of the specimens opened have two lamellae, one having three. Length 12, • diam 3.9 mm. whorls 12. 11.8, 3.9 u ■ 12i " 11, 3.8 u 12. 10.6, 4 u 12. " 10, 3.6 a Hi 9.3, 3.6 li lOi 7.8, 3.3 u 9^ (a dwarf) At Station 24, a gulley running out of the Fourr ranch, the shells are 9 to 10 mm. long, otherwise similar. At Station 25, foothills west of the Fourr ranch (PI. XV, fig. 2) the shells are smaller, with sculpture like the type. The peristome adheres for a short distance to the preceding whorl, or is very shortly free. The columellar lamella is within the front of the last whorl; 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379 parietal lamella when present is very small, and most specimens lack it. They are very uniform in size and sculpture, in a long series taken. Length 8.7, diam. 3.2 mm.; whorls 10; lamellae 1. 3 3 3.2 3 3.1 3.1 3.1 Holospira campestris cochisei n- subsp. PI. XIV, figs. 6 to 86. Similar to campestris, but more slender, with fewer ribs (28 to 40 on the penultimate whorl, in the type lot), the intervals wider. Internal lamellae three, the parietal very long and strong. Length 10.5, diam. 3.3 mm.; whorls 12; lamellae 3. 8.5, 8.1, 7.9, 7.9, 7.5, 7.5, 7, lOi; 2. m\ 2. 9i; 1. 9f; 1. 9|; 1. ^2; 1. n. a 10, 3.1 " lU; 3. 9.8, 3.1 " HI; 3. 9.7, 3.1 " 11; 3. 9.6, 3.1 " 11; 3. 9.3, 3.1 " 11; 3. 8, 3.1 " 10; 3. Dragoon Mountains: along the sides of an arroyo or gulley on the mesa within the wide mouth of Tweed Canyon, Station 16; T}T)es No. 112,219, A. N. S. P. Also Stations 17, 19-23, and 27, all in Tweed Canyon. The type locality, Station 16 (PI. XIV, figs. 7-7/), is on the sloping sides of the arroyo, which is about 15 feet deep, and meanders across the mesa. Near the mountain the gully deepens to 30-40 feet, the sides become subvertical, and Holospira disappears. The mesa is grassy with some bunches of bear grass. There are some small oaks, juniper, catclaw, etc., in the arroyo. The shells are found under dead sotol and sometimes stones, etc. They reappear just below the igneous dyke near the base of the mountain. Station 17, but do not cross the dyke. Several other arroyos in the same plain were not examined, and there are doubtless many Holospira colonies in the neighborhood. Station 19, on the slope near foot of mountain, below the igneous dyke. The shells resemble types of H. c. cochisei except that they are more finely, closely ribbed, ribs 45 to 50 on the penultimate whorl. Ten specimens opened are trilamellate. Station 20. Mouth of second ravine west from granitic spur. 380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Station 21, hillside, eastern slope of second ravine from granitic spur, up to about 600 feet above bed of ravine. The shells are variable, as would be expected in a lot gathered over a considerable area, having 35 to 50 ribs on the penultimate whorl. Out of 1 1 opened, one has 3 lamellse, ten have two, superior and axial. (PI. XIV, fig. 6.) Station 22, in the bed of the same ravine. Shells having about 56 ribs on penultimate whorl. Eight opened have 3 very strong lamellse. Station 23. Between Stations 21 and 2, near top. Like the preceding, lamellae 2 or 3. Fig. 2. — Sketch to show positions of collecting stations west of the spur in Tweed Canyon. Contour interval about 400 ft. The granitic dyke about 50 yards wide between Stations 17 and 18 separates colonies of H. c. cochisei (below) from those of H. danielsi (above). Station 27. Rather large, length 11 mm. with 12 whorls and 36 ribs on the penultimate whorl to 13 mm. long, with 13^ whorls and 28 ribs. (PL XIV, figs. 8 to 86.) This station is in a gulch on the south side of Tweed Canyon, the nearest approach to the area of H. miUestriata. It shows no approach to that species in sculpture, which is coarser than in most cochisei. Some of the ribs were hollow and are broken down, as in H. danielsi. This condition is also seen to a less degree in some specimens of cochisei from the type locality. Holospira miUestriata n. sp. PI. XV, figs. 3 to 5c. The shell is shortly rimate, tilleul-buff, composed of about 11 J convex whorls, of which the last 5 form the cylindrical, those pre- ceding the conical portion. Embryonic 2 whorls smooth, somewhat nipple-like, the second whorl becoming very narrow. Succeeding 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381 whorls of the cone somewhat more sharply striate than the cylindric portion, upon which the striae are very fine and close; typically about 90 fine, close striae on the penultimate whorl. The latter part of the last whorl is slightly compressed and hais slightly coarser, sharper striae. The aperture is carried very shortly free, is not calloused within, and has a narrowly reflexed lip. Within the latter part of the penultimate and first part of the last whorl there is a rather stout, obtuse lamella on the axis. No lamellae on the upper or basal walls of the cavity. Length 12, diam. 4 mm.; 12 whorls. Dragoon Mountains, south of Tweed Canyon, the types from Station 7, the summit of a limestone ridge separating the head of Cataract Gulch from the next canyon opening westward, south of Tweed Canyon, No. 112,225, A. N. S. P., collected by Ferriss, Pilsbry and Daniels, October, 1910. Also taken at Station 7, and Stations 29 to 37 southward from Stations 7 and 8. H. millestriata is related to H. campestris, from which it differs by having more numerous, finer striae, and by the absence of internal lamellae on the parietal and basal walls of the cavity, in a long series of shells opened. Its range is separated from that of H. campestris by the ridge of eruptive rock which runs from Cochise stronghold along the south side of Tweed Canyon westward to the mesa; no Holospiras being found on this ridge, so far as we know. The isola- tion of the two species seems, therefore, to be complete. The species is quite constant in hundreds of shells collected from many colonies, as noted below; but in two stations in small hills on the mesa east- ward of Middlemarch Canyon there is notable variation. Further study should be given to these small forms of the border between mountain and plain. In over a hundred shells opened from all the colonies, only one has a very weak trace of a superior lamella, all others having only a stout axial lamella. The type locality. Station 7, is on the divide, a ridge above an abandoned mine and cabin. It may be reached by ascending Cata- ract Gulch from Tweed Canyon, but much more easily along the mountains eastward, as the gulch is rather a neckbreaker. The specimens are quite uniform in sculpture. Length up to 12.2 mm., and very rarely as short as 9.3 mm., with 10 whorls. (PI. XV, figs. 3, 3a, 36). Out of twenty opened, one has a weak, hardl}^ perceptible trace of the superior lamella, the others having the axial lamella only. A series of 1000 or more was taken. It occurs under stones, etc., in places where there is no shade. 382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, At the adjacent Station 8, eastward and slightly higher, the shells average smaller — about 10.5 mm. long — but are otherwise similar. Station 29. Bear Gulch, near top, and Station 30, ridge west of Bear Gulch, typical shells. Stations 31, 32, on the east side, and Station 33 on the west side of Soren Gulch, typical shells. Station 34- A small limestone hill in Middlemarch Canyon. The shells have perceptibly coarser sculptures than in the types, about 70 riblets on the penultimate whorl. One internal lamella, the axial. Station 35. Cochise Peak. Similar to the shells from Station 34. Station 36. Small limestone hills eastward on the mesa of Middle- march Canyon. The shells here are smaller than typical millestriata, and vary from the typical fine ribbing to somewhat coarser (PL XV, figs. 4, 4a, the prevalent form), and a few are as coarsely sculptured as H. campestris cochisei, the coarsest having 48 ribs on the penulti- mate whorl. The proportions of diameter to length also vary a good deal, as shown in the figures and measurements. All the speci- mens opened have a single lamella, the axial. Length 9.5, diam. 3.6 mm.; whorls 11. 9.1, " 3.3 " " lOf. 9.6, " 3.1 " " 11. 9.2, " 3.5 " " 10^. 8, " 3.2 " " 10. Station 37. Another colony near the preceding, consists of very small shells. (PI. XV, figs. 5 to 5c.) Length 9, diam. 3.2 mm.; whorls 10|. 7.2, " 3.2 " " 9i It is evident that H. millestriata, which is very constant in the mountains, varies in size, proportions and sculpture in the different ecologic conditions of the lower, more arid mesa. ZONITID^. Vitrea indentata umbilicata Ckll. Dragoon Mountains: Stations 1, 2, 3, 6, 6^, 7, 10, 11, 15, 18, 25, 26, 28, 29, 35; therefore generally distributed, probably wherever snails live, as some of the stations were only hastily examined for the larger shells. Zonitoides arborea (Say). Dragoon Mountains: Station 28. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385 Zonitoides minuscula alachuana (Dall). Dragoon Mountains: Stations 1, 6|, 10, 15, 26, 28, 29. Striatura milium meridionalis P. and F. Dragoon Mountains: Stations 1, 6, 10, 29. Euconulus fulvus (Miill). Dragoon Mountains: Stations 1, 10, 15, 28 and E. f. alaskensis. Station 29. ENDODONTIDuE. Pyramidula cronkhitei (Newc). Dragoon Mountains: Stations 28, 29. Radiodiscus millecostatus Pils. and Ferr. Dragoon Mountains: Stations 1 and 10; rare. Helicodiscus arizonensis Pils. and Ferr. Dragoon Mountains: Stations 1, 6^, 10, 28, 29. Punctum califomicum Pils. Dragoon Mountains: Station 10, in the amphitheatre or upper basin of Tweed Canyon. The specimens are a little more openly umbilicate than the type, but the riblets are more unequal than in P. pygmceum, and spiral lines are scarcely discernible. SUCCINEID^. Succinea avara Say. Dragoon ^Mountains: Stations 2, 3; single dead specimens. FERUSSAOID^. Cochlicopa lubrica (Moll.). Dragoon Mountains: Stations 1, 6, 6^, 10, 15, 28, 29. Abundant. PUPILLID^. Bifidaria ashmuni Sterki. Dragoon Mountains: Stations 1, 3, 6, 10, 11, 15, 25, 26, 29. Bifidaria perversa Sterki. Dragoon Alountains: Stations 2, 3, 22. Bifidaria dalliana Sterki. Dragoon Mountains: Stations 3, 6, 26. Bifidaria pilsbryana Sterki. Dragoon Mountains: Stations 1, 2, 10, 11, 15, 18, 25, 28, 29. Vertigo coloradensis arizonensis P. and V. Dragoon Alountains: Station 25. 386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juiie, forming tangents and V-shaped figures on the last embryonic whorl, as well as in various features of the adult shell. We do not find in the shells of the Warren form any constant difference from those of the type locality; but the genitalia (PI. XI, fig. 2) and jaw (PI. XI, fig. 26) differ somewhat in the only living adult taken. The penis has scarcely any sheath; only a few fibres bind the epiphallus. Flagellum more minute. Penis-papilla (fig. 2a) nearly half the length of the penis, tapering and wrinkled. The penial retractor is inserted on the epiphallus near its base. The vagina is nearly as long as the penis. Length of penis lOJ mm.; epiphallus 10 mm.; penis-papilla 5 mm.; vagina 9 mm. The jaw (PI. XI, fig. 26) has about 5 weakly developed ribs. Thysanophora hornii (Gabb). Limestone hill 2 miles east of Warren. Holospira arizonensis mularis n. subsp. PL XV, figs. 8 to Se. The shell is very shortly rimate, cylindric, with short terminal cone, wood brown or avellaneous, the last half of the last whorl opaque white; composed of 10| to 13| whorls, the first two smooth. The last half of the second and first half of the third whorl are narrower than the preceding and following whorls, as usual, and the apex projects somewhat nipple-like. Following whorls of the cone are quite convex, and are sharply, closely and obliquely striate. On the cylindrical portion the whorls are only weakly convex, and gradually lose the striae, so that the penultimate and often one or two earlier whorls are smooth or nearly so, the last half-whorl becom- ing strongly, sharply striate again. The last whorl is compressed laterally on the back but becomes rounded near the aperture, pre- ceding which it is somewhat contracted. The aperture is rotund- ovate, peristome shortly free of the preceding whorl, and quite narrowly expanded. Internal axis rather small, in the last part of the penultimate and the beginning of the last whorl becoming a moderate, obtuse lamella. Typically there are no other lamellae, but in a small number of specimens a superior lamella, or superior and basal lamellae are developed, both very weak. Length 13.1, diam. 4.2 mm. ; whorls 12. 13.6, 3.9 " 13i 13.8, 4 " 13. " 12.2, 4.2 " Hi 10.2, 4 " 11. 9.3, 3.9 " lOi Mule Mountains, on the northern slope of the Escabrosa Ridge, west of Bisbee, Arizona, at about 6,000 to 6,500 feet elevation. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387 Type No. 112,236, A. N. S. P., collected by Pilsbry and Daniels, August 29, 1910. The Escabrosa Ridge, or mountain side on the left, ascending the first left-hand ravine above Bisbee on the Tombstone Road, is the home of this Holospira. Extensive burning of the brush has narrowed their range and decreased their numbers, at least for the time, so that the series collected was not large.^ Some very small scrub oaks remain in places; there are three species of agave, some sotol and bear-grass, a few cylindropuntias, and many herbaceous plants, now after the summer rains gay with flowers; over everything a little scarlet morning-glory, which we afterward found common in the ranges westward. Out of 20 shells opened, 18 have the axial lamella only; one has also a small superior or parietal, and one has superior and basal lamellse, both very low and small. This is a larger and longer species than H. ferrissi, and further distinguished by the smooth later whorls and deficient internal lamellse. The Chiricahuan H. arizonensis Stearns differs chiefly by having the internal lamellse larger. Holospira ferrissi fossor n. subsp. PI. XV, figs. 6 to 66. The short, cylindric shell is ribbed throughout, with about 47 ribs on the penultimate whorl. The last whorl is conspicuously flattened on. the back, then gibbous (the gibbosity internally filled with white shelly material) and contracting to the aperture, the basal crest rather conspicuous. These features are more conspicuous than in H. ferrissi. There is an obtuse axial lamella in the front of the last whorl, and typically no other lamellse; but three specimens out of 20 opened show a weak parietal lamella also. The color is wood brown or avellaneous, with the usual white patch on the last whorl. Length 8.7, diam. 3.3 mm.; lOf whorls (type). 6.4, • " 3.3 " 8| " (shortest shell). 9.8, " 3.6 " 10^ " (largest shell). 9.3, " 3.3 " lOf " (slender shell). Mule Mountains: on slopes of a limestone peak about 2 miles east of Warren, Arizona. Type No. 112,238, A. N. S. P., collected by Pilsbry and Daniels, August 31, 1910. The towT^i of Warren may be reached by a trolley line from Bisbee. It lies lower than Bisbee and is separated from the plain by a range - 180 specimens in the lot taken by Pilsbry, probably as many or more taken b}^ Daniels; most of them dead shells. 388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juiie, of hills which reach about 5,500 feet elevation. On the northern and northwestern slopes of one of these, about two miles east of the town, we collected Sonorella, Holospira and some smaller shells. Holospira is very abundant (over 1,500 collected by H. A. P.), living in mellow earth under stones, in "nests" of from six to twenty or more, usually standing vertically, apex up, and buried in earth up to the summit. While the sculpture of this species is coarser than that of typical H. cionella, yet there are some equally coarse individuals of the latter. It is quite possible that H. cionella may eventually be ranked as a subspecies of H ferrissi. In the debris of the San Pedro River above the S. P. R. R. bridge, near Benson, Arizona, we found three specimens representing as many races of Holospira. One is the upper half of a slowly tapering species, evidently new. The others are probably races of H. ferrissi. One specimen has the appearance of a small H. f. fossor. It has the same sculpture, a low axial lamella, and measures, length 7.6, diam. 3.1 mm., 9f whorls. The other shell resembles H. ferrissi in having three internal lamellae, the superior and axial lamellae being strongly developed. .The ribbing is as fine as in the most finely ribbed ferrissi — decidedly finer than in fossor. The form is more slender than in ferrissi. This shell apparently represents another subspecies or local race of H. ferrissi. As it may have drifted a long distance, it had better be left nameless until found in its natural habitat. Holospira ferrissi sanctaecrucis n. subsp. PI. XV, fig. 7. The shell is similar to the most slender and fine-ribbed examples of H. ferrissi in form and sculpture, except that the apical whorls are more mucronate. The three internal lamellae are lateral in posi- tion, strongly developed, especially the superior one, w^iich is a half- whorl long. Length 8.5, diam. 3.2 mm.; whorls 11|. Valley of the Santa Cruz River, above Tucson, Arizona. Type No. 112,239, A. N. S. P., found in flood debris of the river a short distance above the Congress St. bridge, Tucson. This is some distance west of any other record of Holospira in the United States. In Mexico the genus extends to the Gulf of Cali- fornia. The lamellae are much stronger than in any of the lot of H. ferrissi which we have opened. Although there cannot be much doubt that this species inhabits some limestone hill not far from the river, we failed to find it in the quite limited time we spent in the neighborhood. It may have 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389 floated many miles, as the river merits that name in time of flood, though usually reduced to a chain of infrequent pools or an insig- nificant rivulet. The term river, in the arid belt, refers to the bed and banks rather than to the water, which is often conspicuous for its absence during a great part of the year. ZONITID^. Vitrea indentata umbilicata (Ckll.). Two miles west of Bisbee, and about the same distance east of Warren, on limestone hills, with Holospira. PUPILLIDJE. Bilidaria pellucida hordeacella (Pils). Limestone hill about 2 miles east of Warren, Arizona. III. Benson, Arizona. Benson, Cochise Co., at the junction of the Southern Pacific and El Paso and Southwestern Railroads, is in a flat region, with no mol- lusk fauna in its immediate environs. The San Pedro River, flowing northward about a mile east of the town, brings down considerable flood debris containing shells. The source of these is probably in the foothills of the Whetstone Mountains, not far away; possibly also the hill country about Tombstone, or even further south. The San Pedro carries more water than any other stream in the lower tier of counties between the Rio Grande and the Colorado, and so far as we know it is the only one maintaining a constant flow. At Benson it is a turbid stream 20 to 30 feet wide, with vertical, dirt banks about 8 feet high (September 1st), meandering in a flood plain covered with mesquite. Mr. Ferriss collected a few shells from the river drift in 1904; and in 1910 Pilsbry and Daniels, having an hour or two between trains, collected a small bag of shell-bearing debris near the S. P. R. R. bridge. In this sample the most abundant moUusk is Bifidaria procera cristata. The small Zonitoides, Bifidaria p. hordeacella, Pupoides marginata and Vertigo ovata are next in abundance. AU the species except Vallonia gracilicosta are Lower Sonoran forms. Thysanophora hornii (Gabb). Holospira ferrissi Pils. (variety). See p. 388. '' F. FOSSOR P. and F. See p. 387. " n. sp. (spire only). Vitrea indentata umbilicata (Ckll.). Zonitoides minuscula alachuana (Dall). " SINGLEYANA (Pils). 390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, SucciNEA AVARA Say. Vallonia gracilicosta Reinh. " PERSPECTiVA Sterki. PuPiLLA BLANDi Morse (3). " HEBES (Anc.) (1). " SYNGENES (Pils.) (|). PUPOIDES MARGINATA (Say). " HORDACEA (Gabb). BiFIDARIA PROCERA CRISTATA (P. and V.). " PELLUCIDA HORDEACELLA (Pils.). " ASHMUNi Sterki. (1). " PERVERSA Sterki. " PENTODON (Say). " TAPPANIANA (C. B. Ad.). " TUBA P. and F. Vertigo ovata (Say). MILIUM Gld. (1). Lymn^a parva Lea. " BULIMOIDES COCKERELLI P. and F. Planorbis caribous Orb. " LIEBMANNI Dkr. " PARVUS Say. " ARizoNENsis Pils. and Ferr.^ Physa virgata Gld. Amnicola sp. (two dead specimens). Sph.erium triangulare (Say). PisiDiUM COMPRESSUM Prime. Vertigo milium, Bif. tappaniana and Sphcerium triangulare (one valve) were obtained in 1904, not in 1910. The latter is new to the fauna of the United States, but having compared with the type specimens, we are satisfied of its identity. Part of the specimens we refer to Lymncea parva agree with cotypes of L. dalli; but we have been unable to make a satisfactory division of the material. Columella edenlula (Drap.) in the Huachucas. — We may add here a species accidentally omitted from the Huachuca list published in part III, of this series (1910). It was found at Wickersham's, Miller Peak. IV. The Santa Rita Mountains. This fine and well-wooded range forms the eastern boundary of the Santa Cruz River Valley. We drove in from Siding No. 4 on the Sonora Railroad, camping at Agua Caliente, a large tepid spring flowing into an artificial pool at the mouth of the canyon of the same name, the elevation about 3,800 feet. Several Sonorella * Planorbis arizonensis, new name for P. fHocinctna Pilsbry and Ferriss, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1906, p. 16.5, not of Sandberger. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391 colonies were found near by. Our second camp was at the cabin in the saddle at the head of Agua Caliente Canyon, somewhat above 7,000 feet and close to collecting Station 6 of map. There is a good spring. The best collecting is in Walnut Canyon, Station 5, where three species of Sonorella live. From above this camp there is fine timber, but no land shells worth mentioning up to the summit of Mt. Hopkins. Good collecting stations were found in Madera Canyon which would be an excellent place to camp. We also reached the head of Josephine Canyon from this camp. A two-day excursion was made, via Brandt's mining camp, over the 8,500-foct saddle north of Old Baldy, and down Camperel Canyon^ to perhaps 7,000 1-14 6 7 8 15 Fig. 3. — Collecting stations in the Santa Rita Mcu:itair.>. Contour interval, 1000 feet. feet. There is fine pine on the top and extending some distance down. Also some huge spruce and hemlock trees. We passed through aspens, then small-leaved maples, to walnuts, in the bed of the canyon. Sonorella clappi occurs here, and a few specimens of a Sonorella (occidentalis) , which we provisionally rank as a subspecies of the Huachucan S. granulatissimo. It will be seen that our work extended nearly across the middle of the highest part of the range in a rather narrow band, the collecting stations being marked on the accompanying tracing simplified from the U. S. G. S. topographic map. 5 This canyon is not named on the topographic map. On it Stetson's dam is situated, lower down. 392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, The absence of the common western Sonorellas (santaritana and walkeri) on the eastern slope, and the occurrence there of another species (S. g. occidentalis) indicates a certain amount of local faunal differentiation, and it seems likely that work in the northern, southern or eastern parts of the range would result in a number of additional species of Sonorella. By the absence of Oreohelix and Ashmunella (in the parts we explored), the Santa Ritas differ remarkably from the Huachucas, the next range eastward. We obtained very few small shells. Vitrea indeniata umhilicata (Ckll.), Stations 7, 12, 17. Euconulus fulvus (Miill.), Station 7. The locations of collecting stations foUoAv. Station 1. In rock along banks of stream flowing from Agua Caliente Canyon, immediately south of the spring. Station 2. Northern base of bluff southeast of Station 1. Station 3. About half way up "Soldier Canyon," a short caiiyon immediately north of the mouth of Agua Caliente. Station 4. Pool of Agua Caliente Spring {Physa humerosa (?), frogs, etc. collected). Station 5. Walnut Canyon or branch of Agua Caliente, which opens about 200 yards below the miners' cabin midway of A. C. Canyon. Shells abundant above and below the mine, in piles of heavy granite rock. None found in "Walnut basin" higher up. Station 6. On the ravine south of cabin in the saddle, at head of Agua Caliente. Station 7. Madera Canyon, about half way doT\Ti the steep slope from camp. Station 8. Madera Canyon, about 100 yards above "Old Johns Camp" in an extensive rock pile in the bed of the canyon, about 10 feet above the stream. This is opposite the saddle at head of Agua Cahente. Station 9. Head of Josephine Canyon, on the flank of Mt. Hopkins, in friable, angular, rocky banks of canyon. Station 10. Head of Josephine Canyon, a few hundred feet up the branch leading to the saddle next to Old Baldy. Station 11. About 100 yards west of camp in saddle. Station 12. Half a mile down (west) from camp. Station 13. About 10 rods above Station 12, on the branch leading to the spring near camp. Station 14. A short distance above Station 12 on the branch rLinning near camp. Station 15. Bed of Madera Canyon near the fork. Station 16. Eastern (Madera) flank of Mt. Hopkins, about a mile south of Station 7. Stations 17, 17^, Camperel Canyon, on the eastern slope of the range. 1915. NATURAL SClEJsCZ:^ OF PHILADELPHIA. 393 Sonorella santaritana n. sp. PI. IX, figs. 1 to 3. The shell is depressed, umbilicate (the width of umbilicus con- tained between 6 and 7 times in diam. of shell), solid, between cinna- mon-buff and pinkish-buff, becoming whitish on the base, and having a chestnut-brown shoulder band bordered with white. The surface is rather glossy. Embryonic shell of 1| whorls; after a very short initial smooth stage, the surface becomes radially rippled, then densely granular, the granules lengthened in an obliquely spiral direction, becoming longer with the growth of the embryo, the last f whorl of the embryo marked with threads forming V-shaped figures, their intervals densely, subregularly wrinkled radially. The post-embryonic whorls have very fine, inconspicuous gro\\i;h lines and excessively faint spiral lines on the last whorl, above and at the periphery. The spire is very low conic. Whorls 4|, convex; the last descends deeply in front. The aperture is very oblique, small; peristome narrowly expanding, pale brown at the edge, the margins con- verging, so that the thin, transparent parietal callus is short. In the last whorl the umbilicus enlarges to about double its previous width. Alt. 13, diam. 23, width of umbilicus 3.6 mm.; aperture 10.5 X 12 mm. Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona, in Walnut Canyon (a branch of Agua Caliente Canyon) at about 6,000 feet elevation, Station 5, Ferriss, Daniels and Pilsbry, 13-IX-1910. Type No. 112,105, A. N. S. P. Also taken at Stations 11, 12, 13, 14, between 6,000 and 7,000 feet, near the head of Agua Caliente Canyon; Sta- tions 7, 8, 16, in Madera Canyon, from about 5,700 to nearly 7,000 feet, and at vStations 9 and 10, in the head of Josephine Canyon, near the ridge connecting Mt. Hop- kins and Old Baldy, at about 6,500 feet. Genitalia (fig. 4) . — The penis and vagina are extremelj' long. Penis is rather slender, t?- a r^ ■. v e q , ■> =■ _ _ ' Fig. 4. ^Genitalia of o. san/an^ana. epi., and lies in three folds in the epiphallus; pp., end of the penis-papilla. 394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,. body, it has a basal sheath, and a slender, conspicuously annul ated papilla, one-third the length of the penis or longer. The flagellum is well developed for Sonorella. The penial retractor is inserted at the apex of penis and base of epiphallus. The vas deferens is slender throughout. Measurements of the organs in mm. follow. Sta- tion. Penis. Penis- papilla. Epiphal- lus. Flagel- lum. Penial retrac- tor. Vagina. Sperma- theca and duct. Diam. of shell. 5 33 40 27 31 41 22 27 26 1.5 14 29 34 33 36 36 28 23 5 13 22.3 12 1.8 15 18 15 23.5 9 12.5 17 20 10 18-t- 2 27 22.5 Specimens from Station 11, and numerous others from Station 5, opened but not measured, were sufficiently examined to show that the specific characters — great length of penis and vagina— are con- stant. S. santaritana differs from other species of the same range by its wider umbilicus, the more approaching ends of the lip, and especially by the great length of penis and vagina. In the characters of the genitalia it is nearest to S. rinconensis P. and F. (these Proceedings for 1909, PI. XXII, fig. 5). That species differs by having a still longer vagina, and a more capacious shell with larger aperture and relatively smaller umbilicus. S. dalli and *S'. virilis are somewhat related, but differ in characters of both genitalia and shell. This is the most abundant and widely distributed Sonorella of the part of the Santa Rita Range which we explored. In size, specimens from Walnut Canyon (PI. IX, figs. 1-26) measured from 19 to 25.8 mm. diameter, but only in one colony were such small ones found, the minimum size in other colonies is about 21.5 mm. In Stations 10, 11 and 14 they run from 20.4 to 22.5 mm. In other stations the size is about typical. A beautiful albino (PI. IX, fig. 3) was taken at Station 5. It shows very faint traces of the shoulder band and the embryonic shell is faintly buff, but otherwise it is pure white. Genitalia as in .the colored form. Sonorella walkeri n. sp. PI. IX, fig'i. 1, 4a, -16 The shell is umbilicate (the width of umbilicus contained about 9 times in the diameter of the shell), rather solid, pale cinnamon, 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395 fading to white around the umbihcus and on both sides of the chestnut- brown shoulder band. The surface is glossy, lightly marked with growth lines, and under a strong lens showing impressed spiral lines on the upper surface of the last whorl (lacking, however, in many individuals). Initial | whorl radially rippled, granulation then beginning, the last f whorl having close protractively spiral threads, the intervals densely wrinkled radially. Spire very low conic. Whorls 4f, the last descending in front. The aperture is rounded oval; peristome narrowly expanding, inconspicuously brown-edged, slightly thickened within, the margins converging, joined by a thin, brownish-edged parietal callus. Alt. 14, diam. 23 mm.; umbilicus 2.6 mm.; aperture 12 x 13 mm. Genitalia (PI. XII, figs. 1-3, 5, 5a). — The penis is small and slender, at the base enclosed in a short but thick sheath. Penis-papilla cylindric, more than half the length of penis, tapering distally to a blunt or a somewhat pointed end. Retractor muscle inserted on the epiphallus near its base. Epiphallus as long as the penis or somewhat longer, terminating in a minute, bud-like flageUum. Lower part of the vas deferens large, its diameter equal to or exceeding that of the epiphallus. Vagina usually about twice the length of the penis. Santa Rita Mountains, the type from Station 5, Walnut Branch of Agua Caliente Canyon, at about 6,000 feet, with *S. santaritana and S. clappi, type No. 112,164, A. N. S. P., collected by Ferriss, Daniels and Pilsbry, 1910. Also taken at Station 3, "Soldier Can- yon," at about 4,500 feet, and in Madera Canyon at Stations 7, 8 and 15. This fine species, named for Dr. Bryant Walker, is not uncommon, though less generally distributed than S. santaritana. In the type locality it lives with *S. santaritana and *S. clappi, sometimes all under the same rock, sometimes in separate rock piles. The smallest specimens, Station 5, measure 20 mm. in diameter; the largest, Station 15, 24.3 mm. Station 3 is in a small canyon running in north of the mouth of Agua Caliente, opening to the mesa between two high granite crags. The rock is a coarse granite, and shells are not numerous. A single giant cactus growing here is further east than we have seen the species elsewhere. Many specimens have been dissected. The slender, short penis, with a short, thick basal sheath, and the enlarged free vas deferens 396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June; are conspicuous characters. The smaller umbilicus and less de- pressed contour separate it from S. santaritana, which also differs more fundamentally by its genitalia. S. walkeri is very much like S. clappi in soft anatomy. Its relation to S. huachucana Pils. remains to be defined when that species shall have been dissected. Measurements of the organs in mm. follow. Sta- tion. Penis. Penis- papilla. Epiphal- lus. Flagel- lum. Vagina. Sperma- theca and duct. 5 4.7 5 4 4.3 4 7 2.3 3 2.3 2.8 3 5 5 5 6 7.3 6.5 6.7 1 Minute a (( 0.7 Minute 8 7 10 10 7.5 7 5 8 15 3 26 Sonorella walkeri aguacalientensis n. subsp. PI. IX, figs. 5, 5a, 5b, 6, 6a, 66. A form with the shell not constantly distinguishable from S. ivalkeri was found in some abundance at Stations 1 and 2, in the mouth of Agua Caliente Canyon. Station 1 is in rocks on the bank of the wash running out of the canyon, immediatelj' southeast of the fine spring of tepid water which gives this canj^on its name. This is the lowest Station for anj^ snail found in these mountains, the elevation being about 3,800 feet. All of the alcoholic speci- mens of this lot were lost after leaving the moun- tains, so that the ana- tomical characters are unknown. The shells measure 19 to 24 mm. in diameter and live in crevices or under fragments of a friable, shale-like rhyolite, of a dark vinaceous-drab color. See PI. IX, figs. 6, 6a, db. Fig. 5. — Genitalia of S. w. aguacalientensis, Sta- tion 2, with detail of penis-papilla (pp.). epi., epiphallus; p., penis; vag., vagina; v.d., vas deferens. 1915. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397 Station 2, at the base of bluffs southeast of Station 1 and somewhat higher, afforded a few similar shells (PL IX, figs. 5, 5a, 56). One preserved in spirit differs from S. walkexi by having a decidedly longer penis, penis-papilla and epiphallus. There is no fiagellum, and no penial retractor muscle was found. (Fig. 5.) These differ- ences, if confirmed by further dissections, in our opinion, indicate a distinct species; but to direct attention to it we now rank the race as a subspecies of S. walkeri. The diameter at Station 2 runs from 22.3 to 24 mm. The elevation of this Station is between 4,100 and 4,200 feet, according to the topographic map. Sorujrella clappi n. sp. PI. IX, f5gs. 8, 8a, 86. The shell is umbilicate (umbilicus contained about 8 times in the diameter), thin, depressed, semimatt, cinnamon, the base paler, fading to olive-buff in the middle, and with a chestnut-brown shoulder band having paler borders. Embryonic shell of If whorls, the initial I whorl smooth, the rest densely and evenly reticulate-granu- lous, having an indistinct zigzag pattern in some places, but without the spirally descending threads of the hachitana type. Subsequent whorls are lightly striate and microscopically wrinkle-granose, this sculpture becoming weaker on the base. Whorls 4|, the last descend- ing in front, rounded peripherally. Aperture rounded-oval, the peristome thin, narrowly expanded. Alt. 10.3, diam. 19 mm.; umbiUcus 2.4 mm. (tvpe). " 10.3, " 18 ■ " (globose topotype). " 9, " 17.7 " (depressed topotype). Genitalia (PI. XII, figs. 6, 7). — Penis slender throughout, with a thick, short basal sheath and a long papilla. Epiphallus and vas deferens slender, the former terminating in a minute fiagellum, the retractor muscle inserted close to its base. Vagina shorter than the penis. Measurements in mm. follow. Sta- Penis, tion. i Penis- Epiphal- papiila. 1 lus. Fiagel- lum. Vagina. Sperma- theca and duct. 8 8.5 6.5 6 8.5 8 Minute Minute 5 3 12 25 Santa Rita Mountains: Station 8, Madera Canyon, type No. 112,163. Also taken at Station 16, Madera Canyon; 6, 12, 13, 14 near the head of Agua Caliente Canyon; abundantly at Station 5, 398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jime, Walnut branch of Agua Caliente; and Stations 17 and 17|, Camperel Canyon, on the eastern slope of the mountains, at about 6,500 feet. This is a smaller, thinner shell than other Santa Rita Sonorellas, and readily distinguished by its microscopic granulation and the beautiful sculpture of the embryo. It is variable in degree of eleva- tion of the spire, size of umljilicus and color. In Madera Canyon the shell has a russet hue. In Walnut Branch of Agua Caliente the color ranges from almost chamois in the thicker old individuals to nearly water green in those barely grown to full size. The microscopic granulation is sometimes typically developed on the last whorl, but more often more or less obsolete, sometimes only visible in a few places; and most specimens show incised spiral lines on the last whorl, occasionally quite distinct and numerous. Around the head of Agua Caliente Canyon the color is similar to the Walnut Branch lot. S. clappi resembles the Huachucan S. granulatissima and S. danielsi in the embryonic sculpture and the general appearance, but in those species the aperture is more oblique than usual in S. clappi and the genitalia are conspicuously different. Having dissected a good many individuals of all of these species, I feel confident that the genitalia afford the most reliable specific characters. S. dapyi is very much like *S. walkeri in genitalia. A couple of shells from Station 17^, Camperel Canj^on, on the eastern slope of the range, resemble the Agua Caliente form in being light colored. One from Station 17, in the same canyon, is the darkest of all, being nearly a sorghum-brown color, more vinaceous where the cuticle is worn off. The genitalia (PI. XII, figs. 4, 4a) differ from typical S. clappi by the longer penis and penis sheath, and the shorter vagina. Length of penis 13, penis-papilla 10, epi- phallus 10, flagellum 1, vagina 4^ mm. A bleached Sonorella, No. 105,385, U. S. N. M., collected, or at least sent to Dr. I. Lea in 1860, by H. C. Grovenor, is labelled "Santa Rita Mountains, 6,000 feet above the sea." It is very thin and appears under the lens to have been granular. The lip-ends con- verge, as in S. clappi, from which this shell differs by its larger size and less depressed shape; diam. 20.5 mm. It is probably a distinct species related to S. clappi, but it is not in condition for description. The spire is broken. Sonorella granulatissima occidentalis a. subsp. PI. IX, figs. 7, 7a, 7b. Similar in sculpture to *S. granulatissima, but differing by the narrower last whorl, which is less convex above; the light borders of the chestnut-brown band, and the less depressed spire. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399 Alt. 12, diam. 19.6 mm.; umbilicus 2.8 mm.; 4f whorls. Santa Rita Mountains at Station 17 (Camperel Caiwon), on the northeastern flank of Old Baldy. Type No. 112J65, A. N. S. P. We regret that the jar containing the soft parts of this species proved leaky, and its contents were lost. It seems to be related to S. granulatissima, as the sculpture is very similar. V. Small Ranges and Hills of the Santa Cruz River Valley. Between Tucson and Nogales and the Santa Rita and Baboquivari Mountains there are many buttes and ranges of hills or small moun- tains, a few of which we visited, finding in each a special species of Sonorella and sometimes a few small shells. Among the more important ranges which should be investigated we may mention the Tumacacori (or Atascoso) range, an extensive mass of arid looking mountains, extending south to the Mexican line, and probably supporting little but Sonorella. They are easily accessible from the Sonora R. R., being about 6 miles from ''Siding No. 4." These mountains on the south pass into the Sierra de los Pajaritos, which lie west of Nogales — "a confused mass of rocky crags, peaks, flat-topped mountains with vertical sides, enormous trachyte dykes, steep narrow ridges and deep canyons." They are covered with "a fine growth of oak, juniper and manzanita, while magnificent walnut, sycamore and ash trees line the canyons." Water supply precarious except in the wet seasons. These fine mountains are unknown to the conchologist. Various species reported from Tucson were certainly brought there from more or less distant localities. Sonorella granulatissima, reported by Bartsch, Smiths. Misc. Coll., Vol. 47, p. 193, and Ash- munella varicifera Ancey are Huachucan species. The following species were taken in the drift debris of the Santa Cruz River, near Tucson, chiefly above the bridge. The fresh-water shells are mainly fossils, washed out of, or exposed upon the low dirt banks, where the stream has cut down through a former 'Cie7ieg a. Part of the land shells probably washed in from the Tumamoc and other eastern foothills of the Tucson Range. We found Bifidaria tuba and Thysan- ophora hornii on the Tumamoc Hills, and with other minutiae, in debris washed down from the hills at the hill terminus of Congress St. Thysanophora hornii (Gabb.). HoLosPiRA FERRissi SANCT^CRUCis P. and F. (see p. 388). Zonitoides singleyana (Pils.). SUCCINEA AVARA Sav. 400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juiie, PUPOIDES MARGINATA (Say). BiFIDARIA PROCERA CRISTATA P. and V. "■ PELLUCIDA HORDEACELLA (Pils.). " TUBA P. and F. Vertigo ovata Say. Lymn^^a parva Lea. " OBRussA Say. " BULIMOIDES COCKERELLI P. and F. PlANORBIS TENUIS Phil. " CARIBOUS Orb. " PARVUS Say. " ARizoNENSis P. and F. Physa virgata Gld. Paludestrina protea (Gld.). PisiDiUM PAUPERCULUM (Sterld).^ " COMPRESSUM Prime (kirklandi Sterki). Anodonta dejecta Lewis, fossil and recent, fragmentary. In the drift debris of the Santa Cruz River at Amado's Ranch (not far from the mouth of Sopori Creek) we took the following: Zonitoides singleyana (Pils.). " minuscula (Binn.). Pupoides MARGINATA (Say). BiFIDARIA PELLUCIDA HORDEACELLA (Pils.). " PERVERSA Sterki. " PROCERA CRISTATA P. and V. (one specimen). " PENTODON (Say). Vertigo ovata Say. Vallonia perspectiva Say. Physa humerosa Gld. " VIRGATA Gld. On Sopori Creek, five miles west of Amado's Ranch. Thysanophora hornii (Gabb). Pupoides marginata (Say). Physa sp. undet. Sonorella arizonensis (Dall). Epiphragmophora arizone'nsis Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVIII, p. 1, 189.5. Sonorella arizonensis (Dall), Bartsch, Smiths. Misc. Coll., XLVII, p. 198, PL 33, fig. 6. This is a rather globose species with narrow umbilicus, quite unlike anything we found. The type is a bleached specimen found in the Santa Cruz River at Tucson, which no doubt drifted down from above. As no Sonorella lives at or near the river level, it must have been washed down from some . mountain or rocky hill in the ^ The species of Pisidium in these lists were determined by Mr. E. G. Vanatta. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401 river valley, and will eventually be found again. Great quantities of the drift debris of the Santa Cruz which we looked over did not produce a second specimen, though minute shells were abundant. Only by a rare chance would so turbulent a stream as the Santa Cruz . in flood carry Sonorella very far. In its ordinary condition there is a succession of small pools connected, in places, by a slender rivulet; but after heavy rain we have seen turl^id water from bank to bank for a brief time. Sonorella tumamocensis n. sp. P!. X, figs. 4, 4a, 46. The shell is depressed, umbilicate (umbilicus contained about 6 times in the diameter of the shell), thin, light pinkish cinnamon, fading to whitish on the base, and having indistinct whitish borders above and below the rather narrow chestnut-brown shoulder band. Apical sculpture is of the hachitcma type, but usually very Vv^eak, the initial half-whorl smooth, without the usual radial ripples; the rest of the embryonic shell is marked with a few delicate, interrupted tangential (protractive) threads, on a nearly smooth ground, having weak growth ripples only. The subsequent neanic and last whorls have weak growth lines. Whorls 4^, convex, the last slowly de- scending in front. Aperture rounded, nearly as high as wide. Peri- stome thin, the outer and basal margins very narrowly expanded. The columellar lip, in basal view, shows very little dilation. Alt. 10.5, diam. 17.5 mm.; aperture 8.7 x 9.5 mm.; umbilicus 2.8 mm. wide. Other specimens measure: Alt. 10.5, diam. 18 mm. " 9 " 17 " '' 9^ " 16 " Genitalia (PI. XIII, fig. 5). — The penis is about as long as the vagina, slender in its lower part, somewhat swollen above. Around the base there is a very short sheath of very loose open texture. It contains a slender, slowly tapering papilla about one-third as long as the penis, its surface closely grooved spirally, the apex obtuse but small. The epiphallus is slender, terminating in a vestigeal, bud- like flagellum. The retractor muscle is inserted on the epiphallus. Other organs as usual. Top of the head and back are slate-colored, shading into gray on the sides, whitish towards the edges of the foot. Tail and sole white. Faint lines define the three areas of the sole. Jaw (PI. XIII, fig. 8) has 3 or 4 very weak ribs. 26 402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Tumamoc Hill, near Tucson, Pima Co., Arizona. Types No. 112,245, A. N. S. P., collected by Ferriss, Pilsbrj^ and Daniels, October 1, 1910; topotypes in collections of Ferriss and Daniels. Specimens were taken by Mr. J. C. Blumer under volcanic cliffs on the northeast side of Cat Mountain, in the Tucson Range. The shell closeh" resembles S. eremita of the Mineral Hill group, but it is much thinner with the peristome decidedly less expanded and the embryonic whorls smoother. The penis is very much longer than in eremita. A comparison with the unique type of S. arizonensis Dall, kindly made bj^ Dr. Paul Bartsch, shows that that species is quite distinct. We would be disposed to consider tumamocensis a subspecies of S. rowelli were it not that in individuals having the shell about the same size as rowelli the penis, penis-papilla, epiphallus and vagina are about twice as long; the spermathecal duct remaining about equal in the two species. The shape of the penis-papilla is different, that of tumamocensis being longer, slender and tapering. For comparison we have added measurements of the organs of S. rowelli to the table on p. ,408. The columellar lip dilates much less than in >S. comobabiensis or S. sitiens. The penis is verj- much longer, its papilla both absolute^ and relatively much shorter than in S. papagorum. The Tumamoc Hills are an outlying spur of the Tucson Range, about a mile from Tucson west of the Santa Cruz River. There are three hills: Tumamoc, 3,092 feet, on the northern slope of which the Desert Botanical Laboratory' of the Carnegie Institution of Washington stands; Sentinel, 2,885 feet, and a lower nameless hill of 2,672 feet elevation. The hills are volcanic, formed of an old andesite flow, largely covered by rhyolite (which is the characteristic rock of the Tucson Range) and later flows of basalt.^ Sonorella occurred in great piles of black basalt, on the north slope of Tumamoc Hill, from just below the fiat summit down half way to the Desert Laboratory. Most of them were taken not far from the 2,750-foot contour (our Station 35). Living snails are very scarce and hard to get. None were found on the other slopes of Tumamoc Hill, nor could we find them on Sentinel Hill. On the ^,672-foot hill, at the end of Congress St., we took only Bifidaria tuba. '' Topographic and geological maps of these hills, with accounts of their physical features and vegetation, may be found in the following publications of the Carnegie Institution of Washington: D. T. Macdougal: Botanical features of North American deserts, 1908. Volney M. Spalding: Distribution and movements of desert plants, 1909. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403 Except for the specimens of S. tumamocensis, taken by Mr. Blumer at Cat Mountain, the Tucson Range, about 25 miles long, is not explored for shells. Sonorella papagorum n. sp. PI. VIII, figs. 8, 80, 86. The shell is depressed, umbilicate (the umbilicus contained about 9 times in the diameter of the shell), rather thin, somewhat glossy, light pinkish cinnamon, fading to whitish around the umbilicus, and a trifle pale at the edges of a dark chestnut-brown band at the shoulder. Apical sculpture is of the hachitana type, but very weakly developed, the initial half-whorl smooth, the rest of the embryonic shell similar to that of S. tumamocensis. "Subsequent whorls are lightly marked with growi;h lines. Whorls 4f , convex, the last descending slowly in front. Aperture oblique, rotund-oval. Peristome slightly' ex- panded above, the outer and basal margins well expanded, thin; columellar margin broadly dilated, partly covering the umbilicus. Alt. 14, diam. 23 mm.; aperture, alt. 11.8, diam. 13.6 mm.; width of umbilicus 2.7 mm. Genitalia (PI. XIII, fig. 4). — Penis small and slender, about equal in length to the vagina and of equal calibre throughout. A short, loose sheath envelops its base. The penis-papilla is nearly as long as the penis, very slender, slowl.y tapering, indistinctly annulate. The slender epiphallus bears the retractor muscle and terminates in a very minute flagellum. Female organs as usual. Jaw (fig. 6) has five or six strong, unequal ribs, or in one specimen four unequal weaker ribs. It is quite variable. Fig. 6. — Jaw of Sonorella papagorum. The shells show but little variation, excepting size. Alt. 13.8, diam. 23.5 mm.; aperture 12 x 13.3 mm. " 12, " 20.5 " " 10x11.7 " Black Mountain, near the mission of San Xavier del Bac, in the Papago IncUan Reservation, Pima Co., about 9 miles south of Tucson. Types No. 112,161, A. N. S. P., collected by Pilsbry and Daniels, October 5, 1910. This shell is less solid than S. eremita, with a narrower umbilicus and far weaker apical sculpture. 494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juiie, Black Mountain is a rather remote and isolated outlier of the Tucson Range, which has here its southeastern terminus. It is a long, straight, level-topped ridge, divided by a deep gap into a longer and a shorter mountain. The slopes are everywhere very steep, covered with black basalt, like Tumamoc Hill at Tucson. Slides of this rock occupy a large part of the slopes. Between the slides, which are, of course, barren of vegetation, there is some desert verdure. Ocotillo, mesquite, cat-claw, palo verde, etc., are typical plants, and giant cacti grow on the south side. No agave or sotol were seen. The Sonorellas are found rather deep in the slides. They probably inhabit the whole northern slope, but we worked only a couple of hours, on the north side of the east end, close under the summit. Some hazard attends the hunt in these slides, which axe s® steep that the heavy rock starts to move on small provocation. Black Mountain, like the rest of the Tucson Range, is very dry. It stands on a plain much lower than the Mineral Hill group and higher than Tucson. The station where Sonorella was collected we would roughly estimate as 3,200 or 3,300 feet above the sea. Sonorella eremita n. sp. PI. VIII, figs. 7 to 7e. The shell is globose-depressed, umbilicate (the width of umbilicus contained about 6^ times in the diameter of shell), more solid than other species of the same region, glossy, pinkish buff, fading to nearly white around the umbilicus, and having a chestnut-brown shoulder band, without noticeable light borders. The embryonic shell, of about 1| whorls, has strongly developed sculpture of the hachitana type. The initial half-whorl has some radial ripples or wrinkles; then there appears a series of long, protractive threads on the outer two-thirds, meeting shorter forwardly ascending threads on the inner third; the intervals occupied by short radial impressions. The threads are subject to more or less interruption, particularly on the greatest convexity of the whorl. The later whorls are marked with very fine, unequal growth-lines. The spire is very low, conoidal. Whorls 4|, moderately convex, the last slowly descending in front. The oblique aperture is rounded, but slightly wider than high. Peristome slightly expanded above, the outer and basal margins expanding more, slightly thickened, the margins converging, connected by a very thin parietal film. Alt. 11.9, diam. 19.3 mm.; umbilicus 3 mm. West end of San Xavier Hill, Mineral Hill group, about 20 miles' S. S. W. of Tucson, Pima Go., Arizona. Types No. 112,161, A. N. S. P., collected by Pilsbry and Daniels, 1910. Topotypes in col- lections of Ferriss and Daniels. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405 The top of the head is gray, integument elsewhere cream-tinted. The median area of the sole is whitish, twice as wide as either side area, the latter flesh-tinted. The genitalia (PI. XIII, figs. 2, 10). — Penis very small and slender, having a very short, weak basal sheath of a few loose fibres. The papilla is coarsely annulated, very slender and long. The penis- retractor muscle is inserted on the epiphallus, which is extremely slender, not so wide as the vas deferens, but enlarged a trifle where it joins the latter. There is no flagellum. Female organs as usual. Jaw having four or five unequal ribs, sometimes rather weak (PI. XIII, figs. 6, 6a). MiNffiAL HILL OuTLlNC oe San X/wier Hill from west, Jo^oR£■ll/^ STATION IN CENTER. SoNOKLLA- San XAvieR Hill Fig. 7. — Plan of the Mineral Hills, scale 2 inches to a mile, with sketch of the type locality of Sonorella eremita. In the genitalia, as well as the shell, this species resembles S. papagorum, but it differs by having a smaller penis and by the very slender epiphallus, which is actually smaller than the vas deferens in several specimens dissected. In S. tumamocensis the penis is very much longer. The shell is smaller than S. popagorum, with far more strongly developed apical scidpture than in any other species of this cUstrict. It is also more solid, and, having an aspect of its own, is not likely to be confused with any other Sonorella knoA\Ti to us. The size is quite variable: 406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juil? Alt. 12.7, diam. 21.3 mm.; whorls 4|. " 9.9, " 17 " 9, " 16 " " 41. There was a scalariform specimen among the bones. It measures 13.3 mm. high, 16.6 wide. The normal height for a shell of this diameter should be about 9.5 mm. The Mineral Hill group. Twin Buttes and Tinaja Hills are much degraded outliers of the Sierrita Mountains. Only the Mineral Hill group has been worked for land snails, though all doubtless have Sonorellas — and very little else. The Mineral Hills are about 20 miles west of south from Tucson and about 7 miles north of the Sierritas.^ They stand at the summit of a long slope, rising about 1,000 feet in ten miles from San Xavier del Bac, on a mesa of perhaps 3,600 feet elevation. The xerophytic vegetation extends over the hills, mesquite, cat-claw, palo verde, ocotillo and sotol being the more conspicuous plants, to which may be added tree cacti on southern slopes, and on the mesa many opun- tias, cylindropuntias and a few barrel cacti and yuccas. The absence of Agave is peculiar. These hills are a favorite resort of rattlesnakes. I got also a coral snake. No mollusks whatever were found on Mineral Hill or Helmet Peak. San Xavier Hill is composed of white subcarboniferous limestone, like the hills south- eastward, except at the western end, which is whitish quartz, with a spur to the north of coarse pinkish-gray granite. There is a depres- sion in this end of the hill, between short, low cliffs of white quartz. The cliff towards the south has partly fallen in a tumble of huge blocks with some smaller stone between them. This talus is perhaps 200 feet long to the last scattered blocks, and at the widest 40 feet wide; its lower end about 200 feet above the mesa. In it we found the Sonorella described above. "Bones" were abundant, but living snails extremely scarce, and confined to the deeper portions of the talus, between the piled-up quartz blocks. The entire range of this species is not much greater than the area occupied by a moderate- sized house. In this insignificant fastness it is making a last stand against extermination. We found no snails in a hill covered with granite boulders about 3 miles north of west from San Xavier Hill. It is possible, though unlikely, that some insignificant colony may exist there. s While there we occupied a comfortable camp at the copper mine of Mr. L. D. Chilson, of Tucson, whose courtesy we would here acknowledge. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407 Sonorella sitiens n. sp. PI. VIII, figs. 5 to 5c. The shell is depressed, umbilicate (the width of umbilicus con- tained nine to ten times in the diameter of the shell), rather thin, cinnamon colored (varying in tone), paler around the umbilicus, encircled by a chestnut-brown band at the shoulder, bordered with a white band above and below. Surface somewhat glossy. The initial fourth of a whorl is smooth; the rest of the embryonic shell has very fine, anastomosing and interrupted radial wrinkles, and on some specimens there are the faintest traces of spiral threads. The neanic and last whorls are marked with delicate growth lines. Spire low; whorls 4|, convex, the last slowly descending in front. Aper- ture oblique, rounded oval. Peristome thin, the upper margin hardly expanded, outer and basal margin, a little expandmg. Alt. 11, cUam. 20 mm.; aperture, alt. 10, diam. 12 mm. The back, top and sides of head are slate colored, the tail and a wide band above the foot edges whitish. Genitalia (PL XIII, fig. 3). — The penis is swollen distally, becoming narrow in its basal half, which is enveloped in a muscular sheath, the outer edge of which is attached to the end of the epiphallus. The penis-papilla is extremely short and wide, cylindric, with a few annular corrugations and a shortly "conic end. The epiphallus is slender, swollen at" its distal end, without trace of a flagellum. The lower part of the vagina is very stout. Other organs as usual. Jaw (PI. XIII, fig. 7) has 8 strong, narrow ribs. Northwestern end of Las Gijas above Las Gijas Mine, Pima Co., Arizona. Types No. 112,158, A. N. S. P., taken by Ferriss and Pilsbry, September 27, 1910. The shell is less solid than S. eremita, the aperture decidedly larger, the umbilicus smaller. The color also is darker. It differs from eremita conspicuously in the genitalia, the penis of S. sitiens being provided with a sheath of half its length, and the papilla being extremely short and stout, while in S. eremita the sheath is repre- sented only by a few loose muscular fibres at the base, and the papilla is very slender and comparatively long. No other Sonorella known has a penis-papilla like that of S. sitiens. Several specimens dissected are entirely similar in genitalia. The spire is very low in most of the specimens, but in one (PI. VIII, fig. 5c) it is more conic. In this shell the white borders of the shoulder band are very narrow. It measures, alt. 12, diam. 18.5 mm., aperture 9.5 mm. high, 10.8 wide. Five other adult shells measure: 408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Alt. 11, diam. 19 mm.; aperture 9.9 x 11.25 mm. " 11.3, " 19 " " 9.9x11 " 10.8, " 18.8 " " 9.9x11 " 10.3, " 18 " " 9.2x10.5 " 10, " 17.8 " '' 9 X 10.3 The most closely related species seems to be S. rowelli. This, however, has a larger penis-papilla and a slightly wider umbilicus. The low and inconspicuous range Las Gijas (the Quartz Hills) lies south of the well-known landmark Cerro Colorado, and west of the northern end of the Tumacacori Range. At the northwest end there is a mine, and a ranch building stands on the bank of a small stream, the Gija Wash. The hill above the mine is strewn with rounded boulders of coarse-grained granite, weathering to angular gravel. Most of the loose rock is too massive to move, so that suitable situations for snails are scarce. We found the first Sonorellas on the slope above the mine. Working up over the rounded top of the hill and along the ridge a half mile south we crossed a low rock dyke, where a few more shells and a large colubrine snake were taken. None were found among the rocks at the head of the canyon east of this ridge. The other hills at this end of the range are rounded, grassy, with little rock. On top there is much sotol, ocotillo, a few cacti, etc. We found the pygmy Agave parvi- flora here. It was not seen elsewhere. In the debris of the Gija Wash we found Thysanophora liornii (Gabb), Zonitoides minuscula (Binn.) and Bifidaria pelleucida hor- deaceUa (Pils.). Measurements of the genitalia of the preceding species are here given together. The species identified as S. roivelli (Nc.) in these Proceedings for 1905 being added for comparison. (C 1 ^ 3. 'a c3 meter hell. iiseum mbcr. C S a c3 bli «t3 si cc l-H Ph & w E > ^ c ^% .s ttitnatuocensis 10 3.7 , 10 Trace 10.7 23.5 17.5 103101 s papagoruni 6 5 7 0.5 7 28.5 23 103099 ,s eremita 4.2 2.9 0 5.5 25 19 103100 it 3.5 4.4 6 7 5 2.7 4 • 4.5 5 0 0 0 0 Trace 6 3.5 5 5 5.3 25 28 (i it H s. sitiens 1 1 2 20 103102 25 20 U s. rowelli, Sanfords.... 5 17 83273 s. rowelli, Patagonia Mts 4 0 4.5 15.4 83268 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 409 Sonorella sitiens arida n. subsp. PI. VIII, figs. 6, 6ct, 66. The shell resembles S. sitiens, but differs in these features: the umbilicus is decidedly wider, its diameter contained 6 to nearly 7 times in that of the shell; the color is paler; the aperture is notice- ably smaller. The embryonic 1| whorls show distinct spirally protractive threads in young individuals. Alt. 10.8, diam. 19 mm.; aperture, alt. 9, cUam. 10.2 mm.; umbihcus 3 mm. Alt. 10, diam. 18.5 mm.; aperture, alt. 9, diam. 10 mm.; umbilicus 3 mm. Alt. 10.25, diam. 19.9 mm.; aperture, alt. 9.9, diam. 11 mm.; umbihcus 2.9 mm. Cerro Colorado, around the base of a conspicuous crag at the south- eastern end of the range. Types No. 112,160, A. N. S. P., collected by Pilsbry and Ferriss, September 28, 1910. The first two measurements are of cotypes from the south side of the crag. The third specimen measured is the only adult shell taken on the north side of the crag, perhaps a hundred feet higher. This form stands very close to S. sitiens, yet the difference in the size of umbilicus is constant in the small series examined; no com- munication between the colonies of Cerro Colorado and Las Gijas can have taken place for a very long period, so that in the present state of our knowledge it seems proper to keep the forms of the two hill-groups subspecifically separate. Unfortunately, no living examples were found, so that the ana- tomical characterization of the subspecies remains to be worked out. The Cerro Colorado ("Red Hill") lies a few hours' travel north of Las Gijas. The northern slopes are grassy and rounded, but west and south it is carved into bold, fantastic crags and pinnacles of dull red rhyolite — a landmark which catches the eye for a long distance. Our work here was brief. Scarcely an hour was spent around a <;rag which stands at the southeastern extremity, about two miles from the Cerro Colorado Mine on the Aravaca Road. Here the Sonorella described above was taken, only a few dead specimens. No doubt, the cliffs westward, higher up, would yield better results, though little can be expected in such a dry situation. Neighboring low crags of milk-white quartz, at a lower level southward, were found barren. Sonorella sitiens comobabiensis n. subsp. The shell is similar to S. sitiens in general shape, its mdth contained about 9 times in the greatest diameter of the shell. It is smaller within, and enlarges more in the last whorl than that of *S. tuma- 410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June^ mocensis, but the enlargement is largely concealed by the overhanging and dilated columellar lip. It is light pinkish cinnamon, fading to white around the umbilicus, usually with a white streak on the last whorl, left by a former resting stage, and with white bands above and below the rather wide chestnut-brown shoulder band. The apical sculpture is of the sitiens type, but some interrupted, descend- ing spiral threads are visible on the best examples; subsequent whorls are lightly marked with growth lines. The aperture is larger than in S. tumamocensis, but less ample than that of *S. vesperus. The peristome expands cUstinctly, though narrowly. Alt. 10.1, diam. 18, longest axis of aperture 10.1 mm. ; 4f whorls. " 10.8, '' 19, " " " " 11.5 " 4f " " 9.7, " 17.4, " '' " " 10.3 " 4| " Comobabi Mountains, at the base of a cliff on the north side of the highest part of the range, elevation about 4,000 feet. Type and paratypes No. 112,252, A. N. S. P., other paratypes in Ferriss col- lection. Also taken in the Cababi Hills, about 10 miles westward, in a slide of volcanic rock on the north side of the highest peak, about 3,000 feet elevation. All were collected by Mr. J. C. Blumer, of Tucson, in the course of botanical exploration. About 120 specimens were collected, some of them showing the surface and color unimpaired, though all were dead shells. We are therefore unable to give any information on the soft parts. The shell is very much like S. sitiens of Las Gijas, further south, and east of the Baboquivari Range; but on account of the wide separation of the localities, it is likely to be subspecifically or even specifically distinct. The Comobabi Mountains form a short range, about 75 miles west of Tucson. The Cababi Hills, immediately west, and the Qui-i-tomoc Hills, a short distance south, are parts of the same group. It is evidently rich in shells, as Mr. Blumer found *S. s. comobahiensis on the highest peaks (near the south end) of both Comobabi and Cababi, and a form which we cannot distinguish from S. vespertina on the north side of the largest peak of the Qui-i- tomoc Hills. Somewhere in the Cababi Mountains, the exact location not given, Mr. Frank Cole collected two forms, which we provision- ally refer to *S. ashmuni as varieties; one of them is the largest Sonorella known. Sonorella ashmuni capax n. subsp. PI. X, figs. 7, 7a, 7b. The shell is umbilicate, the umbilicus very narrow within, but in the last half -whorl widening to about three times its former width, 1915. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41 L oblong, contained between seven and eight times in the diameter of the shell. Avellaneous in color, paler around the umbilicus and slightly so on both sides of the chestnut-brown shoulder band. Sur- face glossy, lightly striate, the embryonic shell of If whorls \vith S. hachitana sculpture. Whorls 5, slowly widening, the last whorl very broad and capacious,, rather strongly descending to the aperture. The aperture is very large, obhque, the peristome well expanded except near the upper termination; margins converging, joined by a thin callus. Alt. 15.7, diam. 28.4 mm.; umbiUcus 3.7 mm.; aperture 16.4 mm. wide, 13.7 high. Cababi Mountains (about 75 miles west of Tucson), collected by Frank Cole, March, 1915. Type No. 112,253, A. N. S. P., cotypes in Ferriss collection. This is one of the largest species, very much resembling aS. ashmuni Bartsch, from Richinbar, Yavapai Co., which has a slightly smaller aperture. As the localities are several hundred miles apart and separated by the depression of the Gila River, they will probably turn out to be distinct when the genitalia of both are examined; but as no differences which could reasonably be called specific appear in a close comparison of the types, we rank the southern form as a subspecies. The nine specimens collected measure 28.4, 27.9, 27.8, 25.5, 24.8, 24.6, 24.5, 24, 23.9 mm. diameter, being therefore variable in size. Sonorella ashmuni ambigua n. subsp. PL X, figs. 6, 6a, 66. The shell is smaher than S. a. capox (diameter 20.9 to 23.4 mm.) with the last whorl widening somewhat less, the aperture more rounded. Alt. 13.5, diam. 22.5 mm.; umbilicus 3 mm.; aperture 12.2 mm. wide, 11 high. Whorls 4^. Cababi Mountains; No. 112,254 sent with the preceding, but whether collected in the same place is not known. They were taken in March, 1914, by Mr. Frank Cole, Mr. Ferriss' guide in 1913. Thirty-two specimens measure as follows in diameter: 20.9, 21 (2), 21.1, 21.3 (2), 21.4 (2), 21.5, 21.6 (2), 21.7 (2), 21.8, 22 (5), 22.2 (2), 22.3, 22.4, 22.5 (3), 22.6, 22.7, 23, 23.2, 23.3, 23.4. We are in some doubt about the status of this form, but it is readily separable from S. a. capax in the series seen. The genitalia when examined will no doubt clear up the uncertainty. 412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, VI. The Baboquivari Mountains. We had not intended at first to visit the Baboquivaris. From our camp, above 7,000 feet in the Santa Ritas, the long ridge, sixty miles distant, bounded the western horizon. We could see the wonderful obehsk of Baboquivari Peak catch the morning sun while the great valley between slept in dusk. At evening it stood silhouetted, velvet black, between the purple valley and flaming sky. To visit this range, beyond which there is no water, became an obsession, and finally we made the two-day journey by wagon, camping midway on Sopori Creek, where there was a little stagnant water for the horses. The Baboquivari Range is a single, long, north and south ridge with numerous short lateral spurs. Its chief landmark, Baboquivari Peak, is a huge obelisk of dull red rhyolite, standing on the main axis of the range, flat topped, its sides practically vertical. The foothills and lower slopes of the range have many barrel cacti, opuntias, agaves, very few giant cacti. The lower courses of the canyons are green with mesquite and cat-claw. The higher moun- tains are grassy and lack large cacti; only a flat Mamillaria and the little rainbow cactus were noticed. There is some scattering oak, size of a peach tree, on western and northern slopes, and very few stunted pinyons around the high crags. The herbaceous plants are chiefly the same as in the Santa Ritas. Sycamore Canyon has a richer sylva — buttonwood, walnut, hackberry, a fine dark-leaved species of oak, etc. There is water in Oro Fino and Sycamore Canyons, and we found some also near the head of Thomas Canyon, about half a mile below the peak. Near the mouth of Sycamore there was in 1910 a foresters' house (which we occupied), a corral and a pump. Much further up there is running water. Our collect- ing stations, enumerated below, are shown on the accompanying sketch map.^ The following collecting stations were found: Station 21. Mt. Mildred, north side of the butte at summit of the talus slope. 5 We are indebted to Professor R. H. Forbes, of the University of Arizona, for information correcting the names we had heard of the canyons. Sycamore Canyon is also known as Brown's or Wasson and Brown's Canyon. Sabino Otero has for many years ranged cattle in this canyon, and from this some persons have called it Otero Canyon. We were also given the name Baboquivari Canyon for Oro Fino Canyon. No topographic maj) has been published, so that hasty note-book sketches made by one of us in course of a long day's tramp from Oro Fino Canyon to the Peak and down to camp in Sycamore Canyon, have been utilized to locate our type localities. 1915.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 413 SYCAMORE CANYON 31 a Cabin and. corral (CO'Tn.p) BabofjuiVarli' Peak Cavi^on Fig. 8. — Map of a section of the Baboqiiivari Range, to show type locahties and other collecting stations. 414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juue, Station 22. Low crags in the northern part of Oro Fino Canyon. Station 23. Crags on the southern rim of the northern branch of Thomas Canyon. Station 24. West side of the main ridge near summit, south of Baboquivari Peak. Vitrea indentaia umbilicata and Sonorella vespertina. Station 25. East side of ridge, about' half a mile from the peak. Station 26. Near the southwestern head of Sycamore Canyon, l^etween one and two hundred yards below the summit of the Thomas- Sycamore ridge, in a rock "sUde." Station 27. About 1,000 feet below Station 26, near the bottom of the canyon. Station 28. Not far below Station 27. Station 29. Bed of upper Sycamore Canj^on, about a mile above the foresters' cabin, and not far above the clam. Station 30. Creek in Sycamore Canyon (a small Physa, not determined with certainty, was the only fresh-water shell found at this station). Station 31. Sycamore Canyon, about 3 miles up its bed, and f mile up a southwestern branch ravine. Succinea avara Say and Sonorella baboquivariensis only. Sonorella vespertina n- sp. PI. X, figs. 5. 5a, 56. The shell is uml^ilicate (width of umbilicus contained 9 or 10 times in diameter of the shell) ; cinnamon, fading to whitish around the umbilicus, and with white bands above and below the chestnut- brown shoulder band. Surface glossy, the initial half-whorl having some radial wrinkles, the rest of the embryonic shell without any ■distinct sculpture, though there is some extremely indistinct radial roughness, stronger near the suture. In fresh young shells of 2| whorls the surface of the last embryonic and first neanic whorls is densely set with very short hairs, extending also over the base. These are fugacious, lost with further growth. The later whorls are marked with the usual growth lines. Whorls 4|, the last rapidly widening, rather steeply descending close to the aperture. Peristome narrowly expanded on the outer and basal margins, dilated and reflexed at the columellar insertion. Height 11, cUam. 19.8 mm. (tvpe). " 11.3, " 20 " 10, " 18 " 4i whorls. Genitalia (PI. XIII, fig. 9). — The penis is very small and tapers distally to the epiphallus, the long penial retractor being inserted on the latter. The flagellum (fl.) is represented by a minute bud or a slight swelling. The penis-papilla (fig. 9, pp.) is slender, tapering, 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415 and weakly annular. The vagina is slender and long. Free vas ■deferens very long. The organs of two individuals measure: Penis. Papilla. Epiphallus. Vagina. 3.2 2.5 5.5 5.5 mm. 3 2.5 7 5.5 mm. Baboquivari ^Mountains, at Station 24, on the west side of the ridge, close to the summit, a half-mile south of Baboquivari Peak. Type No. 111,554, A. N. S. P., topotypes in collections of Ferriss and Daniels. Also on the north side of the highest peak of the Qui-i-tomoc Hills, J. C. Blumer. This species is readily distinguished from S. haboquivariensis by the wider umbilicus, smaller aperture, the shorter, steeper descent •of the last whorl to the aperture, and the absence of distinct sculpture on the embryonic whorl; also by the very different genitalia. By the small penis and slender, tapering penis-papilla, S. vespertina is closely related to S. timiamocensis and S. eremita. In shell charac- ters it comes very close to *S. sitiens, which differs by the form of its penis-papilla. S. vespertina was found at our only collecting station west of the summit of the range, but it occurred there in considerable abundance. Over 100 living individuals and numerous "bones" were taken by two of us in about three-quarters of an hour, in the course of our tramp from camp in Oro Fino Canyon to the peak and down to camp in Sycamore Canyon. The specimens taken in the Qui-i-tomoc Hills have not been dis- sected, but we cannot distinguish the shells from the Baboquivari vespertina. Sonorella baboquivariensis n. sp. PI. X, figs, l to 2b. The shell is very narrowly umbilicate, globose-depressed, thin, glossy, cinnamon or sayal brown, fading or whitish around the umbilicus and on both sides of the broad chestnut-brown shoulder band. First third of a whorl smooth, the following whorl with. sculpture of irregular radial wrinkles, over which run spiral, slowly descending, irregular threads ; later whorls marked with fine growth lines as usual. Whorls 4^, the last very wdde, its last fourth slowly and rather deeply descending. The aperture is very large, strongly oblique. Peristome narrowly expanding throughout, the columellar margin brown-edged, broadly dilated and refiexed half over the um- bilicus. The parietal callus has an opaque, pale browm edge. Height 13.2, cham. 21 mm. Genitalia (PI. XHI, fig. 1). — The penis is long, the distal fourth 416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, enlarged, the rest slender. The basal third or less is sheathed, the sheath composed of firm, circular muscles. The papilla (fig. 1, pp.) is cylindric, with a conic, glancUform end. The retractor muscle is inserted on the epiphallus, which is nearly as long as the penis, and bears a short flagellum. The vagina is about three-fourths as long as the penis. In two individuals the organs measure, in mm. : Sta- tion. Penis. Papilla. Epiphal- lus. Flagel- lum. ■rr • Diam. \agma. ; ^j^^jj 25 I 12 22 10 3 2.7 11 8.5 0.75 0.75 9 8.2 21 19 Baboquivari Mountains, the types No. 111,549, A. N. S. P., from Station 25, in the head of Thomas Canyon about half a mile from Baboquivari Peak. Also at Station 23, at the northern bases of crags at summit of the spur which divides Thomas Canyon. In Sycamore Canyon, at Station 26, in a slide on the ridge of the head branch, about 300 feet or more below the summit; Station 27, about 1,000 feet lower, near bed of canyon; Station 28, still lower, and Station 31, further down the canyon, low on the south side. In Oro Fino Canyon it was taken at Station 21, at the foot of the cliffs on north side of Mount Mildred, a conspicuous butte at the southern side of the mouth of the canyon; also Station 22, among low crags near the north side of the canyon. This is the common species of the Baboquivaris throughout the short section of the range which we explored. It is distinguished by having a larger aperture than any other Sonorella known. The rather long penis with a strong basal sheath and a papilla of very peculiar and characteristic shape are diagnostic of the soft anatomy, and confirmed in a number of individuals from several stations. All of the stations are on the eastern watershed of the range. The only collecting station on the western slope (24) had a quite different Sonorella, *S. vespertina. The size is smaller in Oro Fino Canyon. At Station 22 the shells are decidedly more solid and more opaque than the types. Height 12, diam. 18 mm. to height 13, diam. 19.5 mm.; 4| whorls. Soft anatomy is typical. Specimens from high on the ridge near the head of Sycamore Can- yon, Station 26, are also rather small, diam. 18 to 19.3 mm. Near the bottom of the canyon, at Station 27, the shells measure 19 to PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 191.5. PLATE VIII. PILSBRY AND FERRISS: MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1915. PLATE IX. la lb 2b 4b V %^^ 7a 6a .Jaccard, Paul: Nouvelles Recherches sur la Distribution Florale. BulLSoc. Vaud. des Sci. Nat., XLIV, 259, 1908. ■" Hall, Harvey and Charlotte C: A Yosemite Flora, 1912. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 423 plants in Hall's Yosemite Flora, we get, omitting the grasses, sedges, rushes and varietal forms, a total of 741 species and 311 genera ^^^th a generic coefficient of 41.9 per cent. If the omissions are supplied, Hall estimates that there would be not less than 1200 species in the park area of 1124 square miles. The selection of regions of greater physiographic diversity, than those which we have discussed, brings out some interesting facts. It shows that our study is a comparative one, as we have contrasted areas such as Point Pelee and the Florida Keys with regions of somewhat greater diversity, such as Jackson County, Missouri and the Yosemite National Park, California. A greater contrast is seen when we compare the Yosemite region of considerable diversifica- tion of topography Avith regions of even greater natural environ- mental conditions. The flora of the State of Connecticut,^- which has a great variety of soils, slope exposures, river systems and tidal estuaries, includes 621 genera and 1942 species, so that the generic coefficient is 31.9 per cent. As a close approximation to this coefficient yielded by a flora at about the same latitude and not far removed geographically, we have the flora of the vicinity of New York. In his monograph, Taylor^^ lists 830 genera and 2651 species of plants. The physi- ography of the New York region includes salt marshes, estuaries, sea beaches, large river systems, mountains, as the Catskills and the Poconos, sandy country, as the pine-barrens of New Jersey, and morainic deposits in Long Island and elsewhere. Hence we find the percentage 31.3 per cent, to be an expression of that diversity. The flora of a great state like Pennsylvania,'^ with all kinds of soils, river systems, lakes, bogs, mountain systems and plateaus, might be expected to give a low generic coefficient, and we find on counting that there are 680 genera and 2275 species of ferns and seed plants, so that the coefficient is 29.8 per cent. Consulting the Flora of Tennessee, by Gattinger, published in 1901, we find that for that state, with a high and ancient system of mountains in its eastern end, that there are 755 genera and 2218 species of plants, a considerable number less than in Pennsylvania, and that the generic coefficient of the Tennessee flora is 34 per cent. The plant life of Alabama'^ as concerns the pteridophytes and 12 Committee Conn. Bot. Soc. Catalogue of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of Connecticut, 1910. '2 Taylor, Norman: Flora of the Vicinity of New York, 1915. '* Small, John K.: Flora of Pennsylvania, by Thomas C. Porter, 1903. '5 Mohr, Charles: Plant Life of Alabama, 1901. 424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julv, spermaphytes, in a region of great physiographic diversity comprises 822 genera and 2502 species, yielding a generic coefficient of 32.8 per cent. However, if we use Coulter and Nelson's New Manual of Botany of the Central Rocky Mountains (1909), we find that 23.7 per cent, is the generic coefficient for that region where the diversity of land configuration is great and where the ecologic conditions present striking differences. There are listed in this manual 649 genera and 2733 species. The differences presented by the generic coefficients of different countries is illustrated by reference to the Flora of the State of Washington, by Charles V. Piper (1906), and by an enumeration of the genera and species given in Jepson's Flora of Western Middle California (1901). The first work gives 614 genera and 2279 species, as the richness of the Washington flora, while Jepson's book includes 421 genera and 1449 species. The generic coefficient for the flora of Washington was determined to be 26.9 per cent, and for that of western middle California 29 per cent. In such regions as the Appalachian Mountains, which represent an ancient upheaval, and are covered with a deciduous forest, which has occupied the region since the Miocene, the chronologic factor must be considered as one of the factors influencing the numerical richness of the flora. This fact is also illustrated in California, where the diversity of the coast flora in endemic types, as contrasted with that of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, is linked intimately with the past geologic history of the country. Although possessing many species in common, the flora of the coast ranges of California Is decidedly different from that of the Sierra Nevada. Jepson regards the flora of the California coast ranges as a decidedly endemic one, much older and more unique than that of the Sierra Nevada. An examination of a list of plants peculiar to the coast ranges and the Sierra Nevada will show that the coast ranges lack those northern genera which we may call boreal-alpine, while the list of genera found in the Sierra Nevada includes such boreal-alpine genera as Bryanthus, Cassiope, Sibbaldia. This difference at once emphasizes the fact, that to explain the floral diversity and the generic coefficient, we must emphasize not only present conditions of physiography as effective, but we must study the geologic history of the region as \vell, as the past distribution and past successional phases of the land and water plants. Before summarizing, it is important to give a few additional 1915.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 425 comparative figures. Small includes in his Flora of the South- eastern United States (1913), 6364 species and 1494 genera, giving a generic coefficient of 23 per cent. The total number of genera and species in Gray's ManuaP^ is 821 genera and 3413 species, or 24 per cent., for the British flora 734 genera and 2964 species, or 24 per cent., and for Switzerland 659 genera and 2453 species, or 27 per cent. If we place in sequence the numbers which we have given above, it becomes evident that we can arrange our regions so that we dis- cover that no two places are alike with respect to the diversity of the physiographic conditions. Generic Region. Species. Genera. Coefficienr. Point Pelee, Ontario 623 466 74.7 per cent Florida Keys 533 346 65 Miami, Florida 796 466 .59 Hartsville, South Carolina 628 344 54.6 " Altamaha Grit Region, Georgia 797 404 50 Pine Barrens, New Jersey 555 250 45 Jackson County, Missouri 1141 500 43.8 Lancaster County, Pennsylvania 1464 617 42.1 "■ Yosemite National Park (incomplete) 741 311 41.9 " Upper Susquehanna 1105 462 41.8 Columbia, Missouri 1058 435 41.1 Tennessee 628 344 34 Alabama 2.502 822 32.8 Connecticut 1942 621 31.9 New York and vicinity 2038 830 31.3 Pennsylvania 2275 680 29.8 Switzerland : 24.53 659 27 State of Washington 2219 614 26.9 Colorado 2912 702 24.1 Northeastern United States 3413 821 24 Great Britain (Druce) 2964 734 24 Central Rocky Mountains 2733 649 23.7 Southeastern United States 6364 1494 23 The figures of this table are a partial confirmation of Jaccard'.s^ law of plant distribution, applied for the first time to a statistic .study of the American flora. It seems, therefore, ''that the generic coefficient is inversely proportional to the diversity of ecologie conditions." Such regions as the central, northeastern and south- eastern United States, central Rocky Mountains, Great Britain, and Switzerland have ecologie conditions of the greatest diversity, and hence low generic coefficients, while the Pelee region, the Miami region and that of the Florida Keys with fairly uniform physiography have relatively high generic coefficients. '« Robinson, B. L., and Fernald, M. L.: A Handbook of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of the Central and Northeastern United States and Adjacent Canada, 1908. 426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug... AN ARRANGEMENT OF MINERALS ACCORDING TO THEIR OCCURRENCE.^ BY EDGAR T. WHERRY AND SAMUEL G. GORDON. In the preparation of a catalog of the minerals of Pennsylvania, upon which the writers have been engaged for some time, a system- atic plan for listing the minerals under each locality has proved desirable. The standard classification, as used by Dana, being unsatis- factory for this purpose, in that it is based on chemico-crystallographic features, and represents a laboratory rather than a field system, a new arrangement, based on occurrence and genetic relationships, has been worked out. The principles applied require little discussion. The types of mineral occurrence are classified on the basis of chemical and geo- logical relations, the chief criterion for subdivision being dissimilarity in mineral content. Thus, granite is not separated from syenite, since both are made up of essentially the same minerals; but low- alkali syenites are separated from those high in alkalies because quite different minerals develop in the two. The various sub- divisions are not sharply defined, but grade ijnto one another, so that rather arbitrary lines must be drawn between them; for example, certain types of veins, such as the tourmaliniferous copper veins, might with equal right be classed with either pneumatolytic veins or hydrothermal deposits, and their minerals are here arbitrarily placed in the former class. However, every effort has been made to minimize difficulties of this sort by making the subdivisions as comprehensive as possible. In arranging the minerals in each division, Dana's order has been more or less closely followed. Rather than coin new names for the several subdivisions of this scheme of classification, we have employed terms in common use, even though they are not altogether appropriate. Thus "hydro- thermal" is used for mineral veins, as is customary with economic geologists, although it is recognized that pegmatites and, for that matter, even ig-neous rocks, have about as much right to this term, since both water and heat contribute to their formation. The terms silicic, alkalic, calcic, and magnesic for the chemical subdivisions are intended to indicate only the prominence of the respective con- ' Presented at the meeting of the Mineralogical and Geological Section of the Academy, December 14, 1914. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427 stituents, and not to have a strict quantitative significance, although in general the ''silicic" rocks contain more than 45% Si02, while in the other three over 7.5% of the oxides to which the name of each refers i& usually present. The classification has been extended to about 800 mineral species, some rarf! minerals being necessarily omitted because of lack of information as to their occurrence, although it is to be expected that many additions to the lists will prove necessary as our knowledge of mineral associations advances. Much of the data has been obtained from recent works, especiallj^ those of Lindgren,- Emmons,^ and Rogers.* SYNOPSIS OF THE CLASSIFICATION I. Magmatic Phenomena 1. Igneous rocks A. Silicic (comprising acidic and intermediate, but excluding alkalic, of the usual classifications) B. Alkalic (alkali-syenites and similar rocks) C. Calcic (the basic rocks) D. Magnesic (the ultra-basic rocks) Each of the above divisions is subdivided as follows : a. Primary b. Metamorphosed c. Weathered 2. Pegmatites (including pneumatolytic veins and many quartz veins) A. Sihcic B. Alkalic C. Calcic Each of the above divisions i& subdivided as follows : a. Primary b. Metamorphosed c. Weathered 3. Hydrothermal deposits (the majority of mineral veins, including contact deposits) (No chemical subdivision practicable) a. Primary b. Metamorphosed (including secondarily enriched) c. Weathered ■■' Econ. Geol., Vol. 2, p. 105, 1907. ^Ecou. Geol., Vol. 3, p. 611, 1908. *Econ. Geol., Vol. 7, p. 638, 1912. 428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., 4. Fumerolic deposits (No chemical or historical subdivision practicable) II. Sedimentary Phenomena 1. Sediments A. Siliceous (including argillaceous) B. Calcareous (including magnesian) C. Ferruginous (including manganiferous and zinciferous) D. Saline E. Phosphatic F. Carbonaceous Each of the above divisions is subdivided as follows: a. Primary b. Metamorphosed c. Weathered The Classification Applied to Minerals I. 1. A. Silicic Igneous Rocks a. Primary Silicon oxides: Feldspars ; orthoclases : plagioclases : Metasilicates ; pyroxenes : amphiboles : miscellaneous : Orthosilicates : garnets : chrysolites : epidotes : micas: boro- : fluo-: rare-earth- : Phosphates; fluo-: rare-earth- : Halides; fluorides: Oxides; 2: 3: 1:2: double; spinels: quartz, tridymite orthoclase, anorthoclase, micro- cline albite, oligoclase augite; spodumene; rhodonite hornblende iolite almandite, andradite fayalite epidote, allanite muscovite, biotite axinite; black tourmaline; duuKjr- tierite topaz zircon; gadolinite; titanite apatite monazite, xenotime fluorite corundum, hematite rutile, cassiterite spinel (ceylonite), magnetite 1915. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 429 Oxides; double; rare-earth-: ilmenite, pseudobrookite Sulfides; nonmetallic: molybdenite metallic : pyrite ; chalcopyrite Elements; nonmetallic: graphite metallic : gold b. Metamorphosed (additional to those of a, which may be recrystal- lized by metamorphism) Orthosilicates; epidotes: zoisite, piedmontite hydroxy-: . chlorite (many varieties) ; kaolinite Sulfates; hydroxy-: alunite Oxides; 1:2: brookite, octahedrite hydroxy-: diaspore c. Weathered Silicon oxides: quartz, chalcedony, opal Orthosilicates; hydroxy-: chlorite (many varieties); vermic- ulite (many varieties); kaolin- ite, chloropal, allophanite Sulfates; hydrous-: alunogen, halotrichite hydroxy- : jarosite Phosphates ; hydroxy- : turquois Oxides; hydroxy-: bauxite, limonite, manganite, wad Hydroxides : gibbsite I. 1. B. Alkalic Igneous Rocks a. Primary Silicon oxides: Feldspars; orthoclases: plagioclases: Metasilicates; leucites: pyroxenes : amphiboles : rare-earth-: Orthosilicates; garnets: nephelites : sodalites : melilites : micas : rare-earth- : (quartz) orthoclase, anorthoclase, micro- cline albite, oligoclase, andesine leucite acmite, segirite hornblende, arfvedsonite, barke- vikite, riebeckite, enigmatite lovenite andradite nephelite, cancrinite sodalite, hauynite, noseUte melilite biotite zircon 430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., Orthosilicates; hydrous: Phosphates; fluo- and chloro-: Halides; fluorides: Oxides; double; spinels: rare-earth-: b. Metamorphosed (additional to Orthosilicates; miscellaneous: micas : hydroxy- : Oxides; 1:2: hydroxy-: c. Weathered Silicates; hydroxy-; zeolites: misc. : Oxides; hydroxy-: Hydroxides : analcite apatite villiaumite, fluorite spinel (ceylonite) magnetite ilmenite, perovskite those of a) ilvaite muscovite chlorite (many varieties) rutile diaspore hydronephelite, natrolite, thomson- ite kaolinite bauxite; limonite gibbsite I. 1. C. Calcic Igneous Rocks a. Primary Silicon oxides: Feldspars; orthoclases: plagioclases : Metasihcates; pyroxenes: amphiboles : hydrous- : Orthosilicates; garnets: chrysolites : melilites : epi dotes: micas : rare-earth-: Phosphates; fluo- and chloro- Oxides; 1:2: double; spinels: rare-earth- : Sulfides; 1:1: miscellaneous: Elements; nonmetallic: metallic: quartz orthoclase oligoclase, andesine, labradorite, bytownite, anorthite enstatite, hypersthene; diopside, augite; babingtonite hornblende; enigmatite, rhonite analcite andradite forsterite, olivine melilite epidote biotite titanite apatite rutile magnetite ilmenite ; perovskite pyrrhotite, pentlandite pyrite; chalcopyrite graphite iron 1915.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 431 b. Metamorphosed (additional Acid silicates; hydrous: Metasilicates ; amphiboles: hydrous: Orthosilicates; epidotes: boro- : hydrous : Carbonates : Sulfates : Silicate-sulfate-carbonates : Oxides; 2: 3: Sulfides; 1:1: Elements; metallic: c. Weathered Oxides; hydroxy-: Hydroxides : Silicates; hydroxy-: to those of a)^ ptilolite, mordenite griinerite, glaucophanite pectolite; okenite, gyrolite, apo- phyllite; heulandite, brewsterite, epistilbite, phillipsite, harmo- tome, stilbite, gismondite, lau- montite, laubanite, chabazite, gmelinite, levynite, faujasite, eding-tonite, natrolite, mesolite, scolecite, zeophyllite zoisite, piedmontite datolite thomsonite, hydronephelite; law- sonite; prehnite calcite, aragonite anhydrite; gypsum thaumasite hematite galena, sphalerite copper, silver limonite, bauxite gibbsite chlorite (many varieties) , kaolinite I. 1. D. Magnesic Igneous Rocks a. Primary Feldspars ; orthoclases : plagioclases : Metasilicates; pyroxenes: Orthosilicates; garnets: chrysolites : Oxides; 2:3: double; spinels: rare-earth- : Sulfides and arsenides ; 1 : 1 : misc. (orthoclase) labradorite, bytownite enstatite, hypersthene, augite andradite, pyrope, uvarovite olivine, knebelite corundum spinel (picotite), magnetite, chro- mite ilmenite; perovskite pyrrhotite, niccolite sperrylite, chalcopyrite * Zeolite veins are regarded as belonging here. 432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., Elements; nonmetallic: metallic : diamond, graphite iron, nickel, palladium, osmium, iridium, iridosmine, platinum b. Metamorphosed (additional to those of a) Metasilicates; pyroxenes: amphiboles : hydroxy : Orthosihcates; epidotes: oxy-: micas : hydroxy- : Carbonates : Oxides; 2:3: double; spinels: €. Weathered Silicon oxides: Orthosihcates; hydroxy-: hydrous- : Oxides; hydroxy-: Hydroxides : Carbonates; calcites: hydrous : jadeite anthophyllite; tremolite, asbestus, actinolite, hornblende talc epidote sillimanite muscovite, margarite chlorite (many varieties), serpen- tine, deweylite, sepiolite calcite, dolomite, ankerite corundum magnetite quartz, chalcedony, opal chloropal, genthite allophanite limonite, diaspore brucite calcite, magnesite hydromagnesite, zaratite, reming- tonite Note.- — Meteorites would be included here. I. 2. A. Silicic Pegmatites a. Primary Silicon oxides: Acid sihcates: Feldspars; orthoclases: plagioclases : Metasilicates; pyroxenes: amphiboles : miscellaneous : Orthosihcates; garnets: helvites : scapolites : quartz petalite, milarite microcline, anorthoclase albite, oligoclase augite; spodumene; rhodonite actinolite, hornblende beryl, iolite, poUucite almandite, andradite, spessartite, pyrope helvite, eulytite wernerite 1915.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 433' Orthosilicates; phenakites: phenakite boro- : datolite, axiiiite, tourmaline, dumortierite fluo-: topaz oxy-: andalusite, silUmanite, cyanite, grandidierite epidotes : zoisite, epidote, allanite misc.: euclase, carpholite micas : lepidolite, paragonite, muscovite; zinnwaldite, biotite rare-earth- : thorite, zircon, mackintoshite, gadolinite, yttrialite, thalenite, hellandite hydrous : chabazite, stilbite Carbonates; calcites: calcite, rhodochrosite, siderite fluo-: parisite Phosphates : rare-earth- : monazite, xenotime alkaH-heavy- metal : graftonite, triphyllite. lithio- philite fluo-: apatite, triplite, amblygonite hydroxy-: hamlinite, childrenite Columbates; isometric: hatchettolite, microlite tetragonal : fergusonite, tapiolite, mossite orthorhombic : columbite, tantalite, eschynite, polycrase, euxenite, samarskite, yttrotantalite Tungstates : wolframite, hiibnerite, scheelite Borates : eremeyevite, rhodizite, hamberg- ite Hahdes; 1:2: fluorite 1:3: fluocerite, yttrocerite, tysonite double : cryolithionite, cryolite, chiolite Oxides; 2: 3: corundum, hematite 1:2: rutile, brookite, cassiterite, tho- rianite, uraninite double; spinels: spinel, magnetite, gahnite rare-earth : ilmenite miscellaneous: chrysoberyl, bixbyite Sulfides; nonmetallic: molybdenite metallic; 2:3: stibnite, bismuthinite 28 434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., sphalerite, galena, pyrrhotite pyrite, arsenopyrite chalcopyrite, bornite, stannite graphite bismuth, gold b. Metamorphosed (additional to a) Orthosilicates; nephelites: eucryptite Sulfides; metallic ; 1 : 1 : 1:2: double: Elements; nonmetallic: metallic : epidotes : misc.: hydrous : Phosphates; hydroxy: hydrous : Halides; single: double : «. Weathered Silicon oxides: OrthosiUcates; hydroxy: hydrous : Carbonates; anhydrous: hydrous : fluo-: Oxides; hydroxy-: Columbates : Phosphates : Sulfates : a. Primary Silicon oxides: Acid silicates: zoisite bertrandite pyrophyllite natrophilite, beryllonite, herder- ite, triploidite, hureauhte dickinsonite, fiUowite, fairfieldite, reddingite, eosphorite fluellite pachnolite, thomsenolite, proso- pite, ralstonite, gearksutite opal (hyalite) cookeite, chlorite, vermiculite, kaolinite montmorillonite, uranophane bismutospherite malachite, bismutite, lanthanite, tengerite, uranothallite, liebig- ite, voglite bastnasite limonite, manganite, gummite rogersite purpurite, phosphuranylite, autun- ite, torbernite uranopilite I. 2. B. Alkalic Pegmatites Feldspars; orthoclases: plagioclases: Metasilicates; leucites: (quartz) eudidj^nite, epididymite, leuco- sphenite, narsarsukite microcline albite, oligoclase leucite 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 435 ]\Ietasilicates; pyroxenes: hedenbergite, augite; acmite, segirite; schizolite amphiboles : arfvedsonite, enigmatite rare-earth- : rosenbuschite, lovenite, wohlerite, hiortdahlite ; eudialite, cata- pleiite, cappelenite, melanocer- ite, caryocerite, tritomite, elpidite fluo-: leucophanite, meliphanite Orthosilicates; garnets: andradite nephelites : nephelite; cancrinite sodalites : sodalite, noselite helvites : helvite boro- : datolite, homiUte micas: biotite, lepidomelane, zinnwal- dite, tsenolite rare-earth-: zircon, thorite; schorlomite; titanite; astrophyllite, john- strupite, mosandrite, neptunite, keilhauite, benitoite, lorenzen- ite, rinkite hydrous : cenosite Phosphates; rare-earth-: xenotime Columbates; isometric: pyrochlore, chalcolamprite orthorhombic : polymignite Borates : nordenskioldine Carbonates; calcites: calcite Halides; fluorides: fluorite Oxides; 2: 3: corundum 1:2: baddele\ate double; rare-earth-: ilmenite Sulfides and arsenides: lollingite b. Metamorphosed Silicates; micas: muscovite hydroxy- : chlorite Oxides; 1:2: rutile c. Weathered Silicates; hydroxy-: kaolinite hydrous; zeolites: hydronephelite, analcite, natro- Carbonates; rare-earth fluo- Oxides; hydroxy-: lite, thomsonite ancylite, cordylite bauxite, limonite 436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF I. 2. C. Calcic Pegmatites [Aug., a. Primary Silicon oxides: Feldspars; orthoclases: plagioclases : Metasilicates; pyroxenes: amphiboles : Orthosilicates ; garnets : scapolites : boro- : micas: rare-earth- : Phosphates; fluo- and chloro- Carbonates : Halides; fluorides: Oxides; 1:2: double; spinels: rare-earth-: Sulfides ; nonmetallic : metallic; 1:1 1:2: Elements; nonmetalhc: b. Metamorphosed Sihcates; epidotes: hydroxy- : c. Weathered Silicon oxides: Oxides; hydroxy-: Silicates; hydroxy-: (quartz) microcline albite, oligoclase, labradorite hypersthene; augite hornblende andradite wernerite tourmaline phlogopite, biotite zircon; titanite apatite calcite fluorite rutile magnetite ilmenite molybdenite pyrrhotite pyrite graphite epidote chlorite, kaolinite quartz, chalcedony, opal limonite kaolinite I. 3. Hydrothermal Deposits a. Primary Silicon oxides: quartz, opal Sihcates; feldspars: orthoclase (adularia, valencianite), hyalophane pyroxenes : rhodonite boro- : tourmaline micas: biotite Carbonates ; calcites : calcite, dolomite, ankerite, sider- ite, rhodochrosite miscellaneous: ^v^therite; bromlite 1915. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 437 Sulfates : Tungstates : Halides; fluorides: Oxides: Sulfides, arsenides, etc.; basic; 2: 1 or 1: 1: 2:3: 1:2: double: sulfo-salts; acidic: celestite, barite, gypsum scheelite, hiibnerite, wolframite, ferberite, cuprotungstite fluorite hematite, uraninite, magnetite domeykite, algodonite, whitneyite, horsfordite, dyscrasite, chilen- ite, stiitzite, umangite, rickard- ite, maucherite, temiskamite, joseite, wehrlite argentite, hessite, petzite, galena, clausthalite, aguilarite, altaite, naumannite, berzelianite, lehr- bachite, eucairite, zorgite, crookesite ; chalcocite, stro- meyerite, acanthite; sphalerite, metacinnabarite, tiemannite, onofrite, coloradoite, alaband- . ite; cinnabar, covellite, gree- nockite, wurtzite, millerite, niccolite, breithauptite, pyr- rhotite; realgar; polydymite, beyrichite orpiment, stibnite, bismuthinite, guanajuatite, tetradymite, mel- onite molybdenite; hauerite, pyrite, smaltite, ehloanthite, cobalt- ite, gersdorffite, corynite, ullmannite, sperrylite, laurite, skutterudite, willy amite, mar- casite, lollingite, arsenopyrite, safflorite, rammelsbergite, glau- codotite, alloclasite, kallilite, wolfachite; sylvanite, kren- nerite, nagj'agite bornite, linnaeite, cubanite, carrollite, chalcopyrite, stan- nite; sternbergite, chalmersite; teallite; sulvanite livingstonite, guejarite, chiviatite, cuprobismutite, rezban^'ite 438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug. Sulfides, arsenides, etc.; sulfo-salts; 1:1: 3:2: 3:1 basic : arsenates, etc. Elements : zinkenite, andorite, sartorite, emplectite, chalcostibite, smith- ite, trechmannite, matildite, galenobismutite, berthierite, hutchinsonite, lorandite, miar- gyrite plagionite, klaprotholite, baum- hauerite, schirmerite, warren- ite, dufrenoysite, cosalite, rathite, schapbachite, jameson- ite, koljellite, brongniardite, semseyite, diaphorite, freiesle- benite bournonite, wittichenite, aikinite, boulangerite, lilianite, stylo- typite, guitermanite, tJapalpite; proustite, pyrargyrite; pyro- stilpmte, rittingerite tennantite, tetrahedrite, jordan- ite, meneghinite, geocronite, stephanite, kilbrickenite, ])ee- gerite, pearcite, polybasite, polyargyrite enargite, famatinite, xantho- conite, epiboulangerite, epi- genite, canfieldite, argyrodite, franckeite, cylindrite arsenic, allemontite, antimony, bismuth, copper, silver, gold b. Metamorphosed: Many of the above minerals are also produced by metamorphism Weathered Silicon oxides: Silicates: hydroxy-: Carbonates; calcites: aragonites : anhydrous- chloro-: quartz, chalcedonj^, opal dioptase, calamine, chrysocolla calcite, siderite, smlthsonite, spherocobaltite aragonite, cerussite bismutospherite phosgenite 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 439 Carbonates; hydroxy-: Phosphates and arsenates; chloro-: hydrous- : hj^lroxy- double UO, Nitrates : Arsenites, antimonites : Uranates : Antimonates : Tungstates : Sulfates; anhydrous: basic (oxy-) : chloro-: hydrous- : malachite, azurite, hydrozincite, aurichalcite, hydrocerussite, bis- mutite, liebigite, voglite pyromorphite,mimetite,vanadinite libethenite, olivenite, adamite, descloizite, brackebuschite, psit- tacinite, dihydrite, erinite, pseudomalachite, clinoclasite, arseniosiderite, atelestite, rosel- ite, triehalcite, hopeite, vivian- ite, erythrite, annabergite, cab- rerite, kottigite, scorodite parahopeite, haidingerite, phar- macolite, forbesite. conichal- cite, bayldonite, tagilite, leucochalcite, euchroite, corn- wallite, tyrolite, chalcophyll- ite, ludlamite, wavellite, liskeardite, pharmacosiderite, mazapilite, liroconite, chene- vixite, chalcosiderite, trogerite, plumbogummite autunite, uranocircite, torber- nite, uranospinite, zeunerite^ walpurgite, rhagite, mixite gerhardtite trippkeite, pitticite uranospherite, gummite bindheimite powellite, stolzite, wulfenite, raspite, molybdite barite, anglesite, crocoite, phoeni- cochroite, vauquelinite lanarkite caracolite, connellite, spangolite, leadhillite gypsum, ilesite, epsoraite, goslarite, morenosite, melanterite, mal- lardite, pisanite, bieberite, chalcanthite, krohnkite, romer- ite, boothite 440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Sulfates; hydroxj^-: [Aug., Tellurates, etc.: Halides; simple: oxy- Oxides; 2: 1: 1: 1: 2:3: 1:2: 1:3: double : hydroxy-: oxy-sulfides : Elements ; nonmetallic metallic : caledonite, brochantite, linarite, langite, herrengrundite, cyano- trichite, serpierite, castanite, copiapite, knoxvillite, utahite, amarantite, fibroferrite, glock- erite, felsobanyite, botryogen, quetenite, zincaluminite montanite, emmonsite, durdenite, chalcomenite calomel, marshite, miersite, nantokite, cerargyrite, embo- lite, bromyrite, iodyrite, cotumiite, cuproiodargyrite matlockite, schwartzembergite, laurionite, paralaurionite, pen- fieldite, daviesite, fiedlerite, atacamite, egglestonite, ter- linguaite, kleinite cuprite manganosite, bunsenite, tenorite, montroydite, massicot arsenolite, senarmontite, clau- detite, valentinite, bismite; hematite tellurite, cervantite, stibiconite, pyrolusite, plattnerite tungstite minium limonite, manganite (inch psilo- melane) kermesite, voltzite sulfur, arsenic gold, silver, copper, mercury, amalgam I. 4. FuMEROLic Deposits (All primary) Arsenates: scorodite Sulfates; anhydrous: mascagnite, aphthitalite, hydro- cyanite, anglesite, dolero- phanite, palmierite 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 441 Sulfates; hydrous: Halides; anhydrous: oxy-: hydrous : Oxides ; 1 : 1 : 2:3: double : Hydroxides : Sulfides: Elements: epsomite, boussingaultite, mira- bilite, gypsum, picromerite, cyanochroite, coquimbite, alun- ogen, voltaite, metavoltine halite, sylvite, sal-ammoniac, hydrophilite, chloromagnesite, scacchite, molysite, hieratite, cotunnite matlockite, nocerite kremersite, erythrosiderite tenorite, massicot hematite magnesioferrite sassolite realgar, cinnabar, hauerite sulfur, selen-sulfur II. 1. A. Siliceous (and Argillaceous) Sediments a. Primary ' Sihcon oxides : Feldspars: Metasilicates: OrthosiHcates; garnets: olivines : boro-: micas : oxy-: hydroxy-: rare-earth- : misc.: Phosphates ; rare-earth- : fluo-: Antimonates : Oxides; 2: 3: 1:2: double; spinels: rare-earth- Elements; nonmetallic: metallic : quartz, chalcedony orthoclase; albite augite, hornblende almandite olivine tourmaline muscovite, biotite cyanite staurolite, epidote zircon; titanite glauconite monazite, xenotime apatite tripuhyite, lewisite, derbylite corundum, hematite rutile, cassiterite, baddeleyite spinel, magnetite, chromite ilmenite, senaite diamond, graphite copper, silver, gold, palladium, osmium, iridium, platinum 442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [A l'(V b. Metamorphosed Silicon oxides: Feldspars : Metasilicates: Orthosilicates; garnets: boro-: micas: oxy-: epidotes : hydroxy- : rare-earth- : Phosphates; fluo-: Oxides; 2: 3: 1:2: double; spinels: rare-earth- : Sulfides: Elements; nonmetallic: c. Weatherecl Silicates; hydroxy: Sulfates; hydrous: Phosphates, etc.: II. 1. B. Calcareous a. Primary Silicon oxides: Silicates; hydroxy-: Carbonates; calcites: aragonites : Oxides; hydroxy-: Elements : b. Metamorphosed Silicon oxides: Feldspars; orthoclases: plagioclases: MetasiUcates; pyroxenes: quartz orthoclase; microcline; albite hornblende, glaucophanite, crcci- dolite, iolite almandite tourmaline, dumortierite muscovite, paragonite, biotite, chloritoid cyanite, sillimanite, andalusite zoisite, epidote, p'iedmontite staurolite zircon; titanite apatite corundum, hematite rutile spinel, magnetite, hercynite ilmenite pyrite, molybdenite graphite kaolinite alunogen, kalinite, halotrichite, carphosiderite carnotite (and Magnesian) Sediments quartz kaolinite calcite, dolomite, ankerite, siderite aragonite limonite (carbon) quartz hyalophane labradorite, anorthite diopside, hedenliergite, scheffer- ite, augite; wollastonite, rho- donite, babingtonite 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. US Metasilicates; amphiboles: tremolite, edenite, hornblende Orthosilicates : garnets : grossularite, andradite, uvarovite nephelites : kaliophilite, microsommite socialites : lazurite chrysolites : moncicellite, forsterite scapolites : nieionite, wernerite, mizzonite, marialite, sarcolite melilites: melilite, gehlenite, fuggerite vesuvianites : vesuvianite epiclotes : zoisite, epidote hydroxy- : ilvaite boro- : danburite, tourmaline, axinite. serendibite fluo-: prolectite, humite, chondrodite, cHnohumite, cuspidine micas : phlogopite, biotite rare-earth- : zircon; titanite, guarinite hydrous- : chlorites (several varieties), hille- brandite; glauconite, pholi- dolite carbonate- : spurrite Phosphates; fluo-: apatite Columbates : columbite Borates: warwickite, colemanite HaUdes; fluorides:. fluorite Oxides; 1:1: periclasite 2:3: corundum double; spinels: spinel (several varieties), magne- tite rare-earth- : ilmenite Sulfides: pyrrhotite, molybdenite, pyrite Elements ; nonmetallic : graphite, sulfur c. Weathered Sulfates : Carbonates : Nitrates : barite, gypsum calcite, aragonite nitromagnesite, nitrocalcite 11. 1. C. Ferruginous (also Manganiferous and Zinciferous) Sediments a. Primary Silicon oxides: (quartz) SiUcates : glaucdnite 444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., Carbonates : Oxides; 2:3: 1:2: double : .hydroxy-: hydroxides : b. Metamorphosed^ Sihcon oxides: Feldspars : Metasilicates; pyroxenes: amphiboles : barysilites : Orthosilicates; garnets: nephelites : chrysolites: phenakites : epidotes : misc. : hydroxy-: hydrous : Phosphates, etc.; anhydrous: hydrous : hydroxy- : ankerite, siderite hematite polianite, pyrolusite magnetite, hausmannite, braunite bauxite, manganite, limonite, goethite, xanthosiderite, turgite psilomelane (including varieties) quartz microcline, albite, oligoclase, celsian augite, schefferite, jeffersonite, urbanite, rhodonite hornblende barysilite, ganomalite, hardy- stonite, hyalotekite andradite, spessartite nasonite tephroite, roepperite, glauco- chroite trimerite, willemite, pyrosmalite piedmontite, hancockite harstigite, melanotekite, molyb- dophyllite clinohedrite, roeblingite, leuco- phoenicite, bementite, karyo- pilite, neoticite inesite, ganophyllite carminite, tilasite, berzeliite, mo- nimolite, caryinite, ecdemite, beudantite brandtite, vivianite, strengite, scorodite, phosphosiderite, bar- randite, koninckite, callainite dufrenite, arseniosiderite, retzian, allactite, ludlamite, hemafibrite, wavellite, fischerite, evansite, peganite, spherite, pharmaco- ^ The zinc deposits of Franklin Furnace, N. J., and the manganese deposits of Longban, Sweden, are regarded as belonging here. 11^15.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 445 Borates : Oxides ; 1 : 1 : 2:3: double; spinels misc. c. Weathered Silicon oxides: Silicates : Carbonates : Oxides; hydroxy-: Hydroxides : siderite, synadelphite, tiinkite^ hematolite, arseniopleite, man- ganostibiite, sarkinite, chon- drarsenite, cirrolite, cacoxenite^ beraunite, calcioferrite, borick- ite, wardite, zepharovichite sussexite, pinakiolite manganosite, zincite hematite magnetite, franklinite, gahnite^. jacobsite longbanite quartz, chalcedony calamine, friedelite, chloropal rhodochrosite, smithsonite, hydro- zincite limonite chalcophanite, pyrochroite II. 1. D. Saline Sediments a. Primary Carbonates; calcites: aragonites: double; hydrou.'^ chloro-, etc.: Sulfates; anhydrous: simple, hydrous: double, hydrous : Borates ; anhydrous : simple, hydrous: sulfo- calcite, dolomite aragonite, strontianite natron, gaylussite, trona, pirs- sonite northupite, tychite, hanksite, kainite, sulfohalite anhydrite, celestite, barite; thenardite, aphthitalite, lang- beinite, glauberite, vanrthoffite miral)ilite, kieserite, epsomite, gypsum leonite, blodite, loweite, picro- merite, natrochalcite, syngenite, pickeringite, boussingaultite boracite borax, pinnoite, ascharite, lar- derellite, lagonite, l^echilite, ulexite, hydroboracite, heintzite sulfoborite 446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., Nitrates: Nitrate-sulf ates : lodates : Halides; fluorides: chlorides ; 1 : 1 : 1:2: hydrous : double: Boro-silicates : Oxides : Hydroxides : soda-niter, niter darapskite, nitroglauberite dietzite, lautarite sellaite, fluorite halite, sylvite hydrophilite bischofite carnallite, douglasite, tachhydrite, rinneite bakerite hematite sassolite b. Metamorphosed (a number of the above salts are also formed by rearrangement within salt deposits) Elements: sulfur c. Weathered (no minerals besides the primary ones are known to result from the weathering of these deposits) II. 1. E. Phosphatic Sediments a. Primary Phosphates : Miscellaneous : phosphorite indefinite mixtures of phosphates of various elements b.. Metamorphosed; c. Weathered (products can not be separated) Phosphates; normal, hydrous: struvite, collophanite, bobierrite, minervite monetite stercorite, brushite, metabrushite, martinite, newberyite, hannayite mascagnite, taylorite, lecontite teschemacherite oxammite acid, hydroxy: hydrous : Sulfates : Carbonates : Oxalates : II. 1. F. Carbonaceous Sediments :a. Primary Miscellaneous: indefinite mixtures of hydro- carbons b. Metamorphosed; c. Weathered (products cannot be separated) Oxalates: whewellite, humboldtine Mellates: mellite 1915.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 447 Sulfides : Elements : Miscellaneous : pyrite graphite a series of hydrocarbons, many of which have been given names, but few if any of which are really minerals Index of Mineral Occurrences. The symbols here used correspond with those in the "Sj'nopsis." Acanthite: I. .3. a. Acmite: I. 1. B. a.; I. 2. B. a. ActinoHte: I. 1. D. b.; I. 2. A. a. Adamite: I. 3. c. Adehte: ? (origin not determined) Adiilaria: see orthoclase iEgirite: I. 1. B. a.; I. 2. B. a. iEnigmatite: see enigmatite. iEschynite: see eschynite. Agnohte: ? AginpoHte: ? Aguil-Arite: I. 3. a. Aikinite: I. 3. a. Alabandite: I. 3. a. Alamo -iite: I. 3. a. Albite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. B. a.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. B. a.; I. 2. C. a.; II. 1. A. a, b; II. 1. C. b. Algodonite: I. 3. a. Allactite: II. 1. C. b. AUanite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 2. A. a. AUemontite: I. 3. a. AUoclasite: I. 3. a. Allophanite: I. 1. A. c; I. 1. D. c. Almandite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 2. A. a.; II. 1. A. b. Altaite: I. 3. a. Aluminite: ? Alunite: I. 1. A. b. Alunogen: I. 1. A. c; I. 4.; II. 1. A. c. Amalgam: I. 3. c. Amarantite: I. 3. c. Amblygonite: I. 2. A. a. Amphibole: see actinolite, asbestus, cummingtonite, edenite, grlinerite, hornblende, jadeite, nephrite, pargasite, tremolite. Analcite: I. 1. B. a.; I. 1. C. a, b; I. 2. B. c. Anatase: see octahedrite. Anapaite: ? Ancylite: I. 2. B. c. Andalusite : I. 2. A. a.; II. 1. A. b. Andesine: I. 1. C. a.; I. 1. B. a. Andorite: I. 3. a. Andradite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. B. a.; I. 1. C. a.; I. 1. D. a.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. B. a.; I. 2. C. a.; II. 1. B. b.; II. 1. C. b. Anglesite: I. 3. c. ; I. 4. Anhydrite: I. 1. C. b.; II. 1. D. a, b. Ankerite: I. 1. D. b.; I. 3. a.; II. 1. C. a. Annabergite: I. 3. c. o (Annerodite: doubtful species.) Anorthite: I. 1. C. a.; II. 1. B. b. Anorthoclase: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. B. a.: I. 2. A. a. Anthophyllite: I. 1. D. b. Antimony: I. 3. a. Apatite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. B. a.; I. 1. C. a.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. C. a.; II. 1. A. a, b.; II. 1. B. b. Aphrosiderite: see chlorite. Aphthitalite: II. 1. D. a, b.; I. 4. Apjohnite: ? Apophyllite: LLC. b. Aragonite: I. 1. C. b.; I. 3. c; II. 1. B. a, c; II. 1. D. a. Ardennite: ? Arfvedsonite: I. 1. B. a.; I. 2. B. a. Argentite: I. 3. a, b. Argyrodite: I. 3. a. Arsenic: I. 3. a, c. Arseniopleite: II. 1. C. b. Arseniosiderite: I. 3. c; II. 1. C. b. Arsenolite: I. 3. c. Ar.senopyrite: I. 2. A. a.; I. 3. a. Artinite: ? Asbestus: I. 1. D. b. Asbolite: II. 1. C. a. Ascharite: II. 1. D. a. Asphaltum: II. 1. F. b. Astrolite: ? Astrophylhte: I. 2. B. a. Atacamite: I. 3. c. Atelesite: I. 3. c. Atopite: ? Augite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. C. a.; I. 1. D. a.; I. 2. A. a.; I.- 2. C. a.; II. 1. A. a.; 11. 1. B. b. 448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., Aurichalcite: I. 3. c. Autunite: I. 2. A. c. Axinite: I. 2. A. a.; II. 1. B. b. Azurite: I. 3. c. B Babingtonite: I. 1. C. a.; II. 1. B. b. Baddeylite: I. 2. B. a.; II. 1. A. a. Bakerite: II. 1. D. a. Barite: I. 3. a, c; II. 1. B. c; II. 1. D. a. Barkevikite: I. 1. B. a. Bairandite: II. 1. C. b. Barysilite: II. 1. C. b. Barytocalcite: II. 1. D. a. BastnJisite: I. 2. A. c. Bathvillite: II. 1. F. b. Baumhauerite: I. 3. a. Bauxite: I. 1. A. c; I. 1. B. c; I. 1. C. b, c; II. 1. C. a. Bayldonite: ? Bechilite: II. 1. D. a. Beckelite: ? Beegerite: I. 3. a. Belonesite: ? Bemeiitite: II. 1. C. b. Benitoite: I. 2. B. a. Beraunite: II. 1. C. b. Berthierite: I. 3. a. Bertrandite: I. 2. A. b. Beryl: I. 2. A. a. Beryllonite: I. 2. A. b. Berzelianite: I. 3. a. Berzeliite: II. 1. C. b. Beudantite: II. 1. C. b. Beyrichite: I. 3. a. Bieberite: I. 3. c. Bindheimite: I. 3. c. (Binnite: doubtful species.) Biotite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. B. a.; I. 1. C. a.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. B. a.; I. 3. a.; II. 1. A. a, b.; II. 1. B. b. Bischoffite: II. 1. D. a. Bismite: I. 3. c. Bismuth: I. 2. A. a.; I. 3. a. Bismuthinite: I. 2. A. a.; I. 3. a. Bismutite: I. 2. A. c; I. 3. c. Bismutospherite: I. 2. A. c; I. 3. c. Bixbyite: I. 2. A. a. Bloedite: II. 1. D. a. Bobierite: II. 1. E. b. Bombiccite: II. 1. F. b. Boothite: I. 3. e. Boracite: II. 1. D. a. Borax: II. 1. D. a. Borickite: II. 1. C. b. Bornite: I. 2. A. a.; I. 3. a, b. Botryogen: I. 3. c. Boulangerite: I. 3. a. Bournonite: I. 3. a. Boussingaultite: I. 4.; II. 1. D. a. a. Brackebuschite: I. 3. c. Brandtite: II. 1. C. b. Braunite: II. 1. C. a. Breithauptite: I. 3. a. Brewsterite: I. 1. C. b. Brochantite : I. 3. c. Bromlite: I. 3. a. Bromyrite: I. 3. c. Brongniardite: I. 3. a. Brooicite: I. 1. A. b.; I. 2. A Brucite: I. 1. D. c. Brugnatellite: ? Brushite: II. 1. E. b. Bunsenite: I. 3. c. Bytownite: I. 1. C. a.; I. 1. D. a. C Cabrerite: I. 3. c. Cacoxenite: II. 1. C. b. Calamine: I. 3. c; II. 1. C. c. Calcioferrite: II. 1. C. b. Calciovolborthite : ? Calcite:I. 1. C. b.; I. 1. D. b, c; I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. B. a.; I. 2. C. a.; I. 3. a, c; II. 1. B. a, b. c: II. 1. D. a. Caledonite: I. 3. c. Callainite: II. 1. C. b. Calomel: I. 3. c. Cancrinite: I. 1. B. a.; I. 2. B. a. Canfieldite: I. 3. a. Capellenite: I. 2. B. a. I Caracolite: I. 3. c. Carminite: II. 1. C. b. Carnallite: II. 1. D. a. Carnotite: II. 1. A. c. Carpholite: I. 2. A. a. Carphosiderite : II. 1. A. c. Carrolite: I. 3. a. Caryinite: II. 1. C. b. Caryocerite: I. 2. B. a. Caryopilite: see Karyopilite. I Cassiterite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 2. A. a.; II. 1. A. a. Castanite: I. 3. c. Catapleiite: I. 2. B. a. Celadonite: ? Celestite: I. 3. a.; II. 1. D. a. Celsian: II. 1. C. b. Cenosite: I. 2. B. a. Cerargyrite: I. 3. c. Cerite: ? Cerussite: I. 3. c. Cervantite: I. 3. c. Ceylonite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. B. a.; II. 1. B. b. Chabazite: I. 1. C. b.; I. 2. A. a. Chalcanthite: I. 3. c. Chalcedony: I. 1. A. c; I. 1. D. c; I. 2. C. c; I. 3. c; II. 1. A. a.; II. 1. C. c. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 449 Chalcocite: I. 3. a, b. Clialcolaiuprite: I. 2. B. a. Chalcomenite: I. 3. c. Chalcophanite: I. 3. c; II. 1. C. c. Chalcophyllite: I. 3. c. ChalcopjTite : I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. C. a.; I. 1. C. b.; 1. 1. D. a.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 3. a. Chalcosiderite: I. 3- c. Chalcostibite: I. 3. a. Chalniersite: I. 3. a. Chenevixite: I. 3. c. Childremte: I. 2. A. a. Chilenite: I. 3. a. Chiolite: I. 2. A. a. Chiviatite: I. 3. a. Chloanthite: I. 3. a. Chlorite:!. 1. A. b, c; I. 1. B. b.; I. 1. C. b.; I. 1. D. b.; 1.2. A. c; I. 2. B. b.; I. 2. C. b. Includes aplu-osiderite, cliiiochlore, deles- site, diabantite, penninite, pro- chlorite, strisorite. Chloritoid.-II. l.'^A. b. Chloromagnesite: I. 4. Chloroinanganokalite : ? Chloropal: I. 1. A. c; II. 1. C. c. In- cludes nontronite. Chondi'oarsenite : II. 1. C. b. Chondrodite: II. 1. B. b. Chromite: I. 1. D. a.; II. 1. A. a. Chrysoberjd: I. 2. A. a. ChrysocoUa: I. 3. c. Chrysolite: see olivine. Chrj-sotile: see serpentine. Churchite: ? (Cimolite: doubtful species.) Cinnabar: I. 3. a.; I. 4. Cirrolite: II. 1. C. b. Claudetite: I. 3. c. Claust halite: I. 3. a. Clinochlore: see chlorite. Clinoclasite: I. 3. c. Clinohedrite: II. 1. C. b. Clinohuinito: II. 1. B. b. Coal: II. 1. F. b. Cobaltite: I. 3. a. Colenianite: II. 1. B. b. CoUophanite: II. 1. E. b. (CoUyrite: doubtful species.) Coloradoite: I. 3. a. Columbite: I. 2. A. a. Conichalcite: I. 3. c. Connarite: ? ConneUite: I. 3. c. Cookeite: I. 2. A. c. Copiapite: I. 3. c. Copper: I. 1. C. b.; I. 3. a, c; II. 1. A. a. Coquimbite: I. 4. Cordylite: I. 2. B. c. 29 Cornwallitc: I. 3. c. (Corundophyllite: doubtful species.) Corundum: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. D. a, b.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. B. a.; II. 1. A. a, b.; II. 1. B. b. Corynite: I. 3. a. Cosalitc: I. 3. a. Cotunnite: I. 3. c; I. 4. Covellite: I. 3. a, b. Crednerite: ? Cristobalite: I. 1. C. a. Crocidolite: II. 1. A. b. Crocoite: I. 3. c. Cronstedtite: I. 3. a. Crookesite: I. 3. a. Cryolite: I. 2. A. a. Cryolithionite: I. 2. A. a. Cubanite: I. 3. a. Cuprite: I. 3. c. Cuprobi.smutite: I. 3. a. Cuproiodargyrite : I. 3. c. Cuprotung.stite: I. 3. a. Cuspidine: II. 1. B. b. Cyanite: I. 2. A. a.; II. 1. A. a, b. Cyanochroite: I. 4. Cvanotrichite: I. 3. c. Cylindrite: I. 3. a. Cyprusite: ? D Dahllite: ? Danalite: see helvite. Danburite: II. 1. B. b.- (Daphnite: doubtful species.) Darapskite: II. 1. D. a. Datolite.: I. 1. C. b.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. B. a. Daubreeite: ? Daubreelite: nieteoritic. Daviesite: I. 3. c. Dawsonite: ? Delessite: see chlorite. Delorenzenite: ? Derbylite: II. 1. A. a. Descloizite: I. 3. c. Deweylite: I. 1. D. b. Diabantite: see chlorite-. (Diadochite: doubtful .species.) Diamond: I. 1. D. a.; II. 1. A. a. Diaphorite: I. 3. a. Diaspore: I. 1. A. b.; I. 1. B. b. Dickinsonite: I. 2. .\. b. Dietrichite: ? Dietzite: II. 1. D. a. Dihvdrite: I. 3. c. Diopside:I. 1. C. a.; II. 1. B. b. Dioptase: I. 3. c. Dolerophanite: I. 4. Dolomite: I. 1. D. b.; I. 3. a.; II. 1. B. a, b, c; II. 1. D. a. Domeykite: I. 3. a. 450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., Dopplerite: II. 1. F. b. Douglassite: II. 1. D. a. Dufrenite: II. 1. C. b. Duf renoysite : I. 3. a. Dumortierite: I. 2. A. a.; II. 1. A. b.; Durangite: ? Durdenite: I. 3. c. Dysanalyte: ? Dyscrasite: I. 3. a. Dysodile: II. 1. F. b. E Ecdemite: II. 1. C. b. Edenite: II. 1. B. b. Edingtonite: I. 1. C. b. Egglestonite: I. 3. c. Elaterite: II. 1. F. b. Elpidite: I. 2. B. a. Embolite: I. 3. c. Emmonsite: I. 3. c. Emplectite: I. 3. a. Enargite: I. 3. a. Enigmatite: I. 1. B. a.; I. 1. C. a.; I. 2. B. a. Enstatite: I. 1. C. a.; I. 1. D. a. Eosphorite: I. 2. A. b. Epiboulangerite : I. 3. a. Epididymite: I. 2. B. a. Epidote: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. C. a, b.; I. 1. D. b.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. C. b.; II. 1. B. b. Epigenite: I. 3. a. Epistilbite: I. 1. C. b. Epsomite: I. 1. D. o.; I. 3. c; I. 4.; II. 1. D. a. Eremeyevite: I. 2. A. a. Erionite: ? Erinite: I. 3. c. Erythrite: I. 3. c. Ervthrosiderite: I. 4. Eschynite: I. 2. A. a. Ettringite: ? Eucairite: I. 3. a. Euchroite: I. 3. c. Euclase: I. 2. A. a. Eucryptite: I. 2. A. b. Eudialyte: I. 2. B. a. Eudidymite: I. 2. B. a. Eulytite: ? Euxenite: I. 2. A. a. Evansite: II. 1. C. b. Fairfieldite: I. 2. A. b. Famatinite: I. 3. a.' Faujasite: I. 1. C. b. Fayalite: I. 1. A. a. Felsobanyite : I. 3. c. Fergusonite: I. 2. A. a. Includes sipylite. Ferronatrite: ? Fibrof errite : I. 3. c. Fichtelite: II. 1. F. a. Fiedlerite: I. 3. c. Fillowite: I. 2. A. b. Fischerite: II. 1. C. b. Flinkite: II. 1. C. b. Florencite: ? Flucllite: I. 2. A. c. Fluocerite: I. 2. A. a. Fluorite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. B. a.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. B. a.; 1.2. C. a ; 1.3. a.; II. 1. B. c; II. 1. D. a. Forstcrite: I. 1. C. a.; II. 1. B. b. Forbesite: I. 3. c. Franckeite: I. 3. a. Franklinite: II. 1. C. b. Freieslebenite: I. 3. a. Friedelite: II. 1. C. c. Fuggerite: II. 1. B. b. G Gadolinite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 2. A. a. Gahnite: 1.2. A. a.; II. 1. C. b. Galena: I. 1. C. b.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 3. a. Galenobisnuitite: I. 3. a. Ganomalite: II. 1. C. b. Ganophyllite: II. 1. C. b. Garnet: see almandite, andradite, grossularite, pyrope, spessartite, uvarovite. Garnierite: I. 1. D. c. Gaylussite: II. 1. D. a. Gearksutitc: I. 2. A. b. Gehlenite: II. 1. B. b. Geikielite: II. 1. A. a. Genthite: I. 1. D. c. Geocerite: II. 1. F. b. Geocronite: I. 3. a. Georgiadesite: ? Geomyrite: ? Gerhardtite: I. 3. c. Gersdorffite: I. 3. a. Gibbsite: I. 1. A. c; I. 1. B. c; I. 1. C. b. Gismondite: I. 1. C. b. Glaiiberite: II. 1. D. a. Glaucochroite: II. 1. C. b. Glaucodotite: I. 3. a. Glauconite: II. 1. A. a.; II. 1. C. a. Glaucophanite: I. 1. C. b.; II. 1. A. b. Glockerite: I. 3. c. Gmelinite: LLC. b. Goethite: II. 1. C. a. Gold: I. 1. A. a.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 3. a, c; II. L A. a. Gonardite: ? Goslarite: I. 3. c. Goyazite: ? Graftonite: I. 2. A. a. Grandidierito: I. 2. A. a. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 451 Graphite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. C. a.; I. 1. D. a.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. C. a.; II. 1. A. b.; II. 1. B. b.; II. 1. F. b. Greenockite: I. 3. a. Grossularite: II. 1. B. b. Griinerite: I. 1. C. b. Guano: II. 1. E. a. Guanajuatite: I. 3. a. Guarin'ite: II. 1. B. b. Guejarite: I. 3. a. Guitei'manite: I. 3. a. Gummite: I. 2. A. c; I. 3. c. Gypsum: I. 1. C. b.; 1. 3. a, c; I. 4.; II. 1. B. c; II. 1. D. a. Gyrolite: I. 1. C. b. H Hackmanite: ? Haidingerite : I. 3. c. Hainite: I. 2. B. a. Halite: I. 4.; II. 1. D. a. (Halloysite: doubtful species.) Halotrichite: I. 1. A. c; II. 1. A. c. Hambergite: I. 2. A. a. Hamlinite: I. 2. A. a. Hancockite: II. 1. C. b. Hanksite: II. 1. D. a. Hannaj'ite: II. 1. E. b. Hardystonite : II. 1. C. b. Harmotome : I. 1. C. b. Harstigite: II. 1. C. b. Hartite: II. 1. F. a. Hatchettite: II. 1. F. b. Hatchettolite: I. 2. A. a. Hauchecornite : ? Hauerite: I. 3. a.; I. 4. Hausmannite: II. 1. C. a. Hauynite: I. 1. B. a.; I. 2. B. a. Hedenbergite: I. 2. B. a.; II. 1. B. b. Heintzite: II. 1. D. a. Hellandite: I. 2. A. a. Helvite: I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. B. a. Includes danolite. Hemafibrite: II. 1. C. b. Hematite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. C. b.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 3. a, c; I. 4.; II. 1. A. a, b.; II. 1. C. a, b. Hematolite: II. 1. C. b. Hercynite: II. 1. A. b. Herderite: I. 2. A. b. Herrengrundite : I. 3. c. Hessite: I. 3. a. Heulandite: I. 1. C. b. Hibschite: ? Hieratite: I. 4. Hillebrandite: II. 1. B. b. Hiortdahlite: I. 2. B. a. Hisingerite: ? Hoernesite: ? HomiHte: I. 2. B. a. Hopeite: I. 3. c. Hornblende: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. C. a.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. C. a.; II. 1. A. a, b.; II. 1. B. b. Honsfordite: I. 3. a. Hortonolite: ? Howlite: II. 1. D. a. Hiibnerite: I. 2. A. a.; I. 3. a. Humboldtine: II. 1. B. b.; II. 1. F. c. Humite:II. 1. B. b. Hureaulite; I. 2. A. b. Hutchinsonite: I. 3. a. Hyalophane: I. 3. a.; II. 1. B. b. Hyalotekite: II. 1. C. b. Hydroboracite: II. 1. D. a. Hydrocerussite : I. 3. c. Hydrocyanite: I. 4. Hydrogiobertite : ? Hydromagnesite: I. 1. D. c. Hydronephelite: I. 1. B. c; I. 1. C. b.; I. 2. B. c. Hydrophilite: I. 4.; II. 1. D. a. Hydrotalcite: I. 1. D. b. Hydrozincite: I. 3. c; II. 1. C. c. Hypersthene: I. 1. C. a.; I. 1. D. a.; I. 2. C. a. Idocrase : see vesuvianite. Ihleite: ? Ilesite: I. 3. c. Ilmenite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. B. a.; I. 1. C. a.; 1.2. A. a.; 1.2. B. a.; I. 2. C. a.; II. 1. A. a, b.; II. 1. B. b. Ilvaite: I. 1. B. b.; II. 1. B. b. Inesite: II. 1. C. b. lodobromite: ? lodyrite: I. 3. c. loUte: I. 1. A. a.; I. 2. A. a.; II. 1. A. b. Iridium: I. 1. D. a.; II. 1. A. a. Iridosmine: I. 1. D. a. Iron: I. 1. C. a.; I. 1. D. a. Jacobsite: II. 1. C. b. Jadeite: I. 1. D. b. Jamesonite: I. 3. a. Jarosite: I. 1. A. c. Jefferisite: see vermiculite. Jeffersonite: II. 1. B. b. Jeremejevite: see eremeyevite. Johnstrupite: I. 2. B. a. Jordanite: 1. 3. a. Joseite: I. 3. a. Kainite: II. 1. D. a. Kalinite: II. 1. A. c. 452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug. Kaliophilite: II. 1. B. b. Kallilite: I. 3. a. Kaolinite: I. 1. A. b, c; I. 1. B. c; I. 1. C. b.; I. 2. A. c; 1.2. B. o.; 1.2. C. b, c; II. 1. A. c; II. 1. B. a. Karyopilite : II. 1. C. b. Keilhauite: I. 2. B. a. Kentrolite: ? Kcrmesite: I. 3. c. Kicsoriie: II. 1. D. a. Kilbrickcnito: 1. 3. a. Klaprotholite: I. 3. a. Kleinite: I. 3. c. Knebelitc: I. 1. D. a. Knopite: ? Kuolite: II. 1. F. b. Knoxvillitc: I. 3. c. Kobellite: I. 3. a. Koninckite: II. 1. C. b. Kornerupine: ? Kottigite: I. 3. c. Kraurite: ? Kremersite: I. 4. Krennerite: I. 3. a. Krohnkite: I. 3. c. Krugite: II. 1. D. a. Labradorite : I. 1. C. a.; I. 1. D. a.; I. 2. C. a.; II. 1. B. b. Lagonite: II. 1. D. a. Lanarkite: I. 3. c. LS,ngbanite: see longbatiite. Langbeinite: II. 1. D. a. Langite: I. 3. c. Lansfordite: ? Lanthanite: I. 2. A. c. Larderellite: II. 1. D. a. Laubanite: I. 1. C. b. Laumontite: I. 1. C. b. Laurionite: I. 3. c. Laurite: ? Lautarite: II. 1. D. a. L&venite: see lovenite. Lawrencite: meteoritic. Lawsonite: I. 1. C. b. Lazulite: II. 1. A. a. Lazurite: II. 1. B. b. Lead: I. 3. c. Leadhillite: I. 3. c. Lecontite: II. 1. E. b. Lehrbachite: I. 3. a. Leonite: II. 1. D. a. Lepidolite: I. 2. A. a. Lepidomelane: I. 2. B. a. Leucite: I. 1. B. a.; I. 2. B. a. Leucochalcite: I. 3. c. Leucopetrite: II. 1. F. b. Leucophanite : I. 2. B. a. Leucophoenicite: II. 1. C. b- Leucosphenite : I. 2. B. a. Levynite: I. 1. C. b. Lewisite: II. 1. A. a. Libethenite: I. 3. c. Liebigite: I. 2. A. c; I. 3. c. Lillianite: I. 3. a. Limnite: II. 1. C. a. Limonite: I. 1. A. c; I. 1. B. c; I. 1. C. b, c; I. L D. c; I. 2. A. c; I. 2. B. c; I. 2. C. c; I. 3. c; II. 1. B. a.; II. 1. C. a, c. Linarite: I. 3. c. Lindackerite: ? Liimajite: I. 3. a. Liroconite: I. 3. c. Liskeardite: I. 3. c. Litliiophilite: I. 2. A. a. Livingstonite: I. 3. a. LoUingite: I. 2. B. a.; 1. 3. a. Longbanite: II. 1. C b. Lorandite: I. 3. a. Lorenzenite: I. 2. B. a. Lossenite: ? Lovenite: I. 2. B. a. Loweite: II. 1. D. a. Lowigite: ? Ludlamite: I. 3. c; 11. L C b. Ludwigitc: ? Liinebergitc: ? M Mackinto.shite: I. 2. A. a. Magiicsioferrite: I. 4. Magnesite: I. 1. D. c. Magnetite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. C. a.; I. 1. D. a, b.;I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. C. a.; I. 3. a.; II. 1. A. a, b.: II. 1. C. a, b. Malachite: I. 2. A. c; I. 3. c. Mallardite: ? Manganite: I. 1. A. c; I. 2. A. c; I. 3. c; II. 1. C. a. Manganosite: I. 3. c; II. 1. C. b. Manganostibiite: II. 1. C. b. Marcasite: I. 3. a. Margarite: I. 1. D. c. Marialite: II. 1. B. b. Marshite: I. 3. c. Martinite: II. 1. E. b. Mascagnite: I. 4.; II. 1. E. b. Mas.sicot: I. 3. c; I. 4. Matildite: I. 3. a. Matlockite: I. 3. c; I. 4. Mauzeliite: ? Maza])ilite: I. 3. c Meionite: II. 1. I'.. )>. Melanite: I. 1. B. a. Melanoceiite: I. 2. B. a. Melanotekite: II. 1. C. b. Melanterite: I. 3. c. Melilite:I. 1. B. a.; I. 1. C. a.; II. 1. B. b. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 4^)3 Meliphanite: I. 2. B. a. Mellite: II. 1. F. c. Melonite: I. 3. a. Mendipite: ? Mendozite: ? Meneghinite: I. 3. a. Mercury: I. 3. c. Mesitite: ? Mesolite: I. 1. C. b. Messelitc: ? MetabrushiU;: II. 1. E. b. Mctacinnaburitc: I. 3. a. Mctavoltinc: 1. 4. Miargyrite: I. 3. a. Microclinc: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. B. a.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. B. a.; I. 2. C. a.; II. 1. A. b.; II. 1. C. b. Microlite: I. 2. A. a. Microsommite: I. 1. B. a. Micrsite: I. 3. c. Milarite: I. 2. A. a. MiUerite:I. 1. D. b.; I. 3. a. Mimetite: I. 3. c. Minervite: II. 1. E. b. Minium: I. 3. c. MirabiUte:!. 4.; II. 1. D. a. Misenite: ? Mixite: I. 3. c. Mizzonite: II. 1. B. b. Molybdenite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 2. C. a.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 3. a.; II. 1. B. b. Molybdite:I. 2. A. c; 1.3. c. Molvbdophyllite: II. 1. C b. Molysite: I. 4. Monazite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 2. A. a.; II. 1. A. a. Monetite: II. 1. E. b. Monimolite: II. 1. C. b. Montanite: I. 3. c. Monticellite: II. 1. B. b. Montmorillonitc: I. 2. A. c. Montroydite: I. 3. c. Mordenite: I. 1. C. b. Morenosite: ? Mosandrite: I. 2. B. a. Mossite: I. 2. A. a. Muscovite: I. 1. A. a, b.; I. 1. B. b.; I. 1. D. c; I. 2. A. a, b.; I. 2. B. b.; II. 1. A. a, b. N Nadorite: ? Nagyagite: I. 3. a. Nantokite: 1.3. c. Narsarsukitc: I. 2. B. a. Nasonite: II. 1. (". b. Natrochalcite: II. 1. D. a. Natrolite: I. 1. B. c.; I. 1. C. b.; I. 2. B. c. Natron: II. 1. D. a. Natrophilite: I. 2. A. b. Naumannite: I. 3. a. Neotantalite: ? Neotocite: II. 1. C. b. Nephelite: I. 1. B. a.; I. 2. B. a. Neptunite: I. 2. B. a. Nesquehonite : ? Newberryite: II. 1. E. b. Newtonite: ? Niccolite: I. 1. D. a.; I. 3. a. Nickel: I. 1. D. a. Nitre: II. 1. D. a. Nitrobarite: ? Nitrocalcile: II. 1. B. c. Nitroglauberite: II. 1. D. a. Nitromagnesite: II. 1. B. c. Nocerite: I. 4. Nontronite: see cliloroi)al. Nordenskioldine: I. 2. B. a. Northupite: II. 1. D. a. Noselite: I. 1. B. a.; I. 2. B. a. O Ochrolite: ? Octahedrite: I. 1. A. b. Okenite: I. 1. C. b. Oldhamitc: meteoritic. Oligoclase: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. B. a.; I. 1. C. a.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. B. a.; I. 2. C. a.; II. 1. C. b. Olivenite: I. 3. c. Olivine: I. 1. C. a.; I. 1. D. a.; II. 1. A. a. Onofrite: I. 3. a. Opal: I. 1. A. c; I. 1. D. c; I. 2. A. c.; I. 2. C. c; I. 3. a, c. Orpiment: I. 3. a. Orthoclase: I. 1. A. a, b.; I. 1. B. a.; I. 1. D. a.; I. 2. A. a.; 1.2. B. a.; I. 2. C. a.; I. 3. a.; II. 1. A. a, b. Osmium: I. 1. D. a.; II. 1. A. a. Oxammite: II. 1. E. b. Pachnolite: I. 2. A. b. Palladium: I. 1. D. a.; II. 1. A. a. Palmierite: I. 4. Paragonite: I. 2. A. a.; II. 1. A. b. Parahopeite: I. 3. c. Paralaurionite: I. 3. c. Paraluminite: ? Paratacamite: ? Pargasite: II. 1. B. b. Parisite: I. 2. A. a. Partscliinite: ? Pearceite: I. 3. a. Peat: II. 1. F. a. Pectolite: I. 1. C. b. Peganite: II. 1. C. b. Penfieldite: I. 3. c. Penninite; see chlorite. 454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., Pentlandite: 1. 1. C. a. Percy lite: ? Periclasite: II. 1. B. h. Perovskite: I. 1. B. a.; I. 1. C. a.; I. 1. D. a. Petalite: I. 2. A. a. Petroleum: II. 1. F. b. Petzite: I. 3. a. Pharmacolite: I. 3. c. Pharinacosideritc: 1. 3. o. Ph(>nakite: I. 2. A. a. Phillipsitc: 1. 1. C. b. Phlogopite: I. 2. C. a.; II. 1. B. b. Phccnicochroite: I. 3. c. Pholidoliie: II. 1. B. b. Phosgenite: I. 3. c. Phosphorite: II. 1. E. a. Phosphosiderite: II. 1. C. b. Phosphuranylite: I. 2. A. c. Pickeriugite: II. 1. D. a. Picotitc: I. 1. D. a. Picromerite: I. 4.; II. 1. D. a. Picropharmacolite: ? Piedmontite: I. 1. A. b.; I. 1. C. b.; II. 1. A. b.; II. 1. C. b. Pinakiolite: II. 1. C. b. Pinnoite: II. 1. D. a. Pirssonite: II. 1. D. a. Pisanite: I. 3. c. Pistomesite: ? Pitticite: I. 3. c. Plagionite: I. 3. a. Platinum: I. 1. D. a.; II. 1. A. a. Plattnerite: I. 3. c. Plumbogummite : I. 3. c. Polianite: II. 1. C. a. Pollucite:I. 2. A. a. Polyargyrite : I. 3. a. Polybasite: I. 3. a, b. Poly erase: I. 2. A. a. Polydymite: I. 3. a. PolyhaUte: II. 1. D. a. Polylithionite: see zinnwaldite. Polymignite: I. 2. B. a. Powellite: I. 3. c. Prehnite: I. 1. C. b. Prochlorite: see chlorite. Prolectite: II. 1. B. b. Prosopite: I. 2. A. b. Proustite: I. 3. a, b. Pseudobrookite: I. 1. A. a. Pseudomalachite: I. 3. c. Psilomelane: II. 1. C. b. Includes wad. Psittacinite: I. 3. c. Ptilolite: I. 1. C. b. I^ucherite: ? Purpurite: I. 2. A. c. Pyrargyrite: I. 3. a, b. Pyrite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. C. a, b.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. C. a.; I. 3. a.; II. l.A.b.; II. l.B.b; ILl.F.b, Pyroaurite: I. 1. D. b. Pyrochlore: I. 2. B. a. Pyrochroite: II. 1. C. c. Pyrolusite: II. 1. C. a. Pyi'omorphite : I. 3. c. Pyrope:I. 1. D. a.; I. 2. A. a. Pyrophyllite : I. 2. A. b. PyrosmaHte: II. 1. C. b. Pyrostilpnite: I. 3. a. Pyroretinite: II. 1. F. b. Pyroxene: see augite, diallage, diop- side, hedenbcrgile, jeffersonite, scheffcrite. Pyrrhotite: I. 1. C. a.; I. 1. D. a.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. C. a.; II. 1. B. b. Q Quartz: I. 1. A. a, c; I. 1. B. a.; I. 1. C. a.; I. 1. D. c; I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. B. a.; I. 2. C. a, c.;I. 3. a, c; II. 1. A. a, b.; II. 1. B. a.; II. 1. C. a, b, c. Quenstedtite: ? Quetenite: I. 3. c. R Raimondite: ? Ralstonite: I. 2. A. b. Rammelsbergite : I. 3. a. Raspite: I. 3. c. Rathite: I. 3. a. Realgar: I. 3. a.; I. 4. Reddingite: I. 2. A. b. Reinite: ? Remingtonite : I. 1. D. c. Retzian: II. 1. C. b. Rezbanyite: I. 3. a. Rhabdophanite : ? Rhagite: I. 3. c. Rhodozite: I. 2. A. a. Rhodochrosite: I. 2. A. a.; I. 3. a.; II. 1. C. c. Rhodonite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 3. a.; II. 1. B. b.; II. 1. C. b. Rhonite: I. 1. C. a. Rickardite: I. 3. a. Riebeckite: I. 1. B. a. Rinkite: I. 2. B. a. Rinneite: II. 1. D. a. Rittingerite: I. 3. a. Rochlederite: II. 1. F. b. Roeblingite: II. 1. C. b. Roepperite: II. 1. C. b. Rogersite: I. 2. A. c. Romerite: 1. 3. c. Roscoehte: ? Rosehte: I. 3. c. Rosenbuschite : I. 2. B. a. Rumpfite: ? 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 455 Rutile: I. 1. A. b.; I. 1. B. b.; I. 1. C. a.; I. 2. A. a, c; I. 2. B. b.; 1.2. C. a.; II. 1. A. a, b. S Safflorite: I. 3. a. Salammoniac: I. 4. Samarskite: I. 2. A. a. Saponite: ? Sapphirine: ? Sarcolite: II. 1. B. b. Sarkinite: II. 1. C. b. Sartorite: I. 3. a. Sassolite: I. 4.; II. 1. D. a. Scacchite: I. 4. Scapolite: see wernerite, etc. Schapbachite: I. 3. a. Schefferite: II. 1. B. b.; II. 1. C. b. Scheelite: I. 2. A. a.; I. 3. a. Scheerite: II. 1. F. b. Schirmerite: I. 3. a. Schizolite: I. 2. B. a. Schorlomite: I. 2. B. a. Schwartzenibergite: I. 3. c. Scoleoite: I. 1. C. b. Scorodite: I. 3. c; I. 4. Selenium: ? Seleusulfur: I. 4. Selentellurium : ? Sellaite: II. 1. D. a. Semseyite: I. 3. a. Senaite: II. 1. A. a. Senarmontite: I. 3. c. Sepiolite: I. 1. D. b. Serendibite: II. 1. B. b. Serpentine: II. 1. D. b. Serpierite: I. 3. c. Seybertite: ? Siderite: I. 2. A. a.; I. 3. a, c.; II. 1. B. a, b.; II. ,1. C. a. Sideronatrite: ? Sillimanite: I. 1. D. c; I. 2. A. a.; II. 1. A. b. Silver: I. 1. C. b.; I. 3. a, c; II. 1. A. a. Sipylite: see fergusonite. Skogbolitc: ? Skutterudite: ? Smaltite: I. 3. a. Smithite: I. 3. a. Smithsonite: I. 3. c.; II. 1. C. c. Soda nitre: II. 1. D. a. Sodalite: I. 1. B. a.; I. 2. B. a, c. Spadaite: ? Spangolite: I. 3. c. Sperrylite: I. 1. D. a. Spessartite: I. 2. A. a.; II. 1. C. b. Sphalerite: I. 1. C. b.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 3. a. Spherite: II. 1. C. b. I Spherocobaltite: I. 3. c. Spinel: I. 2. A. a.; II. LA. a, b.; II. 1. B. b. See also ceylonite, picotite. Spodiosite: ? Spodumene: I. 1. A. a.; I. 2. A. a. Spurrite: II. 1. B. b. Stannite: I. 2. A. a. Staurolite: II. 1. A. a, b. Steltznerite: ? Stephanite: I. 3. a, b. Stercorite: II. 1. E. b. Sternbergite: I. 3. a. Stibiconite: I. 3. c. Stibnite: I. 2. A. a.; I. 3. a. Stilbite: I. 1. C. b.; I. 2. A. a. Stilpnomelane : ? Stolzite: I. 3. c. Strengite: II. 1. C. b. Strigovite: see chlorite. Stromeyerite: I. 3. a. Strontianite: II. 1. D. a. Struvite: II. 1. E. b. Stutzite: ? Stylotypite: I. 3. a. Succinite: II. 1. F. a. Sulfoborite: II. 1. D. a. Sulfohahte: II. 1. D. a. Sulfur: I. 3. c; I. 4.; II. 1. B. b.; II. 1. D. c. Sulvanite: I. 3. a. Sussexite: II. 1. C. b. Svanbergite: ? Sylvanite: I. 3. a. Sylvite: I. 4.; II. 1. D. a. Svmplesite: ? Synadelphite: II. 1. C. b. Synchisite: ? Syngenite: II. 1. D. a. Szaibelyte: ? Szniikite: ? Tachhvdrite: II. 1. D. a. Ttenolite: I. 2. B. a. TagiUte: ? Talc: I. 1. D. b. Tamarugite: ? Tantalite: I. 2. A. a. Tapalpite: I. 3. a. Tapiolite: I. 2. A. a. Taramellite: ? Tarbuttite: ? Tasmanite: II. 1. F. b. Tavistockite: ? Taylorite: II. 1. E. b. Teallite: I. 3. a. Tellurite: I. 3. c. Tellurium: ? Temiskamite: I. 3. a. Tengerite: I. 2. A. c. 456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF lAug,, Tennantite: I. 3. a. Tenorite: I. 3. c; I. 4. Tephroite: II. 1. C. b. Terlinguaite: I. 3. c. Teschemacherite : II. 1. E. b. Tetradymite: I. 3. a. Tetrahedrite : I. 3. a. Thalenite: I. 2. A. a. Thaumasite: I. 1. C. b. Thenardite: II.. 1. D. a. Thermonatrite: II. 1. D. a. Thomsenolite: I. 2. A. b. Thomsonite: I. 1. C. b.; I. 2. B. c. Thorianite: I. 2. A. a. Thorite: I. 2. A. a. Thulite: II. 1. A. b. Thuringite: II. 1. B. b. Tiemannite: I. 3. a. Tilasite: II. 1. C. b. Tin: ? Titanite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. C. a.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. B. a.; I. 2. C. a.-; II. 1. A. a.; II. 1. B. b. Topaz: I. 1. A. a.; 1.2. A. a. Torbernite: I. 2. A. c; I. 3. c. Tounnaliiio: I. 1. A. a.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. C. a.; I. 3. a.; II. 1. A. a, b.; II. 1. B. b. Trechmannite: I. 3. a. Treinolite: I. 1. D. b.; II. 1. B. b. Trichaleite: I. 3. c. Tridymite: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. C. a. Trimerite: II. 1. C. b. TriphylUte: I. 2. A. a. Ti-iplite: I. 2. A. a. Triploidite: I. 2. A. b. Trippkeite: I. 3. c. Tripuhyite: II. 1. A. a. Tritoiiiite: I. 2. B. a. Trogerite: I. 3. o. Troilite: meteoritic. Trona: II. 1. D. a. Ti-ic-hef'fkiiiitc: ? T.sclicniiigite: ? Tungstite: I. 3. c. Turgite: II. 1. C. a. Turquois: 1. 1. A. c. Tychite: II. 1. D. a. Tyrolite: I. 3. c. Tysonite: I. 2. A. a. U Ulexite: II. 1. D. a. Ullmannite: I. 3. a. TTmangite: I. 3. a. Uraninite: I. 2. A. a.; I. 3. a. Uranocircite: I. 3. C. Uranophane: I. 2. A. c. Uranopilite: I. 2. A. c. Uranospherite : I. 3. e. Uranos])ini)(': I. 3. o. Uranot.hallite: I. 2. A. c. Urbanite: II. 1. C. b. Utahite: I. 3. c. Uvarovite: I. 1. D. a. Valentinite: I. 3. c. Vanadinite: I. 3. c. Vanthoffite: II. 1. D. a. Variscite: ? Vauquelinite: I. 3. c. Vennicnilite: I. 1. A. c; I. 2. A. c. In- cludes jefferisite. Vesuvianite: II. 1. B. b. Veszelyite: ? Villiaumite: I. 1. B. a. Vivianite: I. 3. c; II. 1. C. b. Voglite: I. 3. c. Volborthite: ? Voltaite: I. 4. I Voltzite: I. 3. c. W Wad: see psilomelane. Wagnerite: ? Walpurgite: I. 3. c. Wapplerite: ? Wardite: II. 1. C. b. Warrenite: I. 3. a. Warwickite: II. 1. B. b. Wattevillite: ? Wavellite:!. 3. c.; II. 1. C. b. Wehlerite: I. 3. a. Wellsite: ? Wernerite: I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. C. a.; II. 1. B. b. Whowellite: II. 1. F. c. Whitnevite: I. 3. a. Willemite: II. 1. C. b. Willy amite: I. 3. a. Witherite: I. 3'. a. Wittiohenite: I. 3. a. Wolilerite: I. 2. B. a. Wolfaehite: I. 3. a. Wolframite: I. 2. A. a.; I. 3. a. WoUastonite: I. 2. B. a.; II. 1. B. b. Wulfenite: I. 3. c. Wurtzitc: I. 3. a. X Xanthoconite: I. 3. a. Xanthoi)hyllitc: ? Xanthosiderite: II. 1. C a. Xenotime: I. 1. A. a.; I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. B. a. Y Yttrialite: I. 2. A. a. Yttroccrite: I. 2. A. a. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 457 Yttrocrasite: ? Yttrotantalite: I. 2. A, a. Zaratite: I. 1. D. c. Zeophyllite: I. 1. C. b. Zepharovichite: II. 1. C. b. Zeunerite: I. 3. c. Zinc: ? Zincaluminite: I. 3. c. Zincite: II. 1. C. b. Zinkenite: I. 3. a. Zinkosite: ? Zinnwaldite: I. 2. A. a.; I. 2. B. a. In- cludes polylithionite. Zircon: I. 1. A. a.; I. 1. B. a.; I. 2. A. a.; 1.2. B. a.; I. 2. C. a.; II. 1. A. a, b.; II. 1. B. b. Zirkelite: II. 1. A. a. Zoisite:!. 1. A. b.; I. 1. C. b.; I. 2. A. b.; II. 1. B. b. See also thulite. Zorgite: I. 3. a. Zunyite: I. 3. a. 30 458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF . [Sept.^ new or little-known crane-flies from the united states and canada: tipulid^, diptera. part 2. by charles p. alexander. Introduction. In the present paper, the author has undertaken a consideration of the American crane-flies contained in the collections of the Boston Society of Natural History and the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge. These collections are of peculiar interest to the student of crane-flies since they include the numerous types of Johnson, Osten Sacken, and Loew, in addition to a considerable amount of unclassified material. The paper has been divided into two parts, the first being a designation of the single-type specimen of the species of Tipula described by Loew, the second part a con- tinuation of the first paper under this title. ^ I Avish to express my deep appreciation to all of the persons who have kindly assisted me in this study, most of whom are designated in various parts of the paper. I am especially indebted to Mr. Charles W. Johnson and to Mr. Samuel Henshaw for the great privilege of examining and studying the invaluable collections in their custody. . Part 1. Designation of the Single-type (Lectotypic) Specimen OF THE North American Species of Tipula described BY Hermann Loew. The North American crane-flies described by Hermann Loew were included in a series of papers published between the years 1861 and 1872 under the general title of Diptera Americce septen- trio7ialis indigence and appearing in the Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift. This remarkable series of articles was in ten parts or centuries, each containing the description of a hundred species of flies. The references will be merely to the "Century," with the number of the species in the century and the original pagination. The date of the five centuries in which the crane-flies were described is as follows: 1 Proceedings of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, October, 1914, pp. 579-606. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 459 Century IV, vol. 7, Nos. 1-42; 1863. Century V, vol. 8, Nos. 14-32; 1864. Century VI, vol. 9, Nos. 2, 3; 1865. Century VIII, vol. 13, No. 2; 1869. Century X, vol. 16, Nos. 2, 3; 1872. All of the North American crane-flies described by Loew in this series of articles belong to the subfamily Tipulince and include the following genera: Ctenophora (1 species); Longurio (1 species); Holonisia (1 species); Stygeropsis (3 species); Pachyrrhina (19 species) and Tipula (41 species). The Loew material is all cotypic, there being no designation of a single-type specimen, and conse- quently the choosing of a lectotype at this time is deemed advisable. Concerning the Loew collection, as it is now preserved, it should be understood that the type-series for any species very often includes many specimens that were not mentioned by Loew in his original description, and yet there can be no doubt but that the material formed part of the type-series, since the specimens often bear the written label in Loew's script and the text of certain of the descrip- tions indicates that this material was before the author at the time that the description was drawn up. It has often seemed advisable to select one of these latter specimens as type, but this has not been done unless the actual specimen mentioned by Loew could not be located, as in the case of Tipula angulata. In all cases the male sex has been given preference over the female because of the varied characters of the hypopygium of this sex. Specimens that were placed in the series by Osten Sacken at the time that he arranged the material in the museum, but from the place and date were obviously not in Loew's hands at the time of the drawing up of the descriptions, have been ignored. It may be stated that the material in the Museum of Comparative Zoologj', as regards the species of Tipula, is still largely unarranged except to the major divisions based on the wing-pattern, there being three large cases devoted to the striatce, marmoratce and suhunicolores. When one studies the descriptions of the Tipulce described by Loew it is at once noted that only about six of the forty or more characterized are of the sub- unicolores, and this was explained when the collection was studied. The majority of the species described as new in the present paper, as well as most of the Eastern species named by Doane in 1901, were found in the collection, bearing manuscript names in Loew's writing but for some unexplained reason having never been described. In cases where this was feasible the name suggested by Loew is the 460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., one that has been adopted. These manuscript names of Loew have appeared in various collections, or, in some cases (bicornis, brevicollis), even into the literature, and consequently it is deemed advisable to mention the name applied by Loew to the different species discussed in the second part of this paper. TIPULA. T. angulata, Century V, No. 22, pp. 61, 62. The type-material was stated to have come from Massachusetts, but the only specimen now appearing in the collection is a male from New Hampshire, bearing the number 258, with the name-label in Loew's writing. It is this specimen that is designated as the type ; there is a possibility that the locality labels were later confused or that Loew wrote down the wrong State in his original description. There is no reason whatsoever for doubting that the specimen was before Loew at the time he drew up the description. The paler specimen mentioned in a note by Loew is not of this species, but of T. penobscot, described later; the sex is not female, but male. Lectotype, cf , New Hampshire. T. angustipennis, Century IV, No. 19, pp. 286, 287. Seventeen specimens in the type-series; (1), cf , Winnipeg (Kenni- cott); (2), d", No. 396, Labrador (Schneider); (3), 9, No. 129, Connecticut; (4), d^, Maine. Others in the series from Illinois; Hudsons Bay Territory (Kennicott) ; Lake Superior; Texas; Bruns- wick, Maine (Packard). Lectotype, cf, Winnipeg (Kennicott). T. apicalis, Century IV, No. 2, p. 277. Three specimens in the type-series; (1), 9 , bearing the name-label, Maine; (2), d", No. 254, without locaUty; (3), d^, Dobbs Ferry, N. Y. The male sex is not included in the original description and therefore is not mentioned as type. Lectotype, 9 , Maine (Osten Sacken). T. appendiculata, Century IV, No. 20, p. 287. The monotype only, a d^ , Saskatchewan (Kennicott) . T. balioptera, Century IV, No. 15, p. 284. Three specimens in the type-series; (1), d^ and 9 , together on the pin, the 9 almost entirely destroyed by museum pests, only one wing remaining, Enghsh River, Canada (Kennicott); (3), d^, labelled only "R. A. (Kennicott)." Lectotype, d^, English River (Kennicott). 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 461 T. bella, Century IV, No. 29, pp. 291, 292. Nine specimens in the type-series; (1), cf 9 , No. 99, Connecticut, bearing the name-labels; (4), most of the specimens now without locality-labels (including the District of Columbia material mentioned in the original description). Lectotype, 6^, Connecticut (Norton). T. caloptera, Century IV, No. .30, p. 292. Four specimens in the type-series; the specimen from Rhode Island mentioned in the original description of the species could not be traced; (1), cf , No. 128, Massachusetts; (2), cf 9 , Illinois. Lectotype, cf, Massachusetts (Scudder). T. canadensis, Century V, No. 19, pp. 59, 60. The monotype only, a cT, Fort Resolution, Hudsons Bay Territory (Kennicott) . T. casta, Century IV, No. 2.5, p. 289. Two specimens in the type-series, from Pennsylvania. Lectotype, cf , Pennsylvania. T. centralis, Century V, No. 21, pp. 60, 61. The monotype only, a cf , Hudsons Bay Territory (Kennicott). T. cincta, Century IV. No. 24, pp. 288, 289. Six specimens in the type-series; (1), cf. No. 96, District of Columbia; (2), 9, District of Columbia; (3), cT, New Hampshire, bearing the label in Loew's writing; (4), one cf, two 9 's. New Hampshire. Lectotype, cf , District of Columbia (Osten Sacken). T. discolor. Century IV, No. 12, p. 282. The monotype only, a 9 , now without locality-label, but according to the original description, Massachusetts (Scudderj. T. eluta, Century IV, No. 27, p. 290. The type is apparently no longer in existence. It was described from the District of Columbia (Osten Sacken). T. fallax, Century IV, No. 10, p. 281. The type-material is from California. Lectotype, cf , CaUfornia (Agassiz). T. fasciata, Century IV, No. 6, p. 279. Six specimens in the type-series; (1), cf, Sharon Springs, N. Y.; (2), one cf , two 9 's. No. 247, New York; (5), cf , Palisades, N. Y.; (6), 9 , Cambridge, Massachusetts. Lectotype, cf , Sharon Springs, N. Y. (Osten Sacken). 462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., T. fragilis, Century IV, No. 7, pp. 279, 280. Two specimens in the type-series; (1), cf , No. 7, Maine. Lectotype, cf , Maine. T. fraterna, Century V, No. 14. pp. 56, 57. The type is apparently no longer in existence. A label pinned in the case states: "I found the label loose in the drawer and could not refer it to any species. 0. Sacken. " The species was described from the District of Columbia (Osten Sacken). T. grata, Century IV, No. 11. pp. 281, 282. Six specimens in the type-series; (1), two cf 's, District of Columbia (Osten Sacken); (3), cf 9 , New York. Lectotype, cf , District of Columbia (Osten Sacken). T. hebes, Century IV, No. 18, pp. 285, 286. Six specimens in the type-series; (1), d^, the specimen bearing the name-label in Loew's writing lacks the locality-label, but is presumably the Connecticut specimen; (2), d^, Wisconsin; (3), 9 's, Illinois. The Maine material w^as not found. Lectotype, cf, Connecticut (Norton). T. ignobilis, Century IV, No. 9, p. 280. Two specimens in the type-series; (1), 9 , without locality-label, but presumably the specimen from the District of Columbia; the specimen is pinned with the cast pupal skin; (2), 9 , New Hampshire. Lectotype, 9 , District of Columbia (Osten Sacken). T. infuscata, Century IV, No. 26, pp. 289, 290. Two specimens in the type-series; (1), the specimen bearing the name-label is broken and the sex is uncertain, but from the text of the original characterization it is presumed that the specimen is a female; (2), 9 , New York. Lectotype, 9 , 'New York. T. latipennis, Century V, No. 20, p. 60. Three specimens in the type-series; (1), two cf's, one 9 , No. 249, New Hampshire. Lectotype, &, New Hampshire (Osten Sacken). T. longiventris, Century IV, No. 5, pp. 278, 279. Five specimens in the type-series; (1), cf, No. 6, Illinois, bearing the name-label; (2), a broken specimen from English River, Canada (Kennicott); (3), cf , almost totally destroyed by Dermestids, the wings and a fragment of the thorax all that is left; the label says "Osten Sacken" without locaHty; (4), 9, New York (Edwards) 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 463 with the apex of the abdomen broken off; the specimen bears the name-label in Loew's writing; (5), 9 , Maine, Lectotype, cT, Illinois (description says OstenSacken, but probably Kennicott) . T. macrolabis, Century V, No. 17, p. 58. Two specimens in the type-series; (1), cT, No. 136, Fort Resolu- tion (Kennicott) (2), cf , labelled ''Hudsons Bay Territory." L'ectotype, cf", Fort Resolution, Hudsons Bay Territory (Kenni- cott) . T. pallida, Century IV, No. 16, pp. 284, 285. Six specimens in the type-series; (1), cf , No. 251, pinned above the cast pupal skin, Massachusetts; (2), cf, Massachusetts; (3), 9, New Hampshire; (4), sex uncertain. New Hampshire; (5), two cf's, ^\dthout locality -labels, bearing the numbers 155, 162, respectively. Lectotype, cf, Massachusetts (Scudder). T. praecisa, Century X, No. 2, p. 51. The type-material is from California. Lectotype, o^, California (Hy. Edwards). T. pubera, Century V, No. 16, pp. 57, 58. The type-material is from California. Lectotype, cf , Cahfomia (A. Agassiz). T. septentrionalis, Century IV, No. 4, p. 278. Three speciniens in the series; (1), cf , No. 394, Labrador; (2), two cT 's, one bearing the name-label. Lectotype, d^, Labrador (Schneider). T. serrulata, Century V, No. 18, pp. 58, 59. The monotype only, a 9 , Fort Resolution, Hudsons Bay Territory (Kennicott). T. serta, Century IV, No. 14, p. 283. Twelve specimens in the type-series; (1), c^. No. 382, without locality-label, but probably from English River, Canada; (2), cT, No. 18, without locality-label; (3) several others, English River, Canada (Kennicott); (7), other specimens, Winnipeg (Kennicott); (10), Massachusetts (Scudder), these latter specimens almost entirely destroyed by Dermestids. Lectotype, d^, English River, Canada (Kennicott). T. speciosa, Century IV, No. 22, p. 288. Six specimens in the type-series; (1), cf, Illinois; (2), cf , No. 256, District of. Columbia; (3), cf 's. New Jersey; (5), cf , Kentucky, 464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., this last specimen accompanied by a note "last joint of the antennae very small in both cf 9 ; 2nd joint of palpi = 3rd, " in Osten Sacken's writing. Lectotype, cf , Illinois (description says Osten Sacken, but probably Kennicott) . T. strepens, Century IV, No. 28, p. 291. Three specimens in the type-series: (1), 9, No. 253, without locality-label, presumably New York; (2), two 9 's, Pahsades, New York (0. Sacken)^ The male of the original description could not be located. Lectoty pe, 9 , New York (Osten Sacken) . T. SUbfasciata, Century IV, No. 13, p. 282, 283. Two specimens in the type-series; sex uncertain, but the original description says cf. Lectotype, cf, English River, Canada (Kennicott). T. submaculata, Century IV, No. 23, p. 288. Three specimens in the type-series; (1), 9, Massachusetts; (2),. 9 , No. 259, New York. The male was not included in the original description, but appears in the collection under the manuscript name "bidens." Lectotype, 9 , Massachusetts (Scudder) . T. suspecta, Century IV, No. 8, p. 280. The monotype only, a 9 , without locality-label ; the description says District of Columbia (Osten Sacken). T. tephrocephala, Century V, No. 23, p. 62. Seven specimens in the type-series; (1), cf, No. 180, bearing the name-label, New Hampshire; (2), 9, New Hampshire; (3), 9, Cambridge, Massachusetts; (4), 9, Massachusetts; (5), sex?, Canada (Couper); (6), 9, bearing name-label. Palisades, New York. Lectotype, (f , New Hampshire. T. ternaria, Century V, No. 15, p. 57. The monotype only, a cf. No. 138, Hudsons Bay Territory (Kenni- cott). The label says ''terna," but an accompanying note by Osten Sacken says "probably ternaria Loew, " and there can be no question but this is the species. Under the manuscript name of "triplex" Loew has two more males from Hudsons Bay Territory, to which Osten Sacken has added the label "allied to T. arctica Curtis but the female ovipositor not serrated." Lectotype, cf, Hudsons Bay Territory (Kennicott). 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 465 T. tesselata, Century IV, No. 3, pp. 277, 278. The monotype only, a 9 , Labrador (Schneider). T. umbrosa, Century IV, No. 31, p. 292. The monotype only, a cf , Louisiana (Schaum). T. valida, Century IV, No. 21, pp. 287, 288. Eight specimens in the type-series; (1), 9 , No. 293, Illinois; (2), cT, Virginia. The male sex is not mentioned in the original description. The Massachusetts specimens have lost the locality- labels. Lectotype, 9 , Illinois. T. versicolor, Century IV, No. 17, p. 285. The monotype only, a 9 , Illinois, bearing the label "versicolor m. " Part 2. Description of New or Little-known Species. Family TIPULID^. Sub-family TIPULIN^. Tribe Tipulini. NEPHROTOMA Meigen. Pales Meigen; Xouvelle Classification des Mouches, p. 14; 1800 (nomen nudem). Nephroloma Meigen; Illiger's Magazine, p. 262: 1803. Pachyrrhiiia Macquart; Histoire Xaturelle des Insectes; Dipteres I, p. 88; 1834. The genus Nephrotoma was erected by Meigen in 1803 to include the Fabrician species, dorsalis. The insect mentioned, specimens of which are before me (Urdingen, Niederrhein, Germany; Riedel, collector), is a typical Pachyrrhina of the same group as eucera Loew (Nearctic). The venational details and the characters of the male hypopygium are altogether of the nature of those occurring in Pachyr- rhina. Loew, in a foot-note to the characterization of eucera {Ber- liner Entomologische Zeitschrift, VH, Century 4, p. 297; 1863) states that if Nephrotoma is to be separated from Pachyrrhina, eucera should be referred to Nephrotoma. The antennae of eucera and dorsalis are 19-segmented in the male; of polymera, 16-segmented in the male; of the majority of the species of the genus, 13-segmented in the male. Thus we see there is a very considerable range in the number of antennal segments, but the species included are all so very similar in the details of venation, in the male hypopygia and in their general habitus and body-coloration that they should not be separated, especially since the females show a very much lesser range in the number of antennal segments (13 to 15). A considerable 466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., variation in the number of antennal segments is found in other genera of crane-flies (Ctedonia, 15 to 24 segments; Cerozodia, 32 to 39 segments; Tanyderus, 17 to 25 segments), and consequently too much significance should not be placed upon this variable character in these groups. The genus Puchyrrhina was described at a much later date, and consequently the numerous species known throughout the world under this name must be referred to Nephrotoma. The change in the American species affects all of the described forms with the excep- tion of collaris Say, polymera Loew, nohilis Loew, unimaculata Loew, calif ornica Doane, trinidadensis Alexander and macrostema Alexander, which should be referred to the genus Tipula as discussed below. The discover}^ of an ultimate character to separate the species of Nephrotoma from those of Tipida is still largely a desideratum. There are a number of characters which, if used in combination, should serve to separate the species of the two genera. The majority of the characters cited below should hold in all cases. Venationally these characters are as follows: (1) The very short, usually almost transverse, radial sector of Nephrotoma, which in many species is transverse and simulates a cross-vein; in other species longer and more ol)lique, reaching its maximum length apparently in species such as vittula Loew. (2) The sessile cell Mi in Nephrotoma, this being rarely short- petiolate. This character has long been known, having been clearly stated by Schiner (1864). Species of Tipula with the cell sessile are unknown. (3) The basal deflection of Cui and the cross-vein m-cu at or before the fork of M. This character, described for the first time by Czizek- and independently by Brunetti,^ is the nearest approach to absolute of any that we have, but even this is approached by some species of Tipula (the jnarmoraice group, fragilis Loew, ignohilis Loew, et al.). The male hypopygium of Nephrotoma shows the ninth pleurite never completely fused with the ninth sternite, the more generalized condition occurring in such species as incurva Loew, where the pleurite is almost entirely separated from the sternite, through lugens Loew, where the pleural suture is straight and not curved dorsally toward the tip, to the more specialized condition with the 2 Tipulidse Moravicae; Zeitschrift des Mahrischen Landesmuseums, vol. 11, p. .50, 1911. •■' Fauna of British India, Diptera Nematocera, p. 340, 1912. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 467 curved suture obtaining in many species {eucera Loew, ferruginea Fabricius, pedunculata Loew, et al.). The ninth tergite is usually small and rather inconspicuous, not tumid. The outer pleural appendage is fleshy, in the shape of a more or less flattened lobe, which is Sometimes attenuated or arcuated. In general, the species of Nephfotoma are shiny with well-marked stripes and bright colors. In some, however (as macrocera Say), the colors are dull, quite as in some species of Tipula. The six species listed before, as well as the new species described below as Tipula pachyrhinoides, which have hitherto been taken to be species of Nephrotoma, agree with the species of this latter genus only in the bright, shiny coloration, all of the other characters pointing strongly to the fact that they are really species of Tipula. The second Tipida calif ornica described by Doane^ thus requires renaming. In the work by Czizek cited before,^ the author of this excellent paper has given a critical comparison of Nephrotoma and Pachyrrhina, pointing out the fact that there is no basis at all for retaining the latter name; but in spite of this clear comparison, the two names are still kept separate. The "discoidal cross-vein^' spoken of by the author is that portion of the vein M between the cross-vein m-cu and the fork of M. Nephrotoma penumbra sp- n. Frontal prolongation of the head with three stripes: antennae dark broAvnish black, excepting the basal segment; head dull brownish; thoracic dorsum obscure dull yellow with three broad black stripes; pleura yellow spotted with brown; Avings dusky; abdomen dull yellow with three stripes. MaZe.— Length, 12.2-13.4 mm.; wing, 11.8-13.6 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head moderate in length, yellow, with three broad brownish stripes, the lateral pair being more distinct than the median one. Palpi ^vith the basal segment black, the second and third dark browTi, the terminal segment light brown. Antennae with the basal segment dull yellow, darkened toward the apex, the remaining segments dark brownish black; the flagellar segments deeply incised beneath. Front light yellow; vertex reddish brown with a linear black median vitta. Thoracic prsescutum dull obscure yellow with three broad black •stripes, the median one longest and broadest; the lateral stripes not * Annals of the Entomological Society of America, vol. 5, p. 49, 1912. ^ Tipulidse Moravicae; Zeitschrift des Mahrischen Landesmuseums, vol. 11, pp. 49, 51, 1911. 468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., incurved at the anterior end; scutum dull yellow, the lobes with two dark brown spots on each; scutellum dull brownish yellow; postnotum rather bright yellow with a broad median vitta, which is widest in front, narrowed behind. Pleura yellow, the mesopleurites suffused with brown on the ventral portions of the sclerites. Halteres bro\\ii. Legs with the coxae yellowish brown; trochanters and femora light brown; tibise and tarsi brown. Wings strongly tinged with brown, the stigma long, brown, the veins dark brown. Vena- tion as in Plate XVI, fig. 1. i\.bdominal tergites dull brownish yellow with a very broad blackish median stripe, the lateral margins of the segments indistinctly black- ened, the caudal margin very narrowly pale; eighth and ninth tergites uniformly dark brown; sternites dull yellow, the segments three to seven with a linear l)lack median mark, broadest basally; the mark on the seventh segment short, occupying less than half the length of the segment, the other marks long, occupying about three- fourths the length of the segment; sternites eight and nine almost uniformly brownish yellow. Male hypopygium with the ninth tergite broad, having the caudal margin provided with a deep U- shaped median notch, the lateral lobes broadly rounded. Habitat. — Northeastern United States. Holotype, cf, Halfway House, Mt. Washington, N. H.; July 6, 1914 (Johnson). Paratypes, 2 d^'s, topotypic; 3 cf's, Mt. Washington, N. H. (Osten Sacken). The type is in the collection of the Boston Society of Natural History; paratypes in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology and in the collection of the author. In its black thoracic stripes, penumbra agrees with vittida Loew, pedunculata Loew and incurva Loew, all being forms with the wings hyaline and not strongly infumed with brown as in penumbra. The lateral prsescutal stripes are not incurved at the tip as in incurva and there is no black spot between the bases of the antennae as in pedunculata. TIPULA Linnffius. T-ipula Linnseus; Systema Natura, 10th edition, p. 585; 1758. TRICHOTIPULA subgen. n. Similar to Tipula, s.s., the apical cells of the wings with abundant short hairs. The coloration of the type-form is very similar to species of the genus Oropeza Needham. Type. — Tipula (Trichotipula) oropezoides Johnson. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 469 This insect is very common and quite characteristic of the upland liogs, the gorges and deep, cold Canadian woods in May and June. From the tent-trap observations made in 1914 by Miss Ruby B. Hughes, at Ithaca, N. Y., it is quite certain that the larva lives in wet earth near water. CINCTOTIPULA subgen. n. Similar to Tipula, s.s., the apical cells of the wings with scanty short hairs. The coloration of the type-species is dark brown, the thoracic dorsum dark colored with pale stripes. Type. — Tipula {Cinctotipula) cdgonquin sp. n. Tipula algonquin sp. n. Coloration brown and yellow; antennse elongated in the male sex, the two basal segments dull yellow, the flagellum unicolorous, brown; thorax dark brown with three pale stripes; abdominal tergites light yellow, cross-banded with brown; wings hyaline. Male. — Length, 11.5-12 mm.; wing, 11-11.3 mm.; antennae about 5.5-6 mm. Fore leg, femora, 7.3 mm.; tibiae, 8.7 mm.; hind leg, femora, 8 mm.; tibiae, 8.6 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head short, stout, brownish yellow, the nasus prominent; palpi short, the two basal segments paler brown than the two apical segments. Antennae rather elongated in the male sex, the two basal segments dull yellow, the flagellar seg- ments uniform dark brown with a dense white pubescence ; segments of the flagellum only a little enlarged at the base. Head dull yellow, on the sides of the vertex behind the eyes with a triangular brown patch. Pronotal scutum brownish yellow, a little darker medially. Mesonotal praescutum with the three usual thoracic stripes present, but pale brownish yellow in color, the interspaces being very dark brown, so that a pale striping on a dark background is effected; the middle stripe is divided by a broad median grayish brown stripe; lateral margins of the sclerite pale, yellow; scutum with the median area pale yellow pollinose; the lobes dark brown, enclosing two paler brown areas, of which the larger lies proximo-caudad ; scutellum Ijrownish yellow with a brown line on either side of the broad median area; postnotum dull bro\\aiish yellow. Pleura dull yellow, the mesepisternum more brownish. Halteres light brown, the knobs yello\\ash. Legs with the coxae and trochanters dull yellow; femora dull yellow, indistinctly tipped with darker brown; tibiae pale yellow at the joint, remainder of the tibite and tarsi dark brown. 470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., Wings pale gray, the costal cell only a little more yellowish in color; a pale vitreous mark before the stigma, most distinct in the base of cell 1st Ri, reappearing at the base of cell 1st M^; a white vitreous blotch beyond the stigma occupying the outer end of cell 2nd Ri and the base of R^; stigma prominent, full, oval, dark brown; veins bro^vTi. Venation (see Plate XVI, fig. 2): Rs rather short, arcuated; cell 1st M-2 elongate, narrow; a few hairs in the outer cells of the wing, in cells 1st Ri, Ri, Rs, Rb, Mi and M2. Abdominal tergites light yellow, segment two with a broad cross- band at about midlength; segments two to eight with a broad apical cross-band, giving the abdomen a banded tigrine appearance; on the shortened apical segments the banding occupies almost the entire sclerite; sternites one to four pale yellow, five to eight dark brown. Hypopygium with the eighth tergite large, the caudal margin almost straight. Ninth tergite (see Plate XIX, fig. 44) large, the caudal margin with a deep U-shaped notch, the margin provided with rather numerous hairs. Ninth pleurite extensive but incomplete, the pleural suture short, curved dorsad at its tip; pleural appendages (see Plate XX, fig. 61) two, an outer fleshy lobe, moderately long, provided with numerous hairs; inner lobe more complex, consisting of a flattened blade directed dorsad, at the base on the outer edge with a sharp chitinized tooth. Ninth sternite (see Plate XVII, fig. 24) rather restricted, along the ventral median line profoundly incised. Eighth sternite extensive, the caudal margin with a deep and broad U-shaped notch. Habitat. — Northeastern North America. Holotype, cf. Station Isle, Go-Home Bay, Muskoka District, Ontario, Canada, August 16, 1912 (Clemens). Allotype, 9 , Northeast Harbor, Hancock Co., Me., August 29, 1908 (Minot). Paratypes, No. 1, cT, with the allotype; No. 2, 9, North Mt., Luzerne Co., Pa., August 28, 1897 (Johnson); No. 3, d', Ridgewood, Bergen Co., N. J., July 14, 1911 (Leonard); No. 4, 3 d^, 2 9 near Plummer's Island, Fairfax Co., Virginia, July 28, 1912 (Knab); No. 9, Plummer's Island, Maryland, August 4, 1907 (McAfee). The type is in the collection of the University of Toronto; the allotype in the collection of the Boston Society of Natural History; paratypes 1, 3, 7 and 8 in the collection of the author; paratype 2 in the collection of Mr. Johnson; Nos. 4-6, in the United States Na- tional Museum; No. 9 in the collection of the Biological Survey. The specific name of this interesting fly is that of the great Indian 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 471 nation formerty occupying a large portion of the United States and Canada. Tipula pachyrhinoides sp. n. Size small (wing of the female under 12 mm.); thoracic stripes reddish to black; a broad median white band from the scutum to the base of the abdomen; abdominal tergites with the apices of the segments ringed with brown; wings with cell Mi petiolate; cross-vein m-cu beyond the fork of M. Female. — Length, 13.5 mm.; wing, 10 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head shiny yellow with a linear brown mark on either side of the middle line and mth a small rounded brown spot near the caudal end of this mark and slightly below it. Palpi dark brown. Antennae with the two scapal segments dull yellow, the flagellum broken in the type (see the paratype described below). Head shiny orange-yellow with a dark brown median vitta, narrowest in front, broadened behind; a prominent frontal ridge on either side of the middle line, the anterior ends approxi- mated; occiput with a rounded dark brown spot on either side of the middle line. Pronotum with the scutum dull yellow, broadly darkened medially, sides of the sclerite and the proepisternum with a large brownish black blotch. Mesonotal praescutum yellow, shiny, with three reddish brown stripes, of which the middle one is broadened in front, narrowed behind, indistinctly bisected by a faint yellowish line; lateral stripes short and broad; pseudosutural fovese present as a narrow impressed line connecting the impressed point with a black- ened area on the sides of the sclerite; a large, rounded, blackish blotch at the ends of the transverse suture; scutum with the lobes browmish yellow, each with two large chestnut spots, of which the anterior one is smaller; median area broad, pale, almost white; scutellum slightly infuscated on the sides, the median area broadly whitish; postnotum with the medial third almost white, bordered on either side by a dark brown margin; lateral edges of the sclerite yellowish. Pleura pale china-white with an indistinct yellowish tinge; brown blotches as follows: large blotches on the anterior ventral portions of the mesepisternum and mesosternum; a smaller blotch on the anterior dorsal margin of the mesepimeron; a large blotch near the lower end of this last sclerite; the metapleural sclerites are broadly margined with dark brown; sternum with less distinct brown blotches; an impressed black semilunar line just in front of the parapterum. Halteres light brown, the knobs dark- 472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., ened. Legs with the coxae dull yellow, a little suffused with brown on the anterior outer face; trochanters yellowish brown; femora dull yellow, the tip narrowly dark brown; tibiae dull yellowish brown, soon passing into dark brown; tarsi dark brown. Wings grayish subhy aline; stigma moderately indistinct, brown. Venation (see Plate XVI, fig. 3); Rs long; cell Mi petiolate; basal deflection of Cui and the cross-vein yn-cu beyond the fork of M. Abdomen with the tergites brownish yellow, the caudal margin of each sclerite dark brown, sending a broad median line forward, forming a ±-shaped mark; on the apical segments only the median vitta persists; lateral margins of the tergites with the anterior half grayish, the caudal half dark brown; an interrupted median line on the sternites. The paratype is quite similar to the type with the following excep- tions and additions: antennal flagellum dark brownish black; the thoracic stripes very dark brownish black with the ground-color light yellow; the pattern on the abdomen is indistinct but indicated. Habitat. — Northern United States and Canada. Holotype, 9 , Mt. Washington, N. H. Paratype, 9 , Farewell Creek, Southern Saskatchewan, Canada; September, 1907. The type is in the collection of the Boston Society of Natural History; the paratype is in the collection of the author. This small Tipula bears a remarkable resemblance to certain species of Nephrotoma, especially N. vittiila Loew, which is likewise a northern form. The thoracic stripes in vittula are described as being black, but specimens in the collection of the Boston Society of Natural History have the stripes rich reddish chestnut and are very similar to the present fly; the broad yellowish white median thoracic stripe, the transverse caudal brown margins to the abdominal tergites and the venation will easily distinguish the forms. Tipula penobscot sp. n. Coloration gray and brown; antennae rather short, subunicolorous; thorax light gray, the stripes quite indistinct, brown; win^s sub- hyaline, the tip broadly dark brown; an indistinct brown band along the cord; wings with the tip of vein R2 atrophied or nearly so; male genitalia with the ninth tergite subquadrate, caudal margin deeply and broadly concave with a sharp median tooth; ninth pleurite small, complete. Male.— Length, 11 mm.; wing, 12.8 mm.; antennae about 3.3 mm. Frontal prolongation ' of the head rather long, yellowish brown; 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 473 palpi light brown, the terminal segment darker. Antennae with the four basal segments light yellow, the remainder light brown, the basal swelling of each segment only a little darker than the remainder of the segment. Front with a small tubercle; head light gray with a very narrow brown line extending from the middle of the tubercle caudad to the occiput. Thoracic dorsum light gray with rather indistinct brown stripes, the median stripe broader in front, narrowed behind, indistinctly split by a pale middle vitta; lateral stripes narrower and less dis- tinct; scutum pale grayish white, the middle portions of the lobes brown; postnotum and scutellum dull yellow, rather thickly dusted with grayish wdiite. Pleura rather pale grayish white. Halteres pale, the knob brown. Legs with the coxse pale dusted with whitish; trochanters pale yellow; femora dull yellow passing into brown toward the tip; tibise and tarsi brown. Wings whitish subhyaline, the costal cell more yellowish; tip of the wing broadly dark brown; an indistinct interrupted brown cross-band from the stigma along the cord; a brown cloud at the origin of Rs, at the arculus, at two- thirds the length of cell M. Venation (see Plate XVI, fig. 4) : tip of R2 atrophied. Abdominal tergites dull yellow with a median brown longitudinal line on the first segment; remaining tergites yello^vish brown^ segment seven and the caudal portions of six largely dull yellow;, segment nine dark brown. Sternites dull yellow, segments six to nine more brownish. Male genitalia (see Plate XVIII, fig. 32) with the eighth tergite narrow. Ninth tergite (see Plate XIX, fig. 45) subquadrate, the caudal margin deeply and broadly concave, a blunt, rounded lobe on either side of this concavity, a sharp median tooth and a smaller denticle midway between the median toothy and the rounded lobe. Ninth pleurite rather small, complete, the dorso-caudal margin produced into a sharp point which is directed caudad; the ventro-caudal portion rounded and provided \vith abundant rather long hairs; pleural appendages two, the outer appendage a slender, small, fleshy lobe, subsigmoid to cylindrical in shape; the inner pleural lobe is complex, consisting of a large, flattened portion which is produced in front into a moderately sharp point which is directed cephalad; underneath the base of this point, on the anterior or cephalic margin is a black, chitinized lobe which is directed laterad; the base of this appendage is hollowed out into a conspicuous cup-shaped lobe which is directed laterad and bears a small, sharp spine behind and beneath. 31 474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., Habitat. — Northeastern United States. Holotype, cf, Orono, Penobscot Co., Maine, June 14, 1913 (Alexander) . Paratype, No. 1, cf , North Mt., Luzerne Co., Pa., June 11 (John- son); paratype No. 2, cf, without locahty, labelled "Packard" and the label "angulata = 258" in Loew's writing; this is the specimen mentioned by Loew in the description of angulata. The type is in the collection of the author; paratype No. 1 in the collection of Mr. Johnson; paratype No. 2 in the collection of the Muvseum of Comparative Zoology. The second paratype is quite pale in color, and this maj' be due to the teneral condition of the fly. The specific name is that of the Indian tribe formerly occupying a large portion of the State of Maine. This species was taken in a small woodland at Orono, Maine. These woods are Canadian in aspect, the main floral constituents being coniferous trees, Abies, Picea, Tsuga and Thuja and the ground cover of Coptis trifolia, Linncea boreaUs americana, etc. The insect occurred along a small stream flowing through rather low ground and supporting a very "rich crane-fly fauna. Most of the species were swept from boughs of trees, fern growth, etc., or caught in flight or swarming. The more conspicuous species on this day were Dicranomyia pudica, D. Jucretica, D. halterata, D. pubipennis, Lim- nobia solitaria, Rhypholophus 7neigeni, in small swarms, R. rubellus, in very large swarms, Erioptera venusta, E. vespertina, Gonomyia subcinerea, Epiphragma fasciapennis, Limnophila rufibasis, L. brevi- furca, L. fuscovaria, L. quadrata, Adelphomijia minuta, Rhaphidolabis flaveola, Tricyphona calcar, T. inconstans, Liogma nodicornis, Doli- chopeza americana, Nephrotoma macrocera, Tipula bella and Tipula (Trichotipula) oropezoides. Tipula angulata Loew. Tipula angulata Loew; Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift, vol. 8, p. 61 (1864). Tipula decora Doane; Journal of the New York Entomological Society, vol. 9, p. 125 (1901). The synonomy as given above was decided upon after comparing the description of decora with the type of angulata. In the collection of Mr. Johnson there is a specimen of angtdata that is from the same locality and taken by the same collector as the type of decora (male, Montreal, Canada, June 11, 1909, Chagnon). 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 475 Tipula fragilis Loew. Tipula fragilis Loew; Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift, vol. 7, p. 279 (1863). Tipula suspeda Loew; Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift, vol. 7, p. 280 (1863). The synonomy as given above was decided after comparing the type of suspeda with, those of fragilis. Tipula mainensis sp. n. Coloration brownish; thorax striped with blackish brown; antennae with the three basal segments light yellow, the remaining segments bicolorous; wings pale grayish, stigma brown; male genitalia with the ninth tergite having the caudal margin broadly concave, the lateral angles not prominent. Male. — Length, 10-11 mm.; wing, 12-12.1 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head rather short, dull brownish yellow; nasus prominent, brown; palpi short, the first segment yellow, the remaining segments dark brown. Antennae rather short, the three basal segments light yellow, the following segments with the basal swelhng dark brown, the remainder of each segment dull yellow, passing into brown on the terminal segments. Head light yellowish brown, heavily whitish gray pruinose, with a narrow, indistinct brown median line. Pronotum dull yellow. Mesonotal prsescutum rather bright brown with heavy dark broAvn stripes, very sparsely dusted with yellowish, the lateral margins brighter, yellowish; scutum with the lobes largely brown on the cUsk; scutellum and postnotum dull yellow. Pleura dull yellow, whitish poUinose. Halteres with the knob dark brown, the extreme base, or sometimes the whole stem, yellowish brown. Legs with the coxae light yellow, whitish poUinose; trochanters yellow; femora dull yellow, the tip narrowly dark brown; tibiae brownish yellow, darker at the tip; tarsi brown. Wings pale grayish, the costal region a little brighter, more yellowish; stigma rather distinct, brown; a broad vitreous band before the stigma extending into the base of cell ili" 4. Venation as in Plate XVI, fig. 5. Abdominal tergites dull yellow, a narrow median band which is broadened out on the apical segments; a brownish subbasal blotch on the side of each segment; the lateral margin of the tergites pale; ninth tergite brownish black, narrowly bordered with yellowish; sternites yellowish. Male genitalia (see Plate XVIII, fig. 31) with the ninth tergite (Plate XIX, fig. 46) broadly subquadrate, the caudal margin very shallowly concaVe, the lateral angles not promi- 476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., nent; a narrow impressed median furrow which is lined with whitish. Ninth pleurite complete, elongate oval, not in contact with the tergite; outer appendage a short, cylindrical, rather stout, fleshy lobe with rather numerous long hairs; inner appendage (see Plate XXI, fig. 76) complex, a very compressed lobe which is notched on its inner face and here heavily chitinized. Ninth sternite extensive, gently concave beneath on the caudal margin; on either side just ventrad of the pleurites with a large pale oval lobe which is densely punctulate on the outer ventral half. The penis-guard (see Plate XXI, fig. 75) is prominent, the tip a little expanded, consisting of a rounded apical lobe subtended on either side by a sharp, chitinized tooth. Eighth sternite almost straight across the caudal margin; on either side a V-shaped group of stout, conspicuous hairs, there being about 24-30 in each group. Habitat. — Northeastern United States and Canada. Holotype, cf, Mt. Desert Isle, Hancock Co., Me., August 31, 1913 (Alexander). Allotype, 9 , Fort Kent, Aroostook Co., Me., August 19, 1910 (Johnson) . Paratypes, No. 1, 2 cf 's, Ashland Junction, Aroostook Co., Me., August 16, 1910 (Johnson); No. 3, cf 9 , Grand Lake, Newfound- land, July 25, 1906 (Bryant); No. 5, d", no locality, labelled ''Packard." Paratype No. 5 bears the manuscript name "Icevigata" in Loew's script. The type and paratype No. 4 in the collection of the author; the allotype and paratypes 1 to 3 in the collections of Mr. Johnson and the Boston Society of Natural History; paratype No. 5 in the Museum of Comparative Zoolog;^'. Tipula taughannock sp. n. Coloration grayish and yellow; antennae elongated in the male sex, the three basal segments dull yellow, the flagellum unicolorous, brown; thoracic dorsum yellowish with brown stripes; abdomen yellow with l^rown markings; wdngs hyaline or nearly so; male genitalia with the ninth tergite tumid, deeply notched; ninth pleurite nearly complete. Female with the coloration dark brownish black; wings uniformly brown; abdominal tergites with bright yellow triangles. Male.- — Length, 15-17 mm.; wing, 15.5-15.8 mm.; antennae, about 10 mm. Fore leg, femora, 8.3 mm.; tibiae 10.6 mm.; hind leg, femora, 8.8 mm.; tibiae, 11.9 mm. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 477 Female. — Length, 15 mm.; wing, 10.5-11.8 mm. Middle leg, femora, 4.9 mm.; tibiae, 4.5 mm.; hind leg, femora, 6.3 mm.; tibiae, 6.6 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head rather short, brownish yellow with sparse black hairs above; nasus distinct; palpi with the first two segments dull yellow, the apical segments darker. Antennae long, graceful, if bent backward extending about to the base of the fifth abdominal segment; the three basal segments dull j^ellow, the remaining segments dark brown, uniform or nearly so. Front with a tubercle, grayish passing into browTi on the vertex and thence into buff on the occiput; frontal tubercle buff; a narrow black median vitta from this latter becoming indistinct about the middle of the vertex. Pronotum dull yellow to brown. IVIesonotal praescutum dull grayish yellow with three distinct dark brown stripes, the median one broadest, the lateral stripes small and less distinct; scutum pale yellow laterally, duller yellow medially, the centre of the lobes mostly dark brown; scutellum and postnotum dull yellow, whitish pollinose. Pleura pale yellow, whitish pollinose, with brown mark- ings before the base of the halteres, on the mesepisternum and mesosternum; metanotum brownish. Halteres light yellow, the knob dark brown. Legs with the coxae pale whitish pollinose, the cephalic faces more or less suffused wdth brown, especially on the hind legs; trochanters and femora yellow, the latter narrowly dark brown at the tip; tibiae brownish yellow passing into dark brown at the tip; tarsi dark brown. Wings pale yellowish brown, sub- hyahne, the costal region more yellowish, the stigma more broA\Tiish but indistinct; an interrupted vitreous band from before the stigma into cell 1st M^; a vitreous spot beyond stigma in the base of cell Ri (see Plate XVI, fig. 8). Abdomen with the first tergite silvery pollinose basally, bright yellow on the terminal two-thirds; tergites two to four dull yellow, each segment with a black median triangle, the point of which is behind ; segment two Avith a dark brown ring about midlengt h of the sclerite; segments three and four with this transverse ring subbasal; lateral margins of these segments broadly pale yellow, inside which is a broad dark brown band running the length of the abdomen; segments five to seven dull yellow with the dorsal triangles and the lateral pattern extensive, largely covering the segments; the black lateral stripes end at the base of segment seven, so this segment is largely yellomsh on the sides; segment eight dark brown except 478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [Sept., the caudal margin on the sides; ninth tergite dark brown, the caudal margin broadly dull yellow; hypopygium reddish; sternites yellowish, on segments four to eight becoming much darker, the caudal margin broadly paler, more yellowish. Hypopygium (see Plate XVIII, fig. 33) with the ninth tergite (see Plate XIX, fig. 47) thickened, tumid, with a very deep shield-shaped notch continuing back almost one-half the length of the sclerite, the lateral lobes rather pointed; a prominent point on the middle line beneath, this directed caudad. Ninth pleurite (see Plate XX, fig. 62) rather extensive, nearly com- plete, the caudal margin produced caudad into a prominent lobe; a subtriangular fleshy lolje (a) from the caudal margin of the pleurite beneath, this lobe densely covered with prominent setiferous papillae directed caudad and laterad; pleural appendages consisting of an outer, rather larger, cylindrical, pale fleshy lobe which is provided with numerous long hairs; inner appendage complex, consisting of a broad, pale, flattened and very compressed lobe, suboval, with the cephalic outer margin produced outward as a black, more chitinized bar which is connected with the main lobe only at its base. Ninth sternite deeply divided by a profound cut in which hang two pen- dulous lobes from the ventral inner portions of the ninth pleurite, these lobes with numerous long hairs at the tip only. Eighth sternite almost straight across the caudal margin. Penis-guard very complex, ventrall}^ near the tip with two sharp straight points on each side; anal tube prominent, pale. Female. — Frontal prolongation of the head rather short, brown; palpi short, dark brown. Antennae short, the two basal segments rich brown, flagellum dark brown, unicolorous. Head rich brown, an indistinct dark brown median vitta. Thoracic dorsum light brown with three dark brown stripes which practically conceal the ground-color, the middle stripe very broad in front, narrowed behind; scutum, scutellum and postnotum dark brown. Pleura brown, rather lighter on the dorsal pleurites. Hal- teres rather short, slender-stemmed, dark brown. Legs short, stout, dark brown throughout. Wings uniformly brown; stigma oval, dark brown; veins dark iDrown. Venation of this sex as in Plate XVI, fig. 7. Abdominal tergites one to seven largely bright yellow above, the lateral margins dark bro^vn; on the apical segments the yellow is in the form of triangles whose point is at the base of the segment; eighth and ninth segments dark brown; sternites rather dull yellow, variegated with dark brown. Ovipositor with the tergal valves 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 479 rather enlarged at the base, verj^ sUghtly upturned at their tips; sternal valves short, straight. Habitat. — Northeastern United States. Holotype, c^, Buell Mt., Fulton Co., N. Y., altitude 1,800 feet, June 13, 1914 (C. P. and W. P. Alexander). AUotj^pe, 9 , Southern Helderburg Mts., Albanj^ Co., N. Y., near New Salem, June 12, 1915 (Alexander). Paratypes, No. 1, 100 cf' s, 3 9 's, with the allotype; No. 104, cf , Taughannock Falls, Tompkins Co., N. Y., May 19, 1911 (Alexander); No. 105, cf , Mt. Equinox, Bennington Co., Vt., June 5, 1910 (John- son); No. 106, cf, without locality, labelled "0. Sacken"; No. 107, 9, Lake Forest, Lake Co., Illinois, May, 1905 (Needham); No. 108, 9, Delaware, June 3, 1874; No. 109, cf, in copulation with the last. The type, allotype, and paratypes 1-104 are in the collection of the author; No. 105 in the collection of the Boston Society of Natural History; Nos. 106, 108, and 109 in the Museum of Comparative Zoology; No. 107, in the collection of Cornell LTniversity. The type of this beautiful fly was taken on the shaded eastern slopes of Buell Mt., one of the southern peaks of the Adirondacks. It occurred in the hardwood forest which clothes the mountain, in the neighborhood of small granitic cliffs and near the dried-up bed of a mountain torrent. Crane-flies which were flying with this species included Limnohia cinctij)es, L. indigena, Limnophila munda, L. areolata, L. toxoneura, Tipula pallida, T. valida and both sexes of T. fuliginosa. The paratype No. 104 was taken in the great gorge of the Taughan- nock Falls near Cayuga Lake, N. Y. The insect occurred at the summit of the talus slopes in a place wet with the falling spray of small accessory streams; the more notable plants in this portion of the gorge and growing at the top of the shale at this season are Pinguicula vulgaris, Primida mistassinica and Saxifraga aizoides. Tipula fuliginosa Say. Tipula fuliginosa Say; Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. 3, p. 18, 1823 {Ctenophora) . Tipula speciosa Loew; BerUner Entomologische Zeitschrift, vol. 7, p. 288, 1863. Perhaps the most striking result of the study of American crane- flies during the past few years has been the discovery that the Tipula speciosa Loew is the male sex of fuliginosa Say. The evidence that this is the case has been slow in accumulating, but is now so con- 480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., elusive that the condition can be stated definitely at this time. The males (speciosa) are very light colored, yellowish; the females (fuliginosa) are dark brownish to almost black. This is the first case of dimorphism in the Tipulidse that has come to my notice, but the related species, jejuna Johnson and taughannock sp. n., certainly belong here. This evidence of dimorphism in the species that is before me is as follows: a male and a female, taken in copulation, collected at Ira, Summit Co., Ohio, by James S. Hine. A male and a female secured in copulation and actually pinned while still "in coitu, " collected at light, Boston, Mass., June 1, 1914, by H. M. Parshley. The final evidence is the finding of two crane-fly pupae in the debris beneath the nest of a turkey vulture, on Jacksons Island, Md., May 23, 1913, by Messrs. Barber and Shannon. The material was taken to the laboratory, and both specimens emerged on May 23, 1913, one a male speciosa, the other a hmiale fuliginosa! On June 13, 1914, on Buell Mt., Fulton Co., N. Y., the males of this fly were common on the mountain side in the open shady woods. One female was taken. The males were usually found flying up a tree-trunk, beginning low down near the base of the tree, ascending by a partly flying, partly climbing motion. They were undoubtedly searching for the retiring females, as has been observed in other woodland-inhabiting species, as fragilis and others. Tipula hermannia n. n. Tipula fasciata Loew; Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift, vol. 7, p. 279, 1863 (non Tipula fasciata Linnseus, 1767). The Loewian name, fasciata, is a primary homonym of that of Linnaeus, and the species is herewith changed as above. The insect is very common and widely distributed throughout the Eastern United States and Canada. Tipula kennicotti sp. n. Coloration grayish; thorax with a single very narrow median brown stripe; wings pale brown with a vitreous band before the cord; male hypopygium with the ninth tergite nearly if not quite fused with the sterno-pleurite; caudal margin of the tergite with a two-lobed median process; pleural appendages, two large flattened fleshy lobes on each side; sternal region profoundly incised; eighth sternite unarmed. MaZe.— Length, 13 mm.; Aving, 14 mm. Fore leg, femora, 7.3 mm.; tibiae, 9 mm.; middle leg, femora, 8.5 mm.; tibiae, 8.8 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head short and high, light brown, the 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 481 nasus very long and slender, reddish brown. Palpi dark brown. Antennae rather elongated in the male, the scape yellowish brown, segments three to five with the base of a paler brownish yellow than the remainder of the segment, the terminal flagellar segments uni- forml}^ brown; segments of the flagellum with a short basal enlarge- ment which is about one-third of the length of the segment. Head light gray. Pronotum pale brown, the scutellum deeply divided medially by an impressed black line which ends on the caudal margin of the scutum. Mesonotal prsescutum brownish gray without distinct stripes excepting the single very narrow median vitta which runs to the suture; scutum with the lobes dark gray, the median area paler, brown; scutellum pale yellowish white with a sparse light gray bloom; "postnotum light gray with a delicate impressed median line on the caudal half. Pleura clear light gray. Halteres brown. Legs not elongated as in the closely allied perlongipes Johnson, Avith the coxae pale brown with a sparse grayish bloom; trochanters and femora yellow, the latter narrowly dark brown at the apex; tibiae light brown, the terminal portion dark brown; tarsi yellowish brown. Wings light brown, the costal region more yellowish ; the stigma pale brown; a vitreous band before the cord extending into cell 1st M2; vein Cu and its branches indistinctly seamed with brownish. Vena- tion: Rs long; cross-vein 7n-cu at the fork of M, very long and prominent (see Plate XVI, fig. 6). Abdomen with the first tergite grajdsh, the remainder dark b>'0wn; segments three to five with the caudal margin conspicuously pale silvery; tergite three with a broad basal band destitute of hairs and including a transverse rectangular area that is provided with large, coarse punctures; this does not occur on the succeeding tergites; sternites brown, the lateral margins and the apices a little more yellowish. Hypopygium (see Plate XVIII, fig. 34) as in perlo7igipes Johnson, sulphurea Doane, et al., the ninth tergite prac- tically fused with the sterno-pleural region into a continuous ring; there is a very indistinct groove between the tergite and sterno- pleurite; region of the ninth tergite (see Plate XIX, fig. 48) small, the caudal margin straight across or nearly so with a very broad median lobe which is weakly divided by a U-shaped median notch; viewed from the side, this median lobe is high and prominent, the caudal end blackened, spiculose. Ninth sterno-pleurite extensive, the pleural suture indicated beneath, the pleural region cylindrical, produced caudad; outer pleural appendage a flattened, subrectan- 482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,, gular lobe with a small lobule on the ventral outer edge, this appendage pale and covered with a dense, pale pubescence; the inner appendage is also pale and fleshy, arising from the apex of the pleural region just inside the outer pleural appendage; this appendage is darker colored, thicker, reddish yellow; from the notch between the pleurite and the sternite arises a flattened, chitinized appendage. Ninth sternite divided to the very base by a split which widens out behind. Eighth sternite unarmed. Habitat.- — Arctic America. Holotj^pe, d^, Fort Resolution, Hudsons Bay Territory, Canada (Kennicott) . The tj^pe is in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology where it bore the manuscript name of tetra in Loew's writing. This species is dedicated to the intrepid Arctic explorer and collector, Robert Kennicott. This species can be confused only with the more southern per- longipes Johnson, from which it may be separated by the following key: 1. Antennae bicolorous; thorax pale yellow Avith three brown stripes, the lateral pair less distinct than the median one; legs long (male, fore leg, femur, 10 mm.; tibia, 11.8 mm.; middle leg, femur, 11.3 mm.; tibia, 11.5 mm.); male hypopygium with the median lobe of the ninth tergite entire or the bifid nature barely indicated; outer pleural appendage long and narrow, narrowed at both ;ends; ninth sternite extensive, deeply incised, the • margins of the incision closely appressed forming a carinate ridge (Eastern United States) perlongipes Johnson.^ Antennae unicolorous or nearly so; thorax gray with a single delicate brown line; legs short (male, fore leg, femur 7.3 mm.; tibia, 9 mm.; middle leg, femur, 8.5 mm.; tibia, 8.8 mm.); male hypopygium with the median lobe of the ninth tergite bifid; outer pleural appendage broad, subrectangular; ninth sternite deeply incised, the margins merely approximated, not carinate (Arctic America) kennicotti sp. n. Tipula piliceps sp. n. Coloration blue-gray with brown markings; body with abundant pale hair. Female. — Length, 14.5 mm.; wing, 16 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head dark bluish brown, the nasus cUstinct. Palpi short, brownish l^lack. Antennae dark brownish black. Head bluish gray with a Inroad brown median stripe. ' perlongipes Johnson ; Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. 34, No. 5, p. 131 ; 1909. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 483 Pronotum blue-gray, indistinctly brownish medially and on the sides. Mesonotal praescutum blue-gray with distinct rich brown stripes, the median one split by a narrow ground line; the lateral stripes broadly centered with, the ground color; scutum gray, the lobes marked very indistinctly A\ith brown; scutellum and post- notum gray infuscated with blackish, the former medially, the latter as a patch on either side. Pleura clear gray, the dorsopleural membranes yellowish brown. Halteres short, yello^\ish brown, the knobs a little darkened. Legs with the coxse clear hght gray; tro- chanters bro\\aiish black; femora dull yellow, the apex broadly brown; tibiae brown, more yello^^dsh on the basal third; tarsi dark brown. Wings subhyaline with a slight gray tinge; the stigma is oval, dark bro'um; a very faint bro^\m tinge along vein Cu and its deflection; costal cell not brightened; a large vitreous spot before and beyond the stigma. ^>nation: Rs long, almost straight, as long as or slightly longer than Rz. but shorter than i?4f5; cell Mi short petiolate, this petiole a little shorter than cross-vein r-m; cross-vein m-cu punctiform. Abdominal tergites dull gray -with three narrow browm lines which are almost continuous; the lateral margins of the sclerites are broadly pale yellowish, this extending to and including segment seven; segments eight and nine uniformly dark. Sternites light gray, the segments margined with yellowish, laterally very broad, caudally very narrow. Ovipositor (see Plate XXI, fig. 85) very small, the last segment narrowed, the upper valves small, flattened, transverse in position, the base broadened tapering to the acute apex, the valves divaricate; lower valves short, somewhat fleshy. The fly is provided with abundant long white hair, on the head, thorax, coxse and somewhat shorter and more appressed hairs on the abdominal tergites. Habitat. — Arctic America. Holotype, 9 , Hudsons Bay Territory (Kennicott). The type is in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. The insect is part of the Loew collection and the name adopted above is a manuscript name of Loew's appearing on the pin. This species is most closely allied to Tipula besselsi 0. S. The types of the two species have been compared in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology and the differences are as follows : 1. Color of the thorax dull light gray with four light brown stripes; median vitta of the head indistinct; dorsal abdominal vitta 484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., narrow; eighth tergitewith the margins flattened, conspicuously expanded; tergal valves of the ovipositor long, pale (Hudsons Bay Territory) piliceps sp. n. Color of the thorax blue-gray with the stripes almost black, broad, and the median pair tending to l3ecome confluent; median vitta of the head distinct; dorsal abdominal vitta broader, more diff"used; eighth tergite with the margins not conspicuously expanded; tergal valves of the ovipositor smaUer (Northern Greenland; Polaris Bay) besselsi 0. SJ Tipula imperfecta sp. n. Coloration grayish brown, the thoracic stripes indistinct; cell 1st Mi open by the atrophy of the medial cross-vein. Female. — Length about 11 mm.; wing, 10.5 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head rather short, yellowish brown. Palpi brown. Antenna with the basal segments dull yellow, the flagellum dark brown; antennae rather long for this sex. Head dull gray with a narrow dark brown median vitta. Pronotum dark grayish brown, the scutellum more yellow on the sides. Mesonotal praescutum dark grayish brown, the stripes in the type specimens indistinct; scutellum a little paler. Pleura with the mesopleurse rather clear gray, the posterior pleurites dull light yellow. Halteres dull in color, the knobs darker brown. Legs with the coxse dull yellow, suffused basally with grayish brown; trochanters brownish yellow; femora dull yellow, broadly dark brown at the apex; tibiae similar, narrowly dark brown at the apex; tarsi brown. Wings light gray, the stigma yellowish brown; an indistinct vitreous band before the stigma. Venation (see Plate XVI, fig. 9). Abdominal tergites dull brownish yellow, the caudal margins of the segments broadly pale; a broad dorso-median vitta consisting of broad V-shaped triangles on each segment, interrupted by the pale caudal margin to each segment; the apex of the triangle is in front; indistinct brown sublateral bands and a broad pale margin to the tergites; tergites seven to nine dark brown, excepting the narrow, pale, caudal and lateral margins; sternites dull yellow with a broad Ijrown median band which is clearer on the terminal segments. The ovipositor has the ninth tergite (see Plate XXI, fig. 86) suddenly narrowed into a cylindrical rectangular plate, the dorsal valves of the ovipositor feebly chitinized, not serrated, lying transversely. Habitat. — Eastern Canada. ''besselsi Osten Sacken ; Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. 19, p. 42 ; 1876. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485 Holotype, 9 , Labrador (Packard) . Paratype, 9 , topotypic. The types are in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. The specimens bear the number 395 and the manuscript name as given to the species, the label in Loew's writing. The character of the open cell 1st M2 is ahnost unknown in this genus, but since both specimens show the character in both wings it seems that the manuscript name suggested by Loew is a good one. The Tipula alta Doane (Annals of the Entomological Society of America, V, 44, 1912) also shows this venational character. Tipula cayuga sp. n. Coloration gray or grayish bro^vn, abdomen yellow; bases of the antennal flagellar segments dark brown, the segments constricted; male hypopygium Avith the ninth tergite having the caudal margin with a bifid median lobe. Male. — Length, 15-18 mm.; wing, 16.8-18.5 mm.; fore leg, femora, 9.8 mm.; tibiae, 11.8 mm.; middle leg, femora, 11.2 mm.; tibiae, 10.8 mm. Female. — Length, 24 mm.; wing, 21 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head rather long, above grayish to almost white, passing into yellowish beneath; palpi bro^vn. Antennas rather short, scape and first flagellar segment light yellow; remaining segments of the flagellum dark brownish black at the base, the remainder of each segment being yellowish; the apical segments are more uniformly brown; the flagellar segments are deeply incised, the two ends being noticeably enlarged. Head with the front whitish, the vertex light gray, behind the eyes more suffused with brown. Thoracic pronotum dull yellow. Mesonotal praescutum light gray or grayish brown with three distinct thoracic stripes, these stripes pale brownish yellow, distinctly and sharply margined with darker brown; scutum light gray, the anterior part of each lobe dark brown; scutellum and postnotum dull yellow, whitish poUinose. Pleura yellowish, thickly white pollinose. Halteres pale yellow at the base, brown at the tip. Legs with the coxae yellow, densely white pollinose; femora yellow, a little darkened at the tip; tibiae light brown soon passing into the dark brown of the remainder of the legs. Wings pale yellowish subhyaline to hyaline, the costal cell yellowish; a brown stigmal spot, more yellowish in front; a large vitreous spot before and behind the stigma; veins dark brown. Venation as in Plate XVI, fig. 10. Abdomen yellow, the tergites two to eight with the caudal margin 486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., blackish or grayish, black subterminally, the lateral margins broadly paler. Hypopygiiim with the ninth tergite (see Plate XIX, fig. 49) yellow caudally, black basally, with the caudal margin produced into two long lobes with the tips blackened, minutely spiculose. Ninth pleurite very extensive though incomplete, the pleural suture being indicated beneath, curved dorsad at the end; the ventral inner angle of the pleurite is densely clothed with long hairs; two pleural appendages (see Plate XX, fig. 63) the outer appendage flattened, broad, pale, the tip obtusely rounded; the inner appendage is com- plex, more chitinized, with a ventral arm (y) directed caudad and ventrad, its tip with a few scattered irregular teeth; the dorsal arm (d) deeply concave beneath. Guard of the penis long, slender, prominent. Habitat. — Northeastern United States. Holotype, cf , Simmons Woods, Fulton Co., N. Y., June 9, 1914 (Alexander). Allotype, 9 , Orono, Penobscot Co., Me., June 14, 1913 (Alexander). Paratypes, No. 1, 3 cf 's, topotypic; No. 4, "The Glen," Ithaca, Tompkins Co., N. Y., May 30, 1911 (Alexander); No. 5, 2 c^'s, Orono, Penobscot Co., Me., June 14, 1913 (Alexander); No. 7, 9, Ithaca, Tompkins Co., N. Y., reared. May 13, 1914; No. 8, 2 cT's, Indian Castle, Herkimer Co., N. Y., June 13, 1915 (Alexander). The types are in the collection of the author. The specific name is that of the Indian tribe, one of the Five Nations. The type specimen was taken in Simmon's woods, Gloversville, N. Y., on June 9, 1914. It occurred along a small w^oodland stream supporting a rich vegetation with decided Canadian tendencies, the principal species being Osmunda regalis, 0. cinnamomea, 0. Clay- toniana, Onoclea sensibilis, very large and sterile fronds of Equisetum sylvaticuni and E. arvense, Taxus canadensis, Streptopus roseiis, Clintonia horealis, Srnilacina racemosa, Medeola virginiana, Coptis trifolia, Ranunculus septentrionalis, Caltha palustris, Stellaria horealis, Dalibarda repens, Impatiens hiflora, Viola cucullata and Senecio aureus. The crane-flies associated mth this species at this date were Limnohia solitaria, Dicranomyia pubipennis, AdelpJiomyia minuta, Limnophila subcostata, L. rufibasis, L. toxoneura, L. recondita, L. fuscovaria, L. alleni, Ulomorpha pilosella, Tricyphona calcar, T. inconsfans, Rhaphidolahis flaveola, R. rubescens, Liogma nodicornis, Cylindrotoma tarsalis, Oropeza venosa, Tipula collaris, T. tephro- cephala, T. pallida, T. (Trichotipula) oropezoides and Xiphura fron- talis, a notable assemblage of northern or Canadian forms. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487 The insect was common on June 5, 1913, in a woody tract along the Stillwater Bayou, Orono, Me., where it occurred with Dicranomyia liberta, Erioptera caloptera, E. armata, and Tipula hella. The fly was reared from a large aquatic larva found in the Indian Spring near Ithaca, Cayuga Lake, N. Y., where it occurred in the beds of water-cress (Radicula nasturtiimi-aquaticum) in company of other Tipulid larvse, such as Pedicia alhovitta, LimnophUa quadrata, Tipula ahdominalis and T. hella, as well as a host of the usual aquatic organisms. Other larvse of this species, likewise strictly aquatic, were found in Coy Glen, Ithaca, N. Y., a rapid-flowing gorge stream. Tipula triton sp. n. Coloration light yellow; antennae bicolorous; thoracic stripes reddish brown; abdomen with a series of about four conspicuous rounded brown spots along the sides; male hypopygium with the ninth tergite trifid; penis-guard subtended by two very large blade- like appendages which are drawn out apically into sharp points. 3/afe.— Length, 1.3.2-13.5 mm.; wing, 13.5-13.6 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head rather long and slender, brownish yellow, the nasus distinct; palpi short, brown. Antennae moderately long, the three basal segments dull yellow, the remaining segments of the flagellum with a distinct dark brown basal enlargement, the apex of the segments brownish yellow, on the terminal three or four segments more bro'vvnish. Head pale yellowish gray with an indis- tinct brownish subimpressed median line. Thoracic dorsum light yellow with three indistinct light reddish brown stripes of which the median one is bisected by a narrow median ground vitta; the lateral praescutal stripes begin immediately behind the prominent pseudosutural foveae; scutum dull light yellow, each lobe with two reddish brown spots which are approximated; scutellum and postnotum dull light yellow. Pleura yellowish, heavily whitish pollinose. Halteres rather short, the stem yellowish, the knob brown. Legs with the coxae yellowish, whitish pollinose; trochanters yellow; femora yellow, the apex narrowly brown; tibiae yellowish brown, the apex narrowly and very indistinctly^ darker; tarsi dark brown. Wings subhyaline with a faint brownish tinge, the costal cell more yello\\dsh; the stigma large, light brown, indis- tinct; a narrow vitreous band before the stigma extending along the cord into cell 1st M^. Venation as in Plate XVI, fig. 11. Abdominal tergites brownish yellow, the segments six and seven dark brown; eight yellowish, the ninth reddish; the apices of the segments are very narrowly ringed with silvery; on segments three 488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., to six a conspicuous rounded brown spot on the sides of the segment near the base; sternites one to five yellow more or less suffused with brown, the terminal sclerites yellowish. Male hypopygium with the ninth tergite (see Plate XIX, fig. 50) rather prominent, flattened, the caudal margin with a broad and deep U-shaped notch and trifid, consisting of the flattened subacute lateral loljes and an acute median point; an indistinct median dorsal furrow. Ninth pleurite promi- nent, complete, rounded oval. The outer pleural appendage (see Plate XX, fig. 65) is situated near the end of the sclerite, strongly arcuated in the form of a boomerang, pale, covered with setigerous papillae, the apex ending in a conical pale horny point. The inner pleural appendage (see Plate XX, fig. 66) is more chitinized, the apex heavily chitinized and blackened, deeply split into two lobes; around the notch on the inner face of the appendage is a group of about twelve prominent setigerous tubercles; a group of about four similar tubercles down the inner side of the appendage; outer face of this organ with several prominent subparallel ribs. The penis- guard viewed from the side (see Plate XXI, fig. 79) deeply bilobed by an oval-rounded notch; the ventral margin is produced into the gonapophyses which are much longer than the penis-guard which they subtend (see Plate XXI, fig. 78) ; these latter are flattened and blade-like, the apex produced into a point. Ninth sternite scarcely if at all notched medially beneath, the caudo-lateral angle beneath the pleurite with a broadly rounded lobe which is densely covered with tubercles bearing long yellowish hair, these tending to be con- torted at their apices. Eighth sternite not projecting, the caudal margin straight or nearly so, bearing a tuft of long yellow hairs on either side, including two. long, powerful, chitinized, decussate bristles. Habitat. — Eastern United States. Holotype, cf, Kentucky. Allotype, 9 , District of Columbia. (In copulation with one of the paratypes and pinned with it.) Paratypes, 3 cf 's. District of Columbia. All of the types, with the exception of a paratype which has been retained, are in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, where they form part of the Loew collection. Tipula loewiana sp. n. Coloration light gray, the thorax marked with brown; male hypopygium with the ninth tergite small, the caudal margin with a V-shaped notch; the pleurite is produced caudad into a slight flattened expansion. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPinA. 489 Male. — Length, 15 mm.; wing, 16.3 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head long, pale brownish yellow, with a sparse whitish bloom. Palpi almost black. Antennge with the three basal segments dull yellow, the remainder of the fiagellmn uniformly dark bro^Aiiish. Head light gray with a subimpressed dark bro^ni median vitta. Pronotum pale, a little darkened on either side of the middle line. Mesonotal prsescutum dull gray with darker browTi vittse, the median stripe divided into two by a very broad line of the ground color; lateral stripes indistinct; scutellum and postnotum much clearer gray. Pleura ^\dth the mesopleura clear light gray, the dorsal membrane and the metapleura dull yellow. Halteres yellow, passing into dark brown on the knob. Legs with the coxae and trochanters dull light yellow, the former sparsely whitish poUinose; femora yellow, darkened at the apex ; tibiae and metatarsus yellowish brown, the segments a little darkened at the apex ; remainder of the tarsi brown. Wings as in Plate XVI, fig. 12. Abdomen with the sides of the first two tergites bright yellowish, the dorso-median line and the remaining tergites brown; segments with a broad lateral and a narrow caudal pale margin; hypopygium reddish; sternites brown, more yellowish laterally; segments three to five with a conspicuous caudal margin of the same color. Male hypopygium with the ninth tergite (see Plate XIX, fig. 51) rather small, subquadrate, narrowed apically, the caudal margin with a broad V-shaped notch whose edge is provided with a few chitinized tubercles; a shallow dorsal median groove. Ninth pleurite incom- plete, indicated beneath, situated high up on the caudal face of the ninth sternite so that its inner dorsal angle about touches the ninth tergite; the caudal end of the pleurite is produced caudad into a flattened, subspatulate lobe (see Plate XX, fig. 67), in this suggesting the condition found in T. macrolabis, though to a very much lesser degree; a few scattered black hairs at the base of the sclerite on the outer side, outer pleural appendage a subcylindrical fleshy lobe with numerous long pale hairs; inner pleural appendage a flattened lobe which lies across the genital chamber, this bearing a sharp spine behind directed outward and a rounded concave lobe directed dorsad, the two being portions of a high dorsal crest of the appendage; cephalic arm of the appendage hidden beneath the ninth tergite. Ninth sternite with a deep V-shaped notch beneath, the ventro- median area pale, submembranaceous ; at the lateral end of this notch and just below the pleurite is a papillose lobe directed inward 32 490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., and bearing a dense tuft of long pale hairs at the apex, these tufts hanging penduously in the notch of the sternite. Eighth sternite extensive, narrowed posteriorly, the caudal margin broadly U-shaped and bearing a long row of prominent yellow hairs on the edge. Habitat. — Arctic America. Holotype, d^ , Fort Resolution, Hudsons Bay Territory (Kennicott) ; in copulation with the allotype. Allotype, 9 , topotypic. Paratypes, 3 (f's, 9, topotypic. The type material is in the collection of the Musemn of Compara- tive Zoology; paratypes in the collection of the author. The speci- mens bear the label No. 137 and the chirotypic name "simplex" in Loew's writing. The species is dedicated to Dr. Hermann Loew. Tipula mingwe sp n- Allied to cindicornis ; color brownish yellow; size large; wings yellowish subhyaline with the vitreous lunate mark extending across the cell 1st Mi into cell M4; male genitalia with the ninth tergite hav- ing the lateral lobes truncated, not pointed; ninth pleurite complete. Male. — Length, 16 mm.; wing, 18 mm. Fore leg, femora, 9.2 mm. Hind leg, femora, 11.3 mm.; tibiae, 13.8 mm. Female. — Length, 20 mm.; wing, 16.2 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head rather long, yellowish brown; palpi elongate, brown. Antennae rather short, the first three seg- ments yellowish brown, the remaining segments with about the basal quarter enlarged, dark brown, remainder of the segments medium brown, becoming darker on the terminal segments. Head light brown, rather broadly margined with yellowish along the posterior border of the eye. Thoracic dorsum light yellowish brown with five distinct darker brown stripes, of which the mecUan one is quite narrow, the next pair about as long, the more indistinct lateral stripes are shorter; scutum and scutellum yellowish brown; postnotum yellowish or greenish yellow. Pleura pale yellowish white. Halteres rather long, pale brown at the base, the knob dark brown. Legs with the coxae densely clothed with pale hairs, yellowish; femora yellow, a little darkened at the tip; tibiae yellowish brown, darkened at the tip, the spurs long and slender; tarsi dark brown. Wings pale brownish to yellow subhyaline, the costal region more clearly yellow, the stigma brown; a whitish vitreous mark before the stigma extend- ing from the end of cell C along the cord through cell 1st M2 far into 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 491 cell Mi, sometimes indistinct and difficult to detect; veins dark brown. Venation (see Plate XVI, fig. 13): R2 beyond cross-vein r long, persistent, much longer than -R2+3; basal deflection of Ri+i nearly obliterated so that the radial sector is in a line with i^4+5. Abdominal tergites with a dark brownish black, interrupted, dorso-median line; a much less distinct pale brown lateral stripe; ninth segment darker, brownish black; the caudal margin of the segments very indistinctly grayish; sternites pale brown. Male genitalia with the ninth tergite large, subquadrate, the caudal margin with a deep U-shaped notch, the lateral lobes subtruncate, not at all pointed. Ninth pleurite large, complete, with three appendages (see Plate XX, fig. 68) the outermost and most caudad is a flattened lobe which is narrowed into a sharp, curved point at the tip, the outer face of the blade of this appendage is densely provided with long, delicate, pale hairs; the next appendage consists of a broad foliaceous blade whose inner margin near the tip is pro- longed into a short, black, heavily chitinized lobe and whose main portion is produced entad and cephalad into a conical lobe; the third appendage, which lies the furthest cephalad but is almost as far laterad in position as the first appendage, is a slender fleshy lobe which is densely provided with long, coarse, black hairs. Ninth sternite deeply and profoundly split mechally, at its caudal angle bearing a short, fleshy pendulous appendage as in this and related groups of species in this genus. Eighth sternite with the caudal margin broadly concave, this concavity with about a dozen long hairs, the sides of the concavity "^dth a bunch of about five long reddish hairs. The female has the antennae indistinctly bicolored, the bases of the individual segments only slightly darkened; in some specimens the thoracic stripes are quite indistinct; o\"ipositor with the upper valves broad at the base, rapidly tapering to the subacute slender point; lower valves shorter, compressed-flattened, blade-like, acute at the tip. Habitat. — Northeastern United States. Holotype, 0^, Bennett Lake, Hope Township, Hamilton Co., N. Y., altitude 1,500 feet, September 12, 1912 (Alexander). Allotype, 9 , topotypic. Paratypes, No. 1, cf, Delaware Water Gap, Warren Co., N. J., July 9 (Johnson) ; No. 2, 2 d^ 's, Manlius, Onondaga Co., N. Y., August 20 (Comstock); No. 4, 2 d^'s, topotypic; No. 6, 5 d" 9 , Plummer's Island, Maryland, July 21, 1915 (McAtee and Alexander); No. 11, 492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 6 d' 9 , Scott's and Difficult Runs, Fairfax Co., Va., July 25, 1915 (McAtee and Alexander). The specific name is that of the Delaware name for the Iroquois. The type, allotype and paratypes Nos. 4, 5, 9, 10, 15 and 16 are in the collection of the author; paratype No. 1 in the collection of Mr. Johnson; paratypes Nos. 2 and 3 in the Museum of Comparative Zoology; the remaining paratypes in the United States Biological Survey collection. There is a possibility that this may be Tipida cincticornis Doane, but the description of the latter implies that the outer lobes of the ninth tergite are acute as in Tipida submacidata Loew. Under these circumstances, the present insect must be considered to be distinct. TipuJa monticola sp. n. Coloration yellowish; antennae bicolorous; head light gray; thoracic stripes quite indistinct, brownish orange; wings hyaline, the costal region yellowish; male genitalia with the ninth tergite large, the caudal margin deeply U-shaped, bearing a small lobe underneath, the lateral lol^es of the tergite broad, the tip a slender, chitinized point; inner pleural appendage with the caudal arm pointed, the inner arm blade-like, draped on its outer face with a delicate ribbed membrane; eighth sternite with two great tufts of long silvery hairs. Male. — Length, 17-18 mm.; wing, 18-19 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head long, rather slender, dull yellow, a little gray above; palpi ])rown. Antennae rather short, the three basal segments yellow, the remainder of the organ with the swollen bases of the segments dark brown, the stem yellow on the basal segments, soon passing into dark brown so that the terminal segments are unicolorous. Head light gray, a narrow blackish median vitta extending backward from the small frontal tubercle, becoming indistinct before the occiput. Thoracic dorsum light grajdsh yellow, the praescutum with three brownish orange stripes, the median one broadest in front, more narrowed behind, split by a delicate brown median line on the anterior half; scutum light yellow with the disk of each lobe darker; scutellum light yellow with numerous, long, pale yellow hairs; postnotum pale yellow. Pleura pale yellow, whitish pollinose. Halteres light yellow, the knobs brown. Legs with the coxae whitish pollinose; trochanters yellow; femora dull yellow, brown at the . apex; tibiae yellowish brown; tarsi light brown. Wings hyaline or 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 493 nearly so, the costal region light yellow, the stigma a little darker bro■w^l; a broad vitreous band before the stigma, along the cord and into cell 1st M^; a vitreous blotch beyond the stigma occupying most of cell 2nd Ri. Venation as in Plate XVI, fig. 14. Abdomen dull yellow without distinct stripes, the caudal margin of the tergites three to eight broadly margined with, silvery; hypo- pygium reddish. Male genitalia with the eighth tergite rather broad, the margin being straight; ninth tergite (see Plate XIX, fig. 52) large, the caudal margin ^vith a deep U-shaped notch which bears a small rounded median lobe beneath; the dorsal surface bears a broad median groove or depression to the base; the lateral lobes are broad, directed caudad, the tip a cylindrical chitinized point which is directed ventrad and slightly imvard. Ninth pleurite (see Plate XVIII, fig. 35) large, prominent, oval, convex, not in contact with the ninth tergite; appendages two: outer appendage a long, cylindrical, fleshy lobe, subsigmoid, pale, covered with long divergent hairs; inner appendage complex (see Plate XX, fig. 69), composed of a caudal lobe which is directed backward, pointed, and a cephalic lobe which is compressed, black and heavily chitinized along the margin; on the outer face of this blade is a conspicuous membrane which is provided with numerous hair-like ribs. Ninth sternite extensive, convex, very deeply notched beneath and with a pair of very short fleshy lobes which bear dense tufts of long yellow hairs, each decussate with the tuft of the opposite side. Eighth sternite (see Plate XVII, fig. 26) large, prominent, projecting caudad, the posterior margin with a rounded notch which bears a dense tuft of long silvery white hairs on each side of the middle line. Habitat. — ^Eastern United States. Holotype, cf, Woodworths Lake, Fulton Co., N. Y., altitude 1,600 feet, June 18, 1914 (Alexander). Paratypes, No. 1, cf. North Mt., Luzerne Co., Pa., June 8 (John- son); No. 2, cf , topotypic; No. 3, 3 cf's, Sacandaga Park, Fulton Co., N. Y., June 11, 1914 (Alexander); No. 6, 2 cf^'s, Indian Castle, Herkimer Co., N. Y., June 13, 1915 (Alexander). The type and paratypes 2 to 7 in the collection of the author; paratype No. 1 in the collection of Mr. Johnson. Tipula tuscarora sp. n. Coloration yellowish; antennae bicolorous; wings yellowish; thoracic stripes verj^ indistinct; male genitalia with the ninth tergite very large, deeply notched, the lateral lobes produced into long, slightly curved horns; the outer pleural lobe is produced into 494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., a very conspicuous curved hook; eighth sternite with two strong decurved bristles on the caudal margin. ilfoie.— Length, 16 mm.; wing, 17.2 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head rather elongate, shining, dull yellow; palpi dull yellow, the two terminal segments brown. An- tennae short, the three basal segments yellow, remainder of the organ with the basal swelling of each segment brownish black, the remainder 5'ellow, the two terminal segments a little darker. Head brownish yellow, an indistinct brown median line extending the length of the head. Thoracic dorsum dull light yellow, unstriped or nearly so, the usual interspaces on the praescutum being a little more grayish only. Pleura yellow, sparsely whitish pollinose. Halteres rather long, slender, pale, the knobs darker. Legs with the coxae and tro- chanters dull j^ellow, the remainder broken. Wings grayish yellow, the costal region and the stigma brighter yellow; an interrupted vitreous band before the stigma, broadest in cell 1st Ri before the stigma and in cell 1st M2, narrowly connecting the two along the cord; a small, indistinct, vitreous spot beyond the stigma. Venation as in Plate X\T, fig. 15. Abdomen dull brownish yellow. Male genitalia (see Plate XVIII, fig. 36) with the eighth tergite prominent, its caudal margin straight across. Ninth tergite (see Plate XIX, fig. 53) very long, subquad- rate, the caudal margin with a deep acute notch, the lateral lobes produced into long, somewhat curved horns which are directed slightly inward, the extreme tip ventrad. Ninth pleurite (see Plate XX, fig. 64) complete, rather small, the dorsal end sharply angular and barely attaining the ninth tergite; appendages two: a short, caudal-lying fleshy lobe with abundant long hairs (a), underneath the lobe is a large, powerful, chitinized hook directed dorsad and the tip outward, decussate wdth its mate of the opposite side; a flattened appendage lying more cephalad, its anterior face chitinized and notched; in a position of rest, the appendage lies beneath the extensive ninth tergite. Ninth sternite extensive, deeply notched beneath, bearing a fleshy, elongate-oval lobe which hangs subpendulously in the notch, but is attached to the sternite by one broad face. Eighth sternite (see Plate XVII, fig. 27) with the caudal margin broadly concave, at each end of this notch a single very large bristle, decussate with its mate of the opposite side. Penis-guard and the gonapophyses rather small, directed caudad, viewed from beneath (see Plate XXI, fig. 80) shaped somewhat like a trident. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495 Habitat. — Eastern United States. Holotype, cf, Glencarlyn, Fairfax Co., Va., June 21 (Knab). Paratype, cf , District of Columbia (Osten Sacken). The type is in the collection of the United States National Museum, the paratype in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. The latter specimen is part of the Loew collection and bears the manuscript name "hamata" in Loew's writing; to the specimen Osten Sacken has added the follomng label: "Notice the small forceps below the large one. " The specific name adopted is that of the Indian tribe of the same title. Tipula Seminole sp. n. Coloration j-ellowish, antennae rather incUstinctly bicolorous; thorax brownish yellow ^^'ithout distinct stripes in alcohol; wings pale yellow or brow^iish yellow, the costal area and the stigma darker. iVIale genitalia with the ninth tergite square, with a deep rectangular notch, the lateral lobes rounded. Male. — Length, 12.5 mm.; wing, 12.6 mm.; antennse about 4.6 mm. Female. — Length, 23.5 mm.; wing, 15.8 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head rather long, moderately slender, dull 3'ellow, the palpi browTiish yellow. Antennse rather short, the first three segments yellow or yellowish, remainder of the antennse with the basal enlargement dark brown, the remainder of each seg- ment brownish yellow, this color darker on the terminal segments so that the color at this point is more unicolorous. Thoracic dorsum brownish yellow -without distinct stripes (in alcohol). Pleura dull yellow, indistinctly marked with brown. Halteres rather pale throughout. Legs -^dth the coxse and tro- chanters dull yellow, the femora similar, a little darkened at the tip; tibiae and tarsi yello^vish bro\\ii. Wings pale yellow or brownish yellow, the costal cell and the stigma more saturated, the latter rather indistinct; a vitreous mark before the stigma extending into cell 1st M-i; veins brown. Venation as in Plate XVI, fig. 16. Abdomen light yellow with a bro"s\Ti subbasal spot on the sides of the tergites, most distinct on segments two to five. Hypopygium of the male (see Plate XVIII, fig. 37) having the ninth tergite (see Plate XIX, fig. 54) square or nearly so, with a deep rectangular median notch on the caudal margin, the adjacent lobes obtusely rounded. Ninth sternite in contact with the ninth tergite, the pleurite complete or nearly so, the pleural suture being better indi- 496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., cated beneath, shaped as a straight ventral hne turned dorsad at its cephaUc end ahnost at right angles to the ventral base line. Pleural appendages two, the outer appendage a short, rather stout, cylindrical lobe, pale and fleshy, which is provided with rather numerous hairs; inner pleural appendage, a flattened blade with the cephalic face notched and here with a shortened, finger-like lobe; the tip of this blade is quite pointed, chitinized; a triangular lobe from the ventro- caudal face of the pleura, this with numerous delicate pale hairs and a few short, stout ones. Ninth sternite with a shallow notch cau- dally, but not deeply incised. Eighth sternite (see Plate XVII, fig. 28) almost straight across the caudal margin Avith a small pro- tuberance on either side of the middle line; a fringe of long hairs across the caudal margin, one or two on the outer side of the pro- tuberance much stouter and curved. Penis-guard and the apophyses shaped as in Plate XXI, fig. 77. Habitat. — Southeastern United States. Holotype, cf , St. Simons Island, Glynn Co., Ga., April, May, 1911 (J. Chester Bradley, coll.). Allotype, 9 .. topotypic, Paratypes, 4 cf 's, topotypic. The types are in the Cornell University collection, paratypes in the collection of the author. The specific name is that of the native Indian tribe formerly occupying Florida and the adjoining regions. Tipula penicillata sp. n. Coloration grayish; thoracic stripes distinct; wings light brown, the tip darker, a large vitreous spot before and beyond the stigma; male hypopygium enlarged, with a dense pencil of stiff yellow hairs on either side of the ninth sternite beneath. Male. — Length, 12 mm.; wing, 12.6 mm. Fore leg, femora, 7.3 mm.; tibiae, 7.4 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head rather long, shiny brownish yellow, the nasus short. Palpi dark brownish black. Antennae with the first scapal segment very long, about three times as long as the second segment; flagellar segments long cylindrical, the basal swelling inconspicuous ; scape dull yellow, flagellum dark brown Avith a thick white pubescence. Head medium gray with an indistinct median brown suffusion. Pronotal scutum gray, broadly brownish medially; scutellum dull yellow with a deep median notch. Mesonotal praescutum medium gray with dark brown stripes, the median one broad, conspicuous, 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497 narrowly split by a pale middle vitta, lateral stripes quite indistinct; scutum yellowish brown with the lobes darker, grayish; scutellum yellowish brown; postnotum light gray. Pleura clear light gray, with the membranaceous area yellowish. Halteres rather short, brown, the knobs dark brown with the apex more yellowish. Legs with the coxse brown with a sparse grayish bloom; trochanters dull yellow; femora brownish yellow, narrowly tipped with dark brown; tibiae and tarsi brown. Wings light grayish brown, the costal region scarcely darker, the wing-apex darkened; stigma dark brown; a broad vitreous antestigmal band and a large vitreous spot beyond the stigma in the apex of cell second Ri and base of cell R2. Abdominal tergites one and two yellowish, the remainiag tergites dark brown with a narrow dark brown median vitta; a narrow caudal margin of yellowish silver; sternites yellow with a broad median triangle on segnients five to seven with the apex of the triangle at the caudal margin; segments eight and nine brownish yellow; hypopygium enlarged. Male hypopygium with the ninth tergite large, prominent, the dorsal surface flat or a little convex; the caudal margin with a very deep V-shaped notch, the lateral lobes a little produced on the outer side. Ninth sterno-pleurite somewhat restricted, the pleural suture not well indicated, the pleurite lying on the dorso-caudal face of the sternite; outer pleural appendage a very slender filiform lobe, fleshy, pale, with long hairs; inner pleural appendage complex, the caudal lobe produced into a slender curved hook which is bent upward; the inner lobe is fiattened? the anterior margin blackened and heavily chitinized, deeply notched; the blade with a protecting mantle of delicate fine ribules (as in monticola) . Ninth sternite darker colored than the pleurite and provided with a few scattered hairs, deeply notched medially; a stout pendulous lobe which bears a dense tuft or pencil of long reddish hairs, this pencil directed ventrad. Eighth sternite large, prominent, extending far caudad and its concavity forming a sheath for the base of the ninth sternite; the lateral angles bear dense tufts of long, stout, reddish-silvery hairs which are decussate; be- tween these lobes a broad median projection whose lateral angles are slightly recurved and whose caudal margin is broadly concave; this latter lobe is hidden by the prominent tufts of hair. Habitat. — Arctic America. Holotype, cf, Hudsons Bay Territory, Canada (Kennicott). The type is in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, where the specimen bore in Loew's writing the name adopted herein. 498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., Tipula rangiferina sp. n. Coloration yellowish brown; antennal flagellum unicolorous ; thorax without distinct stripes; lateral margin of the abdominal tergites with five brown spots; male genitalia with the ninth tergite broadly concave behind, the lateral angles produced into prominent blunt horns which suggest the budding horns of a stag. Male. — Length, 13 mm.; wing, 13.5 mm. Female. — Length, 16 mm.; wing, 14.7 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head moderate in length, light brown, the nasus prominent; palpi 'light brown. Antennae with the three basal segments dull brownish yellow, the remainder of the flagellum almost black, each segment with a basal swelling, the segments with a whitish pubescence. Head dark gray. Pronotum and the dorsum of the mesonotum light brown, without distinct darker markings. Pleura pale brownish yellow. Halteres long, rather slender, the stem pale, the knob brown. Legs with the coxse yellowish; the trochanters brownish yellow; femora yellowish brown, the tip dark brown; tibiae brownish yellow, the tip narrowly dark brown; tarsi brown. Wings light grayish; stigma distinct, light brown; a broad vitreous band before the stigma extending into cell Mt; a very small vitreous spot beyond the stigma in the base of cell R2; veins brown. Venation as in Plate XVII, fig. 17. Abdominal tergites brownish yellow, a little darker dorsally, each segment with the caudal margin silvery; tergite two with a large rounded spot on the side at about midlength; tergites three to six with this spot basal, conspicuous; apical tergites brownish, the hypopygium more reddish; sternites dull brownish yellow; the sclerites are provided with numerous scattered black hairs. Male genitalia (see Plate XVIII, fig. 38) with the eighth tergite broad, distinct for its entire width. Ninth tergite (see Plate XIX, fig. 55) extensive, the caudal margin deeply and broadly concave; the lateral angles produced into a blunt lobe whose tip is provided with four or five blunt tubercles which suggest the budding horns of a stag; the dorso-median area is broadly membranaceous. Ninth pleurite complete, but very small and restricted, consisting of a small oval lobe on the caudal face of the sternite; this sclerite is produced caudad into a flattened oblong point which bears on the inner face near the tip a sharp, triangular, chitinized tooth, directed inward and caudad; the outer face of this pleural projection is provided with from fifteen to eighteen coarse hairs; the pleural appendage (see Plate XX, fig. 70) is a conspicuous lobe, the anterior 1915.] NATUEAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499 portion of which is produced cephalad into a chitinized point which is deeply split by a notch; the upper point or lobule is a slender, chitinized, finger-like process, the lower lobule a rounded, chitinized ball; the posterior portion of this flattened lobe is produced into a chitinized point which is cUrected caudad and inward; the posterior margin and face of the appendage is densely provided with long coarse hair. Ninth sternite very extensive, almost continuous, but more membranaceous on the median line beneath; the caudal margin with a concave notch; on the sides of the notch, just ventrad of the pleurite, is a rounded knob which is densely provided with very long pale hair. Eighth sternite long, prominent, narrowed toward the apex whose caudal margin is gently concave and provided on either side of the median line with a tuft of long reddish hairs; ventral surface of the sclerite on the caudal half and along the margin with numerous stout, subappressed black hairs. The female is similar to the male; the antennse are shorter; ovipositor with the valves smooth, the tergal valves long, rather slender, rounded at the apex. Habitat. — Northwestern United States. Holotype, cf, Beaver Creek, Montana; altitude 6,300 feet; August, 1913 (S. J. Hunter). Allotype, 9 , topotypic. Paratypes, 5 cf 's, topotypic. The types are in the collection of the University of Kansas, para- types in the collection of the author. Tipula mandan sp. n. Coloration broAvnish gray; antennse rather elongated, the three basal segments yelloA\ish, the flagellum black; head gray with a delicate median brown vitta; thorax grayish with brown stripes; wings grayish hyaline with a brown stigma; abdomen yellowish with three dark brown stripes, of which the lateral pair are interrupted; male genitalia with the ninth tergite small, the caudal margin with a deep V-shaped notch; ninth pleurite produced caudad as a long spatulate point. Male. — Length, 10.3-10.5 mm.; wing, 9.5-10 mm. Female. — Length, 10.5 mm.; wing, 9-9.2 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head dull yellowish, the nasus distinct; palpi with the two basal segments dull brownish yellow, the terminal segments brown. Antennse mth the two basal segments yellowish, the third segment brownish yellow; the remaining segments dark brownish black, the segments elongated, slightly enlarged basally 500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., and covered with a dense whitish pubescence. Head Hght gray with a distinct dark brown median vitta. Mesonotal prtescutuni dull brownish gray, the middle vitta broadly divided l^y a dull gray median stripe which is much broader than the brown margin enclosing it; lateral stripes rarely distinct; scutum dull brownish gray, the lobes a little more brownish medially; scutellum and postnotum yellowish gray with a narrow dark brown median stripe. Pleura light gray, the dorsal pleurites more yellowish. Halteres rather elongate, the stem somewhat pale, the knobs large, dark brown. Legs with the coxae dull light yellow covered with a sparse white pollen; trochanters dull yellow; femora dull yellowish brown, the apices indistinctly darker brown; tibiae brown, darkened at the apex; tarsi brown. Wings light gray; stigma distinct, dark browTi; a pale vitreous band before the stigma, interrupted in the vicinity of cross-vein r-m.; a vitreous spot beyond the stigma in cell 2nd Ri. Venation as in Plate XVII, fig. 18. Abdomen dull yellow, quite bright in places; a dorsal brown stripe which is almost continuous, interrupted only by a narrow silvery caudal margin to the individual segments; on the seventh to ninth segments this band is in some specimens more broadened out to cover the segment or nearly so; an interrupted brown stripe on the sides of the tergites, this consisting of a large brown blotch about midlength of each segment, on the seventh segment often becoming confluent with the dorsal stripe; sternites dull yellow. Male geni- talia (see Plate XVIII, fig. 39) with the ninth tergite (see Plate XIX, fig. 56) small, subquadrate, much broader than long, the caudal margin with a deep V-shaped notch whose edge is chitinized and microscopically denticulate. Ninth pleurite incomplete, the pleural suture very short, the pleural region cylindrical, produced caudad and slightly entad as a long, slender lobe which is subspatulate ; outer pleural appendage a very slender, elongate, cylindrical lobe, pale, with scattered black hairs; this appendage is directed dorsad with its tip close to the caudal margin of the ninth tergite; the second appendage (see Plate XX, fig. 71) is flattened, deeply bilobed, the outer lobe subcylindrical to somewhat flattened, chitinized especially along the margin; the inner lobe is very extensive, flattened, pale, with a somewhat blunt point directed laterad, the tip of the lobe with numerous hairs; third pleural appendage consisting of a compressed, flattened lobe, directed cephalad and dorsad, the apex strongly chitinized, black, divided into two lobules by a deep notch; the upper lobule cylindrical, smooth, the lower lobule with a few 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501 parallel vertical ridges (see Plate XX, fig. 72). Ninth sternite exten- sive with a deep rounded emargination beneath, at the lateral end of this emargination a subtriangular to rounded lobe with abundant short pubescence; on either side of the middle line is a sharp chi- tinized point, hidden or nearly so by the brush on the eighth sternite. Penis-guard elongate, the sides subparallel, the ventral face at about midlength with a sharp point on either side, this point directed backward. Eighth sternite (see Plate XVII, fig. 29) with the caudal margin truncated or very slightly concave, with a brush of long yellow hairs on either side, these brushes connected by a few scattered hairs in between. The female is similar to the male, but the antennae are short, the four basal segments mainly yellowish, the remaining segments a little darkened at the base, the apical segments uniformly dark brown. Ovipositor with the tergal valves very short, stout, blunt at the apex; sternal valves very short, high, obliquely truncated (see Plate XXI, fig. 84). Habitat. — Northwestern United States. Holotype, cf, Beaver Creek, Montana; altitude 6,300 feet; August, 1913 (S. J. Hunter). Allotype, 9 , topotypic. Paratypes, 14 d^'s, 3 9 's, topotypic. The types are in the collection of the University of Kansas, para- types in the collection of the author. The specific name is that of a Siouan tribe of Indians of the Northwest. The only species with which this fly might be identified is Tipula alta Doane (Annals of the Entomological Society of America, V, 44, 1912) from Wyoming. There are many discrepancies between the descriptions of the two flies which lead me to believe that the present form is a distinct insect; the head is not brown, but gray, with a narrow brown median stripe; the lateral prsescutal stripes are indistinct; the wings show a distinct vitreous spot beyond the stigma; the size is larger and the cell 1st Mo is not open (this open cell 1st M^ in alta is almost surely an abnormality of the type); the details of the genitalia are not as described for alta — the ninth pleurite is produced into a long spatulate point, the first appendage is an elongate, cylindrical, fleshy lobe, not small and spatulate; the inner appendage not at all as described for alia. Tipula dietziana sp. n. Coloration grayish; praescutum dull yellow with three brown 502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., stripes; male hypopygium with the ninth tergite deeply notched medially; eighth sternite not armed with hair-bearing lobes. Male.- — Length, 14.2 mm.; wing, 17.2 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head moderately long, pale bro^vnish white above, brown on the sides, the nasus distinct. Palpi rather short, dark brown. Antennae with the scapal segments dull brownish yellow, the third segment yellowish brown, darkest apically; the remaining segments of the flagellum dark brown; the basal enlarge- ment brownish black, the terminal segments almost uniform in color; antennae rather long and comparatively slender, if bent backward extending about to the base of the abdomen or a little beyond; segments of the flagellum with the basal portion only a little more enlarged than the pedicel; a dense wiiite pubescence on the antennal segments. Head light gray with an indistinct median brown suffusion. Mesonotal prsescutum dull yellow with three broad brown stripes, of which the median one is indistinctly bisected by a paler median line, which in turn encloses a narrow dark brown median vitta; lateral stripes uniform in color, short, beginning far behind the pseudosutural foveae; pseudosutural fovese dark brownish black; scutum almost uniformly brown; scutellum and postnotum gray, the latter with a large brown spot on either side of the middle line. Pleura pale, rather densely light gray pruinose. Halteres rather long, light browTi, more j^ellowish at the extreme base. Legs with the coxae light brown, dusted with gray; trochanters dull yellow; femora brownish yellow, narrowly dark brown at the apex; tibiae light brown, tipped with darker, the tibial spurs light colored with the apical half chitinized, black; tarsi dark brown. Wings with a faint brownish suffusion, the costal cell more yellowish; stigma dark brown; a large vitreous spot beyond the stigma; a broad vitreous band before the stigma, brightest, almost white, as a spot beyond the apex of Sd in cell C and in cell 1st Ri (see Plate XVII, fig. 19). Abdomen yellowish brown, the tergites with the lateral margins broadly pale, the caudal margins narrowly pale; a very indistinct interrupted sublateral stripe. Male hypopygium rather small. Ninth tergite (see Plate XIX, fig. 57) broadly transverse, the caudal margin with a broad, deep notch which bears at its base a depressed median tooth. Ninth pleurite incomplete, the suture only present beneath, though the outline of the sclerite is indicated throughout; the outer pleural appendage (see Plate XX, fig. 73) is slender at the 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503 base, the distal portion spatulate, flattened; inner pleural appendage with the lower or caudal arm flattened, expanded at the apex, pale in color and directed almost dorsad; the surface of the arm is rough- ened, hairy; the upper or cephalic arm is flattened, chitinized. Ninth sternite with the caudal margin very gently concave medially, the caudo-lateral angles produced into rounded knobs which are produced into lobes on the ventral inner face, the lobes covered with long yellowish hairs; the ventral surface of the sternite rather extensive with a deep and broad median groove. Eighth sternite (see Plate XVII, fig. 30) small, the caudal margin gently concave medially, on each side with tufts of long yellow hairs which are decussate. Habitat. — Eastern United States. Holotype, cf , District of Columbia. Allotype, 9 , Plummer's Island, Md., April 25, 1915 (McAtee). Paratype No. 1, cf , topotypic; No. 2, d^ , Plummer's Island, Md., April 25, 1915 (McAtee); No. 3, 2 c^'s, with the last on April 28, 1915; No. 5, cf 9 , Maryland, near Plummer's Island, April 28, 1915; No. 7, cf 9 , Virginia, near Plummer's Island, April 28, 1915. The type, is in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology; paratypes 1, 2, 5 and 7 in the collection of the author; the remaining paratypes and the allotype in the collection of the Biological Survey. The material on which the species is partly based is from the Loew-Osten Sacken collection and was probably taken in the vicinity of Washington by Osten Sacken. T. dietziana is respectfullj- dedicated to Dr. William G. Dietz. The species is closely allied to T. australis Doane and may be separated from that species by means of the following key: 1. Antennae short, the flagellar segments deeply constricted beyond the basal enlargement; six bro^vn stripes on the mesonotal prsescutum; male hypopygium with the ninth tergite almost straight across the caudal margin with a deep and narrow impressed median furrow; ninth pleurite distinctly complete; lobes of the caudo-lateral angles of the ninth sternite, pendu- lous, directed ventrad, the apex clothed Avith short golden hairs; eighth sternite with four conspicuous lobes, the outer pair very broad and flattened, their apex oblique; the inner pair of lobes are the divaricate ends of a median process on the caudal margin of the sternite, their apices clothed Avith a dense brush of golden yellow hair australis Doane.^ ^australis Doane ; Journal of the New York Entomological Society, vol. 9, :No.3, pp. 104, 105; 1901. 504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., Antennse longer, the flagellar segments not constricted beyond the l^asal enlargement; three brown stripes on the mesonotal prgescutum; male hypopygium with the ninth tergite having the caudal margin deeply and broadly notched medially; ninth pleurite incomplete; lobes of the caudo-lateral angles of the ninth sternite not pendulous, directed entad; eighth sternite without lobes on the caudal margin dietziana sp. n. Tipula cunctans Say. Tipula cuHctanfi Say; Journal of the Academj^ of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia, vol. 3, p. 23 (1823). Tipula casta Loew; Entomologische Zeitschrift, vol. 7, p. 289 (1863). Tipula infuscata Loew; Entomologische Zeitschrift, vol. 7, p. 289 (1863). There can be no doubt but that the three names given above represent one and the same species. Under the series of cunctans determined as such by Loew, there appears a specimen which bears a manuscript label in Loew's writing and this label is ''infuscata." The type-series of casta and infuscata, as well as the series of cunctans, all bear the same manuscript number given to the specimens by Osten Sacken (No. 95). In the series of Tipula cunctans there are two females dated October 20; it is well known that infuscata is one of the few autumnal species of Nearctic Tipula, and this data in regard to cunctans only confirms the synonomy of the species. The Bicornis Group. The small group of species that constitute this division seem to show the following characters and tendencies: The nasus is very short to indistinct; the coloration is yellow or brownish yellow with the thoracic stripes usually distinct; the body is provided with abundant short hairs on the head and on the thoracic interspaces. The venation shows the cell 1st Mo very small and pentagonal (larger and more elongated in johnsoniana) . The male hypopygium has the ninth tergite tumid (very slightly so in parshleyi), unarmed or provided with horns (unarmed in johnsoniana; two horns in bicornis and morrisoni; four horns in rnegaura); the ninth pleurite com- plete; the outer pleural appendage tending to be reduced to a very tiny lobe; the inner pleural appendage large, elongate to subquadrate; the gonapophyses subtending the penis-guard, and about half its length (in morrisoni, megaura, etc.) to fully the length of the penis-guard (in johnsoniana) . The female ovipositor with the valves short, blimt and subfleshy, little chitinized. Our species may be separated in the male sex by the following key : 1. Ninth tergite not tumid; eighth sternite very long, sheathing the ninth sternite beneath, the tip with two chitinized points on each side parshleyi sp. n. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 505 Ninth tergite tumid; eighth sternite shorter, not closely applied to the ninth sternite for the entire length of the latter, the tip wdthout chitinized points 2 2. Ninth tergite with four lobes or horns megaura Doane.^ Ninth tergite with two or no horns 3 3. No horns on the tergite johnsoniana sp. n. With horns on the tergite 4 4. The horns on the tergite directed upward bicornis Forbes.^" The horns on the tergite directed caudad or slightly ventrad, morrisoni sp. n. The Palsearctic Tipida fascipennis Meigen (1818) was the first described species of this group and should probably give the name to the group. The Nearctic groups of the genus should be correlated with the Palaearctic species. Tipula jolmsoiiiana .sp. n. Coloration light yellow, the thoracic stripes grayish brown; antennal flagellum uniformly brown; male hypopygium with the ninth tergite tumid without processes; ninth pleurite produced into a broad flattened process. Male. — Length, 17.5 mm.; wing, 19 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head rather short, with numerous short black hairs on the dorsal and lateral surfaces; nasus indis- tinct. Palpi light brown. Antennge rather long, much longer than in the related bicornis Forbes; the flagellar segments are slightly swollen basally; the scapal segments and the basal half to two-thirds of the third segment dull yellow, the remainder of the appendage dark brown. Head rich brownish yellow with abundant short black hairs scattered over the dorsal surface. Pronotal scutum yellowish brown with an indistinct brownish spot on the side of the sclerite. Mesonotal prsescutum light yellow with three grayish bro^\^l stripes, of which the median one is broadest and longest; the interspaces between the stripes are provided with numerous long yello^vish hairs; scutum, scutellum and postnotum dull brownish yellow. Pleura pale yellow, thickly whitish poUinose; trochanters dull yellow; femora yellow with the apex narrowly dark bro"s\Ti; tibiae browm, the apex obscurely darker; tarsi brown. Wings with a slight grayish tinge, more yellowish in the costal region and in cell M adjoining vein Cn; stigma dark browm; a conspicuous 3 megaura Doane ; Journal of the New York Entomological Society, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 112, 113 ; 1901. ^"^hicornis Forbes ; Sixteenth Report State Entomologist of Illinois, p. 78, Plate 6, fig. 4 ; 1891. 33 506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., vitreous spot before the stigma extending from cell 1st Ri into the base of cell Mi. Venation as in other members of the hicornis group, but the cell 1st M^ is large and less regularly pentagonal (see Plate XVII, fig. 20). Abdominal tergites bright yellow; a narrow median brown vitta beginning on the base of segment two extending through segment six; segments seven and eight yellow, indistinctly brown medially; the ninth tergite is dark brown, pale medially on the caudal half above; an indistinct sublateral band beginning midlength of the second segment, ending on the seventh segment, on the last three segments oblique; lateral margins broadly, caudal margins narrowly yellowish silvery; sternites dull yellow, narrowly margined with silvery; ninth pleurite and sternite dark brown. Male hypopygium (see Plate XVIII, fig. 40) with the ninth tergite (see Plate XIX, fig. 58) tumid, though not very high, the caudal margin almost transverse with an indistinct median impression; no horns or lobes on the tergite; the ventro-caudal margin on either side of the middle line is produced into a flattened edge whose ipner angle is blackened, chitinized, and sparsely denticulate. Ninth pleurite complete, extensive; the caudal margin is produced into a broad, flattened process directed caudad and slightly dorsad and entad; outer pleural appendage small but prominent for this group, of species, elongate-, cylindrical, pale with a few scattered long hairs; inner pleural appendage a flattened blade which is broad basally, narrowed into a subacute point, the caudal margin ciliate with long yellow hairs. Ninth sternite extensive, the dorso-caudal angle produced entad and slightly ventrad; this process subacute and slightly chitinized; beneath this a shorter lobe with a fringe of long yellow hairs, those at the distal end curled and twisted. The gonapophyses are very long, subequal to the penis-guard which they subtend; the tips of the gonapophyses slightly divaricate, the distal two-thirds with a fringe of stout yellow hairs on the ventral face. Eighth sternite extensive, the caudal margin subtransverse with four slight tubercles, each bearing a dense tuft of long yellow hairs; the lateral brushes surround a powerful decussate reddish bristle. Habitat. — Northeastern United States. Holotype, cf, Dummerston, Vermont; July 14, 1908 (Johnson). The type is in the collection of the Boston Society of Natural History. The species is dedicated very respectfully to Mr. Charles W. John- son, the collector of the type specimen. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 507 Tipula morrisoni sp. n. Coloration yellowish; antennae indistinctly bicoloroiis; thorax with the stripes rather indistinct; male genitalia enlarged, the ninth tergite very high and tumid, with a deep V-shaped notch; ventro-caudal margin of the segment with two chitinized, denticulate lobes; gonapophyses powerful; eighth sternite with a dense brush of long pale hairs. Male. — Length, 13-14 mm.; wing, 18-18.5 mm. Female. — Wing, 15 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head moderately long, dull yellow; palpi light brown. Antennae rather short, if bent backward extend- ing about to or slightly before the base of the wings; the basal seg- ments brownish yellow, the flagellum indistinctly bicolorous, the bases of the segments being dark brown, the remainder yellowish brown; the flagellar segments are only a very little constricted beyond the base. Head pale grayish brown with a narrow brown median line, more distinct behind. Thoracic dorsum dull light yellow or brownish yellow, the praescutal median stripe very broad but relatively indistinct, brownish ; scutum with the lobes a little darker than the pale median area; thorax rather densely provided with pale hairs. Pleura whitish pollinose, unmarked. Halteres rather pale, the knob a little darker. Legs with the coxae whitish pollinose; trochanters yellowish; remainder of the legs light brown, the apices of the segments scarcely darker. Wings subhyaline, the costal cell brown, the stigmal spot rather extensive, brown; an extensive vitreous band before the stigma in cell 1st Ri, extending beyond cell 1st M2. Venation as in Plate XVII, fig. 21. Abdominal tergites dull yellow; a brown median vitta which is barely indicated on segment one, extending the entire length of segment two, on segments three and four broadening out to include most of the dorsum; segments five to eight with the median mark again narrowed; segments margined with silvery, this mark broad laterally, very narrow caudally; the sternites pale. Male genitalia (see Plate XVIII, fig. 41) with the eighth tergite very narrow. Ninth tergite exceedingly tumid, very high, the caudal margin with a deep V-shaped notch, the lateral lobes thus formed directed caudad and slightly dorsad; the segment is dark brown, the margin pale whitish, the brown continuing up to the apices of the lobes and as a narrow line to the ventro-caudal margin of the segment on the caudal face; a narrow brown fine running obliquely from underneath the 508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., lobes to the middle line beneath; the ventro-caudal edge of the ninth tergite is concave and with an oval notch, the lobes thus formed (see Plate XXI, fig. 83) directed entad, ventrad and slightly caudad, heavily chitinized, minutely denticulate and provided with a few long hairs. Ninth pleurite complete, rather large, subquadrate, the dorso-caudal angle produced caudad and slightly dorsad and entad; lobes two, flattened, fleshy, with numerous long hairs. Ninth sternite rather restricted, the caudal margin beneath broadly con- cave, the lateral lobes prominent, directed entad and caudad, the tips expanded, truncate, the lobe with numerous long pale hairs on the inner margin; immediately dorsad of this lobe is a small rounded knob bearing numerous hairs; in a position of rest this knob is invisible from beneath. Gonapophyses powerful (see Plate XXI, fig. 82) directed caudad and slightly dorsad; they occupy the ventral portion of the genital chamber, each one consisting of a cylindrical, heavily chitinized horn, slightly divergent apically; a narrow line of short strigose hairs on the outer face of each horn. Eighth sternite large, the caudal margin truncated medially and here with a dense brush of long pale hairs. The female is in the Loew collection and bears the label in Osten Sacken's writing: authentic 9, caught with the cf, from Delaware. The female is quite small, the wing measuring but 15 mm. The abdomen of the allotype is broken off, but another specimen comes close to bicornis in the very short valves to the ovipositor. Habitat. — Eastern United States. Holotype, cf, Oaklandon, Hancock Co., Ind., June 8, 1913 (Morrison). Allotype, 9 , Delaware. Paratypes, No. 1, 2 cf 's, Agricultural College, Lowndes Co., Miss., April 9, 1908 (Kimbro) ; No. 3, d^ , Fort Washington, Prince George Co., Md., May 26, 1896 (Johnson); No. 4, 5 d^'s, 19, District of Columbia (Osten Sacken); No. 10, cf, Rhode Island (Johnson); No. 11, c^, Shiloh, New Jersey, June 19, 1915 (Alexander); No. 12, 4 cT's, Four-mile Run, Fairfax Co., Va., May 31, 1914 (McAtee). Type and paratypes 1, 2 and 11 in the collection of the author; allotype and paratypes 4 to 9 in the Museum of Comparative Zoology; paratype 3 in the collection of Mr. Johnson; paratype 10 in the collection of the Boston Society of Natural History; Nos. 12 to 15 in the collection of the Biological Survey. This interesting crane-fly is dedicated to my friend and companion, Mr. Harold Morrison. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 509 Tipula megaura Doane. Tipula vicgaura Doane; .Journal of the New York Entomological Society, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 112, 113; 1931. Coloration pale brownish yellow, the thoracic stripes reddish brown; antennal flagellum uniform in color or nearly so; male hypopygium with the ninth tergite tumid, produced into four sub- equal teeth; ninth pleurite produced into two subchitinized processes. Male. — Length, 12.7 mm.; wing, 14.6 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head moderately long, with abundant long black hair above; nasus not evident. Palpi light brown. Antennae rather short, the segments uniformly light brownish yellow. Head pale brownish yellow, sparsely grayish pruinose with a broad median depression; head with numerous scattered black hairs. Thoracic dorsum pale brownish yellow with three light reddish brown stripes, the median one broad, split by a narrow vitta of the ground color; scutum with the lobes light brown; scutellum and postnotum yellowish. Pleura yellowish, thickly dusted with a bluish white pollen. Halteres pale, the knobs dark brown. Legs with the coxae pale yellow, bluish white pruinose; trochanters yellow; femora light brown, rather broadly tipped with darker; tibiae and tarsi brown. Wings pale brownish yellow, the costal cell more saturated, yellowish; a vitreous antestigmal blotch, interrupted near the fork of the sector, most distinct along the cord and com- pletely filling the small cell 1st M-,; veins dark brown (see Plate XVII, fig. 22). Abdominal tergites brownish yellow, with the caudal margin narrowly, the lateral margin broadly bordered with silvery; a broad dorsal median stripe extending the length of the abdomen; sternites dull yellow, the caudal margins of the segments narrowly silvery. Male hypopygium (see Plate XVIII, fig. 42) with the ninth tergite (see Plate XIX, fig. 59) tumid as in most of this group of species, the posterior margin produced caudad and dorsad into a stout median lobe which bears two subequal, slightly divaricated lobules which are not blackened or chitinized ; on the caudal face of the segment a tooth on either side of the median line, this directed caudad and slightly ventrad; the upper pair of teeth or lobules are smooth, but covered with a dense whitish pubescence; the lower pair which are a little more widely separated are covered with scattered setigerous tubercles; the ventral outer edge of the segment bears a broad, subchitinized (but not blackened except underneath) lobe on either side of the middle line, this lobe bifid, the proximal arm roughened, 510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., hairy, the distal arm long, slender, subcylindrical. Ninth pleurite rather extensive, the caudal margin produced into two prominent flattened processes, the more dorsal curved toward the tip, the more ventral subspatulate, straight; outer pleural appendage very tiny and reduced, occupying the notch between the tergite and pleurite, fleshy and bearing a few long hairs at the tip; inner pleural appendage elongate, slightly curved, with numerous long hairs on the outer face. Ninth sternite with the dorso-caudal angle produced inward as a long, flattened process which approaches the one of the opposite side on the middle line beneath. The gonapophyses are powerful and divaricated, of the same structure as in T. ynorrisoni. Eighth sternite extensive, the caudal margin indistinctly trilobed, the median area broadly convex and bearing a dense fringe of long reddish hairs; on either side smaller lobes also bearing long hairs. Habitat. — Northern United States. &, Norwich, Vermont; July 8, 1908 (Johnson); 2 cf's, 19, Battle Creek, Michigan (Aldrich). Tipula parshleyi sp. n. Coloration dull yellow; antennae with the basal flagellar segments bicolorous; thoracic stripes indistinct; body with numerous short hairs; male genitalia with the eighth sternite large, enclosing the ninth sternite in its concavity. Male. — Length, 14.5-15 mm.; wing, 15.2-16.4 mm.; antennae about 4.6 mm. Fore leg, femora, 9.6 mm.; tibiae, 11.6 mm.; middle leg, femora, 8.8-9.5 mm.; tibiae, 9.8-10.3 mm.; hind leg, femora, 8.8-10.2 mm.; tibiae 10.1-12 mm. Female. — Length about 15 mm.; wing, 17.5 mm. Frontal prolongation of the head dull yellow, palpi short, dull brownish yellow. Antennae with the two basal segments yellow, the third segment almost cylindrical, dull yellow, remaining segments of the flagellum constricted, the basal swelling dark brown, the remainder of each segment dull yellow, toward the tip of the antennae ^ becoming darker, brownish. Head light yellow. Thoracic dorsum light yellow with three dark orange to brown stripes, the middle one broadest in front, narrowed behind, indis- tinctly divided by a median line; lateral stripes narrow; the thoracic dorsum is provided with numerous tiny hairs except in the area covered by the stripes which are destitute of these setigerous punc- tures; scutum dull yellow, each lobe with two orange or brown blotches, the larger one lying caudad and proximad, the smaller one cephalad and distad; scutellum and postnotum dull yellow, sparsely 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 511 provided mth tinj^ hairs. Pleura very pale with a thick whitish bloom. Halteres pale at the base, the knob dark bro^\ii. Legs with the coxae pale, whitish pollinose; trochanters dull yellow; femora and tibiae brownish yellow; tarsi brownish. Wings whitish, subhyaline, the costal cell yellowish, the stigma rather indistinct, dull yellow. Venation as in Plate XVII, fig. 23. Abdominal tergites dull yellow to brown, densely provided with short hairs; eighth segment black; ninth segment reddish brown at the base on either side, dark brownish black on the caudal half; sternites dull yellow, the massive eighth sternite orange-brown. Hypopygium of the male (see Plate XVIII, fig. 43) with the eighth tergite small, rather narrow. Ninth tergite (see Plate XIX, fig. 60) rather small, quadrate, the outer lateral angles produced caudad into prominent sharp points; the caudal margin of the segment with three lobes, of which the median one is smallest. Ninth pleurite complete but rather narrow, the appendages complex, the inner lobe ending in a compressed flattened arm which is produced into a cephalad-directed point; behind this last lobe is a second one, shorter, more cylindrical, feebl}^ tuberculate, provided with many long hairs. Eighth sternite very large, almost completely enveloping the ninth sternite which lies in its concavity; this segment is provided with abundant rather short pale hairs; at the end on either side with two slender, cylindrical chitinized points; the space between them on the caudal margin with a dense brush of short hairs. Ninth sternite with a chitinized appendage at the tip, this being shaped as in Plate XX, fig. 74; it is slender, expanded at the tip and ending in a long, slightly curved point which is surrounded by a few blunt teeth; the inner face is provided with numerous long hairs directed mesad. Female. — Similar to the male, even in the rather peculiar venation; antennae short, the extreme base of each flagellar segment dark, the remainder with a whitish bloom. Ovipositor with the valves very shortened (see Plate XXI, fig. 87) somewhat fleshy, as in hicornis et al.; tergal valves separated by a deep notch, the lobes with a short, thick, grayish pubescence and a few longer yellow hairs; sternal valves yellowish with a thick yellowish white pubescence. Habitat. — Northeastern United States and Canada ; Colorado. Holotype, cf , Orono, Penobscot Co. Me., June 6, 1913 (Alexander and Parshley). Allotype, 9 , Dorchester, Suffolk Co., Mass., No. 482 (Uhler). Paratypes, No. 1, 5cf 's, topotypic; No. 6, d^, Cambridge, Middlesex Co., Mass., No. 482; No. 7, 2 o^'s, Woburn, Middlesex Co., Mass. 512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., (Shute); No. 9, d^, Dorchester, Suffolk Co., Mass., No. 482 (Uhler) No. 10, d^, Eastport, Washington Co., Me., July 15 (Johnson) No. 11, 9 , Barber Dam, New Brunswick, June 25, 1914 (McKenzie) No. 12, d", Frederickton, New Bruns\vick, June 10, 1914 (Tothill) No. 13, d^, British America (Scudcler); No. 14, c^, Colorado (H. K. Morrison) . Paratype No. 6 bears the label "scaphula^' in Loew's script. The type and paratypes 1 to 5 are in the collection of the author; the allotype and paratypes 6 to 9 and 13 in the Museum of Com- parative Zoologj^; paratype 10 in the Boston Society of Natural History; paratypes 11 and 12 in the New Brunswick Experiment Station ; paratype 14 in the United States National Museum. This species is dedicated to my friend and companion, Mr. Howard S. Parshley. Many specimens, including the type, were taken along the Penob- scot River near the Basin Mills during the twilight and early evening. The flies were on the wing and quite active. Explanation of Plates XVI-XXI. Plate XVI. — Wing- venation. Fig. .1. — Wing of Nephroioma penumbra; Ri, R2, Rz, etc. = radial veins; Mi, Ml, Mi = medial veins; Cu2 = cubitus 2; 2nd A = second anal. Fig. 2.— Wing of Tipula {Cinctotipula) aUjonquin. Fig. 3.— " " T. pachyrhinoides. Fig. 4.— " " T. penobscot. Fig. 5.— " " T. mainensis. Fig. 6.— " " T. kennicotti. Fig. 7.— " " T. taughannock, 9 . Fig. 8.— " " T. taughannock, cT. Fig. 9.— " " T. imperfecta. Fig. 10.— " " T. cayuga. Fig. 11.— " " T. triton. Fig. 12.— " " T. loeiviana. Fig. 13.— " " T. mingwe. Fig. 14.— " " T. monticola. Fig- 1.5.— " " T. tuscarora. Fig. 16.— " " T. Seminole. Plate XVII. — ^Wing-venation and Hypopygial Structure Fig. 17. — Wing of T. rangiferina. Fig. 18.— " " T. mandan. Fig. 19.— " " T. dietziana. Fig. 20.— " " T. johnsoniana. Fig. 21.— " " T. morrisoni. Fig. 22.— " " T. megaura. Fig. 23.— " " T. parshleyi. Fig. 24. — Ninth sternite of T. alqonquin; ventral aspect. Fig. 25.— " " " T. cayuga; ventral aspect. Fig. 26. — Eighth " " T. monticola; ventral aspect. Fig. 27.— " " " T. tuscarora; ventral aspect. Fig. 28.— " " " T. Seminole; ventral aspect. Fig. 29.— " " " T. mandan; ventral aspect. Fig. 30.— " " " T. dietziana; ventral aspect. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 513 Hypopygial Structures. Lateral aspect of the hypopygium of T. mainensis. " T. penobscoi. " T. taughannock. " T. kennicotti. " T. monlicola. " T. tuscarora. " T. Seminole. " T. rangiferina. " T. mandan. " T. johnsoniana. " T. morrisoni. " T. megaura. " T. parshleyi. Plate XIX. — Hypopygial Structures. 8s = eighth sternite ; 9s = ninth sternite ; 91 = ninth tergite. Fig. 44.— Dorsal aspect of the ninth tergite of T. algonquin. PE XVIIL- -H^ Fig. 31.— L ate Fig. 32.— Fig. 33.— Fig. 34.— Fig. 35.— Fig. 36.— Fig. 37.— Fig. 38.— Fig. 39.— Fig. 40.— Fig. 41.— Fig. 42.— Fig. 43.— Fig. 45.— a ii II II T. penobscoi. Fig. 46.— u i( II II T. 7nainensis. Fig. 47.— u a II II T. taughannock Fig. 48.— u u II II T. kennicolli. Fig. 49.— (( a II II T. cayuga. Fig. 50.— (1 ti II II T. triton. Fig. 51.— (1 11 II II T. loewiana. Fig. 52.— it II II 11 T. monlicola. Fig. 53.— il II II II T. tuscarora. Fig. 54.— l( II II II T. Seminole. Fig. 55.— u II II II T. rangiferina. Fig. 56.— u II II II T. mandan. Fig. 57.— a II II II T. dietziana. Fig. 58.— u -II II II T. johnsoniana Fig. 59.— (( II II . II T. megaura. Fig. 60.— a i< II II T. parshleyi. Plate XX. — Hypopygial Structures. Fig. 61. — ^Pleural appendages of T. algonquin; lateral aspect. Fig. 62. — Ninth pleuro-sternite of T. taug/ian/iocA;; ventral aspect; a = fleshy lobe. Fig. 63. — Pleural appendages of T. cayuga; lateral aspect; d = dorsal arm; V = ventral arm. Fig. 64. — Pleurite of T. tuscarora; ventral aspect. Fig. 65. — Outer pleiu*al appendage of T. triton; lateral aspect. Fig. 66. — -Apex of inner pleural appendage of T. triton; lateral aspect from the inside. Fig. 67. — Pleurite of T. loewiaJia; lateral aspect. Fig. 68. — Pleural appendages of T. mingwe; lateral aspect. Fig. 69. — Inner pleural appendage of T. monlicola; lateral aspect. Fig. 70. — Inner pleural appendage of T. rangiferina; lateral aspect. Fig. 71. — Second pleural appendage of T. mandan; lateral aspect. Fig. 72. — Inner pleural appendage of T. mandan; lateral aspect. Fig. 73. — Outer pleural appendage of T. dietziana; lateral aspect. Fig. 74. — Appendages on the tip of the ninth sternite of T. parshleyi; lateral aspect. Plate XXI. — Hypopygial Structures. Fig. 75. — Penis-guard of T. mainensis; ventral aspect. Fig. 76. — ^Apex of the inner pleural appendage of T. mainensis; lateral aspect. Fig. 77. — Penis-guard and gonapophyses of T. seminole; lateral aspect. Fig. 78. — Gonapophyses of T. triton; lateral aspect. Fig. 79. — Penis-guard of T. triton; lateral aspect. 514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., Fig. 80. — Penis-guard of T. tuscarora; ventral aspect. Fig. 81. — Penis-guard of T. rangiferina; lateral aspect. Fig. 82. — Gonapophyses of T. morrisoni; ventral aspect. Fig. 83. — ^Ventro-caudal margin of the ninth tergite of T. morrisoni; caudal aspect. Fig. 84. — Ovipositor of T. mandan; lateral aspect. 91 = ninth tergite; 9s = ninth sternite. Fig. 85. — Ovipositor of T. piliceps; dorsal aspect. Fig. 86.— Ovipositor of T. imperfecta; dorsal aspect. Fig. 87. — Ovipositor of T. parshleyi; dorsal aspect. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1915. PLATE XVI. ^4+5 2d A Cu, ^4 ALEXANDER: CRANE-FLIES PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. ini.S. PLATE XVII. ALEXANDER: CRANE-FLIES PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 191.5. PLATE XVIII. ALEXANDER: CRANE-FLIES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 191.- PLATE XIX. ALEXANDER: CRANE-FLIES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1915. PLATE XX. ALEXANDER: CRANE-FLIES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1915, PLATE XXI. ALEXANDER: CRANE-FLIES. 1915.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 515 FISHES FEOM EASTERN CANADA. BY HENRY W. FOWLER. Within the past few years the Academy has received several collections from different localities in the eastern and maritime provinces of the Dominion. They have been submitted to me for study, and as several interesting or new records were found among them, this paper is offered as a slight contribution to science. Acknowledgment is here expressed to those who made the collec- tions, and also for such field notes as are appended. Lake Cassette. This is one of the Rimouski series of lakes in Rimouski County, Province of Quebec. Another connected lake is Long Lake, in the same region. From these waters a number of fresh chars were obtained by Mr. J. E. V. Titus, in September of 1911 and 1912. Salvelinus fontinalis (Mitchlll). Two rather well-marked varieties occur, which were thought to be distinct by the fishermen, distinguished locally as the "brook trout" and the "gray back." The first of these is of variable color, from very dark to quite light or tan, or even pale brown. Dark examples are quite olivaceous. Red on lower sides ordinarily of deep crimson. In weight they range from one-half to six pounds and four ounces. They are said to spawn in late October, or from late September till late October. Li Touradiff Lake examples occur all quite black on the back, in fact dusky-olive, and with the red of the lower sides swarthy. Possibly this is due to the numerous submerged conifers, besides other timber in the lake, which renders the water and the fish dark. The gray-back is distinguished by the alleged variety of its steel- gray color, the blotches and markings appearing very distinct. It does not show red on its lower sides. The old females are known as "bull-dogs," on account of their snub-noses. It reaches a length of eight to eighteen inches, a weight of about three and one-half pounds, and spawns later than the ordinary trout, or in October and November. 516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Three examples before me from Lake Cassette do not indicate these variations to be other than local or individual. Salvelinus alpinus marstoni (Garman). Head 4 to 4f ; depth 4| to 6; D. usually iv, 9, i, rarely iv, 10, I or IV, 8, i; A. usually iv, 8, i, sometimes iv, 9, i; scales in lateral line with tubes about 106 to 123 to caudal base, and 3 to 10 more on latter, the average about 7; 150 to 187 scales counted just above L 1. its entire course to caudal base, and 5 to 12 more on latter; 32 to 34 scales above 1. 1. to dorsal origin; 30 to 34 scales below 1. 1. to ventral origin; 68 to 73 predorsal scales; snout 3y to 3f in head, measured from upper jaw tip; eye 6 to 7^; maxillary ly^^ to 2|; interorbital 3| to 3J; gill-rakers of left side usually 8, seldom 7 + 12, of right side usually 8, seldom 9 -|- 12, rarely 13; total length 12| to 14f inches, of seven examples. Color when fresh, back deep olive to dusky, the latter shade mostly over median line and color becoming more rich olive as it descends the sides. Sides, in region of lateral line, marked by well-spaced small red spots ocellated with very pale blue, though these last only present when fish is taken from the water. Head dusky to olive above, sides same, and lower surface whitish, with smutty tinge over branchiostegals. Iris brownish or dusky, with narrow circle of golden about dark pupil. Inside gill-openings pale. Dorsal and caudal dusky-olive, with dusky shades on membranes of former. Pectoral with whitish upper edge, on outer surface grayish medianly above and lower surface orange-red, and on inner surface dark upper median tint dusky-olive. Ventral orange-red, front and hind edges whitish. Anal with front edge whitish, broad distal edge pale orange and base pale dusky. Breast, belly, abdomen, and most all of ventral region orange-red, though much paler posteriorly. When first studied I was inclined to consider these specimens as a new form of char allied to the Salmo rnarstoni Garman. The points of difference according to the original description are the very small scales, about 230 in the series immediately above the lateral line,, and more than 250 in a row 5 or 6 scales above this. The eye is given as less than 5 in the head, the maxillary extending backward almost as far as hinder edge of eye, and the gill-rakers 8 -{- 14. From the above it is therefore quite likely these characters are really individual variations. The spots of red along the lateral line are imperfectly made out and their colors not sufficiently detailed in the original description of Salmo marstoni Garman.^ Under the ' Science, July 14, 1893, p. 23. Lac de Marbre, Ottawa County, Quebec. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517 vernaculars "Marston trout" and "Red Canadian trout," and listed as Salvelinus marstoni, Evermann and Goldsborough give^ a list of localities for the Quebec and Ottawa provinces, including I^ake Cassette among their records. According to Mr. Titus, the present form is known as the "Golden trout" or "Poisson d'Oro," from its coloration. The males always exhibit orange-red sides and the female appears to have a more yellowish tinge. The largest examples were about 1| pounds in weight, and the dimensions of the largest noted above. They spaw^i in late November and during December, in this locality. All the trout of these lakes were spawning on the same grounds. They do not appear to be common, and are taken in proportion of one to every 1*50 or 200 brook trout. Nova Scotia. During the summer of 1911 Dr. D. G. Metheny made a collection of marine fishes at Cranberry Head. He also made a similar collection during the summer of 1912 at the same place: — Squalus acanthias Linnaeus. Kaja ocellata Mitchill. Clupea harengus Linnajus. Pomolobus pseudoharengus (Wilson). Scomber scombrus Linnaeus. Thunnus tbynnus (Linnaeus). A large one taken in 1912. Poronotus triacanthus (Peck). TautOga onitis (Linnaeus). Myoxocephalus octodecimspinosus (Mitchill). Hemitripterus americanus (Gmelin). Cyclopterus lumpus Linnaeus. Lopbopsetta maculata (Mitchill). Limanda ferruginea (Storer). Pseudopleuronectes americanus (Walbaum). Pollachius virens (Linnaeus). Microgadus tomcod (Walbaum). Gadus callarias Linn»us. Merluccius bilinearis (Mitchill). Prince Edward Island. Several collections were made on this island, comprising fresh- water species, in July and August of 1912, by Mr. Bayard Long. 2 Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XX, December 31, 1907, p. 104. 518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Besides the fishes, several amphibians were also secured. These are: Bufo americanus from Black Pond, Charlottetown, and East Lake near Both well; Rana sevtentrionalis from Black Pond, between Southport and Lake Verde, Tignish, and from large swamp in Dundee; and Rana sylvatica from near Charlottetown. Salvelinus fontinalis (Mitchill). Young from near Southport and near Village Green. Anguilla rostrata (Le Sueur)., North Lake. Fundulus heteroclitus badius Garman. Tignish, North Lake, East Lake near Bothwell, Grand Tracidie, Black Pond and Fullerton Marsh at Bunbury. Pygosteus pungitius (Linnseus). Abundant in spring-brook at Charlottetown and spring-head of Hillsboro River at Southport. Gasterosteus aouleatus Linnaus. Common with Pygosteus at Charlottetown and Southport; Bloom- field; swamp at Dundee. Apeltes quadracus (Mitchill). East Lake near Bothwell. Magdalen Islands. Mr. Long also made a small collection of fresh-water fishes here in July and August of 1912. Fundulus heteroclitus badius Garman. Adult and young at Grindstone. Pygosteus pungitius (Linnaeus). Many adults and half-grown from Grindstone and Allright Island. Gasterosteus aculeatus Linnaeus. Abundant at Grindstone and Etang du Nord. Apeltes quadracus (Mitchill). One at Grindstone and four adults at Etang du Nord. This is the most northern locality at which I am able to find the species known to occur. Sparrow Lake, Ontario. A small collection was made at this locality in Simcoe County in the summer of 1904, and forwarded to the Academy by Mr. W. S. Ray: — 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. .519 Pimephales notatus (Rafinesque). Notropis hudsonius selene (Jordan). Esox yermiculatus Valenciennes. Percopsis omiscomaycus (Walbaum). Eupomotis gibbosus (Linnseus). Micropterus dolomieu Lac6pede. Perca flavescens (MitchiU). Peroina caprodes zebra (Agassiz). Mattawa, Ontario. Mr. Horace H. Burton made a small collection at this locality and northward along the Ottawa River to Lake Temiskaming, in October of 1913. Excepting the trout and Rana septentrionalis, which were obtained in Lake Temiskaming, all the others were taken in the Ottawa River at Mattawa. Besides the following fishes Mr. Burton also secured examples of Cambarus bartoni, Nedurus maculosus, Diadophis punctatus and Thamnophis sirtalis. Salvelinus fontinalis (MitchiU). Several small ones. Semotilus bnllaris (Rafinesque). One young example. Catostomus commersonnii (Lac6pMe). Small one. Boleosoma nigrum (Rafinesque). Many examples, though all small. 520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., THE FISHES OF TRINIDAD, GRENADA, AND ST. LUCIA, BRITISH WEST INDIES. BY HENRY W. FOWLER. In February and March of 1915 Mr. Richard M. Abbott visited various of the Lesser Antilles, and while at the above-named islands made several collections of fishes. Through his generosity, these have all been received as gifts to the museum of the Academy. Trinidad. The collection from this island is the most extensive. It was made chiefly in the fish-market of Port-of-Spain, from February 27 to March 7. The market fishes are all taken in the Gulf of Paria, brought to town, and there disposed of as food. The waters of the Gulf of Paria are continually discolored, so that they have a muddy color. This has been explained as due to the vast quantities of river deposits, silt, etc., carried down the Orinoco and through its delta out into the sea. The shore currents then carry the soiled and less saline waters north into the more or less enclosed gulf, where they apparently are unable to clear. Apparently continuously muddied, the water supports a rich fish-fauna. A few of the larger species were seen in the market, and though carefully noted, were not preserved. They are included below with this reservation. No account of the marine fishes of Trinidad has ever appeared. The records of the few species known from the island occur princi- pally as scattered references to material in the British Museum. These will be found in the catalogues by the late Dr. Albert Giinther,^ and in the second edition by Dr. G. A. Boulenger.- Dr. Giinther also described several cyprinodonts in 1868,^ and al)out the same time Hill has some notes. ^ More recently Dr. Barton A. Bean described a flounder from Port-of-Spain.^ The first work on the fresh-water fishes was contributed by the late Dr. Theodore Gill in 1858.^ Subsequently it was the subject 1 Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 1 to VIII, 1858-70. 2 L.c, Ed. 2, I, 1895. 3 Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, 1868, pp. 224-227. *L.c., 1868, pp. 210-223; pp. 227-237. ^ Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVII, 1895, pp. 635-636, fig. 3. Kinn. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., VI, 1858, pp. 363-430. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 521 of critical notes by the late Dr. Liitken.'^ Recently a very interesting and valuable account appeared by Dr. C. Tate-Regan, based chiefly on the collection, notes, and sketches of Mr. Lechmere Guppj^, Jr.* In the present paper a list of all the fishes now known from the island is given. Where species are represented in the collections of the Academy, they are mentioned with the number of specimens and their dimensions. The references pertain to the few species previously known from Trinidad. While likely most of the fresh- water species have been discovered, further collecting of the marine forms will undoubtedly j'ield many others. Possibly seven or more times as many as here listed, if not most of those comprising the vast West Indian fauna, will eventuallj^ be found. GinglymostORia cirratum (Bonnateire). "Nurse." One seen, about seven feet in length. Like all the sharks, valued as food. Mustelus canis (Mitchill). Two young, 9| and 10 inches long, with eight others not preserved, taken from a female 45 inches long. Galeocerdo arcticus (Faber). One in the market, about four feet long. Eulamia oxyrhinchus (Mailer and Henle). One seen in the market contained four young, each of which about 14 inches long. They were attached to the mother by a placenta. Sphyrna tiburo (Linn»us). One in the market about three feet long. Sphyrna zygaena (Linnffius). Number of examples, moderate in size, were seen in the market. Rhinobatos pellucens (Walbaum). One example 13f inches long. Dasyatis hastata (De Kay). A large sting-ray, evidently this species, was seen but not pre- served. ^Itobatus narinari (Euphrasen). One seen about 14 inches wide. ' Vid. Med. Kjobenhavn, 1S7.3, pp. 214-217; 1874, pp. 220-240. s Proc. Zoul. Soc. London, 1906, pp. 378-393, Pis. 21-25. 34 522 PROCEEDtNGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Albula vulpes (Linnaeus). Small example 5| inches long. Back with about ten narrow- transverse brownish bars, fading out below lateral line. Tarpon atlantious (Valenciennes). Megalops thrissoides Giinther, Cat. VII, 1868, p. 472. Clupanodon pseudohispanicus (Poey). One example 5| inches long. Sardinella macrophthalma (Ranzani). Two small examples, 2^ inches. Sardinella humeralis (Valenciennes). Clupea humeralis Giinther, I.e., p. 422. Five adults, the two smaller showing little more dusky about tip of upper caudal lobe. Length 4yV to 5^ inches. Opisthonema oglinum (Le Sueur). Clupea thrissn Giinther, I.e., p. 432. Six examples, 5| to 7f inches. Anchovia abbotti sp. nov. Fig. 1. Head 4^; depth 31; D. iii, 11; A. iii, 24, i; P. i, 15; V. i, 6; scales about 40 in lateral series (squamation injured) + 4 more on caudal base; about 9 scales between dorsal origin and middle of belly; about 22 predorsal scales; head width about half its length; head depth at occiput If; dorsal base If; least depth of caudal peduncle 2|; first branched anal ray about 1|; pectoral 1^; ventral 2f; snout 6 in head; eye4f; maxillary 1|; interorbital 4f . Body elongate, rather plump, compressed, profiles more or less similar, greatest depth at dorsal origin, and edges all convex. Caudal peduncle compressed, least depth 1| its length. Head compressed, profiles similar though with lower little more inclined, flattened sides slightly constricted below. Snout rather compressed, end rounded in profile, moderately protruded, length f its basal width. Eye moderate, rounded, well anterior, and its centre well before first third in head. Adipose eyelid covers eye, well developed. Mouth large, without median depression in front above. Maxillary straight, scarcely expanded terminally and almost reaches gill-opening. Maxillary teeth rather large, slightly curved, sharp-pointed, one-rowed, for first half of bone directed backward and on last half directed forward, not continuous over front of upper jaw. Lower jaw with single row of larger wide-set erect conic teeth, very small near symphysis and larger about middle of rami. All teeth on roof of mouth similar to others, only smaller, 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 523 and directed back. Short anterior row of 4 teeth each side of vomer. Long row of palatine teeth, becoming gradually smaller posteriorly. Well-developed patch of pterygoid teeth. Tongue small rounded smooth knob in mandible anteriorly. Upper surface of basibranchial shaft finely asperous. ]\Iandible convex over surface, constricted to small rounded knob at symphysis, rami not elevated inside mouth. Mandible included within upper jaw so that its tip extends well bej^ond front nostril. Nostrils small, together, a little nearer eye than snout tip. Interorbital moderately convex. Each supraorbital ridge distinct, slopes up straight to nape. Cheek would form an isosceles triangle. Skin on top of head, cheeks and opercles with various little pits or depressions, producing somewhat reticulated or honeycombed appearance. Gill-opening forward about opposite front pupil edge. Rakers Fig. 1. — Anchovin abbotti Fowler. t,Type-) 9 -|- 16, rather slender, ends obtuse, inner edges well denticulated, about 2| in eye. Filaments 1| in eye. Pseudobranchise about 2| in eye. Isthmus long, rather narrowly constricted, lower edge depressed or slightly convex. Branchiostegals 12, membranes slightly united as free fold across isthmus in front. Scales rather loose, narrowly imbricated, arranged in even length- wise series, more or less uniform in size. Each scale with about 5 vertical striae. Caudal base scaly, small scales on bases of lobes and several median elongated horizontal scales,, though of rather small size. Dorsal and anal with well-developed basal scaly sheaths. Pectoral with long pointed axillary scale, f length of fin. Ventral with large axillary scale, long as fin. Both pectorals and ventrals with lower broad scaly flaps. Dorsal origin midway between centre of eye and caudal base, 524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., front rays elongate, and graduated down from first branched. Anal origin about opposite first fourth in dorsal length, front rays elongate and graduated down from first branched rays, fin low behind. Caudal deeply forked, lobes pointed and nearly equal. Pectoral pointed, reaches ventral. Latter inserted little nearer pectoral than anal, half way to vent, which close before anal or well behind dorsal origin. Color in alcohol, when fresh, upper surface of back very pale olive, inclining to pale yellowish. Head, sides and lower surface bright silvery-white, and apparently no distinct lateral band length- wise. Iris whitish, also fins. Dorsal and caudal very slightly tinted grayish, latter yellowish basally and hind edge distinctly blackish its entire extent. Length 7j inches. Type, No. 45,079, A. N. S. P. Port-of-Spain, Trinidad, British West Indies. February-March, 19L5. Richard M. Abbott. Only the above example was obtained. I first thought this must be Stole phorus surinamensis Bleeker,^ a species formerly wrongly identified by most writers with Engraulis clupeoides Swainson. It differs, however, from Bleeker's species in several respects, and therefore for the present it may be regarded as distinct. Bleeker's examples were 96 mm. long, and are described with the scales as 35, the fins yellowish and the caudal broadly edged brownish behind. Dr. Eigenmann gives ^^ 35 gill-rakers on the lower arch of A. suri- namensis. (Named for Mr. Richard M. Abbott, who collected the type.) Anchovia filifera sp. nov. Fig. 2. Head 3|; depth 4f ; D. iii, 12; A. in, 21, i; scales about 36 in lateral series to caudal base + 4 more on latter; 8 scales between dorsal and ventral origins; 14 predorsal scales; head width 2| its length; head depth at occiput If; snout 4|; eye 4; maxillary 1^; interorbital 3f; dorsal length 1^; least depth of caudal peduncle 2-2-; caudal length IJ; anal base If; pectoral length 1|; ventral 2|; mandible If. Body well compressed, moderately long, profiles similar, predorsal with slight median keel and preventral with one better developed, greatest depth at dorsal origin. Caudal peduncle well compressed, least depth about If its length. Head well compressed, profiles similarly inclined with upper little more convex, flattened sides a little convergent below so that lower » Ned. Tijds. Dierk., Ill, 1SG6, p. 178. Surinam. '" Mem. Carnegie Mus., V, 1912, p. 448. Bartica Rocks, British Guiana. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 525 surface much narrower than upper and not keeled medianly. Snout conic, sHghtly compressed, well protruding, basal width slightly less than its length. Eye rounded, centre little behind first third in head. Adipose eyelid well developed, covering eye entirely. Mouth large, front above with slight median depression. Maxillary straight, expanded slightly behind, the end attenuated a little beyond mandibular articulation, though clearly not extending to gill-opening, the expansion 2| in eye. Maxillary teeth uniserial, close-set, fine, not continuous over front of mouth, and extending back whole length of bone. Similar erect mandibular teeth, only more minute and not continuous across symphysis. Vomer, pala- tines and pterygoids each mth row or series of very minute simple teeth. Tongue smooth small knob, anterior. Basibranchial shaft minutely asperous. iVIandible convex over surface, constricted to Fig. 2. — Anchovia filifera Fowler. (Type.) point at symphj^sis, rami not elevated inside mouth or only gradually slope to articulation behind. Mandibular tip extends forward not quite to middle in postnasal length. Nostrils small, together, slightly behind middle in snout leng-th. Interorbital evenly convex. Each supraorbital ridge distinct, flaring out a little over each eye in front. Cheek would form an isosceles triangle, its base about f its length. Cheeks, opercles and top of head all very finely tuber- culate, especially above. Gill-opening forward till about midway in eye. Rakers about 25 -1- 22, slender, pointed, compressed, inner edges minutely den- ticulated, 1| in eye. Filaments If in eye. Pseudobranchise about 3 in eye. Isthmus long, slender, compressed, lower edge convex. Branchiostegals 12, membranes united anteriorly only very short 526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., distance, forming narrow free fold over anterior trenchant keel of isthmus at that point. Scales caducous, mostly fallen, narrowly imbricated, arranged in even lengthwise rows, each with about 5 vertical striae, and all of more or less uniform size. Dorsal and anal depressible within broad basal scaly sheaths. Caudal base scaly, and each lobe with small crowded scales. Pectoral with free pointed axillary scale half length of fin. Similar ventral axillary scale but slightly shorter than fin. Dorsal origin midway between snout tip and caudal base, graduated down from first branched ray which longest, and tips of front rays not extended far back as tips of last rays. Anal origin slightly before end of dorsal base, or about midway between pectoral origin and caudal base, and graduated down from first branched or longest ray. Caudal well forked, pointed lobes about equal. Pectoral with uppermost ray greatly elongated, extending back nearly far as end of depressed ventral, or if this ray removed fin almost reaching ventral. Ventral inserted little nearer pectoral than anal, reaching about half way to latter. Vent close before anal. Color in alcohol largely whitish, sides with somewhat translucent appearance. Back and upper surface of head dotted with dusky under slight or pale olive ground-color. Sides of head and iris bright silvery-white. Dorsal pale or grayish, dusky dots on basal- scaly sheath. Caudal conspicuously dusky. Row of underlaid and rather obscure pale dusky dots along base of anal. Other fins whitish. Side with broad silvery-white lateral band, expanded over anal and along side of caudal peduncle till wide as eye. Length 3 inches. Type, No. 45,080, A. N. S. P. Port-of-Spain, Trinidad, British West Indies. February-March, 1915. Richard M. Abbott. Also Nos. 45,081 and 45,082, A, N. S. P., paratypes, same data. Head 3§; depth 4f to 4f ; D. iii, 12 or in, 13; A. iii, 21; scales in lateral series 36 to 38 to caudal base, and 3 or 4 more on latter; about 9 scales transversely between dorsal and ventral origins; 15 or 16 predorsal scales; snout 4| to 4^ in head; eye 4; maxillary 1^ to 1|; interorbital 3f to 3f ; length 2| to 3 inches. This species is closely related to my A. plaiyargyrea,^^ but appears to differ in having the upper pectoral ray elongate and filiform, more anal rays, and a narrower silvery lateral band. In the large "Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1911, p. 210, fig. 4. ,St. Martin's, W. I. Tojardo, Porto Rico. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 527 series of A. platyargyrea from St. Martin's and Porto Rico I have not been able to locate any specimens with such a peculiarity. All seem to show it gradually attenuated and not appreciably longer than the next succeeding ray. A. charostomus would appear to differ in having the maxillary reaching the gill-opening. {Filum, thread; fero, I bear.) Anchovia trinitatis sp. nov. Fig. 3. HeadSf; depth 3f; D. iii, 11; A. iii, 27; P. i, 14; V. i, 6; scales about 36 in lateral series (squamation injured) + 3 more on caudal base; about 9 scales between dorsal origin and middle of belly; 19 scales before dorsal; head width 2f in its length; head depth at occiput If; first branched dorsal ray 1|; dorsal base 2; least depth of caudal peduncle 2\; first branched anal ray If; pectoral If; ventral 2f; snout 5; eye 3^; maxillary 1^; interorbital 3|. Body elongate, well compressed, moderately deep, profiles mostly alike, greatest depth at dorsal origin, edges rather narrowly con- Fig. 3. — AncJiovia frinitntis Fowler. (Type.) stricted and preventral region with distinct median keel its whole length. Caudal peduncle compressed, about long as deep. Head well compressed, profiles alike, though lower little more inclined, flattened sides slightly constricted below. Snout well protruded, rather conic, end rounded in profile, length | its basal width. Eye large, rounded, anterior or centre about first third in head. Adipose eyelid well developed, covers eye. Mouth large, with slight median depression in front above. Maxillary straight, slightly expanded terminally, and almost reaches gill-opening. Maxillary teeth simple, conic, all slightly sloping forward, uniform, one-rowed, and extending back to hind end of bone, also not con- 528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., tinuous in front of upper jaw. Similar teeth in mandible, not continuous over front of jaw, which has sUght knob. Row of minute teeth on vomer and palatines, and of larger size on pterygoids. Tongue small rounded smooth knob in front of mouth. Upper surface of basibranchial shaft finely asperous. Mandible convex over surface, rami not elevated inside mouth. Mandible included within upper jaw, so that its tip extends slightly before front nostril. Nostrils small, together, nearer eye than snout tip. Inter- orbital broadly convex. Each supraorbital ridge distinct, slopes up straight to nape, flaring out Httle in front. Cheek would form an isosceles triangle. Skin on top of head, cheeks and opercles with numerous minute tubercles and little depressions or pits. Gill-opening forward about opposite first third in eye. Rakers 18 -f- 20, slender, compressed, pointed, inner edges w^ell denticulated, about IJ in eye. Filaments 2 in eye. Pseudobranchi?e 3 in eye. Isthmus rather long, slender, lower edge slightly convex. Bran- chiostegals 11, membranes slightly united as free fold across isthmus in front. Scales very loose, narrowly imbricated, arranged in even length- wise rows, more or less uniform in size. Each scale with rather numerous reticulating strise. Caudal base scaly. Dorsal and anal with well-developed basal scaly sheaths. Pectoral with long pointed axillary scale slightly less than half length of fin. Ventral with free pointed axillary scale, about f length of fin. Both pectorals and ventrals with lower broad scaly flaps. Dorsal origin midway between hind eye edge and caudal base, first branched rays longest, extends back further when depressed than tips of last rays. Anal origin slightly behind dorsal origin, first branched ray longest, fin moderately low behind. Caudal deeply forked, lobes pointed and about equal. Pectoral low, pointed, reaches very close to ventral origin. Latter inserted little nearer anal origin than pectoral, and fin reaches slightly over half way to latter. Vent at depressed ventral tips, well before anal. Color in alcohol translucent whitish, back above and upper surface of head dusted with minute dusky or dull olive dots. Sides and lower surface of head bright silvery-white, also iris. Narrow median lateral band of silvery-white, slightly tinted pale brassy in places, rather ill-defined, though at no point quite equal to width of pupil. Fins pale, dorsal and caudal slightly grayish. Row of dull underlaid dark spots along anal base on trunk. Hind edge of caudal pale dusk}^ 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 529 ■ Length 3| inches. Type No. 45,083, A. N. S. P. Port-of-Spain, Trinidad. February- March, 1915. Richard M. Abbott. Only the type known. This species is alHed with Anchovia mitchilli, but differs in its larger size, more protruding snout, narrower lateral band, much longer pectoral, and dark hind caudal edge. A. astilhe (Jordan and Rutter),^^ A. robcrtsi (Jordan and Rutter),^^ and A. januarius (Steindachner),^^ all have much shorter anals. A. nattereri (Steindachner)^^ has a more slender body, smaller eye, and shorter maxillary. A. olidus (Giinther)^*' has a longer dorsal and more posterior anal. (Named for the Island of Trinidad.) Synodus foetens (Linnseus). One 10 inches long. Selenaspis herzbergii (Bloch). Arius herzbergii Regan, Proc. Z. Soc. London, 1906, p. 386. One 6f inches. Tachisurus spixii (Agassiz). Arius spixii Regan, I.e. Mouth of Rio Carim. Arius laticeps Giinther, Cat. F. Brit. Mus., V, 1864, p. 171, figs, (predorsal buckler and teeth). British Guiana and Trinidad. Rhamdia vilsoni (Gill). Pimelonotus vilsoni Gill, Ann. Lye. N. Hist. N. Y., VI, 1858, p. 391. Pimelodus {Rhamdia) wilsoni Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1906, p. 386. Rhamdia vilsoni Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1915, p. 209. Trachycorystes galeatus (Linnseus). Paraucheniplerus pasece Regan, I.e., p. 387 (non PL). Caroni River. Pseudauehenipterus guppyi Regan, I.e., Pi. 24 (non 23). Pseudauchenipterus nodosus (Bloch). Pseudauehenipterus guppyi Regan, I.e. (non PL). Caroni River. Paraucheniplerus pasece Regan, I.e., PL 23 (non 24). Callichthys callichthys (Linnaeus). Callichthys eallichthys Fowler, I.e. C. kneri Gill, I.e., p. 394. Regan, I.e., p. 388. Bejucal Swamp. Hoplosternum littorale (Hancock). (7. littoralis Giinther, I.e., p. 227. — — Regan, I.e. Hoplosternum littorale Fowler, I.e., p. 229. H. Icevigatum Gill, I.e., p. 396. H. stevardii Gill, I.e., p. 401. 12 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1897, p. 95. Jamaica. 13 § J f I Q TTl "^ lf*1 " S'itz. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXXX, I, 1880, p. 170. Rio Janeiro. ^■' L.C., p. 174. Para. 1^ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. London, (4) XIV, 1874, p. 455. Rio Parana. 530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Hoplosternum thoracatum (Valenciennes). C. Ihomcatus Giinther, I.e., p. 228. Regan, I.e. Corydoras aeneus (Gill). Hoplosiernum ceneum Gill, I.e., p. 403. Corydorus ceneus Regan, I.e. Plecostomus plecostomus (Linnseus). 1'. (/luicarl Regan, I.e., p. 389. Hypostomus robinii (non Valenciennes) Gill, I.e. Plecostomus robinii Valenciennes. P. rohini Regan, I.e. Lasiancistrus guacharote (Valenciennes). Ancidrui^ guacharote Gill, I.e., p. 409. A. trinitalis Regan, I.e. Ancistrus cirrhosus (Valenciennes). Xenochara cirrhosum Regan, I.e. Curimatus argenteus Gill. L.C., p. 289. Regan, I.e., p. 385, PI. 21, fig. 3. Ravines of Streatham Lodge Estate. Odontostilbe pulcher (Gill). ' Poeeilurichthys pulcher Gill, I.e., p. 419. Chirodon pulcher Regan, I.e., PI. 22, fig. 2. Cumuto. Astyanax bimaculatus (Linnseus). P. bimaeulatus Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1915, p. 261. San Juan. P. brevoorlii Gill, I.e., p. 417. Tetrarjonopterus maculatus Regan, I.e., p. 384. Maracas River. Four examples from Diego Martin River, near Port-of-Spain. Length 1{} to 2{i inches. Astyanax tseniurus (Gill). P. tceniurus Gill, I.e., p. 418. T. tceniurus Regan, I.e., p. 383, PI. 22, fig. 4. T. trinitatis Regan, I.e., p. 384. Astyanax guppyi (Regan). T. guppyi Regan, I.e., PI. 21, fig. 1. Glenside Estate Stream, at the foot of the northern range of hills. Hemigrammus unilineatus (Gill). P'feiluriehthys {H.) miHineatus Gill, I.e., p. 420. Tetragonopterus {H.) unilineatus Regan, I.e., PI. 22, fig. 5. Cumuto. Stevardia altipinnis Gill. L.e., p. 425. Corynopoma riisei Gill, I.e., p. 426. C. riisii Regan, I.e., p. 382, PI. 22, fig. 3. Tacarigna River. C. veedoni Gill, I.e., p. 427. Nematopoma searlesii Gill, I.e., p. 429. Hoplias malabaricus (Block). Maerodon ferox Gill, I.e., p. 413. M. Irnhira Regan, I.e. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 531 Hoploerythrinus unitseniatus (Agassiz). Erythriiius unitivnuitus Regan, I.e. E. cinereus Gill, I.e. Gymnotus carapo Linnseus. Carapus fasciatus Regan, I.e., p. 386. Bejucal Swamp and Cumuto. Synbranchus marmoratus Bloch. Symbrarirhus marmoratus Glinther, I.e., VIII, 1870, p. 15. Regan, I.e., p. 389. Leptocephalus conger (Linnaius). Several seen in the market, though not preserved. Echidna catenata (Bloch). Murwna catenata Glinther, I.e.', p. 130. Rivulus hartii (Boulenger). Haplochilus harti Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1908, p. 389, PI. 21, fig. 2. R. hartii Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. London, (8) X, November, 1912, p. 501. R. mieropus Glinther, I.e., VI, 1866, p. 327. Lebistes reticulatus (Peters). Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1913, p. 1008, fig. 173d (intromittent organ). Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1915, p. 261. Blue Basin Falls Gira7-dinus qitppii Glinther, I.e., p. 353. G. (juppui Regan, I.e., 1906, p. 390, PI. 22, fig. 1. Dry River at Belmont. Many examples, yf to \\ inches long, from Diego Martin Stream." Anableps anableps (LInnffius). Anableps tetrophthalmus Glinther, I.e., p. 337. Doryichthys lineatus Kaup. Regan, I.e., p. 391. Fistularia tabacaria Linnaeus. One 24| inches long. Several others about the same size also seen in the market. ExocCEtUS volitans Linnseus. Abundant and valued as food. Many seen brought into the markets, though none preserved as specimens. Hyporhamphus unifasciatus (Ranzani). One 10 inches long. Two bushels of half beaks, though the species was undetermined, were also seen at St. Kitts. Hemiramphus brasiliensis (Linnaeus). Hemirhamphus pleii Glinther, I.e., VI, 1866, p. 357. 1" PoceiUa vivipara Schneider and MolUenisia- sphenops (Valenciennes) have both been reported from the Leeward Islands, though apparently not definitely from Trinidad. 532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Sphyraena guachancho Valenriennes. One lOyl inches long. A large one seen at St. Kitts was likely S. barracuda (Walbaum). Mugil brasiliensis Agassiz. Regan, I.e., p. 391. Several large gray mullets about 15 inches long, seen in the markets, were likely this species. Mugil trichodon Poey. Regan, I.e. Agonostomus monticola (Bancroft). Regan, I.e. Agonostomus percoides Giinther. Regan, Biol. C. Amer. Pise, 1906-8, p. 69. Sarda sarda (Bloch). Several seen in markets, but with the next, not preserved. Scomberomorus regalis (Bloch). Not uncommon in the market, Triohiurus lepturus Linnseus. One 19 inches long. Oligoplites saurus (Schneider). Chorinemus oeeidentalis Giinther, I.e., II, 1860, p. 475. Two small ones, 4f and 6f inches long. They agree with large ones from Fort Macon, N. C. The species reaches a large size, examples of about 30 inches in length being seen in the markets. The fins are bright yellow. Oligoplites saliens (Bloch). One, 11 inches long. This is quite distinct from the preceding, though some writers have suggested they may be identical. 0. saliens has a different physiognomy, less attenuate or with the profile of the lower jaw much more convex. The snout about equals the eye, or longer, in the preceding species, whereas in the present it is a little shorter than the eye. The maxillary extends further back or a little behind the hind eye edge, the suborbital though l)road covers less of the cheek, and the anal is inserted distinctly l^efore the soft dorsal, while in 0. saurus it is inserted opposite. Dorsal and caudal largely edged with dusky. My example agrees in all respects with an example from Rio Janeiro. 1915.] NATUEAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 533 Decapterus punctatus (Agassiz). Five examples 2y^ to 2| inches in length. Trachurops crumenophthalmus (Bloch). One 5| inches. Caranx hippos (Linnaeus). Large ones, two to three feet in length, seen in the market. Caranx latus Agassiz. One example 4 inches long. Vomer setapinnis (Mitclull). One 5 inches long. Selene vomer (Linnaeus). One 5 inches in length. Large ones were seen in the market. Chloroscombrus chrysurus (Linnaeus). Six examples, 4| to 6| inches. « Pomatomus saltatrix (Linnaeus). Few examples, each about three or four pounds in weight, seen in the market. Rachycentron canadum (Linnaeus). » One lOf inches long. Coryphaena hippurus Linnaeus. Several seen in the market, and also others at Barbadoes. Seserinus paru (Linnaeus). One 5f inches long. Centropomus ensiferus Poey. Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1906, p. 391. Caroni River. One 4x1 inches. Centropomus undecimalis (Bloch). Regan, I.e. Caroni River. Epinephelus adscensionis (Osbeck). Scrranus impcUguio.vi.s Gtinther, Cat. F. Brit. Mus., I, 18.59, p. 142. E. ascensionis Boulenger, Cat. F. Brit. Mus., Ed. 2, 1, 1895, p. 228. Petrometopon cruentatus coronatus (Valenciennes). Serramis coronatus Gtinther, I.e., p. 124. Epinephelus guUahis Boulenger, I.e., p. 176. Mycteroperca ruber (Bloch). Serranus u)idulosus Giinther, I.e., p. 143. Mycteroperca bonaci (Poey). Epinephelus bonaci Boulenger, I.e., p. 265. 534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Mycteroperca dimidiata (Poey). Head 2f ; depth 3^; D. XI, 16, i; A. Ill, 12, i; scales about 100 in lateral line to caudal base, and 15 more on latter; tubes 83 in lateral line to caudal base, and about 15 more on latter; 17 scales between soft dorsal origin and lateral line; 31 scales in vertical series between spinous anal origin and lateral line; snout 3| in head measured from upper jaw tip; eye 5|; maxillary 2|; interorbital 5f. Bodjr well compressed, contour elongately ellipsoid. Head large. Snout about long as wide. Eye high, little ellipsoid, centre about first f in head. Mouth large, lower jaw well protruded. Maxillary reaches opposite eye centre. Bands of conic teeth in jaws, inner depressible and enlarged little in front of upper and along sides of lower. Pair of firm erect outer wide-set canines above. Row of small teeth on vomer and palatines. Nostrils close, front one little larger and at last fourth in snout. Interorbital slightly convex. Preopercle angle rather salient, with slightly enlarged serrse. * Rakers vii, 3 + 11, vii, lanceolate, If in eye. Scales crowded along edges of body, small, cycloid on predorsal, head and chest, otherwise mostly ciliated. Lateral line concurrent with dorsal profile. Dorsal spines pungent, fourth longest and first shortest. Rayed dorsal and anal alike, rounded. Anal spines graduated up to third, which longest. Caudal truncate, 1| in head. Pectoral large, If in head. Ventral reaches vent, though not quite to anal, 2| in head. Color in alcohol mostly deep brown, paler below and clouded with whitish. Pale yellowish tints on lower surface of head. Iris yellowish and dusky. Indistinct pale ring around caudal peduncle, behind which above on rudimentary caudal rays inconspicuous small dusky or blackish saddle. Vertical fins and ventrals all more or less dusky to blackish, also all edged very narrowly more or less with whitish. Spinous dorsal with edge, middle and base more or less with lengthwise blackish streak. Pec- toral grayish. Length 5yy- inches. This species is said to be very rare, and only previously known from Cuba. Diplectrum radiale (Quoy and Gaimard). One 6| inches. Eudulus auriga (Valenciennes). Scrranus auriga Boulenger, Cat. F. Brit. Mus., Ed. 2, I, 1895, p. 287. Rypticus saponaceus (Schneider). lihypticus saponaceris Boulenger, I.e., p. 348. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 535 Rypticus arenatus Valenciennes. Head 3; depth 3|; D. Ill, 21; A. 14; snout 6 in head, measured from upper jaw tip; eye 4|; maxillary 2|; interorbital 11|; pores in lateral line about 73; rakers x + 8, x, clavate, 3 in eye; eye longer than snout; maxillary extends slightly beyond hind eye edge. Iris dark reddish. Edges of dorsal, caudal and anal very narrowly whitish, submarginal region blackish. One example 5f inches long. This species is acknowledged to be distinct from R. sajwnaceus on account of its larger eye, longer than snout. As I have no cor- responding small examples of R. saponaceus, these points cannot be verified. Boulenger says the snout and eye are equal in R. arenatus, though in my example the eye is distinctly larger. Jordan and Rutter have mentioned several examples from Jamaica,^^ and state "one has three opercular spines" and "aside from the number of opercular spines, this species may be distinguished from the preceding by its more slender body, depth 1^ to 1| in head, and by the less projecting lower jaw. " Now the type of Eleutheraciis coriaceus Cope shows the depth greater than the length of the head, and the preopercular spines 2 on the left side (lower bifid) of the head and 3 on the right side. The opercular spines are three on both sides, and both upper and median of left side bifid. Lutianus analis (Valenciennes). Four small examples, 4je to 5fV inches. Lutianus synagris (Linnaeus). One young, 4| inches. Ocyurus chrysurus (Bloch). Mesoprion chrysurusGimther, Cat. F. Brit. Mus., I, 1859, p. 186. One 4f inches. Haemulon parra (Dosmarest). Five examples, 4 J to 5f inches long. All with diffuse large blackish blotch at caudal base. Haemulon flavolineatum (Valenciennes). H. xanthopterum Giinther, I.e., p. 312. Brachygenys chrysargyreus (Giinther). H. chrysargyreum Giinther, I.e., p. 314. Bathy stoma rimator (Jordan and Swain). H. chrysopterum (non Linnaeus) ■ Giinther, I.e., p. 313. 1^ Rypticus coriaceus Jordan and Rutter, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1897, p. 107. 536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Bathystoma striatum (Linnaeus). One example, 6 inches long. General color leaden above, white below. Body with five bright gilt lengthwise bands. Iris graj^- yellow. Inside mouth red. Fins largely gray. Orthopristis scapularis sp. nov. Fig. 4. Head 2|; depth 2|; D. XII, 15, i; A. Ill, 10, i; P. i, 16; V. I, 5; scales 52 in lateral line to caudal base, and 8 more on latter; 10 scales between spinous dorsal origin and 1.1., and same between soft dorsal origin and 1.1.; 16 scales in vertical series between spinous anal origin and 1.1.; 36 scales before spinous dorsal; snout 2f in head; eye 3|; maxillary 3; interorbital 31; third dorsal spine 2|; first branched dorsal ray 3^; second anal spine 3j; first branched anal ray 2h; least depth of caudal peduncle 3; upper caudal lobe 1|; pectoral 1|; ventral 1|. Fig. 4. — Orlhopristis scapularis Fowler. (Type.) Body well compressed, back well elevated in front so that front profile steeply inclined, greatest depth at spinous dorsal origin, predorsal slightly keeled medianly and other edges rounded convexly. Caudal peduncle well compressed, least depth 1| its length. Head rather large, well compressed, flattened sides nearly even, and upper profile slightly concave before nostrils and above eye. Snout convex over surface, long as wide. Eye large, ellipsoid, ele- vated, centre slightly before middle in head length. Mouth small, 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 537 low, little inclined, jaws about even. Maxillary extends back about opposite hind nostril. Lips rather firm, well developed, fleshy. Chin with two small pores below, and behind large deep median one. Teeth conic, firm, simple, in broad bands in jaws, none on tongue or roof of mouth. Upper and lower buccal folds broad, papillose. Tongue broad, depressed, rounded and free in front. Mandible depressed, rami strong, elevated little behind inside mouth. Nostrils together, close before front eye edge, anterior lower and twice size of posterior. Interorbital convex. Hind preopercle edge vertical, with more or less concealed though well-developed row of serrge, and slightly salient rounded angle unarmed. Suprascapular scale with membranous edge. Gill-opening extends forward about opposite middle of pupil. Rakers 9 + 12, lanceolate, compressed, about 4 in eye. Filaments If in eye. Pseudobranchise 2| in eye. Isthmus narrow and with branchiostegal membrane forming strong free fold across front portion. Scales moderate, most finely ciliated, above lateral line in oblique rows sloping up to dorsal fin, and below in horizontal rows. Scales reduced on front of breast, along bases of dorsals and anal, on caudal base, head above and cheek, so that last has ten rows from eye below to lower corner of preopercular ridge. Except basal scaly sheaths, of dorsals and anals, fins entirely naked. Caudal largely covered with very minute scales. Base of pectoral with minute scales. Muzzle largely naked. Pectoral with rounded axillary scaly sheath, and ventral with pointed axillary scale about | length of fin. Lateral line complete, concurrent with dorsal profile, tubes simple, each slightly upturned, and extends out basally on caudal to middle of fin. Spinous dorsal with nearly entire edge, third spine longest and first shortest. Soft dorsal lower, uniform. Spinous anal small, first spine shortest and second longest, and rayed fin like soft dorsal. Caudal broad, broadly forked, lobes pointed and upper longer. Pectoral moderate, low, upper rays longer. Ventral inserted behind pectoral base, spine f length of fin, and extends f to anal. Vent well before anal. Color in alcohol deep sooty-brown generally, tinged with dull olivaceous, and back and sides above lateral line, with an obscure mottled appearance. Large dusky-brown humeral blotch about equal to twice extent of eye in area, and also embraces upper hind opercular edge. Behind this, just below lateral line, several obscure 3.5 538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., dull brownish vertical streaks. Under surface of body more or less marbled with whitish, darker color producing soiled appearance. Iris silvery, with grayish tints. Mandible whitish. Mouth pale in front, though within pharynx and gill-opening brilliant orange. Dorsals grayish, basally with dusky lengthwise band, above this whitish band bordered above by another dusky band. All area above on spinous fin dark, though on rayed fin behind another short paler lengthwise band. Anals grayish, also pectorals and caudal, latter very obscurely with several faint vertical darker cross bands. Ventrals dusky-gray, front edge whitish, and ends with few whitish mottlings. Length 6f inches. Type, No. 45,084, A. N. S. P. Port-of-Spain, Trinidad, British West Indies. February-March, 1915. Richard M. Abbott. Only the type secured. This interesting species is related to Orthopristis chrysopterus (Linnaeus) from the northern waters of the Gulf of Mexico and the United States. It differs at once in its fewer anal rays, fewer scales and coloration. (Scapularis, shoulder, with reference to the dark blotch.) Conodon nobilis (Linnaeus). C. nobilis Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1915, p. 261. Brachydeuterus corvinaeformis (Steindachner). One 5| inches long. Calamus calamus (Valenciennes). Chrysophrys calamus Giinther, Cat. F. Brit. Mus., I, 1859, p. 487. Abundant in the markets, though none preserved. Archosargus unimaculatus (Bloch). Two 5| and 6| inches. Eucinostomus gula (Valenciennes). Eight examples, 3 to 3|^ inches. Gerres rhombeus Valenciennes. Six examples 2j to 6| inches long. Young with very large caudal and four or five narrow pale dusky vertical lines on front of body or before anal. Larimus breviceps Valenciennes. One 6| inches. Odontoscion dentex (Valenciennes). L. dentex Gunther, I.e., II, 1860, p. 269. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 539 Corvula subaequalis (Poey). Head 2i; depth 3|; D. XI-I, 23; A. II, 9; scales 48 in lateral line to caudal base, and about 15 more out over caudal fin basally; 7 scales above 1.1. to spinous dorsal origin; 8 scales below 1.1. to spinous anal origin; snout 4j in head; eye 3f ; maxillary 2^; inter- orbital 4f. Body rather robust, compressed. Head compressed, upper profile straight. Snout length f its width. Eye large, rounded, high, little behind first third in head. Mouth low, large, jaws about even. Maxillary reaches back about opposite hind pupil edge. Teeth conic, each jaw with row of large even ones, and upper with inner close-set narrow band of fine ones. Tongue smooth, free. Nostrils close Vjefore eye, together, hind one vertical slit. Inter- orbital , nearly level. Preopercle edge membranous, notched. Rakers 9 + 14, iii, lanceolate, 2 in eye. Scales in horizontal rows below lateral linC; above concurrent with its course, except below middle of spinous dorsal when sloping obliquely up under origin of soft dorsal, though concurrent with lateral line rest of space poster- iorly. Rayed vertical fins largely scaly over basal portions. Lateral line concurrent with back, tubes large, bifid. Dorsal spines slender, fifth longest. Soft dorsal inserted about midway between eye centre and caudal base, fin lower than spinous fin. Second anal spine much longer than first, about f first branched ray. Caudal double truncate. Pectoral If in head, ventral very slightly shorter. Color in alcohol olivaceous, with more or less dusted appearance. Each row of scales with dark dusky-olive median streak, forming continuous lengthwise lines. Under surface of i^ody with whitish ground-color. Iris brownish. Fins all grayish, spinous dorsal largely dusky. Inside gill-opening and pectoral base and axilla pale. Length 4f inches. This species appears to be rare or little known. Two examples recorded by Jordan and Eigenmann from St. Thomas indicate the variation.i^ The above characters given very strongly suggest that Corvula sadce-lucice Jordan is identical. Bairdiella ronchus (Valenciennes). One 3| inches. Stellifer stellifer (Bloch). One 5f inches. Polydactylus virginicus (Linnaeus). One 6| inches. 13 Rep. U. S. F. Com., 1886 (1889), p. 380. 540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Polycentrus schomburgkii Miiller and Troschel. Regan, Proc. Z. Soc. London, 1906, p. 391, PI. 25, fig. 2. P. tricolor Gill, Ann. Lye. N. Hi.st. N. Y., VI, 1858, p. 371 ffiquidens pulcher (Gill). Cychlasoma pulchruin Gill, I.e., p. 22. Acara pulchra Regan, I.e., p. 392, PI. 25, fig. 1. /Equidens pulcher Fowler, Proo. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1915, p. 261. St. Joseph and Blue Ba.sin. Cichlasoma bimaculatum (Linnaeus). Regan, I.e. Cychlasoma tcenia Gill, I.e. Creniciohla saxatilis (Linnaeus). Regan, I.e., 1905, p. 159; I.e., 1906, p. 391. C. frenaia Gill, I.e. Iridio kirscMi Jordan and Evermann. One 6 inches. Iridio maculipinna (MuUer and Troschel). Platyglossus maculipinna Giinther, Cat. F. Brit. Mus., IV, 1862, p. 165. Cryptotomus UStUS (Valenciennes). Callyodon ustus Giinther, I.e., p. 214. One example, 6| inches long. Color when fresh generally bluish- green, with irregular pale purplish-brown blotches, also several ill-defined underlaid lengthwise tints of same shade. In some lights body shows brilliant purple and violet reflections. Under surface of head and trunk whitish. Narrow blue line from eye to mouth, and short bar behind above. Iris whitish, narrow green circle bordering pupil. Dorsals and anals pale gray, mottled finely with darker tints. Caudal dull red, spotted with purple, spots smaller than eye and most evident on middle near base. Pectoral and ventral pale, base of former gray. Colors fading brownish in alcohol. Cryptotomus beryllinus Jordan and Swain. One 6 inches. Sparisoma radians (Valenciennes). One 5yf inches. Sparisoma hoplomystax (Cope). One 5| inches long. Color when fresh brownish, with olive tinge above, obscurely and finely mottled. Side of belly with purplish tinge, and lower surface whitish. Four indistinct darker blotches on back reflected on dorsal fins, first at spinous dorsal origin, second little behind middle of spinous dorsal, third at front of soft dorsal, and fourth on caudal peduncle above. Iris pale brown, and narrow 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 541 brown ring its entire extent medianly. Dorsals more or less with greenish and brown tints, variegated with gray and dusky. Anals grayish, variegated with greenish blotches. Caudal purplish-green, hind edge narrowly pale, submarginally dusky. Pectoral and ventral gray. Pectoral axil and base, and edge of gill-opening broadly for good extent opposite, brilliant blue-green. Sparisoma aurofrenatum (Valenciennes). Scarus aurofrenatus Gfuither, Cat. F. Brit. Mus., IV, 1862, p. 212. Sparisoma distinctum (Poey). Scarus frondosus (non Cuvier) Gtinther, I.e., p. 210. Callyodon caeruleus (Bloch). One 5| inches. Chsetodipterus faber (Broussonet). One 3^ inches. Chaetodon ocellatus Bloch. One 3| inches. Also four from Isle of Monos (Dr. B. Sharp). Chaetodon capistratus Linnseus. Gtinther, I.e., II, 1860, p. 12. Pomacanthus arcuatus (Linnaeus). One from Trinidad (Dr. B. Sharp). Holacanthus tricolor (Bloch). Gtinther, I.e. Hepatus coeruleus (Schneider). Not secured, though brought into the market. Very common at Antigua. Stephanolepis hispidus (Linnaeus). Monacanthus setifer Gtinther, I.e., VIII, 1870, p. 239. Two small ones 2f and 3 inches long. Lactophrys tricornis (Linnaeus). One 2| inches. Lactophrys triqueter (Linnsus). Ostracion triqueter Gunther, Cat. F. Brit. Mus., VIII, 1870, p. 256. Spheroides testudineus (Linnaeus). One 3^ inches long. The dark blotches or spots on the sides are a little larger and more numerous than those on examples about the same size from Nicaragua. Chilomycterus spinosus (Linnaeus). C. geometricus Gunther, I.e., p. 310. 542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Chilomycterus antillarum Jordan and Rutter. One example 2|f inches long. Many examples of Diodon hystrix Linnaeus, seen in the curio-shops of Barbadoes, some doubtless obtained in this vicinity. Scorpaena brasiliensis Valenciennes. One 6| inches long. It shows a supra-occipital tentacle well developed and a narrow infra-orbital. Scorpeena bergii Evermann and Marsh. One example 4 inches long. It cUffers from the original account and figure in the presence of a much longer supra-orbital tentacle. Cephalacanthus volitans (Linnseus). Dactylopterus volitans Giinther, I.e., II, 1860, p. 221. One 41 inches. Cyclopsetta chittendeni B. A. Bean. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1894, p. 6^5. Citharichthys spilopterus Gunther. Two 3| and 3| inches long. Etropus microstomus (Gill). One example, 4| inches long. A comparison with examples from Ocean City, N. J., and Wallops Island, Va., shows no specific difference, though a wide range of variation. This latter shows E. rimosus Goode and Bean as a synonym, and possibly E. crossotus Jordan and Gilbert also. Achirus lineatus (Linnseus). One 7 inches. Philypnus dormitor (LacepMe). Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1906, p. 392. Caroni River. Dormitator maculatus (Bloch). Eleoiris maculatus Gunther, Cat. F. Brit. Mus., Ill, 1861, p. 112. D. maculatus Regan, I.e. Bejucal Swamp. Evorthodus brevioeps Gill. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 19.5. Trinidad, near the mouth of a river in the vicinity of the celebrated Pitch Lake. Regan, I.e., p. 393. Gobius fasciatus (Gill). Clenogobius fasciatus Gill, Ann. Lye. N. Hist. N. Y., 1858, p. 378. O. fasciatus Regan, I.e., p. 392. Awaous taiasica (Lichtenstein). Cho7iophoru.s banana Regan, I.e., p. 393. Batraclioides gurinamensis (Schneider). Two seen, but not preserved. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 543 Antennarius scaber (Cuvier). One example 2| inches long. Grenada. On March 9 a small collection was obtained at St. George. Only one of the few previously listed species was secured, all the others obtained by Mr. Abbott being new to the fauna. Dasyatis gymnura (Muller). TnjgoH itibcrculata Giinther, Cat. F. Brit. Mus., VIII, 1870, p. 4S0. Opisthonema oglinum (Le Sueur). a It pea thrissa Giinther, I.e., VII, 1868, p. 432. Corydoras aeneus (Cail). Regan, Pror. Z. Soc. London, 1906, p. 388. Anguilla rostrata (Le Sueur). A. texana Giinther, I.e., VIII, 1870, p. 32. Enclielycore nigricans (Bonnaterre). Ciiinther, I.e., p. 135. Gymnotliorax funebris Ranzani. Mumna (ij'ra (non Bloch; Giinther, I.e., p. 123. Rivulus bar til (Boulenger). Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. London, (8) X, 1912, p. 501. Holocentrus adscensionis (Osbeck). One 7| inches. Tracburops crumenophtbalmus (Bloch). Two, 4-| and 6j inches. Decapterus punctatus (Agassiz). One 5 inches. Petrometopon cruentatus (LacSpede.). One 6f inches. Cepbalopbolis fulvus (Linnaeus). Two, 5f and 6J inches. Epinepbelus niveatus (Valenciennes). Boulenger, Cat. F. Brit. Mu'^., Ed. 2, I, 1895, p. 225, PI. 3, fig. B. Epinepbelus adscensionis (Osbeck). One 6i inches. Alphestes cbloropterus (Cuvier). E. afcr, Boulenger, I.e., p. 254. One 8| inches long. Mycteroperca bonaci (Poey). Epinephelus honaei Boulenger, I.e., p. 265. 544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Myoteroperca falcata (Poey). E.facalus Boulenger, I.e., p. 261. Hypoplectrus unicolor guttavarius (Poey). Back, caudal peduncle and sides above rich dark blue-black when fresh, same color also extending on bases of both dorsals. Rest of body, including predorsal region and all fins, brilliant orange. Iris same, though orange fading white in alcohol. Both dorsals, anals and ventrals all very narrowly and inconspicuously edged with black. Broad blue-black bar from each side of snout tip to eye, edged on each side by narrower bar of cobalt-blue, which also with still outer narrower dusky marginal streak. Lower sides of body with dusky diffused in brilliant orange. Length 5j inches. Ocyurus chrysurus (Bloch). One 5| inches long. Iridic garnoti (Valenciennes). Color when fresh, back neutral tint, greenish-yellow in front above, centre of each scale more olive-green. After depressed pectoral vertical ill-defined broad purplish-black streak towards anal, fading out below. Behind vertical bar all upper surface of body and sides purplish-neutral shade, middle of each scale darker. Head, belly and lower sides tinged dull purple-gray, darker tint across mandible below, leaving broad whitish or pale lower lip. Iris blue- green, narrow circle of gold around pupil. From upper hind eye edge two narrow blackish lines towards spinous dorsal origin, above •and behind several small scattered blackish dots, inconspicuous. Snout, interorbital and opercular region, little darker than rest of head. Both dorsals with very narrow whitish edge, general color slaty to purplish-gray, though on median and basal portions its entire extent with fine deep scarlet vermiculations, less numerous on spinous fin, and very conspicuous, becoming mostly regular, parallel and sloping o])liquely back on soft dorsal behind. Spinous dorsal with submarginal pale or scarlet line fading out on soft fin, though dark area it defines continued similarly wide to end of fin. Anal largely of neutral tint, with median lengthwise area of deep scarlet (turning yellow in alcohol) which vermiculate, and many .of vermiculations extend to base of fin. Submarginal dusky line close to pale edge of anal. Caudal warm blackish-brown, edge narrowly grayish, and concurrent with convex hind edge. Five transverse dark purple lines, edged narrowly with violet-gray, on caudal. Pectoral pale gray, becomes blackish towards tip and along edge above, axil bright green, small neutral tinted spot at origin of fin, 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 545 and grayish area before base. Ventral grayish, tip dusky. Length 5| inches. Another example differs in having only a few dusky dots behind dark lines from eye above, all of which interrupted, and no dark dots above. Greenish-yellow of front of back extends on lower side of head below eye. Spinous dorsal without dark vermiculations. Transverse lines on caudal forking and irregular. Length 5-^ inches. Iridio bivittatus (Bloch). One 6 inches. St. Lucia. A small collection was made at Castries on February 24. But few species have been listed from this island. Lebistes reticulatus (Peters). Regan, Proe. Zool. Soc. London, 1913, p. lOOS, fig. 173d (intromittent organ ) . Myriapristis jacobus Cuvier. One 4f inches. Mycteroperca venenosa (Linnaeus). Jordan and Eigenmann, Bull. U. S. F. Com., VIII, 1890, p. 369. Hypoplectrus unicolor cblorurus (Valenciennes). One 4f inches. Priacanthus cruentatus (Lac6pMe). One 5| inches. Bathystoma rimator (Jordan and Swain). One 6 inches. Corvula subsequalis (Pooy). C. sanctcE-lucioi Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1889, p. 649. Clepticus parrse (Schneider). Color when fresh brilliant purple, with bright ultramarine-blue spots scattered over the back and sides irregularly (fading blackish in alcohol). Iris dusky, narrow golden circle around pupil. Under surface of head pale brownish. Scaly dorsal bases brilliant dark purple, membranes of fin black, though last three rays and mem- brane in contrast white. Scaly anal base pale, membrane same, last rays white and median rays jet-black terminally. Caudal purple- black, pointed lobes jet-black, and hind edge white. Pectoral duskj'-gray, paler below. Ventral grayish basally, whitish terminally. One example, 7| inches long. Rare. 546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Iridio kirschi Jordan and Evermann! Color when fresh largely olive-green, centre of each scale little darker. Just after head above pectoral several scales A^^th pale bases, red in centres and edges dusky. Head variegated. Pale- green band from eye forward to mouth, continued back iDehind eye,, then down along preopercle edge giving off four branches horizontally on opercles, extends horizontally forward to mouth corner crossing lower jaw, and leaves large white symphyseal area. Also pale-green branch from eye above, toward, but not quite reaching snout tip, where wide, then joining its fellow extends upon front of head to predorsal region. Most of pale green bands on head bordered with pale-green lines. -Close behind eye deep blue-black blotch little larger than pupil. Several greenish spots on each side of predorsal irregularly. Caudal base with obscure dusky vertical wedge-shaped mark. Iris green, narrow golden circle around pupil. Dorsals brilliant scarlet basally at least, paler towards edges (fins faded largely grayish in alcohol). Soft dorsal more or less vermicu- late, with darker basally, last two rays within narrow clusk}^ basal blotch, and edges narrowly whitish with narrow submarginal gray line. Anal largely olive-gray, darker or slightly slaty basally, broad median area as lengthwise crimson band, upper edge evenly undu- lated, lower straight, both formed as inner darker brown line and outer paler bordering line. Anal edge narrowly whitish, with close line submarginally of broAVTiish. Caudal brilliant greenish-yellow with broad paler band obliquely back above and another below,, also narrower median one. Upper and lower corners pale dusky, with several irregular paler blotches. Pectoral and ventral pale,, former with ventral axil and outer end pale purplish, front base with oblique dark neutral tint. Length 6f inches. It agrees with the Trinidad example. Callyodon caeruleus (Bloch). One. Sparisoma flavescens (Schneider). One 5f inches. Sparisoma rubripinne (Valenciennes). One 6| inches. Hepatus bahianus (Casteluau). One 4f inches. Angelicbthys isabelita Jordan and Rutter. One example 4j inches long. Not seen previously outside of Florida. 1915.- NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 547 November 16. The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair: Twenty persons present. The deaths of the following members were announced: George Vaux, April 21, 1915. Joseph W. Hawley, May 5, 1915. J. Hewson Bradford, M.D., June 5, 1915. Frederick Prime, July 13, 1915. John T. Morris, August 15, 1915. C. Few Seiss, September 5, 1915. Oglesby Paul, October 5, 1915. And of Frederick W. Putnam, a Correspondent, August 14, 1915. The Publication Committee reported the receipt of papers under the following titles: "The genus Gryllus as found in America. Orthoptera, " by James A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard (May 12). ''Mollusca of the Southwestern States, VI: The Hacheta Grande, Florida, and Peloncilla Mountains, New Mexico," by Henry A. Pilsbry and James H. Ferriss (May 19). "Theorie du gneiss et des terrains cristallophy liens en general, par Stanislas Meunier (May 19). "New or little known crane-flies from the United States and Canada. Tipuhdse: Diptera, " by Charles P. Alexander (June 7). "Mollusca of the Southwestern States. VII: The Dragoon, Mule, Santa Rita, Baboquivari, and Tucson Ranges, Arizona," by Henry A. Pilsbry and James H. Ferriss (June 16). "A classification of minerals according to their occurrence," by Edgar T. Wherry and Samuel G. Gordon (June 19). "Cephalopoda of the Kermadec Islands," by S. Stillman Berry (July 7). "Aboriginal sites on Tennessee River," by Clarence B. Moore (Julys). "The diversity of ecologic conditions and its influence on the richness of floras," by John W. Harshberger, Ph.D. (July 12). "The fishes of Trinidad, Grenada and St. Lucia, British West Indies," by Henry W. Fowler (July 15). "Fishes from eastern Canada," by Henry W. Fowler (July 15). "Rafinesque's types of Unios," by E. G. Vanatta (October 9). "The sexual evolution of Sarcocystes muris, " by Howard Crawley (October 25). 548 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., "The structural relations of some Devonian shales in Central New York," by Burnett Smith (November 1). The issue of the Journal, Volume XVI, No. 2, was reported. The following minute was unanimously adopted and ordered to be duly signed and forwarded: The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia hears with lively satisfaction of the completion of the Biologia Centrali Americana, sixty-three volumes of which have appeared from 1879 to the present year. Recognizing the unwearied devotion of its founder and editor, Dr. Frederic Ducane Godman, to the collec- tion of material, its study by specialists, and the sumptuous publica- tion of the results, this Academy tenders its hearty congratulations to him, its distinguished corresponding member. The following were elected Correspondents : Alfred C. Haddon, Sc.D., of Cambridge, England. William Ludwig Johannsen, M.D., of Copenhagen. WiUiam Trelease, LL.D., of Urbana, 111. William Bateson, of Merton, England. Carl Diener, Ph.D., of Vienna. Samuel Wendell Williston, Ph.D., of Chicago. Charles E. Barrois, of Paris. Thomas Chrowder Chamberlin, LL.D., of Chicago. Albrecht Pench, Ph.D., of Berlin. Stanislas Meunier, D.Sc, of Paris. The following was ordered to be published: 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 549- RAFINESQUE'S TYPES OF UNIO. BY E. G. VANATTA. Mr. C. A. Poulson, in A Monograph of the Fluviatile Bivalves of the Ohio River, Translated from the French of Prof. C. S. Rafinesquey Philadelphia (1832), p. v, states that he has "most of the shells described" by Prof. Rafinesque in the Monographie des Coquilles Bivalves Fluviatiles de la Riviere Ohio} These shells are now in the collection of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, with Rafinesque's original labels and ink numbers on the specimens. These numbers are the same as those in Prof. Rafinesque's Monograph of 1820. The fractions given bj' Rafinesque after each species indicate at what point upon the shell a given dimension is found. The figured species agree well with the types or specimens in hand. As some of Rafinesque's names are now in use, I believe it will be of interest to determine by what names these shells are known at the present time and the effect on nomenclature if they were recognized and the names dated from 1820. Many of Rafinesque's species have been credited to Conrad by Mr. C. T. Simpson.2 Dr. H. A. Pilsbry, to whom this paper has been submitted, sug- gests that it should be explicitly stated that the use of a Rafinesquian name depends upon whether it could be identified by descriptions published prior to any other recognizable name for the same species. That it can be recognized from the types or other specimens from Rafinesque does not entitle his names to acceptance unless the published descriptions are adequate. This question of the adequacy of published diagnoses must be considered for each species separately. It is not taken up in this paper, which deals merely with the question of the identity of the Rafinesque-Poulson specimens. ^ Annales Generates des Sciences Physiques, Tome 5, Bruxelles (1820), p. 287. - Proceedings of the United States National Museum, Vol. 22, No. 1205, p. 501, Washington (1900); Sytiopsis of the Naiades or Pearly Freshwater Mussels, by Charles Torrey Simpson; and in A Descriptive Catalogue of the N^aiades, by C. T. Simpson, Detroit (1914J. 550 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., Truncilla triquetra Raf. Truncilla triqueler (Unio triqueter) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 300, No. 18, PI. 81, fig.s. 1, 2, 3, 4. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,231. Length 55, height 37, diam. 32.5 mm. This is Truncilla triquetra Raf. of Simps. Synopsis, p. 517, and A Descriptive Catalogue of the Naiades by C. T. Simpson, Detroit (1914), p. 5. Truncilla brevidens Lea. Obliquaria interrupta (U. do.) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 302, No. 21. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll.- No. 20,257, from the Ohio River. Length 55.5, height 43, diam. 26.5 mm. This is Truncilla brevidens Lea (1834) of Simps. Synopsis, p. 517, and Descr. Catal., p. 7. It is preoccupied by Unio solenoides inter- rupta Raf. (1820), p. 298, No. 13, var. 1. Truncilla obliqua Raf. Obliquaria obliquata {U. obliquata) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 309, No. 40. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,226, from the Kentucky River. Length 59, height 43, diam. 32.5 mm. This is Truncilla sulcata Lea (1830) of Simps. Synops., p. 520, Descr. Catal., p. 14. It is the first name for the species. Unio sulcatus Lea (1830) is preoccupied by Unio cuneata var. sulcata Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 313, No. 52, var. 2. Truncilla torulosa Raf. Amblcma torulosa {Unio torulosa) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 314, PL 82, figs. 11, 12. The types are A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,218. This is the figured specimen. Length 65, height 48, diam. 33.5 mm. Tray No. 20,216 is another specimen from the Kentucky River. Length 66, height 58, diam. 36.5 mm. Amblemn gibbosa {Unio gibbosa) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 315, No. 56 (not Barnes, 1823). The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,232, from the Ohio River. Length 40, height 33, diam. 25 mm. These shells are Truncilla perplexa Lea (1831) of Simps. Synops., p. 522, Descr. Catal., p. 24. Truncilla flexuosa Raf. Obliquaria flexuosa {Unio flexuosa) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 306, No. 33. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,249, from the Kentucky River. Length 57, height 47, diam. 33 mm. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 551 This is TrunciUa foliata Hild. (1828) of Simps. Synops., p. 521, Descr. Catal., p. 18. Lampsilis cardium Raf. Lampsilis cardium {Unio cardium) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 298, No. 14, PI. 80, figs. 16, 17, 18, 19. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,210. Length 106, height 77, diam. 48 mm. This is Lampsilis ventricosus Bar. (1823) of Simps, Synops., p. 526, Descr. Catal., p. 38. Lampsilis luteolus Lam. Lampsilis fasciola {Unio fasciola) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 299, No. 16. The t\T>e is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,203, one valve only. Length 66, height 39, diam. 10, mm. This is Lampsilis luteolus Lam. (1819) of Simps. Synops., p. 534, Descr. Catal., p. 60. Lampsilis ligamentinus Lam. Unio crassa {Elliptio crassa) (Say) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 293, No. 2. This shell is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,234, from the Ohio River. Length 113.5, height 76, diam. 46 mm. The name is preoccupied by Unio crassa Retz (1778). Uniofasciata {Elliptio fasciata) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 294, No. 4. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,222, from the Kentucky River. Length, 72.. height 48, diam. 25.5 mm. U?no pollens {Obliq. ditto, 1821) Raf. Continuation of a Monogr. of Bivalve shells of the Ohio, etc., by Prof. C. S. Rafinesque, Philadelphia, October (1831), p. 3, No. 94. The t\i)e is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,240. Gift of S. S. Haldeman. Length 59, height 38, diam. 27.5 mm. These three species are Lampsilis Ugamentinus Lam. (1819) of Simps. Synops., p. 539, Descr. Catal., p. 79. Lampsilis rectus Lam. Unio latissima {Elliptio latissima) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 297, No. 12, PI. 80, figs. 14, 15. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,212, from the Ohio River. Length 112, height 44, diam. 31 mm. This is Lampsilis rectus Lam. (1819) of Simps. SjTiops., p. 544, Descr. Catal., p. 95. Lampsilis leptodon Raf. Unio leptodon {Elliptio leptodon) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 295, PI. 80, figs. 5, 6, 7. This shell is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,214, from the Kentucky River. Length 50, height 25, diam. 12.5 mm. 552 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.^ This is Lampsilis leptodon Raf. of Simps. Synops., p. 575, Descr. Catal., p. 188. Lampsilis fragilis Raf. Uniofragilis (Elliptio fragilis) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 295, No. 16. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,209, from creeks in Kentucky. Length 97, height 64, diam. 32 mm. This is Lampsilis gracilis Bar. (1823) of Simps. Synops., p. 573, Descr. Catal., p. 182. Lampsilis alatus Say. Metaptera megaptera {Unio megaptera) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 300, No. 17, Pi. 80, figs. 20, 21, 22. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,211, from the Ohio River. Length 141, height 100, diam. 50 mm. This is Lampsilis alatus Say (1816) of Simps. Synopsis, p. 567, Descr. Catal., p. 162. Obovaria retusa Lam. Obovaria torsa {Unio torsa) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 311, No. 46, PL 82, figs. 1, 2, 3. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,256, from the Kentucky River. Length 56, height 57, diam. 36 mm. This is Obovaria retusa Lam. (1819) of Simps. Synops., p. 599,, Descr. Catal., p. 290. Obovaria subrotunda Raf. Obliquaria subrotunda {U. subrotunda) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 308, No. 38, PL 81, figs. 21, 22, 23. This shell is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,254, from the Kentucky River. Length 26.5, height 25.5, diam. 19 mm. This is not Unio subrotunda Lea (1831). Obovaria striata {Unio striata) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 311, No. 47. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,205, from the Ohio River. Length 44, height 41.5, diam. 27.5 mm. This is not Uriio striata Lea (1840). These two shells are Obovaria circulus Lea (1829) of Simps. Synops., p. 600, Descr. Catal., p. 291. Obovaria levigata Raf. Unio levigata {Elliptio levigata) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 296, No. 9, PL 80, figs. 11, 12, 13. The types are A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,255, from the Kentucky River. Length 27, height 22, diam. 14 mm. Length 25, height 21, diam. 13 mm. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 553 This is Obovaria lens Lea (1831) of Simps. Synops., p. 600, Descr. Catal., p. 293. Obovaria olivaria Raf. Amblema olivaria {U. olivaria) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 314, No. 53. The types are A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,251, from the Kentucky River. Length 58, height 46, diam. 32 mm. Length 53, height 40, diam. 29 mm. This is Obovaria ellipsis Lea (1828) of Simps. Synops., p. 602, Descr. Catal., p. 299. Plagiola lineolata Raf. Obliquaria depressa {U. depressa) Raf. Monogr, (1820), p. 303, No. 22, PI. 81, figs. 5,. 6, 7. The tjT)e is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,207, from the Ohio River. Length 50, height 37, diam. 16 mm. This is not Unio depressa Lam. (1819). Obliquaria lineolata {U. lineolata) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 303, No. 23. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,242, from the Ohio River. Length 71, height 61, diam. 33 mm. Obliquaria ellipsaria {U. ellipsaria) Raf. Monogi'. (1820), p. 303, No. 24. This shell is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,233, from the Ohio River. Length 58.5, height 48, diam. 39.5 mm. These three shells are Plagiola securis Lea (1829) of Simps. Synops., p. 603, Descr. Catal., p. 304. Plagiola elegans Lea. Truncilla truncata {Unio truncata) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 301, No. 19. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,217, from the Falls of the Ohio River. Length 42, height 36, diam. 22.5 mm. This is not Unio truncata Spengl. (1793). Unio metaplala (Tr. do. 1S22) Raf. Continuation of Monogr. (1831), p. 4, No. 101. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,258, from the Cumberland River, gift of S. S. Haldeman. Length 47, height 39, diam. 27 mm. These two shells are Plagiola elegans Lea (1831) of Simps. Synops., p. 604, Descr. Catal., p. 307. 36 554 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NOV.^ Tritogonia verrucosa Raf. Obliquaria verrucosa {U. verrucosa) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 304, No. 26, PI. 81, figs. 10, 11, 12. The types are A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,235, from the Ohio River. Length 100, height 56, diam. 32 mm. Length 93, height 53, diam. 28 mm. This is Tritogonia tuherculata Bar. (1823) of Simps. Synops., p. 608, Descr. Catal., p. 318. Unio tuherculata Bar. (1823) is preoccupied by Unio tuherculata Raf. Monogr. (1820), pp. 308, 311, ,312. Cyprogenia stegaria Raf. Obovaria stegaria (Unio stegaria) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 312, No. 49, PI. 82, figs. 4, .5, var. 1, tuherculata Raf. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,241, from the Ohio River. Length 47, height 49, diam. 32 mm. This is Cyprogenia irrorata Lea (1830) of Simps. Synops., p. 610, Descr. Catal., p. 326. The name tuherculata is preoccupied by Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 308, No. 37. Obliquaria reflexa Raf. Obliquaria reflexa {U. reflexa) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 306, No. 31. The types are A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,206, from Letart Falls. Length 54, height 49, diam. 34 mm. Length 50.5, height 46.5, diam. 35 mm. This is Ohliquaria reflexa Raf. of Simps. Synops., p. 611, Descr. Catal., p. 330. Ptychobranchus fasciolaris Raf. Obliquaria fasciolaris {U. fasciolaris) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 303, No. 2.5. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,253, from the Kentucky River. Length 81, height 49, diam. 28 mm. This is Ptychohranchus phaseolus Hild. (1828) of Simps. Synops., p. 612, Descr. Catal., p. 333. Lastena lata Raf. Anodonta lata {Lastena lata) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 317, No. 59, PL 82, fig.s. 17, 18. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,227, from the Kentucky River. Length 61.5, height 25, diam. 13 mm. This is Lastena lata Raf. of Simps. Synops., p. 654, Descr. Catal., p. 453. Symphynota viridis Raf. Unio viridis (Elliptio viridis) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 293, No. 3, var. 2, fuscata Raf. t.c, p. 294. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,219, from the Kentucky River, only one valve. 1915.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 555 Length 46.5, height 28, diam. 8 mm. This is Sijmplujnota viridis Conr. (1836) of Simps. Synops., p. 663, Descr. Catal., p. 484. Unio dilatata Raf. Unio dilatata (EUiptio dilatata) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 297, No. 11. The types are A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,248, from the Kentucky River. Length 76.5, height 42, diam. 24 mm. Another specimen. No. 20,236. Length 102, height 49, diam. 30 mm. Obliquaria sinuata {Unio sinuata) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 321, No. 67. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,252, from the Kentucky River. Length 110, height 61, diam. 37 mm. These shells are Unio gibhosus Bar. (1823) of Simps. Synopsis, p. 703, Descr. Catal., p. 597. This is not Unio gibhosus Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 315, No. 56. Unio crassidens Lam. Unio nigra {EUiptio nigra) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 291, No. 1, PI. 80, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4. , The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,243, from the Ohio River, Length 73, height 47, diam. 30.5 mm. This is Unio crassidens Lam. (1819) of Simps. Synops., p. 706,. Descr. Catal., p. 606. Unio buxeus Lea. Unio pusilla Raf. (1820), p. 308, No. 39, is earlier than Unia pusillus Lea (1840), but Unio buxeus Lea (1852) can be used for the species. Simps. Synops., p. 708, Descr. Catal., p. 611. Pleurobema clava Lam. Unio elliptica {EUiptio elliptica) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 296, No. 8. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,213. Length 34, height 29, diam. 29.5 mm. Obliquaria scalenia [U. scalenia) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 309, No. 42, PI. 81, figs. 24, 2.5. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,229, from Ohio. Length 54, height 35, diam. 26 mm. Pleurobema cuneata {Unio cuneata) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 313, No. .52. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,228, from the Ohio River. Length 65, height 45, diam. 31 mm. These shells are all Pleurobema clava Lam. (1819) of Simps. Synops., 745, Descr. Catal., p. 735. 556 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF '[NoV., I believe Pleurohema mytiloides (U. mytiloides) Raf. Monogr. (1820) p. 313, No. 51, PI. 82, figs. 8, 9, 10, is also P. clava Lam., but unfortunately the type is not in the collection here. Pleurobema cyphia Raf. Obliquaria cyphya (U. cyphia) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 305, No. 29. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,239, from the Ohio River. Length 83, height 58, diam. 36 mm. This is Pleurohema msopus Green (1827) of Simps. Synops., p. , 764, Descr. Catal., p. 806. Quadrula costata Raf. Amblema costala (Unio costata) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 31.5, No. 57, PI. 82, figs. 13, 14. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,246, from small creeks in Kentucky. Length 66, height 53, diam. 24 mm. This is Quadrula undulata Bar. (1823) of Simps. Synops., p. 569, Descr. Catal., p. 819. Quadrula cylindricus Say. Unio solenoides (ElHptio solenoides) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 298, No. 13. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,204, from the Ohio River. Length 73, height 32.5, diam. 27 mm. This is Quadrula cylindricus Say (1816) of Simps. Synops., p. 773, Descr. Catal., p. 832. Quadrula metanevra Raf. Obliquaria metanevra {Unio metanevra) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 305, No. 30, Pi. 81, figs. 15, 16. The types are A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,238, from the Ohio River. Length 87, height 68, diam. 51 mm. Length 31, height 27, diam. 12 mm. This is Quadrula metanevra Raf. of Simps. Synops., p. 774, Descr. Catal., p. 834. Quadrula quadrula Raf. Obliquaria quadrula {Unio quadrula) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 307, No. 35. This shell is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,224, from the Salt River. Length 60, height 49, diam. 31 mm. This is Quadrula lachrymosa Lea (1828) var. asperrima Lea (1831) of Simps. Synops., p. 776, Descr. Catal., p. 842. Quadrula pustulosa Lea. Obliquaria relusa {Unio relusa) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 306, No. 32, PI. 81, figs. 19, 20. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,220, from the Green River, one valve. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 557 Length 31, height 26, diam. 7 mm. Thi$ is probably Quadnda pustulosa Lea (1831) of Simps. Synops., p. 780, Descr. CataL, p. 848. This is not Unio retusa Lam. (1819). Quadrula pustulosa pernodosa Lea. Ohliquaria hullata {U. hullata) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 307, No. 36. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,250, from the Kentucky River Length 54, height 52, diam. 28.5 mm. This is Quadnda pustulosa pernodosa Lea (1845) of Simps. Synops.. p. 780, Descr. Catal., p. 851. This name U. hullata Raf. is pre- occupied by Unio flexuosa var. hullata Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 307, No. 33, var. 1. Quadrula nodulata Raf. Ohliquaria nodulata {Unio nodulata) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 307, No. 34, PL 81, figs. 17, 18. The types are A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,225, from the Kentucky River. Length 51, height 43.5, diam. 31 mm. Length 29.5, height 21.5, diam. 8 mm. (one valve). This is Quadrula pustidata Lea (1834) of Simps. Synops., p. 781, Descr. Catal., p. 856. Quadrula flava Raf. Ohliquaria flava {U. flam) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 305, No. 28, PI. 81, fig.s. 13, ii. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,230, from small creeks in Kentucky. Length 46, height 36, diam. 18 mm. This is Quadnda ruhiginosa Lea (1829) of Simps. Synops., p. 786, Descr. Catal., p. 872. Quadrula obliqua Lam. Ohliquaria laleralis (U. lateralis) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 310, No. 43. The types are two valves, A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,247, from the Kentucky River. Length 75, height 67, diam. 20 mm. Length 71, height 62, diam. 20 mm. This is Quadnda obliqua Lam. (1819) of Simps. Synops., p. 788, Descr. Catal., p. 881. • " Quadrula rubra Raf. Ohliquaria rubra {U. rubra) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 214, No. 54. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,237. Length 87, height 66, diam. 40 mm. 558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., This is Quadrula pyramidata Lea (1834) of Simps. Synops., p. 790, Descr. Catal., p. 888. Quadrula cordata Raf. Obovaria cordata {Unio cordata) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 312, No. 50, PL 82, figs. 6, 7. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,221, one valve, from the Ohio River. Length 61, height 63, diam. 19 mm. This is Quadrula plena Lea (1840) of Simps. Synops., p. 790, Descr. Catal., p. 886. Quadrula sintoxia Raf. Obliquaria sintoxia {Unio sintoxia) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 310, No. 44. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,208, from the Ohio River. Length 97, height 71, diam. 41.5 mm. This is Quadrula suhrotunda Lea (1831) of Simps. Synops., p. 791, Descr. Catal., p. 892. Unio suhrotunda Lea (1831) is preoccupied by Unio suhrotunda Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 308, No. 38. Quadrula obovalis Raf. Obovaria obovalis (Unio obovalis) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 311, No. 45. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,224, from the Ohio River. Length 41, height 46.5, diam. 29 mm. This is Quadrula ehenus Lea (1831) of Simps. Synops., p. 793, Descr. Catal., p. 897. Quadrula tuberculata Raf. Obliquaria tuberculata {U. tuberculata) Raf. Monogr. (1820), p. 308, No. 37. The type is A. N. S. P. Coll. No. 20,215, from the Ohio River. Length 59, height 54, diam. 29 mm. This is Quadrula tuberculata Raf. of Simps. Synops,, p. 795, Descr. Catal., p. 903. The following names are proposed by Prof. Rafinesque in Monogr. (1820) which are not mentioned in Simpson's Synopsis: Unio alternata p. 294, angulata p. 315, aurata p. 295, decorticata p. 302, difformis p. 315, fasciolata p. 312, fusca p. 293, fuscata p. 294, lineata p. 314 (not Gmel. 1792), longa p. 304, maculata p. 293, marginata p. 311, nigrescens p. 309, nigrojasciata p. 294, obliterata p. 304, oUvacea p. 295, pallida p. 314, radiata p.- 294, rosea p. 311, semiradiata p. 295, teres p. 312, vermiculata p. 301, zonalis p. 297, Lampsilis pallida p. 299, rosea p. 299; Anodonta atra p. 316, cuneata p. 316, mutabilis p. 317, nigrescens p. 317, radiata p. 317 (not Mull. 1774), violacina p. 317. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 559 Unio rafinesquei n- n. I propose the name Unio rafinesquei for Unio fuscatus Lea, Obs. iv, p. 35. PI. 40, fig. 4 (not U. fuscata Raf . 1820) ; Simps. Synopsis, p. 717; Descr. Catal., p. 643. Pleurobema simpsoni n. n. I propose the name Pleurobema simpsoni for Unio striatus Lea, Obs. iii, p. 41, PI. 12, fig. 16 (not U. striata Raf. 1820); Simps. Synopsis, p. 762; Descr. Catal., p. 795. Pleurobema conradi n. n. I propose the name Pleurobema conradi for Unio maculatus Conr. New. F. W. Shells (1834), p. 30, PI. 4, fig. 4 (not U. maculata Raf. 1820); Simps. Synops., p. 746; Descr. Catal., p. 737. 560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [D^C., December 21. The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair. Twenty-seven persons present. The Chair announced the death of Geo. D. McCreary, a member, July 26, 1915. The Pubhcation Committee reported the reception of a paper entitled, "Revising of Cayuga Lake Spiders," by Nathan Banks (December 2). The following was ordered to be printed: 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 561 THE STRUCTURAL RELATIONS OF SOME DEVONIAN SHALES IN CENTRAL NEW YORK. BY BURNETT SMITH. The shale mass which intervenes between the Onondaga and TuUy hmestones of central New York was formerly separated into a lower division of Marcellus shales and an upper division of Hamilton shales. It is now pretty generally conceded that this classification is inadequate to express the facts and the geologists of the State of New York now employ Marcellus shale, Cardiff shale, Skaneateles shale, Ludlowville shale, and Moscow shale in describing the strati- graphic units encountered in passing upward from the Onondaga to the Tully. These shale units by inference correspond with definite subdivisions of the Devonian time scale. They are also regarded as possessing a rather wide east and west distribution across the State. ^ Recent field studies in Onondaga and Cayuga Counties have convinced the writer that the lower members of the shale mass have a far from simple history. Followed in an east and west line they present changes which remain unrecognized even in the recent classifications. These notes are therefore submitted as a partial record and preliminary interpretation of the observations made. A brief survey of the general stratigraphy brings out the fact that the shales have been deposited upon Onondaga limestone. In some places the line between the Onondaga and the succeeding black shale is quite sharp, but at others there is a transition zone of limestone and black shale alternations in thin bands. Great varia- tions in the amount of limestone intercalation are noticed in the 10 or 15 feet just above the Onondaga. One limestone stratum, however, is shown in all good exposures. This layer known as the Agoniatites limestone is about 3 feet in thickness and holds a position approximately 10 or 15 feet above strata which are referable to the Onondaga. Lying thus upon black shale or upon black shale and limestone alternations the Agoniatites limestone is in turn followed by a deposit of dense black shale in which concretions of large size are apt to be a very conspicuous feature. This higher black shale 1 N. Y. State Museum Handbook 19, Table 2. 562 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, is now grouped with the other layers down to the Onondaga under one formational term, Marcellus.- As used by Vanuxem,^ the term Marcellus apparently embraced a still higher shale of gray color. This latter was given a separate name by Clarke and Luther who in 1904 called it the Cardiff shale.'* In the type region (on the Tully quadrangle) the change from the Marcellus is most gradual while above the Cardiff is defined as terminating some 20 feet below a thin band of limestone.^ This limestone is grouped with the 20 feet of shale below and some hun- dreds of feet above under a single formational term, Skaneateles. These general stratigraphic relations appear to hold good for central Onondaga County, but on tracing the formations westward deviations from the type section are noticed. It is now proposed to present the evidence for these deviations. Just south of Mottville, on the Skaneateles quadrangle, occurs a fossiliferous zone which is well displayed along the outlet of Skane- ateles Lake. The section at this point shows a thickness of about 25 feet. In the lower part the shale is gray and thinly bedded with small fossils numerous. Above come small concretions and a limy band full of crinoid fragments. This latter is in turn overlaid by a rather coarse and thickly bedded shale, also quite fossiliferous.^ These strata are not here exposed in continuous section with any easily recognized reference plane. It was with the intention of ascertaining their position in the shale mass that the writer under- took to follow these beds east and west from the Mottville locality. For the sake of simplicity the term Mottville member will be used as a provisional designation for the limy crinoidal band and 2 N. Y. State Museum Bulletins 63, p. 14, and 82, pp. 42, 43. ^ Nat. Hist, of N. Y., Geologj', III, comprising the Survey of the Third Geo- logical District, 1842, pp. 146, 147. 4 N. Y. State Museum Bulletin 63, p. 16. 5 N. Y. State Museum Bulletin 82, pp. 45, 46. " These layers were apparently well known to Vanuxem ; see Geology of the Third District, p. 154. Speaking of Cayuga Lake, he says: "The first rock going south on the lake, after passing the low clayey ground to the south of Springport, may be considered as the dividing Hne between the Marcellus shales and the Hamilton group. It is a dark slaty fossiliferous shale, with numerous individuals of the Orthis umbonata of Mr. Conrad, but usually small, associated with the Limitary orthis (O. hmitaris) also numerous, etc. It shows about six feet of a brownish black impure limestone. This pai't forms the small rise about half a mile or more below Levana. It appears in the road from Springport to Levana, at Crise's brook; on the road to Auburn from Springport, two miles southwest of Half-acre; to the northeast of Skaneateles on the road to Marcellus, and on the north side of Pompey hill, etc." Though this description makes no mention of the Mottville locality, it shows quite clearly that its author was familiar with many of the other good exposures of these strata. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 563 associated fossiliferous shales above and below which are exposed along the Skaneateles outlet south of Mottville.'' This member can be readily recognized by its lithologic and paleontologic char- acters for a few miles east and west from the type section. Eastward there is some slight change in its features, but the horizon can be traced with little difficulty onto the Tully quadrangle where the writer considers it to be identical with the basal layers of the Skane- ateles formation up to and slightly above the limestone band already mentioned.^ The presence of a thin fossiliferous zone between masses of rela- tively barren shale is usually regarded as a matter of some paleon- tologic interest and the Mottville is no exception in this respect. It was not, however, until the writer studied the relations of this member to underlying formations westward that he realized the important position which the Mottville holds in any attempt to solve the stratigraphy of the lower shale units. Its authors recognized that the Cardiff shale thins toward the west, a statement to that effect appearing in their description of the type sections.^ Nevertheless, the writer confesses that he was much surprised to learn in the field that the gray shales between the harder limy por- tions of the Mottville and the black Marcellus thin down to about 100 feet southeast of the village of Marcellus (Skaneateles quad- rangle), to about 50 feet in the belt south of Shepard Settlement, to about 25 feet near the western limit of the Skaneateles quadrangle, and to about 15 feet on the eastern shore of Cayuga Lake (Auburn quadrangle). As stated above, the top of the Cardiff in the type locality has been defined by its authors as being 20 feet below a limestone band in their Skaneateles. The writer regards this limestone band as the equivalent of the upper limy portions of the Mottville, and if this correlation is correct there is very little room for a Cardiff formation between the harder Mottville and the Marcellus of the Auburn quadrangle. It is therefore believed that (in the absence of positive diagnostic characters) the Cardiff shale cannot be differ- entiated as a separate unit west of the Skaneateles quadrangle. • At the Mottville locality about 10 feet of shale are exposed below the crinoidal band. In other sections an additional 10 or 15 feet of fossiliferous strata are usually to be seen at the base. These latter beds, though not exposed at the type locality, are included in the term Mottville as used in this paper. * The above refers to the Skaneateles formation as described by Clarke and Luther; see N. Y. State Museum Bulletin 82. 9 X. Y. State Museum Bulletin 82, p. 45. 564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, From the Avestern boundary of the Skaneateles quadrangle ta Cayuga Lake continuous sections are rare, but there is always some reference plane by which to check the position of the Mottville beds. In the same area there are also some slight variations in lithologic character, but these are clearly of a progressive nature, becoming more pronounced by slow degrees from east ,to west. Paleontologic characters are well maintained throughout the region in question and one more evidence of continuity is afforded by the escarpment which is frequently produced by the harder layers. The more important sections met with in passing from the Tully quadrangle to Cayuga Lake are shown slightly idealized in Plate XXIL Section 2 is exposed in a ravine situated west of Cottle Hill and about f mile from the western limit of the Skaneateles quadrangle. The harder portions of the Mottville are well displayed at this locality and their position relative to the black Marcellus is beyond all question, for the section is continuous. About 1| miles south- westerly at nearly the same altitude and on the Auburn quadrangle is found another exposure of the Mottville crinoidal layer and asso- ciated shales. Here unfortunately the black Marcellus is not shown below in continuous section. It is exposed, however, at a lower altitude in a near-by ravine within j mile to the west. The relation is the same as that shown in section 2. This easternmost Mottville exposure on the Auburn quadrangle is an important one. It can be connected loy a nearly continuous escarpment with the Mottville layers of section 2. It agrees in its lithologic and paleon- tologic characters with other exposures of the Mottville. It lacks only a continuous section to prove its stratigraphic position above the Marcellus. These points are emphasized, for this Mottville exposure has apparently received a far different interpretation on the geologic map of the Auburn quadrangle.^'' A little south of Half Acre and about If miles southwesterly from- the Auburn city line a good exposure of the Mottville member is obtained. Here its position above the black Marcellus can be determined in a nearly continuous section while the relations with the Agoniatites limestone and the Styliolina layers below it are scarcely less clear. Passing toward the southwest in the direction of Oakwood the 1" N. Y. State Museum Bulletin 137. See map and also p. 18, where one finds the following statement: "The Agoniatite limestone and adjacent black shales outcrop i mile from the east line of the ciuadrangle by the side of the third east and west road from the north line of the quadrangle." 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 565 limy character of the upper harder layers is pronounced. They stand out as a prominent escarpment for about 1| miles between Half Acre and Oakwood." East and a little south of Oakwood on the boundary line between the to\\Tis of Fleming and Springport another good exposure of Mottville is found. At the point where the roadway on the map is marked with an altitude of 707 feet the harder layers of the Mottville are finely displayed. As stated above, these harder layers undergo a certain amount of progressive change toward the west. They are now quite limy and of bluish shades which become lighter on exposure. Prolonged weathering produces a duller and more rusty appearance which, together with numerous ''cauda-galli" markings, causes a curious resemblance to the very much higher beds which are usually assigned to the Ludlowville. At this town line exposure the relations with the Agoniatites limestone are again determinable, for the latter is exposed in a field south of the road which parallels the Lehigh Valley track. At the four corners which lie about 1^ miles south and a little -east of Oakwood the Mottville is again displayed and is connected by a fairly well-marked escarpment with the localities northeast. Here at these four corners the relations with lower strata can be made out, the Agoniatites limestone outcropping at the slight bend in the north-leading road f mile to the north, the Onondaga lime- stone and Styliolina layers by the roadside about f mile to the west. The writer wishes to emphasize the fact that his interpretation of the stratigraphy between Half Acre and these four corners is based ■on evidence furnished (1) by lithologic and paleontologic similarity of the different Mottville exposures, (2) by the position of each exposure with reference to some easily recognized lower stratum and (3) by the occurrence of the exposures on the edge of a hard rock platform which frequently displays a well-marked escarpment •on its northern and northwestern fronts. These lines of evidence lead to a conception of the stratigraphy, Avhich is quite chfTerent from that sho^^^l on the geologic map of the Auburn quadrangle.^^ On approaching Cayuga Lake the harder portion of the Mottville produces the falls just east of the lake road in Great Gully Brook ^nd in the next brook south which is unnamed on the map.^^ This latter is apparently the Crise's Brook of Vanuxem and is called " See Vanuxem, Geology of the Third District, p. 154. 12 N. Y. State Museum Bulletin 137. 13 See Cleland, U. S. G. S. Bulletin 206, pp. 22, 23, and also Luther, N. Y. +State Museum Bulletin 137, p. 19. 566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Criss Creek by Luther whose interpretation of its section seems to be as follows: The hard layer producing the falls near the lake road bridge is "Near the top " of the " Cardiff. " A " gray f ossilif erous band at the base of the formation" Avhich occurs at the private road crossing farther north is attributed to the horizon of the Stafford limestone of western New York. The present writer's interpretation of the same section may be summarized in this way: The hard layers making the falls near the lake road bridge are the upper limy portion of the Mottville. They are underlaid by about 15 feet of gray shale rich in small fossils. These latter are the lower soft shales of the Mottville and are considered the equivalent of strata which on the Tully quad- rangle have been assigned to the Skaneateles by others. A short distance below the lake road bridge their contact with the under- lying black Marcellus is well displayed. The "gray fossilif erous band" exposed near the private road crossing farther down stream is not connected by continuous section with the Mottville at the lake road bridge. It has the same lithologic and paleontologic characters as the lower 15 feet of Mottville at the lake road bridge. It is also immediately overlaid by material indistinguishable from the harder Mottville, while a short distance still farther down stream another exposure of typical Marcellus is found. It is believed that the lakeward dip which is plainly visible in places and a slight folding are responsible for the repetition of the strata. This latter interpretation is amply confirmed by a study of the lake shore sections east and west of the Lehigh Valley track between Levanna and Farley's. It also appears to be in harmony with the section of the region which was published by. Cleland in 1903.^^ Summary of Observations. The writer believes that the following points have been demon- strated : (1) That the Marcellus black shale is continuous from the Tully quadrangle to the east shore of Cayuga Lake (as stated in sul)stance by Vanuxem) and that it thins considerably to the westward. (2) That the Cardiff shale, as' defined by its authors, thins rapidly toward the west and becomes unrecognizable as a separate unit before the Auburn quadrangle is reached. (3) That the Mottville member (basal Skaneateles of the Tully quadrangle) is continuous throughout the region, lying on the » U. S. G. S. Bulletin 206, p. 21, fig. 2. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 567 Cardiff to the east, but overlapping it and coming in contact with the Marcellus to the west. Theoretical Considerations. If the points outhned above are admitted, a number of questions immediately arise. The first to be considered is this: How far westward does the overlap type of structure persist? If it extends to the western limit of the State involving each higher unit in turn, it is clear that younger and younger material will come to lie in contact with the basal black shale. Much depends upon the deter- mination of the western equivalent of the Mottville. Should it prove referable to the Stafford limestone,^^ the present writer could not escape the conclusion that the Stafford of western New York is the equivalent of the lowermost Skaneateles of the central portions of the State. In such a case the Stafford of western New York separates not the Marcellus from the Cardiff, but the Marcellus from the bulk of the Skaneateles formation. If, on the other hand, the overlap westward goes no farther than Cayuga Lake, we may be dealing with a north and south axis of Onondaga limestone, on each side of which the shale units are repro- duced in a similar stratigraphic succession. Though this view is well within the bounds of possibility, it can hardly be said that the known examples of the Onondaga-Marcellus contact furnish evidence in its support. Opportunity has not yet been found for anything like a thorough paleontological study of the Mottville beds. The species so far identified reveal a fauna not unlike that of the Stafford. It is believed, however, that correlation based upon fossils alone is most unsafe in determining the position of these Mottville strata. Returning to the stratigraphic aspects of the problem, it may be said that overlap in the structural sense can hardly be questioned. 1^ In this connection see N. Y. State Museum Bulletin 49, p. 120, where occurs the following statement by Dr. John M. Clarke: "In the outcrops along Criss creek, 2^ miles south of Union Springs, the strata above the horizon of the Agoniatite limestone are shown, and a point of interest in this section is the presence of a bed of 1.5 feet of blue and olive cal- careous shales, lying above the general mass of darker shales, which carries certain trilobites (Homalonotus, Phacops), brachiopods, gastropods, etc. per- taining to the normal Hamilton shale fauna. These shales he at about the proper horizon of the Stafford limestone, though no trace of this rock has been seen so far east." There can be little doubt that Dr. Clarke is describing the upper limy portions of the Mottville which are exposed in this creek. It is perhaps unnecessary to add that, in the matter of Stafford correlation, one could hardly look to a more authoritative source. 568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, That is (1) a fossiliferous zone is separated from a black shale by a bed of barren gray shale, (2) followed west the fossil zone is seen to approach nearer and nearer to the black shale in successive sections, (3) at the west the fossiliferous zone lies immediately above the black shale. Such relations at least suggest an unconformity somewhere in the series. The writer has, however, failed to discover positive evidence of one in passing from the Onondaga to the Mottville. It is true that the base of the Mottville limy layer is frequently very uneven. The same observation likewise holds for the Agoniatites limestone. Both cases are, however, regarded as due to a concretionary struc- ture; limy segregations merely pushing downward into the strata below. When considered in relation to the general black shale problem, it is believed that the data obtained in this area go to strengthen the theories which explain the Marcellus as an invasion from the east and south toward the north and west.^^ On the other hand, trans- gression over a land surface is somewhat questionable; in fact, the evidence rather points to a different conclusion. We are apparently justified in regarding the Marcellus as a formation Avhich, so to speak, runs diagonally across the geologic column, its lower layers and more eastern portions being contemporary with some Onondaga to the west while its upper and more western portions were probably deposited at a time when Cardiff sedimentation was occurring to the east. Evidence presented by Kindle^^ shows that black shale (presumably Marcellus) deposition in the Allegheny region was taking place at the same time with Onondaga accumulation. For the particular area here studied it is sufficient to call attention to the thin black shale intercalations which are found in the Onondaga south of Union Springs. The very gradual transition from Marcellus to Cardiff and the general structure outlined in these notes both argue for partial contemporaneity between Cardiff and Marcellus. Explanation of Plate XXII. Diagram showing the stratigraphic relations exhibited by the Mottville member in passing from Cayuga Lake on the west to the TuUy quadrangle on the east. i« Clarke, John M., N. Y. State Museum Bulletins 49 (pp. 115, 137) and 52 (pp. 668-9). UMch, E. O., and Schuchert, Charles, N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 52, p. 665. Grabau, A. W., N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 92, p. 231. "Principles of Stratigraphy," pp. 407, 424. " Kindle, E. M., U. S. G. S. BuUetin 508. See especially pp. 10, 25, 54. o 2 o p > o > D Wftl|WiT|™)jT.F, mm,: If • 'fllfj-H iiiiiiik „.„_.,J||MP|||, I '^ ' ^ ' lit' '1i)i'ilr ' I." I 1 ' I ^ Ml !y!iil'iilli!!iiliSi5''f!i!iiri^^ mm en o illiiii !-" i\ MiliiJBj/:i':.ii! H 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 569 Section 1 represents a thickness of about 40 feet of strata. Section 6 has been slightly reduced in order to bring it into the diagram. 1. Composite section Criss Creek and shore of Cayuga Lake, Auburn quad- rangle. 2. About J mile from the western limit of the Skaneateles quadrangle. 3. Cottle Hill, Skaneateles quadrangle. 4. Composite section about 2| miles northeast of Skaneateles Village. 5. About IJ miles southeast of Marcellus Village, Skaneateles quadrangle. 6. Boundary between Skaneateles and Tully quadrangles. Mv. = Mottville member (shales and hmestone); C.= Cardiff shale; M. = Marcellus shale; T. = Marcellus-Cardiff transition; Ag. =Agoniatites limestone; On. = Onondaga lime- stone. 37 570 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, The following annual reports were referred to the Publication Committee : REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY. Six meetings were held during the year, with an average attend- ance of fifty-eight. Communications of interest, as recorded in the Proceedings, were made at the sessions held February 16, March 16, and April 20. Twenty-eight papers have been presented for publication, as follows : Henry W. Fowler, 4; Adele M. Fielde, 2; E. G. Vanatta, 2; H. A. Pilsbry and James H. Ferris, 2; T. Barbour and G. K. Noble, 1; William H. Dall, 1; N. E. Mclndoo, 1; H. Matsumoto, 1; James A. G. Rehn, 1; Albert P. Morse and Morgan Hebard, 1; James A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard, 1; William Churchill, 1; Stanislas Meunier, 1; Charles P. Alexander, 1; Edgar T. Wherry and S. G. Gordon, 1; John W. Harshberger, 1; S. Stillman Berry, 1; Clarence B. Moore, 1; Phineas W. Whiting, 1; Howard Crawley, 1; Burnett Smith, 1, and Nathan Banks, 1. Twenty-one of these have been printed, four are awaiting publica- tion, one appeared as a contribution to the Journal, and two were re- turned to the authors. Six hundred and sixteen pages of the Proceedings, illustrated by twenty-five plates, have been printed. The second part of the sixteenth volume of the Journal has also been issued. It consists of a paper on the evolution of color pattern in a genus of Lepidoptera, by Miss Annette Frances Braun, and a beautiful addition to Mr. Clarence B, Moore's papers on his exploration of southern burial mounds, forming together three hundred and twenty-two pages and six plates. Miss Braun defrayed the cost of the two plates illus- trating her paper and we are again indebted to Mr. Moore for the entire cost of publishing his contribution. Of the Transactions of the American Entomological Society (Entomological Section of the Academy) five hundred and nine pages and twenty-four plates have appeared. The Section has also issued five hundred pages illustrated by twenty plates of the Ento- mological News. Eighty pages and ten plates have been added to the Manual of 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 571 CoNCHOLOGY, making the output of the year 2,027 pages and 85 plates. The war has interfered with the distribution of these pubUcations to correspondents as the International Bureau of Exchange has been forced to suspend communication with Belgium, Germany, Austria, Russia, Servia, Bulgaria, and Roumania. The several issues intended for these countries have, however, been directed and stored away in anticipation of the happier time when they can be sent to their destinations. Four members and ten correspondents have been elected. The deaths of thirteen members and three correspondents have been announced. Resignations of membership were accepted from Walter M. James and Edwin B. Bartram. George Vaux, Jr., was reappointed by the Council the Solicitor of the Academy; Frank J. Keeley was continued as Curator of the William S. Vaux Collections and Joseph Willcox as Custodian of the Isaac Lea Collection of Eocene fossils. Dr. Spencer Trotter was placed on the Library Committee to fill the vacancy caused by the death of Dr. Thomas Biddle. The following courses of lectures have been delivered in connection with the Ludwick Institute: Witmer Stone, three on wild bird life; B. Franklin Royer, one on housing in relation to health; F. Herbert Snow, one on Philadelphia's water supply; Henry A. Pilsbry, three on problems in the study of faunas; Henry Skinner, three on ento- mology; Spencer Trotter, three on phj^siography and life relations of North America; Stewardson Brown, three on local wild flowers. In harmony with the original intention of the Ludwick Foundation,, ten additional lectures were delivered on Wednesday afternoons up to March to the teachers and classes of the Girls' High School. A Committee of Conference with one representing the American Entomological Society considered carefully a modification of the articles of agreement providing for the union of the Academy and the Society, but the result was not reached in time to be included in this report. Much the most important event in the history of the Academy during the past year was the adoption, January 19, of amendments to the By-Laws providing for the loaning of certain* books from the Library, reducing the number of stated meetings to six, repealing the requirement of an initiation fee, and changing the procedure for the election of members. These amendments were adopted January 19 on the recommenda- tion of the Council and are as follows: 572 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Chapter II, Art. 1 : Change "the last stated meeting of the month" to ''any stated meeting." Art. 2: Change first sentence to read "Candidates for membership shall be nominated in writing by at least two mem- bers, who shall record the name and place of residence. The nomina- tions shall be posted in the Hall of the Academy and read before a meeting of the Council and the candidate shall be balloted for at any subsequent stated meeting, provided that at least two weeks shall have elapsed since their nomination and posting. Art. 3: Change "fee of initiation" to "first annual contribution." Art. 4: Change "fee of initiation" to "first annual contribution." Art. 11: Change "fee of initiation" to "the annual contribution. " Art. 13: Omit "an initiation fee of Ten Dollars and ^n" and substitute "the" for "an." Art. 14: Omit "and all initiation fees." Art. 17: Omit "who has not paid the initiation fee ■or." Chapter IV, Art. 1 : Omit the word "monthly" in the last sentence ;and alter "day" to "days," i.e., to read: "days on which the meeting .shall be held." Chapter IX, Art. 3 : Change to read "Certain books specified by the Librarian and the Library Committee may be loaned to members for a period of not exceeding one month. A list of such books shall be prepared for the consultation of members and books may be added to it or withdrawn from it at the discretion of the Librarian and the Library Committee. The Librarian shall keep a record of all books loaned with the dates of loan and return. Chapter XII, Art. 1: Change the first clause to read "The stated meetings of the Academy shall be held on tlic third Tuesdays of November, December, January, February, March, and April." Art. 5: Insert "stated" before "meetings" in the first line. Art. 6: The first line should read "The order of business at the annual meetings shall be." It will be seen that several of the amendments merely conform to the requirement of the changes specially referred to. The effect of the By-Law authorizing the loaning of books is stated in the report of the Librarian. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. .573 On the adoption of these amendments a new edition of the By- Laws was printed and distril)uted. The usual societies have held meetings in the Academy during the year. Edward J. Nolan, Recording Secretary. REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY. The diminished volume of foreign correspondence and reduced number of international scientific congresses commented upon in the last annual report of the Corresponding Secretary were even more apparent in 1915, inasmuch as the conditions were operative through- out the entire year. Death collected an unusually heavy toll from the roll of corre- spondents, including some of the most eminent, as follows: Leon Vaillant, James Geikie, A. A. W. Hubrecht, Richard Lydekker, Frederic W. Putnam, Theodor Boveri, George M. Sternberg, Edw. L. Greene, Orville A. Derby, and H. E. Dresser. To insure a more systematic and careful examination into the qualifications of proposed candidates for correspondents, a committee of Council on the nomination of correspondents was appointed. Upon the recommendation of this committee the following named were nominated by the Council and elected by the Academy: Alfred C. Haddon, Wilhelm Ludwig Johannsen, William Trelease, Carl Diener, Samuel Wendell Williston, Charles E. Barrois, Thomas Chrowder Chamberlin, Albrecht Penck, William Bateson, and Stanislas Meunier. The principal invitations received during the year were to the inauguration exercises of Edward Kidder Graham as President of the University of North Carolina, at which Professor H. V, Wilson served as the representative of this Academy; the twenty-fifth anniversary of the founding of The Nebraska Academy of Sciences, Professor George T. Moore being our representative; the commence- ment exercises of the University of Pittsburgh; the twenty-fifth annual meeting of the Ohio Academy of Science, to which Dr. Howard Ayers went as our delegate; the fiftieth anniversary of the adminis- tration of Alexander F.' de Waldheim as Director of the Imperial Botanical Garden of Petrograd, which was acknowledged by a letter of congratulation; and to the postponed meeting of the Nine- teenth International Congress of Americanists, which is to convene 574 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, in Washington this month and to which the Honorable Charles D. Walcott and Miss H. Newell Wardle were last year appointed delegates. Letters thanking the Academy for courtesies extended during the Convocation Week meetings of 1915 were received from the American Association for the Advancement of Science, the Geological Society of America, and the American Fern Society. Correspondence with individuals and institutions requesting information on a variety of subjects was conducted as usual. Statistics of the correspondence transacted is shown in the follow- ing table: Communications received : Acknowledging receipt of the Academy's publications 160 Transmitting publications to the Academy 57 Requesting exchanges or the supply of deficiencies 1 Invitations to learned gatherings, celebrations, etc 9 Notices of deaths of scientific men 10 Circulars concerning the administration of scientific and educational inst it utions, etc 29 Photographs and biographies of correspondents 4 Letters from correspondents 13 Miscellaneous letters 100 Total received 383 Communications forwarded: Acknowledging gifts to the library 1,155 Requesting the supply of deficiencies ; 124 Acknowledging gifts to the museum 134 Acknowledging photographs and biographies 5 Letters of sympathy or congratulation, addresses, etc 7 Diplomas and notices of election of correspondents and delegates' creden- tials 17 Miscellaneous letters 180 Annual reports and circulars sent to correspondents 204 Total forwarded 1,826 Respectfully submitted, J. Percy MoorE, Corresponding Secretary. REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN. During the past year 564 volumes, 5,858 pamphlets and periodicals, 135 maps, 3 sheets, and 1 photograph, a total of 6,561, have been added to the Library. These additions have been derived from the following sources: 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 575 Exchanges 2,754 I. V. Williamson Fund 1,82.5 United States Department of Agricult ure 532 American Entomological Society 298 General Appropriation 292 J. A. Meigs Fund 136 Authors 91 Editors 77 United States Bureau of Edu- cation 62 Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture 33 Queensland Department of M ines, Geological Survey 33 New York Agricultural Experi- ment Station 31 Imperial Department of Agi-i- culture, British West Indies 30 Dr. Witmer Stone 24 Pennsylvania Department of ^ Health 20 Commission Geologique de Fin- lande 18 Thos. B. Wilson Fund 15 Dr. Henry Skinner 15 United States Department of the Interior 14 United States Department of Commerce and Labor 14 Pan-American Union 12 American Iron and Steel Insti- tute 12 National Academy of Sciences. ... 10 United States War Department.. 8 Library of Congress 8- Dr. Edward .1. Nolan 8 Department of Trade and Cus- toms, Australia 8 Sveriges Geologiska Under- sokning 8 New Mexico College of Agri- culture 7 Florida State Geological Surve}\- 7 Topographic and Geologic Sm- vey of Pennsylvania 7 Department of Fisheries, Ben- gal, Bihar and Orissa 7 Geological Survey of New Jersey 6 California Fish and Game Com- mission 6 Penn.sylvania State Library 6 Illinois State Geological Survey. . 5 Estacion Seismologica de Car- tuja-: 5 Argentine Government 5 Commission of Conservation, Canada 4 William J. Fox 4 Seismological Society of America 4 Indiana University 4 Publication Committee of the Academy Wisconsin Geological and Nat- ural History Survey Pennsylvania Water Supply Commission Lowell Observatory Japan Society of America University of Tennessee Michigan Geological and Bio- logical Survey Ella B. Altemus Central Seismological Station in Pulkow Bent ham Trustees, Kew Gardens University of Wyoming Rockefeller Sanitary Institute for the Eradication of the Hook \^"orm American Institute of Electrical Engineers State Board of Charities, New- York Government of India Washington Geological Survey... Wistar Institute of Anatomy Pennsylvania Department of Fore.stry Pennsylvania State College Hervas Laboratory of American Linguistics Observatorio Astronomico de Madrid Dr. W. D. Bayley Goodsell Observatory Clarence B. ^Moore Editors of Entomological News.. Museum d'Histoire Naturelle de Havre Dr. Thomas Biddle James F. Wood Pennsylvania Chestnut Tree Blight Commission Warren Academy of Sciences Iowa Geological Survey Charles H. Townsend Gouvernements Kina Onder- neming te Tjinjiroean (Ban- doeng) Government of Formosa Colorado Museum of Natural HLstory Geological Survey of Alabama Connecticut Geological and Natural History Survey United States Brewers' Associa- tion Delaware Valley Ornithological Club ; Los Angeles County Museum of Historv, etc 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 576 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [Dec, Zoological Society of Philadel- phia Dr. William H. DaU Trustees of Estate of Lucy Hunter Baird Geological Survey of Georgia Imperial Institute for the Study of Infectious Diseases, Tokyo . Dr. Uh'ic Dahlgren Cuerpo de Engenieros de Minas del Peru Commissao de Linhas Tele- graphicas Estrategicas de Matto Grosso Pennsylvania Department of Fisheries Joseph Willcox Charles W. Richmond Nora C. Fretageot Commissioners on Fisheries and Game, Massachusetts Hirase Conchological Museum... Crosby Frisian Fur Company Delaware County Institute of Science Albert I, Prince de Monaco Game Commissioners of Penn- sylvania Dr. Charles K. Mills Philadelphia Museums Japanese Commission to the Panama-Pacific International Exposition They have been distributed to the several departments of the Library as follows: Journals 4,593 Agriculture 657 Geology 517 Botany 139 Entomology 102 Geography 102 General Natural History., Anatomy and Physiology. Voyages and Travels Ornithology Conchology Medicine BibUography 90 60 44 30 23 22 19 Helminthology Anthropology Physical Sciences Mineralogy Ichthyology '. Herpetology Mathematics Chemistry Mammalogy Dictionaries Philology Miscellaneous (unclassified). 17 17 16 12 11 9 9 8 8 2 1 53 The following are perhaps worthy of special mention: Bergstrasser, Nomenclatur und Beschreibungen der Insekten, etc., 4 parts in 2 vols., 1778-1780. Howard, British Warblers. Beccari, Palmen de Madagascar, 1914. Esper, Die europaischen Schmetterlinge, 5 Theile in 12 vols. Martyn, Universal Conchologist, 4 vols., 1784. Hoppe, Entomologisches Taschenbuch, 2 vols., 1796-1797. Borowski, Gemeinntizzige Naturgeschichte des Thierreichs, 10 vols, in 8, 1780- 1789. Hoppe, Ectypa Plantarum Ratisbonensium, 8 vols., 1787-1793. Ascanius, Icones Rerum Naturalium, 4 vols., 1772-1777. The collection of journals and periodicals has been desirably increased by the addition of the following: Annals of Applied Biology, London, I; II, 1-3. Anthropologia, London, 1 volume, 1873-1875. Aquatic Life, Philadelphia, I, 1-3. Bolus Herbarium, Annals, Cape Town, I, 1, 2. Caledonian Horticultural Society, Edinburgh Memoirs, 4 volumes, 1814-1829. California Fish and Game, San Francisco, I, 1-5. Chemie der Erde, Jena, I, 1. Contribucion al Estudio de los Ciencias, etc.. La Plata, N. 15. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 577 Cybele Columbiana, Washington, I, 1. Discovery, Philadelphia, I, 1. .Gouvernements Kina-Onderneming; te Tjinjiroean (Bandoeng). Batavia, 1913. Hawaiian Forester and Agriculturist, Honolulu, partial set of I-XH. Hervas Laboratory of American Linguistics, Bulletin, 8t. Louis, Nos. 4, 5. Illinois Biological Monographs, Urbana, I, 1-4. Instituto di Geografia, etc., Catania, Nos. 1-4. Jugoslavenska Akademija Znanosti i Umjetnosti, Isvjescao Rospravama Matem.- Prir. Razreda, No. 2; Prirodoslova Istrazivanja, etc., Matem.-Prir. Razreda, Nos. 1-3. Los Angeles County Museum of History, etc.. Miscellaneous Pubheation, No. 1. Missouri Botanical Garden, Annals, I; H, 1-3. Mycological Bulletin, Columbus, imperfect set. National Academy of Sciences, Washington, Proceedings, I, 1-11. Natur und Heimat, Godesberg, Nos. 1-9. Ohio Naturalist, Columbus, complete. Pennsylvania Department of Forestry, Harrisburg, Bulletin Nos. 11, 12. Philippine Agricultural Review, Manila, V; VI; VIII, 1. Phytopathology, Baltimore, V, 1-5. Progres Agricole et Viticole, Villefranche, XXXII-XXXVI. Queensland Department of Mines (Geological Survev, Brisbane, Annual Report, 1901-1914; Publications, part of 119-239. Regensburgische Botanische Gesellschaft, Regensburg, Schriften I, 1792. Scientific Monthly, New York, I, 1-3. Societe d'Etudes Scientifiques de I'Aude, Carcassone, Bulletin, I-VII, XI-XXIV. Societe des Lettres, Sciences et Arts de Bar-le-Duc et Commercy, Bar-le-Duc, Bulletin Mensuel, 1913. LTniversity of Chicago, Bulletin of the Department of Anthropology, Nos. 1-5. Vortrage aus dem Gesamtgebiet d. Botanik, Berlin, 1. Walker Museum, Contributions, Chicago, I, 1-8. Zoologische Mededeelingen, Leiden, Afl. 1. A well-bound copy of the Rev. J. G. Wood's Animate Creation, in three volumes, quarto, has been given to the Academy by Miss Ella B. Altemus, in memory of the late William Wilkinson Altemus. The notable decrease in the number of additions to the Library during 1915 has been due to two causes: A lessening of appropria- tions, but more especially the interference with foreign correspondence by the horrible war which is, in one way or another, affecting every human interest, most of them disastrously. The German production of scientific publications was at first sustained, but is now decreasing. Out of sixty-nine German periodicals subscribed for nothing has been received from twenty-one of them. The English journals continue as usual, and the French, while much affected at first, are now for the most part going on as before the war. We have been warned by the Royal Academy of the I.incei, the Royal Academy of Sciences of Petrograd, and the Chemical Society of London that issues for- Avarded now must be at our risk, as losses, if any occur, will not be made up. In these cases it has been thought best to ask for a prompt supply of publications, assuming such risk as may be in- volved, for it will probably not be more than we should run in expecting the volumes in bulk at the end of the conflict. 578 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Shipments from Germany and Austria were stopped by a British Order in Council in June. We are informed, however, that the British Government is now prepared to issue permits for shipment of scientific books to the United States from Germany and Austria if destined for universities, colleges, scientific societies or public bodies. We may profit during the coming year by this relaxation, although it is accompanied by a great deal of annoying red tape. The interruption of exchange noted in the report of the Recording Secretary of course greatly affects the receipts from corresponding societies. Even when regular shipments are made invoices and bills of lading are held up on the other side and insufficient steamer accommodations cause uncertain deliveries. Chapter IX, Art. 3, of the By-Laws was amended in January so as to permit of the loaning to members of certain books specified by the Librarian and the Library Committee for a period not exceeding one month. Although it was held Ijy Maclure and his contemporaries that all books belonging to the Academy should be exclusively for use within the building, both for the good of those working on the premises and to lessen the danger of loss, it was considered that such a rule was not practicable until the services of a Librarian during portions of the day could be secured. Certain designated books were there- fore permitted to be borrowed until 1850, Avhen Thomas B. Wilson presented to the Academy the extremely valuable works which he had from time to time deposited with the understanding that they should never be loaned on any condition. This applied to such an important portion of the Lil^rary that the rule was then made general and from 1850 until last January no books were knowingly allowed to leave the building except to be bound. Since the new rule has been in operation forty-six works in fifty- eight volumes have been borrowed. These have all been returned but two, which are now alone outstanding. A system of registry of works taken for use in the Academy's study rooms has been adopted. 822 titles in 1,061 volumes have been placed at the service of students and workers in the building. 375 of these are still in use. While a few of the books taken from the building have manifestly been for more or less desultory reading, the others have undoubtedly been for serious consultation and study, so that there is reason to believe that the operation of the new law is, as far as it goes, for the advance- ment of science without any counterbalancing disadvantage. By 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 579 direction of the Council, no volumes or parts of journals or periodicals ma}^ be borrowed without the special consent of the Librarian, who must be reasonably sure, before the publication is sent out, that the interests of those working on the premises will not be interfered with by the loan. As required by the By-Law, a separate list of books that can be borrowed is being prepared and is nearing completion. A very desirable subject index to the map collection has been prepared by Mr. Fox. Forty-seven volumes of works not connected with the Academy's interests have been transferred to the Free Library of Philadelphia. A framed photograph of Rembrandt Peale's oil portrait of Reuben Haines, who served most- efficiently as Corresponding Secretary from February, 1814, to December, 1831, has been presented by his grandson, Reuben Haines. A framed photograph from life of the late Dr. Benjamin Sharp has been received from Mrs. Sharp. Through the liberality of a number of subscribers, there has been obtained a replica of the portrait of Baron Von Huml)oldt, painted from life in 1856 by J. R. Lambdin, and now in the rooms of the Ameri- can Philosophical Society. The picture has been beautifully framed by the President of the Academy. It is pleasant to again acknowledge the good work done by William J. Fox and Furman Sheppard Wilde, both in the Library and in connection with the issue of the publications. Edward J. Nolan, Librarian. REPORT OF THE CURATORS. The completion of the year 1915 finds the Academy's buildings and collections in excellent condition. Much important work has been accomplished in studying, arranging, and cataloguing material in the several departments of the Museum, and many important accessions have been received through gift or purchase. The number of visitors to the Museum has steadily increased, especially classes from the schools of Philadelphia and vicinity which come to study the exhibits under the guidance of their teachers. At the last session of the State Legislature the sum of .$10,000 was appropriated to the Academy for the purchase of cases, and arrange- ments have been made to furnish the north wing of the Museum with exhibition cases so that it may be reopened to the public during 580 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, the ensuing year, and to provide much needed exhibition and storage cases in the various departments. During the past year the Curators have purchased three large mahogany and plate-glass exhibition cases, one for a group of buffalo and two for the collection of wood of native forest trees. Two horizontal oak cases have also been procured for the William S. Vaux archaeological collection, as well as eighteen metal storage cases, 450 trays and 100 insect boxes. Mr. Clarence B. Moore continued his explorations among the Indian mounds of the Southern States, the results of which have been generously added to the Clarence B. Moore Collection. A valuable collection of Antarctic material obtained on Sir Ernest Shackleton's expedition was presented by Mr. John H. McFadden. The framed photographs of scenery and animals have been placed on exhibition in the lower hallways and the other specimens arranged in the several departments. Leave of absence was granted to several members of the Museum staff for the prosecution of field work. Through the liberality of Mr. Morgan Hebard, Mr. J. A. G. Rehn was enabled to accompany him on a two months' trip through the Gulf States from northern Florida to eastern Texas, for the purpose of studying the Orthoptera of the region, one-half of the material obtained becoming the property of the Academy. Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry spent the greater part of August and Septem- ber in an exploration of the Black Range of New Mexico, obtaining large series of land mollusks, part of them new to science, as well as collections of reptiles and plants. Mr. Stewardson Brown accompanied Dr. and Mrs. N. L. Britton , on a botanical expedition to Porto Rico, and Dr. Witmer Stone did some general collecting in California and Minnesota, incidental to attending the. meeting of the American Ornithologists' Union in San Francisco. The usual amount of local field work was also carried on. Details of Museum work in the various departments follow. Mammals. A fine group of three buffalo, a bull, cow and calf, which had been previously mounted, was arranged in a large exhibition case secured during the year. It adds much to the attractiveness of the mammal hall. The skeletons of the Right, Hump-back and Sperm Whales have- 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 581 been articulated and mounted in the centres of the geological and mineralogical halls and attract much attention. This work was done by the Academy's taxidermist, Mr. David McCadden, assisted by Mr. E. W. Stucke. The collection of skins of the larger mammals was carefully gone over during the year and systematically arranged by Dr. Witmer Stone, while the entire osteological collection was systematized and labelled by Mr. Earl L. Poole, a student on the Jessup Fund. This collection is now readily accessible and its usefulness vastly increased. Twenty-six mammals have been received from the Zoological Society of Philadelphia during the year, which have been variously prepared by the taxidermist as skins or osteological material. A set of the McGregor restorations of Pithecanthropus and other early anthropoid and human types was presented by Dr. Samuel G. Dixon. Numerous students have made use of the collections during the year and specimens have been loaned to Drs. J. A. Allen and C. Hart Merriam, Messrs. W. H. Osgood and H. W. Henshaw. Birds. The rearrangement and renovation of the study series of birds have progressed satisfactorily during the year and only five families of the Passeres and the Steganopodes still demand attention. Mr. D. E. Culver, student on the Jessup Fund, has relaxed the old unmounted specimens and remade many of the skins, while Dr. Witmer Stone has systematically arranged and labelled the groups as they were completed. He has also entirely rearranged the local study series of land birds, bringing all of the local material together for the first time. A number of specimens have been identified for the Zoological Society and for correspondents. Mr. Samuel N. Rhoads, accompanied by Mr. Earl L. Poole, undertook an expedition to Guatemala, from February to April, in the interests of the Academy, the expenses being met partly by the Academy and partly by Mrs. Beulah M. Rhoads and William P. Elkinton. A fine series of about 700 birds, a number of mammals and some specimens in other branches were obtained. Besides this material an additional series of birds from Santa Marta, Colombia, was purchased, as well as a series of Petrels from South Georgia Island. 582 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC.,. The Delaware Valley Ornithological Club has added a number of rare and valuable specimens to the local collection and other local material was received from various sources. Six metal-covered storage cases were substituted for the old wooden cases formerly used for the larger birds and the specimens, arranged to much better advantage. By the end of next year it i^ expected that the entire collection of skins will be accommodated in metal cases. Mr. James P. Chapin spent two days studying the Academy's type series of West African birds and Mr. Rhoads has spent con- siderable time in the department preparing a report on his Guatemala collection. Many local students have made use of the study collection and specimens have been loaned to Drs. F. M. Chapman, C. W. Rich- mond, Messrs. R. Ridgway, W. E. C. Todd, C. B. Cory, H. K. Coale and R. C. Murphy. Reptiles and BatraChians. This department has, as in 1914, been under the charge of Mr. Henry W. Fowler. All accessions have been identified and cared for, 153 having been tagged, catalogued and distributed. The entire series of Salamanders has been critically studied and rear- ranged and a collection of reptiles and batrachians from Porto Rica has been identified for Princeton University, in return for which service the Academy received a fine series of duplicates. Mr. E. R. Dunn has spent much time studying the collections in this department and Dr. Thomas Barbour spent two days examining some of the types. Several specimens were loaned to Dr. Barbour. Fishes. In this department, which is also under Mr. Fowler's care, much irhportant work has been accomplished. Mr. Fowler has catalogued, labelled and distributed 3,648 specimens during the year. He has also prepared and published papers on collections of fishes from Canada and tropical America, and has made a critical study of the Killi-fishea and their allies. MOLLUSKS. Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry, special curator of this department, reports that accessions have been received during the year from 82 persons and institutions. Among the more extensive accessions are a series 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 583 from Washington and Oregon, received from Mr. John A. Allen; Antarctic shells of the Sir Ernest Shackleton Expedition, from Mr. John H. McFadden, and Mexican shells from C. R. Orcutt. Messrs. Clarence B. Moore, Morgan Hebard, S. S. Berry and others have made many gifts of southern and western shells, and Mr. Baj^ard Long has continued his collections in New Jersey. The John Ford collection of Olividce, purchased during the year, when added to that of the Academy, forms probably the most extensive series of these shells in any museum. With Mr. James H. Ferriss, the special curator spent the greater part of August and September in an exploration of the Black Range of New Mexico, obtaining large series of land moUusks, part of them new to science. We have also been favored with a complete series of the mollusks taken by Messrs. Junius Henderson and D. E. Daniels, who collected in many localities from Provo, Utah, to Franklin in southern Idaho. The study of Hawaiian material of the expedition of 1913 has been continued throughout the year. The family Tornatellinidce has been completed, and a monograph published in the Manual of CoNCHOLOGY, Volume XXIII. The proportion of undescribed forms proved to be unusually large, the volume containing descrip- tions of 103 new species and 29 new subspecies. Dr. C. Montague Cooke, of the Bishop Museum, Honolulu, collaborated with the special curator in this work. Mr. E. G. Vanatta, assistant in the department, has been chiefly occupied in the determination and labelling of specimens received. Miss Caroline Ziegler has continued the work of cataloguing the collection. The Wheatley collection of fresh-water shells has been deposited by the University of Pennsylvania, and some progress has been made in cleaning, labelling and cataloguing the specimens. During the year the collections have been stuched by Messrs. George H. Clapp, Frank M. Anderson, Drs. W. H. Dall and A. Olssen, wdiile material has been loaned to Drs. W. H. Dall and Paul Bartsch, Messrs. Junius Henderson and J. B. Henderson. Insects. Dr. Henry Skinner, head of the department of Insects, reports that much of his time and that of Mr. E. T. Cresson, Jr., has been devoted to relaxing and mounting the new material acquired. Por- tions of the collection have also been rearranged in the new cases procured during the year. 584 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, In the order Diptera the famihes Tipulidae and DoHchopodidse have been rearranged. In the Coleoptera the labelling of the Horn types has been con- tinued and the rearrangement of the family Scarabseidse completed. In the Hymenoptera, the rearrangement of the Ophionini and Pimplinse has been finished. In the Lepidoptera, the Welles collection was safely transported from Ehvyn, Pa., and the following families rearranged: Agrotinse, Syntomidse, Saturnidse, Lycsenidse, and the exotic Nymphalidse and part of the Pieridse. The genera Kallima, Papaipema and Autographa were also rearranged. In the Orthoptera the series of the genera Orchelimum, Cono- cephalus and Atlanticus have been rearranged in the new type of double box, which was all the general rearrangement possible during the year with the few boxes available. Mr. J. A. G. Rehn spent two months in the field in company with Mr. Morgan Hebard, working in the Gulf States from northern Florida to eastern Texas. The trip, which was highly successful, resulted in securing a very large series from the most neglected portion of the eastern States, of which collection the Academy will receive one-half. Mr. Hebard has continued his studies, based very largely on the material in his own collection, here deposited, and in the Academy series. He has also continued to maintain a preparator, whose services as in the past have been given very liberally to the Academy. By his aid it was possible to have mounted practically all the previously unmounted Orthoptera owned by the Academy. In collaboration with Mr. Hebard, Mr. Rehn has completed the final portion of an extensive paper on the Orthoptera of the southeastern United States, which was based largely on the field work conducted under the auspices of the Academy. The same authors have made a synoptical study of the genus Atlanticus and progress has been made on a similar treatment of the genus Mermiria. Mr. Rehn has been and is at present engaged in studying extensive Brazilian collections, of which the Academy will receive the first set of such material as it does not already possess. He has also made some additional progress with the study of the extensive African collections placed in his hands by other institutions, but owing to the greater urgency of other work this has been temporarily laid aside. A large number of visiting entomologists have studied the collec- 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 585 tions, including Messrs. A. F. Satterthwait, A. P. Morse, E. Daecke, C. W. Long, W. T. Davis, J. C. Bradley, Charles Schaeffer, J. C. Crawford, S. A. Rohwer, A. B. Gahen, R. A. Cushman, A. N. Caudell, and A. Avinoff. Material has been loaned to Dr. E. M. Walker. Other Invertebrates. Mr. H. W. Fowler has looked after the alcoholic material and arranged numerous small local collections of spiders, Crustacea, etc. Mr. J. H. Emerton has studied the series of spiders during the year. Specimens of annelids have been loaned to Dr. C. A. Kofoid, and J. F. Daniel. Invertebrate Fossils. Dr. A. P. Brown has spent considerable time at the Academy during the summer months studying the collections in this depart- ment and in conjunction with Dr. Pilsbry has prepared a report on the Oligocene fossils obtained by Mr. Lloyd B. Smith in Colombia. Drs. A. Olsen and L. W. Stephenson have spent some time studying the collections, and material has been loaned to F. W. Stanton and T. Wayland Vaughan. Vertebrate Fossils. The large slabs of fossil footprints together with certain geological specimens have been arranged on the wall spaces between the windows in the mineralogical hall. Material was loaned during the year to Drs. 0. P. Hay and J. C. Merriam, and in return for the courtesy Dr. Merriam presented the Academy with a specimen of Smilodon from the asphalt deposits of the Rancho La Brea, California. Herbarium. Mr. Stewardson Bro\\Ti's continued illness has again kept him from his duties in charge of the Herbarium for about half of the past year, while for several months he was absent with Dr. N. L. Britton on a collecting trip to Porto Rico. During his absence the Academy has again been dependent upon the voluntary services of Messrs. Bayard Long and S. S. Van Pelt, who have generously looked after the general herbarium in addition to their continued care and development of the local herbarium in which they have interested themselves for a number of years. 38 586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Work has necessarily been mainly confined to caring for the accessions. Miss Ada Allen has continued Avith the mounting of the specimens and has prepared for cataloguing and distribution 3,150 sheets. Mr. Van Pelt has mounted all accessions to the local collection, amounting to 3,114 sheets and including 664 from the Porter herbarium, which have been distinctively labelled in accordance with the agreement with Lafayette College, by which institution they were deposited. Mr. Long has distributed and identified material added to the local herbarium and made critical studies of various groups. He has also attended to much correspondence in connection with the general collection. The herbarium has been consulted during the year by Dr. C. S. Sargent, W. W. Eggieston, Harold St. John, Francis Pennell and many others, and specimens have been loaned to W. W. Eggieston, P. C. Standley, Dr. R. H. Howe, Dr. J. C. Arthur, K. K. McKenzie, B. H. Smith, Dr. C. S. Sargent, Dr. F. Pennell, Harold St. John, Dr. J. M. Greenman, Prof. M. L. Fernald. The collection of trunk sections of native trees of the Alleghanies presented by Mr. C. H. Jennings has been prepared for exhibition and placed in two mahogany and plate-glass cases in the mineralogical hall just outside the entrance to the herbarium, where it attracts much attention. Minerals and Rocks. Mr. S. G. Gordon, under the direction of Mr. Frank J. Keeley, Curator of the William S. Vaux Collections, has completed a check list of minerals according to the sixth edition of Dana's Manual as an aid in the rearrangement of the collection which will be under- taken during the coming year. Several of the cases in the hall were rearranged and part of the specimens transferred to cases presented by the Curwin Stoddart Estate. Mr. Gordon has also redetermined most of the rock specimens and in part relabelled them, while many minerals in the general collection have also been redetermined. Many members of the Oeological Society of America took occasion to examine the collec- tions during the annual meeting of the Society at the Academy, in December, 1914. 1915.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 587 Archeology and Ethnology. Mr. Clarence B. Moore has placed on exhibition in this department the material obtained on his expeditions during the year. Two additional exhibition cases were obtained by the William S. Vaux Fund for the display of the European archaeological material in that collection, chiefly from Scandinavia and Switzerland. Miss H. N. Wardle has cared for the collections during the year and rearranged portions of the display, preparing a number of new labels. Besides the material in the Vaux collection, the specimens in the Gottschall collection from the Frazer and Thompson Rivers, B. C, and from Washington, Oregon, Montana, and the Shasta tribes of California, have been catalogued and displayed. A rearrangement of some of the cases has added much-needed floor space and given uniformity of aspect. Wither Stone, Chairman. Curators { Samuel G. Dixon. Henry A. Pilsbry. Henry Tucker. Report of the Curator of the William S. Vaux Collections. During past year new cases have been purchased and installed, under the supervision of the Curators of the Academy, for the display of the archseological collection. There have been few accessions to the mineral collection, as it has been considered advisable to defer any extensive purchases until the completion of the contemplated rearrangement. Respectfully submitted, F. J, Keeley, Curator Wm. S. Vaux Collection. REPORTS OF THE SECTIONS. Biological and Microscopical Section. — The Section has held seven stated meetings during the year, with the usual attendance. A serious loss to our membership is the death of Dr. Benjamin Sharp, whose cooperation for many years is remembered gratefully. Suitable resolutions have been spread upon the Minutes. Communications on the favorite subjects of investigation by different members have been numerous. Among those contributing 588 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, are the following: J. Cheston Morris, T. Chalkley Palmer, Frank J, Keeley, Thomas S. Stewart, Hugo Bilgram, and Charles S. Boyer. At the annual election of officers, the following were chosen for the year 1916: Director J. Cheston Morris, Vice-Director T. Chalkley Palmer. Recorder Charles S. Boyer. Treasurer Thomas S. Stewart, Conservator Frank J. Keeley. Corresponding Secretary Silas L. Schumo. Charles S. Boyer, Recorder. Entomological Section. — The meetings of the Section have been well attended during the year and the communications made have been published. A large amount of valuable material has been added to the collection. Two members and a contributor have been elected. At a meeting held December 13 the following officers were elected to serve for the ensuing year: Director Philip Laurent. Vice-Director R. C. Williams. Treasurer Ezra T. Cresson. Secretary J. A. G. Rehn. Recorder E. T. Cresson, Jr. Publication Committee E. T. Cresson, Philip P. Calvert, E. T. Cresson, Jr. Henry Skinner, Recorder. Botanical Section.— The Conservator spent most of February and March in Porto Rico in company with Dr. and Mrs. N. L. Britton, of the New York Botanical Garden, and Prof. John F. Cowell, of the Buffalo Botanical Garden. Sets of more than 2,500 herbarium numbers were collected, in addition to many living plants for the gardens. The Academy has received its share of the collec- tions, which is being prepared for the general series. Other important additions are a number of New England plants collected by Mr. Bayard Long and Prof. M. L. Fernald. More than 3,000 sheets of plants, received from various members of the Philadelphia Botanical Club, have been mounted for the local herbarium by Mr. S. S. Van Pelt. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 589 A detailed list of accessions to the herbarium will be found in the Additions to the Museum. The Conservator wishes to record his appreciation of the valuable assistance rendered, during his absence through illness, by Mr. Bayard Long in caring for certain details of the work of the herbarium. Miss Ada Allen has continued her services during the year as aid in the herbarium. The American Fern Society held its meeting in the herbarium of the Academy, December 28 and 29. On the evening of December 31 the Section gave a reception and smoker to the botanists attending the meetings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, when we had the pleasure of welcoming more than 200 visitors in the herbarium. The occasion afforded many their first opportunity of examining the collections. The following officers of the Section have been elected for the ensuing year: Director Benjamin H. Smith. Vice-Director Joseph Crawford. Recorder John W. Eckfeldt, M.D. Treasurer and Conservator Stewardson Brown. Respectfully submitted, Stewardson Brown, Conservator. MiNERALOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SECTION. — The ScctioU held four meetings, with about the usual average attendance. Communications were made by Thomas C. Brow^i, on the Geologj' and Fossil Corals of Jefferson County, Kentucky, and on the Shawan- gunk and Green Pond Conglomerate; and by F. Lynwood Garrison, on Alluvial Gold Deposits in Alaska and elsewhere. Other subjects of geological or mineralogical interest were discussed. There were three field excursions, with an average attendance of seventeen. The parties visited: (1) The crystalline rocks and their minerals between Avondale and Morgan Station, Delaware County; (2) the New Red Norristown Shales and No. 11 Limestone in Buckingham Township, Bucks County; (3) the gneiss and its minerals near Crum Creek, Delaware County. The following officers of the Section have been elected for the year 1916: 590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Director : Benjamin Smith Lyman. Vice-Director F. J. Keeley. Recorder and Secretary S. L. Schumo. Treasurer William B. Davis. Conservator George Vaux, Jr. Respectfully submitted by order of the Section, Benj. Smith Lyman, Director. Ornithological Section. — The Section has maintained an active interest in the ornithological department of the Academy and in furthering study in this branch of science. The Pennsylvania Audubon Society and Delaware Valley Ornitho- logical Club have been encouraged to hold their meetings at the Academy and in this way many persons interested in bird study have come into closer relation with the society, resulting in impor- tant additions to the collection and in the acquisition of important data. At the annual meeting of the Section the following officers were elected for the ensuing year: ' Director Spencer Trotter. Vice-Director ,. George Spencer Morris. Recorder Stewardson Brown. Secretary r. William A: Shryock. Treasurer and Conservator Witmer Stone. Respectfully submitted, Witmer Stone, Conservator. The annual election of Officers, Councillors, and Members of the Committee on Accounts was held December 21, with the following result : President Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D. Vice-Presidents EdwinG. Conklin, Ph.D.,Sc.D., John Cadwalader, A.M. Recording Secretary Edward J. Nolan, M.D. Corresponding Secretary J. Percy Moore, Ph.D. Treasurer George Vaux, Jr. Librarian Edward J. Nolan, M.D. Curators Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., Witmer Stone, A.M., Sc.D., Henry Tucker, M.D. 1915.] NATUEAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 591 Councillors to serve three YEARs.Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., Frank J. Keeley, Walter Horstmann, William Pepper, M.D. Committee on Accounts Charles Morris, Samuel N. Rhoads, John G. Rothermel, Thomas S. Stewart, M.D., Walter Horstmann. COUNCIL FOR 1916. Ex-Ojficio.— Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., Edwin G. Conklin, Ph.D., John Cadwalader, A.M., Edward J. Nolan, M.D., J. Percy Moore, Ph.D., George Vaux, Jr., Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., Witmer Stone, A.M., Sc.D., Henry Tucker, M.D. To serve three years. — Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., Frank J. Keeley, Walter Horstmann, William Pepper, M.D. To serve two years. — Charles B. Penrose, M.D., LL.D., Ph.D., Charles Morris, Spencer Trotter, M.D., William E. Hughes, M.D. To serve one year. — Edwin S. Dixon, Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D.> Robert G. LeConte, M.D., George Spencer Morris. Councillor George Vaux, Jr. Curator of Mollusca Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D. Curator of William S. Vaux Col- lections Frank J. Keeley. Custodian of Isaac Lea Collection. .Joseph Willcox. Assistant Librarian William J. Fox. Assistants to Curators Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D. Stewardson Brown, J. Percy Moore, Ph.D., Edward G. Vanatta, Henry W. Fowler, James A. G. Rehn, Ezra T. Cresson, Jr. Assistant in Library Furman Sheppard Wilde, Aid in Archeology Harriet Newell Wardle. Aid in Herbarium Ada Allen. Taxidermist David M. McCadden. 592 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Janitors Charles Clappier, Daniel Heckler, James Tague, Jacob Aebley, Adam E. Heckler. STANDING COMMITTEES, 1916. Finance. — John Cadwalader, A.M., Edwin S. Dixon, Effingham B. Morris, Walter Horstmann, and the Treasurer. Publications. — Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D., Witmer Stone, Sc.D., Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., William J. Fox, Edward J. Nolan, M.D. Library. — Henry Tucker, M.D., George Vaux, Jr., Frank J. Keeley, Thomas Biddle, M.D., Witmer Stone, Sc.D. Instruction and Lectures. — Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., Charles Morris, Henry Tucker, M.D., George Spencer Morris, and Stewardson Brown. ELECTIONS IN 1915. Members. January 19. — Heber Wilkinson Youngken, Ph.D., George B. Benners. February 16. — Joseph C. Guernsey, M.D. March 16. — Jacob Parsons Schaeffer, M.D. Correspondents. November 16. — Alfred C. Haddon, M.D., of Cambridge, England. Wilhelm Ludwig Johannsen, M.D., of Copenhagen. William Trelease, LL.D., of Urbana, 111. WilUam Bateson, D.Sc, of Merton, England. Carl Diener, Ph.D., of Vienna. Samuel Wendell Williston, Ph.D., of Chicago. Charles E. Barrois, LL.D., of Paris. Thomas Chrowder Chamberlain, LL.D., of Chicago. Albrecht Penck, Ph.D., of Berlin. Stanislas Meunier, D.Sc, of Paris. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 593 ADDITIONS TO THE MUSEUM, 1915. Mammals. CuGLEY & MtJLLiN. Capuchiii Monkey {Cebus sp.). Samuel G. Dixox, M.D. Restorations of skulls and heads of Pithecanthropus, the Neanderthal and Piltdown men. Free Museum of Science and Art of the University of Pennsylvania. Pair of Lesser Kudu {Ammelaphus imberbis) horns, pig tusk, rhinoceros tail and worked antler. H. W. Fowler. Skeleton of Dolphin {Delphinus delphis), Riverton., N. J. Charles Groves. Moose {Alces americanus), Ontario. Young. Skin. Guy King. Female Opossum {Didelphis virginianus) with young in pouch. Bayard Long. Jumping Mouse (Zapus hudsonicus), Spray Beach, N. J. Thomas Martindale. Skin and skull of female Alaskan Brown Bear {Ursus kidderil), Cook Inlet, Alaska. W. E. Meehan (Phil.\delphia Aquarium). California Sea-lion {Zalophus -calif ornianus) . Mrs. Curwen Stoddart, Jr. Collection of eight mounted heads and horns of game mammals. Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Mounted: Rufous Rat Kangaroo {^pyprymnus rufescens). Prepared as skin and skeleton: Siberian Tiger {Felis tigris mongolica); Jaguar {Felis onca); Philippine Spotted Deer {Rusa ■alfredi); Saddle-backed Tapir (Tapirus indicus); Sooty Agouti {Dasyprocta nigra). Prepared as skin and skull: Celebean Macaque (Magus ochreatus); Geoffroy's Spider Monkey (Ateles geoffroyi); Red Ruffed Lemur {Lemur varius ruber); Galago (Galago sp.); Serval {Felis serval); four Northwestern Pine Martens {Mustela caurina); American Otter (Lutra canadensis) ; Rusty-spotted Genet {Genetta rubiginosa); Leche Waterbuck {Onotragus lechee); AUeghany Cave Rat {Neotoma pennsylvanica) . Prepared as skins: Mahol's Galago {Galago maholi); Golden Cat {Felis temmincki) ; Chaus Cat {Felis chaus), female and two young; California Sea-lion {Zalophus calif ornianus) ; South African Hedgehog {Efinaceus frontalis); young Northern Warthog {Macrocephalus afri- canus). Prepared as skeleton: Mountain Zebra {Equus zebra); young male Mearn's Deer {Odocoileus texana); white-tailed gnu {Connochcetes gnu). Prepared as skull: Sooty Mangabey {Cercocebus fuliginosus) ; Black Lemur {Lemur macaco); 'Galago {Galago sp.); South African Hedgehog {Erinaceus frontalis). Birds. W. M. Aldrich. Collection of hummingbirds, birds' nests and eggs. Delaware Valley Ornithological Club. Four nests of Pennsylvania birds. Samuel G. Dixon, M.D. Egg of Cardinal {Cardinalis cardinalis). Free Museum of Science and Art of University of Pennsylvania. Bird of Paradise {Paradisea apoda). 594 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, W. W. Justice. Collection of Eggs of Pennsylvania and New Jersey birds comprising 76 sets. John H. McFadden. Series of mounted Antarctic marine birds and eggs; Sii' Ernest Shackleton's Collection. D. C. McKeb. Virginia Rail {Rallus virginianus) , Philadelphia. S. \V. Morton, M.D. Mounted specimen of Mynah {Gracula intermedia. Purchased. Collection of 176 Colombian birds, 16 petrels, S. Georgia Island, and 700 birds from Guatemala. S. N. Rhoads. Skins of male Cape May Warbler {Dendroica iigrina) and young Starling (Sturnus vulgaris), Haddonfield, N. J. W. HiNCKLE Smith. Black-crowned Night Heron (Nycticorax nydicorax noevius), Bryn Mawr, Pa. ' C. Frank S. Stead. Skin of Red-tailed Hawk (Buteo borealis), Pennsylvania. Mrs. Curwen Stoddart, Jr. Three mounted owls. H. R. Wharton, M.D. Skin of American Merganser {Mergus americanus), Salem, N. J.- Robert Willets. American Coot (Fidica americana), Barrel Island, N. J. Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Prepared as skins: Black-footed Penguin {Spheniscus dimersus); young Swan {Olor sp.); Falcated Seal {Eunetta falcata); Victoria Crowned Pigeon {Goura vidorice); Audubon's Caracara {Poly- borus cheriway); Yellow-billed Hornbill (Lophoceros leucomelas) ; Blue-bellied Lorikeet (Trichoglossus rubritorques) ; Nepaul Parakeet {Palaornis nepaulensis) ; Blue-winged Green Bulbul {Chloropsis hardwickii). Reptiles and Amphibians. Philip Laurent. Small series of Salamanders, Chestnut Hill, Philadelphia. P. Lorrilliere. Tree-toad (Hyla viitata), Georgetown, Md. John H. McFadden. One lizard; Sir Ernest Shackleton's Collection. J. Percy Moore, Ph.D. Type of Leurognathus marmoratus Moore, Roan Mountain, N. C. Museum of Comparative Zoology (in exchange). Anolis bimacidatus, A. luteosignifer, Amieva aquilina Garman (paratype) and A. atrigularis Garman (paratype). H. A. Pilsbry, Sc.D. Two lizards, Kahoolawe, Hawaii. Purchased. Collection of amphibia, Costa Rica. C. T. Ramsden, Small collection of reptiles and amphibians. Guantanamo, Cuba. R. D. Spencer. Black specimen of Ring-neck Snake {Sioreria occipitomacu- lata), Lycoming County, Pa. Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Skin and shell of Red-eared Terrapin {Pseudemys elegans), Oldman's Creek, N. J. Arizona Mud Turtle {Kinoslernon henrici) . Fishes. C. S. Abbott, Jr. Jar of fishes, Rockhall, Md. Lee Adams. Dolphin (Coryphcena hippurus), Ocean City, N. J. Fish and Game Commission of the State of Maine, through H. B. Austin. Collection of fresh-water fishes. Otter Pond Camp, Maine. W. T. Davis. Brook Lamprey {Lampetra apyptera), Northern New Jersey. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 595 H. W. Fowler. Jar of fishes, Bucks County, Pa. ; several small fishes, Scott's Creek, Pa. • Edward N. Fox. Flying fish (Cypsilurus) ; three small fishes, Sea Isle City, N. J. Free Museum of Science and Art of University of Pennsylvania Shark's jaw and saw of Saw-fish {Pi-istis). Morgan Hebard. Remora (Leptecheneis naucrates), Florida. Hebard-Academy Expedition of 1915. Two bottles of small fishes, Carra- beUe, Fla. F. J. Keeley. Two fishes. Hawk's Park, Fla. Mrs. M. K. Langsdorf. Saw of sawfish (Pristis). D. N. McCadden. Young of Pompano (Trachinotus carolinus) and Tautog {Tauloga onitis), Ocean City, N. J. John H. McFadden. Flying fish {Exocoetus volitans); Sir Ernest Shackleton's Collection. W. E. Meehan. Two fishes {Alutera schoepfi and Trachinotus carolinus) Atlantic City, N. J. Richard M. Abbott. Collection of fishes, Trinidad, St. Lucia and Grenada, West Indies. Purchased. Collection of fishes, Costa Rica and Canal Zone. B. Smith, M.D. Wall-eyed Pike {Stizostedion vitreum), Canada. Recent Mollusca. Charles C. Abbott, M.D. One Chione from Trinidad. C. S. Abbott, Jr. Melampus lineatus Say from Rockhall, Md. Richard M. Abbott. Strophocheilus oblongus Mtill. from near Georgetown, Grenada. Jacob Aebly. Three species of land and fresh-water shells from Pennsylvania and New Jersey. Benjamin Albertson. Ten species of marine shells from Massachusetts. John A. Allen. One hundred and sixty-six trays of shells from Oregon and Washington. F. C. Baker. Six trays of land and fresh-water shells from Corea and New York. Fred Baker, M.D. Tlu-ee marine shells from California. M. J. Becker. Eleven trays of shells from the Philippine Islands and Cali- fornia. Conrad Berens, M.D. Ostrea virginica Gmel. from Crisfield, Md. Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum. Seventy-three trays of Hawaiian land shells (in exchange). S. S. Berry. Twenty-six trays of shells from Montana and California. E. Bethel. Oreohelix haydcni Gabb. from Glenwood Springs, Colo. J. C. Blumer. Eight trays of land shells from Ai-izona. A. P. Brown, Ph.D. Two land shells from Anguilla. W. A. Bryan. Eight trays of Hawaiian shells. H. H. Burton. Siiccima ovalis Say from near TuUytown, Pa. Fred L. Button. Three species of Pisidium from California. Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D. Seven species of land shells from Giles Couaty, Va. R. D. Camp. Five land shells from Texas. E. P. Chase. Helix pisana Miill. from La JoUa, Cal. 596 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Geo. H. Clapp. Eighteen trays of land shells from the Southern States. T. D. A. CocKERELL. Lan^d shells from New Mexico and Coronado Island, Lower Cal. M. Connolly. Nine trays of land shells from South Africa. Delos E. Culver. Three shells from New Jersey and Pennsylvania. Miss E. Cummings. Praticolella from Texas. L. E. Daniels. Forty lots of land shells from Utah. J. H. Ferriss. Seventy trays of land shells from Arizona and New Mexico. John Ford Collection. Two hundred and fifty-three trays of Olwa (pur- chased) . H. W. Fowler. Six species of shells from New Jersey and Virginia. Free Museum of Science and Art. Sixty-three species of Marine shells. L. S. Frierson. Ptychobranchus dintonensis Simps, from Arkansas. L. P. Gratacap. Three species of land shells from Brazil. D. K. Greger. Seven land shells from Oklahoma. S. G. Gordon. Four species of land shells from Montgomery County, Pa. Seitaro Goto. Two trays of Blanfordia from Japan. Morgan Hebard. Eleven trays of shells from Florida. Charles Hedley. Six species of shells from Macquarie Island. J. B. Henderson, Jr. Fourteen trays of shells from Cuba, Bahamas and Virginia. Junius Henderson. Twenty-two trays of land and fresh-water shells from Utah and Colorado. H. W. Henshaw. Amaslra flavescens Nc. from Olaa, Hawaiian Islands. A. B. Howell. Micrarionta intercisa Binn. from San Clemente Island, Cal. C. W. Johnson. Ten trays of Oliva from Japan. F. W. Kelsey. Nine species of shells from California. Bayard Long. One hundred and forty-nine trays of shells from Ontario, New Jersey and Pennsylvania. A. L. LovETT. Four slugs from Oregon. H. N. Lowe. Fifteen trays of shells from California and Mexico. C. J. Maynard. Thirty-nine species of Cerion from the Bahama Islands, (purchased). W. G. Mazyck. Four species of Nassa. John H. McFadden. Thirty-nine species of shells from South Victoria Land and New Zealand ; Sir Ernest Shackleton's Collection. G. W. H. Meyer. Five marine shells. H. E. Meyer, M.D. Three marine shells. David Milne. Four marine shells. Clarence B. Moore. Seventeen trays of land shells from Alabama and Tennessee. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Nine species of land shells from Little Swan Island. Mrs. Ida S. Oldroyd. Three land shells from California. A. Olsson. Polygyra thyroidus Say from near Chestnut, La. C. R. Orcutt. Thirty-three trays of shells from Mexico, Texas and California (purchased). W. H. Over. Seven trays of shells from South Dakota. Miss R. M. Pierce. Four species of marine shells from Wildwood, N. J. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 597 H. A. PiLSBRY, D.Sc. Five hundred and ten trays of shells chiefly from the Hawaiian Islands. Earl L. Poole. Helicina amoena Pfr. from Quirigua, Guatemala. H. W. Pretz. Lymncea obrussa Say near Corning, Pa. C. T. Ramsden. Three Cuban land shells. Mrs. F. W. Rawle. One marine shell from Maine. S. N. Rhoads. Six species of land shells from New Jersey. S. Raymond Roberts. Nineteen species of shells from Australia and West Indies. S. L. ScHUMO. Vitrea hammonis Strom from Glenwood Springs, Colo. B. Shimek. Pisidium virginicum Gmel. from near Iowa City, la. Lloyd B. Smith. Twenty-seven trays of shells from Columbia. G. C. Spence. Twelve traj^s of shells from England. V. Sterki. Two species of Pisidium from South Dakota and Ohio. Witmer Stone, Ph.D. Four species of land shells from California. D. Thaanum. Thirteen trays of land shells from the Hawaiian Islands. L. E. Thurston. Achatinella valida kahukuensis P. & C. from Kahuku, Oahu. University of Wisconsin. Six Hawaiian land shells. Bryant Walker. Six trays of shells. J. B. Walters and B. Long. Fourteen trays of shells from Red Bank, N. J. Hugh Watson. Apera sexangula Wats, from Grahamstown, South Africa. S. G. Weir. Nineteen trays of shells from Alabama and Tennessee. C. S. Williamson. Planorbis parvus Say from Repaupo, N. J. Miss H. Winchester. Six marine shells from Wildwood, N. J. Insects. American Museum of Natural History. Eleven Conocephalus, Cuba. Nathan Banks. Three Diptera, United States. Twenty-three Neuroptera, United States. C. T. Bethune-Baker. Forty Lepidoptera, New Guinea. Henry Bird. Thirty-nine Lepidoptera, United States. W. S. Blatchley. Seventy-four Coleoptera, United States (purchased). Brooklyn Museum. Melanoplus fasciatus, Newfoundland. Malcolm Burr. Fourteen Conocephalus, Southeastern Brazil. California State Insectary. Four Gammarolettix cyclocercus, California (paratypes). P. P. Calvert, Ph.D. One beetle. New Jersey. D. M. Castle. Five Coleoptera, Florida. L. Chopard. Seven Phasmids, Tropical America (exchange). B. P. Clarke. Fifty-eight Lepidoptera, California; nine Sphingidce; twenty Argynnis, Canada. T. D. A. CocKERELL. Pheuaspis diphonodontis and Phenacaspis mischocarpi, Phihppine Islands (Types); twenty-three Orthoptera, various locahties. Colorado Agricultural College. Nemohius hrevicaudus (topotypes). Cornell University. Seventeen Orthoptera, Georgia; one hundred and forty-eight Hemiptera, United States. W. T. Davis. One hundred and twenty-one Ceuthophilus, Southern States; two Orthoptera, Georgia; one Cicada davisi; one Cressonia juglandis, North Carohna. 598 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Henry Fox. Two Homorocoryphus malivolans, Virginia; ten insects, New Jersey. C. W. Frost. Three insects, Philadelphia; three insects. New Jersey. Georgia State Collection. Four Ceuthophilus, Georgia; fifty Gryllidce, Georgia. Hebard-Academy Expedition, 1915. Six thousand five hundred Orthoptera. Morgan Hebard. Ninety-two Ceuthophilus, United States; one hundred and thii-ty-five Orthoptera, Florida, Georgia, Virginia, Rhode Island; fifteen Gryllidce; seven Conocephaliis, Jamaica, Cuba; six Lepidoptera, Florida; three Phasmids, Tropical America; eighteen Orthoptera, United States; eighteen Orthoptera, Pennsylvania, New Jersey. Philip Laurent. One Ceuthophilus, Pennsylvania; nine Tremex columba, Pennsylvania; four Ecpantheria scribonia, Pennsylvania. J. W. Green. One beetle, Texas, C. W. Johnson. Seventeen Diptera, United States; Bermuda. Bayard Long. One Orthopteron, Pennsylvania; one Coleopteron, New Jersey. A. H. Manee. Three Coleoptera, North Carolina. L. W. Mengel. Papilio ascanius, Brazil. A. P. Morse. Three Gryllidce. Museum Comparative Zoology. Six Orthoptera. H. A. Pilsbry. Fourteen Coleoptera, Virginia; one hundred and fifty insects, New Mexico. Purchased. Two hundred and seventy-eight Orthoptera, Colombia. C. T. Ramsden. Twenty-nine Lepidoptera, Cuba. J. A. G. Rehn. Three Orthoptera, New Jersey; five Orthoptera, Columbia. Joseph Steiger. Five hundred and forty-six insects, Europe and America. WiTMER Stone. Five Orthoptera, New Jersey; seven Lepidoptera, California. United States National Museum. Three Phasiyiids, Tropical America. H. B. Weiss. Two Gryllotalpa gryllotalpa, New Jersey. L. H. Weld. Callirhytis furnessce and Synergus furnessana, Mexico. (paratypes) . H. W. Wenzel. One Euphoria, Texas. E. Grace White. Two Ceuthophilus, Massachusetts. R. C. Williams. Two moths, Guatemala; four Colias barbara, California; seven Lepidoptera, Alaska. Invertebrates. (Other than Insects and Mollusks). Chas. a. Cramer. JiJropora palmeta Lam. from Manahawkin, New Jersey. Wm. Findlay. Porites asteroides Lam. Edward N. Fox. Lepas from Sea Isle City, New Jersey. Free Museum of Science and Art. Four species of invertebrates. H. W. Fowler. Several vials of spiders, Bucks County, Pa. Morgan Hebard. Two barnacles from Florida. F. J. Keeley. Paryphacrocea from Hawks Park, Fla. Bayard Long. Two ascidians and star-fish from Spray Beach, N. J.; one spider, Pennsylvania. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 599 John H. McFadden. Twenty-eight species of invertebrates from South Victoria Land and New Zealand; Sir Ernest Shackleton's Collection. Clarence B. Moore. Balanus from Mobile Bay, Alabama. C. R. Orcutt. Two species of Crustacea (purchased). Miss R. M. Pierce. Balanus eburneus Gld. from Wildwood, N. J. H. A. PiLSBRY. Sixteen species of invertebrates from Arizona and Hawaiian Islands. C. T. Ramsden. Small collection of crabs, Guantanamo, Cuba. S. N. Rhoads. Two crabs from Panama. . S. Raymond Roberts. Nine species of invertebrates from Massachusetts and West Indies. United States Fish Commission. Anemone from off Cape Cod, Mass. Geology. John H. McFadden. Series of Antarctic geological specimens; Sir Ernest Shackleton's Collection. Vertebrate Fossils. Bayard Long. Three fossil fish teeth. University of California. Mandible of Srnilodon sp., Pleistocene of Rancho La Brea, Cal. Frank D. Butler. (On deposit) two tusks of Mammoth, Alaska. Invertebrate Fossils. John Ford Collection. Two species of fossil Oliva from North Carolina and Florida (purchased). Robert W. Hendy. Livona pica L. from the Post-Phocene at Horse Hill, Barbados. Mrs. M. K. Langsdorf. One hundred and sixty-five trays of Devonian fossils from Canandaigua, N. Y. Bayard Long. Fifteen trays of Cretaceous fossils from Blackwood and . Vincentown, N. J. Albert Moore. Belemnites americana Morton from the Cretaceous at Barnesboro, N. J. Clarence B. Moore. Athyris tamida Dalm. from the Upper Silurian at Dixie Landing, Tenn. New York State Museum. Hydnoceras balhense H. & C. from Bath, N. Y. Plants. A. Allann. Muscari comosa. E. B. Bartram. Twenty-two sheets of local plants. E. B. Bartram and B.\yard Long. Two hundred and fifty sheets from Eastern Quebec. Wm. G. Bassett. Hypopilis, .sp. O. H. Brown. Seventy-five sheets of New Jersey plants. Joseph Craw^ford. Four sheets of local plants. Dr. J. W. Eckfeldt. Quercus rudkini. 600 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC.^ M. L. Fernald and Bayard Long. Six hundred and fifteen sheets of plants from Block Island and Massachusetts. Wm. Findley. Seven sheets of local plants. H. L. Fisher. Mains parviflora. Dr. C. D. Fretz. Eighteen sheets of local plants. E. K. Gale. J uncus gerardi. J. H. Grove. Seventy-nine sheets of New Jersey plants. Daniel W. Hamm. Thirty-three Pennsylvania plants. Lewis S. Hopkins. Lepidium perfoliatum and Isoetes hraunii. Bayard Long. Two hundred and twenty-eight sheets of local plants. K. K. Mackenzie. Gnaphalium helleri. J. H. MuMBAUER. Phegopteris dryopteris. Francis W. Pennell. Three hundred and thirty-two sheets of local plants. Howard W. Pretz. Nine hundred and sixty-eight sheets of plants from- Lehigh County, Pa. Mrs. Joseph Rhoads. Herbarium of James and Joseph R. Rhoads of Had- dington, Philadelphia, made in 1858 to 1865. Harold St. John. Carex platijphylla. Witmer Stone. Twenty-five sheets of plants from Minnesota and Senecio crawfordi; New Jersey. University of Penn.sylvania. Sixty-five sheets of Gerardia, etc., collected by F. W. Pennell. Two hundred and sixty-nine specimens of local plants in exchange. J. B. Walter. Ilex and Viola. Robert Welsh. Hydrastis canadensis. Alma Wilson. Three sheets of local plants. Archaeology and Ethnology. George Apperley. Two flint instruments from Wheeler, Indiana. Dr. Edwin Atlee Barber. Section of vegetable fibre rabbit net and section of feather rope, found in earthen jar buried in ancient cliff dwelling in Utah. Wm. L. Fanshawe. Three stone implements from Plymouth Meeting, Pa. Mrs. J. F. Holt. Eleven ethnological .specimens from Greenland. J. H. McFadden. Collection of Sir E. Shackleton's Antarctic photographs. Clarence B. Moore. Numerous specimens from the Indian mounds of the Southern States added to the Clarence B. Moore Collection. Mrs. Winnie Howard Phillips. A section of tapa cloth made by natives of Pitcairn Island. A section of imitation tortoise shell, made fifty years ago by natives of Banjongie, Java. Purchased. Nine ethnological specimens from Libreville, West Africa; fire-making set and adze from Paragua Island, Philippines; flute, war-club, comb, tapa cloth and grass dress from New Guinea; war-club from Ugi, Solomon Island; four strings of native money. South Sea Islands. Minerals, etc. Purchased for the Wm. S. Vaux Collection, thirteen specimens. Samuel G. Gordon. Magnetite and Shalerite, Pennsylvania. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 601 INDEX TO GENERA, SPECIES, ETC., DESCRIBED AND REFERRED TO IN THE PROCEEDINGS FOR 1915. Species described as new are indicated by heavy-faced, synonyms by italic numerals. Abastor erythrogrammus 140, 141 Abra lioica 28 pacifica 28 palmeri 28 tepocana 28 Abracris signatipes 285 crysoleucas 247 Abudefduf mauritii 253 Acara pulchra 540 Acheta assimilis 295 nigra 395 Achirus lineatus 251, 542 Acris 147- gryllus 183,252 JEquidens pulcher 261, 540 yEtobatus narinari 245, 521 Agalychius helense 262 Agathemera crassa 279 Ageneiosus brevifilis 224 guianensis 224 marmoratus 225 ogilviei 225 porphyreus 224 Agkistrodon piscivorus 253 Agonos'tomus monticola 532 percoides 532 Albulavulpes 247,522 Aleuas gracilis -.... 285 Alligator mississippiensis 136, 138 Alosa sapidissima 247 Alsophis angulLfer 256 Alutera schoepfi 251 Amblema costata 556 gibbosa 550 olivaria 553 torulosa 550 Amblytropidia australis 282 Ameira auberi 256 Ameiurus catus 206, 247 c. okeechobeensis 207 dugesi 207 melas 208 natalis 207 nebulosus 207 ■ nigrilabris 208 platycephalus 208 39 Ameiurus vulgaris 207 Amia sellicauda 253 Amiatus calvus 245 Amiurus bolli 207 brachyacanthus 208 lophius 206 mispilliensis 207 niveiventris 206 prosthistius 207 Amphiactis -...44, 66, 67 umbonata 67 Amphilepididse 66 Amphilepis 66 norvegica 68 Amphiliuma 69 Amphiocnida 69 Amphiodia 69 perierct a 70 Amphiophiura 76, 77-79 Amphioplus 69 Amphipholis 69 andrese 70 australiana 71 japonica 71 squamata 71 Amphisbsena cubana 256 Amphiura 67, 69 sestuarii 73, 74 canescens 67 duplicata 67 euopla '. 74 partita 67 patula 67 praestans 70 radicola 71, 74 Amphiuridiae 66-68 Amphiurinse 68, 69 Anableps anableps 531 tetrophthalmus 531 Anchovia abbotti 522 astilbe 529 chserostomus 527 filifera. 524 januarius 529 mitchilli. 529 nattereri 529 602 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Anchovia olidus 529 platvargyrea 526, 527 robertsi 529 trinitatis 527 Ancistrodon contortrix 140, 185, 187 piscivoms 142, 144-146, 185, 187 Ancistrus alga 234 cirrhosus 234, 530 dolichopteryx 234 guacharote 330 hoplogenys 234 trinitatus 530 Angelichthys isabelita 546 Anguilla chrisypa 254 rostrata 518, 543 texana 543 Anisotremus virginicus 250 Anodonta atra 558 cuneata 558 dejecta 400 mutabiUs 558 nigrescens 558 radiata 558 violacina 558 Anolis alutaceus 255 angusticeps 255 argenteolus 255 argillaceus 255 carolinensis 123, 124 equestris 255 loysiana 255 lucius 255 porcatus '. 255 principalis , 252 sagrse 255 Ansorgia vittata 219 Antennarius scaber 543 Anthophiura 76, 77 Apeltes quadracus 518 Apotettix bruneri 280 Archosargus probatocephalus 250 unimaculatus 538 Arges cirratus 243 Arius herzbergii 529 laticeps 539 spixii X 529 Arrhyton vittatus 256 Ashmunella kochi 330 levettei bifurca 330 mearnsii 326, 329, 330, 332 varicifera 399 walkeri 330, 347, 348 Aspidophiura 76, 76, 78 forbesi 77 minuta : 77 watasei 77 Aspredo aspredo 225 Asterias ciliata 81 Asteronychinse 51, 52 Asteronyx 44, 52 Asteroporpa 44, 56 Asteroschema 44, 52, 54 glaucum 53 hemigymnum 53 intectum 54 migrator 54 rubrum : 52 salix 53 tubiferum 52 Asteroschejnatinaj 52 Astroboa 56 arctos 57, 58 clavata 58 ernse 58 globifera 58 nigra 58 nuda 58 Astrocaneum 56 Astroceras 44, 52 Astrochalcis 56 Astrocharis 52 ijimai 54 virgo 55 Astrochele 44, 56 Astrochlamys 56 Astrocladus .' 44, 56 annulatus 56, 56' coniferus 58- dofleini 58- Astroclon 59 Astrocnida 56 Astroconus 56 Astrocyclus 56- Astrodactylus 56 Astrodendrum 56 Astrodia 52 Astrogeron 47 Astrogomphus 56 Astrogordius 56 Astrophiura 76 Astrophyton annulatum 56 Astrophytum 56 Astrospartus 56- Astrothamnus 59, 61 echinaceus 59- Astrothorax 59 Astrothrombus .^ 59 Astrotoma 44, 59, 61 agassizi 61 bellator 59,60 echinacea 59 murrayi 61, 61 rigens 59, 60 sobrina 61 vecors .59, 60 waitei 61 Astrotominse 55, 56, 59' Astyanax bartlettii 263 bimaculatus 530" h. novse 263 guppyi..... 530' jacuhiensis 263- 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 603 Astyanax lacustris., orient alis rupununi ta?niurus Atlanticus. dorsalis pachymerus Auchenipterus ambyiacus brachjairus , brevibarbus s. isacanthus nuchalis 222 Awaous taiasica .• 263 263 263 530 295 295 295 222 224 224 542 Bagroides melapterus 220 Bairdiella ronchus 539 Balboceras gallicus 94 Balistes carolinensis 251 vetula _260 Bathypectinura 87, 89 gotoi 87 lacertosa 88 Bathystoma rimator 256, '536, 545 striatum 536 Batrachoides surinamensis 542 j Bifidaria ashmuni 345, 349, 383, 390 dalliana 383 pellucida hordeacella, 345, 389, 390, 400, 408 pentodon 390,400 perversa 383, 390 pilsbryana 345, 349, 383 procera cristata 389, 390, 400 tappaniana 390 tuba 390,399-401 Bithynis ensiculus 261 " Blaptica dubia 275 Blattafusca. 272 orient alis . 275 Blattella 272 conspersa 273 germanica 273 Boleosoma nigrum 519 Bostrichocentrum 335 Brachydenterus corvinsformis 538 Brachygenys chrysargyreus 535 Brachyplatystoma vaillanti 218 Bradybsena pisum 198 Bradynotes compacta 102 Brochis cseruleus 232 Brunneria brasiliensis 278 Bufo 147 americanus 518 lentiginosus lentiginosus, 157, 160, 185 marinus 254 quercicus 184 Bunocephalus aleuropsis 225 melas 225 Burgilis missionum 287 Cselopterna acuminata 283 Calamus calamus 538 Callichthys callichthys 229, 529 kneri 629 melampterus 231,232 pectoralis 231 Callophysus macropterus 206 Callyodon cseruleus 541, 546 u.stus _. 540 Cambarus bartoni 519 Caranx hippos 248, 533 latus 248,257,533 Carapus fasciatus -531 Carcharias littoralis 245 Cataphractops 231 Catostomus commersonnii 519 Caulopsis gracilis 288 Cemophora coccinea 142, 170 Centromochlus heckelii 221 Centropomus ensiferus 533 undecimalis 249, 533 Centropristis striatus 249 . Cephalacanthus volitans 542 Cephalocoema calamus 281 costulata 281 lineata 281 Ceratinoptera puerilis 27X Ceratites laticeps 279 Cerozodia 466 Cetopsis coecutiens 228 Cha?nobryttus gulosus 174, 249 Chsenothorax bicarinatus 232 semiscutatus 232 Chffitodipterus faber 251, 260, 541 Chajtodon capistratus 253, 541 ocellatus 541 Chsetostomus alga 234 I maculatus 234 malacops 234 sericeus 234 tectirostris 234 variolus 234 Channallabes apus 228 Chelydra serpentina Ill, 112 Chilomycterus antillarum 542 geometricus 541 schoepfi 251 spinosus 541 Chilophiurida ^74 Chirodon pulcher o3(> Chloealtis conspersa prima 100- Chloroscombrus chrysurus 533 Chonophorus banana... 542^ Chorinemis occidentalis 532 Chorisoneura minuta 277 Chorophilus 147 Chromacris miles 284 Chrysemys floridana, 113-115, 160, 170 reticulatus 117" Chrysichthys acutirostris 219 ansorgii 219 604 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Chrysichthys walkeri 219 Chrysophry.s calamus 538 Cichlasoma bimaculatum 540 Cinctotipula 469 Cinosterniim pennsvlvanioiim, 112, 113, 170 Citharichthys spilopterus 542 Clarias angolensis 226 batrachus 226 duchaillui 226 mossambicus • 226 senegalensis 225 smithii 226 Clepticus parrse 545 Clinocephalus elegans 99 Clupanodon pseudohispanicus 522 Clupea harengvis 517 humeralis 522 thrissa 522,543 Cnemidophorus septemvittatus 132 sexlineatus 129, 130, 133, 160 Cochlicopa lubrica 344, 367, 383 Coelestus sagrse 256 Coluber constrictor, 142, 144-146, 158, 159, 253 flagellum.. 159,253 flaviventris 159 obsoletus 1 45 o. confinis 163, 164 o. lemniscatus 162-164 o. obsoletus 164 quadrivittatus 140, 162-164 rosaceus 164 spiloides 162-164 stejnegerianus 159 vetustum 159 Columella edentula 390 Compsosoma corais couperii 140, 141 Conocladus 56 Conodon nobilis 261, 538 Coptopteryx argentina 278 gayi... 278 Cordillacris affinis 99 Corvula sanctse-luci^ 539, 545 sub«qualis 539, 545 Coryacris angustipennis 283 Corydoras acutus 232 seneus 530, 543 ambiacus 232 amphibelus 232 paleatus 233 punctatus 232 semiscutatus 232 trilineatus 232 Corynopoma riisei 530 voedoni 530 (-!oryph£ena hii)purus 533 Crenicichla saxatilis 540 frenata 540 Crocodilus americanus 138 139 Crotalus adamanteus, 140, 142, 144- 146, 190, 253 horridus, 142, 144-146, 149, 190, 192 Cryptopelta 85,87 Cryptotomus beryllinus 540 crassiceps 258 roseus 257 ustus 540 Ctedonia 466 Ctenamphiura 69 Ctenogobius fasciatus 5/,2 Curimatus argenteus 530 cyprinoides 262 Cychlasoma pulchrum 540 taenia 540 Cyclophis lestivus 139, 140 Cyclopium 243 chimborazoi 241 cirratuni 243 sabalo 241 Cyclopsetta chittendeni.... 542 Cyclopterus lumpus 517 Cynoscion nebulosus 250 Cyprogenia irrorata 554 stegaria 554 Dactylopterus volitans 542 Dasyatis gymnura 543 hastata 521 Dasy.scelis normalis 288 Decapterus inmotatus 257, 533, 543 Demogorgon batesi 271 xan thopus 271 Dendrobates typographicus 262 Diadophis amabilis stictogenys, 148, 152 punctatus, 142, 144-146, 148, 151, 152, 252, 519 Dianema longibarbis 232 Diapoltoplites 237 Dichroplus bergii 286 dubius 286 elongat us 286 )nnictulatus 286 robust ulus 286 Diedronotus diseoideus 284 Isevipes 284 Diodon hystrix 542 Diopederma 87 Dipleetrum formosum 249 radiale 534 Diplodus argenteus 253 holbrooki 250 Diponthus paraguayensis 285 Distomospira 335 Doras brachiatus 221 cataphractus 221 costatus 220 dorsalis 220 granulosus 220 gryphus 221 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 605 Doras monitor 221 nauticus 221 pectinifrons 221 weddelli 221 Dormitator maculatus 542 Dorosoma cepedianum 247 Doru lineare 271 Dory ichthys lineat.us 53 1 Dysichthys coracoides 225 Echeneis naucrates 251 Echidna catenata 531 Eilurus glanis 219 Elseochlora viridicata 284 Elagatis bipinnulatus 248 Elaphe guttatus 142, 144-146, 161 g. guttatus 162 tetus 148 obsoletus 142, 144-146, 162 o. lemniscatus 148 o. confinis 148 quadrivittatus 148 spiloides 148 Elaps fulvius 140 Eleotris maculatus 5J^2 pisonis 254 Eloutheractis coriaceus 535 Eleutherodact3'lus dimidiatus 254 ricordii 254 urichi 261 EUiptio crassa 551 dilatata 555 elliptica 555 fasciata ... 551 fragilis 552 latissima 551 leptodon 551 levigata 552 nigra 555 selenoides 556 viridis . J54 Elops saurus 247 Eiichelycore nigricans 543 Engraulis clupeoides 524 Engj'stoma 147 carolinense 185 Eotettix palustris 101 pusillus 101 Epapterus dispilurus 222 Epilampra stigma tiphora 275 vorticalis. Ei)inephelus adscenionis bonaci guttatus maculosus morio 533 533 533 256 249 stnatus 249 Epiphragmophora arizonensis J^OO hachitana 326,5^7 Erimyzon sucetta 247 Erythrinus cinereus 531 Erythrinus unitseniatUs 531 Esox americanus 247 vermiculatus 519 Etropus crossotus 542 microstomus 542 rimosus 542 Euanemus brachyurus 22 Jf Eucinostomus gula 250, 538 harengulus 253 Euconulus fulvus 383, 392 Eudistemma..* .3.35 Eudulis auriga .534 Eulamia oxyrhinchus .521 Eumeces anthracinus 135 f asciatus 252 longirostris 135, 254 pluvialis 135 Eupomotis gibbosus 519 holbrooki 249 Euryala 44, 52 Eutsenia sackenii 140' Eutropius depressirostris 219 seraoi 219 Exoccjetus volitans ,531 Exorthodus breviceps 542 Farancia abacura, 140, 142, 145, 148, 149 Farragutia 196 Felichthys marinus 203, 247 pinnimaculatus 203 Fenestra bohlsii 282 Fistularia tabacaria 531 Fuiidukis heteroclitus baduis 518 seminolis , 247 Gadus callarias 517 Galeichthys felis 203, 247 Galeocerdo arcticus .521 tigrinus 245 Gambusia holbrookii 247 punctata 254 Gasterosteus aculeatus 51& Gastrophryne caroHnense 252 Gerres rhombeus 5.38 Ginglymostoma cirratum 245, 521 Girardinus guppii 531 met alliens 254 Gkridichthys uninotatus • 254 Glyptothorax platypogon 220 platyiJOgonoides 220 Gnathophiurida 66 Gobius fasciatus .' 542 Gonatodes albogularis 255 Gorgonocephalidae 46, .5.5 Gorgonocephalinse .55, .56 Gorgonocephalus 44, 56 Grsa monstrosa 283 Grammadera albida 287 Clara 287 Grapsus maculatus 261 Gronias nigi-ilabris 208 606 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Gryllodes laplatae 292 sigillatus 321 toltecus 317 Gryllotalpa claraziana 289 Gryllus 293-322 abbreviatus 295,302 afer 297 alogus 296, 301, 312-314 americanus 296, 308 angustatus .• 302 angustulus 295 angustus 295 arenaceus 296, 302 argentinus, 291, 296, 303, 319, 320 armatus 294, 296, 313, 314 assimiUs, 294^296, 300, 301, 315, 316, 318, 319, 321, 322 aztecus 295,301 barretti 296, 301, 316 bermudensis 296, 317 bicolor 296 bordigalensis 296 capitatus ^5^,318 chichimecus 296,301 chinensis 297 comptus 295 contingens 295 cubensis 295,301 debilis 296 desertus 297 determinatus 295 domesticus 294, 296, 298, 320 firmus 296, 302, 307, 308 forticeps 296 fulvipennis 292, 295, 302 galapageius 296, 301 insularis 296 integer 296, 302, 312, 314 laplatffi 296,302 lineaticeps 295, 301 luctuosus 295, 302, 303, 305, 307 luridus 295 mexicanus....294, 295, 301, 316, 322 miopteryx 296 mitratus 296,298 mundus 296 neglectus 295, 302, 306, 309 ■nigra 302 parilis 295 pennsylvanicus, 295, 302, 303, 305, 307-310, 312, 315 personatus, 294, 295, 298, 301, 303, 313, 314, 322 peruviensis 296 rubens, 296, 301, 302, 305, 307, 308 saussurei 296,302 scudderianus, 296, 297, 301, 302 septentrionalis 295 serviUei 297 signatipes 295 signatus 296 Gr\iliis similaris 295 verticalis 296 vicarius 296 vocalis 296, 302, 315 Gymnolophus 74 Gymnophiura 76, 78 caerulescens 78, 81 mollis 78 Gymnothorax funebris 543 moringua 256 Gymnotus carapo 531 Ha;mulon fla volineat urn 535 macrostoma 249 parra 249, 535 sciiiriis 253 xanthopterum 535 Haldea striatula, 140, 142, 144-147, 153, 179 Haplochilus hartii 531 Haplophiura 76, 76 Haplostemma 335,342 Harengula hnmeralis 247 macrophthalmus 257 Harpe rufa 250 Harttia platystoma 241 Hatcheria areolata ' 228 Helicodiscus arizonensis 383 Helix albocincta 198 albolineata 198 albozonata • 198 (Helicogena) berlandieriana...-. 194 cicercula 198 griseola 194 jejuna 197 (Mesodon) lawii 197 mobiliana 195 pachyloma 195 splendidula 198 'virginalis 198 Hemibagrus tangara 220 Hemicetopsis candini 228 Hemidactylus mabouia 252 Hemieuryale 66 Hemieuryalidai 62, 65 Hemiemyalinge 65, 66 Hemigrammus unilineatus 530 Hemipholis 69 microdiscus 69 Hemirhamphiis brasiliensis 531 pleii 531 Hemisonibim platyrhynchos 218 Hemitripterus americanus 517 Hepatus bahianus 251, 260, 546 cocruleus 541 hepatus • 253 Hesperotettix floridensis 101 nevadensis 102 Heterandria formosa 247 Heterodon 156,170 brownii 149, 155 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 607 Heterodon platyrhinus, 140, 142, 144- 146, 149, 153-155, 160, 253 p. iiiger 149, 154 simus 140, 155 Hexanematichthys hymenorrhinus, 203 Hippiscus immaculatus 100 Hippocampus hudsonius 248 Hisonotus Isevior 238 leptochilus 238 Holacanthus tricolor 541 Holocentrus adscensionis, 253, 257, 543 Hologenes marmoratus 228 Holospica arizonensis 387 a. mularis 386 bilamellata, 326, 330, 335-337, 339, 342 b. heliophila 338, 339 b. insolita 339 b. longa 335,337 b. mearnsi. .. 335, 339, 341, 342, 344 b. media 335, 339 campestris 374, 378, 381 c. cochissi 376, 377, 379 cionella 388 crossei 326, 335, 339, 342, 344 danielsi 373, 374, 377, 380 ferrissi 387, 388, 389 f. fossor _. 387, 388, 389 f. sanctsecrucis 388, 399 mearnsii 326,380-382 minima. 374 Homalocranium virgatum 262 Homalonotus 567 Homorocoryphus kraussi 289 viridis 289 Homotoicha fuscopunctata 287 Hoplias malabai'icus 530 Hoploerythrinus unitseniatus 531 Hoplosternum seneum 530 Isevigatum 529 littorale 229,529 melampterum 232 oronocoi 229 schreineri 231 stevardii 529 thoracatum _. 229, 229, 530 Hyalopteryx rufipennis 281 Hyla 147 carolinensis 160 cinerea 252 femoralis 160, 165, 183, 185 septentrionalis 254 squirella 252 Hyophthalmus edentatus 228 Hyperophora major 287 Hypoptopoma bilobatum 233 gulare....' 237 joberti 237 psilogaster 235, 237 steindachneri 237 thoracatum 235,237 Hyporhamphus unifasciatus 531 Hypostomus robinii 530 Hypselobagrus cavasius 220 micracanthus 220 nigriceps ; 220 Hypsoblennius hentz 251 Ictalurus anguilla 206 fm-catus 206 okeechobeensis 207 punctatus 206 Inusia gracillima 285 pallida 285 Iridio bivittatus 250 kirschii 540, 546 maculipinna 540 radiatus 250 Ischnoptera brasiliensis 272 johnsoni 272 marginata 272 rufa 272 viUs 272 Istiophorus nigricans 248 JordaneUa floridEe 247 Kyphosus sectatrix 250 Labia minor Labidesthes sicculus Labidura xanthopus Labrisomus lentiginosus nuchipinnis 251, Lactophrys tricornis triqueter La^mophiurida Lagocephalus Isevigatus Lagodon rhomboides Lampropeltis doliatus coccineus, 144-148, 165- getulus 142,144-146, g. getulus 148, 168, g. sayi 148,168, g. splendidus 148, 168, Lampsilis alatus cardium fasciola fragilis gracilis ■_•■■•■ leptodon ...551, ligamentinus luteolus pallida rectus rosea '. ^ ventricosus Larimus breviceps Lasiancistrus guacharote Lastena lata Latindia argentina .- pusilla 271 248 271 254 254 251 541 61 251 250 142, -167 151 169 169 169 552 551 551 552 552 552 551 551 558 551 558 551 538 530 554 276 608 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Lebistes reticulatus 261, 269, Leimadophis andrese Leiocephalus carinatus vittatus Leiostomus xanthurus Leiotettix pulcher sanguineus Lepisosteus osseus •. Lepomis incisor Leptocephalus conger Leptodeira albofusca Leptops olivaris Leptysma filiformis obscura Ligocat inus olivaceus Limanda ferruginea Liodytes Liposarcus jeaniesianus 233, varius Lithoxus lithoides Lophopsett a maculata Loricaria acuta ainazonica carinata cataphracta maculata..... spixii 241, stubelii ; Loricariichthys anus derbyi 267, hauxwelli maculatus typus 238, Lucania goodei Lutianus analis 249, apodus griseus synagris 249, Lutkenia Lygosoma laterale 132, 133, 160, Lymnaja bulimoides cockerelli, 390, dalli obrussa parva 390, Macroclemmys temminckii Macrodon f erox trahira Mantoida burmeisteri tenuis Mapo soporator Masyntes brasiliensis tigris M egalops thrissoides Melanopkis ausferalis carnegiei celatus deceptus dpcoratus devius divergens Ill, 531 256 255 255 250 286 286 245 249 531 262 208 285 285 287 517 142 234 233 235 517 S38 240 241 241 240 269 238 241 269 238 240 240 247 535 249 249 535 74 189 400 390 400 400 112 530 530 277 277 253 280 280 522 102 102 102 103 103 103 103 Melanoplus harrisi 103 latens... 103 scudderi latus 103 similis 104 strumosus 104 sylvestris 104 symmetricus 104 tepidus 104 tribuloides..." 104 tribukis 104 tuberculatus 105 Melestora fulvella 276 Menticirrhus americanus 250 Merluccius biknearis 517 Mesoprion ckrysurus 535 Metaptera megaptera 552 Microcentrum angustatum 288 Microgadus tomcod 517 Microlepidogaster Isevior 238 leptockikis 238 nigricauda 237 Micropkiura 62 Micropogon undulatus 250 Micropterus dolomieu 519 sakiioides 249 MiogryUus 296, 297, 298 lineatus 301,312 verticalis 302 Miopteryx argentina ^ 278 Mollienisia latipinna 247 spkenops 531 Monacantkus setifer 541 Monastria biguttata 275 Mugil brasiliensis 532 cepkalus 248 curema 248 trickodon 532 Mursena afra 543 catenata 531 Mustelus canis 521 Mycteroperca bonaci 533 dimidiata 534 microlepis 249 ruber 533 Myopkiiu'oida 45 Myoxocepkakis octodecimspinosus, 517 Natrix compressicauda 29-35 c. compressicauda 30-34 c. compsola^ma 30-33 c. obscura 30-33 c. tseniata 30-34 c. walkeri 30-34 fasciata 252 f. erytkrogaster 140 f. fasciata 140 f. pictiventris 140 f. sipedon 140 Necturus maculosus 519 Nematopoma searlesu 530 Nemobius brasikensis 290 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 609 Nemobiiis (Argizala) hebardi 290 Neoconocephalus fuscomargiiiatus. 289 procerus 288 redtenbacheri 288 saturatus 288,289 vicinus 289 Neoplax 47 Nephi-otoma 465,46-5-467 dorsalis 465 eucera -467 ferruginea 467 incurva 466, 468 lugens 466 macrocera 467 pedunpulat a 467, 468 penumbra 467 vittula 466, 468, 472 Netuma aulometopon 204 barbus 206 dubia 203 thalassina 204 upsulonophorus 205 Nomotettix compressus 98 cristatus denticulatus 98 parvus 98 Notropis hudsonius selene 519 Noturus flavus 208 marginatus 308 Nyctibora glabra 274 Obliquaria bullata 557 cyphia 556 depressa 553 ellipsaria 553 fasciolaris 554 flava 557 flexuosa 550 interrupta 550 lateralis 557 lineolata 553 metanevra 556 nodulata 557 pallens 551 obliquata 550 quadrula 556 reflexa 554 retusa -5.56^ " rubra 557 scalenia 555 sintoxia 558 sinuata 555 subrotunda 553 tuberculata 558 verrucosa 554 Obovaria circulus 552 cordata 558 ellipsis 553 lens 553 levigata 552 obovalis 558 olivaria 553 Obovaria retusa 552 stegaria .. 554 striata SSk subrotunda 552 torsa 552 Ocypode albicans 256 Ocyurus chrysurus 535 Odontoscion dentex 538 Odontostilbe pulcher 530 Odontoxiphidium apterum 106 ffigophiiu'oida 45 Ogcocephalus radiatus 251 Oligoplites saliens 532 saurus 532 Ommexecha germari 283 servillei 283 Opheodrys a;stivus, 142, 145-148, 157, 252 Ophiacantha 62, 86 bairdii 84 bisquamata 62 lambda 84 perfida 84 Ophiacant hella 62 Ophiacanthidse 62 Ophiactinina; 68, 69 Ophiactis 44, 67, 69, 70 dissidens 67 parata 67 Ophiambix 47 Ophiarachna 83, 84, 87 incrassata 86, 87 Ophiarachnella 87 Ophiarachninse 83, 83 Ophiarthrum 92 Ophibolus getulus 113 g. getulus 115,139,140 Ophichthus ocellatus 247 Ophiernus 83 Ophioa^thiops 74 Ophioblenna 62 Ophiobrachion 50 Ophiobyrsa 50 Ophiobyrsella 50 Ophiobyrsinse 47, 50 Ophiocamax 62 Ophiocampsis "4 Ophiocentrus 69 Ophioceramis 81, 83, 92 obstricta 65 Ophiochaita 44,84,85,87 hirsuta 85 mixta 84,86 Ophiochasma 87 Ophiochiton 88 fastigatus 86 lymani 88 Ophiochitonida; 75, 88 Ophiochitoninge 88 Ophiochondrina? 65 Ophiochondrus 65 610 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Ophiochondrella 62 Ophiochrysis 76 Ophiochytra 66,67 tenuis 67 Ophiocirce 83 Ophiocnemis 74 Ophiocnida 69 Ophiocoma 87 Ophiocomidse 75, 91 Ophiocominse 91, 92 Ophioconis 44, 84, 85, 87 antarc tica 84 brevispina 85 cincta 84 cupida 84 diastata 84 grandisqiiama 84, 86 indica 85 papillata 84 permixta 84 pulverulenta 84 Ophiocopa " 62 Ophiocrasis 90 dictydisca 91 marktanneri 90, 91 Ophiocrates 81, 82 Ophiocreas 52, 54 Ophiocrene 56 Ophiocten 76 brevispinum 83 charischema 83 hastatus 88 ooplax 81 pacificum 88 Ophiocymbium 62 Ophiocynodus 47 Ophiodera 47, 48 Ophioderma 83, 87 Ophiodermatidse 74, 75, 83 OphiodermatiniE 83, 87 Ophiodoris 90 Ophiogeron 47 Ophioglypha 80 abyssorum 81 abcisa 78 abdita 77 ambigua 81 aspera 81 bullata 77 Clemens 81 concreta 81 confragosa 81 convexa 77 rostata ; 81 deshayesi 80 fraterna 81 distincta 78 elevata 79 falcifera 81 forbesi 76 improba 77 Ophioglypha inflata 81 inornata 81 insolita 77 intorta 81 irrorata 81 jejuna, 81 lacazei 77 lapidaria 77 latro 77 laudata 78 liberata 77 loveni 81 lutkeni 81 lymani 81 niinuta 76 multispina 81 mundata 81 nana 81 obtecta 78,81 ornata 78 paupera 77 plana 81 prisca , 78 radiata 78 remota 77 rugosa 81 sculpta 79 sculptilis 77 scutata 77 scutellata 81 sladeni 79 solida 77 sordida 77 stellata 77 sterea 79 striata 79 tenera 81 tessellata 81 undata 78,81 urbana 77 variabilis 77 verrucosa 81 Ophioglyphina 80 Ophiogona 76 Ophiogymna 74 Ophiogyptis 65 nodosa 65 Ophiohelus 47 Ophiohyalus 47, 48 gotoi 49 Ophiohymen 47, 48 Ophiolebes 62,66 tuberosus ^4 Ophioleda minima....; 63 Ophiolepididae 74, 75 Ophiolepidina? 75,81 Ophiolepis 80-83 impressa 82 pacifica 82 robusta .*.. 81 Ophioleptqplax 47 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 611 Ophioleuce 83 Ophioleucidse 74, 75, 83 Ophiolimna 44, 62, 84, 86 littoralis 84 operculata.... 84 Ophiolipus 81 Ophiologimus 62 Ophiolophus 74 Ophiomastinse 75, 76 Ophiomastix 87,92 Ophiomastus 76 Ophiomaza 74 Ophiomedea 62 Ophiomidas 81,82 Ophiomisidium 76 Ophiomitra 62 dicycla 64 exigua 63 habrotata 63 vicarius 63 Ophiomitrella 62 Ophiomoeris 65 obstricta 65 projecta : 65 Ophiomora 47 Ophiomusium 81 flabellum : 76 pulchellum 76 speciosum • 76 Ophiomyces 62 Ophiomytis 62, 64 Ophiomyxa 47, 48 Ophiomyxidse 46 Ophiomyxinse 46, 47 Ophioncus 87 Ophionema 69 Ophionephthys 69 phalerata 71, 73 Ophionereidinse 88, 90 Ophionereis 90 dubia 91 porrecta 90, 91 Ophionotus 76, 81 Ophiopsepale 83 Ophiopallas 83 Ophiopecten 88 Ophiopenia 81 Ophioperla 76,81 Ophiopeza custos 88, 89 reducta 89 Ophiopezella 87 Ophiopholis 69,70 Ophiophragmus 69, 70 affinis 70 japonicus 70 Ophiophrixus 50 Ophiophrura 62 Ophiophthirius 74 Ophiophycis 76 Ophiophvllum 81 Ophioplax 88,89 Ophioplax lamellosa 86, 88 Ijungmani 88,89 Ophiopleura 76 Ophioplinthaca 62, 64 occlusa 63 Ophioplinthus 76 Ophioplocus 81,83 Ophioplus 66_ armatus :.. 66 Ophiopora '... 62 Ophiopristis 62 Ophiopsammium 74 Ophiopsila 44,92 Ophiopsilinse 92,92 Ophiopteris , 92 Ophiopteron 74 Ophiopus 69 Ophiopyren 83 Ophiopyrgus 76, 78 Ophioscalus 62 Ophiosciasma 47 Ophioscolex 47 Ophioschiza 50 Ophiosmilax 50 mii'abilis '. 50 Ophiosphsera 74 Ophiosteira 76 Ophiostiba 47 hidekii 47 Ophiostigma 69 Ophiostyracium 47 Ophiosyzygus 47 Ophiothamnus 62, 63 laevis 64 stultus 64 venustus 63 Ophiothela 74 Ophiotholia 62 Ophiotrichidae 69, 70, 74 Ophiothrix 74 Ophiothyreus 81, 82, 83 Ophiotjalfa 76, 81 Ophiotoma 62 Ophiotrema 62 Ophiotrichidse 66 Ophiotrichoides 74 Ophiotrochus 83 Ophiotypa 76 Ophiozona 81, 82, 83 alba 82 antillarum 82 bispinosa 82 capensis 81 casta 82 clypeata 82 contigua 82 depressa 82 elevata 82 gymnopora ■••• 76 insularia 82 longispina 82 612 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,, Ophiozona marmorea 82 molesta 82 nivea 82 platydisca 82 polyi^lax 82 projecta 82 stellata 82 tessellata 82 tjalfiana 82 Ophiozonella 81, 82, 83 Ophisaurus compressus 128, 129 ventralis 127 Ophiura 76, 78, 80, 81 acervata 81 sequalis 81 affinis 81 albida 81 amphitrites 81 arctica 81 atacta 81 aurantiaca 81 bathybia 81 brachyactis 79 brevispina 81 calyptolepis 81 carnea 81 clasta 81 cryptolepis 81 flagellata 78,81 glyptodisca 76 hadra 78 hexactis 81 imbecillus 81 indica 81 inermis •. 81 kinbergi 81 lepida 81 leptoctenia 81 Ijungmani 81 maculata 81 megapoma 78 meridionalis 81 micracantha 81 raonostaecha 81 nodosa 79 oediplax 77 papillata 81 penichra 78 pompophora 77 quadrispina 81 sarsii 81 stiphra 79 stuwitzii 79 thouleti ; 81 (^phiurases obstrictus 65 Ophiurocha?ta 44, 83, 84, 86, 87 Ophiuroconis 44,83-85 miliaria 85 monolepis 84, 85, 86 pulverulenta •. 85 Ophiurodon 44,83-86 Ophiurodon grandisquama 86 Ophiurolepis 76, 80 carinata 80 Ophiuropsis 52 Opisthonema oglinuni 522, 543 Oreohelix barbata 333 chiricahuana 333 clappi 333 ferrissi 326, 332-334, 340 f. morticina 334 hachetana 326, 330, 332, 333 h. cadaver 332 strigosa 332, 349, 372 s. depressa 349, 372 Oropeza 468 Orphula pagana 282 Orphulella olivacea 99 punctata 282 Orthodcrella ornata 277 Orthopristis chrysopteris 250, 538 scapularis 536 Oryzomys palustris.... 162 Osceola doliata doliata 13^ d. parallela 140 elapsoidea 139, 140, 165-167 Osmilia violacea 287 Ostracion triquet&r 541 Otocinclus fimbriatus ^37 • flexilis 237 vestitus 237 Oxydoras niger 221 Pachyrrhina 465, 466, 467 eucera 465 Palsemon jamaicensis 261 Pales 465 Paludestrina protea 400 Paiichlora exoleta 275 thalassina 275 Papipappus clarazianus 283 Paralichthys lethostigmus 251 Paramphiura 69 Parastagmatoptera unipunctata... 279 Paratettix hesperus 97 toltecus extensus 97 Paratylotropidia beutenmuelleri. ... 102 Parauchenipterus pasese 222, 529 Pareiodon microps 229 Parorphula graminea 282 Patula strigosa concentrata 326 Paulinia acuminata 283 servillei 283 Pectinura , 85,87 forbesii 84 Perca flavescens 519 Percina caprodes zebra 519 Percopsis omiscomaycus 519 Petrometopon cruentatus 543 c. coronatus 533 Phacops 567 Phagorus nieuhofii 228. 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 613 Philypnus dormitor 542 Phractocephalus hemilopterus 218 Phrynophiuroida 46 Phvllobates limbatus 255 Phylloptera alliedea 288 spinulosa 288 Phylloscyrtus canotus 292 Ph3'8a humerosa 400 virgata .. 390,400 Physailia villiersi 219 Physopvxis lyra 220 Pimelodella 218 copei 216 cristata 214,218 cyanostigma 218 gracile 264 lateristriga 215 peruense 214 Piinelodu8 affinis 206 bathyurus 213 (Rhamdia) brachypterus 213 guatemalensis 213 hammondi 206 humilis 209 lateristriga 216, 21S maculatus 214 notatus 206 ophthalmicus ^^4, 218 platycephalus 208 valenciennis . 214 (Rhamdia) vilsoni .529 Pimelonotus vilsoni . 529 Pimephales notatus 519 Pisidium compressum 391, 400 pauperculum 400 Pityophis melanoleucus 140 Plagiola elegans . 553 lineolata 553 securis 553 Planorbis arizonensis 390, 400 caribous 390,400 filocinctus 390 liebmanui 390 parvus 390,400 temiis 400 Platyglossus maculipinna 540 Platypeltisferox..ll9, 121, 122, 147, 188 Platystacus cotylephorus 225 Plecostomus ancistroides.. 267 aspilogaster 233 auroguttatus 267 biseriatus 233 carinatus 233 commersonnii 233 emarginatus 233 guacari '. 530 jaguribensis 264 iexi 267 plecostomus 233, 530 robiiiii 530 scopularius 233 Plecostomus unae., vaillanti variipictus verres vjrescens wuchereri Plestiodon anthracinus ". quinquelineatus 133, 135, Pleurobema ajsopus clava 555, conradi cuneata cyphia mytiloides simpsoni Plotosis anguillaris Podisma austrahs scudderi Pojcilia vivipara Pa'cilurichthys bimaculatus, 261, pulcher Pogonias cromis Pollachius virens Polycentrus schomburgkii tricolor Polydactylus vii'ginicus Polygyra lawse tallulahensis mearnsii 326, Pomacanthus arcuatus Pomatomus saltatrix 248, Pomolobus pseudoharengus 247, Pomoxis sparoides Porcus bajad Poronotus triacanthus Potamocarcinus nicaraguensis Prat icoloUa bakeri berlandieriana griseola 194, jejuna 196, j. clavis lawse 1. tallulahensis mobiliana 195, 196, m. floridana pachyloma 194, 195, 197, Priacanthus arenatus Priapichthys annectens Pristis pectinatus Prochilodus nigricans 262, steindachneri Promicrops guttatus Prototetix lobulatus Pseudacris nigritus Pseudauchenipterus guppyi nodosus Pseudomops neglecta Pseudoplatystoma f asciatum tigrinum Pseudopleuronectcs americanus 222, 267 233 267 233 233 267 135 135 136 556 556 559 555 556 556 559 225 102 102 531 263, 264 530 250 517 540 540 539 197 329 541 533 517 248 219 517 261 196 194 198 197 197 197 197 197 196 198 249 261. 245 263 263 249 280 252 529 529 271 218 219 517 614 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Pseudopomala brachyptera reversa Pseudorhamdia piscatrix Pseudoscarus guacamaia Pseudothelphusa garmani richmondi Pterocryptis gangeticus Pterygoplichthys multiradiatus Pt ychobranchus f asciolaris phaseolus Punctum calif ornicum pygmseum Pupilla blandi hebes sonorana syngenes Pupoides hordacea marginata 389, 390, Pygidium areolatum dispar poeyanum Pygocentrus pii-aya Pygosteus pungitius Pyramidula cronkhitei 367, Quadrula asperrima cordata costata cylindricus ebenus flava lachrymosa metanevra nodulata obliqua plena pustulata pustulosa 556, p. pernodosa pyramiata quadrula rubiginosa rubra sintoxia subovalis subrotunda. tuber culata. undulata 99 218 214 250 261 261 219 233 554 554 383 383 390 390 345 390 390 400 228 229 229 264 518 383 556 558 556 556 558 557 556 556 557 557 558 557 557 557 558 556 557 557 558 558 558 558 556 Rachycentron canadum 248, 533 Radiodiscus millecostatus 383 Raja ocellata 517 Rana 147 pipiens sphenocephala, 177, 183, 252 septentrionalis 518,519 Reraipes scutellatus 256 Rhadinea 142 Rhamdella bathyurus 213 minuta 213 nicaraguensis 213 Parryi 213 Rhamdella straminea 213. Rhamdia brachyptera 213 cinerascens 211 cyanostigma 218 humilis 211 managuensis 213- mounseyi 211 ortoni 211 pen t landi 211 quelen 211 riojse 209,212 sapo 213. seba; 209 vilsoni 209, 529 Rhmeloricaria cadeae 238 Rhineodon typus 245 Rhineura 142 floridana 127 Rhinobatos pelluce'ns 521 Rhinodoras prionomus 221 Rivulus hartii 531, 54a isthmensis 261 micropus 531 Rypticus arenatus 535 coriaceus 535 saponaceus 249, 534, 535 Saccobranchus fossilis 228 Salmo marstoni 516 Salvelmus alpinus marstoni 516 marstoni 517 fontinalis 515, 518, 519 Sarda sarda 248, 532 Sardinella humoralis 522 macrophthalma 522 Scaphura nigra 287 Scapsipedus 297 africanus 297 limbatus 297 Scapteriscus borellii 289 camerani 289 Scarus aurofrenatus 541 frondosus 541 lacrimosus 260 radians 260 Sceloporus undulatus 124 Schilbe mystus 219 Schilbeodes exilis 209 gyrinus 208 insignis 208 Schistocerca paranensis 286 Scisenops ocellatus 250 Scohodon terrse-novse 244 Scomber scombrus 517 Scomberomorus cavalla 248 maculatus 248 regalis 532 Scorpsena bergii ^ 542 brasiliensis 251, 542 plumieri 251 Scotophis confinis 162 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 615 Scotophis Isetus 162, 164 Scotussa rubripes 286 Scudderia cuneata 105 Scyllina picta 282 Selene vomer 248, 533 Selenaspis herzbergii 203, 529 Seniele bellastriata 27 bicolor 26 calif ornica 25 canceUata : 27 corrugata 25 crocea 25 decisa 25 elliptica 26 flavesceiis 25 formosa 26 incongrua 27 jovis 26 junonia 26 orbicularis 25 pacifica ■ 27 proxima 25 pulchi'a 27 p. var. montereyi 27 regularis 27 rubrolineata , 27, 28 rubropicta 26 rubrotincta 27 rupicola 26 rupium 26 simplex 28 solida 25 sparsilineata 26 striosa 25 variegata 26 venusta 27 Seminatrix 142 Semotilus buUaris 519 Seriola lalandi 248 Serranus auriga 534 coronatus 533 impetiginosus 533 undulosus 533 Serrasalmus rhombeus 264 Seserinus paru 533 Sigsbeia 66 Siren lacertina 252 Sistrm-us miliarius, 140, 144-146, 188, 253 Sonorella apache 371, 373 arizonensis 400 ashmuni 327, 410, 411 a. ambigua 411 a. capax 410, 411 baboquivariensis..414,415,415, 417 b. depressa 417 bartschi 384 bicipitis 348,369 bowiensis 385 clappi 329, 391, 395, 397, 398 comobabiensis 401 Sonorella dalli 394 danielsi 398 dragoonensis 369, 371, 373 eremita 401, 403, 404, 407, 415 ferrissi 368,369 granulatissima 391, 398, 399 g. occidentalis 398 hachitana, 326-329, 347-349, 385, 397,411 h. flora 347, 348, 349 h. peloncillensis 329, 347, 349 huachucana 396 mearnsi 385 occidentalis 391 optata 348 papagorum 403, 405 rincoensis 394 rowelli 401,408 santaritana 392,393-396 sitiens 407,410,415 s. arida 409 s. comobabiensis 409, 410 tumamocensis, 401, 402, 403, 405, 409 415 vespertina 410, 414, 414^416 virilis ' 394 walkeri 392, 394, 396, 397 w. aguacalientensis 396 Sorubim lima 219 Sparisoma abbotti 258 am-ofrenatum 541 distinctum 541 flavescens 250, 546 hoplomystax 540 radians 260, 540 rubripinne 546 Spathalium stali 283 Sphfierium triangulare 390 Spharagemon a?quale scudderi 100 collare augustipenne *.... 100 c. pallidum 100 humile 100 inornatum 101 oculatum 101 saxatile 101 s. planum 101 Spheroides harperi 251 maculatus 251 spengleri 251 testudineus 251, 256, 541 Sphyrsena barracuda 248, 532 borealis 248 I guachancho 532 ! Sphyrna tiburo 521 j zyggena -' 245, 521 [ Squalus acanthias 517 Stagmatoptera hyaloptera 279 Staurorhectus longicornis 282 Stegophiura 76, 78, 79 vivipara 79, 79 Steleoxiphus catastates 279 616 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, SteUifer steUifer 539 Stenacris interior 285 Stenamma fulvum piceum 37, 38 Stenobothrus acutus 100 Stephanolepis hispidus 541 Sternothccrus carinatus 114 Stevardia altipinnig 530 Sthenocephalus 52 Stilosoma 142 extenuatum 252 Stolephorus surinamensis 524 Storeria dekayi, 142, 144, 145-147, 149, 177-179 occipitomaculata, 142, 144-147, 149, 178 Striatura milium meridionalis 383 Sturisoma guentheri 241 Styliolina 564 Succinia avara 383, 390, 399, 414 Symphonota viridis 554, 555 Synbranchus marmoratus 531 Syngnathus louisiange 248 Synodus foetens 247, 529 Tachisurus spixii.. 529 Tantilla coronata 142 Tanyderus 466 Tarentola cubana 255 Tarpon atlanticus 245, 522 Tautoga onitis 517 Terrapene Carolina 118 major 118 Tetanorhynchus borelli 280 humilis 280 Tetragonopterus maculatus 530 unilineatus 530 Tettigidea acuta 98 apiculata 98 armata 98 a. depressa .' 98 davisi 99 prorsa elongata 99 spicata 99 Tettix hancocki abbreviatus 97 crassus 97 hancocki 97 tentatus 97 Thamnophis compressicaudus, 142, 148, 175, 176 sackeni 253 sauritus 181, 182 s. sackeni, 142, 144-146, 149, 180, 182. 183 sii*f *ilis 519 s. ordinatus',' 142, 144-146, 149, 183. 184 Thesprotia vidua 279 Theudoria melanocnemis 287 Thvmnus thynnus 517 Thvsanophora hornii, 326, 334, 349, 364, 373, 389, 399, 400, 408 Tipula 458, 460, 466, 468 abdominalis 487 (Cincto tipula) algonquin 469 alta 485,501 angulata 459, 460, 474, 474 angustipennis 460 apicalis ." 460 appendiculata 460 arctica 464 australis 503 balioptera 460 bella 461,487 besselsi 483,484 bicornis 504, 505, 506 bidens 464 calif ornica 466, 467 caloptera 461 canadensis 461 casta 461, 504 cayuga 485 centralis 461 cincta 461 cincticornis 490,492 collaris 466 cunctans 504 decora 4^4 dietziana 501, 503, 504 discolor 461 eluta 461 fallax 461 fasciata 461,^50 fragilis 462, 466, 475, 4^5, 480 fraterna 462 fuliginosa 479, 479, 480 ■ grata 462 hamata 495 hebes 462 hermannia 480 ignobilis 462,466 imperfecta 484 infuscata 462,50^ jejuna 480 johnsoniana 504, 505 kennicotti 480,482 laevigata 476 latipennis 462 loewiana 488 longiventris 462 macrolabis 463,489 macrosterna 466 mainensis 475 mandan 499 megaura 504, 505, 509 mingwe 490. monticola 492 nobilis 466 morrisoni 504, 505, 507, 510 (Trichotipula) oropezoides 468 pachyrhinoides 467, 471 pallida 463 parshleyi 504, 510 1915.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 617 Tipula peuicillata 496 penobscot •.. 460, 472 perlongipes 481, 482 piliceps 482,484 polymera 466 prsecisa 463 pubera 463 rangiferina 498 scaphula 512 Seminole 495 septentrionalis 463 serrulata 463 serta 463 simplex 490 speciosa 463,^75,480 strepens 464 subf asciat a 464 submaculata 464,492 sulphurea 481 suspecta 464, Ifi5 taughannock 476, 480 tephrocephala 464 terna .• 464 ternaria : 464 . tesselata 465 tetra 482 trinidadensis 466 triplex 464 tuscarora 493 umbrosa 465 unimaculata 466 valida 465 versicolor 465 Torpedo electricus 225 Toxicophis pugnax 187 Trachinotus carolinus 248 falcatus 248 glaucus 248 Trachurops crumenophthalmus, 256, 257, 533, 543 Trachvoorystes brevibarbus 222 galeatus 222,529 isacanthus 222 Trachypterus gryphurus 244 Tretanorhimis variabilis.. 256 Trichaster 44,52 Trichasteridse 46,51 Trichasterinse 52, 52 Trichiurus lepturus 248, 532 Trichomycterus pardus 228, 229 poeyanus ^29 rivulatus 229 Trichotipula 468 Trimerotropis pallidipennis 282 Tristemma •■■•• 335 Tritogonia tuberculata 554 verrucosa • 554 Tropidonotus bisectus . . 148 compressicaudus bisectus 176 'c. walkeri 175 cyclopium 175 40 Tropidonotus fasciatus, 142, 145, 146, 148, 170, 174-176 f. fasciatus 175 f. pictivcntris.. 142, 175 f. transversa 175 rhombifera 148,174-176 taxispilotus, 141, 142, 144-146, 171, 173, 177, 187 ustus 148 Tropidophis melamn-a 256 Tropidurus torquatus .. 269 Truncilla brevidens 550 flexuosa 550 foliata 551 metaplata 553 obliqua 550 perplexa 550 sulcata 550 torulosa 550 triqueter 550 triquetra 550 truncata 55S Truxalis brevicornis 281 Trygon tuberculata 5Jf.3 Tylosurus marinus 247 notatus 247 Typhlops lumbricalis 256 Unio alternata. angulata.... aurata buUata buxeus cardium cordata costata crassa crassidens cuneata • c. var. sulcata cyphia decorticata depressa difformis dilatata ellipsaria elliptica fasciata fasciola fasciolaris fasciolata - flava flexuosa f. var. buUata fragilis ...■ fusca fuscata 558 fuscatus gibbosa gibbosus interrupta 558 558 558 557 555 551 558 556 551 555 555 550 556 558 553 558 555 553 555 551 551 55A 558 557 550 557 552 558 ,559 559 550 555 650 618 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Unio lateralis 557 latissima - 551 leptodon 551 levigata 552 lineata 558 lineolata 553 longa 558 maculata 558,559 maculatus 559 marginata 558 megaptera 552 metanevra 556 metaplata 553 mytiloides 556 nigra 555 nigrescens 558 nigrofasciata 558 nodulata 557 obliquata 550 obliterata 558 obovalis 558 olivacea 558 olivaria 553 pallens 551 pallida 558 pusilla 555 pusillus 555 quadrula 556 radiata 558 rafinesquei 559 reflexa 554 retusa 556, 557 rosea •■ 558 rubra 557 scalenia 555 selenoides 556 semiradiata 558 sintoxia 558 sinuata 555 solenoides interrupta 550 stegaria 554 striata 55:^,559 striatus 559 sulcatus 550 subrotunda 552, 558 teres 558 torsa 552 torulosa 550 triqueter 550 Unio truncata 553 tuberculata 554, 558 vermiculata 558 verrucosa 554 viridis 554 zonalis 558 Upeneus maculatus 250, 257 martinicus 257 Vallonia albula 346 cyclophcrella 346 excentrica 346 gracilicosta 346, 389, 390 perspectiva..346, 349, 384, 390, 400 sonorana 345, 346 Vertigo coloradensis arizonensis, 367, 383 milium 390 ovata 389,400 Vitrea indentata umbilicata, 344, 382; 389, 392, 414 Vomer setapinnis 533 spixii 256 Xenocara 234 Xenochara cirrhosum 530 Xiphidium gracillimum 105 occidcntale 105 o. camurum 105 o. caudatum 105 spinosum 1 05 vicinum 106 V. productum 106 Zamenis constrictor 140 c. constrictor 130 flagellum 140 Zathorax monitor 221 nauticus 221 Zoniopoda cruentata 285 iheririgi 284 omnicolor 285 tarsata 284 Zonitoides arborea 382 minuscula 400,408 m. alachuana 344, 383, 389 singleyana 389, 399, 400 Zungaro zungaro 209 Zygoclistron superbum 285 1915. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 619 GENERAL INDEX. • 1915. Additions to Museum, 1915, 592. Alexander, Charles P. New or little- known crane-flies from the United States and Canada: Tipulidse, Diptera, Part 2 (Plates XVI-XXI), 458, 547. Amendments to By-Laws, 1. Banks, Nathan. Revision of Cayuga Lake Spiders, 560. Barbour, T., and G. H. Noble. Notes on the water-snake, Natrix com- pressicauda, 1, 29. Berry, S. Stillman. Cephalopoda of the Kermadec Islands, 547. Biddle, Thomas, M.D., announcement of death of, 93. Biologia Centrali Americana, minute regarding completion of, 548. Biological and Microscopical Section, report of, 587. Botanical Section, report of, 588. Boyer, Charles S. Report of Bio- logical and Microscopical Section, 587. Bradford, T. Hewson, M.D., announce- ment of death of, 547. Brown, Stewardson. Report of Bo- tanical Section, 589. By-Laws, amendments to, 1. Churchill, William. The earliest Samoan prints, 193, 199. Corresponding Secretary, report of, 573. Council for 1916, 591. Crawley, Howard. The sexual evolu- tion of Sarcocystes muris, 547. Curator's report, 579. Dall, William H. Notes on the Semelidse of the west coast of America, including some new species, 1, 25. Elections in 1915, 592. Entomological Section, report of, 588. Fielde, Adele M. On certain vesicles found in the integument of ants. 1, 36. Concerning the sense of smell in dogs, 42. A new hypothesis concerning butterflies, 93. Fowler, Henry W. Notes on the nematognathus fishes, 93, 203. Cold- blooded vertebrates from Florida, the West Indies, Costa Rica, and eastern Brazil, 93, 244. Fishes from Eastern Canada, 515, 547. •The fishes of Trinidad, Grenada, and St. Lucia, British West Indies, 520, 547. Geikie, James, announcement of death of, 93. Godman, Frederik Ducane, minute of congratulation, 548. Harshberger, John W. The diversity of ecologic conditions and its influ- ence on the richness of floras, 419, .547. Hawley, Joseph W., announcement of death of, 547. Index to Genera, Species, etc., 601. Journal, issue of, 548. Justice, Theodore. Evolution of the horse (no abstract), 193. Librarian's report, 574. Lyman, Benj. Smith. Report^ of Mineralogical and Geological 'Sec- tion, .589. McClung, Clarence E., Ph.D. ParaUel differences in germ-cell organization and characters of the bod}^ (no abstract), 93. McCreary, George D., announcement of death of, .560. Matsumoto, H. A new classification of the Ophiuroidea : with descrip- tions of new genera and species, 43. Meunier, Stanislas. Observations sur la theorie generale des phenomenes glaciaires et sur les galets strips; 2. Theorie du gneiss et des terrains cristallophvlliens en general, 351, 547. Mineralogical and Geological Section, report of, 589. Moore, Clarence B. Aboriginal sites on Tennessee River (published in the Journal), 547. 620 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Moore, J. Percy, Ph.D. Report of Corre.sponding Secretar^y, 573. Morris, John T., announcement of death of, 547. Morse, Albert P., and Morgan Hebard. Fixation of single type (Lectotypic) specimens of species of American Orthoptera, Division III, 93, 96. Murphy, Robert Cushman. Bird-life at an outpost of the Antarctic (no abstract) 42. Nolan, Edward J., M.D. Report of Recording Secretary, 570. Report of Librarian, 574. Officers, Councillors and Members Of the Committee on Accounts, 590. Ornithological Section, report of, 590. Paul, Oglesby, announcement of death of, 547. Pilsbry, Henry A. Mollusca of the Southwestern States, VI. The Hacheta Grande, Florida, and Pelon- cillo Mountains, New Mexico (Plates V, VI, VII), 323, 547. Pilsbry, Henry A., and James H. Ferriss. Mollusca of the South- western States,. VII: The Dragoon, Mule, Santa Rita, Baboquivari, and Tucson Ranges, Arizona (Plates VIII-XV), 363, 547. Prime, Frederick, announcement of death of, 547. Putnam, Frederick W., announcement of death of, 547. Recording Secretary, report of, 570. Rehn, James A'. G. A further contri- bution to the knowledge of the Orthoptera of Argentina, 193, 270. Rehn, James A. G., and Morgan Hebard. The genus Gryllus (Orthoptera) as found in America (Plate IV), 293, 547. Report of Corresponding Secretary, 573. Report of Curators, 579. Report of Librarian, 574. Report of Recording Secretary, 570. Reports of the Sections, 587. Scattergood, George J., announcement of death of, 41. Sections, reports of, 587. Seiss, C. Few, announcement of death of, 547. Sharp, Benjamin, M.D., announcement of death of, and commemorative minute, 41. Skinner, Hemy. Report of Entomo- logical Section, 588. Smith, Burnett. The structural rela- tions of some Devonian shales in Central New York (Plate XXII), 548,561. Standing Committees, 1916, 592. Stone, Witmer. Rejjort of Curators, 579. Report of Ornithological Sec- tion, 590. Trotter, Spencer, M.D., appointment on Library Committee, 193. Vaillant, Leon, announcement of death of, 1. Vanatta, E. G. The Praticolella of the LTnited States, 1, 194. Rafinesque's types of Unios, 547, 549. Vaux, George, announcement of death of, 547. Wherry, Edgar T., and Samuel T. Gordon. An arrangement of miner- als according to their occurrence, 426, 547. Wright, Albert H., el al. A biological reconnaissance of the Okefinokee Swamp in Georgia (Plates I, II III), 107. / MBL WHOI LIBRARY UH IflSG G w Mwmmmmr